10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. eLife Assessment

      This work presents valuable new data on the role of D-Serine and how it competes with its stereoisomer L-Serine to influence metabolism. The work presents a variety of convincing experimental data combined with simulated results to investigate the mechanisms focused on one-carbon metabolism, which is relevant for several research fields. However, some claims are only partially supported by data, and critical areas comparing L- vs D-Serine and further mechanistic studies are required. Furthermore, while the work has potential for various fields, the work has only been studied in a neural context.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editor's note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The inclusion of a summary schematic in this revision significantly improves the manuscript. We have also modified the last sentence of the original editorial assessment.]

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrate the stereoselective role of D-serine in 1C metabolism showing that D-serine competes with L-serine and inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport. They observe expression of 1C metabolites in their metabolomics approach in primary cortical neurons treated with L-serine, D-serine and mixture of both. Their conclusions are based on the reduction in levels of glycine, polyamines and their intermediates and formate. Single cell RNA sequencing of N2a cells showed that cells treated with D-serine enhanced expression of genes associated with mitochondrial functions such as respiratory chain complex assembly and mitochondrial functions with downregulation of genes related to amino acid transport, cellular growth and neuron projection extension. Their work demonstrates that D-serine inhibits tumor cell proliferation and induces apoptosis in neural progenitor cells highlighting the importance of D-serine in neurodevelopment.

      Strengths:

      D-amino acids do not merely function as ligands at receptors but have underlying roles in signaling and metabolism. These roles are just beginning to be uncovered. The authors elucidate the metabolic role of D-serine in the context of neuronal maturation by its suppression of mitochondrial L-serine availability for SHMT2 and 1C flux. This is the strength of the manuscript. The implications for the metabolic role of D-serine in neurons is a highlight and underlines its roles in neuronal metabolism.

      Comments on previous version.

      This reviewer is satisfied by the effort made by the authors based on the prior comments raised.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Suzuki et al. reports an interesting stereo-selective role of D-serine in regulating one-carbon metabolism during neurodevelopment to adapt the functional transition, probably through the competition with mitochondrial transport of L-serine. The authors provide a multi-layered set of evidence, including metabolomics, enzyme assays, mitochondrial transport competition and functional assays in immature/neural progenitor cells, to build up a conceptual integration of D-serine as both a neurotransmitter and a metabolic regulator in central neural system, which raises a broad potential interest to the neuroscience and metabolism communities.

      Strengths:

      This work provides a conceptual advance that D-serine is not only serves as a traditional neurotransmitter in central neural system but also critically contributes to metabolic regulation of neural cells. The authors performed solid metabolomic assays to validate the suppressive effect of D-serine on one-carbon metabolic pathway, providing some evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial serine transport, but not directly impairs SHMT2 enzymatic activity. All these data indicate a critical role of D-serine synthesis during neural maturation and suggest a potential translational strategy for targeting serine metabolism in neural tumors.

      Comments on previous version.

      My previous concerns have been appropriately addressed or discussed in this revised version of manuscript. I have to say that, at this stage, I have no further questions.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a comprehensive and well-executed investigation into the metabolic role of D-serine in the central nervous system. The authors provide solid evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport, thereby impairing one-carbon metabolism. This stereoselective mechanism reduces glycine and formate production, suppresses cellular proliferation, and induces apoptosis in immature neural cells and glioblastoma stem cells. Developmental analyses further reveal a physiological enantiomeric shift in serine metabolism during neurogenesis, aligning with the transition from proliferation to maturation. Overall, the study bridges developmental neurobiology, cancer metabolism, and amino acid transport, uncovering a previously unrecognized metabolic function of D-serine beyond its role in neurotransmission.

      Strengths:

      (1) The discovery that D-serine inhibits one-carbon metabolism by competing for mitochondrial L-serine transport-rather than through enzymatic inhibition or receptor-mediated signaling-represents a significant and previously underappreciated mechanism. This finding has broad implications for understanding metabolic regulation during neurodevelopment and offers potential relevance for targeting metabolic vulnerabilities in cancer.

      (2) The authors integrate metabolomics, mitochondrial transport assays, molecular dynamics simulations, genetic and pharmacologic perturbations, transcriptomics, and both in vitro and ex vivo models. The breadth of experimental approaches, combined with the coherence of the findings across systems, provides strong support for the central conclusions and enhances the overall impact of the study.

      (3) The temporal shift in D-/L-serine levels during neurodevelopment is elegantly linked to the transition from proliferative to mature neuronal states. The selective vulnerability of neural progenitors and tumor cells-contrasted with the resistance of mature neurons-highlights a biologically meaningful and potentially targetable metabolic distinction.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrate the stereoselective role of D-serine in 1C metabolism showing that D-serine competes with L-serine and inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport. They observe expression of 1C metabolites in their metabolomics approach in primary cortical neurons treated with L-serine, D-serine and mixture of both. Their conclusions are based on the reduction in levels of glycine, polyamines and their intermediates and formate. Single cell RNA sequencing of N2a cells showed that cells treated with D-serine enhanced expression of genes associated with mitochondrial functions such as respiratory chain complex assembly and mitochondrial functions with downregulation of genes related to amino acid transport, cellular growth and neuron projection extension. Their work demonstrates that D-serine inhibits tumor cell proliferation and induces apoptosis in neural progenitor cells highlighting the importance of D-serine in neurodevelopment.

      Strengths:

      D-amino acids do not merely function as ligands at receptors but have underlying roles in signaling and metabolism. These roles are just beginning to be uncovered. The authors elucidate the metabolic role of D-serine in the context of neuronal maturation by its suppression of mitochondrial L-serine availability for SHMT2 and 1C flux. This is the strength of the manuscript. The implications for the metabolic role of D-serine in neurons is a highlight and underlines its roles in neuronal metabolism.

      Thank you for the positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      These are some minor issues that come up on critical assessment of the manuscript and is only intended to strengthen the manuscript. The comments below are based on the revisions made by the authors including the justification of their approach and rebuttal.

      (1) Kinetic assessment of D-serine versus L-serine: The authors have made reference to prior work by Miyamoto et al. and justify their rationale. This is acceptable.

      (2) Molecular Dynamics simulations while a good first step in modeling interactions at the active site, relies on force fields. The authors state that any elaborate study into longer simulations is beyond the scope and their simulations data are supported by other experimental work. This is justified.

      (3) The use of N2a cell line is also justified to reflect the proliferative nature of immature neurons.

      (4) With regards to caspase 3 comment, the whole blot is convincing and shows cleaved caspase-3 band at approx. 15 kDa.

      (5) Scale Bars are clearly visible and Fig S6 which was earlier S5 is legible. If possible, the authors can include an magnified inset in the merged image to show the clear activation of caspase-3.

      (6) Issue of phosphatidyl serine standard in LC-MS is justified by the use of L-serine standard due to lack of availability.

      (7) The authors mention about enantiomeric shift of serine metabolism during neural development which appears to be a discussion of prior published data from Hubbard et al 2013, Burk et al 2020, and Bella et al 2021 in Supplementary Figure panels 8 A-E.

      The authors justify by citing references to the work which may be acceptable and also the current norms of publication. This reviewer felt contrary to the fact, however it is left to the editors to make a decision on this.

      (8) The discussion section has been substantially revised and now reads well.

      (9) The relevant references have been cited. In doing so, the work integrates and elucidates a mechanistic and functional role of D-serine in neurons.

      (10) Figure S7A in the revised manuscript shows the specificity of D-serine in the cleaved caspase-3 assay which is informative.

      Comments on revised version.

      This reviewer is satisfied by the effort made by the authors based on the prior comments raised.

      Thank you for understanding our explanation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Suzuki et al. reports an interesting stereo-selective role of D-serine in regulating one-carbon metabolism during neurodevelopment to adapt the functional transition, probably through the competition with mitochondrial transport of L-serine. The authors provide a multi-layered set of evidence, including metabolomics, enzyme assays, mitochondrial transport competition and functional assays in immature/neural progenitor cells, to build up a conceptual integration of D-serine as both a neurotransmitter and a metabolic regulator in central neural system, which raises a broad potential interest to the neuroscience and metabolism communities.

      Strengths:

      This work provides a conceptual advance that D-serine is not only serves as a traditional neurotransmitter in central neural system but also critically contributes to metabolic regulation of neural cells. The authors performed solid metabolomic assays to validate the suppressive effect of D-serine on one-carbon metabolic pathway, providing some evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial serine transport, but not directly impairs SHMT2 enzymatic activity. All these data indicate a critical role of D-serine synthesis during neural maturation and suggest a potential translational strategy for targeting serine metabolism in neural tumors.

      Comments on revised version.

      My previous concerns have been appropriately addressed or discussed in this revised version of manuscript. I have to say that, at this stage, I have no further questions.

      Thank you for understanding the value of our study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a comprehensive and well-executed investigation into the metabolic role of D-serine in the central nervous system. The authors provide solid evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport, thereby impairing one-carbon metabolism. This stereoselective mechanism reduces glycine and formate production, suppresses cellular proliferation, and induces apoptosis in immature neural cells and glioblastoma stem cells. Developmental analyses further reveal a physiological enantiomeric shift in serine metabolism during neurogenesis, aligning with the transition from proliferation to maturation. Overall, the study bridges developmental neurobiology, cancer metabolism, and amino acid transport, uncovering a previously unrecognized metabolic function of D-serine beyond its role in neurotransmission.

      Strengths:

      (1) The discovery that D-serine inhibits one-carbon metabolism by competing for mitochondrial L-serine transport-rather than through enzymatic inhibition or receptor-mediated signaling-represents a significant and previously underappreciated mechanism. This finding has broad implications for understanding metabolic regulation during neurodevelopment and offers potential relevance for targeting metabolic vulnerabilities in cancer.

      (2) The authors integrate metabolomics, mitochondrial transport assays, molecular dynamics simulations, genetic and pharmacologic perturbations, transcriptomics, and both in vitro and ex vivo models. The breadth of experimental approaches, combined with the coherence of the findings across systems, provides strong support for the central conclusions and enhances the overall impact of the study.

      (3) The temporal shift in D-/L-serine levels during neurodevelopment is elegantly linked to the transition from proliferative to mature neuronal states. The selective vulnerability of neural progenitors and tumor cells-contrasted with the resistance of mature neurons-highlights a biologically meaningful and potentially targetable metabolic distinction.

      Thank you for recognizing the importance of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the authors attribute D-serine's metabolic effects to competition with mitochondrial L-serine transport, the specific identity of the transporter(s) mediating this process remains undefined. This represents a meaningful mechanistic gap, as the central conclusion depends on D-serine limiting mitochondrial L-serine availability to inhibit one-carbon metabolism.

      Thank you for the comments. We acknowledge that defining the specific identity of L-serine transporters that are interfered by D-serine requires further studies.

      (2) The effective concentrations of D-serine used in vitro (IC₅₀ ≈ 1-2 mM) exceed typical brain levels (~0.3 mM). While the authors acknowledge this, a more focused discussion on whether higher local D-serine concentrations could arise in specific microenvironments-such as synaptic compartments, tumor niches, or pathological states-would help contextualize the in vitro findings and strengthen their physiological relevance. For example, disruptions in D-serine clearance or altered expression of serine racemase and transporters in disease contexts could lead to localized accumulation. Moreover, differences between extracellular and intracellular D-serine pools-and the mechanisms governing their regulation-may further influence its metabolic impact in vivo.

      Thank you for this suggestion. However, since we have discussed these points in lines 479-492, we chose not add any additional sentences in order to avoid losing the focus of this paper with speculation.

      (3) While the manuscript focuses on neural stem/progenitor cells and neural tumors, it remains unclear whether the anti-proliferative effects of D-serine are specific to neural lineages or extend to other highly proliferative non-neural cell types. A brief discussion addressing this point would help clarify the scope of D-serine's metabolic impact and whether its mechanism of action reflects a unique vulnerability in neural cells or a more general feature of proliferative metabolism. This distinction is particularly relevant for assessing the broader therapeutic potential of targeting mitochondrial L-serine transport.

      The reviewer raised an interesting point. While we speculate that other cancers requiring L-serine for proliferation may also be affected by D-serine, in this study we focused on central nervous system tumors because D-serine is produced in the central nervous system. Since cancer cells may have different metabolic profiles regardless of their tissue of origin, it would be meaningful to compare the expression profiles of metabolism-related genes with their sensitivity to D-serine.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A minor suggestion to the authors is to include a summary schematic to clarify the main finding of the paper.

      Since there is a lot of data in the manuscript ranging from MD simulations and metabolomics and other data sets, an overall summary schematic will help the readers with a take home message.

      Thank you for the great suggestion. We added a summary schematic in Figure 4 -figure supplement 10.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns and further included appropriate discussions on their conclusions. I have no further questions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study identifies two pairs of dopaminergic neurons (DA-WED) in Drosophila that coordinate cardiac deceleration and locomotor responses to a mechanical threat. The conclusions are supported by convincing evidence from a combination of optogenetic, physiological, and behavioral experiments. The work provides invaluable insights into the neural coordination of behavioral and cardiac responses to threat and will be broad interest to neuroscientists, physiologists, and researchers studying brain-body interactions.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Tsuji et al. explores a mechanical threat model in Drosophila using air puffs as a stimulus. The authors first establish the paradigm and show that air puffs induce cardiac deceleration along with increased locomotion. They then identify dopamine as a key regulator of this response and go on to map the underlying circuit. In doing so, they pinpoint two pairs of DA-WED neurons as critical players. They carefully used intersectional strategies to achieve relatively clean labeling of these neurons, which helps ensure that the observed effects can be attributed specifically to DA-WED neurons. They further show that DA-WED neurons are both required and sufficient to drive cardiac deceleration, and that their activity increases in response to air puff stimulation. These neurons also contribute to the locomotor response. Directly inducing cardiac deceleration via optogenetic manipulation of cardiomyocytes also increases locomotion, suggesting a link between cardiac state and behavioral output.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the experiments are thoughtfully designed, well controlled, and clearly presented. The figures are easy to follow, and the conclusions are generally well supported by the data. The manuscript is also clearly written, with a discussion that acknowledges potential caveats and outlines future directions. The genetic tools, behavioral paradigm, heart rate measurement approaches, and stimulation methods introduced here will be valuable resources for the community. few minor comments:

      Comments on revised version:

      I thank the authors for responding to my questions, they have thoroughly addressed my comments. I am therefore supportive of publication of the manuscript.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors study cardiac deceleration during threat responses in Drosophila. Particularly, it focuses on identifying the neuronal control of this deceleration. Using behavioral and cardiac tracking and analysis, genetics and calcium imaging, they identify two pairs of dopaminergic neurons involved in cardiac deceleration during air puff responses.

      Strengths:

      The study is overall well done and the paper clearly written. Particularly the work on identifying the two pairs of dopaminergic neurons involved in cardiac deceleration using a series of drivers and generating new ones is rigorous and extensive. Finally, the authors manipulate heartbeat to investigate how it influences threat responses. Although the evidence that heartbeat deceleration-induced increase in locomotion remains partial, the study reveals important insight in the relationship between locomotion, cardiac activity and neuromodulatory system during threat responses.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Tsuji et al. explores a mechanical threat model in Drosophila using air puffs as a stimulus. The authors first establish the paradigm and show that air puffs induce cardiac deceleration along with increased locomotion. They then identify dopamine as a key regulator of this response and go on to map the underlying circuit. In doing so, they pinpoint two pairs of DA-WED neurons as critical players. They carefully used intersectional strategies to achieve relatively clean labeling of these neurons, which helps ensure that the observed effects can be attributed specifically to DA-WED neurons. They further show that DA-WED neurons are both required and sufficient to drive cardiac deceleration, and that their activity increases in response to air puff stimulation. These neurons also contribute to the locomotor response. Directly inducing cardiac deceleration via optogenetic manipulation of cardiomyocytes also increases locomotion, suggesting a link between cardiac state and behavioral output.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the experiments are thoughtfully designed, well-controlled, and clearly presented. The figures are easy to follow, and the conclusions are generally well supported by the data. The manuscript is also clearly written, with a discussion that acknowledges potential caveats and outlines future directions. The genetic tools, behavioral paradigm, heart rate measurement approaches, and stimulation methods introduced here will be valuable resources for the community.

      Weaknesses:

      A few minor points to add to the clarity of the manuscript:

      (1) The DA-WED driver (R48A08-AD ∩ VT008692-DBD ∩ TH-FLP) appears quite clean in the brain. However, since the study focuses on cardiac function and locomotion, it would be helpful to check expression in cardiomyocytes and the ventral nerve cord. This would help rule out any off-target expression that might contribute to the phenotypes and further support the idea of a descending pathway from brain dopaminergic neurons.

      We thank reviewer#1 for this thoughtful comment. We have indeed checked the expression pattern of the DA-WED driver (R48A08-AD ∩ VT008692-DBD ∩ TH-FLP) throughout the body, and failed to detect noticeable expression outside the brain (Supplementary Fig. 6d in the original manuscript). As for the heart, the whole tissue was cleared and confocal-imaged from the dorsal side. As cardiomyocytes are positioned directly beneath the dorsal cuticle of the abdomen, the expression of a driver can be best assessed this way. In contrast to the lack of apparent expression in cardiomyocytes, we could see clear expression in DA-WED neurons in the brain in the same sample (Supplementary Fig. 6d). In this experiment, however, potential expression in VNC could have been missed, as VNC is positioned on the ventral side and thus further away from the objective lens. We thus conducted an additional experiment in which we dissected out the brain + VNC and checked the driver’s expression. Our confocal imaging results revealed no expression in VNC. We have included this data in our updated manuscript as Supplementary Fig. 6e.

      (2) Since DA-WED>Kir2.1 abolishes the puff-induced locomotor response (Figure 5b), suggesting that DA-WED neurons are directly involved in mediating locomotion. In the model (Figure 5L), it might make more sense for the pathway from mechanical threat to locomotion to pass through DA-WED neurons. The authors could consider adjusting the schematic if they agree.

      As the reviewer pointed out, Kir2.1-mediated suppression of DA-WED neurons almost completely abolished puff-induced locomotion. In our original schematic, we included a pathway from mechanical threat to locomotion that bypassed DA-WED, reflecting the possibility that locomotion could be driven by multiple pathways. We agree, however, that this possibility was not directly supported by our data and that the near-complete suppression of puff-induced locomotion upon DA-WED silencing more strongly supports a model in which the predominant flow of information from puff detection to locomotion passes through DA-WED neurons. We have therefore removed the direct arrow from mechanical threat to locomotion and added a dashed arrow from DA-WED neurons to locomotion, representing a pathway that may promote locomotion independently of DA-WED-mediated cardiac deceleration (Fig. 5m; Supplementary Fig. 9i).

      We have updated the legend of Fig. 5m as follows:

      “Model. DA-WED neurons promote locomotion, through and/or bypassing interoception of the heartbeat (dashed arrows).”

      We also updated the legend of Supplementary Fig. 9i as follows:

      “Model. Air puff promotes locomotion while suppressing grooming. Mechanistically, air puff activates DA-WED neurons. DA-WED neurons drive not only cardiac deceleration but locomotion, potentially through a feedback from cardiac deceleration (dashed arrows). Such a DA-WED-based mechanism fails to influence grooming.”

      (3) In line 408, Figure 5K should be 5L as it's a discussion of the model.

      We thank reviewer#1 for pointing this out. Accordingly, we have made the following corrections:

      L436-439: “cardiac deceleration is accompanied by increased locomotion (Fig. 5e-l). Our data points to a scenario in which DA-WED neurons induce cardiac deceleration upon mechanical threat, which may in turn influence threat-induced locomotion (Fig. 5m).”

      (4) In Figure 5j, the x-axis is missing time labels. Even if it matches Figure 5h, adding labels would make it easier to interpret at a glance.

      We agree with reviewer#1 and added the x labels to Fig. 5j, and also to the second panels of h, j, and l.

      (5) In line 312, it would be helpful to briefly explain why a 28 ms light pulse was used, compared to other pulse durations elsewhere in the paper.

      Our system synchronized behavior, heartbeat, and optogenetics at 70 Hz (14-ms intervals). Because mechanical threat transiently elongated beat-to-beat intervals typically by 20 - 23ms, we chose 28-ms (2-frame) stimulation to best mimic this effect, over 14 (1-frame) or 42 (3-frame) ms (Fig. 1; Supplementary Fig. 2b, e, f). We have added this explanation to our manuscript, as follows:

      L326 - 328: “To approximate the 20–23 ms beat-to-beat prolongation evoked by mechanical threat (Fig. 1; Supplementary Fig. 2e, f), we used 28-ms (2-frame) green light pulses.”

      (6) The cardiac deceleration seems to recover quickly after the air puff ends, whereas the locomotor response persists longer (around 10-15 seconds; see Figure 1 and Figure 5). This difference might suggest that DA-WED neurons influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway, beyond their role in cardiac regulation. It could be worth briefly discussing this possibility.

      We agree that the time course of puff-induced locomotion (Fig. 1f, Fig. 5a) is more persistent than DA-WED activation (Fig. 4f) or cardiac deceleration (Fig. 1d, Fig. 4b). Also, silencing DA-WED neurons partially reduced puff-induced cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4c) but appears to have more strongly abolished puff-induced locomotion (Fig. 5a, b). Given that our interoception model is only partially tested, we agree that it is better to mention the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway beyond their role in cardiac regulation.

      Our “Limitation of this study” section in our original manuscript touched on this issue, as follows (L430-432):

      “Although cardiac deceleration can promote locomotion, we have not directly tested whether it is required for DA-WED–evoked locomotion, leaving open the possibility of parallel downstream pathways.”

      But to be more explicit, in our updated manuscript, we also included the following discussion:

      L439-441: “We note, however, that our data does not exclude the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion at least partially independent of its role in cardiac deceleration”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors study cardiac deceleration during threat responses in Drosophila. Particularly, it focuses on identifying the neuronal control of this deceleration. Using behavioral and cardiac tracking and analysis, genetics, and calcium imaging, they identify two pairs of dopaminergic neurons involved in cardiac deceleration during air puff responses

      Strengths:

      The study is overall well done, and the paper is clearly written. Particularly, the work on identifying the two pairs of dopaminergic neurons involved in cardiac deceleration using a series of drivers and generating new ones is rigorous and extensive. Finally, the authors manipulate the heartbeat to investigate how it influences threat responses

      Weaknesses:

      There are, however, several points that need to be clarified, as some claims are not entirely supported by evidence.

      The authors, for example, claim that dopaminergic neurons are responsible for cardiac deceleration (during the air puff, lines 182-3, page 9). However, based on the work in this study, it seems that other neurons could be involved in this control as well. In addition to dopaminergic neurons, the authors test serotonergic and octopaminergic neurons, which, based on silencing experiments, also show an implication in heart-beat deceleration. Furthermore, because they find that dopaminergic neurons are the only ones that, upon thermogenetic activation, lead to lower heart beat frequency, they conclude that the dopaminergic neurons are responsible for air -puff induced cardiac deceleration.

      However, these activation experiments are done in a different context than the air puff experiments (at a higher temperature, which could have an effect on the heartbeat changes upon activation of different neuron groups), and because silencing of other monoaminergic neuron types during the air puff also resulted in less cardiac deceleration, one cannot exclude the implication of octopaminergic or serotonergic neurons in air-puff-induced deceleration.

      Activation experiments without high temperatures (using, for example, optogenetics) and/or in the presence of the air puff would be important to determine that the dopaminergic neurons are the main type of monoaminergic neurons involved in air-puff-induced cardiac deceleration. Otherwise, the related claims should be rephrased in a way that clearly doesn't exclude a possible implication of other monoaminergic neurons.

      We thank reviewer#2 for raising an important point. Our intention was not to claim that dopaminergic system is solely responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration. What we meant to convey in our original manuscript was that, after conducting experiments shown in Fig. 2, dopaminergic system was the one that made most sense to focus on, as the other system failed to show consistent results across loss- and gain-of-function experiments. We acknowledge, as reviewer #2 rightly pointed out, that consistency across loss- and gain-of-function experiments is not a logical necessity for given neurons to be causally contributing to a brain function, especially in this case where loss- and gain- of-function experiments were conducted at different temperatures. We have revised our manuscript to more precisely express our view outlined above, as follows:

      L194-196: “Together, our data demonstrates that, while not excluding the contributions of serotonergic or octopaminergic systems, dopamine system is responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration.”

      Regarding the interactions between the cardiac deceleration and locomotion, the authors propose, based on the results, that the optogenetic cardiac deceleration is sufficient to induce an increase in locomotion, and that it is the decrease in heartbeat that would be responsible via interoceptive pathways to trigger an increase in locomotion. In the model they propose, the DA-WED neurons would induce a decrease in heartbeat that, in turn, would trigger an increase in locomotion. There is not enough proof that cardiac deceleration is the one that triggers an increase in locomotion during air puff responses. As the authors themselves state, the experiments that would demonstrate this would involve preventing cardiac deceleration while optogenetically activating DA-WED. It can therefore not be excluded that the DA-WED neurons trigger an increase in locomotion that is possibly modulated by the cardiac activity. Both alternatives should be considered (models in Figures 4 and 5).

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment, which is also consistent with reviewer#1’s view. We agree that it is better to mention the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway beyond their role in cardiac regulation, which our data does not exclude. In our updated manuscript, we included the discussion as below:

      L433-441: “Our results provide partial support for such a model. We show that (1) mechanical threat induces cardiac deceleration and locomotion (Fig. 1), (2) DA-WED neurons in the brain are responsible for threat-induced cardiac deceleration and locomotion (Fig. 4; Fig. 5a-d), (3) optogenetic cardiac deceleration is accompanied by increased locomotion (Fig. 5e-l). Our data points to a scenario in which DA-WED neurons induce cardiac deceleration upon mechanical threat, which may in turn influence threat-induced locomotion (Fig. 5m). We note, however, that our data does not exclude the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion at least partially independent of its role in cardiac deceleration.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this elegant study, Tsuji et al. identify a relationship in Drosophila between cardiodynamics and threatening stimuli where mild air puffs elicit a brief bradycardia that coincides with locomotion increases. They then take advantage of the arsenal of genetic tools available in the fruit fly to reveal the indispensability of dopamine, through the action of Dop1R2, in this phenomenon. Further, they pinpoint the source of this dopamine to two specific pairs of neurons - DA-WED that are threat-activated. They then test and find a potential role for cardiac interoception from the heart in linking behavior and cardiodynamics.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting and timely story that brings together the tools of fruit fly systems neuroscience and links it with physiology. The experiments are well done and tell a very nice story. In particular, the primary message of the paper - that the authors have identified specific dopaminergic neurons that regulate cardiac activity - is sound.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no important problems with the scientific approach. Rather, there are some interpretive changes I would consider.

      (1) The changes in heart rate are small (10% or so), and, as far as I can tell, are evident for a beat or two. So the data may be better interpreted not as a change in rate but as a lengthening of diastole for a beat or two. That may seem a petty difference, but it might point to particular stretch-activated systems or changes in blood flow as the determinant.

      Heart rate must be averaged over time, and so might be blurring the effects. It may be useful to produce figures centered on beat count and duration rather than time. Because the effect may even be just on a single beat, we suggest the authors try plotting the average beat duration for each beat that follows the air puff. If it's really just the first beat, using a quantification of the change of this duration relative to the average that precedes the puff may produce more striking figures.

      We thank reviewer#3 for this insightful suggestion, which also relates to the reviewer’s next comment. We tried plotting the average beat duration for each beat that follows the air puff, relative to beats preceding the puff. The reviewer’s prediction turned out to be partially true – our plot of beat-to-beat interval vs beat count around puff revealed that the interval indeed increased for the three beats following puff across different puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e). Consistently, the average interval over three beats before and after puff per fly revealed larger differences for 50mL/min and especially 200mL/min but no noticeable changes for 20mL/min, so that now we detect similar cardiac deceleration across puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 2f). However, this novel analysis unfortunately came with slightly larger variance overall (Supplementary Fig. 2f). We thus prefer to stick to HR in the present manuscript, but still agree that this is valuable for a more comprehensive understanding of cardiac puff responses. We included our new plot as Supplementary Fig. 2e, f, with the following description in the Result section:

      L121-122: “Indeed, the beat-to-beat interval increased over the three beats following puff onset, and this increase was comparable across puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e, f).”

      (2) The author's model that cardiac deceleration leads to walking data is only partially supported by their data. In the first figure, the relationship between cardiac deceleration and walking probability seems to be inverted relative to their model (weak stimulus -> strong cardiac effect and weak locomotor effect; strong stimulus-> weak cardiac effect and strong locomotor effect). It is possible that this discrepancy may disappear when the authors look at beat duration rather than heart rate (for instance, if following the strong stimulus, there is a very long beat that is followed by tachycardia, thus weakening their observed HR change). It would also be easier to relate this data in Figure 1 to their interoceptive model if some data were shown that illustrated the relative timing of the cardiac change and the locomotor start.

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, we re-examined the cardiac response using the beat-to-beat interval rather than heart rate. As the reviewer anticipated, this partially resolves the apparent discrepancy. Averaging the interval over the three beats before and after the puff (per fly) reveals a significant increase in beat-to-beat interval at every puff strength, with comparable magnitude across strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e, f). However, since a comparable cardiac response, in terms of beat-to-beat interval, is accompanied by a graded locomotor response, locomotion cannot be driven by cardiac deceleration alone. Indeed, puff-induced cardiac deceleration and locomotion fail to correlate (added as Supplementary Fig. 10a in our updated manuscript). In contrast, optogenetic cardiac deceleration does increase locomotion (Fig. 5h-k), and with a strong correlation between optogenetically activated cardiac deceleration and locomotion (added as Fig. 5l in our updated manuscript). Taken together, locomotion is likely driven by both cardiac deceleration and a parallel, cardiac-independent pathway, with the latter accounting for the puff-strength dependence (Fig. 5m). We added the following description in the Result section:

      L121-122: “Indeed, the beat-to-beat interval increased over the three beats following puff onset, and this increase was comparable across puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e, f).”

      Regarding the relative timing, we added a dedicated figure as Fig. 1h, which shows that the onsets of the cardiac and locomotor changes are approximately concurrent across puff strengths. They differ in their peak timing — the cardiac deceleration reaches its extremum in roughly 0.2 – 0.5 s, while the walking fraction peaks later (roughly 1 – 1.5 s). We have added the following to the Result section:

      L127-139: “A close inspection of the peri-stimulus dynamics revealed that the onsets of the cardiac and locomotor changes were approximately concurrent at puff onset across strengths (Fig. 1h). Furthermore, the peak of cardiac deceleration (roughly 0.2 – 0.5 s post puff onset) preceded that of locomotor increase (roughly 1 – 1.5 s post puff onset). Especially at lower puff strengths, locomotor response showed an additional transient dip, embedded in dominant and persistent locomotion, almost concurrently, but in the case of 50 mL/min following, cardiac deceleration (Fig. 1h). Overall, cardiac and locomotor responses begin together, and the cardiac response reaches its peak before the locomotor response does. These data are consistent with the idea that cardiac and locomotor responses are coordinated, and that cardiac deceleration may causally contribute to the locomotor response. We therefore set out to identify the neurons responsible for cardiac deceleration and to test their causal role directly.”

      We have also updated our corresponding Discussion section (chapter 1) accordingly:

      L369-389: “Cardiac deceleration is coordinated with defensive locomotion

      Our data show that air puff stimulation induces cardiac deceleration together with increased locomotion (Fig. 1). Across puff strengths, locomotion scaled with stimulus strength, whereas the cardiac deceleration did not: measured as time-binned HR, it was less pronounced at stronger puffs, while measured as the beat-to-beat interval it was comparable across strengths (Fig. 1d–h; Supplementary Fig. 2f). This indicates that locomotion is not simply a graded readout of cardiac deceleration.

      Although cardiac deceleration is often associated with freezing in mammals [1], cardiac deceleration has also been observed during early threat detection and orienting responses [78], suggesting that it reflects engagement of a defensive processing rather than motor inhibition per se. Consistent with this view, dissociation between threat-evoked cardiac modulation and freezing has been reported across taxa. In mammals, for example, disruption of autonomic output can abolish cardiac deceleration without eliminating freezing [79]. Similarly, in decapod crustaceans and Drosophila, visual stimuli elicit reproducible and time-locked changes in heart rate that accompany both freezing and fleeing [8,9,80]. While these studies establish that cardiac modulation can be dissociated from freezing, our findings additionally demonstrate that cardiac deceleration can co-occur with a predominantly locomotor response to mechanical threat and can itself causally contribute to locomotion (Fig. 5e-m). Cardiac deceleration is therefore not restricted to passive defensive states, but can act upstream of active locomotor responses.”

      We also examined HR-versus-locomotion relationships trial-by-trial and fly-by-fly, but trial-to-trial fluctuations in both signals were too large to pinpoint the timing of changes at that level, which is why we present the population peri-stimulus dynamics in Fig. 1h.

      (3) Also, since the locomotor and cardiac changes are probabilistic, it would be very useful to see how their respective probabilities change when conditioned on the other. According to their interoceptive model, locomotion should preferentially increase on trials where cardiac deceleration occurs. The authors should discuss this incongruity and also potential alternative interpretations of their cardiac manipulation experiments. Perhaps the bradycardia makes them more sensitive to threats - as suggested in the introduction? Control flies show a mild increase in locomotion following green light (Figure 5j), so perhaps by slowing the heart, they are more sensitive and thus respond more strongly to this stimulus?

      We believe that cardiac and locomotor changes are predicted to be congruent across flies only if locomotion is solely dependent on cardiac changes. Our optogenetic cardiac deceleration experiment likely corresponds to such a situation, and we indeed observed a strong correlation between cardiac and locomotor changes for retinal-fed test group but not for retinal-unfed control group (which we now present as Fig. 5l).

      As for stimulus-induced locomotion, it may reflect contributions from cardiac-state-independent locomotor pathways (Fig. 5m). In such a situation, cardiac and locomotor changes are not necessarily predicted to be congruent. Indeed, puff-induced locomotion and cardiac changes do not appear to be congruent across flies (which we now present as Supplementary Fig. 10a).

      We have added these plots as Fig. 5l and Supplementary Fig. 10a, and added the following explanation in the main text:

      L335 - 341: “Furthermore, optogenetically induced changes in HR and locomotion were strongly anti-correlated fly-wise in the retinal-fed test group (Pearson’s correlation coefficient: -0.81, p-value: 0.00538) but not in the control group without retinal (Pearson’s correlation coefficient: 0.43, p-value: 0.436) (Fig. 5l). This contrasts with puff-induced responses, in which changes in HR and locomotion were not significantly correlated (Supplementary Fig. 10a). This lack of correlation may reflect contributions from cardiac-state-independent locomotor pathways.”

      As for the possibility of bradycardia promoting locomotor response to threats (light), We thank the reviewer for raising this alternative interpretation. We agree that our experiment does not distinguish whether cardiac deceleration directly promotes locomotion or instead enhances the locomotor response to the green-light stimulus itself. Indeed, retinal-unfed control flies showed a modest increase in locomotion following green-light illumination, indicating that the light can itself influence behavior. Thus, the larger locomotor response in retinal-fed flies could in principle reflect an interaction between the optogenetically induced cardiac state and this sensory response.

      We note, however, that this interpretation would still imply a causal influence of cardiac state on behavior: cardiac deceleration would increase the gain of an externally evoked locomotor response rather than directly initiating locomotion. Because our experiment does not discriminate between these possibilities, we have revised our manuscript to state that experimentally induced cardiac deceleration can promote locomotion or potentiate a light-evoked locomotion.

      L346–L350: "We also note that retinal-unfed controls showed a modest locomotor increase following green-light illumination (Fig. 5j, k), leaving open whether cardiac deceleration directly promotes locomotion or potentiates a light-evoked locomotion. In either case, our data support a modulatory influence of cardiac state on locomotor output.”

      We thank the reviewer for significantly strengthening our manuscript.

      (4) Looking at the example shapes of the beats in Figure 5g versus Figure 1c, the optogenetically induced diastole has a very different shape from the naturally occurring long beat. Thus, the exact cardiac stimulus may be unnatural. If this is true across trials and animals, it may be worth considering that the funny beat (like an anxiogenic atrial fibrillation in mammals) is the source of the fear and, in turn, locomotor behavior (also interesting!) rather than being a true replication of the cardiac events seen following the puff stimulus.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that the optogenetically induced cardiac deceleration does not fully reproduce every feature of the puff-induced heartbeat, and we have been careful not to claim that it does. Our aim was to test whether cardiac deceleration can influence locomotor state, not to claim that the optogenetically induced beat is an exact replica of the puff-induced response.

      At the level of HR, the two manipulations were closely matched: both produced an ~10% reduction with a similar time course. They differed in the finer beat-to-beat structure — the optogenetic deceleration was concentrated in a transient prolongation at stimulus onset, whereas the puff-induced deceleration was distributed across several beats (Supplementary Fig. 10). In both cases, however, the M-mode recordings show that the heart maintained an organized rhythm, with the manipulation producing a transient diastolic prolongation rather than sustained beat-to-beat irregularity (Fig. 1c, Fig. 5g). This argues against the possibility that a fibrillation-like funny beat underlies the behavioral effect, but leaves open the possibility of light-induced one long interval, vs puff-induced long intervals across three consecutive beats, may have contributed to behavior. We also note that our current imaging system does not yet permit a comprehensive comparison of finer heartbeat features, such as full contraction dynamics, waveform shape, stroke volume/ejection fraction, or beat-pattern irregularity quantified across trials and animals. We therefore do not intend to exclude the possibility that specific features of the optogenetically induced beat pattern contribute to the behavioral effect — an interesting question that we agree is worth pursuing.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly. We now state, with an added figure (Supplementary Fig. 10), that the optogenetic experiment supports that experimentally induced cardiac deceleration can modulate locomotor behavior, but does not establish that the artificial cardiac pattern is identical to the mechanically evoked response. We also note the open possibility that distinct heartbeat patterns may themselves influence defensive behavior.

      L343–L346: " One limitation is that our optogenetically induced cardiac pattern (Fig. 5g; Supplementary Fig. 10b, c) is not necessarily identical to its mechanically induced counterpart (Fig. 1c; Supplementary Fig. 10d, e), which could have influenced locomotion.”

      L321-324: “To directly test whether cardiac deceleration can influence locomotion, we optogenetically induced cardiac deceleration of a magnitude comparable to the puff-induced response by expressing the light-gated anion channel GtACR1 in cardiomyocytes using Hand-GAL4 (Fig. 5e).”

      Assessing how heartbeat pattern influences behavior will require improved whole-heart imaging and more detailed quantitative analysis of heartbeat dynamics, which we are currently developing but consider beyond the scope of the present study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Recommendation for the authors:

      (1) In the introduction section (around line 43), it would be important to also include relevant work on the relationship between cardiac activity and threat responses in Drosophila (Barrios et al, 2021) as this study describes the internal physiological states of fruit flies during defensive responses (including the changes in heartbeat).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The suggested paper was referenced in our original Introduction but slightly later (L78) than the location suggested by the reviewer (L44). We have now included this reference in L44 as well.

      (2) Activation experiments could be performed in the presence of an air puff. The authors show that the stronger the air puff rate, the stronger the response. Low or medium air puff could be used during optogenetic activation of serotonergic and octopaminergic neurons, and see if the activation of different neuron types enhances cardiac deceleration and increase of locomotion (to levels similar to those observed, for example, at high puff rates). Otherwise, the claim that the dopaminergic system is solely responsible should be rephrased.

      We agree that the suggested experiment can more reliably assess the potential contribution of serotonergic and octopaminergic systems. However, our intention was not to claim that dopaminergic system is solely responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration. Rather, consistency across loss- and gain-of-function experiments led us to focus on dopaminergic system, which allowed us to identify DA-WED neurons. We have revised our manuscript to more precisely express our view outlined above, as follows:

      L194-196: “Together, our data demonstrates that, while not excluding the contributions of serotonergic or octopaminergic systems, dopamine system is responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration.”

      (3) Since there is not enough proof that cardiac deceleration is the one that triggers an increase in locomotion during air puff responses and cannot be excluded that the DA-WED neurons trigger an increase in locomotion that is further modulated by the cardiac deceleration. Both options should be considered (models in Figures 4 and 5, results and discussion).

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment, which is also consistent with reviewer#1’s view. We agree that it is better to mention the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway beyond their role in cardiac regulation, which our data does not exclude. In our updated manuscript, we added to our schematic model an arrow emanating from DA-WED to locomotion directly (Fig. 5m), explaining our interpretation in the corresponding legend. We also included the discussion as below:

      L439 - 441: “We note, however, that our data does not exclude the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion at least partially independent of its role in cardiac deceleration.”

      (4) Pages 14-15 (and in discussion). It appears that in some cases, puff and threat are used interchangeably, which may be confusing, as for example the authors ask if DA-WED could be general threat detectors in this context, meaning, if I understand correctly, that they are involved in all the aspects of the behavioral response to an air puff. However, the term general threat detector may be understood to mean not specific to air puff but also other types of threats, which is not addressed in this study. I suggest this be rephrased to avoid confusion. Also, they should be clear in the text when they refer specifically to air puff threats and when to threat responses.

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We swapped the phrase “general threat detectors” with “puff detectors” for precision. We have revised our manuscript accordingly, as follows:

      L306 - 320: “An alternative interpretation is that DA-WED neurons function as mere puff detectors that broadly regulate puff-evoked behaviors. If this were the case, manipulating these neurons should affect all behavioral outputs induced by puff. In addition to promoting locomotion, air puff suppressed grooming predominantly within 3 s of puff onset, consistently across puff strengths; grooming during the later 10–20 s window was variable, either remaining suppressed, returning to baseline, or reversing to an increase depending on puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 9a–c). However, silencing DA-WED neurons failed to disrupt puff-induced grooming suppression (Supplementary Fig. 9d–f), despite markedly reducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4b, c) and locomotion (Fig. 5a, b). Likewise, photoactivation of DA-WED neurons failed to suppress grooming (Supplementary Fig. 9g–i), while robustly inducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4i, j) and locomotion (Fig. 5c, d). Thus, manipulation of DA-WED neurons does not reproduce the full behavioral repertoire triggered by puff. These findings argue against the idea that DA-WED neurons function as mere puff detectors and instead support a more specific role in coordinating cardiac and locomotor responses.”

      To better distinguish “external threat” vs “threat responses”, we have also made the following changes in our main text:

      L303-305: “These findings suggest that DA-WED neurons coordinate cardiac deceleration with locomotor responses upon mechanical threat.”

      L341-343: “These observations are consistent with the possibility that cardiac deceleration may influence locomotor responses upon mechanical threat”

      L437-439: “Our data points to a scenario in which DA-WED neurons induce cardiac deceleration upon mechanical threat, which may in turn influence threat-induced locomotion (Fig. 5m).”

      L477-478: “While our data are consistent with a model in which DA-WED neurons couple cardiac deceleration to locomotor responses upon mechanical threat”

      (5) In Supplementary Figure 3, the R74C07 labels anterior and posterior sensilla. Since the external sensilla on the posterior abdomen were excluded based on the Aes1N driver's result, the phenotype is likely due to the anterior sensilla. However, those are not included in the summary in the i) panel. Why is that?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Our policy was that “When multiple drivers labeled the given neurons, we considered such neurons as indispensable for cardiac deceleration only when those drivers produced consistent results (hence, e.g. external sensilla on the posterior abdomen were excluded based on Aes1N driver's result, despite R74C07 driver's result suggests otherwise)”. Accordingly, sensilla on the eye compound (“anterior” sensilla in reviewer’s comment) labeled by R74C07 driver were excluded by “R38B08AD-VT043775DBD” split combination’s result. Our original legend of Supplementary Fig. 3i explained our policy, but to avoid confusion, our updated legend now includes above explanation as well, as follows:

      “(hence, e.g. external sensilla on the posterior abdomen were excluded based on Aes1N driver's result, despite R74C07 driver's result suggests otherwise; similarly, sensilla on the eye compound labeled by R74C07 driver were excluded by “R38B08-AD VT043775-DBD” split combination’s result).”

      (6) There seems to be a strong off response to air puff in medial and not in lateral DA-WED neurons, suggesting that the single pair of neurons could have a different function in the context of air puff responses. That should be discussed.

      We agree with the reviewer that there may be differences in puff responses in medial vs lateral DA-WED neurons (Supplementary Fig. 8c). We have included this in our Result section as follows:

      L281 – 283: “We note, though, that the medial neurons tended to show offset response-like activities more pronounced than their lateral counterparts (Supplementary Fig. 8c), potentially hinting at functional heterogeneity within DA-WED neurons.”

      (7) Grooming: In Supplementary Figure 9c, although not significant, the silencing of DA-WED does seem to have an effect on the grooming profile- averaging over the 10-second time window does not reveal a significant effect, but a finer analysis may reveal some differences. There seems to be an increase in grooming after 10s? (in e-h).

      We added the 10–20 s window data as Supplementary Fig. 9c, f, i, l. We note, however, that this window falls outside the period of robust puff-evoked grooming suppression. In wild-type flies, air puff suppressed grooming predominantly within 3 s of puff onset, and this suppression was consistent in direction across all puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 9a, b). Grooming during the 10–20 s window, by contrast, was variable, either remaining suppressed, returning to baseline, or reversing to an increase depending on puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 9a). We therefore regard the 0–3 s window as reflecting the most reliable puff-evoked grooming response. Within this window, we did not detect statistically significant effects of neuronal or cardiac manipulation on the grooming suppression. Independently of this, we also examined the average grooming fraction during the 10–20 s window: the apparent differences there are driven by a few unusually high-magnitude values and are not statistically significant even when those values are retained (Supplementary Fig. 9f, i, l).

      We also made the following changes to the Results section (and added Supplementary Fig. 9c, f, i, l):

      L308 – 317: "In addition to promoting locomotion, air puff suppressed grooming predominantly within 3 s of puff onset, consistently across puff strengths; grooming during the later 10–20 s window was variable, either remaining suppressed, returning to baseline, or reversing to an increase depending on puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 9a–c). Silencing DA-WED neurons failed to disrupt puff-induced grooming suppression (Supplementary Fig. 9d–f), despite markedly reducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4b, c) and locomotion (Fig. 5a, b). Likewise, photoactivation of DA-WED neurons failed to suppress grooming (Supplementary Fig. 9g–i), while robustly inducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4b, c) and locomotion (Fig. 5c, d)."

      L333 – 334: “In contrast, this manipulation failed to alter grooming behavior (Supplementary Fig. 9j-l).”

      We also spotted an inaccurate description in our original legend, which read “Change in grooming fraction, calculated for each fly as the % difference between the mean fraction during the 10 s following stimulation onset and the mean fraction during the 10 s baseline period preceding stimulation.” This was an error, and we have instead used “during the 3 s following stimulation onset” window as we accurately described in our original Method (L579 – 582: “Puff-induced changes in walking and grooming were quantified by comparing the mean fraction during the 10 s and 3 s, respectively, following puff onset with the mean fraction during the 10 s baseline period preceding puff onset.”). We have corrected this error in our updated legend. We apologize for any confusion this error might have caused.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Showing the model in Figure 4k as puff in parallel leads to locomotor effects independently of DA-WED, which is incongruent with the next figure where they discuss their interoceptive model. It might be useful to present the interoceptive model as a competing model in 4K that will be tested in the following figure.

      Our intention there was to graphically summarize the tentative model that was plausible consistent with data presented in Fig.1-4. While we much appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion, we prefer not to present interoception idea in Fig. 4k: since the interoception idea comes from observations in Fig. 5a-d, we fear that presenting interoception model in Fig. 4k could be confusing without looking at Fig. 5a-d. Still, the reviewer’s suggestion gave us an opportunity to revisit our manuscript’s structure and for that we are thankful.

      (2) The effect the authors observe is similar to one that has been [1.1] recently published in zebrafish larvae (Herrera et al. 2026 and Hernandez-Nunez et al. 2026), where lengthened heartbeats accompany active avoidance behavior following threats. Interestingly, this effect seems to be particularly conserved amongst smaller animals like fish larvae and insects, where heartbeats may represent a stronger sensory stimulus. It may be worthwhile for the authors to discuss these parallels. Further, some of the difficulties about interpreting direct optogenetic manipulation of cardiac function are discussed and explored in the Herrera et al. paper.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these studies and this intriguing parallel. We agree the correspondence across distant taxa is striking. In larval zebrafish, cardiac dynamics and behavioral state are coupled following threat (Herrera et al., 2026), and dedicated vagal sensory neurons encode HR, including subsets responsive to cardiac deceleration, through a largely stimulus (including optogenetic cardiac pacing)-invariant population code (Hernandez-Nunez et al., 2025). Together with the demonstration in mice that optogenetically induced tachycardia can drive an anxiety-like state (Hsueh et al., 2023), and our present findings in Drosophila, these results suggest that cardiac-interoceptive influence on behavior is a broadly shared feature of nervous systems across taxa.

      We find intriguing the reviewer's suggestion that such coupling may be especially relevant in small animals. Indeed, in small animals, the heart may perturb the internal state more globally - in small animals, the per-beat change in physiological state relative to body size may be proportionally larger, rendering each beat a stronger signal rather than being buffered by a large, compartmentalized vasculature. Alternatively, the compactness of small nervous systems could allow an interoceptive cardiac signal to reach motor circuits through few intervening synapses. In Drosophila, almost any neuron can reach any other within roughly four synapses (Scheffer et al., 2020; Dorkenwald et al., 2024; Schlegel et al., 2024), although whether synaptic path lengths are shorter in Drosophila than in larger brains remains unknown. We note, however, that the demonstration of cardiogenic affective control in mammals (Hsueh et al., 2023) indicates the phenomenon is not restricted to small animals, and so we consider the size question open.

      Finally, following the reviewer's pointer to the interpretive considerations raised by Herrera et al., we have added text acknowledging that our optogenetic manipulation may engage the cardiac state through multiple routes. The term interoception is used broadly to include neural as well as humoral, blood pressure, or gas-exchange-related sensing of the cardiac state, and we note that distinguishing among these routes would require targeted manipulations we have not performed.

      We have added the following section to our Discussion:

      L453 – 474: “ Cardiac dynamics can modulate behavior

      Our findings echo a growing body of work linking cardiac dynamics to behavior across distant taxa. In larval zebrafish, cardiac dynamics and behavior are coupled during threat [85], and dedicated vagal sensory neurons encode HR, including its decreases, through a stimulus-invariant population code86. In mice, optogenetically induced tachycardia can drive anxiety-like behavior [87]. And here we find that cardiac deceleration accompanies, and can promote, locomotion in Drosophila. Cardiac influence on behavior thus spans insects, fish, and mammals.

      How cardiac state might be sensed in Drosophila is unknown, and several routes are conceivable. Drosophila heart receives rich neuronal innervation [51,52], although whether these neurons relay sensory information from the heart is unknown. If so, neurons could directly detect the heartbeat, analogous to the cardiac afferents that mediate cardiac interoception in vertebrates [86,87]. Alternatively, the heartbeat could be sensed mechanically or through gas-exchange-related cues. In mammals, the cardiac pressure pulse can be detected directly within the brain by mechanosensitive central neurons88. In zebrafish, cardiac activity can causally influence behavior through its oxygen supply [85]. In insects, although the circulatory architecture differs, the heartbeat contributes to pressure changes in the hemocoel and tracheal system and resultant gas exchange [89,90], which could in principle be detected. While present study does not distinguish among these possibilities, establishing how cardiac state is sensed would provide a foundation for dissecting how central commands and peripheral physiological states interact to coordinate survival behaviors.

      (3) Serotonergic inhibition or knockout seems to diminish cardiac deceleration (lines 159-162), yet activation leads to increased heart rate (lines 170-171). The authors should discuss some possible explanations for this paradoxical result.

      While we can only speculate, one possibility is that serotonergic neurons modulate cardiac control in a context-dependent manner. During mechanical threat, serotonergic activity is indispensable for cardiac deceleration, perhaps by gating the threat-responsive cardiac deceleration pathway involving DA-WED. In contrast, thermogenetic activation of serotonergic neurons outside this context may recruit broader downstream targets, including circuits that induce cardiac acceleration. We have added the following sentences in our Result:

      L183 – 187: “Serotonergic system, on the other hand, provided paradoxical results (Fig. 2g-k, Supplementary Fig. 5c-g): this could be because serotonergic system is required for threat-induced cardiac deceleration, while broad serotonergic activation outside this context possibly engages downstream circuits that promote cardiac acceleration.”

      (4) The split-GAL4 technology is a well-established approach in Drosophila research. The authors don't need to go into so much detail about its mechanism in the results (lines 199-205).

      We have compressed our detailed explanation about split-GAL4 technology as follows:

      L212 – 214: “In this approach, GAL4 is divided into DBD and AD hemi-drivers, and functional GAL4 is reconstituted only in cells expressing both components (Fig. 3c).”

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study utilizes a two-choice assay to examine how groups of Drosophila melanogaster respond to temperature changes. The findings are useful, offering focused importance for the collective decision-making community. However, the strength of the evidence is incomplete, as the current data only partially support the primary claims and the work lacks the necessary integration into the existing literature to contextualize the findings.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study by Z. Moradi, S. Jahedazad, and colleagues presents a refined two-choice assay paradigm for investigating thermotactic behavior in groups of Drosophila melanogaster. The authors developed an experimental setup that maintains a stable temperature profile and utilized supervised classifiers based on extracted locomotion parameters to distinguish between temperature conditions within the arena as well as antennal ablation status. The integration of a Braitenberg vehicle model to simulate fruit fly exploration patterns and U-turn behaviors at thermal boundaries represents a valuable contribution to the study of collective thermotaxis.

      Strengths:

      (1) The detailed description of the behavioral assay and the rigorous calibration methods make the experimental setup reproducible.

      (2) The incorporation of a state-of-the-art animal tracking system enables the precise extraction of multiple locomotion parameters, providing valuable insights into the fruit fly exploration as well as for predicting temperature-dependent behavioral responses. The methodology could be potentially adopted in other studies.

      (3) The authors' decision to study thermotactic behavior in groups is a noteworthy addition. The finding that overall staccato movement patterns remain largely unaffected by antennal ablation, while the frequency and duration of pairwise encounters increase with temperature, offers valuable insights into individual sensory processing vs the influence of collective behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study investigates groups of fruit flies, which is an interesting contrast to previous single-fly studies. While group dynamics are mentioned as potentially important, no direct comparison or analysis was conducted between individual vs group, which would have been a straightforward and valuable addition. The strength of intergroup interactions remains unclear, as the pairwise encounter parameters appeared to have low significance according to the importance factor analysis.

      (2) The manuscript does not clearly articulate the novelty of the work; the innovative aspects are present but not effectively highlighted.

      (3) The descriptions of the locomotor parameters and Braitenberg modeling, which constitute the most critical components of the study, are not optimally presented in the main text. The authors should provide a more detailed rationale for why certain locomotion parameters emerged as more influential (i.e., with higher importance scores) than others. Additionally, clearer explanations from a physical or mechanistic perspective would help readers better appreciate and interpret the significance of these findings.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors develop an experimental framework to precisely control temperature in an arena and make quantitative measurements of thermal avoidance behavior in Drosophila. They find that wild-type animals show robust heat avoidance behavior and suggest that antennal ablation reduces this heat avoidance. They also make a novel claim that antennal inputs do more than simple heat detection but play a role in navigation strategies like centrophobism and are needed for decision-making at thermal boundaries. The fundamental two-choice behavior paradigm or the use of peltier modules for temperature control have been employed previously in the field. The strength of this work lies in detailed behavioral measurements. However, the study falls short due to a lack of adequate experimental controls. The authors then model this behavior as a classical Braitenberg vehicle of sensory-motor transformation. Overall, the paper has some interesting insights into in-depth analysis of Drosophila navigation in thermal gradients, but their evidence only partially supports their claims.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Per my training and expertise, my evaluation and feedback below are focused on the behavioral components of this study and not the modeling. The authors use heat avoidance thermotaxis behavior in adult flies as a behavioral read out of decision-making with the goal of providing a novel quantitative analysis of the navigational strategies that contribute to heat avoidance behavior. Breaking down a specific behavior (here, heat avoidance) into component behavioral motifs can provide a more detailed analysis that can contribute to deeper understanding of navigational strategies within Drosophila and potentially aid understanding of navigational strategies at a broader level. The authors describe temperature preference behaviors, as has been previously reported and examine the role(s) of thermoreceptors localized to the antennae compared to the rest of the fly. The thermotaxis behavior is then broken down into several parameters with the goal of gaining deeper insight into how and when the fly initiates and generates heat avoidance behavior. The work would be further strengthened and clarified by more completely setting the findings within the context of the field both by including relevant citations and via text that describes this within the manuscript. Additionally, while the authors discuss choosing the temperatures in the assay to allow for more "straightforward interpretation", it would be important to note that this might not be what the fly actually experiences and although it might drive a "decision" it might not be revealing the ethologically accurate behavior. Additionally, Figure 2 in particular can be revised to aid the reader in understanding and evaluating the results. For example, writing out the terms on the y-axis (or making a table a reader could easily reference) and including statistically significant findings on the figure itself would allow the reader to more easily draw their own conclusions. Finally, a more thorough discussion would help make the findings more accessible and demonstrate how these findings have the potential to be of broad interest to many disciplines. For example, placing findings in the context of navigation and quantitative behavioral analysis across species and referring to figures within the discussion section itself.

    5. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study by Z. Moradi, S. Jahedazad, and colleagues presents a refined two-choice assay paradigm for investigating thermotactic behavior in groups of Drosophila melanogaster. The authors developed an experimental setup that maintains a stable temperature profile and utilized supervised classifiers based on extracted locomotion parameters to distinguish between temperature conditions within the arena as well as antennal ablation status. The integration of a Braitenberg vehicle model to simulate fruit fly exploration patterns and U-turn behaviors at thermal boundaries represents a valuable contribution to the study of collective thermotaxis.

      Strengths:

      (1) The detailed description of the behavioral assay and the rigorous calibration methods make the experimental setup reproducible.

      (2) The incorporation of a state-of-the-art animal tracking system enables the precise extraction of multiple locomotion parameters, providing valuable insights into the fruit fly exploration as well as for predicting temperature-dependent behavioral responses. The methodology could be potentially adopted in other studies.

      (3) The authors' decision to study thermotactic behavior in groups is a noteworthy addition. The finding that overall staccato movement patterns remain largely unaffected by antennal ablation, while the frequency and duration of pairwise encounters increase with temperature, offers valuable insights into individual sensory processing vs the influence of collective behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      (1.1) The study investigates groups of fruit flies, which is an interesting contrast to previous single-fly studies. While group dynamics are mentioned as potentially important, no direct comparison or analysis was conducted between individual vs group, which would have been a straightforward and valuable addition. 

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestion regarding a direct single-fly versus group-fly comparison. In response, we have added a preliminary analysis comparing single-fly and group-fly trials, with the results presented in the revised manuscript under “Group-Enhanced Heat Avoidance in Drosophila Correlated with Pairwise Encounter Duration” This analysis provides an initial assessment of whether the group-level heat avoidance response differs from that observed in individual flies.

      We must, however, be transparent about the limitations of this additional data. Due to exceptional conditions in Iran during this period, and the completion of the degree program under which this research was conducted, a full comparative dataset could not be collected. The analysis presented is therefore based on preliminary data and should be interpreted as indicative rather than conclusive, and we have clearly noted this limitation in the manuscript.

      We would also like to clarify the scope and intent of this work. As engineers, our primary contribution is methodological: we aimed to develop tools and a framework for temperature-response analysis in Drosophila, with particular focus on enabling such analysis at the collective level, a setting that has received comparatively less attention. A direct behavioral comparison between single and multi-fly conditions was not the original objective of this study. We believe the core contribution of the paper, the arena implementation methodology, analysis pipeline, and collective behavior characterization, stands independently, and we hope the added preliminary comparison addresses the reviewers' concern in the spirit in which it was intended.

      (1.2) The strength of intergroup interactions remains unclear, as the pairwise encounter parameters appeared to have low significance according to the importance factor analysis.

      Thank you for raising this point. First of all, we would like to clarify that, in response to this and concern 21, we have revised the figure, which was previously based on one-way ANOVA scores, to a permutationbased feature importance score (Figure 3). This updated method better reflects the functional contribution of each feature in relation to our trained classifiers. As demonstrated, for the classification of antennal deficits, encounter duration emerges as the fourth most significant feature affecting classification performance. 

      Moreover, we inserted a new section “Group-Enhanced Heat Avoidance in Drosophila Correlated with Pairwise Encounter Duration”, deeply explain the relationship between enhanced AI values in groups (than individual trials) and pairwise interactions.

      We recognize that the impact of social interactions on group thermal responses is a compelling yet underexplored area that deserves further investigation. Therefore, we included some suggestions in the “Limitations and Future Directions” section of our updated manuscript.

      (2) The manuscript does not clearly articulate the novelty of the work; the innovative aspects are present but not effectively highlighted.

      We appreciate your comment and have revised the manuscript accordingly. In particular, we have revised the Introduction section, which now includes a detailed explanation of the novelty of our work and highlighting its distinctions from previous related studies.

      (3.1) The descriptions of the locomotor parameters and Braitenberg modeling, which constitute the most critical components of the study, are not optimally presented in the main text. 

      We revised our manuscript. For your reference, please check out “Table 1” and the “A Simple Braitenberg Vehicle Recapitulated Fly Heat-Avoidance Navigational Strategy” section.

      (3.2) The authors should provide a more detailed rationale for why certain locomotion parameters emerged as more influential (i.e., with higher importance scores) than others. Additionally, clearer explanations from a physical or mechanistic perspective would help readers better appreciate and interpret the significance of these findings.

      We tried to consider this in the entire revision process of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review)

      The authors develop an experimental framework to precisely control temperature in an arena and make quantitative measurements of thermal avoidance behavior in Drosophila. They find that wild-type animals show robust heat avoidance behavior and suggest that antennal ablation reduces this heat avoidance. They also make a novel claim that antennal inputs do more than simple heat detection but play a role in navigation strategies like centrophobism and are needed for decision-making at thermal boundaries. The fundamental two-choice behavior paradigm or the use of peltier modules for temperature control have been employed previously in the field. The strength of this work lies in detailed behavioral measurements. However, the study falls short due to a lack of adequate experimental controls. The authors then model this behavior as a classical Braitenberg vehicle of sensory-motor transformation. Overall, the paper has some interesting insights into in-depth analysis of Drosophila navigation in thermal gradients, but their evidence only partially supports their claims.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review)

      Per my training and expertise, my evaluation and feedback below are focused on the behavioral components of this study and not the modeling. The authors use heat avoidance thermotaxis behavior in adult flies as a behavioral read out of decision-making with the goal of providing a novel quantitative analysis of the navigational strategies that contribute to heat avoidance behavior. Breaking down a specific behavior (here, heat avoidance) into component behavioral motifs can provide a more detailed analysis that can contribute to deeper understanding of navigational strategies within Drosophila and potentially aid understanding of navigational strategies at a broader level. The authors describe temperature preference behaviors, as has been previously reported and examine the role(s) of thermoreceptors localized to the antennae compared to the rest of the fly. The thermotaxis behavior is then broken down into several parameters with the goal of gaining deeper insight into how and when the fly initiates and generates heat avoidance behavior. The work would be further strengthened and clarified by more completely setting the findings within the context of the field both by including relevant citations and via text that describes this within the manuscript. Additionally, while the authors discuss choosing the temperatures in the assay to allow for more "straightforward interpretation", it would be important to note that this might not be what the fly actually experiences and although it might drive a "decision" it might not be revealing the ethologically accurate behavior.  

      We interpret the reviewer’s point as a request to distinguish the temperatures used in our assay from the temperatures a fly would typically encounter in a natural setting. Our selected temperatures were chosen to provide experimentally clear thermal contrasts and facilitate quantitative interpretation; however, the temperature experienced by a fly in nature can vary spatially and temporally and may not correspond to the controlled conditions used here. Thus, a behavioral choice observed in our assay should not automatically be interpreted as an ethologically exact representation of natural thermal decision-making. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript and now frame the assay as a controlled test of thermotactic behavior rather than a direct reproduction of a natural thermal environment.

      Additionally, Figure 2 in particular can be revised to aid the reader in understanding and evaluating the results. For example, writing out the terms on the y-axis (or making a table a reader could easily reference) and including statistically significant findings on the figure itself would allow the reader to more easily draw their own conclusions. 

      Table 1, included in the revised version, defines locomotor features along with their corresponding symbols. In Figure 2, blue median lines depict significant deviation from the baseline at 25°C for the wild-type group. Moreover, in the same figure, red median lines denote significant differences between wild-type and ablated groups at the warm temperature of 35°C. Features’ values (Mean ± SD) extracted from trials as well as the p-values for suitable overall statistical tests (ANOVA, welch ANOVA, Kruskal-Wallis) are included in the supplementary File 1. Adjusted p-values for all pairwise comparisons in the wild-type group are provided in Table 2.

      Finally, a more thorough discussion would help make the findings more accessible and demonstrate how these findings have the potential to be of broad interest to many disciplines. For example, placing findings in the context of navigation and quantitative behavioral analysis across species and referring to figures within the discussion section itself.

      We agree with the reviewer and have substantially revised the Discussion to better connect our findings to navigation and quantitative behavioral analysis. The revised Discussion places the locomotor features and thermal decision-making results in the broader context of behavioral navigation and explicitly refers to the relevant figures when interpreting the findings. We have also clarified which conclusions are directly supported by the present data and which represent potential broader applications or directions for future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Comments:

      (1) The current study focuses on transcriptional regulation of the sex chromosomes. It would be interesting to know whether perturbation of pre-rRNA synthesis also affects transcription of autosomal genes.

      Our RNA-seq analysis shows that BHM-21 treatment markedly affected the transcription of X- and Y-linked genes, with no obvious influence on the transcription of autosomal genes in pachytene spermatocytes (Figure 4B).

      (2) Is ribosome biogenesis still active during prophase I of male meiosis? Additional discussion of the timing and extent of rRNA synthesis at this stage would help place the findings in a broader biological context.

      To determine whether ribosome biogenesis remains active during meiotic prophase I, we examined 47S pre-rRNA levels by qPCR in spermatogonia (Spg) and prophase I spermatocytes. As shown in Figure S2, pre-rRNA transcript levels were extremely low in prophase I spermatocytes compared to Spg, indicating an arrest of rRNA synthesis upon meiotic entry. Notably, we observed prominent redistribution of nucleolar components to the XY body during prophase I. These findings suggest that reduced engagement of nucleolar components in rRNA biogenesis may facilitate their redistribution and their participation in other biological processes. We have added this discussion to the revised manuscript (Lines 283-289).

      (3) A recent preprint reports active RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription of Y chromosome genes within nucleolus-like bodies (NLBs) during prophase I of meiosis in Drosophila male germ cells (https://doi.org/10.64898/2026.05.20.726666). These findings suggest that the meiotic nucleolus may have species-specific roles in regulating sex chromosome gene expression. It would be valuable for the authors to discuss how their findings compare with these observations and the potential evolutionary implications.

      In Drosophila spermatocytes, the nucleolus is reorganized into a nucleolus-like body (NLB). This structure serves as a platform for RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription of Y-linked fertility genes. In contrast, in mouse spermatocytes, nucleolar components such as pre-rRNA and NPM1 are redistributed to the XY body. Their accumulation promotes Pol II exclusion and meiotic sex chromosome inactivation (MSCI). The transcriptional outcomes differ between the two species: Y-linked genes remain transcriptionally active in Drosophila, whereas sex chromosomes are transcriptionally silenced in the mouse. These findings suggest that nucleolar organization has been evolutionarily adapted in a species-specific manner to meet distinct requirements for sex chromosome regulation during spermatogenesis. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript (Lines 317-326).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors showed the localization pattern of nucleolus components, including Pre-rRNA, a precursor of rRNAs, changes during meiotic prophase I, particularly with the localization of these nucleolar components to the X-Y body, which shows inactivation of RNA polymerase II transcription, during pachynema. The localization of Pre-rRNA depends on ATR kinase and gammaH2AX. The chemical inhibition of rRNA transcription disrupts the binding of pre-rRNA to the X-Y body and suppresses the inhibition of the RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription on the sex chromosomes.

      Strengths:

      The cytological analysis, combined with the chemical inhibition, provided solid evidence to support the idea that, together with the remodeling of the nucleolus structure, pre-rRNA is an essential component of sex chromosome inactivation in male mouse meiosis. The role of pre-rRNA in sex chromosome inactivation in male meiosis helps our understanding of how the X-Y body, which would be a biological condensate, would be formed; e.g. for example, this Pre-rRNA may promote phase separation.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there is limited information on how Pre-rRNA is recruited to only sex chromosomes and how the RNA promotes the inactivation of sex chromosomes. Of course, these will be a target of future study. One major weakness of this paper is a poor description of the results, with fair presentation and interpretation of the data.

      Following the reviewers suggestions, we have modified the manuscript. As listed below, we have addressed all the concerns raised by the reviewers point by point.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Major points:

      (1) The authors studied the localization of pre-rRNA, which is the center of this study. However, the general structure of this RNA was poorly described in the text. For example, how this pre-rRNA is different from mature rRNAs. Importantly, how the authors detected pre-rRNA, not other rRNA species, should be described in the Figure and the text.

      The primary pre-rRNA transcript contains the sequences that give rise to the mature rRNAs, together with the external transcribed spacers (5′-ETS and 3′-ETS) and internal transcribed spacers (ITS1 and ITS2). During rRNA maturation, these spacer regions are progressively removed through a series of processing steps and are therefore absent from mature rRNAs (PMID: 22342225). To specifically detect pre-rRNA, we performed RNA-FISH using probes targeting the ITS1 and ITS2 regions as described in the Methods section (Line 380-398). This probe design strategy has been reported in our previous study and cited in the Methods section (PMID: 34980897). Following your suggestion, we have now added a brief description of the general structural features of pre-rRNA and its distinction from mature rRNAs in the Introduction (Lines 36-39).

      (2) For the dynamics of the localization of pre-RNA and/or NMP1 during the meiotic prophase I, it is very important to check the localization of these components in zygonema (or leptonema) by ChIP-seq (Figure 2C) to address whether these signals bind to the sex chromosome prior to pachynema.

      As suggested, we performed additional ChIRP-seq and CUT&Tag-seq to detect the localization of pre-rRNA and NPM1 in leptotene/zygotene spermatocytes (GSE346625, GSE346622). The results indicate that neither pre-rRNA nor NPM1 associates with sex chromosomes at the leptonema-zygonema stage prior to pachynema (Revised Figure S3).

      (3) For Pre-rRNA ChIP, how did the author IP the RNA? Do they have specific antibodies against the RNA? Please explain this in the text.

      The pre-rRNA-associated chromatin was not isolated using an RNA-specific antibody. Instead, we employed Chromatin Isolation by RNA Purification (ChIRP), a well-established method for mapping RNA–chromatin interactions (PMID: 24457971). In this assay, biotinylated antisense DNA oligonucleotides complementary to pre-rRNA sequences were used to specifically capture pre-rRNA together with its associated chromatin, followed by streptavidin-based purification. The experimental procedure has been described in the Methods section (Lines 467-475).

      (4) For Pre-rRNA ChIP-seq and CUT&Tag-seq (Fig. 2C, 3C), the signals are enriched in specific genomic regions. Please show where they are and discuss them.

      Pre-rRNA/NPM1 signals appear to be enriched within γH2AX-positive regions of the sex chromosomes (Figure S8). This spatial overlap is consistent with our finding that ATR-mediated DNA damage response signaling drives the sequestration of nucleolar components to the XY body. Supporting this interpretation, inhibition of ATR or loss of H2AX markedly reduced the enrichment of both pre-rRNA and NPM1 on the sex chromosomes. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript (Lines 155-158).

      (5) In Figure S2, the staining patterns of PLRE1 and FBL are different; FBL seems to bind to chromosome axes, which should be mentioned in the text and, if possible, discussed in terms of the differential localization of nucleolar components on the X-Y body.

      FBL was specifically enriched on the unsynapsed axis of the X and Y chromosomes, where SPO11-mediated DSBs occur. However, POLR1E exhibited a diffuse distribution in the XY body. Thus, it is possible that these nucleolar proteins may be involved in meiosis-related events in the XY body, such as meiotic DSB repair. The differential localization pattern suggests that the nucleolar components may play distinct roles in the meiotic prophase I. We have included the description and discussion of this part in the revised manuscript (Lines 302-306).

      (6) Graphs in Figure 3 showed the order of the binding after ATRi washing: gammaH2AX>NPM1>Pre-rRNA. This kinetic difference is confirmed and should be mentioned in the text (and discussed).

      We agree that the distinct recovery kinetics of γH2AX, NPM1, and pre-rRNA upon ATRi washout support a hierarchical recruitment model. After ATRi washout, γH2AX signals reappeared most rapidly, followed by the gradual re-accumulation of NPM1 and pre-rRNA. This distinct kinetics suggests that ATR-dependent γH2AX signaling precedes the recruitment of NPM1 and pre-rRNA. We have included related information in the revised manuscript (Lines 155-158).

      (7) Figure 3C: It is clear that the absence of pre-rRNA and NMP1 in the gammaH2AX KO testis. It is important to show the localization patterns of these components in pachytene KO cells; e.g., no change in the localization.

      As suggested, we performed additional IF-FISH analysis in wild-type and H2AX-knockout pachytene spermatocytes to examine the subcellular localization of pre-rRNA and NPM1. Both pre-rRNA and NPM1 were prominently enriched at the XY body in wild-type pachytene spermatocytes. In contrast, this XY body-associated enrichment was lost in H2AX-knockout pachytene spermatocytes. Notably, pre-rRNA remained colocalized with NPM1 in H2AX-knockout cells. These observations suggest that H2AX is required for the recruitment of pre-rRNA/NPM1 to the XY body, but is not required for their spatial association. These new data have been included in Figure S9 and described in the revised manuscript (Lines 164-166).

      (8) EU incorporation experiment in Figure 4: Signals of EU in this figure are different from those in Figure1 C. This suggests the distinct loci for rRNA production between leptonema and pachynema. Please explain more. More importantly, it is very important to show the amounts and production rates of ribosomes or rRNAs during distinct stages of prophase I.

      5-EU (5-ethynyl uridine) is a nucleoside analog that is incorporated into all newly synthesized RNA, including both rRNA and mRNA, during active transcription. Therefore, the 5-EU signals we observed reflect the global transcriptional activity of all RNA polymerases (Pol I, Pol II, and Pol III), rather than rRNA production specifically. In pachytene spermatocytes, the XY body undergoes meiotic sex chromosome inactivation (MSCI), a process in which transcription on the sex chromosomes is largely silenced. However, Pol II-mediated transcription is robustly active on the autosomes during this stage. Therefore, the 5-EU signals we detected in pachytene cells predominantly originate from active Pol II transcription on autosomes, while the XY body remains largely devoid of 5-EU incorporation due to MSCI.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we further quantified pre-rRNA transcript levels at different stages of meiotic prophase I using quantitative RT-qPCR. Pre-rRNA transcript levels were extremely low in prophase I spermatocytes compared to Spg, indicating an arrest of rRNA synthesis upon meiotic entry (Revised Figure S2). These findings suggest that reduced engagement of nucleolar components in rRNA biogenesis may facilitate their redistribution and their participation in other biological processes. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript (Lines 283-289).

      (9) It is very important to show the localization of X-Y body markers such as Brca1, ATR, etc., in spermatocytes treated with BMH-21 to know which process is prevented with this inhibitor.

      As suggested, we examined the localization of ATR and BRCA1 in pachytene spermatocytes following BMH-21 treatment. ATR localization to the XY body was unaffected by BMH-21 treatment. Together with our finding that ATR inhibition disrupts pre-rRNA accumulation at the XY body, these observations support the notion that ATR signaling is required upstream of pre-rRNA recruitment. In contrast, BRCA1 enrichment at the XY body was reduced by BMH-21, suggesting that BRCA1 accumulation at the XY body is potentially regulated by pre-rRNA. We have included these data in Figure S11C and S11D and added the corresponding description in the revised manuscript (Lines 180-181).

      (10) Figure 4A clearly shows the localization of pre-rRNA in the X-Y body depends on active PolI transcription. Where is pre-rRNAs, which resided in the X-Y body after the treatment? Spreading to the nucleoplasm or degradation. Is it very important to analyze the amounts of rRNA species, including pre-rRNAs, under these conditions (and also during normal prophase I)?

      As shown in Figure 4A, the prominent enrichment of pre-rRNA at the XY body was lost upon BMH-21 treatment. Instead, the residual pre-rRNAs were dispersed in the nucleoplasm. We also observed that BMH-21 treatment markedly reduced total pre-rRNA levels in pachytene spermatocytes (Author response image 1). Therefore, these results indicate that BMH-21 disrupts the enrichment of pre-rRNA at the XY body and reduces overall pre-rRNA abundance.

      Author response image 1.

      BMH-21 reduces pre-rRNA levels in pachytene spermatocytes. RT-qPCR analysis of pre-rRNA in pachytene spermatocytes treated with BMH-21 (2.5 μM, 12 hours). Data are presented as mean ± SEM (n=3 biological replicates).

      (11) The authors need to study the localization of nucleolar components including Pre-rRNA, in female meiosis.

      We agree that examining the localization and dynamics of nucleolar components during female meiosis would be of considerable interest. However, the present study focuses specifically on the redistribution of nucleolar components to the XY body during male meiotic prophase I. The XY body is a male-specific chromatin domain formed by the largely unsynapsed X and Y chromosomes and is closely associated with meiotic sex chromosome inactivation and the ATR-dependent DNA damage response. Because female meiotic cells lack an equivalent XY body structure, investigating nucleolar organization during female meiosis would address a distinct biological question that is beyond the scope of the present study.

      Minor points:

      (12) Line 61-62, subtelomeric region: "pseudo-autosomal region" is better.

      We have replaced "subtelomeric region" with "pseudoautosomal region (PAR)" in the revised manuscript.

      (13) Figure 1A: Please add the localization of pre-RNA (and other nucleolar components) in the mouse ES cells, etc., as a control. How the nucleolus in germ cells is similar or different from that in typical somatic cells is important.

      We examined the localization of pre-rRNA in mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEF) as a representative somatic cell type (Figure S1A). Pre-rRNA showed a similar nucleolar localization pattern in MEFs and spermatogonia (SPG), indicating that the general organization of pre-rRNA within the nucleolus is comparable between these two cell types.

      (14) Line 83, in situ: Should be italicized.

      We have corrected all instances of "in situ" to italicized format (in situ) throughout the manuscript.

      (15) Figure 1A and text: Please explain what Scp3 is and why the authors used this.

      Synaptonemal complex protein 3 (SYCP3) is a major structural component of the lateral elements of the synaptonemal complex, a proteinaceous structure formed between homologous chromosomes during meiotic prophase I. SYCP3 localizes along meiotic chromosome axes and is widely used as a marker to visualize chromosome organization and distinguish different substages of meiotic prophase I based on characteristic patterns of chromosome synapsis (PMID: 42059593). Therefore, we used SYCP3 staining to visualize meiotic chromosome axes and to identify the developmental stage of spermatocytes. We have now added a clear description of SYCP3 and the rationale for its use in the revised manuscript (Lines 54-56).

      (16) Figure 1A and others, dispersion ratio: Please explain what the ratio is in the text and/or the legend.

      The dispersion ratio is defined as the area of pre-rRNA signal divided by the total nuclear area (delineated by DAPI staining). This ratio reflects the degree of spatial dispersion of pre-rRNA within the nucleus: a higher ratio indicates a more diffuse distribution, whereas a lower ratio indicates a more concentrated localization. The dispersion ratio of NPM1 was calculated using the same method as that for pre-rRNA. We have now added a detailed explanation of this definition to the legend of Figure 1A.

      (17) Figure S1A, top panels: A small portion of the signal of POLR1E (yellow) is out of the nucleus (white circle) and overlaps with c-Kit. What does this mean? Need to clarify.

      The appearance of this small portion of POLR1E signal was most likely due to non-specific staining or an imaging artifact, as it was not reproducibly observed in other cells or independent experimental replicates. To avoid potential misinterpretation, we have replaced the original image with a new representative panel from the same experimental condition in the revised Figure S1A.

      (18) Line 93. GC: Should be "NPM1", since this is the result.

      We have corrected “GC” to “NPM1” in the corresponding sentence in the revised manuscript.

      (19) Line 98-, Figure 1C: Please explain how the EU is incorporated into cells and what the "transient" means here in the legend.

      5-EU (5-ethynyl uridine) is a cell-permeable uridine analog that is incorporated into newly synthesized RNA during active transcription (PMID: 40701178; PMID: 37683610; PMID: 29431736). In our experiment, we added 5-EU to the culture medium at a concentration of 1 mM for 2 hours to transiently label newly synthesized RNA. The term "transient" refers to the short pulse-labeling period (2 hours), which allows us to capture a snapshot of active transcription at the time of labeling, rather than steady-state RNA accumulation.

      (20) Line 110, coalesce: Without live imaging, it is very hard to show that NPM1 (or pre-rRNA) bodies coalesce. The authors need to soften the wording here.

      We have replaced "coalesce" with " aggregate" (Line 116).

      (21) Line 114, pre-rRNA and NPM1 are recruited and sequestered in the X-Y body; however, in Figure 2A, B. No evidence of the colocalization of the signals with a marker for X-Y bodies or X, Y chromosomes. How is it possible to quantify the signals without the reference marker, or how is the area of the X-Y body defined (right graphs, line 114-116)? It is essential to show the colocalization analysis in cytology.

      In our study, the XY body territory was identified based on the following criteria: a. SYCP3 staining was used as the primary marker to delineate the axes of the X and Y chromosomes, which remain unsynapsed during pachynema and are embedded within the XY body. b. DAPI staining served as a secondary marker, as the XY body typically appears as a DAPI-dense region (heterochromatin-enriched) within the nucleus. Accordingly, the XY body area in our quantification (Figure 2A and 2B) was defined as the SYCP3-defined XY chromosome axis region plus the surrounding DAPI-dense chromatin territory, following the established criteria in references 20 and 38. We have now added this information to the corresponding Materials and methods section (Lines 496-501) to clarify our morphological analysis criteria.

      (22) Line 115 gradual accumulation: This is true for Pre-rRNA, but not NPM1, which showed a sudden increase mid- to late-pachynema.

      We have revised the wording from "gradual" to "dynamic" in the revised manuscript (Line 121).

      (23) Figure S3, statistical analysis: What kind of statistics did the authors use here? It seems to be a simple quantification of the ratios.

      In Figure S5 (originally presented in Figure S3), we quantified the dispersion ratio of pre-rRNA (or NPM1) across different meiotic stages. As defined in the figure legend, the dispersion ratio was calculated as the pre-rRNA (or NPM1) signal area divided by the total nuclear area (delineated by DAPI staining), which reflects the degree of spatial dispersion of the signal within the nucleus. The numbers indicated above the data points represent the mean value for each group, which facilitates direct comparison of the overall trend across different stages.

      (24) Figure S4, line 126: Lamin is not a marker for the nuclear envelope. If the authors insist on an intact nuclear envelope (NE), please use the other NE markers.

      We agree that Lamin is not a direct marker for the nuclear envelope (NE) per se. While the nuclear lamina is closely associated with the NE and provides structural support to the nucleus, it is not the envelope itself. Notably, Lamin B1 is widely used as a marker to assess nuclear envelope integrity (PMID: 15353547), because disruption of Lamin B1 localization is frequently accompanied by nuclear envelope abnormalities (PMID: 32954426; PMID: 23166514). Therefore, we consider it reasonable to use Lamin B1 staining as an indicator of NE integrity in our experimental context.

      (25) Line 143-144, Figure S5A: How did the authors define the morphology of the X-Y body (what marker was used for the morphological analysis)?

      Upon re-evaluation, we realized that SYCP3 staining, which we had originally used as a reference, lacks sufficient specificity to define the morphology of the XY body. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we have deleted the morphological description in Page 7.

      (26) Line 145, released: No experimental evidence for the release. Please rephrase here.

      We have replaced "released" with "absent" in the revised manuscript (Line 151).

      (27) Line 165, the treatment of spermatocytes with BMH-21: This is an in vitro experiment using isolated spermatocytes? As shown above, please mention the system precisely.

      As the reviewer noted, the experiments were performed in vitro on isolated spermatocytes. Specifically, spermatocytes were isolated from mouse testes and treated with BMH-21 at 2.5 μM for 12 hours in culture medium, followed by fixation and immunofluorescence and RNA FISH analysis. We have now clarified the experimental system (Lines 172-173) and in the Methods section.

      (28) Figure S7B. Please measure the weight of the testis.

      We have now included the testis weight in the revised Figure S12B (corresponding to the original Figure S7B).

      (29) Line 194, PNA: What is PNA? Please explain it to readers.

      PNA (peanut agglutinin) is used as a marker for the acrosome of post-meiotic germ cells (round and elongated spermatids), and PNA-positive cells therefore represent post-meiotic spermatids. We have added this information in the revised manuscript (Lines 202-203).

      (30) Figure 5A, PolII staining: The images shown in the figure are not convincing (cannot see any signals), which is not consistent with the quantification. Moreover, the graph shows the "relative" amount of PolII. How did the authors define 100% values here? Mean values are not 100% in the two graphs.

      We have now corrected the y-axis to "Pol II-positive area within the XY body", which accurately reflects what was quantified. In the quantification graphs, the "Pol II-positive area within the XY body" refers to the percentage of the XY body territory that is occupied by Pol II signal. Specifically, the XY body region was defined as the region of interest based on SYCP3 staining and DAPI-dense chromatin. We have now added this definition to the Methods section (lines 496-501) to ensure clarity for readers.

      (31) For the ATAC-seq in Figure 6, what happens to the accessibility of chromatin of autosomes (and sex chromosomes) in the BMH-21-treated cells relative to the mock control? In the text, the authors compared the accessibility of sex chromosomes relative to the autosomes only in the treated cells. It is critical to show the difference in the accessibility of autosomes in the treated and untreated cells.

      The overall chromatin accessibility of autosomes remained unchanged upon BMH-21 treatment, whereas the accessibility of sex chromosomes was significantly increased under the same conditions (Figure 6B). Thus, the effect of BMH-21 on chromatin accessibility is preferentially associated with the sex chromosomes. The results have been included in Figure 6B and described in the Results section (Lines 239-245).

    2. eLife Assessment

      This fundamental paper describes the role of the Pre-rRNA in meiotic sex chromosome inactivation in mouse spermatocytes. The cytological and genome-wide analyses on components of the nucleolus and chemical inhibition of RNA polymerase I for rDNA transcription provided solid evidence to support the authors' conclusion. The results shown in the paper are of interest to researchers in meiotic chromosome structure and the nucleolus.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors show that during prophase I of male meiosis, nucleoli disassemble and nucleolar components relocalize to the sex chromosome (XY) body. They further demonstrate that this process is regulated by the ATR-dependent signaling pathway that mediates meiotic sex chromosome inactivation (MSCI). Pharmacological disruption of pre-rRNA synthesis using the RNA polymerase I inhibitor BMH-21 leads to the recruitment of RNA polymerase II to the sex chromosomes and ectopic expression of sex chromosome-linked genes. These findings uncover a previously unrecognized role for pre-rRNAs in maintaining transcriptional silencing during meiosis. The study employs a combination of cell biology, genetics, and genomics approaches, and the conclusions are supported by compelling, well-organized data.

      Comments on revised version.

      I have read the revision and I have no additional questions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents an important examination of the role of cis-acting versus trans-acting genetic variation in DNA methylation divergence between humans and chimpanzees and its relationship to gene expression. By differentiating fused interspecies tetraploid cell lines into multiple cell types, the study provides compelling evidence that cis-acting changes predominate in DNA methylation divergence. The evidence linking directional methylation divergence to lineage-specific selection and, particularly, to adaptive human phenotypes is less clear. This work will be of interest to biologists and evolutionary anthropologists studying the evolution and genetics of gene regulation, particularly in primates.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editor's note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells, across different cell types, to identify the genetic causes and then transcriptomic consequences of divergence in DNA methylation. They conclude that the evolution of DNA methylation is driven primarily by cis-regulatory changes, and that the evolution of CpG sites contributes to cis-regulation while transcription factor expression underlies some trans changes. They then argue that divergence in DNA methylation is associated with changes in gene expression and may contribute to human phenotypes.

      The tetraploid model is able to provide compelling evidence that most regulatory evolution occurs due to cis-regulatory changes, and that sites that have diverged in DNA methylation level cluster together into DMRs which share similar divergence patterns and genetic architecture. This stands in intriguing contrast to trans-mechanisms which explain most variation within modern human populations. The authors proceed to show that trans-effects can be explained, in part, by nearby TF binding motifs and many cis-regulatory changes are explained by CpG-disrupting variants. While these mechanisms clearly contribution to divergence in DNA methylation, the degree to which they explain cis- and trans-regulatory divergence would be valuable.

      Next, the authors seek to show that differences in DNA methylation are functionally relevant. Consistent with previous results, they show that differences in DNA methylation are (weakly) associated with changes in gene expression. They hypothesize that genes with concordant regulatory should exhibit great methylation-expression coupling than other genes and show that cis-expression/cis-methylation pairs are more strongly correlated than trans/trans pairs. I think that looking at cis/trans or trans/cis changes would also be useful. Another limitation is that this analysis is limited to promoter regions. It is not clear how many divergent DMRs that includes and how many of those genes have differences in expression. The key question is whether differences in DNA methylation are functionally important, and the answer provided by these analyses is "sometimes".

      Finally, the authors make a case for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation that is connected to human traits. Using a sign-test, they identify sets of genes which have likely experienced selection in humans and may underlie human phenotypes.

      In conclusion, I think this study provides a valuable resource for differences in DNA methylation between humans and chimpanzees across tissues and provides important insight into the relative abundance of cis and trans regulatory divergence. Additional research is necessary to investigate the underlying regulatory mechanisms and more care needs to be taken in exploring the functional consequences.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells to examine species differences in DNA methylation. They identify differentially methylated regions under cis or trans regulation. Cis-DMRs are enriched near SNVs that disrupt or create CpGs, providing a plausible mechanism for cis changes in methylation. They also seek to identify transcription factors that might affect methylation in trans, as well as gene sets with evidence for consistent changes in methylation and expression between humans and chimpanzees, suggesting that they may underlie lineage-specific traits.

      Strengths:

      The authors have generated a new dataset across multiple different cell types examining differences in DNA methylation between humans and chimpanzees using human diploid cells, chimpanzee diploid cells, and human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells. Using this dataset, they identify that cis-DMRs are enriched near SNVs that disrupt or create CpGs compared to trans-DMRs and identify transcription factors as candidate trans-acting factors. Both identified SNVs and transcription factors are good candidates for future experimentation. The authors also find that cis-DMRs are more highly correlated with cis-expressed genes than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes, providing evidence that methylation and expression are linked genome-wide. Further, they apply a clever sign test approach to identify gene pathways with evidence for lineage-specific selection.

      Comments on revised version.

      They authors have addressed my concerns from their initial manuscript. In particular, the authors have noted the limitations of their study as appropriate, including the use of permissive FDR cut-offs.

    4. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells, across different cell types, to identify the genetic causes and then transcriptomic consequences of divergence in DNA methylation. They conclude that the evolution of DNA methylation is driven primarily by cis-regulatory changes, and that the evolution of CpG sites contributes to cis-regulation while transcription factor expression underlies some trans changes. They then argue that divergence in DNA methylation is associated with changes in gene expression and may contribute to human phenotypes.

      The tetraploid model is able to provide compelling evidence that most regulatory evolution occurs due to cis-regulatory changes, and that sites that have diverged in DNA methylation level cluster together into DMRs which share similar divergence patterns and genetic architecture. This stands in intriguing contrast to trans-mechanisms which explain most variation within modern human populations. The authors proceed to show that trans-effects can be explained, in part, by nearby TF binding motifs and many cis-regulatory changes are explained by CpG-disrupting variants. While these mechanisms clearly contribution to divergence in DNA methylation, the degree to which they explain cis- and trans-regulatory divergence would be valuable.

      Next, the authors seek to show that differences in DNA methylation are functionally relevant. Consistent with previous results, they show that differences in DNA methylation are (weakly) associated with changes in gene expression. They hypothesize that genes with concordant regulatory should exhibit great methylation-expression coupling than other genes and show that cis-expression/cis-methylation pairs are more strongly correlated than trans/trans pairs. I think that looking at cis/trans or trans/cis changes would also be useful. Another limitation is that this analysis is limited to promoter regions. It is not clear how many divergent DMRs that includes and how many of those genes have differences in expression. The key question is whether differences in DNA methylation are functionally important, and the answer provided by these analyses is "sometimes".

      Finally, the authors make a case for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation that is connected to human traits. Using a sign-test, they identify sets of genes which have likely experienced selection in humans and may underlie human phenotypes.

      In conclusion, I think this study provides a valuable resource for differences in DNA methylation between humans and chimpanzees across tissues and provides important insight into the relative abundance of cis and trans regulatory divergence. Additional research is necessary to investigate the underlying regulatory mechanisms and more care needs to be taken in exploring the functional consequences.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells to examine species differences in DNA methylation. They identify differentially methylated regions under cis or trans regulation. Cis-DMRs are enriched near SNVs that disrupt or create CpGs, providing a plausible mechanism for cis changes in methylation. They also seek to identify transcription factors that might affect methylation in trans, as well as gene sets with evidence for consistent changes in methylation and expression between humans and chimpanzees, suggesting that they may underlie lineage-specific traits.

      Strengths:

      The authors have generated a new dataset across multiple different cell types examining differences in DNA methylation between humans and chimpanzees using human diploid cells, chimpanzee diploid cells, and human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells. Using this dataset, they identify that cis-DMRs are enriched near SNVs that disrupt or create CpGs compared to trans-DMRs and identify transcription factors as candidate trans-acting factors. Both identified SNVs and transcription factors are good candidates for future experimentation. The authors also find that cis-DMRs are more highly correlated with cis-expressed genes than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes, providing evidence that methylation and expression are linked genome-wide. Further, they apply a clever sign test approach to identify gene pathways with evidence for lineage-specific selection.

      Comments on revised version.

      They authors have addressed my concerns from their initial manuscript. In particular, the authors have noted the limitations of their study as appropriate, including the use of permissive FDR cut-offs.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor, Senior Editor, and reviewers for their careful reading of our manuscript and their constructive feedback.' We have made two changes in response to the 2nd round of reviews.

      We have replaced the paragraph “To identify the molecular mechanisms driving methylation divergence, we analyzed transcription factors (TFs) associated with trans-DMRs and sequence variants associated with cis-DMRs” with “To explore potential molecular mechanisms driving methylation divergence, we focused on two of many possible contributors: transcription factors (TFs) associated with trans-DMRs and sequence variants associated with cis-DMRs.”

      We now report the absolute numbers of sites underlying each proportion: at FDR < 0.05, 663,368 cis-regulated and 140,017 trans-regulated sites out of 932,573 divergent sites, among 24,935,901 CpG sites tested across cell types. Only CpG sites covered in all parental and hybrid samples of a cell type can be tested, so this is fewer than the 49,049,052 unique CpG positions covered by any library, and we have clarified this distinction in the Results. Per-cell-type counts are provided in Supplemental File 1.

      Second, we performed a variance partitioning analysis analogous to heritability partitioning. We decomposed total interspecies divergence (parental human minus chimpanzee) into a cis component (the allelic difference within hybrids) and a trans component (the remainder), and estimated the proportion of variance in divergence explained by each, together with their covariance. To limit sampling noise, we pooled read counts within 1-kb genomic bins. We used noise-corrected estimators based on covariances between independent replicates. For cell types with a single parental line per species, we report bounds, whose validity we confirmed in CNCC, where two parental replicates allow a direct replicate-based estimate.

      In CNCC, cis effects explained 93% (95% CI 92–95%) of the variance in divergence and trans effects 71% (70–73%), with a strongly negative covariance term (−0.64). This indicates that cis and trans changes often act in opposite directions. In the other cell types, cis effects explained 58–98% and trans effects 3–48% of the variance, depending on cell type and bound, with small covariance terms. Cis exceeded trans in every cell type under both bounds, and the results were robust to a stricter coverage threshold and consistent at single-CpG resolution.

      These analyses confirm that cis-regulation is the dominant contributor to human–chimpanzee methylation divergence. They also show that trans effects contribute more to divergence variance than the proportions of classified sites alone would suggest. We have added these results to the Results, described the method in a new Methods subsection, "Variance partitioning of methylation divergence”, and provided full results in Supplemental File 1.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The authors established a novel three-dimensional culture system for stratified epithelia that allows epithelial cells to undergo epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) and subsequent mesenchymal-to-epithelial transition (MET) while migrating through a membrane with 3.0-µm micropores, and, thus, provides a highly valuable tool to study EMT and possibly wound regeneration or metastasis. Furthermore, a set of experiments provides compelling data suggesting that TGF beta signaling and actin polymerization promote movement of epithelial cells into the pores, while Piezo1 and Keratin 6 prevent keratinocyte migration and EMT.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The study describes the migration of epidermal keratinocytes through porous membranes and observed a unique size selection whereby only on 3-micron membrane are keratinocytes able to migrate and reform an intact epidermis. The authors propose that the model replicates three cell states of intact epidermis, EMT, and MET. They also show that this response depends on the actin cytoskeleton, keratin 6, and Piezo1, and the migration could be stimulated with TGFbeta ligands.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the study include the establishment of a simple yet robust in vitro model that capture all three cell states, which could be useful for future investigation of wound healing or metastasis across a range of epithelia. There is also good quantitative characterisation of the pore size effects, providing some interesting observations about the physical regulation of keratinocyte migration, and the study provides some initial insights into the regulatory mechanisms. The images and presentation are clear.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The revised manuscript by Nohara et al. presents a novel 3D assay that allows for stratification of epithelia, active EMT through small pores, and active MET. They show that 3um pores allow for keratinocytes to sample the pore through filopodia and up regulate EMT genes to transverse the pores to the other side of the membrane where EMT genes are down regulated as the cells re-establish stratified epithelia. The TGFbeta pathway and actin polymerization promotes movement of cells into the pores and Piezo1 and KRT6 actively block this movement. This work provides a novel 3D assay that is likely to become a benchmark to analyze these processes using a more complex system than other current culture-specific EMT and MET assays.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the foundational analysis of the pathways involved in establishing the 3-compartment epithelium. The authors have incorporated live imaging, drug studies, KO analysis, and RNA-sequencing to show the relevant pathways involved. The authors were responsive to the original round of reviews and present a much-improved study with greater details on molecular markers, quantification, and clarity.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors established an experimental system that reproduced three-dimensional triphasic epithelia, i.e., the original epithelium, its EMT, and MET. Keratinocytes (KCs), skin epithelial cells, placed on a microporous membrane migrated through 3.0-um or larger micropores. The 3.0-um-pored membrane induced an epithelial structure with three states: stratified KCs above the membrane, KCs showing EMT within the micropores, and a new stratified epithelium under the membrane. The membrane with larger micropores failed to maintain this triphasic epithelia. Live imaging revealed that KCs moved in a reciprocating manner, with actin-rich filopodia-like KC structures extending into and out of the 3.0-um micropores, while the cells migrated unidirectionally into larger micropores. KO of Piezo1 and keratin 6 increased KC entry to and exit from the 3.0-um micropores. Their results demonstrate that benign keratinocytes migrate through confined spaces in a reciprocating manner, which might help form triphasic epithelia, recapitulating wound healing processes.

      Strengths:

      Careful observation of the behaviour of keratinocytes on the different sized pores. CrispR-Cas9 gene editing to KO Piezo 1 and keratin 6 isoforms in HaCaT keratinocytes.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Changes made independently of the reviewers' comments

      In addition to the revisions described below, we have made the following three changes, none of which affects the conclusions of the paper.

      (1) Shared control data (Figure 4c, d, l, m). The parental cells and the PIEZO1 KO and pan-KRT6 KO cell lines were assayed in parallel in the same experiments. We have therefore stated in the figure legend that the parental-cell data are shared between panels c, d and panels l, m.

      (2) Number of DEGs (Figure 4h). We have corrected the number of genes upregulated in cells cultured on the 3.0-µm-pored membrane from 69 to 68.

      (3) Yoda1 data (Figure 4e, f). Some values had been incorrectly transferred during data compilation. We have corrected these values and the corresponding graphs. The statistical results are unchanged.

      We have also provided two new files: Source data 1 (numerical data underlying all graphs) and Source data 2 (uncropped western blot images).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes the migration of epidermal keratinocytes through porous membranes and observed a unique size selection whereby only on 3-micron membrane are keratinocytes able to migrate and reform an intact epidermis. The authors propose that the model replicates three cell states of intact epidermis, EMT, and MET. They also show that this response depends on the actin cytoskeleton, keratin 6, and Piezo1, and the migration could be stimulated with TGFbeta ligands.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the study include the establishment of a simple yet robust in vitro model that capture all three cell states, which could be useful for future investigation of wound healing or metastasis across a range of epithelia. There is also good quantitative characterisation of the pore size effects, providing some interesting observations about the physical regulation of keratinocyte migration, and the study provides some initial insights into the regulatory mechanisms. The images and presentation are clear.

      Weaknesses:

      While there are some insights into the underlying mechanisms, there could be more detailed analysis of the key signalling pathways and functional relationships between actin, keratins, Piezo, and EMT genes. Although the extent of new biological insight is somewhat limited, the study still demonstrates the utility of the model, and these points may be important questions to address in future studies.

      We agree with the reviewer that these are important questions. We will address the functional relationships among actin, keratins, PIEZO1, and EMT genes, and the underlying signaling pathways, in future studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The revised manuscript by Nohara et al. presents a novel 3D assay that allows for stratification of epithelia, active EMT through small pores, and active MET. They show that 3um pores allow for keratinocytes to sample the pore through filopodia and up regulate EMT genes to transverse the pores to the other side of the membrane where EMT genes are down regulated as the cells re-establish stratified epithelia. The TGFbeta pathway and actin polymerization promotes movement of cells into the pores and Piezo1 and KRT6 actively block this movement. This work provides a novel 3D assay that is likely to become a benchmark to analyze these processes using a more complex system than other current culture-specific EMT and MET assays.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the foundational analysis of the pathways involved in establishing the 3-compartment epithelium. The authors have incorporated live imaging, drug studies, KO analysis, and RNA-sequencing to show the relevant pathways involved. The authors were responsive to the original round of reviews and present a much-improved study with greater details on molecular markers, quantification, and clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors established an experimental system that reproduced three-dimensional triphasic epithelia, i.e., the original epithelium, its EMT, and MET. Keratinocytes (KCs), skin epithelial cells, placed on a microporous membrane migrated through 3.0-um or larger micropores. The 3.0-um-pored membrane induced an epithelial structure with three states: stratified KCs above the membrane, KCs showing EMT within the micropores, and a new stratified epithelium under the membrane. The membrane with larger micropores failed to maintain this triphasic epithelia. Live imaging revealed that KCs moved in a reciprocating manner, with actin-rich filopodia-like KC structures extending into and out of the 3.0-um micropores, while the cells migrated unidirectionally into larger micropores. KO of Piezo1 and keratin 6 increased KC entry to and exit from the 3.0-um micropores. Their results demonstrate that benign keratinocytes migrate through confined spaces in a reciprocating manner, which might help form triphasic epithelia, recapitulating wound healing processes.

      Strengths:

      Careful observation of the behaviour of keratinocytes on the different sized pores. CrispR-Cas9 gene editing to KO Piezo 1 and keratin 6 isoforms in HaCaT keratinocytes.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have improved the observed weaknesses including better statistical analysis and more detail on replicates. They have also performed staining for laminin beta3 chain.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have significantly improved the manuscript in the recent revision. One minor point is to please make the RNA-seq analysis, including gene lists available in the supplementary information.

      As suggested, we have added Figure 4—source data 1, which lists the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) identified by bulk RNA-seq of HaCaT keratinocytes cultured on 0.4-µm- or 3.0-µm-pored membranes.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I am not suggesting any further changes to the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for evaluating our revised manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study describes computationally designed proteins that bind to the chemokine CCL25. The authors present evidence that some binders simply prevent chemokine binding to the CCR9 receptor, while one binder changes the downstream signaling triggered by chemokine binding. The evidence is convincing, showing a degree of selectivity between chemokine ligands that could be further improved. The study will be of interest to pharmacologists, cell biologists studying chemokine function, and protein engineers.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the use of BindCraft computational protein design to create a series of binders to the chemokine CCL25. This chemokine normally mediates CCR9-dependent trafficking of immune cells to the gut, making it a potential target for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and related conditions. Importantly, CCL25 also binds a scavenging receptor, ACKR4. The computational protein design approach used does not involve defining particular epitopes to be targeted, allowing a free search for any potential interaction surface.

      Among four designs tested, three were predicted to interact at a similar site on the chemokine, while a fourth clone, VUP25111, was predicted to bind to a different site. All four designs showed binding to CCL25, with similar high-nM KD values in all cases. The first three clones showed evidence of direct competition with the receptor for CCL25 binding, while VUP25111 showed incomplete inhibition of binding. In functional assays, all clones acted as antagonists except for VUP25111, which inhibited arrestin recruitment by CCR9, but did not affect G protein activation by CCR9 or arrestin recruitment by ACKR4 (which signals exclusively through arrestin and not G protein).

      Strengths:

      The work is completed to a high technical standard, and the functional diversity of the clones is intriguing. It is exciting to see pathway-selective modulation of signaling, and this basic paradigm is likely to generalize to other chemokine/receptor systems. The exceptional complexity of chemokine signaling makes this an excellent area to explore the development of modulators that can restrict signaling to a specific subset of receptors.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were noted by this reviewer.

      Comments on revised version:

      The revision looks fine to me.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study from de Boer, Lamme, Verdwaald and Schafer describes the de novo AI-guided design of miniproteins that target the chemokine CCL25, with the aim to modulate the activation and signalling of the chemokine receptors CCR9 and ACKR4. The study focuses on characterising four miniproteins that all bind CCL25 with good affinity. Three designs appear to prevent CCL25 binding to both CCR9 and ACKR4, with increasing concentrations of miniproteins resulting in decreased arrestin (both receptors) and mini G protein recruitment (CCR9), less inhibition of forskolin-stimulated cAMP (CCR9), and decreased GRK3 recruitment and receptor internalisation (CCR9). One miniprotein, VUP25111, changes the properties of CCL25 rather than preventing ligand/receptor interactions, resulting in greater selectivity for CCR9 over ACKR4 and a G protein-biased signalling profile (maintenance of mini G protein recruitment, GRK3 recruitment, inhibition of cAMP and receptor internalisation, but loss of arrestin recruitment). VUP25111 also maintained chemotactic migration in MOLT-4 T lymphoblast cells, whereas this response was lost in the presence of the other three miniproteins.

      Overall, this is a very interesting application of AI-designed de novo miniproteins to modulate GPCR responses by directly binding the ligand rather than the receptor. This is a conceptually very intriguing approach that could, in principle, be extended to other GPCR systems beyond the chemokine family. The authors deploy an impressive array of assays spanning multiple signalling endpoints, providing a thorough picture of how each miniprotein influences receptor activation and downstream signalling. The presentation of concentration-response relationships for CCL25 alone and in the presence of each miniprotein is particularly informative, and the figures are very well constructed throughout. The inclusion of clear cartoons illustrating the basis of each assay is a nice touch that will help readers from outside the immediate field follow the logic of each experiment.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors employed the BindCraft platform to develop binders targeting the chemokine CCL25, a selective activator of the chemokine receptor CCR9. They successfully generated two classes of binders: one that inhibits all CCL25-mediated CCR9 activation, and another that permits CCR9 G protein signaling while simultaneously preventing arrestin recruitment. These tools will enable the dissection of arrestin involvement in regulating cell migration.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the use of BindCraft computational protein design to create a series of binders to the chemokine CCL25. This chemokine normally mediates CCR9-dependent trafficking of immune cells to the gut, making it a potential target for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and related conditions. Importantly, CCL25 also binds a scavenging receptor, ACKR4. The computational protein design approach used does not involve defining particular epitopes to be targeted, allowing a free search for any potential interaction surface.

      Among four designs tested, three were predicted to interact at a similar site on the chemokine, while a fourth clone, VUP25111, was predicted to bind to a different site. All four designs showed binding to CCL25, with similar high-nM KD values in all cases. The first three clones showed evidence of direct competition with the receptor for CCL25 binding, while VUP25111 showed incomplete inhibition of binding. In functional assays, all clones acted as antagonists except for VUP25111, which inhibited arrestin recruitment by CCR9, but did not affect G protein activation by CCR9 or arrestin recruitment by ACKR4 (which signals exclusively through arrestin and not G protein).

      Strengths:

      The work is completed to a high technical standard, and the functional diversity of the clones is intriguing. It is exciting to see pathway-selective modulation of signaling, and this basic paradigm is likely to generalize to other chemokine/receptor systems. The exceptional complexity of chemokine signaling makes this an excellent area to explore the development of modulators that can restrict signaling to a specific subset of receptors.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were noted by this reviewer.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive response and thorough evaluation of our work. Below, we address their recommendations in detail in the private review.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points for potential improvement:

      (1) Consider shortening the discussion section, which could benefit from a more focused discussion of the key conclusions and their implications. As written, it is rather long, and parts of it repeat material already covered elsewhere (e.g., the two-step binding mechanism is described in lines 55-64 and again in 331-335).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to make the discussion more focused. We agree that parts repeat material from the introduction. As such, we have revised the discussion to reduce repetition with the introduction, including removal of the repeated description of the two-step binding mechanism, and condensing several passages.

      (2) The figures are clear, but it may be helpful to combine panels into a smaller number of figures to make direct comparisons among signaling curves more straightforward.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to reduce the number of figures for easier curve comparisons. We prefer our current presentation of the figures so as not to conflate disparate themes and concepts; for example, GRK recruitment is a distinct event from receptor internalization. The pharmacological results have been compiled in Figure S8 in the supplementary to allow visual, side-by-side comparisons of the DRCs presented in the publication.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study from de Boer, Lamme, Verdwaald and Schafer describes the de novo AI-guided design of miniproteins that target the chemokine CCL25, with the aim to modulate the activation and signalling of the chemokine receptors CCR9 and ACKR4. The study focuses on characterising four miniproteins that all bind CCL25 with good affinity. Three designs appear to prevent CCL25 binding to both CCR9 and ACKR4, with increasing concentrations of miniproteins resulting in decreased arrestin (both receptors) and mini G protein recruitment (CCR9), less inhibition of forskolin-stimulated cAMP (CCR9), and decreased GRK3 recruitment and receptor internalisation (CCR9). One miniprotein, VUP25111, changes the properties of CCL25 rather than preventing ligand/receptor interactions, resulting in greater selectivity for CCR9 over ACKR4 and a G protein-biased signalling profile (maintenance of mini G protein recruitment, GRK3 recruitment, inhibition of cAMP and receptor internalisation, but loss of arrestin recruitment). VUP25111 also maintained chemotactic migration in MOLT-4 T lymphoblast cells, whereas this response was lost in the presence of the other three miniproteins.

      Overall, this is a very interesting application of AI-designed de novo miniproteins to modulate GPCR responses by directly binding the ligand rather than the receptor. This is a conceptually very intriguing approach that could, in principle, be extended to other GPCR systems beyond the chemokine family. The authors deploy an impressive array of assays spanning multiple signalling endpoints, providing a thorough picture of how each miniprotein influences receptor activation and downstream signalling. The presentation of concentration-response relationships for CCL25 alone and in the presence of each miniprotein is particularly informative, and the figures are very well constructed throughout. The inclusion of clear cartoons illustrating the basis of each assay is a nice touch that will help readers from outside the immediate field follow the logic of each experiment.

      There are two main conclusions that are not currently as well-supported by the evidence as they might be, and that would benefit from some qualification. The first concerns the selectivity of the miniproteins for CCL25. Testing the impact of the miniproteins on CXCL12 activation of CXCR4 is an important and welcome experiment, but it addresses selectivity against only one other chemokine system, and the current claim of specificity is therefore stronger than the data allow. Additionally, at the highest concentration tested (10 µM), the more potent miniproteins (VUP25101, VUP25107) appear to show some inhibition of arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 - perhaps unsurprising given the degree of structural conservation among chemokines. The statements regarding selectivity and the lack of effect on the CXCL12/CXCR4 system would benefit from revision to more accurately reflect these observations.

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed review and suggestions for our publication. We agree with the reviewer that testing against only one additional chemokine receptor: chemokine pair is insufficient to support strong claims of selectivity. To further assess the selectivity of the miniproteins, we evaluated the effects of the VUPs against CCL20, a chemokine closely related to CCL25. CCL20 binds both CCR6 and ACKR4, providing an optimal platform to compare the effects on this non-specified target. Receptor activation was determined by β-arrestin recruitment (Fig. S6). For ACKR4, VUP25107 and VUP25112 have similar IC50 values for CCL20 and CCL25. In contrast, VUP25101 showed reduced potency towards CCL20 relative to CCL25 (CCL20 pIC50 = 6.06 ± 0.13, CCL25 pIC50 = 7.73 ± 0.08), suggesting greater selectivity. VUP25111 had no impact on activation of ACKR4 by CCL20, which may reflect a lack of engagement with the other chemokine or that it binds in a similar way as to CCL25 and does not impact chemokine-promoted ACKR4 activation. CCL20-mediated activation of CCR6 further supports the specificity of VUP25101, which showed only a modest effect at the highest concentration tested. In contrast, VUP25107 and VUP25112 showed a dose-dependent inhibition of arrestin recruitment (pIC50<sub>VUP25107</sub> = 6.99 ± 0.15, pIC50<sub>VUP25112</sub> = 7.49 ± 0.07).

      We agree that a reduction in β-arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 is apparent at the highest concentration tested (10 µM) for VUP25101 and VUP25107. To further address the selectivity of these miniproteins, we have included β-arrestin recruitment data for ACKR3 (Fig. S5), the other chemokine receptor that binds CXCL12. A similar suppression was observed for the atypical receptor as for CXCR4 at the highest concentrations, suggesting cross-reactivity at high concentrations.

      Based on the CCL20 and CXCL12 data, we have revised the text to more accurately reflect these observations. We now frame these results as an initial proof of concept demonstrating the feasibility of this design approach, while noting that further optimization and characterization of selectivity will be required to advance the miniproteins for additional applications.

      To reflect this, we have added the following text on Pg.9:

      “CCL25 specificity was experimentally evaluated by testing the miniproteins against CXCL12 by tracking arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 and ACKR3, the native agonist for this canonical and atypical receptor pair (Fig. S5). VUP25111 and VUP25112 showed no effect on CXCL12-mediated activation at any concentration, while VUP25101 and VUP25107 showed partial inhibition at the highest tested concentration (10 µM).

      In addition, the effects of the VUPs were evaluated against CCL20, a closely related chemokine to CCL25, by assessing arrestin recruitment to CCR6 and ACKR4 (Fig. S6). VUP25107 and VUP25112 displayed similar inhibitory potencies of CCL20 as to CCL25 for ACKR4 (VUP25107: pIC50 = 7.72 ± 0.21; VUP25112: pIC50 = 6.93 ± 1.03). In contrast, VUP25101 showed reduced inhibition of CCL20 relative to CCL25 (VUP25101: pIC50<sub>CCL20</sub> = 6.06 ± 0.13 v pIC50<sub>CCL25</sub> = 7.73 ± 0.08), indicating greater selectivity for the designed target. CCL20 activation of CCR6 further supports the specificity of VUP25101, which only showed a modest effect at the highest concentration tested. VUP25111 showed no inhibitory effects on CCL20 activation of either CCR6 nor ACKR4, which may indicate a lack of binding, but is also indiscernible from forming a receptor-competent complex similar to the proposed CCL25:VUP25111:ACKR4 interaction.”

      And added the following in the discussion on Pg.15:

      “The miniproteins displayed varying degrees of chemokine selectivity among CCL25, CCL20, and CXCL12, including cross-reactivity for some designs. Given that only two additional chemokines were examined, these experiments provide an initial assessment of selectivity. As chemokine selectivity was not explicitly optimized during design, broader experimental profiling and negative-design strategies may be required to establish and improve miniprotein selectivity.”

      The second concern relates to the interpretation of the preserved GRK3 recruitment, but the complete loss of arrestin recruitment observed with VUP25111. In the GRK3 recruitment experiments, 20 nM CCL25 was used, representing an EC40 concentration in this assay. VUP25111 causes a concentration-dependent reduction in CCL25-induced GRK3 recruitment, down to approximately 15% of the maximal response. It is worth considering whether this degree of reduction in GRK3 recruitment could itself be sufficient to disrupt patterns of receptor phosphorylation and thereby prevent observable arrestin recruitment. Both interpretations are complicated by the fact that the GRK3 recruitment and arrestin recruitment assays likely differ in their sensitivity and dynamic windows, making direct quantitative comparisons between them difficult. In the absence of direct measurements of CCR9 phosphorylation in the presence of VUP25111, the alternative interpretation remains open and would benefit from acknowledgement. Given recent work from the same group demonstrating that receptor internalisation is only partially dependent on arrestins (Lamme et al., 2025, J Biol Chem), further discussion of the relationship between GRK and arrestin recruitment and CCR9 internalisation would be of value to the broader GPCR audience this work is likely to attract.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful analysis of our results and highlighting earlier work from our group. The reviewer is correct that the discrepancy between VUP25111’s impact on GRK3 and arrestin recruitment can also be explained by the decrease in GRK3 recruitment reflecting a sufficient change in receptor phosphorylation to account for the loss of arrestin engagement and not solely by the presented interpretation of the adoption of an arrestin-incompatible conformation with retained phosphorylation. The main text has been modified on pg. 11 to reflect this potential:

      “This suggests that either activation of CCR9 by the VUP25111:CCL25 complex promotes a conformation incompatible with arrestin engagement, but still accessible for GRK phosphorylation, or the reduced GRK interaction represents the formation of a phosphorylation barcode incapable of supporting arrestin recruitment. Without direct phosphorylation measurements these possibilities cannot be separated.”

      And in the discussion on pg.14:

      “The extent of phosphorylation is not clear, and the inhibited GRK recruitment may reflect the formation of sub-phosphorylated states which cannot support arrestin recruitment nor promote efficient receptor internalization. Alternatively, the miniprotein: chemokine complex may induce a conformational state incompatible with arrestin engagement.”

      A partial phosphorylation explanation has also been added on internalization on pg.12:

      “These results suggest that the VUP25111:CCL25 complex suppresses both the arrestin-dependent and independent internalization mechanisms used by CCR9, despite likely allowing for some, albeit perhaps insufficient, GRK phosphorylation.”

      Finally, some additional justification for the use of 20 nM CCL25 across all assays would strengthen the study, as this concentration represents different points on the concentration-response curve depending on the assay and receptor in question. It ranges from an EC40 for CCR9 GRK3 recruitment and internalisation, to an EC50 for CCR9 arrestin and mini-Gi recruitment, an EC80 for CCR9 cAMP inhibition, and an Emax for ACKR4 arrestin recruitment. This has potential consequences for the interpretation and cross-assay comparison of miniprotein potency, and the authors are encouraged to acknowledge and discuss this in the context of their conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need to discuss CCL25 concentration across assays. Our primary aim was to use a single CCL25 concentration to enable direct comparison of all assay outcomes against the same CCL25:miniproteins ratio, since the miniproteins are designed to antagonize the chemokine, rather than the receptor. We set the concentration at 20 nM based on the first arrestin recruitment assays to CCR9, where we initially characterized miniprotein: CCL25 activity. Importantly, CCL25 has lower potency for CCR9 than ACKR4, making it the limiting case. Selecting 20 nM ensured responses within the EC40-EC80 range for all assays. To improve clarity, we have now explicitly stated this rationale in the manuscript and noted the implications of using a single CCL25 concentration across diverse readouts on Pg.10:

      “Despite the higher potency of CCL25 for cAMP inhibition compared to arrestin recruitment, a fixed concentration of 20 nM CCL25 was used throughout this and subsequent assays to maintain a consistent CCL25:miniprotein stoichiometry. As this concentration represents different points on the respective concentration-response curves, cross-assay comparisons of apparent miniprotein potency should be interpreted qualitatively.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) The conclusions regarding miniprotein selectivity for CCL25 would benefit from revision to reflect that only the CXCL12/CXCR4 system was tested as a counter-screen. The apparent inhibition of arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 by VUP25101 and VUP25107 at 10 µM should be acknowledged/discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that selectivity should be more explicitly acknowledged. This point has been thoroughly addressed in our response in the public review. Briefly, we have added a similar selectivity assay but now against CCL20, which is closely related to CCL25, as well as revisiting the CXCL12 assay with ACKR3 that was originally presented in the manuscript. Statements in the text have been added to note the apparent inhibition at 10 µM for VUP25101 and VUP25107.

      (2) The conclusions regarding G protein-biased signalling driven by VUP25111 would benefit from qualification. In particular, it is worth acknowledging that a substantial reduction in GRK3 recruitment may itself be sufficient to account for the observed loss of arrestin recruitment, and that direct measurement of CCR9 phosphorylation in the presence of VUP25111 would help to resolve this. Discussion of the relationship between GRK recruitment, receptor phosphorylation, arrestin recruitment and internalisation in this context would also be of value to the broader GPCR audience this work is likely to attract.

      We agree with the reviewer that an incomplete or insufficient level of phosphorylation could also explain our arrestin and internalization results presented by the VUP25111:CCL25 complex. We have added the following to the discussion on pg. 14 and modified the results to better reflect the multiple interpretations:

      “The extent of phosphorylation is not clear and the inhibited GRK recruitment may reflect the formation of sub-phosphorylated states which cannot support arrestin recruitment, nor promote efficient receptor internalization. Alternatively, the complete inhibition of arrestin engagement cannot be easily explained by phosphorylation, and instead suggests the miniprotein: chemokine complex may induce a conformational state incompatible with arrestin engagement. Due to the clash with ECL2, the loop would need to distort to accommodate the larger ligand complex and this displacement may translate into the G protein and GRK-permissive structural state.”

      (3) The choice of 20 nM CCL25 across assays should be justified or its implications discussed, particularly given that this concentration represents different effective concentrations for each endpoint and receptor.

      The rationale for using a fixed 20nM CCL25 concentration and its implications is now discussed within the main text as well as our response in the public review.

      Modelling:

      Modelling of VUP25111 and VUP25101 binding to CCL25/receptor complexes is presented. Was the same analysis performed for VUP25112 and VUP25107, and do they similarly appear to interfere with direct receptor binding?

      We initially selected VUP25101 as a representative for VUP25112 and VUP25107 to simplify visualization. We have now extended the same modeling analysis to VUP25107 and VUP25112. These additional analyses have now been included in the revised manuscript in Fig. 3D.

      Methods:

      (1) Percentage concentrations throughout the methods are missing w/v or v/v designations.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading and apologize for the oversight. We have added all w/v or v/v designations in the methods.

      (2) More specific information for each BRET experiment would be useful. For example, incubation times with CCL25 and miniproteins (included for some but not all assays), and clarification of whether experiments were endpoint reads or timecourse experiments.

      We agree with the reviewer that the methods section could be clarified, as well as removing a lot of repetition. We have revised the methods.

      Specific text revisions:

      (1) Abstract, line 20: "Most drug discovery efforts target the receptors, whereas natural regulatory mechanisms focus on the chemokines". This is unclear for a non-chemokine audience without additional context clarifying that this refers to binding to or modification of the chemokine itself to modulate receptor activation.

      To clarify this distinction for a broader readership, we revised the abstract to state explicitly that natural regulatory mechanisms modulate immune responses by directly binding to or modifying chemokines, thereby altering their ability to bind receptors. We have changed the text in the abstract on Pg.2 to:

      “Most drug discovery efforts target the receptors, whereas natural regulatory mechanisms modulate immune responses by directly binding to or modifying the chemokine ligands.”

      (2) Results, line 177: "In the case of VUP25111, only the highest tested concentrations decreased CCL25 binding to either receptor, but did not completely eliminate the binding signal". This should be revised as there is a clear concentration-dependent effect of VUP25111 on CCL25 binding.

      We have revised the text to reflect that VUP25111 inhibits CCL25 binding in a concentration-dependent manner, while also making clear that this inhibition occurs with significantly lower potency than the other miniproteins. We have changed the following text on Pg.7:

      “VUP25111 shows a drastically lower inhibitory potency compared to the other binders and did not completely eliminate the binding signal.”

      (3) Line 179: "...this suggests that CCL25:VUP25111 may bind the receptors cooperatively". Please revise; the meaning is unclear.

      Our results indicate that VUP25111 does not prevent CCL25 from engaging either receptor. To avoid ambiguity, we have revised the text to explicitly state that our results are consistent with the binding of a pre-formed VUP25111:CCL25 complex to the receptor, resulting in the formation of a VUP25111:CCL25:receptor complex. We have changed the following text on Pg.7:

      “Since the binder readily complexes with the chemokine at these concentrations (Fig. 2), this suggests that the CCL25:VUP25111 complex retains the ability to bind the receptor.”

      (4) Line 216: "VUP25112 also completely impaired CCL25-mediated activation of the atypical receptor at the highest concentrations, but with significantly less potency". Please provide statistical tests to support this statement.

      We thank the reviewer for requesting clarification regarding the statistical support for this statement. Statistical analyses supporting the conclusions in line 216, as well as other figures, were included in the initial manuscript but were provided in the supplementary information. To improve clarity in the manuscript, we have added explicit references to the corresponding supplementary statistical table in the text, added appropriate significance indicators to the relevant figures, and expanded the figure legends to state the statistical test used.

      (5) Line 219: "The unique binder VUP25111, on the other hand, did not inhibit the activation of ACKR4 by CCL25 at any tested concentration". Please rephrase. While there was no concentration-dependent inhibition of arrestin recruitment to ACKR4, the addition of VUP25111 at any concentration appeared to reduce total arrestin recruitment to approximately 80% of the CCL25-alone condition.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this careful analysis of the data. Although this may appear to be the case in the figure, there is no significant difference between the lowest concentration (2.5 nM) and vehicle condition (∞) for any miniprotein and no real difference can be claimed.

      We have specifically noted this on Pg. 9:

      “The unique binder VUP25111, on the other hand, did not significantly impact the activation of ACKR4 by CCL25 at any tested miniprotein concentration.”

      (6) Line 240: "suggest that the specific ligand interactions driving arrestin engagement with CCR9 may be more strict than for the G proteins". An alternative interpretation is that the miniprotein specifically impairs the receptor conformation important for arrestin engagement, without affecting the conformation required for G protein engagement, and this should be acknowledged.

      We agree with the reviewer that these statements would benefit from further clarification. Indeed, the observed effects may not be only due to specific ligand interactions but could also depend on specific receptor conformations required for the specific protein-protein interactions. We have adjusted the following text on Pg.10:

      “The deviations between the arrestin results (Fig. 4) and G protein (Fig. 5B) suggest that the specific ligand interactions or receptor conformations driving arrestin engagement with CCR9 may be more strict than for the G proteins.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors employed the BindCraft platform to develop binders targeting the chemokine CCL25, a selective activator of the chemokine receptor CCR9. They successfully generated two classes of binders: one that inhibits all CCL25-mediated CCR9 activation, and another that permits CCR9 G protein signaling while simultaneously preventing arrestin recruitment. These tools will enable the dissection of arrestin involvement in regulating cell migration.

      My comments, in the order of reading:

      (1) Title: I strongly recommend removing the term "biasing" from the title. In this context, it does not convey a specific mechanistic concept. The term "biased signaling" has been used for a very broad range of mechanistically distinct pharmacological phenomena, and without a precise definition, it adds more confusion than clarity. I therefore suggest refraining from using it in the title.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the use of the term “biasing” given its broad and sometimes ambiguous use in the literature. Most commonly it refers to G protein versus arrestin-mediated signalling but is also used in regard to GRK specificity as well as to discrete differences in receptor trafficking (Motso et al. 2025, Cell). In our study, we use this in a specific mechanistic sense, referring to the bias VUP25111 induces upon binding CCL25. The miniprotein: CCL25 complex inhibits CCR9 arrestin recruitment, receptor internalization, and GRK3 engagement while not affecting G protein recruitment (mGi), G protein-mediated signaling (CAMYEL), and cell migration. We compare these directly to the effects of the chemokine alone, which shows robust responses across all of these receptor outputs. The use of the term “biasing” in the title is reflective of this observed change in receptor response to the modified agonist. Additionally, as noted by the reviewer below, we compare similar outputs to compare the impact on effector coupling, eg. Arrestin and mini-G protein recruitment. We strongly feel that the term “biasing” most accurately describes the phenomenon we are describing with regard to the altered receptor response to the VUP25111:CCL25 complex and thus prefer to keep the title without alteration.

      (2) Abstract, line 34: The term "bias" should be replaced. As currently used, it appears to suggest a dichotomy between G protein signaling and arrestin recruitment. However, arrestin recruitment is a consequence of G protein signaling, and it is not conceptually sound to compare a signaling event mediated by one protein family with a protein-protein interaction involving another protein family. A meaningful comparison requires experimental paradigms that differ by a single variable; in this case, there are two - distinct protein families and fundamentally different types of readouts (signaling versus protein-protein interaction).

      We agree that the term “bias” must be used with precision. One point of clarification, arrestin recruitment is not explicitly a consequence of G protein signaling. The atypical chemokine receptors, of which ACKR4 is a member, are well-established examples of GPCRs that do not bind nor activate G proteins yet still recruit arrestins (Lamme et al., 2026). While biased responses within the GPCR system are often the comparison of different events as noted by the reviewer, we compare the effects of miniproteins on the recruitment of mGi and arrestin via a BRET-based assay that assesses the direct protein: protein interactions between the receptor and effector. The lack of effect on mGi recruitment was further supported by measuring the effect of the miniproteins on downstream cAMP levels. To avoid any misunderstanding, we have revised the abstract to explicitly state that the observed effect induced by VUP25111 is evaluated through direct recruitment of effectors, rather than implying a comparison between disparate signaling outputs.

      (3) Abstract, line 34: The term "balanced agonist" should be removed. Any chosen reference ligand is, by definition, the "balanced" agonist for that analysis, regardless of its actual signaling profile. Consequently, the expression "balanced agonist" adds no mechanistic information beyond "the agonist used as reference in a particular bias calculation" and is potentially misleading, as it implies that this ligand possesses a uniquely unbiased, system‑independent signaling profile, which is not the case.

      We agree with the reviewer that the term “bias” is always relative to a specific reference ligand. Indeed, it is known that some natural chemokine:receptor pairs show some bias on its own. Therefore, we adjusted the text in the abstract on Pg.2 and removed the word “balanced”.

      (4) Abstract, line 36: I also recommend removing the term "bias" at this point. The concept of bias typically arises from experiments that quantitatively compare more than one variable. As currently written, the phrasing suggests a dichotomy between G protein- and arrestin-mediated signaling, yet the study does not assess arrestin signaling, only arrestin recruitment. Under these conditions, the use of "bias" is not appropriate. The data are clear and compelling on their own without the need for this potentially misleading terminology.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would like to emphasize that our conclusions are based on the fact that we measure both G protein (mGi recruitment) and arrestin (arrestin recruitment) as protein:protein interactions. We have changed the text in the abstract on pg.2 to further distinguish between signaling and recruitment:

      “Additionally, G protein recruitment to CCR9 was unimpeded by VUP25111, suggesting that the miniprotein biased the native agonist towards G proteins.”

      (5) Introduction: This is interesting to read and generally well written, though certain statements would benefit from improved semantic precision. For example, in lines 110-111, the phrase "G protein-biased complex" should be reconsidered, as it relies on the notion of G protein- versus arrestin-mediated signaling. Arrestins themselves do not signal; what is measured here is their recruitment. Comparing G protein signaling with arrestin recruitment is therefore conceptually unsound, since arrestin engagement is a downstream consequence of G protein activation. Comparisons become meaningful only when designed to differentiate between G protein-dependent and G protein-independent arrestin recruitment, which is not the case in this study.

      Since the VUP25111:CCL25 complex suppresses arrestin recruitment to CCR9, but not G protein recruitment, we are confident representing the modified agonist as G protein-biased. Additionally, arrestin recruitment is only downstream of G protein activation in the occasion where the GPCR is phosphorylated specifically by GRK2/3 and not GRK5/6. CCR9 does not show any preference for GRKs and recruits arrestin as effectively when phosphorylated by either GRK2/3 or GRK5/6 (Lamme JBC 2025). Since G protein coupling is preserved when challenged with the VUP25111:CCL25 complex, both families of GRKs should be available for phosphorylation. We have modified the statement to better specify recruitment compared to signaling on Pg. 5:

      “Most prevent activation by impeding chemokine binding to the receptor, thus impairing all signaling and migratory responses, but one forms a G protein-biased complex with CCL25, preserving G protein recruitment while suppressing arrestin recruitment to CCR9, and selectively inhibits CCR9, but not ACKR4.

      (6) Results, 122,123: The authors should consider being more precise; possibly, the truncated CCL25 is somewhat less potent on CCR9. The authors should make a statistical test and then decide whether to rephrase or not for enhanced precision.

      The reviewer is correct that we detect a small difference in potency between full-length CCL25 and CCL25-ΔCT at CCR9. This was quantified and is reported in the supplementary Table S2, where CCL25 shows a logEC50 of -7.46 ± 0.16 compared with -7.89 ± 0.29 for CCL25-ΔCT, indicating that the truncated chemokine is slightly more potent. While the difference was determined to be statistically significant per an Extra sum-of-squares F test, we don’t consider the of the truncation to be substantially impactful, which is also in line with previous publication (Pinheiro Nat. Comm. 2025). We have therefore revised the text to note the modest increase in potency of CCL25-ΔCT compared to the native, full-length CCL25 and added statistical information in the figure legend. We have changed the text on Pg. 5 to:

      “The truncated CCL25 (CCL25_ΔCT, 1-77) activated both CCR9 and ACKR4 with similar efficacy while showing slightly enhanced potency only towards CCR9 compared to the full-length ligand (Fig. S1).”

      (7) Figure S5: This figure is currently confusing and needs clarification. The authors state in the main text that CXCR4 is stimulated with CXCL12, yet the figure legend refers to CCL25; this discrepancy should be corrected to ensure consistency. In addition, inhibition of CXCR4 by the miniprotein binders should be analyzed and presented with normalization to CXCR4 responses, not to CCL25-stimulated CCR9. To avoid misinterpretation, inhibition by the miniproteins should be quantified separately for CCR9 and CXCR4, each normalized to its own receptor-specific and functionally equivalent stimulation condition, rather than to the "other" receptor.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and apologize for the oversight during editing. The mentions of CCL25 in Figure S5 were incorrect, and CXCL12 was indeed used in this cross-reactivity assay to stimulate CXCR4 and for subsequent normalization. We have adjusted the legend accordingly.

      (8) Results, lines 211-213: The authors should be more semantically precise. They state that no binder has any effect on arrestin recruitment to CXCR4. If I see the data, this is not really true, as 25101 and 25107 inhibit arrestin recruitment by about 50 % or more at the highest applied concentrations; only 111 and 112 are completely inactive. As already commented, normalization should be done to arrestin recruitment of CXCR4 and not CCR9.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that, at the highest tested concentrations of VUP25101 and VUP25107, substantial inhibition is observed. Additionally, we have extended our analysis of the miniprotein selectivity to include activation assays for the CCL20 receptors CCR6 and ACKR4, as well as the atypical CXCL12 receptor ACKR3. Based on these data, we have revised the text to more accurately reflect these observations. We now frame these results as an initial proof of concept demonstrating the feasibility of this design approach, while noting that further optimization and characterization of selectivity will be required to advance the miniproteins for additional applications.

      We have adjusted the text on Pg.11:

      “CCL25 specificity was experimentally evaluated by testing the miniproteins against CXCL12 by tracking arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 and ACKR3, the native agonist for this canonical and atypical receptor pair (Fig. S5). VUP25111 and VUP25112 showed no effect on CXCL12-mediated activation at any concentration, while VUP25101 and VUP25107 showed partial inhibition at the highest tested concentration (10 µM).

      In addition, the effects of the VUPs were evaluated against CCL20, a closely related chemokine to CCL25, by assessing arrestin recruitment to CCR6 and ACKR4 (Fig. S6). VUP25107 and VUP25112 displayed similar potencies towards CCL20 comparable to those observed for CCL25 (VUP25107: pIC50 = 7.72 ± 0.21; VUP25112: pIC50 = 6.93 ± 1.03) to ACKR4. In contrast, VUP25101 showed reduced inhibition of CCL20 relative to CCL25 (VUP25101: pIC50<sub>CCL20</sub> = 6.06 ± 0.13 v pIC50<sub>CCL25</sub> = 7.73 ± 0.08), indicating greater selectivity. CCL20 activation of CCR6 further supports the specificity of VUP25101, which only showed a modest effect at the highest concentration tested. VUP25111 showed no inhibitory effects on CCL20 activation of either CCR6 nor ACKR4, which may indicate a lack of binding, but is indiscernible from forming a receptor-competent complex similar to how it interacts with CCL25 and ACKR4.”

      Concerning the comment regarding the normalization to CCR9 rather than CXCR4, due to a mistake, the figure legend incorrectly stated CCL25, whereas the assay was performed using CXCL12. We thank the reviewer for bringing this up and have corrected the figure accordingly.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study investigates the role of Interleukin-2-inducible T cell kinase (ITK) deficiency in autoimmune lung injury using a pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH) model, suggesting that ITK-deficient regulatory T cells (Tregs) restrict severe tissue pathology. The work represents an important addition to the fields of autoimmunity, inflammation, and T-cell biology in the lung. The experimental evidence supporting the core ideas is solid and provides mechanistic insight into how ITK deficiency promotes a tissue-protective Treg phenotype, although additional studies will be needed to further define the molecular pathways involved.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      In this study, Hossain et al. investigated the role of Interleukin-2-inducible T cell kinase (ITK) in autoimmune lung injury, demonstrating that ITK-deficient (Itk-/-) mice are protected against pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH). Authors suggest that this protection correlates with a significant remodeling of the T cell compartment in Itk-/- mice, including increased frequency of memory-like CD4+ and CD8+ T cells (CD44⁺CD62L⁺) as well as higher frequency of Treg populations. Furthermore, adoptive transfer of ITK-deficient Treg isolated from injured ITK-deficient mice confers protection against pulmonary hemorrhage in WT recipients.

      Strengths:

      The adoptive transfer of congenically marked wildtype and Itk-/- Treg populations clearly demonstrates that ITK-deficient Treg can actively rescue pre-existing lung injury and reverse systemic secondary metrics like proteinuria in wild-type recipients, providing proof-of-concept validation for the therapeutic utility of the ITK-Treg axis.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Hossaim and colleagues investigate the role of the ITK kinase in modulating inflammation in a pristane-induced lung hemorrhage model. Using a germline ITK KO mouse, they report that loss of ITK skews the T cell compartment toward a memory-like state, expanding Tregs, and conferring protection against alveolar hemorrhage, inflammatory monocyte recruitment, proteinuria, and systemic cytokine elevation. They further show that transfer of ITK-deficient Tregs into wild-type hosts with established disease attenuates injury and shifts the cytokine balance toward resolution, and that ITK-deficient Tregs carry a transcriptional signature enriched for OXPHOS, mTORC1, MYC, and cell-cycle programs. While these observations are interesting for the development of potential immunotherapies, there are several issues with the methodological approach that support the authors' claims, tempering my enthusiasm for this manuscript.

      Strengths:

      (1) The clinical motivation and potential targeted therapies are relevant.

      (2) The murine phenotype seems robust.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my comments appropriately.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hossain et al. investigate the role of ITK as a central regulator of autoimmune lung injury. They used ITK-deficient mice and the pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH) model to show that ITK deficiency confers protection against PH. The adoptive cell transfer experiment suggests a possible role for altered Treg cells in ITK-deficient mice in regulating the inflammatory response in the lungs of pristane-injected mice. This study shows that targeting the ITK axis may be beneficial by reducing systemic inflammatory injury that contributes to poor outcomes in PH.

      Strengths:

      This study highlights the importance of ITK in regulating pulmonary hemorrhage. The enrichment of Treg cells is known to confer protection in autoimmunity-mediated alveolar damage. However, the involvement of ITK in regulating the Treg cells' function is interesting and could be explored as a novel therapeutic approach for chronic inflammation.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have answered my comments by incorporating new results and clarification to their observation.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      The adoptive transfer of congenically marked wildtype and Itk-/- Treg populations clearly demonstrates that ITK-deficient Treg can actively rescue pre-existing lung injury and reverse systemic secondary metrics like proteinuria in wild-type recipients, providing proof-of-concept validation for the therapeutic utility of the ITK-Treg axis.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #1 for recognizing the strength and translational significance of our adoptive-transfer experiments. We agree that these studies provide important proof-of-concept evidence that ITK-deficient Tregs are not simply associated with protection but can actively ameliorate established pulmonary hemorrhage and associated systemic manifestations when transferred into wild-type recipients. We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the potential therapeutic significance of targeting the ITK–Treg axis.

      Weaknesses:

      The molecular analysis of Tregs isolated from unchallenged wild-type ITKdeficient mice has limited value to understand how the ITK-deficient Tregs protect against autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhages in lungs. Detailed molecular analysis of Tregs isolated from the lung will be helpful in understanding the mechanistic regulation and identifying further therapeutic targets.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation and agree that detailed molecular characterization of lung-resident Tregs following pristane-induced pulmonary injury would provide additional insight into the mechanisms responsible for protection.

      The transcriptional analyses presented in the current manuscript were designed to identify intrinsic molecular differences associated with ITK deficiency in Tregs independent of the inflammatory environment. These studies revealed alterations in pathways including oxidative phosphorylation, mTORC1 signaling, MYC-associated programs, and cell-cycle regulation, thereby providing a molecular framework for the enhanced function of ITK-deficient Tregs.

      We recognize, however, that the phenotype and transcriptional program of Tregs within the injured lung microenvironment may differ from those observed under baseline conditions. We therefore consider direct molecular comparison of lung Tregs isolated from pristane-treated wild-type and ITK-deficient mice an important direction for subsequent mechanistic studies.

      Importantly, the principal functional conclusion of the current study is supported by the adoptive transfer experiments shown in Figure 5. Transfer of ITK-deficient Tregs into wild-type mice with established disease significantly reduced pulmonary hemorrhage and systemic injury, demonstrating that ITK-deficient Tregs themselves are capable of mediating protection. We have clarified this limitation and the need for future studies examining lung-resident Tregs in the revised Discussion. See page 21 line 353- 361.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have addressed my comments appropriately.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #2 for carefully evaluating our revised manuscript and for concluding that our previous responses appropriately addressed the reviewer’s concerns. We also appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the potential relevance of our findings for the development of targeted therapeutic approaches.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would strongly recommend removing Fig. 5J (IF), as there is no convincing signal for Foxp3. This is a well-known issue with Foxp3 Ab. If authors would like to include imaging, would recommend performing smFISH/RNAScope.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful recommendation. We agree that the Foxp3 immunofluorescence signal in the previous Figure 5J does not provide sufficiently convincing visualization to support our conclusions. We have therefore removed Figure 5J from the revised manuscript.

      Importantly, our conclusions regarding the protective activity of ITK-deficient Tregs are independently supported by flow-cytometric analyses and, most importantly, by the adoptive-transfer experiments demonstrating that ITK-deficient Tregs can ameliorate established pulmonary hemorrhage in wild-type recipients.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding smFISH/RNAscope and agree that this approach

      could provide valuable spatial information in future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The novelty of this study lies in the association between ITK-deficient Tregs and pulmonary hemorrhage in autoimmunity. One limitation of this study is that the authors performed all experiments in ITK global knockout mice, in which not only T cells but all other cell types are deficient in ITK. Therefore, further studies are required for a mechanistic rationale for targeting ITK in severe inflammatory lung disease.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for recognizing the novelty of the relationship between ITK-deficient Tregs and protection from autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhage, as well as the potential therapeutic relevance of this pathway in chronic inflammatory disease.

      We agree that the use of a germline ITK-deficient mouse represents a limitation of the current study because it does not allow us to completely distinguish T-cell-intrinsic effects of ITK deficiency from potential contributions of other immune populations.

      However, our adoptive-transfer experiments provide important functional evidence supporting a direct role for ITK-deficient Tregs. Specifically, purified ITK-deficient Tregs transferred into wild-type recipients with established pulmonary hemorrhage significantly reduced pulmonary injury and associated systemic manifestations. These findings demonstrate that ITK-deficient Tregs are themselves sufficient to confer substantial protection within an otherwise ITK-sufficient host.

      Nevertheless, we agree that future studies using lineage-specific conditional ITK-deficient models will be important to define the Treg-intrinsic contribution of ITK signaling more precisely. Such studies, together with evaluation of ITK modulation in human Tregs and appropriate humanized models, will be important for determining the translational potential of targeting the ITK pathway in severe inflammatory lung disease.

      We have revised the Discussion to more clearly acknowledge this limitation and highlight these future directions. We again thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive comments. Their suggestions have substantially strengthened the manuscript and helped us more clearly define both the significance of our findings and the remaining questions that will guide future investigation. See the limitations of this manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript seeks to understand the hierarchical temporal representation of social actions in the lateral visual pathway in the human brain. It introduces a potentially valuable methodological approach for characterizing the spatiotemporal dynamics of social-interaction representations, with the data supporting the hypothesis that the anterior portion of the superior temporal sulcus responds to communicative actions, and providing a temporal estimate of when it begins responding. However, the failure to recover several previously reported effects regarding mid-level representations in this and other visual brain regions, combined with unresolved concerns about the correspondence between EEG, fMRI, and stimulus-feature measures, limits confidence in the method's sensitivity and validity, rendering the current empirical evidence against a hierarchical feedforward architecture incomplete.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents a study combining human functional MRI (fMRI), electroencephalography (EEG), and human judgement data within a two-step regression framework to determine when several regions of interest (ROIs) along the so-called third visual pathway for social perception are activated, and which aspects of visual representations of social interactions they encode. The goal is to determine whether social interactions are encoded through a hierarchy of representation along the third pathway, and whether this hierarchy is implemented in a feedforward manner.

      The first analysis linking EEG to fMRI data identifies early activation (within 60 ms) in early visual cortex (EVC) and later (onset between 112 and 310 ms) activations in selected, more anterior ROIs along the pathway, i.e., motion-selective MT, extrastriate body area (EBA), object-selective lateral occipital cortex (LOC), and posterior and anterior social-interaction superior temporal sulcus regions (pSTS and aSTS). The second analysis linking EEG-fMRI data to stimulus features derived either computationally from the images or from human judgments shows that EVC activity arises early (within 68 ms) and is predicted by low-level visual features and motion energy. Activity in all other ROIs emerges after 140 ms (or later) and is predicted by motion energy (in MT, EBA and LOC), arousal (in MT), spatial expanse (in LOC, pSTS and aSTS), agent distance (in LOC, pSTS and aSTS) and communication (in aSTS). No effects of facingness, object-directedness, joint action, or valence are found in any ROI.

      Two observations are highlighted: features important for recognizing social interactions (i.e., agent distance) are encoded with a similar latency in the mid-level LOC and in STS; the communication content is selectively encoded in anterior STS.

      It is concluded that social interactions are processed in a hierarchical way, with more abstract information (i.e., communication) encoded in more anterior regions. Moreover, because this higher-level information is encoded at similar or even shorter latencies than mid-level features in mid- and high-level ROIs, these findings are taken to challenge a strictly feedforward hierarchy within the third visual pathway.

      Strengths:

      This is a timely manuscript concerning a newly discovered and now extensively investigated brain network, purportedly dedicated to social perception. In the manuscript, the selectivity of this network for the perception of social interactions is assumed rather than demonstrated. Instead, the study addresses two related questions that are critical for understanding how the network (or pathway) is organized and functions: (i) whether representations are hierarchically organized, progressing from more specific information (lower-level visual features) to increasingly abstract information (interaction category, e.g., communication), and (ii) whether processing follows a feedforward mechanism with prior and rapid encoding of lower-level features of social interactions, followed by encoding of mid-level and higher-level features.

      Addressing these questions is important because it goes beyond the knowledge of where social information is represented, toward understanding what kinds of visual input and transformations support the recognition of social interactions, and how the processing stages are organized (e.g., in a feedforward manner or with recurrent interactions). Establishing both aspects would define the particular computational architecture supporting the human ability to understand visual social interactions.

      The manuscript is also methodologically valuable, as it introduces a variation of more conventional fMRI-EEG fusion analyses. This method establishes fMRI and EEG correspondences, thus revealing spatiotemporal dynamics of brain activity (i.e., where activity occurs in the brain, at which time point), and further links these dynamics to stimulus features (i.e., which aspects of the stimuli predict activity in a given brain area at a given time). The description and discussion of the method in the manuscript are clear and transparent. This facilitates replication and allows appreciation of the rationale of the approach and its potential for future research.

      Weaknesses:

      The method introduced in the manuscript appears to be a valuable addition to the range of non-invasive approaches to study the spatiotemporal dynamics of representations in the human brain. The results presented in the manuscript, however, do not make a strong case for the sensitivity of the method.

      The study fails to replicate several effects that have demonstrated reliability across previous studies. In particular, motion energy in the stimuli only poorly predicts - relatively late -activity in motion-sensitive MT. Moreover, unlike several previous studies, including work by McMahon, Isik, and colleagues, the study finds no effects of facingness (or any other mid-level features) in EBA, object-directedness in LOC, joint actions in pSTS, and valence in pSTS. The manuscript does not discuss discrepancies, raising concerns about the sensitivity and validity of the method. In particular, the absence of previously reported effects is difficult to interpret without considering whether the method is sufficiently sensitive to detect the relevant stimulus dimensions.

      Another related and unexplored issue concerns the potentially limited correspondence between EEG and fMRI signals, and between stimuli used to derive the stimulus features for the analyses and stimuli used in the actual EEG experiment. EEG and fMRI data were collected in different samples, and different individuals may assign different social value to the same events, potentially affecting neural processing in regions such as the pSTS (see e.g., work by Varrier, Finn et al.). Furthermore, the stimuli used in the EEG experiment were derived from, but differed from those used in the fMRI experiment. Although this is not entirely clear from the manuscript, it appears that stimulus features were measured for the original stimuli used in the fMRI experiment and assumed to be valid also for stimuli in the EEG experiment. The manuscript does not acknowledge these issues, or other potential sources of noise arising from them, either on their own right or in relation to the above null effects. This makes it difficult to determine whether the absence of several expected effects reflects genuine characteristics of neural representations or limitations of the measurement and analysis pipeline.

      Beyond the methodological concerns, the results themselves are less straightforward than the manuscript suggests. Evidence for hierarchical representation emerges from the effect of low-level visual features in EVC and the encoding of communication in aSTS. Activity in all ROIs 'in the middle', from MT, EBA and LOC to pSTS, is predicted by a mixture of low- and mid-level stimulus features, whose effects in some cases come online after the encoding of the interaction category in aSTS (at 195 ms). This raises important questions concerning how a higher-level representation of an interaction category can emerge before the encoding of the lower- or mid-level information that is presumably diagnostic of that category. The manuscript would benefit from a more thorough discussion of this issue, particularly because the temporal ordering of these effects is central to the authors' claims about hierarchical and feedforward processing.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to understand the hierarchical temporal representation of social communicative actions in the posterior superior temporal sulcus and other regions of the lateral pathway. They apply an analysis framework in which they predict fMRI responses from EEG responses to the same stimuli. (The EEG stimuli were shorter versions of the same clips shown as fMRI stimuli.) They examine which temporal segments of EEG data are most predictive of responses in which part of the brain. They find that early (< 100 ms post-stimulus) EEG activity is predictive of responses in early visual cortex, and that later (~ 150 ms post-stimulus) EEG activity is predictive of responses in the lateral visual stream. They then model the fMRI responses predicted by the EEG signals - which they term the "EEG-relevant" portion of the fMRI signal - as a function of various social and visual factors. They conclude that social interactions elicit responses in aSTS-SI later than low-level visual features elicit responses in early visual cortex, and they provide some evidence that mid-level social primitives elicit responses in mid-level areas somewhere in between.

      Strengths:

      I find the question and the framework interesting. The extraction of "EEG-relevant" fMRI signal as a target for visual and social feature-based encoding models has potential, though the approach in this instance suffers from low signal-to-noise. The evidence that the anterior portion of the superior temporal sulcus responds to communicative actions is clear and supports prior work in this regard.

      Weaknesses:

      I think there are several important points that the authors need to address to strengthen their case, and I think that many points could use more explicit description, explanation, and discussion.

      Major concerns:

      First, the basis of the EEG predictions of fMRI activity is not clear. The paradigm relies on predicting fMRI responses at each voxel from a weighted combination of EEG responses measured anywhere over the scalp. However, the authors never show any kind of weight map to visualize which electrodes on the scalp were weighted to predict responses in each fMRI voxel or ROI. I see that the use of PCA to orthogonalize the EEG responses creates problems with localizing the predictive signal in EEG to particular electrodes. Is the PCA step necessary? In any case, some form of analysis to estimate where in the brain the predictive EEG signal is coming from seems important. It's fairly clear that the best signal quality in the EEG recordings is in the early visual cortex. Thus, it could be the case that electrodes over EVC provide the main basis for predictions across the entire brain, with different temporal phases of EVC activity associated with activity in different regions in the fMRI data. It could also be the case (tho less likely in my opinion) that activity in regions away from EVC on the scalp provides the basis for predicting more anterior brain regions in the fMRI data. These two possibilities each suggest a substantially different interpretation of the present results: in the former case, there may be some sort of feedback loop between early visual areas and lateral areas; in the latter case, the hierarchical interpretation the authors have laid out seems more plausible. It seems important to draw a distinction between these possibilities.

      In any case, the authors should say more in the discussion about the sources of EEG signals and fMRI signals and the relationship between the two.

      On a similar note: the authors show that their EEG data was reliable based on a split-half analysis of the data. However, the authors only show average split-half correlation across electrodes and subjects. It stands to reason that some electrodes were much more reliable than others. The authors should show a map of electrode reliability across the scalp. One relevant question is: are there reliable electrode locations throughout the visual cortex? Or are the EEG signals only, or by far most reliable, in EVC? (How reliable is the EEG signal in regions that are at least somewhat near to the location of the lateral regions that is the principal object of investigation here?)

      The use of predicted fMRI signals (predicted by EEG) as a target for image & social feature encoding models is only valid to the extent that the EEG signals accurately predict the fMRI signals. The prediction accuracy going from EEG to fMRI is not very high - a correlation of less than 0.2 in most regions besides EVC and the anterior extent of the activity along the ventral temporal lobe. In the best-predicted regions, the activity only reaches a correlation of 0.3. The majority of the signal (> 90% of the variance) is unmodeled in this analysis. Thus, I would hesitate to characterize the evidence for activation by particular stimulus features at particular times in this analysis as "strong". The authors themselves are somewhat ambivalent on this point, as well. While they write in the conclusion: "Finally, we find strong evidence that social interactions are computed via hierarchical computation of low- and mid-level social visual features in the lateral visual pathway." However, This statement conflicts somewhat with other statements the authors make in the discussion section: "Together, these results suggest that lateral visual regions may not be organized in a strict feedforward hierarchy as has previously been suggested" Later in the discussion there is more ambivalence about the hierarchical nature of the representation: "Our findings suggest that the processing of social action features from posterior to anterior brain regions does not adhere to a strict feedforward hierarchy." The authors should present a more consistent interpretation of their findings.

      Finally, the low performance of most of the mid-level models in mid-level regions is a concern; it points to poor signal overall. The common threads in the models that do predict responses above chance seem to be space (spatial expanse and agent distance) and salience (to the extent that arousal may constitute salience). This raises a question: Were the social model features correlated with either of the low-level model features?

      I think that the overriding issue here is poor signal quality in the EEG data. The estimate of repeatability from the split-half analysis is not high, even on average for the whole brain; it is likely to be very poor for areas outside EVC. I think this matters. An important null hypothesis to consider is that there may be a few fairly low-level, or at least simple and straightforward, elements of the response that are reflected in the noisy EEG signal. Chief among these is likely to be that the most salient or high-contrast retinotopic regions in the image, which both AlexNet and motion energy models would likely pick up on, are likely to elicit responses in EVC. This is likely why EVC is by far the best-predicted region, both based on the raw EEG data and in the two-step regression analysis. There could be elements of spatial priority at all levels of the visual system. This could be what the authors are observing: there is some relatively small (in terms of variance explained) component of the signal that is common to many regions, and which emerges somewhat later in later regions due to conduction delays.

      I think an important exception to this signal problem is the finding of communicative actions eliciting responses in aSTS-SI. That seems very robust and clear.

      Medium comments:

      There should be a section in the methods on how the ROIs were defined. (There is a brief description in the results section, but this is not sufficient). The ROI outlines should also be displayed somewhere in the paper (not just circles showing the general region as in Figure 1). Figure 3 would be a nice place for them, as would Figure S3.

      It's also worth noting in the methods and discussion that the use of template ROIs for hMT in particular is potentially sub-optimal. hMT lies in anatomically variable locations across subjects. One reason for the seemingly weak signal in hMT may be that the voxels being averaged do not fall within the true hMT for each subject.

      In the results (section 3.2.1), the authors write, "We scored the regression by predicting the EEG-predicted fMRI activity (estimated fMRItest) to the held-out test videos and then correlating the actual fMRI response (fMRItest) in the test set to this prediction at each time point (estimated fMRItest)." Unless I am missing something, I think the authors can safely say that they predicted responses to the withheld stimuli without specifying the intended prediction target (whether it is the fMRI data or the estimated fMRI data), because the prediction is simply based on weights, labeled or estimated image features, and stimuli. So, the prediction might as well be a direct prediction of the fMRI test data. It seems to me that mentioning the estimated fMRI test in this sentence only muddies the waters.

      In the two-stage regression analysis, were all the visual and social features fit to the EEG-predicted fMRI data in a single regression? Was this regression regularized? How many parameters total were fit? (This is clear for the AlexNet and motion energy models, but not clear for the other features - were they all single-feature models?)

    4. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their constructive feedback and are in the process of preparing a detailed point-by-point response. In the meantime, we would like to underscore our main conclusions and highlight the consistency with this study and the prior fMRI literature.

      First, while the reviewers are correct to highlight the difficulty in interpreting null effects, the claims of our paper are primarily concerned with the positive findings. To our knowledge, this is the first evidence that social interaction perception is extracted in a fast hierarchy, which progresses from early visual features to mid-level social primitives to high-level information about communicative actions in the STS. This is an exciting and novel finding that sheds new light on the neural computations that support this core human ability. Importantly, the main null finding is the lack of difference in the onset latency between mid-level and anterior ROIs, rather than an inability to decode information in these regions (see below) and does not undercut this central claim.

      Second, we would like to highlight that, overwhelmingly, our results are consistent with the prior fMRI literature. For example:

      • Using our two-step regression procedure, we recover representations of motion energy in MT validating the use of this method

      • Further, we find representations of mid-level features in mid-level regions ~150 ms after stimulus onset, primarily the distance between people.

      This consistency, and the decoding of high-level features like communication exclusively in STS regions (as highlighted by reviewer 1), provides support for our method and shows that the EEG-fMRI correspondence extends beyond early visual regions.

      The reviewers also raise questions about potential inconsistencies with our prior fMRI study (McMahon et al., 2023). We would like to clarify those findings here, because the current manuscript relies on the same fMRI data, and thus we would not expect to see effects here that are not reported in that fMRI data. In our original fMRI study, we did not find an effect of facingness, joint action, or valence in any ROI. Further, in that study, the effect for communication was most robust in aSTS, rather than pSTS. The primary effect from our original fMRI study that we do not find with EEG-fMRI fusion is information about object-directed actions in LOC. We will address these in a more detailed point-by-point response and revision soon.

      Beyond the practical limitations of what we could find in the current fMRI dataset, we would also like to discuss the theoretical reasons for differences between our findings and the broader literature. First, our lack of finding an effect of valence likely reflects our stimuli, not neural representations. The Moments in Time computer vision dataset that our videos are derived from does not sample strongly negative videos. This restricted valence range is also evident in the behavioral ratings that participants provided.

      Further, there are many differences between how we have looked for an effect of facing direction compared to prior work in this area. First, we do not use a binary facing/not facing but a graded scale from facing to not facing, and, to our knowledge, ours is the only study that has investigated a facing effect in naturalistic videos. It is possible that due to the graded scale or the natural stimuli that the facing effect is too subtle for us to detect. Another possibility is that while facingness is a social cue that is encoded in the brain, it is not a dominant cue in naturalistic videos where other cues are present (e.g., the distance between people, physical contact, and contingent motion).

      Finally, on joint action, a type of physical social interaction between people, there is now convergent evidence from multiple studies that this may not be the primary type of social interaction represented in the STS. McMahon et al. (2023) found that communicative, not joint interactions, predicted STS responses. This was replicated and extended in (Zhao et al., 2025), where we find that joint action representations are more represented in lateral occipital regions, while communicative interactions are represented in the STS. From ongoing work in controlled stimuli (McMahon & Kanwisher, 2026 VSS), we have found that regions in the STS respond more to communicative interactions than joint actions. This present study provides new insight into the computations that support this, suggesting that information about communicative interactions is extracted along a spatiotemporal hierarchy, consistent with the fast timescale of visual processing, along the newly proposed lateral stream.

      References:

      McMahon, E., Bonner, M. F. & Isik, L. Hierarchical organization of social action features along the lateral visual pathway. Current Biology 33, 5035-5047.e8 (2023).

      Zhao, Y., McMahon, E. & Isik, L. Separate Neural Representations for Physical and Communicative Social Interactions: Evidence from Data-driven Voxel Decomposition. Preprint at https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/fmnq9_v1 (2025).

      McMahon, E. & Nancy Kanwisher. The STS Responds Preferentially to Communicative Signals. Vision Science Society; May 15–19, 2026; St. Petersburg, FL.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study identifies Gcn5 as a regulator of blood cell development in the Drosophila lymph gland, with links to autophagy and nutrient-sensing mTORC1 signalling. While the mechanistic ordering between Gcn5, mTORC1 and TFEB/autophagy remains less fully resolved, the evidence is solid that perturbing Gcn5, autophagy genes and mTORC1 activity affects blood cell homeostasis. The work will be of interest to researchers studying developmental haematopoiesis, metabolic regulation and autophagy.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In their manuscript Arjun et al. investigate the role of the histone acetyl transferase Gcn5 in controlling Drosophila blood cell homeostasis in the larval lymph gland. Using gcn5 zygotic mutants as well as targeted knock-down and over-expression of Gcn5 in various lymph gland cell populations, they show that these manipulations impact niche cell number, blood cell progenitor maintenance, plasmatocyte differentiation, crystal cell differentiation, DNA damage accumulation. Their results indicate that Gcn5 controls autophagy and show that reducing the expression of the autophagy machinery affect blood cell differentiation. By using drugs as well as genetic approaches to modulate the mTOR pathway, they found that Gcn5 levels are regulated by mTOR, but that the impact of this pathway on blood cell homeostasis can override Gcn5 function.

      Overall, the main conclusions are sound. They bring interesting insights into the regulation of autophagy by Gcn5 and mTOR and lay the ground for further dissections of Gcn5 function and mode of action during Drosophila lymph gland development.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have modified the title, abstract and discussion to tune down some of their conclusion and provide a more nuanced interpretation of their data. They have also modified some figure panels as requested.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Drosophila haematopoiesis has been shown to be governed by a number of signalling pathways such as JAK/STAT and Dpp. This important study shows a role for nutrient sensing and autophagy in determining blood cell differentiation. The authors show that General control non-derepressible 5 (Gcn5), a histone acetyltransferase affects blood cell differentiation. Gcn5 also negatively regulates autophagy through its effector TFEB which directly regulates autophagy genes. The authors also show that mTORC1 modulates Gcn5 levels and through it TFEB activity thus acting as a fine-tuning mechanism which maintains optimal levels of autophagy.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the work lies in the interesting finding that cellular metabolic processes such as autophagy has a direct role in blood cell differentiation and has the potential to be of interest to those working on vertebrate haematopoiesis as well. The report has generated intriguing data, using promoters specific for sub sections of the lymph gland, that different cellular subsets of the lymph gland contribute differently towards haematopoiesis, but this is not followed up in detail and the final conclusions are derived from a combination of whole lymph gland perturbations as well as those from specific promoters.

      Weakness:

      (1) Gc5 seems to be expressed throughout the lymph gland but modulating it in the subsections do not have the same result. It is very striking that the knockdown of Gcn5 in the prohemocyte population does not have an effect on differentiation whereas overexpression does. And the modulations of Gcn5 in PSC also has variable effects across hemocyte subpopulations which is not explored in the manuscript. Interestingly, also the domain deletion constructs show differential effect on blood cell differentiation when altered solely in the prohemocytes which is not explained. While Gcn5 can be seen in all sections of the lymph gland in the first figure, under the HHLT-Gal4 and Hml-Gal4, Gcn5 looks cytoplasmic and almost completely excluded from the nucleus strikingly unlike Gcn5 expression under the Collier-Gal4 and Dome-Gal4. The rest of the experiments in the manuscript are done with multiple promoters, with autophagy flux measured by modulating Gcn5 with a pan hemocyte promoter, but the mTORC1-Gcn5 axis is explored using chemical modulators which affect the whole of the lymph gland (Fig7) or using two pro-hemocyte promoters (Fig8).

      (2) The knockdown of Gcn5 seems to affect the gland size (A compared to B and C). Since mTORC1 is a central regulator of cell size, it is possible that some of the effects seen in these knockdowns are potentially through mTORC1 affecting size suggesting that the signalling axis between mTORC1 and Gcn5 might not be a one-way axis as suggested in Figure 9. Also, this would mean that in experiments where absolute cell counts of crystal cells or niche cells are used to assess blood cell differentiation, further analysis to consider total cell numbers in the lymph gland would strengthen the manuscript.

      (3) A genetic manipulation of mTORC1 specifically in the pro hemocytes would strengthen the role of mTORC1 in the pathway rather than the chemical modulation which affects the whole of the lymph gland.

      Comments on the revised manuscript:

      Overall, the revisions make the narrative more coherent and pertinent to the results presented. The authors have also added new data and the analysis supports their conclusions.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Drosophila hematopoiesis has been shown to be governed by a number of signaling pathways such as JAK/STAT and Dpp. This important study shows the role of nutrient sensing and autophagy in determining blood cell differentiation. The authors show that General control non-derepressible 5 (Gcn5), a histone acetyltransferase affects blood cell differentiation. Gcn5 also negatively regulates autophagy through its effector TFEB which directly regulates autophagy genes. The authors also show that mTORC1 modulates Gcn5 levels and through it, TFEB activity thus acting as a fine-tuning mechanism that maintains optimal levels of autophagy.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the work lies in the interesting finding that cellular metabolic processes such as autophagy have a direct role in blood cell differentiation and has the potential to be of interest to those working on vertebrate haematopoiesis as well. The report has generated intriguing data, using promoters specific for sub-sections of the lymph gland, that different cellular subsets of the lymph gland contribute differently towards haematopoiesis, but this is not followed up in detail and the final conclusions are derived from a combination of whole lymph gland perturbations as well as those from specific promoters.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Gc5 seems to be expressed throughout the lymph gland but modulating it in the subsections does not have the same result. It is very striking that the knockdown of Gcn5 in the prohemocyte population does not have an effect on differentiation whereas overexpression does. The modulations of Gcn5 in PSC also have variable effects across hemocyte subpopulations which is not explored in the manuscript.

      We have now explained and discuss why Gcn5 modulation could be affecting the PSC size. Please check Discussion section Paragraph 1 line 10 onwards.

      Interestingly, also the domain deletion constructs show a differential effect on blood cell differentiation when altered solely in the prohemocytes which is not explained.

      Currently, with our observations all that we can comment about that data is that expression of domain deletion mutants causes aberrant hematopoiesis indicating a dominant-negative phenotype since they are expressed in the wild-type genetic background. Beyond this, we will be exploring mechanistically how these domains are functioning during hematopoiesis in future studies. We have already described the dominant negative effect in the text: Discussion Section Paragraph 3.

      While Gcn5 can be seen in all sections of the lymph gland in the first figure, under the HHLT-Gal4 and Hml-Gal4, Gcn5 looks cytoplasmic and almost completely excluded from the nucleus strikingly unlike Gcn5 expression under the Collier-Gal4 and Dome-Gal4.

      We have now revised Figure 1 and have only included the images with Collier-Gal4 and Dome-Gal4 which clearly shows both the niche cells, Dome-positive progenitors and Dome-negative cells of the primary LG lobe essentially showing that Gcn5 is expressed throughout the primary LG lobe. In Fig. 1C-F’, Gcn5 expression is both in the nucleus and cytoplasm as this molecule shuttles between cytoplasm and nucleus. The staining pattern with the other Gal4 could be due to problems in the immunofluorescence protocol and acquisition parameters. We have now removed those images from Figure 1. Please check revised Figure 1.

      The rest of the experiments in the manuscript are done with multiple promoters, with autophagy flux measured by modulating Gcn5 with a pan hemocyte promoter, but the mTORC1-Gcn5 axis is explored using chemical modulators which affect the whole of the lymph gland (Fig7) or using two pro-hemocyte promoters (Fig8).

      We have used a pan-hemocyte promoter for the autophagy analysis to investigate if Gcn5 regulation over autophagy is a hemocyte-specific effect which we indeed see. We have removed the western blot data now in the revised manuscript where we looked at Atg8 and p62 levels in whole larval lysates when Gcn5 was perturbed using hemocyte driver as the results were puzzling and difficult to comprehend given the complete absence of a p62 band in Gcn5 knockdown conditions. Also, it’s worth noting that Hml-Gal4 is also active in the LG hemocytes. We did 2 alternate promoters for prohemocytes to cross-validate some of our results and the chemical modulators experiment was done since effects like mTOR inhibition/nutrient sensing effects are systemic and hence such modalities were employed.

      (2) The knockdown of Gcn5 seems to affect the gland size (A compared to B and C). Since mTORC1 is a central regulator of cell size, it is possible that some of the effects seen in these knockdowns are potentially through mTORC1 affecting size suggesting that the signalling axis between mTORC1 and Gcn5 might not be a one-way axis as suggested in Figure 9. Also, this would mean that in experiments where absolute cell counts of crystal cells or niche cells are used to assess blood cell differentiation, further analysis to consider total cell numbers in the lymph gland would strengthen the manuscript.

      It is a possibility that Gcn5 perturbation could be affecting lymph gland size although we have not seen any consistent trend that would point towards this phenotype either upon knockdown or over-expression. We believe Gcn5 controls blood cell differentiation phenotypes strongly via mTORC1. But in order to answer reviewer’s comment we have now re-analyzed our crystal cell differentiation data particularly and quantitated it and represented it as crystal cell differentiation index for dome-Gal4 specific Gcn5 modulation and for the data with genetic modulation of mTORC1 pathway. Please see Fig 3P and S10J for the revised analysis.

      (3) A genetic manipulation of mTORC1 specifically in the pro hemocytes would strengthen the role of mTORC1 in the pathway rather than the chemical modulation which affects the whole of the lymph gland.

      We thank the reviewer for their useful critique. We have now addressed this concern and we have genetically perturbed the mTORC1 pathway in the progenitors using both abrogation of TORC1 via depletion of Tor or Raptor or by activation using over-expression of Rheb. We have now included this data as Supplementary figures – Fig S10 and S11 and have described it in the results section. Please see results section “Chemical or genetic modulation of mTORC1 activity controls blood cell differentiation” in the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Editors Comments:

      Dear Rohan,

      Thank you for the substantial effort that has gone into the revision. The added data and the removal of some difficult-to-interpret results have made the manuscript more coherent.

      After discussing the revised manuscript with the reviewers, our shared view is that the main interpretive issue still remains. The biology remains quite complex: Gcn5 perturbation in different lymph gland compartments still gives non-reciprocal phenotypes; the Gcn5/autophagy/mTORC1 experiments draw on different drivers, cell populations and systemic drug treatments; and the mTORC1 "override" experiment is still stronger as a pharmacological observation than as a clean pathway/epistasis result. As a result, the current framing still makes the relationship between Gcn5, autophagy, mTORC1 and haematopoiesis seem more direct than the data warrant.

      We therefore ask that you revise the text to engage more directly with these unresolved points. And we urge you to please revise the title, abstract, model and discussion so that the manuscript frames the data as supporting a broad connection between Gcn5, autophagy, mTORC1 signalling and blood cell homeostasis, rather than as establishing a resolved linear Gcn5-mTORC1-TFEB/autophagy pathway.

      Thank you for sending our manuscript for review again. We are glad that the revised data has made the manuscript more coherent along with removal of the data that was difficult to interpret.

      We would like to thank the editor for the suggestions. We have now revised the title, abstract, model of our study and also toned down our conclusions and removed extrapolations if any. We now project a broader role of Gcn5 and mTORC1 in regulating autophagy and thereby hematopoiesis in the lymph gland. Our revised discussion section addresses this critical suggestion given by the editor. Please refer to the changes made in the title, abstract, parts of the results and discussion.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are still many typos along the manuscript.

      The authors changed their quantification of the crystal cell phenotype to "crystal cell index" in some figures but kept the initial "crystal cell number" in others. They should be consistent. Also, the scale of the axes in Fig. 2O , 2T and 3P is inadequate, as it is impossible to discern the distribution of the data or possible differences between genotypes.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now gone through the manuscript thoroughly and made the required changes. We have taken into consideration and reanalysed the data and changed all quantification to crystal cell differentiation index to make the data uniform and consistent. The scale of axes as suggested for Fig. 2O, 2T and 3P have been modified to ensure the data points are clearly distributed and observable.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study extends a model of cortical normalization (ORGaNICs) to interacting cortical areas and shows that communication through coherence and communication subspaces can arise from a single set of dynamics. The evidence is convincing, showing analytically that contrast-dependent gamma dynamics and a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace arise from one parameter set. The work will interest neuroscientists and theorists concerned with inter-areal communication, cortical oscillations, and divisive normalization.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      In this paper, Pal and colleagues propose a mechanistic unification of two influential accounts of inter-areal communication: communication through coherence and communication subspaces. A major strength of the paper is that it does not treat coherence and communication subspaces as independent phenomena, as typically done, but instead derives both from the same circuit with divisive normalization. In this framework, noise-driven fluctuations around the normalized fixed point determine covariance and cross-power structure (which, in retrospect, makes so much sense to be related). Then, they show how these determine linear prediction performance and the effective dimensionality of the communication subspace. They also show (however not very visually, see recommendation below for a figure) how divisive normalization is crucial to shape inter-areal coherence and the dimensionality of communication.

      I found this conceptual contribution potentially very influential, but somewhat obscured by the technical complexity of the model. The central intuition (I think) is that recurrent normalization can organize cross-area fluctuations, both frequency-specific correlations and cross-covariances. Took me a while to grasp this insight, mostly because I was stuck with the model details. Note that I have some experience with network dynamics, but not with this particular model.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors extend the ORGaNICs framework (a recurrent circuit that dynamically implements divisive normalization) to connected cortical areas with explicit top-down feedback. Because the network has a known analytical fixed point that coincides with (or closely approximates) the normalization equation, the authors can linearize about that fixed point and derive closed-form expressions for the power spectral density, inter-areal coherence, and communication subspaces. Using a two-area instantiation (V1 & V2) with a single fixed parameter set and no data fitting, they show the model reproduces: (i) contrast-response functions with steeper slope V2; (ii) gamma-band power and coherence peaks that shift to higher frequency with contrast; and (iii) a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace that is lower-dimensional than the within-area subspace. They derive parallel predictions of what happens by changing model parameters: feedback gain enhances inter-areal and suppresses within-area communication, and normalization is necessary for both the oscillatory dynamics and the reduced subspace dimensionality. A three-area extension (V1&V4, V1&V5/MT) is used to argue that differential top-down feedback can dynamically route functional connectivity.

      Strengths:

      (1) Analytical tractability: Deriving power spectra, coherence, and communication-subspace structure in closed form from a known fixed point is genuinely valuable.

      (2) Conceptual unification: Framing coherence and communication subspaces as arising from the same normalization-driven dynamics is an elegant and useful contribution.

      (3) Breadth from few assumptions: A large range of phenomena (contrast gain, gamma dynamics) emerges from normalization-based model assumptions.

      (4) Biological grounding: The mapping of model variables onto identified cell types connects the abstract computation to known cortical microcircuitry.

      (5) The prediction that input-gain versus feedback-gain modulation produce distinct spectral signatures gives experimentalists a clear way to test the framework.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      The work of Pal and colleagues considers a hierarchical and multi-population version of the "oscillatory recurrent gated neural integrator circuits" (ORGaNICs) model, showing through analytics that the model captures multiple relevant experimental results: first of all, its oscillatory dynamics produce a profile with high resemblance to experimental results, both in terms of decay of power at high frequency and in terms of shifting peak as a function of stimulus contrast. Second, inter-areal communication subspace dimensionality is lower than within-area dimensionality. The authors then proceed to further characterize the model's response properties as a function of input and feedback gain. In particular, they find that frequencies transmitted with higher strength also carry more information, that changing gain modifies the dimensionality of communication subspaces, and that these properties can be used in a three-layer model, where an upstream area can select which downstream area to communicate to, based on the strength of feedback gain.

      Strengths

      This work demonstrates that a single-circuit model with normalization properties can capture both the oscillatory dynamics and the inter-areal communication properties measured in cortical circuits, matching multiple experimental results. The full analytical tractability of the model is highly advantageous, allowing for easier exploration of parameters, replicability, and effective interpretations of results compared to purely numerical approaches.

      The work also makes a useful conceptual link between normalization, coherence-based communication, and subspace-based communication. In particular, it shows how both phenomena can emerge from the same circuit dynamics, where normalization is a key factor.

      Interestingly, the model is also extended to multiple areas, showing how attention (in the form of changes in feedback gain) can synchronize the activity of a downstream area with one of two upstream areas, thus effectively selecting which area to communicate with.

      In general, this is an interesting computational framework and a useful starting point for future modeling work. A particular strength is that it connects normalization, oscillatory dynamics, coherence, and communication subspaces within one analytically tractable model, making it possible to generate mechanistic hypotheses about when inter-areal communication should be stronger, lower-dimensional, or preferentially routed through feedback.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study extends a model of cortical normalization (ORGaNICs) to interacting cortical areas and shows that communication through coherence and communication subspaces can arise from a single set of dynamics. The evidence is solid, showing analytically that contrast-dependent gamma dynamics and a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace arise from one parameter set, though the comparisons to data remain qualitative and the analytics rest on a linearization that is not checked against numerical simulation. The work will interest neuroscientists and theorists concerned with inter-areal communication, cortical oscillations, and divisive normalization.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for this assessment. We have addressed both stated qualifications. On the linearization, we now validate the closed-form power and coherence spectra against direct numerical simulation of the full nonlinear stochastic circuit at every contrast (new SI Fig. S6 and SI Sec. II). On the comparison to data, in addition to the unfitted comparison of Fig. 2, we now provide a quantitative comparison in which the model is fitted to the experimental power and coherence spectra, with residuals reported at every contrast (new SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this paper, Pal and colleagues propose a mechanistic unification of two influential accounts of inter-areal communication: communication through coherence and communication subspaces. A major strength of the paper is that it does not treat coherence and communication subspaces as independent phenomena, as typically done, but instead derives both from the same circuit with divisive normalization. In this framework, noise-driven fluctuations around the normalized fixed point determine covariance and cross-power structure (which, in retrospect, makes so much sense to be related). Then, they show how these determine linear prediction performance and the effective dimensionality of the communication subspace. They also show (however not very visually, see recommendation below for a figure) how divisive normalization is crucial to shape inter-areal coherence and the dimensionality of communication.

      I found this conceptual contribution potentially very influential, but somewhat obscured by the technical complexity of the model. The central intuition (I think) is that recurrent normalization can organize cross-area fluctuations, both frequency-specific correlations and cross-covariances. Took me a while to grasp this insight, mostly because I was stuck with the model details. Note that I have some experience with network dynamics, but not with this particular model.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment. We agree that recurrent normalization shapes the cross-spectral density of the noise-driven fluctuations about the normalized fixed point, and that power, coherence, and the communication subspace can therefore be viewed as complementary readouts of the same underlying dynamics. To make this central connection explicit from the outset, we have added a new paragraph, “The core mechanism in brief” (Results, end of “Theory”), which states this mechanism before the main results are presented. The dependence of coherence and communication-subspace dimensionality on normalization is shown in SI Figs. S4e–h and S5, which are now cited wherever the role of normalization is discussed. In addition, the new Discussion subsection “Experimental predictions of the model” describes how normalization could be manipulated experimentally and the readouts expected.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors extend the ORGaNICs framework (a recurrent circuit that dynamically implements divisive normalization) to connected cortical areas with explicit top-down feedback. Because the network has a known analytical fixed point that coincides with (or closely approximates) the normalization equation, the authors can linearize about that fixed point and derive closed-form expressions for the power spectral density, inter-areal coherence, and communication subspaces. Using a two-area instantiation (V1 & V2) with a single fixed parameter set and no data fitting, they show the model reproduces: (i) contrast-response functions with steeper slope V2; (ii) gamma-band power and coherence peaks that shift to higher frequency with contrast; and (iii) a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace that is lower-dimensional than the within-area subspace. They derive parallel predictions of what happens by changing model parameters: feedback gain enhances inter-areal and suppresses within-area communication, and normalization is necessary for both the oscillatory dynamics and the reduced subspace dimensionality. A three-area extension (V1&V4, V1&V5/MT) is used to argue that differential top-down feedback can dynamically route functional connectivity.

      We thank the reviewer for this summary.

      Strengths:

      (1) Analytical tractability: Deriving power spectra, coherence, and communication-subspace structure in closed form from a known fixed point is genuinely valuable.

      (2) Conceptual unification: Framing coherence and communication subspaces as arising from the same normalization-driven dynamics is an elegant and useful contribution.

      (3) Breadth from few assumptions: A large range of phenomena (contrast gain, gamma dynamics) emerges from normalization-based model assumptions.

      (4) Biological grounding: The mapping of model variables onto identified cell types connects the abstract computation to known cortical microcircuitry.

      (5) The prediction that input-gain versus feedback-gain modulation produce distinct spectral signatures gives experimentalists a clear way to test the framework.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Comparisons are qualitative, not quantitative: The theory/experiment panels are visual side-by-side comparisons. There is no quantitative goodness-of-fit for any predictions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have added a quantitative comparison. New SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III fit the model parameters to the experimental power and coherence spectra and report the residuals at every contrast.

      (2) The simulations use τ ≈ 1ms for all cell types, which the authors acknowledge is unrealistically short; realistic values would shift the gamma peaks to lower frequencies.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree. The Limitations (Discussion) state that more realistic values would shift the gamma-band oscillations to lower frequencies, and that when all time constants were released as free parameters in the fit to the experimental spectra (SI Fig. S7) they converged to values between 0.2 and 3ms. The time constants are now described consistently as effective population time constants rather than as intrinsic single-neuron time constants (Limitations).

      (3) Divisive normalization is a special case and is recovered exactly only for the identity recurrent matrix (self-normalization). Some statements that the circuit implements divisive normalization exactly need softening.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have softened the statements throughout. The main text now states that exact recovery of Eq. 2 requires W<sub>11</sub> = I and β = γ = 1, that for the centre-surround W11 used in all reported results the circuit closely approximates normalization (to within 0.6%), and that the fixed point is obtained numerically, at first mention (Results, “Theory”), in the Methods (“The Model” and the new subsection “Numerical computation of fixed points”) and in the Discussion (“Normalization”).

      (4) The element-wise (multiplicative) interaction in the modulator dynamics is not tied to a specific cellular mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree: The Limitations (Discussion) state that, while weighted sums and gain control may be implemented via balanced excitatory–inhibitory mechanisms, we can only speculate about the cellular mechanisms for the element-wise products. We speculate that the element-wise product between presynaptic firing rates in Eq. 1b might be mediated by coincident spike detection (assuming that each of the spike trains is Poisson and that the synaptic current is proportional to the probability of coincident spikes within a short time window (Srinivasan & Bernard, 1976)), and that the element-wise product between postsynaptic membrane potential and presynaptic firing rate in Eq. 1c might be mediated by NMDA receptors (Polsky, Mel & Schiller, 2004; Silver, 2010) (see Discussion, last paragraph of “Biological Plausibility”).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work of Pal and colleagues considers a hierarchical and multi-population version of the “oscillatory recurrent gated neural integrator circuits” (ORGaNICs) model, showing through analytics that the model captures multiple relevant experimental results: first of all, its oscillatory dynamics produce a profile with high resemblance to experimental results, both in terms of decay of power at high frequency and in terms of shifting peak as a function of stimulus contrast. Second, inter-areal communication subspace dimensionality is lower than within-area dimensionality. The authors then proceed to further characterize the model’s response properties as a function of input and feedback gain. In particular, they find that frequencies transmitted with higher strength also carry more information, that changing gain modifies the dimensionality of communication subspaces, and that these properties can be used in a three-layer model, where an upstream area can select which downstream area to communicate to, based on the strength of feedback gain.

      We thank the reviewer for the summary.

      Strengths:

      This work demonstrates that a single-circuit model with normalization properties can capture both the oscillatory dynamics and the inter-areal communication properties measured in cortical circuits, matching multiple experimental results. The full analytical tractability of the model is highly advantageous, allowing for easier exploration of parameters, replicability, and effective interpretations of results compared to purely numerical approaches.

      The work also makes a useful conceptual link between normalization, coherence-based communication, and subspace-based communication. In particular, it shows how both phenomena can emerge from the same circuit dynamics, where normalization is a key factor.

      Interestingly, the model is also extended to multiple areas, showing how attention (in the form of changes in feedback gain) can synchronize the activity of a downstream area with one of two upstream areas, thus effectively selecting which area to communicate with.

      In general, this is an interesting computational framework and a useful starting point for future modeling work. A particular strength is that it connects normalization, oscillatory dynamics, coherence, and communication subspaces within one analytically tractable model, making it possible to generate mechanistic hypotheses about when inter-areal communication should be stronger, lower-dimensional, or preferentially routed through feedback.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      Although I see the analytic approach as a strength, at the same time I regard the lack of any numerical comparison as a big weakness. Circuit simulations would not only confirm the correctness of the analytics, but also offer further insights on the error margins and on the regimes where the analytics are valid. This is because, to my understanding, the analytics are based on a linear approximation around the operating regime, which means deviations might be expected, especially for high gain levels in the input, or in the feedforward and feedback pathways.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that a numerical check of the linearization is required, and have added one. New SI Fig. S6 and SI Sec. II integrate the full nonlinear stochastic system (SI Eqs. S31–S44, with the firing-rate noise and the filtered synaptic noise of SI Sec. VI) with the Euler–Maruyama scheme (time step 10 µs; 100 independent trials of 16s at each contrast) and compare the V1 power spectra and V1–V2 coherence spectra estimated from the simulated trajectories (Welch’s method) with the closed-form expressions at all eight contrasts of Fig. 2. At the baseline parameters, the root-mean-square deviation is below 0.017 for the normalised power and below 0.018 for the coherence, and the maximum absolute deviation is below 0.072, at every contrast; residuals are shown in the lower panels of Fig. S6. The Methods (“Power and coherence spectra”) now describe this validation. On the regime of validity: the linearization holds for small fluctuations about the fixed point, as stated in the Methods, and the simulations bear this out. When the amplitudes of the noise sources are increased, the deviation between the simulated and the analytical spectra grows, and it does so first at the lowest contrasts. This is because at low contrast < 10% the activities lie near zero, and the noise fluctuations can drive them negative, where the rectification in the model clips them to zero; the linearized dynamics do not capture this clipping. Note that changing the strength of the noise does not alter the analytical results, since the plotted spectra are all normalized. The deviations do not, however, grow with the gains: changing the input or feedback gain changes the fixed point, and the linearization about the new fixed point remains valid, because its accuracy is controlled by the strength of the fluctuations relative to the fixed point, not by the gains themselves. This characterization of the validity regime is now stated in SI Sec. II. All results reported in the paper use the baseline parameters, for which the linearization is accurate at every contrast and for all reported gain values. The stable ranges of the gains are given in SI Table S2.

      Another problem is that the analytically tractable model seems to rely on effective connectivity weights that break Dale’s law. Numerical simulations with explicitly modeled excitatory and inhibitory units might give insights into effects due, e.g., to the additional transmission delays mentioned in the Discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have made the distinction between effective and anatomical connectivity explicit. The Results (“Theory”) and the Methods (“The Model”) now state, where the matrices are introduced, that the recurrent, feedforward and feedback matrices are effective (net) connectivity, with negative entries standing for disynaptic inhibition through interneurons that are not modelled explicitly. The Limitations (Discussion) now state that the circuit as written does not respect Dale’s law at the level of individual connections, that the posited inhibitory interneurons would introduce additional delays, and that examining how inter-areal synchronization depends on feedback delay is an important direction for future work.

      Another weakness is the use of the term “predictions” to indicate features of the model dynamics that are purely described in the context of the model parameters. Although the model’s response properties may certainly lead to predictions, I think the term requires a better contextualization in terms of neurophysiology and experimental neuroscience. The Discussion draws very interesting and valuable bridges between neuron morphology, interneuron types, and model parameters. But it seems it’s left to the reader to backtrack and figure out which biological mechanisms or experimental manipulations should correspond to changes in input or feedback gain, and how these should be distinguished from possible changes in feedforward gain.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Each prediction is now grounded in a candidate experimental manipulation and a measurable readout in a new Discussion subsection, “Experimental predictions of the model”, which covers each gain parameter, the frequency-resolved subspace, the routing result and normalization, and states explicitly that the proposed manipulations of the gains are speculative and rest on the hypothesized cell-type mapping. The V2 input gain is addressed in our response to the next point.

      Relatedly, the manuscript places substantial emphasis on modulation of feedback gain, but does not comparably explore modulation of the feedforward gain, β<sub>2</sub>, which regulates the V1-to-V2 drive.

      This seems important because changes in feedforward gain could also influence communication subspace dimensionality and oscillatory dynamics. Therefore, predictions related to top-down feedback modulations should be taken with a grain of salt.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have added the V2 input gain to every analysis in which feedback and V1 input gain are varied. New SI Fig. S8 varies β<sub>2</sub> over the same range as β<sub>1</sub> (0.5–1.5) and reports, side by side with feedback and V1 input gain, the contrast-response functions of V1 and V2, the V1 power spectra and V1–V2 coherence spectra at 3% and 50% contrast, and the inter- and within-area prediction performance at 100% contrast. V2 input gain has a signature distinct from both feedback and V1 input gain:

      - Increasing β<sub>2</sub> leaves V1 responses unchanged and enhances only V2 responses (Fig. S8c), whereas feedback and V1 input gain enhance both areas.

      - At 3% contrast, β<sub>2</sub> produces neither the alpha peak in V1 power nor the beta-band coherence peak that appear at low feedback gain (Fig. S8f,l).

      - At 50% contrast, increasing β<sub>2</sub> shifts the gamma peak in power and coherence to higher frequencies and broadens it, like feedback gain, but also reduces its amplitude (Fig. S8i,o).

      - Increasing β<sub>2</sub> enhances inter-areal communication, like feedback gain, but leaves within-area communication approximately unchanged (Fig. S8r), whereas feedback gain reduces within-area communication and V1 input gain reduces both.

      These results are reported in the Results (“Contrast response functions”, “Inter-areal coherence”, “Communication subspaces”; the “V1 power spectra” section refers the reader to SI Fig. S8 for the V2 input gain), in the Discussion (opening summary, “Role of feedback” and “Experimental predictions of the model”).

      Last but not least, the model dynamics are split among multiple elements and nonlinear interactions, reaching a level of complexity far higher than the other ORGaNICs formulations present in the literature. The authors derive these dynamics in the supplementary material, as a dynamical system that converges to a fixed-point solution that includes “exact divisive normalization”. I wonder, however, if there could be simpler solutions that also produce normalization, either approximate or in a different form than the one proposed by the authors. Note also that the designation of “excitatory neurons” is misleading: despite the presence of two explicitly inhibitory populations, the “excitatory” units also interact with negative effective weights both recurrently and in the inter-areal interactions, thus breaking Dale’s law.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The complexity is, moreover, not unstructured: as now stated in the Results (“Theory”), each population performs a defined operation — principal cells y sum the gain-modulated input, recurrent and feedback drives, u accumulates the normalization signal, a implements the division, and q provides the sign inversion required by the feedback term in the dynamics of a, and it is through these populations that normalization is implemented dynamically, and simultaneously across the reciprocally coupled areas, rather than imposed as a static input–output relation. Whether a materially simpler circuit could produce normalization, approximately or in a different form, while retaining analytical tractability is an open question that we do not resolve here; we would regard such a circuit as a valuable simplification of the present framework. On terminology: we agree, and have changed it. The y population is now called “principal cells” (or “principal neurons”) throughout the main text, figure captions and SI; “excitatory” is reserved for the anatomically excitatory populations in the hypothesised cell-type mapping (Discussion, “Biological plausibility”); the distinction between effective and anatomical weights is stated where the matrices are introduced (Results, “Theory”); and the Limitations state that the principal cells interact through mixed-sign effective weights both recurrently and across areas.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      First of all, my sincere apologies for my long delay. It has been quite a hectic period.

      If I could suggest one improvement, it would be to add an early conceptual figure and/or minimal toy model that illustrates the core mechanism before introducing the full circuit. For the illustration, I would try to get inspiration from illustrations of the original Semedo et al paper. Such a figure could show how divisive normalization shapes the covariance/cross-power structure, how this affects coherence, and how the resulting eigen spectrum gives rise to a low-dimensional communication subspace. Starting from this stripped-down mechanism would make the novel insight more transparent, after which the more biologically motivated model would be easier to appreciate.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the core mechanism should be stated before the full circuit is introduced, and have done so in the text rather than with a new figure. A new paragraph, “The core mechanism in brief”, closes the “Theory” section (Results), before any result is presented. It follows the progression the reviewer outlines: the noise-driven fluctuations about the normalized fixed point are characterized by the cross-spectral density matrix (Eq. 6); the power spectra are its diagonal entries, the coherence its normalised off-diagonal entries (Eq. 7), and the communication subspace follows from its frequency-resolved covariance through reduced rank regression, so that power, coherence and the communication subspace are complementary readouts of the same underlying dynamics. How normalization shapes this matrix, by creating a resonance and by suppressing weakly driven neurons, which lowers its rank, is stated in the Discussion (“Unified view of inter-areal communication”), and removing normalization removes all three effects (SI Fig. S4e–h). The full circuit is then introduced as the implementation of this mechanism. We have not added a schematic figure, because the corresponding panels already exist: the with/without-normalization comparison (SI Figs. S4 and S5).

      Minor comments/suggestions:

      The authors forgot to cite other work modelling communication subspaces. Citing them could improve impact. Disclaimer: I am among the authors of one of them.

      https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-023-42519-5

      https://www.science.org/doi/full/10.1126/sciadv.adl6120

      https://www.pnas.org/doi/10.1073/pnas.2404039122

      https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2026.05.18.725829v1.abstract

      We thank the reviewer for these references. We have added all four (Barbosa et al. 2023; Gozel & Doiron 2024; Clark & Beiran 2025; Mastrogiuseppe et al. 2026) in the Introduction, where communication subspaces are introduced.

      It could improve the impact if the authors could flesh out how they would test ‘experimentally testable predictions’ (e.g., lines 162, 329).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have revised accordingly. Each prediction is now paired with a candidate manipulation and a readout in a new Discussion subsection, “Experimental predictions of the model”.

      Figure 2 c-d and e-f could make the message stronger if a correlation between model and data is shown: how good is the prediction?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that a quantitative measure of agreement is needed, and have provided it as a fit rather than a correlation coefficient. New SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III fit the model to the experimental power and coherence spectra of Roberts et al. (2013) at all measured contrasts and show the residuals. The Fig. 2 caption and the Results (“V1 power spectra”, “Inter-areal coherence”) now cite this comparison.

      Figure 4c is very interesting and deserves more spotlight (could even be tested with available data?)

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have given this result more prominence and specified the test. It is stated in the Abstract in its own right. The Methods (“Frequency decomposition of the communication subspace”) now end with a paragraph that states how the analysis may be applied to experimental recordings: from the cross-spectral density matrix of simultaneously recorded V1 and V2 populations, its real part at each frequency is the frequency-specific covariance, whose source, target and cross blocks give the communication subspace, the prediction performance and the dimensionality at that frequency in closed form (Eqs. 20 and 22); no band-pass filtering or per-band regression is needed. The resulting test, that the dimensionality should be smallest in the band of peak V1–V2 coherence and that this band should shift to higher frequency with contrast, is stated at the end of that Methods paragraph and in the Discussion (“Experimental predictions of the model”). We have not performed this analysis, which requires the raw simultaneous recordings.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major:

      (1) If possible, try to add at least one quantitative model-data comparison (variance explained) even without fitting if needed, so readers can gauge agreement beyond visual inspection.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have added a quantitative comparison. New SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III fit the model parameters to the experimental power and coherence spectra measurements and report the residuals at every contrast.

      (2) Show how the gamma-peak predictions change under physiologically realistic time constants (e.g., 10-20 ms), so that readers get an idea.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The Limitations subsection of the Discussion now explains that if every time constant of the model is multiplied by a common factor k then every spectral feature would be shifted to a frequency k times lower with its shape preserved. The Limitations also now state that when all time constants were released as free parameters in the fit to the experimental spectra (SI Fig. S7) they converged to values between 0.2 and 3ms. The uniform 1ms values are now described throughout as effective population time constants. We decided not to add a figure because it would look identical to Figs. 2 and 3 with a relabelled frequency axis.

      (3) For the communication-subspace results, report how dimensionality estimates scale with the number of modeled/subsampled neurons, so the comparison to the experimental literature is calibrated.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have added the analysis as new SI Fig. S9. Fig. S9 reports the dimensionality of the inter-areal (V1–V2) and within-area (V1–V1) communication subspaces (i) as a function of the number of modeled principal neurons per area, N = 9, 18, 36, 72 and 144, at the sampling fraction of the main text (30/72 of the neurons as source and as target, i.e. 4–60 neurons; the connectivity kernels and normalization pool are defined on the ring and scale with N, with no parameter re-tuned), and (ii) as a function of the number of sampled source and target neurons, 5–30, at N = 72. Each point is the mean ± SD over 200 random draws of source and target populations at 100% contrast and baseline parameters, with dimensionality defined as the rank at which prediction performance reaches 95% of its full-rank value. The dimensionality grows slowly with both quantities (roughly two-fold over the 16-fold change in N), remains far below the number of sampled neurons, and the inter-areal subspace is lower-dimensional than the within-area subspace at every population size.

      Minor:

      (1) Qualify quantitative-sounding language to reflect that comparisons are qualitative and unfitted.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. The unfitted comparisons are now described as qualitative: “successfully replicates key experimental observations” now reads “reproduces the main qualitative features” (Results, “V1 power spectra”), the captured trends and observations are described as qualitative in the power-spectra and coherence sections, and “align well with” now reads “qualitatively consistent with the experimental data” (Results, “Communication subspaces”). The fitted comparison of SI Fig. S7 is cited alongside the power-spectra and coherence comparisons.

      (2) Clarify in the main text the scope of the “exact normalization” claim

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. At first mention (Results, “Theory”) the main text now states that the implementation is exact for W<sub>11</sub> = I with β = γ = 1, that for the centre-surround W<sub>11</sub> used in all reported results the circuit closely approximates normalization, and that the fixed point for the parameters used is obtained numerically by integrating the deterministic dynamics to steady state.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Abstract: I think the text could be improved in terms of clarity and readability. For example, the (f) for frequency appears only after the 1/f<sup>4</sup>, and similarly for the explanation for “communication”. The term “high-coherence” is not properly defined.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised the Abstract. Frequency and its symbol f are introduced together before 1/f<sup>4</sup> appears; “communication” is defined at first use (“the ability to linearly predict neural activity in one brain area from neural activity in another”); “high-coherence frequencies” is replaced by “the frequencies at which V1–V2 coherence peaks”.

      (2) L50 and L56: The term “a priori constraints” seems to refer to two general features of the model. The model, however, is much more constrained in terms of parameters and architecture. So the statement that “these two constraints alone give rise to a rich set of emergent properties” is not really corroborated by the results.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised the Introduction. It now states the two assumptions (a hierarchy with feedforward, recurrent and feedback connections; recurrently implemented normalization within each area) and then notes that a concrete model additionally requires choices about the connectivity, the normalization pool, and the noise, which are specified in the Methods and whose influence on the results is examined in SI Fig. S4 and the SI section “Robustness with respect to model parameters”. The sentence “Remarkably, these two constraints alone give rise to...” now reads “Given these choices, and a single set of parameters, the theory gives rise to...”.

      (3) L69: “competing hypotheses”, but they were called “complementary hypotheses” in L34.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have made the wording consistent. Communication through coherence and communication subspaces are now described, in the Introduction and in the Discussion (“Unified view of inter-areal communication”), as hypotheses that have been treated as alternatives in the literature and that our results show to be complementary.

      (4) L132: “all neurons perform the same computation”; this comment is a bit too generic and dismissive.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have rewritten the sentence as a neutral statement where it first occurred (Results, “Theory”) and removed the duplicate sentence from the Discussion (“Biological plausibility”). In Wilson–Cowan-type excitatory–inhibitory models the same form of rate equation is applied to each population, with different signs and weights, whereas here the four populations perform different roles with structurally different equations.

      (5) L134: “unique computations to each cell type” although it is clear that different cell types have different roles in the overall dynamics, it is not clear to me which is the unique computation attributed to each of them.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The computation performed by each cell type is now stated at that point in the text (Results, “Theory”): principal cells y sum the gain-modulated input, recurrent and feedback drives (squaring output nonlinearity); excitatory modulator cells u accumulate the normalization signal, a weighted sum of principal-cell responses (square-root output nonlinearity); inhibitory modulator cells a implement the division, i.e. the multiplicative gain control of the recurrent and feedback drives; and inhibitory cells q track principal-cell activity and provide the sign inversion required by the feedback term in the dynamics of a (SI Eqs. S21–S22). Additionally, they all have different activation nonlinearities.

      (6) L146: “positive and negative weights”: mixed signs for feedforward and feedback weights.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. The phrase now reads “an embedding matrix of effective weights”, followed by a new sentence stating that all weight matrices describe effective connectivity rather than anatomical synapses and that negative weights may be implemented with disynaptic inhibition through interneurons that are not modelled explicitly, with a cross-reference to the Discussion. The same statement accompanies the definition of the matrices in the Methods (“The Model”).

      (7) L160: Again mixed signs for recurrent weights.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, see the response above.

      (8) L189: Normalization is exact, but only for parameters different from those used. I think it should be added there that the fixed point for the parameters in use is found numerically through simulation of the dynamics.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have added the statement in those terms. The passage now states that the implementation is exact only for W<sub>11</sub> = I with β = γ = 1, that for the centre-surround W<sub>11</sub> used in all reported results the circuit closely approximates normalization (deviates from Eq. 2 by less than 0.6%), and that the fixed point for these parameters is obtained numerically by integrating the deterministic dynamics to steady state, after which all spectra and subspaces are computed in closed form by linearising about it. The same statement is made in the Methods, in the new subsection “Numerical computation of fixed points”.

      (9) L212: There should be something more explicit to corroborate the “experimentally testable”.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. Each prediction is now paired with a manipulation and a readout in a new Discussion subsection, “Experimental predictions of the model”, which is cited where the predictions are stated in the Introduction and the Discussion.

      (10) L214: I think it’s important to clarify a bit more that even if both areas have input gains, the manipulation is only of the input gain in the upstream area, β<sub>1</sub>.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have clarified this at that point in the text (“with the V2 input gain β<sub>2</sub> held at its baseline value”) and in the captions of Fig. 3 and SI Figs. S1–S3, each of which now states that β<sub>2</sub> is held at 1.0. β<sub>2</sub> is varied separately in new SI Fig. S8.

      (11) Figure 2: Please consider using a better color scale for the power and the coherence lines. The lower three contrasts are literally indistinguishable. Same for the top two contrasts.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have retained the palette, for the following reasons. The palette is the “Reds” sequential scheme of matplotlib, derived from the ColorBrewer scheme of the same name (Harrower & Brewer, 2003). The curves encode an ordered variable (contrast), for which a single-hue sequential palette is the recommended choice (Zeileis et al., 2020). This encoding is also colour-vision-deficiency safe: the curves are distinguished by lightness rather than by red-versus-green discrimination, and the ColorBrewer “Reds” scheme is classified as colourblind-safe on the basis of empirical testing with colour-vision-impaired viewers (Olson & Brewer, 1997). The same palette is used in the new SI Figs. S6 and S7 for consistency.

      (12) L273: Something that confuses me is how to disambiguate between input gain and input intensity, since the theory considers effects around fixed points. This equivalence is also mentioned in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In the model, the V1 input gain β<sub>1</sub> enters the dynamics only through the product β<sub>1</sub>z<sub>1</sub> (Eq. 1a), and the input drive z<sub>1</sub> is proportional to stimulus contrast (Methods). Therefore, V1 input gain and stimulus intensity are mathematically equivalent because they enter the dynamics only through their product (β<sub>1</sub> is scalar). This equivalence would not generally hold for spatially or feature-selective gain modulation, where attention can differentially modulate subsets (β<sub>1</sub> is vector) of neurons relative to the normalization pool (Reynolds & Heeger, 2009).

      (13) L375: There seems to be a lot of emphasis on modulation of the feedback gain, but related to L214, I wonder why there has been no manipulation of the feedforward gain, β<sub>2</sub>, which might be equally important in influencing the communication subspace dimensionality and in modulating the oscillatory dynamics. In terms of experimental predictions, the two might be very different, so why consider only one and ignore the other? See also statement at L388. To attribute the effect to top-down feedback, one should prove that bottom-up modulation does not produce the same effect.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with the methodological point in the final sentence, and have acted on it. β<sub>2</sub> is now varied across the same analyses as γ<sub>1</sub> and β<sub>1</sub> (new SI Fig. S8; outcomes listed in our response to Weakness 4 above). Bottom-up modulation does not produce the same effect: increasing β<sub>2</sub> enhances inter-areal communication, as feedback gain does, but leaves within-area communication unchanged (feedback gain reduces it), leaves V1 responses unchanged, produces no low-contrast alpha or beta peaks, and reduces rather than increases the amplitude of the gamma peak. The passage at L375 (Results, “Communication subspaces”) now reports that increasing β<sub>2</sub> enhances inter-areal communication while leaving within-area communication approximately unchanged, with a substantially smaller effect than feedback gain (SI Fig. S8r); the readouts that distinguish the two gains are described in the Discussion (“Experimental predictions of the model”).

      (14) Figure 4: See comment for Figure 2.

      As for Fig. 2, we have retained the palette; see our response to item (11). The contrast values are given in the legend, the luminance ordering is monotonic in contrast, and the same palette is used across Figs. 2 and 4 and the SI.

      (15) L440: I think here it would be more honest to say that the two measures, of coherence and inter-areal communication, are not independent. If two signals are highly correlated at a certain frequency, then the prediction power will also peak for that same frequency. Or would it be possible to have conditions where it would not be the case, showing that the two measures are in fact independent?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and now state the dependence explicitly. The passage at L440 (Results, “Frequency decomposition of communication subspaces”), the Discussion (“Unified view of inter-areal communication”) and the Methods (“Interpretation of the results”) now state that coherence (Eq. 7) and frequency-resolved prediction performance (Eq. 22) are functionals of the same cross-spectral density matrix, so that the coincidence of their peaks is a mathematical consequence rather than an independent empirical confirmation. The claim retained is that coherence, prediction performance and the reduction in dimensionality are all generated by normalization; removing it eliminates all three (SI Fig. S4e–h).

      (16) L446: This paragraph mentions dimensionality, but only the following paragraph defines it.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have moved the definition (the number of source dimensions required to reach the full-rank prediction performance, dictated by the rank of ) so that it precedes the first use of “dimensionality” (Results, “Frequency decomposition of communication subspaces”); the sentence that previously followed has been removed.

      (17) L485: See comment for L375.

      We address this together with item (13) and the corresponding point of the public review (Weakness 4). We have added a statement regarding the V2 input gain at the end of the section “Dynamic modulation of functional connectivity through feedback” (Results), and the conclusion of that section now describes the three-area result as a demonstration that differential feedback strength can control functional connectivity.

      (18) L575: I find this part a bit too vague. Within the scope of the paper, it is not clear what the network is “processing” and what kind of “balancing” it performs.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In this passage, “processing” refers to the computation performed by the principal cells: each cell sums its gain-scaled input, recurrent and feedback drives (Eq. 1a). “Balancing” refers to how these drives are combined: the recurrent gain control adjusts them so that the steady-state responses follow the normalization equation (Eq. 2), exactly or approximately depending on the recurrent weights. This is the mechanistic contrast with predictive coding: predictive coding matches top-down predictions against feedforward signals so as to minimize the prediction error, whereas hierarchical ORGaNICs balances the input, recurrent and feedback drives so as to maintain normalization.

      (19) L583: Similarly to above, I find these lines very confusing. In the context of this paper, there is no notion of “predictable stimulus”, so I find this part very confusing. Also, the model always produces sustained activity by construction, since it has stable steady-state solutions across a wide range of input patterns.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The passage refers to a limitation of the predictive coding framework. A constant, continuously presented stimulus is fully predictable, so in predictive coding the forward-propagated activity, which represents the prediction error, should be explained away and decay toward zero; cortical neurons instead maintain sustained responses to constant stimuli, barring adaptation (Burns, Xing & Shapley, 2010). We agree that our model produces sustained responses by construction, because it has a stable fixed point for a wide range of inputs; this behaviour is closer to the observed physiology than the explaining-away account.

      (20) L601, 602: I don’t think that not producing mathematically exact normalization is a significant, critical limitation in a model. We can be pretty confident that neural circuits are not, in fact, producing mathematically exact normalization. Or, to say it more constructively, simpler models that produce approximate normalization might actually be closer to the biological reality.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have rewritten the passage (Discussion, “Normalization”). It no longer presents approximate normalization as a critical limitation of prior circuit models; it instead states how the present circuit differs: the normalization equation, with an arbitrary normalization pool, is a fixed point of the recurrent dynamics; the dynamics remain stable even with strong recurrent connections; and the fixed point and the linearization about it yield the power spectra, coherence, and communication subspaces in closed form.

      (21) L653: this line states that feedback is essential for network stability. But the paragraph seems to refer to top-down feedback drive, which should not be necessary for dynamical stability in the model.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The line refers to the feedback drive onto the inhibitory modulator cells (a), which contributes to the local normalization signal; it is this feedback-mediated inhibition, not the top-down drive to the principal cells, that is essential for stability. We have clarified the sentence accordingly (Discussion, “Role of feedback”).

      (22) L661: I think this statement is misleading and this part should be stated more cautiously. Although plausible in general, I don’t see these results anywhere in the paper. It would require a more functional connotation of the model, which now has a very homogeneous ring structure.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have stated the claim more cautiously (Discussion, “Role of feedback”): the passage now describes the generative-model regime as a hypothesis (“the network is hypothesized to behave like generative models...”) rather than as a property demonstrated by the present results.

      (23) L715, L719: I feel confused by the contrast between spatially global feature-based attention and spatially-selective attention.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The two forms of attention differ in the domain over which neurons are selected for gain modulation. Feature-based attention is spatially global: attending to a feature boosts the neurons selective for that feature across the entire visual field, regardless of retinotopic location (Saenz, Buracas & Boynton, 2002). Spatially selective attention instead boosts only the neurons whose receptive fields overlap the attended location, regardless of their feature preference. Both are gain modulations that can be implemented in the model through the input gain: applied as a vector rather than a scalar, β<sub>1</sub> raises the gain of a selected subset of neurons relative to the normalization pool (Reynolds & Heeger, 2009), as noted in our response to item (12). On the ring, a β<sub>1</sub> profile over preferred orientation implements feature-selective gain; implementing spatially selective attention in the same way would require adding a spatial (retinotopic) dimension over which β<sub>1</sub> varies, as now noted in the Discussion (“Attention and functional connectivity”). The three-area routing result corresponds to the spatially global case, in which boosting an entire feature-selective area increases its feedback to V1 at all locations.

      (24) L729, L730: Here it is important to define exogenous and endogenous attention. If they are defined by the pathways on which they act, then the reasoning becomes circular.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have defined both terms behaviourally at first use, independently of the model (Discussion, “Attention and functional connectivity”): exogenous attention as the fast, involuntary orienting driven by a salient stimulus, and endogenous attention as the slower, voluntary, goal-directed deployment of attention. The mapping onto input gain and feedback gain, respectively, is then stated as a testable hypothesis rather than as a definition, falsifiable through the divergent spectral signatures of the two gains.

      (25) Figure 7: I suggest changing the color map into a “diverging” color map centered at zero, so that negative and positive values appear visually distinct and zero has a neutral color. For example, the “seismic” or “PuOr” color maps in matplotlib would be appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have revised Fig. 7 accordingly. It now uses the PuOr colour map, centred at zero with a shared colour bar, so that positive and negative weights in the tuning-curve, recurrent and feedback matrices are visually distinct and zero is neutral.

      References cited in this letter

      Burns, S.P., Xing, D. & Shapley, R.M. (2010). Comparisons of the dynamics of local field potential and multiunit activity signals in macaque visual cortex. Journal of Neuroscience 30, 13739–13749.

      Harrower, M. & Brewer, C.A. (2003). ColorBrewer.org: an online tool for selecting colour schemes for maps. The Cartographic Journal 40, 27–37.

      Olson, J.M. & Brewer, C.A. (1997). An evaluation of color selections to accommodate map users with color-vision impairments. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87, 103–134. Polsky, A., Mel, B.W. & Schiller, J. (2004). Computational subunits in thin dendrites of pyramidal cells. Nature Neuroscience 7, 621–627.

      Reynolds, J.H. & Heeger, D.J. (2009). The normalization model of attention. Neuron 61, 168–185.

      Saenz, M., Buracas, G.T. & Boynton, G.M. (2002). Global effects of feature-based attention in human visual cortex. Nature Neuroscience 5, 631–632.

      Silver, R.A. (2010). Neuronal arithmetic. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 11, 474–489.

      Zeileis, A., Fisher, J.C., Hornik, K., Ihaka, R., McWhite, C.D., Murrell, P., Stauffer, R. & Wilke, C.O. (2020). colorspace: a toolbox for manipulating and assessing colors and palettes. Journal of Statistical Software 96, 1–49.

      Srinivasan, M.V. & Bernard, G.D. (1976). A proposed mechanism for multiplication of neural signals. Biological Cybernetics 21, 227–236.

    1. eLife Assessment

      Using their unique Fish-On-Chips optofluidics platform, the authors make three important findings: the presence of precise coupling between saccades and tail flips can be used to discriminate between turning or gliding behaviours; aversive and appetitive chemosensory cues differentially modulate these behaviours; transformation from cue valence to behaviour is encoded by the pallium. The evidence supporting these findings is solid. The work advances our understanding of the ancient interplay between chemosensation and motor output through the modulation of eye-body coordination.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study was designed to manipulate and analyze the effects of chemosensory cues on visuomotor control. They approach this by analyzing how eye-body coordination and brain wide activity are altered with specific chemosensation in larval zebrafish. After analyzing the dynamics of coupled saccade-tail coordination sequences - directionally linked and typically coupled to body turns - the authors investigated the effects of sensory cues shown to be either aversive or appetitive on freely swimming zebrafish on the eye-body coordination. Aversive chemicals lead to an increase of saccade-tail sequences in both number and dynamics, seemingly facilitating behaviors like escape. Brain-wide imaging led the authors to neurons in the telencephalic pallium as a target to study eye-body coordination. Pallium neuron activity correlated with both aversive chemicals and coupled saccade-tail movements.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised manuscript addresses my previous concerns.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript investigates the coupling of saccadic eye-movements (S) with directed tail flips (T), and the remarkable discovery is that tail flips that are preceded by a conjugate sacced (S-T) can be credibly classified as specific "volitional" turns that are distinguished from the standard tail movements that seem to be more of a spontaneous and "impulsive" nature.

      They show that 'turning intent', as indicated by a small increase in S, is elevated by aversive odors, while 'gliding intent', as indicated by a decrease in S and an increase in undulation cycles, is elevated by appetitive odors.

      This is a very important finding, which is backed up by a thorough behavioral analysis, and the identification of neural populations in the pallium and sub-pallium that clearly distinguish between these kinds of turns is very promising. Here they identify neuronal populations that are preferentially active during - and predictive of - coupled (S-T) versus isolated (T) tail flips.

      Especially the fact that S-T turns (but not T turns) can be predicted already by pre-event, ramping, pallial activity is intriguing.

      The authors then go on and demonstrate that the frequency of (S-T) turns is modulated in fish exposed to appetitive or aversive odors.<br /> Specifically, they quantify the aversiveness and appetitive-ness of several odors in a free swimming assay, they select a couple of these odors based on their valence and they demonstrate that these odors induce moderate modulation in the frequency of eye saccades (S) and tail flips (T) and (S-T) turns.

      The study is rigorous and thorough and the findings are informative and novel.

      In important controls they confirm that brain wide imaging can distinguish between appetitive and aversive context, and they show that pallial activation by aversive odors is consistent with neural activity in the rhombencephalon that correlates with turning activity, whereas sub-pallial activation by appetitive odors correlates with rhombencephalic activity related to gliding.

      It's all very good.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed all my concerns.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We were appreciative of the quality of the work presented in this manuscript and had some points that the authors could address in a revision:

      (1) The pallium interpretation: The data clearly show that pallial activity encodes chemosensory context and predicts upcoming S-T turns. At the same time, in the absence of perturbations, one cannot conclude that the pallium is necessary for transforming chemosensory input into motor output. To align the text with the current evidence, we recommend reframing the pallium's role as correlative/predictive (and avoiding terms like "key region," "hub," or "transformation" that imply causality). The authors could also add a brief limitations note on causality.

      (2) Statistics: There were a few points related to the statistics that needed clarification/tightening. We felt that the animal-level replication was limited and with mixed ages, and the data related to events/neurons were treated as independent observations. It was unclear if the hierarchical structure of the data (events/neurons in different fish) was taken into account, how age differences were handled, and what the exclusion criteria were for 'robustly behaving fish'. We recommend reanalysing the data with fish as the unit of inference (or use clustered/mixed models with fish-level random effects), reporting effect sizes with CIs, and clarifying age (5-6 dpf) handling and any exclusion criteria.

      (3) Figure clarity/data reduction: Some of the figures were crowded, obscuring the main message. To make the main effects easy to see, we recommend that the authors aggregate across doses and move detailed, condition-by-condition results to tables/SI. We also recommend that they include per-fish distributions where helpful, standardize axes/legends, and define onset metrics in captions.

      Summary of Revision

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their overall positive evaluations and encouraging remarks, as well as for their suggestions and constructive criticisms. We have performed additional experiments and analyses, and have substantially revised the manuscript based on the reviewers’ comments and in places where we felt additional clarity was needed. Major additions and changes include:

      - We reframed the pallium’s role as correlative/predictive and avoided all the terms (e.g., “key region”, “hub”, or “transformation”) that imply causality throughout the manuscript. In Discussion, we added a brief limitation note on causality, and incorporated five recent independent OB/pallium-related studies to better contextualize our neuronal findings.

      - To improve animal-level replication, we performed new partially immobilized behavioral experiments in the microfluidic chip (now n = 8 larvae in total; i.e., increased from 5), and reanalyzed the data using linear mixed-effects models with larva as a random intercept (Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3, 5). For the presentation, IQRs are used to visualize the spontaneous structure of S-T events (Figures 2d, e, i, j, Supplementary Figures 3e, f), the freely swimming plots (Supplementary Figure 4), and chemical-elicited bout kinematic changes (Figures 3e, f, Supplementary Figures 5g, h), whereas 95% CIs are used to visualize time-dependent chemical-elicited rate changes across larvae (Figures 3b–d) and in regression plots (Figures 3g, h). We also included per-larva distributions (Figures 1e, 2b, c, f, 3b–f, Supplementary Figures 3b, c, 5a–h). These additions strengthen the behavioral findings and their presentation. For neuronal analyses (Figures 4, 5, Supplementary Figures 7–11), statistical tests were performed at the individual-larva level, as explicitly clarified in the corresponding figure legends and Methods.

      - We rearranged the figures to highlight findings, simplified analyses and their presentation (Figures 1–3, Supplementary Figures 1, 3–6). We now present the most representative concentration for the valence determination assay in Figure 1c, while leaving the rest in Supplementary Figure 1c. We added a new PCA analysis to present the valence-dependent relationship of temporal proximity and turn magnitude in chemical-evoked S-T events (Figures 3g, h, Supplementary Figure 6). We also added within-trial circular saccade-time shuffle analyses to test whether increased aversive saccade occurrence (Figure 3b) could explain the structured temporal and directional properties of chemical-evoked S-T events (Supplementary Figures 5i, j). In addition, we clarified the handling of larval age and explicitly stated in Methods that there were no additional exclusion criteria (page 19, paragraph 2). We also defined onset metrics and referenced the illustrative schematic (Figure 2a) in captions (Figure 5, Supplementary Figure 10).

      Public review:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study was designed to manipulate and analyze the effects of chemosensory cues on visuomotor control. They approach this by analyzing how eye-body coordination and brain-wide activity are altered with specific chemosensation in larval zebrafish. After analyzing the dynamics of coupled saccade-tail coordination sequences - directionally linked and typically coupled to body turns - the authors investigated the effects of sensory cues shown to be either aversive or appetitive on freely swimming zebrafish on the eye-body coordination. Aversive chemicals lead to an increase in saccade-tail sequences in both number and dynamics, seemingly facilitating behaviors like escape. Brain-wide imaging led the authors to neurons in the telencephalic pallium as a target to study eye-body coordination. Pallium neuron activity correlated with both aversive chemicals and coupled saccade-tail movements.

      Recommendations for improvement are minimal. So much of the data is ultimately tabular, and the figures are an impenetrable wall of datapoints. 1c is an excellent example: three concentrations are presented, but it's rare for the three averages to trend appropriately. The key point, which is that aversive odors are repulsive and attractive odors (sometimes) attractive just gets lost in showing the three concentrations individually; it also makes direct comparisons impossible. There are similar challenges abound in the violin plots in 4e-4h, the error bars on the "fits" in 4i-4m, and so on. We recommend selecting an illustrative subset of data to present to permit interpretation and putting the rest in a supplemental table. (Presenting) less is more (effective).

      We are very grateful to the reviewer for their positive assessment and important comments. We have revised the figures to improve clarity and interpretability in line with this suggestion. Specifically, for the valence determination assay, we now present only the most representative one in Figure 1c, while the remaining concentrations are moved to Supplementary Figure 1c. In addition, the new PCA analysis reduced multiple regression plots into summary plots to show the valence-dependent relationship of temporal proximity and turn magnitude in chemical-evoked S-T events (Figures 3g, h, Supplementary Figure 6). For improved presentations, we selected a subset of the most important panels for the behavioral findings (Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3–6), added the per-larva data points and larva-level summary statistics (Figures 1e, 2b, c, f, 3b–f, Supplementary Figures 3b, c, 5a–h), and adjusted the optical transparency of the error bands (Figures 3b–h, Supplementary Figures 5g, h).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Sy SKH. et al. on pallium encoded chemosensory impact of eye-body coordination describes how the valence of chemosensory stimuli can affect the coordination of eye saccades with tail flips. They show that aversive valence stimuli can increase both the strength and frequency of tail flips through a pallium-mediated circuit.

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written and easy to follow, although the figures are quite dense, the methodology is mostly sound, and the improvement to the fish on chips system is very interesting. The methods description is thorough and welcome, making the experiments clear. The limited number of animals, and the spread between 5 and 6dpf is a concern as most of the statistics seem to have been done on the individual events, and not the number of biological samples.

      The initial behavioural experiments are very promising. However, the conclusions surrounding the role of the pallium are a lot more speculative and not supported by the results.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of our manuscript, including the clarity of the writing, methodological description, improvements to the Fish‑on‑Chips system, and very promising behavioral experiments. We also appreciate the important concerns raised about the limited number of animals and the spread between 5 and 6 dpf, as well as the strength of our original phrasing regarding the role of the pallium. As described in the above Summary of Revision, we have substantially addressed these points through additional behavioral experiments and refined statistical analyses, a more cautious framing of our neuronal findings throughout the manuscript and contextualization of our findings in Discussion, and clarifications in the revised manuscript, including the explicit specification of age and statistics in Methods (page 19, paragraph 2). In addition, we now clarify that 5 and 6 dpf larvae were intermixed across all stimulus conditions in a within‑subject design, so that age is not confounded with chemosensory valence and condition effects are estimated within animals rather than across different groups of larvae (Methods, page 18, paragraph 2).

      Comments:

      (1) The fish on chips 2.0 methods show a lot of promise for future studies of chemosensory stimuli, combined with whole-brain imaging. This will provide new avenues of research for zebrafish neuroscientists.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the Fish‑on‑Chips 2.0 methods and their potential for future chemosensory whole‑brain imaging studies.

      (2) Chemosensory cues would have a very different timing than visual cues; timing is very important for multisensory integration. How do the authors suggest those are integrated? How would they differentiate between an integration of various cues or a different arousal state, as they describe in the introduction?

      We thank the reviewer for these important comments. In Discussion, we now explicitly consider how visual and chemosensory cues with different temporal dynamics might be integrated. We propose that visual cues may provide rapid guidance for individual movements, whereas chemosensory input may bias the selection and kinematic expression of broader orientation and gaze-shift strategies, including updating gaze after larger reorientations (page 10, paragraph 4).

      We also clarify the alternative explanation of altered arousal. The chemosensory effects were largely confined to the 10-s stimulus window and returned to baseline thereafter, which is more consistent with a rapid cue-locked adjustment rather than a sustained global state change. However, this temporal profile does not exclude a transient arousal-related contribution. We therefore state that our data establish an association between chemosensory context and enhanced eye–body coordination, while distinguishing a specific integration mechanism from transient arousal will require further experiments (page 11, paragraph 1).

      (3) Studies have looked at chemosensation in Drosophila, including multisensory integration, which should be discussed by the authors (see the work of Mark Frye, amongst others).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the importance of prior work on chemosensation and multisensory integration in Drosophila. In Discussion, we now relate our findings to studies showing that visual and olfactory cues jointly shape steering and odor‑tracking in flies, including work from the Frye lab, and highlight that reorientation and active visual sampling are common multisensory strategies in small animals (page 10, paragraph 4).

      (4) In the brain imaging methods, there is a mention of robustly behaving larvae. Does that mean that an exclusion criterion was used to select only 5 larvae? If so, this should be stated clearly. The authors also do not mention how they avoid the switch to a passive state that one of the coauthors has observed in closed closed-loop setup. The authors should comment on this point.

      We thank the reviewer for this clarification request. The mention of “robustly behaving” larvae was not intended to introduce any additional exclusion criterion beyond the leveling requirement already described in Methods. In the revised manuscript, we now state explicitly that there were no further exclusions of animals beyond this positioning criterion, so that the basis for the final sample size is clear (page 19, paragraph 2). We also clarify in Methods that appetitive and aversive cues were presented in brief (10-s), balanced, pseudo‑random trials, rather than as a continuous aversive exposure (page 18, paragraph 2).

      (5) Were the statistics in Figure 2 done with an n of 5, or do they assume that each tail flip and saccade is an independent event? I would imagine the latter would have inflated p-values and should be avoided.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important issue. In the original analyses for Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3, 5, individual tail flips and saccades were treated as independent observations, which could underestimate variability across larvae. In the revised manuscript, we have addressed this in two ways. First, we collected data from three additional larvae and now base our analyses on eight larvae in total. Second, we re‑analyzed these data using linear mixed‑effects models including larva as a random intercept, so that multiple events from the same larva are explicitly modeled as non‑independent. The mixed‑effects analyses yields qualitatively similar conclusions to our original analysis, while avoiding inflated p‑values due to event‑level pseudoreplication. We have updated Methods and legends (Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3, 5) to describe this model specification and to clarify that larva identity was included as a random effect to account for the non-independence of multiple behavioral events recorded from the same larva.

      (7) Page 7: Why do the authors think that the cumulative effect of these minor differences could lead to very different behavioural goals? Especially when comparing to actual startle responses, which are extremely strong and stereotypical. How do their observations compare to the thermosensory navigation of larval zebrafish observed by Martin Haesemeyer, for example, or the work of the RoLi lab?

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. While the observed changes in individual motor parameters are modest compared to the large and stereotyped responses seen in startle behaviors, our interpretation is based on the principle that larval zebrafish navigation is governed by the accumulation of small, probabilistic changes in bout statistics rather than single, large motor events. This has been well demonstrated in thermosensory navigation, where subtle biases are sufficient to drive reliable temperature preference over time (Haesemeyer et al.). We have now clarified this comparison in the manuscript (page 7, paragraph 2) to better present how the cumulative effects of these small changes can give rise to distinct behavioral outcomes such as approach or avoidance.

      (8) Page 8: Figure 5, I am confused by the y-axis of g, in e and f, the values are capped at 2, whereas in g they go up to 6, with apparently a number of cells whose preference is out of the y-axis limit (especially in Q2). Having the number of cells in each quadrant would also help to assess if indeed there is some preference in the pallium towards Q1.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this potential source of confusion regarding Figure 4g. The difference in the y-axis caps between Figures 4f, g arises because these panels display related but distinct quantities. Figure 4f shows regional mean valence preference, averaged across ROIs and across larvae, which lies within a relatively narrow range and is therefore naturally confined to approximately −2 to 2. In contrast, Figure 4g plots the valence preference of individual motor- and valence‑encoding ROIs, which spans a broader dynamic range; for this reason, the y-axis in Figure 4g extends up to ±6. We have also made this distinction more explicit in the Figure 4 legend.

      To address the concern that a substantial number of cells might lie outside the visible axis limits in Figure 4g, we have now quantified the fraction of ROIs whose motor or valence preference values exceed the plotted range. We find that only 0.47% of ROIs have values beyond the chosen axis limits on either axis. These ROIs are plotted at the respective axis limits (i.e. values are clipped to the shown range) and therefore remain visible in the scatter plot. Thus, the plot is representative of virtually all sensorimotor‑tuned neurons included in this analysis.

      In addition, in line with the reviewer’s suggestion, we have clarified the distribution of cells across quadrants by modifying Figure 4g. Specifically, we have added a lower subpanel that shows a grouped bar plot of the proportion of ROIs in each sensorimotor quadrant (I–IV) for pallial versus non‑pallial brain regions. To make the underlying numbers explicit, the corresponding absolute ROI counts for pallial and non‑pallial regions in each quadrant are now reported in the Figure 4 legend. These additions demonstrate that pallial ROIs are strongly enriched in quadrant I relative to other quadrants and to non‑pallial regions, and they directly address the reviewer’s request for the number of cells in each quadrant.

      (9) Figure 6: How is the onset of neuronal activity determined compared to the motor stimulus? Looking at Supplementary Figure 8, it is quite unclear how the pallium is different from the OB or subpallium. The label of onset delay is also confusing in this figure.

      In our analysis, neuronal activity is aligned to tail flip onset for each S-T or T event (dotted vertical lines in neuronal traces in Figures 5a, b, Supplementary Figures 8a, b, 9–11). At each of the two time points preceding the motor event, we compare the fluorescence signal of the motor‑encoding ROIs to their pre‑event baseline; activity exceeding baseline by ≥ 2.5 S.D. is considered significantly elevated (Z‑test with Benjamini–Hochberg correction; see Methods and Figure 5 legend). In Supplementary Figure 9, pallial motor‑encoding neurons exhibit earlier statistically significant elevations relative to tail flip onset during aversive, cue‑associated S-T events, whereas OB and subpallial neurons primarily encode chemosensory input and valence and do not show the same pattern of early significant activation.

      Additionally, we have clarified in the legends of Figure 5 and Supplementary Figure 10 that ‘saccade–tail flip onset delay’ is defined as the time difference between tail flip onset and saccade onset within an S-T event (tail flip onset minus saccade onset), and we indicate how this metric is used to group “more-coupled” versus “less-coupled” S-T events. We note that this “saccade–tail flip onset delay” captures how tightly the eye and body components of S-T events are temporally coupled, and thus serves as a quantitative link between motor coordination (Figures 3g, h, Supplementary Figure 6) and the pallial premotor activation observed during aversive cues (Figure 5a, Supplementary Figure 9).

      We hope these clarifications resolve the ambiguity the reviewer noted.

      (10) Page 9: I do not think that the small differences observed in the pallium are as clear-cut as the authors make them out to be, or that they provide such strong evidence of their importance. As there are no interventions showing any causality in the presence of these pallium responses and the sensorimotor responses, these could represent different arousal states rather than any integration of sensory information.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that, without targeted perturbations, our pallium signals cannot be interpreted as causal for the sensorimotor responses, and we have accordingly reframed them throughout the manuscript (in Title, Abstract, Results and Discussion) as correlative/predictive rather than causal, with an explicit limitation note in Discussion. In addition, we added five related recent studies in Discussion to contextualize our pallial findings. While the pallial differences are moderate in magnitude, they are quantified at the larval level and consistently show a relative bias toward S-T events together with aversive valence, distinguishing the pallium from other regions. Please see also the response to comment 2 regarding the altered arousal point.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript investigates the coupling of saccadic eye movements (S) with directed tail flips (T). The remarkable discovery is that tail flips that are preceded by a conjugate sacced (S-T) can be credibly classified as specific "volitional" turns that are distinguished from the standard tail movements that seem to be more of a spontaneous and "impulsive" nature.

      They show that 'turning intent', as indicated by a small increase in S, is elevated by aversive odors, while 'gliding intent', as indicated by a decrease in S and an increase in undulation cycles, is elevated by appetitive odors.

      This is a very important finding, which is backed up by a thorough behavioral analysis, and the identification of neural populations in the pallium and sub-pallium that clearly distinguish between these kinds of turns is very promising. Here they identify neuronal populations that are preferentially active during - and predictive of - coupled (S-T) versus isolated (T) tail flips.

      Especially the fact that S-T turns (but not T turns) can be predicted already by pre-event, ramping, pallial activity is intriguing.

      The authors then go on and demonstrate that the frequency of (S-T) turns is modulated in fish exposed to appetitive or aversive odors.

      Specifically, they quantify the aversiveness and appetitive-ness of several odors in a free swimming assay. They select a couple of these odors based on their valence, and they demonstrate that these odors induce moderate modulation in the frequency of eye saccades (S) and tail flips (T) and (S-T) turns.

      The study is rigorous and thorough, and the findings are informative and novel.

      In important controls, they confirm that brain-wide imaging can distinguish between appetitive and aversive contexts, and they show that pallial activation by aversive odors is consistent with neural activity in the rhombencephalon that correlates with turning activity, whereas sub-pallial activation by appetitive odors correlates with rhombencephalic activity related to gliding.

      Overall, this manuscript is very good.

      We are very grateful to the reviewer for their positive and thoughtful assessment of our work. We are pleased that the distinction between saccade‑coupled (S‑T) turns and independent tail flips, their modulation by appetitive versus aversive odors, and the identification of pallial populations predictive of these events are viewed as rigorous, informative, and novel.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Full disclosure: We reviewed the manuscript previously for Cell Reports, and we're happy to see that it is much improved. As such, our comments are pretty minimal.

      We thank the reviewer for revisiting the manuscript and for their positive assessment of the revisions. In the present revision, we also performed within-trial saccade-time shuffle analyses to directly examine whether the increased occurrence of aversive saccades could account for the temporal and directional organization of S-T events (Supplementary Figures 5i, j). These analyses showed that altered saccade occurrence alone cannot account for this organization.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The introduction would benefit from more discussion of the existing disruption of coordination beyond Parkinson. Especially in terms of the circuits involved, as these have been well-studied, and it would provide a better understanding of the system as studied in the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In Introduction, we now place Parkinson’s disease within the broader context of movement disorders that disrupt eye–body coordination and expand the circuit‑level discussion accordingly, emphasizing the shared involvement of cortical eye fields, superior colliculus, basal ganglia, cerebellum, and brainstem locomotor centers (page 2, paragraph 2).

      (2) "For example, a sudden surge of noxious chemical signals can trigger fleeing" - in what model and condition, what type of escape? There are a number of options to discuss here.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In response, we have revised the sentence to include a concrete and well-characterized example from teleost fish (page 3, paragraph 1). Specifically, we now refer to the response to injury-released alarm substances (“Schreckstoff”), which reliably elicit rapid escape bouts. This provides a clear example of the model system, stimulus condition (alarm cue), and behavioral output (escape locomotion).

      (3) The introduction mostly mentions the methodological advantages of zebrafish, but the authors should discuss the relevance of the model to the research question. Especially with regard to the differences in chemosensory spread underwater and in the air.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the Introduction to better highlight the biological relevance of zebrafish beyond their technical advantages, emphasizing that larval zebrafish naturally use waterborne chemosensory cues to guide locomotion (page 3, paragraph 2). We also address differences between chemosensory signal propagation in water and air, noting that despite these physical differences, animals in both environments must integrate chemical cues with other sensory inputs to select appropriate behavioral responses. We believe this revision clarifies the relevance of the model to our research question.

      (4) The GitHub is missing some of the registration code used for calcium imaging. It would be useful to make sure that all the code mentioned in the manuscript is shared.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment and for drawing attention to code availability. The calcium-imaging processing pipeline in this study used established, publicly available tools, including NoRMCorre for motion correction, as cited and described in Methods. In addition, we used custom MATLAB scripts to implement and link the affine and non-rigid registration workflow for aligning anatomical stacks to the Z-Brain Atlas. These custom scripts, together with the analysis code, have now been uploaded to the GitHub repository.

      (5) Figure 4: In subpanel c, it seems that the blank stimulus has a similar, but opposed, effect to aversive stimuli. Would it be possible to see the full 30s pre-stimulus to judge how variable the baseline is?

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. In the analyses, the first 10s of each behavioral recording are discarded to avoid transient responses to the onset of light‑sheet illumination, and we normalize the time courses to the mean pre‑stimulus activity in the 10s immediately preceding stimulus onset. In the extended 40s plot provided in Figure 3b, we additionally display 10s of earlier baseline and, for visualization, normalize the traces to the mean activity in these first two 5s bins, so that baseline fluctuations across blank, appetitive, and aversive conditions can be directly compared. All conditions show modest pre-stimulus fluctuations, but the largest and most sustained increase is observed for the aversive condition and is confined to the stimulus window, whereas blank and appetitive traces remain comparatively close to baseline throughout. Thus, although some baseline variability is present, the strong aversive effect remains stimulus-locked and is not explained by pre-stimulus drift in the blank condition.

      Because this extended plot was used only to assess baseline variability in response to the reviewer’s question and does not alter the quantitative analyses or figure panels in the manuscript, we have included it in the rebuttal rather than in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Figure 5: I assume the legend is flipped between subpanels a and b? Subpanel d is used to show that the pallium has a preference for S-T events, but the result is not convincing; the motor preference is still below zero, very similar to PO, pTec or even Rh3. Furthermore, I assume the statistics have been done on all the neurons across the 5 fish, not treating them as individual samples.

      We thank the reviewer for their important comments. The legend on Figure 4 has been corrected so that the labels for subpanels a and b match the plotted data. Although the pallial motor preference is below zero, indicating a net bias toward independent tail flips, we note that the pallium is nonetheless the least T‑preferring region and shows the strongest relative preference for S-T events when motor preference is compared across all brain regions. We have clarified this relative, contrast-based interpretation in the revised manuscript. Importantly, motor‑preference statistics are computed at the individual-larva level (n = 5), averaging neurons within each region for each larva and then testing across larvae rather than treating individual neurons as independent samples. This approach is now described more clearly in Methods, and the Figure 4 legend.

      (6) Supplementary Figure 7: What are the ROI numbers for the different graphs in a and b? It is difficult to judge if the "significant" increase in activation level is due to a low level of neurons or a genuine biological result.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. To address the concern, we have revised the legend of Supplementary Figure 8 to clarify that mean ± S.E.M. values are computed across larvae using per‑larva averages and to report the ROI counts for each preference range. These changes make clear that each curve is supported by on the order of 10<sup>2</sup>–10<sup>3</sup> ROIs pooled across the five larvae, rather than by a very small number of neurons.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Shouldn't the ipsilateral tendency relative to each preceding flip across a series of tail flips decay to chance over repeated events? In Figure 2h, the teal curve appears to be flat over twenty seconds. Isn't the laterality index calculated relative to the event at n=0? Are the individual fish laterally biased (for spontaneous flips) over 20 bouts?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. In Figure 2h, the laterality index is computed relative to the tail flip at n = 0, and the sustained ipsilateral tendency (please see also Supplementary Figure 3c) over subsequent bouts reflects that spontaneous locomotion in larval zebrafish is not a memoryless random walk. To clarify this point, we now complement the citation on history‑dependent chaining of turns with an additional reference highlighting stable individual left–right motor asymmetries in larval zebrafish (page 5, paragraph 4). This added citation provides stronger context for our observation that tail flips can remain biased ipsilaterally to the initial event over the bout window we analyze.

      (2) Do zebrafish initiate a 'turn bout' by a preceding saccade also in free swimming conditions? Are there any data available with sufficient resolution to extract saccades in freely swimming larvae?

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. In the prior free‑swimming assay, we used a large field of view (60 mm × 30 mm) at approximately 0.1 mm per pixel to track multiple larvae and quantify their position and heading. Given this combination of field of view and spatial sampling, the larval eyes occupy only a few pixels, and the small angular displacements associated with saccades are very challenging to resolve with sufficient precision. For this reason, we did not extract eye movements or define turn bouts based on preceding saccades in the free‑swimming condition, and instead focused our saccade analyses on the head‑fixed imaging setup, where magnification and resolution are optimized for quantifying eye rotations.

      We have added a brief note in Methods (page 22, paragraph 2) to clarify this limitation.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a valuable contribution to comparative cognitive neuroscience by directly mapping functional homologues of the human multiple-demand network in macaques using a matched spatial maze task. It provides solid evidence for functional correspondence between human and macaque cognitive control networks in dorsomedial frontal cortex and insula. However, given only two animals and no cross-animal convergence in parietal or ventrolateral prefrontal regions, claims that these regions form part of a macaque MD network should be read as provisional. The work will be of interest to researchers studying the evolution of cognitive control and cross-species neuroimaging.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mione et al. aim to resolve a long-standing question in comparative neuroscience: whether the macaque brain contains a functional analogue to the distributed human multiple-demand (MD) network. To address this, they employ a direct cross-species fMRI comparison using a multi-step saccadic maze task in humans and a simplified two-step version in macaques. By contrasting goal-directed navigation against a control condition that requires similar motor responses but no strategic planning, the study isolates the neural signatures of cognitive control across species.

      Strengths:

      The most compelling aspect of this work is its methodological alignment. Previous attempts to compare these systems often relied on comparisons of human BOLD signals and macaque single-unit recordings. By running parallel fMRI protocols, the authors establish a shared measurement basis that allows for a more direct comparison. The resulting activation maps demonstrate conserved network topology in dorsolateral and dorsomedial frontal cortex and insula. Individual-level data are presented alongside a conjunction map across the two animals, with the threshold used to define common activations stated explicitly, and supplementary analyses restricted to correctly completed trials or using a smaller smoothing kernel leave the main features intact. This strengthens confidence in the frontal correspondences that appear robust.

      Weaknesses:

      A design asymmetry between the human and monkey tasks remains. In humans, 2-, 4- and 6-step problems were intermixed within blocks, whereas macaques solved only two-step trials. Because participants never know when a harder problem will occur, they may stay in a state of proactive cognitive control (Braver, 2012) throughout the block, which could inflate MD activation even during simpler trials and complicate direct comparison with the monkey data. The authors acknowledge this limitation but do not quantify or correct for the effect.

      Individual-level consistency for some claimed MD regions is limited. The two monkeys differ considerably in parietal cortex, and a conjunction analysis shows no common activation there even at a permissive threshold of t > 1.5. Strong dorsal/medial parietal and ventrolateral prefrontal activations were each seen in only one animal, and the abstract presents them accordingly. This is an honest presentation, but it leaves the evidence for these regions resting on one subject, so whether they can be regarded as part of a macaque MD network remains uncertain.

      In the Discussion, the authors conclude that results from single animals "tell against" genuine species differences in these regions. The implied reasoning appears to be that if macaques truly lacked parietal and ventrolateral prefrontal nodes, neither animal would have shown activation there. Since one monkey did show it, they take this as evidence that the regions are not genuinely different between species, attributing the other animal's absence to limited power or insufficient task demands. This inference is difficult to justify with only two animals and no common activation across them at any meaningful threshold. A single positive result does not establish that a region reliably belongs to the macaque MD network.

      Overall, this manuscript provides solid evidence for functional correspondence between human and macaque cognitive control networks in dorsomedial frontal cortex and insula. Individual-level data are presented transparently, with conjunction thresholds stated explicitly and limitations acknowledged throughout. What remains is largely interpretive. Given only two animals and no cross-animal convergence in parietal or ventrolateral prefrontal regions, claims that these form part of a macaque MD network should be read as provisional.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The "multiple-demand" (MD) system is a well-known finding of human brain imaging and is thought to play a central role in cognitive control. To directly compare the MD system in humans and monkeys, Mione et al. used functional magnetic resonance imaging to measure whole brain activation in a multi-step saccadic maze task. In humans, the authors found a distributed pattern of brain activity close match to the canonical MD network and extending to adjacent regions of dorsal attention and other networks. While there was good correspondence between monkey and human data, differences were also notable in lateral frontal cortex, dorsal parietal cortex, and sensorimotor cortex.

      Strengths:

      Though previous data hint at a corresponding network in the macaque, there has been no direct comparison to human data. This study provides a direct cross-species comparison with whole-brain data of fMRI, and the findings suggest an extended and strongly interconnected brain network recruited by increased cognitive challenge.

      Weaknesses:

      In previous human imaging, the MD system is defined by overlapping activation for many kinds of cognitive demand. In the present work, however, the authors used just a single task. Although there is some overlap between putative monkey MD network and canonical MD network identified in human imaging, it should be cautious to link current findings to MD system based on limited task events.

      We agree that present conclusions are limited by data from a single task. As we note, however, our human data show that this contrast works well for identifying the usual components of the MD network, suggesting it is a suitable candidate for use in the monkey.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mione et al. aim to resolve a long-standing question in comparative neuroscience: whether the macaque brain contains a functional analogue to the distributed human multiple-demand (MD) network. To address this, the authors employ a direct cross-species fMRI comparison using a multi-step saccadic maze task in humans and a simplified two-step version in macaques. By contrasting goal-directed navigation against a control condition that requires similar motor responses but no strategic planning, the study isolates the neural signatures of cognitive control across species.

      Strengths:

      The most compelling aspect of this work is its methodological alignment. Previous attempts to compare these systems often relied on comparisons of human BOLD signals and macaque single-unit recordings. By running parallel fMRI protocols, the authors establish a shared measurement basis that allows for a more direct comparison. The resulting activation maps demonstrate conserved network topology in dorsolateral and dorsomedial frontal cortex and insula.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there is concerning inter-individual variability in the macaque data, along with a notable design asymmetry between the human and monkey tasks. In the human experiment, 2-, 4-, and 6-step trials were mixed within the same blocks, whereas macaques performed only 2-step problems. This design difference likely places human participants in a state of sustained proactive cognitive control (Braver, 2012), as they must remain prepared for more demanding trials at any moment. This elevated baseline arousal may potentially inflate MD network activation even during the simpler 2-step trials in humans, making direct comparisons with the macaque data difficult.

      The authors acknowledge this concern and note that similarities between species survive despite this procedural difference. However, their own individual-level data raise doubts about how robust these "similarities" really are. A defining feature of the MD system is consistent recruitment across individuals performing the same task. In this study, however, the two monkeys show markedly different activation maps in parietal cortex. The conjunction map (Supplementary Figure 6) does not support the claim that lateral and medial parietal regions are commonly activated across both animals at any meaningful statistical threshold, even when using a permissive threshold of |t| > 1.5, corresponding to approximately p ≈ 0.13 - 0.14 (two-tailed).

      This suggests that the group-level parietal activations are largely driven by a single animal, raising questions about whether these regions can reliably be considered as part of the monkey MD network. Notably, in Premereur et al. (2018), the only other direct macaque fMRI study of a cognitively demanding task, their conjunction map between the two animals also failed to show common parietal activation during task switching. Taken together, these findings suggest that either the monkey MD network is not as similar to its human counterpart as claimed, or the monkey version of the maze task was simply not sufficiently challenging to fully engage parietal MD nodes.

      Because of the design asymmetry described above, it remains difficult to determine which of these possibilities is correct (a genuine species difference versus insufficient task demands in macaques). The authors' current claims treat the group-level activations, which appear largely driven by one animal, as reliable evidence for homology, but without consistent individual-level support, such conclusions remain tentative.

      In summary, the authors demonstrate functional correspondence between human and macaque cognitive control networks in dorsolateral and dorsomedial frontal regions. However, assertions that this extends to lateral and medial parietal cortex are not consistently supported at the individual level. While the overall conclusions are plausible, they would be significantly strengthened by demonstrating consistent activation across both animals in all claimed MD regions, ideally with a properly thresholded conjunction map.

      These are all good points, and in the revision, we have placed greater emphasis on differences as well as similarities between animals. We have also pointed out the limitations of the conjunction map. In particular, two strong components of the human MD network (vlPFC and parietal cortex) are each seen in only one of the two animals. As we note, limited task difficulty, long training, and limited statistical power may all contribute to negative results. For these regions we agree that between-animal differences limit conclusions, though provisionally, results for single animals tell against genuine species differences.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Although the whole-brain data obtained by fMRI can provide a direct comparison between species, a single cognitive task might be insufficient to link the findings with MD system. A cognitively challenging task likely activates multiple regions of the MD system; however, it may also recruit some task-specific regions, which do not belong to the canonical MD network.

      Though this is a very reasonable concern, the results suggest little influence on the present findings. In the human, strong MD activation was accompanied by activation of the DA network, perhaps reflecting the spatial content of the task. In the monkey, however, there was little evidence of DA activation, likely reflecting limited statistical power.

      (2) Based on the current work, the title seems to be too general.

      For the above reason, we think the title is reasonable – acknowledging limitations of data from single animals (see below), the cortical and subcortical distribution of monkey activations indeed suggests correspondence to the human MD network.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please clearly state the statistical threshold used for your conjunction analysis in Supplementary Figure 6. The current display appears to rely on |t| > 0, which is not a meaningful criterion: it effectively includes any voxel with positive activation regardless of significance. Even at a more permissive but still unjustified threshold of t = 1.5 (corresponding to roughly p ≈ 0.13-0.14, two-tailed), lateral and posterior medial parietal regions do not appear in the conjunction map. Without a properly justified threshold, it is difficult to accept the claim that these regions are commonly activated across both animals.

      The threshold and limitations of the conjunction map are now described (p. 13), and differences between animals given stronger emphasis.

      (2) Given that lateral and medial parietal activations do not survive even a low uncorrected threshold in the conjunction analysis and are therefore largely driven by one animal at the individual level, I recommend explicitly acknowledging this limitation in the Discussion rather than treating these regions as reliable components of the macaque MD network. Alternatively, acquiring data from a third monkey would help determine whether this reflects limited statistical power or genuine inter-individual variability.

      We have reworded our conclusions concerning parietal activation throughout (beginning with Abstract), emphasising their dependence on data from a single animal.

      (3) The design asymmetry between humans and monkeys makes it difficult to interpret cross-species differences in activation. For parietal and ventral prefrontal regions specifically, the monkey version of the task may simply have been insufficiently demanding to fully engage these MD nodes, which might require higher cognitive load before they are reliably recruited. Alternatively, this could reflect a genuine species difference. I recommend discussing this possibility explicitly when interpreting missing or inconsistent activations in these regions.

      These possibilities are now considered in a new paragraph of the Discussion (p. 18).

      (4) Please specify exactly how Figure 7 was thresholded and state whether FDR correction was applied separately for cortical and subcortical analyses. The colorbar suggests t > 0 as a starting point, but large empty regions within the slices imply that some higher masking or threshold was applied.

      See revised figure legend.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This work has much novelty, supportive data, and the potential for changing thinking about melanoma biology with the discovery of MRGPRX4 as a relatively melanoma-specific G protein-coupled receptor. MRGPRX4 is normally restricted to peripheral sensory neurons, but it is aberrantly expressed in human melanomas; melanomas with neural-crest-like/invasive features were most likely affected. When ectopically expressed in murine melanocytes, MRGPRX4 drives melanoma development with metastasis; the mechanism appears to involve ligand-independent receptor signaling. Overall, the text presents this as a novel model of oncogenesis driven by re-expression of a sensory GPCR - this is an important study with compelling data.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Naina Gour and colleagues provide a detailed observational study in which they demonstrate that MRGPRX4, a human G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR), is expressed exclusively in human melanomas and, when expressed in mouse melanocytes, drives the development of melanomas in mice. These findings provide evidence that MRGPRX4 has the properties of an oncogene, at least in certain cellular environments.

      Strengths:

      A strength of this work is the nice historical note in which overexpression of MAS1, a GPCR, led to classic studies of transformed fibroblasts in culture and tumors in nude mice. Cloning of MAS1 led to the identification of the MRGPR family of receptors, now known to be key players in neuroimmune and neurosensory phenomena. Here, the story comes full circle with a member of the MRGPR family being linked to a tumor, specifically melanoma. Perhaps the story is not entirely surprising given that the neural crest serves as a precursor for both nerves and melanocytes. But it is nice to see.

      Additional strengths include the vast array of tools and techniques employed, from public databases to engineered mice, to establish firmly that MRGPRX4 is expressed in melanomas, although not in every malignant cell.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a fundamental new finding - the identification of a sensory-neuron itch receptor, MRGPRX4, as an unexpected melanoma oncogene through a mechanism of lineage-inappropriate expression rather than mutation. The evidence supporting the core observation (tumor-specific upregulation, restriction to invasive transcriptional states, and sufficiency to drive fully penetrant metastatic melanoma in vivo) is compelling, drawing on convergent human genomic datasets and a well-controlled genetic mouse model. However, several of the mechanistic and translational claims - particularly regarding causal drivers of invasion, the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment, and in vivo pharmacological efficacy - rely on correlative evidence.

      Strengths:

      The authors propose that MRGPRX4, normally restricted to a subset of peripheral sensory neurons, is aberrantly re-expressed in melanoma rather than through mutational mechanisms, and that this re-expression is sufficient to drive tumorigenesis through basal, ligand-independent GPCR signaling. This is a genuinely novel model for oncogenesis, and the manuscript deploys an impressive range of approaches - bulk and single-cell transcriptomics, spatial transcriptomics, proteomics, phosphoproteomics, and pharmacology - to support it.

      The claim that MRGPRX4 is selectively upregulated in melanoma and confined to neural-crest-like/invasive transcriptional states is well supported, with consistent results across multiple independent human scRNA-seq datasets. The claim that ectopic MRGPRX4 is sufficient to drive melanoma is convincingly demonstrated by the fully penetrant, metastatic phenotype in the Tyr-CreER;MRGPRX4-LSL model, with appropriate specificity controls showing that MRGPRX1, MRGPRX2, and MRGPRX3 do not phenocopy this effect.

      The claim that MRGPRX4 signals through basal, ligand-independent activity is reasonably well supported by bile-acid quantification showing endogenous ligand concentrations well below the EC50 required for activation.

      Overall assessment:

      The manuscript's central, most novel claim - that lineage-inappropriate expression of a sensory GPCR is sufficient to drive melanoma - is compellingly supported. The secondary mechanistic and translational claims built around this finding are convincing and consistent with the broader literature but are currently supported by correlative rather than causal or functional evidence.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Naina Gour and colleagues provide a detailed observational study in which they demonstrate that MRGPRX4, a human G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR), is expressed exclusively in human melanomas and, when expressed in mouse melanocytes, drives the development of melanomas in mice. These findings provide evidence that MRGPRX4 has the properties of an oncogene, at least in certain cellular environments.

      Strengths:

      A strength of this work is the nice historical note in which overexpression of MAS1, a GPCR, led to classic studies of transformed fibroblasts in culture and tumors in nude mice. Cloning of MAS1 led to the identification of the MRGPR family of receptors, now known to be key players in neuroimmune and neurosensory phenomena. Here, the story comes full circle with a member of the MRGPR family being linked to a tumor, specifically melanoma. Perhaps the story is not entirely surprising given that the neural crest serves as a precursor for both nerves and melanocytes. But it is nice to see.

      Additional strengths include the vast array of tools and techniques employed, from public databases to engineered mice, to establish firmly that MRGPRX4 is expressed in melanomas, although not in every malignant cell.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and for noting the arc back to the original MAS1 studies, which we agree makes for a satisfying full-circle story. We would add one nuance: while the shared neural crest origin of melanocytes and nociceptors offers a plausible explanation for why an MRGPR family member could be co-opted in melanoma, we were nonetheless surprised that this property is specific to MRGPRX4. When we tested the other MRGPRX family members, some of which are also known to be expressed in sensory neurons, using the same genetic strategy (MRGPRX1, MRGPRX2, MRGPRX3; Supplementary Fig. 2B), none induced melanoma, despite arising from the same family of receptors. This suggests the oncogenic property is not simply a generic consequence of neural crest ancestry, but reflects a biology specific to MRGPRX4 itself, which we find is one of the more intriguing open questions this work raises.

      Weaknesses:

      Given the power of the strengths of the data and story, the following comment is only sort of a weakness, as the topic is addressed while being saved for future studies. Specifically, what leads to the expression of MRGPRX4? The authors posit that it is an epigenetic phenomenon, look briefly at methylation, and rather than going down the proverbial rabbit hole of what comes first, have reasonably decided to punt.

      We agree with the reviewer that understanding the precise mechanisms through which MRGPRX4 gets activated during oncogenesis is important, and we had noted this as a limitation of current findings. As we mentioned in the discussion, we hypothesize that one or more environmental modulators - UV exposure, inflammatory cues, or an aging skin microenvironment could initiate the epigenetic reprogramming underlying this expression. This will require dedicated studies and is suited for future work.

      Another concern is that given what comes across as the initial observation of MRGPRX4 being expressed in melanoma, what do all of the additional studies add?

      The expression data in human melanoma are correlative and serve only as the entry point. The subsequent studies establish MRGPRX4 as a causal, druggable driver of melanoma: it is sufficient to induce 100% penetrant metastatic melanoma in vivo, required for melanoma proliferation and invasion, signals through ligand-independent basal PI3K-AKT/MAPK activity, and is pharmacologically targetable.

      For the non-cognoscenti, and to make the manuscript more accessible, the abbreviation NC/EMT, which is also inverted to EMT/NC, should be spelled out periodically as neural crest/epithelial-mesenchymal transition.

      This is corrected in the revised version.

      Please explain how this study came about. Was it a result of someone deciding to look at expression in the GTEx project and compare it to a tumor database?

      This was a serendipitous discovery. As MRGPRs can modulate immune cell function, we were driving expression of various human MRGPRX genes in immune lineages in mice. We noticed that mice overexpressing MRGPRX4 developed spontaneous melanoma-like growths on the ear and tail. Upon investigation, we found that while the Cre driver we had used is appropriate for immune cells, it is also expressed at low levels in melanocytes. We hypothesized that our initial "immune-knock-in" strategy likely resulted in low-level knock-in in mouse melanocytes, thereby allowing MRGPRX4 to directly drive melanocytic transformation. This led us to explore MRGPRX4 expression in human malignancies, where we found MRGPRX4 was highly expressed in melanoma. Next, to directly test our hypothesis that MRGPRX4 transforms melanocytes, we overexpressed MRGPRX4 using Tyrosinase-CreER, the standard Cre driver for melanocytes. This led to a fully penetrant spontaneous melanoma phenotype (Fig. 2).

      A comment could be made to explain that while NSG and normal mice were used, the former are immunocompromised, and drawing conclusions without specifying these differences is a weakness.

      This is a fair point, and we agree the distinction deserves clarification. The two mouse systems in this study serve different purposes and are not interchangeable. The transgenic TyrCreER+; MRGPRX4LSL+/- model, in which melanoma arises spontaneously from endogenous mouse melanocytes, was studied in immunocompetent mice, allowing us to fully characterize the tumor, including the tumor immune microenvironment (Fig. 2L–O), in an intact immune setting. In contrast, the human A2058 melanoma cell studies (proliferation and metastatic seeding; Fig. 4B–J) required an immunodeficient host, since human cells would otherwise be rejected by a competent murine immune system. For these experiments, we used NSG mice, the standard immunodeficient strain used in human xenograft studies. We have updated the text to reflect this.

      In Figure 1A, the p-value of -145 begs for a little explanation. I don't recall seeing such a p-value.

      The small p-value reflects two features of the comparison: (1) both GTEx normal skin and TCGA-SKCM contain large sample sizes (hundreds of samples per group), which gives the Mann-Whitney U test (also known as the Wilcoxon rank-sum test) statistical power, and (2) MRGPRX4 expression shows minimal overlap between the two groups; it's essentially undetectable in normal skin but broadly expressed across melanoma samples. Together, these yield such a p-value. This is expected for rank-based tests applied to large, cleanly separated datasets.

      Have you considered treating the murine melanomas with murine via PD-L1? I appreciate that this comment is somewhat superfluous given the inhibition of MRGPRX4 with compound 31-2, but given the human therapeutics combined with the fact that you have done 'everything else', I wonder what might happen.

      We agree with the reviewer that testing checkpoint blockade in the MRGPRX4-driven model is a relevant direction. Our finding that MRGPRX4-driven tumors develop a PD-L1hi, neutrophil-rich microenvironment (Fig. 2M–O) makes anti-PD-L1 treatment a natural next experiment, and we would predict it to be informative both on its own and in combination with an MRGPRX4 inhibitor, given that the two target distinct compartments- the tumor-immune microenvironment versus tumor-intrinsic proliferative/invasive signaling. We consider it an important direction for future work.

      Given the basal ligand-independent signaling, might engineering variants of MRGPRX4 that do not signal be of value?

      This is a great point. A variant that disrupts basal (ligand-independent) signaling specifically would be informative. Identifying and validating such a basal-activity-disrupting variant, including confirming normal receptor expression and trafficking, is an important direction for future work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a fundamental new finding - the identification of a sensory-neuron itch receptor, MRGPRX4, as an unexpected melanoma oncogene through a mechanism of lineage-inappropriate expression rather than mutation. The evidence supporting the core observation (tumor-specific upregulation, restriction to invasive transcriptional states, and sufficiency to drive fully penetrant metastatic melanoma in vivo) is compelling, drawing on convergent human genomic datasets and a well-controlled genetic mouse model. However, several of the mechanistic and translational claims - particularly regarding causal drivers of invasion, the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment, and in vivo pharmacological efficacy - remain incomplete, relying on correlative evidence.

      Strengths

      The authors propose that MRGPRX4, normally restricted to a subset of peripheral sensory neurons, is aberrantly re-expressed in melanoma rather than through mutational mechanisms, and that this re-expression is sufficient to drive tumorigenesis through basal, ligand-independent GPCR signaling. This is a genuinely novel model for oncogenesis, and the manuscript deploys an impressive range of approaches - bulk and single-cell transcriptomics, spatial transcriptomics, proteomics, phosphoproteomics, and pharmacology - to support it.

      Strengths:

      The claim that MRGPRX4 is selectively upregulated in melanoma and confined to neural-crest-like/invasive transcriptional states is well supported, with consistent results across multiple independent human scRNA-seq datasets. The claim that ectopic MRGPRX4 is sufficient to drive melanoma is convincingly demonstrated by the fully penetrant, metastatic phenotype in the Tyr-CreER; MRGPRX4-LSL model, with appropriate specificity controls showing that MRGPRX1, MRGPRX2, and MRGPRX3 do not phenocopy this effect.

      The claim that MRGPRX4 signals through basal, ligand-independent activity is reasonably well supported by bile-acid quantification showing endogenous ligand concentrations well below the EC50 required for activation.

      We are thankful to the reviewer for the positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      The claim that MRGPRX4 remodels the tumor microenvironment toward an immunosuppressive state rests on flow cytometric frequency data (altered neutrophil/eosinophil ratios, increased PD-L1+ myeloid populations) but lacks any functional immune assay to demonstrate that this remodeling actually impairs anti-tumor immune responses.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s suggestion that functional immune assays will demonstrate that MRGPRX4-driven tumor remodeling impairs checkpoint-driven anti-tumor immune response. We consider this an important direction for future work.

      The claim that the two MRGPRX4-enriched tumor subpopulations (ECM-rich and NC-like/invasive) underlie the observed invasive and metastatic phenotype is not directly tested; the authors appropriately acknowledge this as an open question, but it is worth noting explicitly that this leaves the mechanistic link between the identified cell states and the functional phenotype (proliferation, invasion, metastasis shown in Figure 4) unresolved.

      We agree with the reviewer. To test the direct role of these subpopulations in driving metastasis in our model, we need to ablate them specifically. This is possible with an intersectional genetics strategy, wherein we could use a state-specific Dre or Flp driver (e.g., a Prrx1-DreER or Prrx1-FlpO knock-in) crossed to a dual-recombinase-dependent effector allele (e.g., a Frt- or Rox-gated diphtheria toxin receptor), and then crossed to our TyrCreER-MRGPRX4-LSL model. This quadruple-transgenic strategy would allow ablation restricted specifically to MRGPRX4-driven tumor cells occupying the target mesenchymal state, for example. These genetic lines can be created but require generating or sourcing new dual-recombinase-dependent alleles and a substantially longer breeding and validation timeline (approximately 18-24 months). Together, these represent possible, if long-term, strategies for directly testing the causal contribution of these MRGPRX4-enriched subpopulations to melanoma invasion and metastasis.

      Finally, the comparison with BRAF- and NRAS-driven GEMMs (Figure 3K-L) establishes overlap in transcriptional cell states but does not report whether these canonical models themselves upregulate endogenous Mrgprx4. This omission leaves unclear whether MRGPRX4 acts as a convergent node downstream of canonical oncogenic signaling, or represents an independent, parallel route to a similar phenotypic endpoint - a distinction that matters considerably for how broadly the finding should be interpreted.

      MRGPRX4 is a primate-specific receptor with no mouse ortholog in melanocytes; thus, we cannot assess endogenous expression of MRGPRX4 in BRAF/NRAS-driven GEMMs. Nevertheless, the following observations argue against MRGPRX4 functioning solely downstream of canonical oncogenes. First, TyrCreER<sup>+</sup>; MRGPRX4LSL mice develop fully penetrant melanoma without engineered BRAF or NRAS activation or tumor-suppressor loss. Second, MRGPRX4 loss in BRAF V600E mutant A2058 cells reduces pERK1/2, pAKT, and pS6K, showing that MRGPRX4 sustains these signaling outputs even in the presence of activated BRAF. Together, these findings support a model in which MRGPRX4 could provide a distinct oncogenic input.

      Overall assessment:

      The manuscript's central, most novel claim - that lineage-inappropriate expression of a sensory GPCR is sufficient to drive melanoma - is compellingly supported. The secondary mechanistic and translational claims built around this finding are convincing and consistent with the broader literature but are currently supported by correlative rather than causal or functional evidence.<br />

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Both reviewers found much novelty and potential for changing thinking about melanoma biology with your discovery of MRGPRX4 as a relatively melanoma-specific G protein-coupled receptor. Particularly in neural-crest-like/invasive states, MRGPRX4 was aberrantly re-expressed in human melanomas. With the Tyr-CreER; MRGPRX4-LSL mouse model, there were compelling data in transcriptomics and proteomics. As one reviewer noted, your work closes a circle from early MAS1 (a related GPCR) oncogene studies to the MRGPR family, consistent with the shared neural-crest origin of melanocytes and sensory neurons.

      There were several minor suggestions and clarifications suggested by the reviewers. Please address them in a revised manuscript, which we will review without sending it back to the reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There is a number of grammatical errors and spacing issues that could be sorted out via built-in editing tools.

      We have checked the manuscript and are resubmitting updated version.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Examine whether Mrgprx4 is detectable (even at low levels) in the BRAF^V600E; Pten^fl/fl and NRAS^Q61K; Ink4a−/− datasets used for integration in Figures 3K-L.

      Levels of MRGPRX4 in BRAF- and NRAS-driven GEMMs cannot be interrogated, as MRGPRX4 is a primate-specific gene and hence not expressed in mice.

      In vivo antagonist efficacy: Given the well-established transgenic model, in vivo testing of compound 31-2 (or a more potent/optimized MRGPRX4 antagonist) on tumor growth or metastatic burden would considerably strengthen the translational claims.

      We appreciate the reviewer's recommendation and agree that in vivo testing of an MRGPRX4 antagonist would meaningfully strengthen the translational relevance of our findings. However, we do not believe compound 31-2 is a viable candidate for in vivo studies. While the reported biochemical IC50 on the company's (MedChemExpress) website is ~100 nM, in our hands, using a cell-based assay, we required a substantially higher concentration (5 µM) to block receptor activity. Additionally, using our GPCR (calcium-based) activation assays, we found that the compound is no longer active after approximately 6 hours in solution, necessitating the addition of freshly prepared compound at least twice daily in our in vitro culture system.

      Compound 31-2 is a tool compound with no available in vivo pharmacokinetic characterization (bioavailability, clearance, half-life, or protein binding), and translating our in vitro dosing requirement to an in vivo regimen would demand achieving sustained micromolar free-drug exposure, likely requiring impractically high and frequent dosing, or specialized delivery methods (e.g., continuous infusion). We therefore consider compound 31-2 unsuitable for in vivo efficacy testing in its current form. Development or identification of a more potent, metabolically stable, and orally bioavailable MRGPRX4 antagonist with an established in vivo PK profile will be necessary before in vivo antitumor efficacy can be meaningfully evaluated.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study presents a cell-based screen for small-molecule activators of GCN2, an eIF2α kinase that regulates the Integrated Stress Response under diverse stress conditions. The authors identify a compound as a potent GCN2 activator with GCN1-independent activity under the tested conditions, providing a new pharmacological tool for probing GCN2 regulation. The revised manuscript provides compelling support for the central conclusions through a clearer description of the screening workflow, extended kinetic analyses, and demonstration that the identified compound causes a GCN2-dependent reduction in protein synthesis.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a chemical screen for activators of the eIF2 kinase GCN2 (EIF2AK4) in the integrated stress response (ISR). Recently, reported inhibitors of GCN2 and other protein kinases have been shown at certain concentrations to paradoxically activate GCN2. The study uses CHO cells and ISR reporter screens to identify a number of GCN2 activator compounds, including a potent "compound 20." These activators have implications for the development of new therapies for ISR-related diseases. For example, although not directly pursued in this study, these GCN2 activators could be helpful for the treatment of PVOD, which is reported for patients with certain GCN2 loss-of-function mutations. The identified activators are also suggested to engage with the GCN2 directly and can function devoid of GCN1, a co-activator of GCN2.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript appears to be a largely rigorous study that flows in a logical manner. The topic is interesting and significant.

      Weaknesses:

      Portions of the manuscript are not fully clear. There are some experimental presentation and design concerns that should be addressed to support the stated conclusions.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript Zhu, Emanuelli and colleagues describe a novel pharmacological activator of the Integrated Stress Response kinase GCN2. The work is conclusive and biochemically solid. This work significantly adds to the pharmacological arsenal targeting the ISR and in particular GCN2.

      Strengths:

      Strong biochemistry, novel molecular activator of GCN2 (GCN1 independent).

      Weaknesses:

      Rationale for the screen not exploited in the results (e.g. pathogenic GCN2 mutants), lots of cell-based read-outs not endogenous.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors did a great job at addressing my initial critique on their manuscript and consequently I have no further comment.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the results of a high throughput screen for small molecule activators of GCN2. Ultimately, they find 3 promising compounds. One of these three, compound 20 (C20) is of the most interest both for its potency and specificity. The major new finding is that this molecule appears to activate GCN2 independent of GCN1, which suggests that it works by a potentially novel mechanism. Biochemical analysis suggests that each bind in the ATP binding pocket of GCN2, and that at least in vitro C20 is a potent agonist. Structural modeling provides insight into how the three compounds might dock in the pocket and generates testable hypotheses as to why C20 perhaps acts through a different mechanism than other molecules.

      Strengths:

      Of the 3 compounds identified by the authors, C20 is of the most interest, not just for its intriguing mechanistic distinction as being GCN1-independent (shown genetically in two distinct cell lines, CHO and 293T, and in contrast to other GCN2 activators) but also for its potency. Ultimately, C20 might be a tool for providing mechanistic insight into the details of GCN2 activation and regulation and could be exploited therapeutically.

      Weaknesses:

      The chief limitation of this work is that the experiments exploring the effects of C20 on ISR output in cells are limited, so how useful these compounds are both experimentally and therapeutically remains to be determined.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed my comments. A more extensive analysis of UPR signaling in cells (transcription and cell death in particular) would have further strengthened the paper, but that can be left to future work.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a chemical screen for activators of the eIF2 kinase GCN2 (EIF2AK4) in the integrated stress response (ISR). Recently, reported inhibitors of GCN2 and other protein kinases have been shown at certain concentrations to paradoxically activate GCN2. The study uses CHO cells and ISR reporter screens to identify a number of GCN2 activator compounds, including a potent "compound 20." These activators have implications for the development of new therapies for ISR-related diseases. For example, although not directly pursued in this study, these GCN2 activators could be helpful for the treatment of PVOD, which is reported for patients with certain GCN2 loss-of-function mutations. The identified activators are also suggested to engage with the GCN2 directly and can function while devoid of GCN1, a co-activator of GCN2.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript appears to be a largely rigorous study that flows in a logical manner. The topic is interesting and significant.

      Weaknesses:

      Portions of the manuscript are not fully clear. Some experimental presentation and design concerns should be addressed to support the stated conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for their supportive comments. We agree that portions of the manuscript were not fully clear and that some aspects of the experimental presentation and design required clarification.

      To address this, we have revised the manuscript to make the experimental logic more transparent. In particular, we now explain more clearly the rationale for the screening strategy, including the use of histidinol as a canonical GCN2 activator, latrunculin A as a modulator of PPP1R15A-mediated eIF2α dephosphorylation, and tunicamycin as a PERK-dependent ER-stress control. We also clarify why a submaximal concentration of histidinol was used: this was intended to reveal compounds that enhance ISR signalling when GCN2 is partially activated.

      We have clarified the use of the two ATF4 reporter systems. The ATF4–NanoLuc reporter was used for sensitive primary screening, whereas the ATF4–luc2 reporter was used as a more stringent orthogonal assay to prioritise robust ISR activators. We now state explicitly why some initial hits were not retained after testing in the second reporter line, and why the NanoLuc system was subsequently used again for mechanistic experiments.

      Finally, we have revised the presentation of the orthogonal validation steps to make clearer how they support the stated conclusions. These include assays designed to distinguish GCN2-dependent ISR activation from indirect activation through ER stress, additional analysis of GCN2 dependence, and clearer interpretation of biochemical and docking data.

      We hope that these revisions address the reviewer’s concern that the experimental design and data presentation needed to be made clearer in order to support the conclusions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Zhu, Emanuelli, and colleagues describe a novel pharmacological activator of the Integrated Stress Response kinase GCN2. The work is conclusive and biochemically solid. This work significantly adds to the pharmacological arsenal targeting the ISR and, in particular, GCN2.

      Strengths:

      Strong biochemistry, novel molecular activator of GCN2 (GCN1 independent).

      Weaknesses:

      The rationale for the screen is not exploited in the results (e.g., pathogenic GCN2 mutants), and lots of cell-based read-outs are not endogenous.

      We thank this reviewer for their positive assessment of the work. We address the three major concerns in turn below.

      Major points

      (1) Regarding the justification of the work. Since the authors justify the screen for GCN2 activators with loss-of-function mutants associated with diseases, it would be of interest to evaluate whether the best compounds identified in the study are indeed able to prompt activation of those mutants (or at least of the most prevalent). This approach could actually go in parallel with the docking experiments carried out in the last figure of the manuscript, where mutants could be modelized as well.

      To address this point, we tested whether the lead compounds could activate disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to pulmonary veno-occlusive disease. In contrast to GCN2iB, the new compounds did not activate these variants. We now state this explicitly in the manuscript, thereby clarifying that although the compounds identify a new mode of GCN2 activation, they do not rescue the pathogenic GCN2 variants tested here.

      Results

      “Moreover, in contrast to GCN2iB (17), the current compounds did not activate disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to PVOD [data not shown].”

      (2) The compounds are only tested using « artificial » proximal signaling outputs. It would be interesting to evaluate whether the best identified compounds are capable of prompting endogenous eIF2alpha phosphorylation in cellular models.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Detecting eIF2α phosphorylation following activation of GCN2 is technically challenging and typically produces weaker signals compared to activation of other ISR kinases, such as PERK (e.g. by thapsigargin). For this reason, many studies rely on downstream reporter assays to monitor GCN2 activity. To address the reviewer’s concern, we have now included an orthogonal readout of ISR activation by assessing global translation using a puromycin incorporation assay. Using this approach, we show that compound 20 significantly reduces translation, and importantly, this effect is attenuated in GCN2-deficient cells, supporting a GCN2-dependent mechanism.

      Results

      “Studies with compound 18 were limited by poor aqueous solubility; therefore, time‑course analyses focused on compounds 20 and 21. To assess ISR activation over an extended period, live‑cell luciferase measurements were performed using CHO cells stably expressing an ATF4::Nanoluc-PEST reporter. Both compounds elicited maximal reporter activation between 6 and 8 h (Figure S1A&B). Compound 20, but not 21, induced a significant GCN2‑dependent reduction in mRNA translation, as measured by puromycin incorporation, with a progressive effect observed up to 7 h (Figure S1C-F).”

      (3) Other GCN2 activators (other than GCN2iB, e.g., HC-7366) were recently identified. In this context, it would be of interest to carry out a small benchmarking study to evaluate how the compounds identified in the current study perform against the previously identified molecules.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response, we obtained HC-7366 and assessed its activity alongside our compounds in the CHO ATF4::NanoLuc reporter assay. In this system, compound 20 demonstrated greater potency than HC-7366 (see reviewer figure below). However, we note that HC-7366 showed relatively limited activity in CHO cells in our hands, despite previously reported strong effects in other cellular systems and in vivo models. This context-dependent activity makes direct benchmarking difficult. Accordingly, we have included this comparison in the revised manuscript and discuss this limitation in the Discussion.

      Discussion

      “We also evaluated the reported GCN2 activator HC-7366 in our CHO ATF4::NanoLuc reporter system. In this context, HC-7366 showed limited activity relative to compound 20, despite its reported efficacy in other cellular systems and in vivo (data not shown). This highlights potential context dependence in small‑molecule activation of GCN2 and limits direct cross-study comparison.”

      Author response image 1.

      ISR activation by compound 20 and GC-7366 in CHO cells

      Normalised fold-change in ATF4 signal in CHO ATF4::NanoLuc reporter cells treated for 19 hours with Compound 20 or HC-7366. DMSO was used as vehicle control. (representative experiment, mean ± SEM, n=3 technical replicates).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the results of a high-throughput screen for small-molecule activators of GCN2. Ultimately, they find 3 promising compounds. One of these three, compound 20 (C20), is of the most interest both for its potency and specificity. The major new finding is that this molecule appears to activate GCN2 independent of GCN1, which suggests that it works by a potentially novel mechanism. Biochemical analysis suggests that each binds in the ATP-binding pocket of GCN2, and that at least in vitro, C20 is a potent agonist. Structural modeling provides insight into how the three compounds might dock in the pocket and generates testable hypotheses as to why C20 perhaps acts through a different mechanism than other molecules.

      We agree that GCN1-independent activation suggests a potentially distinct mechanism of action. While we are currently unable to define the mechanistic basis underlying the GCN1-independence of compound 20, prior work provides some relevant context. Recent studies have shown that the ATP-competitive modulator GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 under specific conditions, notably in the context of the GCN2 E26A mutant [Carlson, 2023]. This observation raises the possibility that, under certain conditions, engagement of the kinase domain, potentially via the ATP-binding pocket, may bypass the requirement for GCN1. However, in our system, we did not observe GCN1-independent activation with GCN2iB at the concentrations tested. This discrepancy may reflect a narrow or context-dependent window for such activity, or differences between wild-type and mutant GCN2. These findings suggest that GCN1-independent activation of GCN2 may occur under specific conditions or with distinct classes of compounds, although further work will be required to define the underlying mechanism for compound 20. We have added the following to the main text:

      Discussion

      “Recent work suggests that the ATP-competitive modulator GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 under specific conditions using a GCN2 E26A mutant (9). In our hands, we did not observe GCN1‑independent activation with GCN2iB at the concentrations tested. This discrepancy may reflect a narrow concentration window for GCN1‑independent activation or context‑dependent effects of the E26A mutation. These findings raise the possibility that GCN1‑independent activation of GCN2 may occur under specific conditions or with distinct classes of compounds.”

      Strengths:

      Of the 3 compounds identified by the authors, C20 is the most interesting, not just for its intriguing mechanistic distinction as being GCN1-independent (shown genetically in two distinct cell lines, CHO and 293T in Figure 4, and in contrast to other GCN2 activators) but also for its potency. In in-cellulo assays, compound 21 appears as more of an ISR enhancer than an activator per se, and although compound 18 and compound 21 lead to upregulation of the ISR targets (Figure 2), that degree of upregulation is probably not significantly different from that induced by those compounds in Gcn2-/- cells. For C20, the effect appears stronger (although it is unclear whether the authors performed statistical analysis comparing the two genotypes in Figure 2D). In Figure 3, only C20 activates the ISR robustly in both CHO and 293T. Ultimately, C20 might be a tool for providing mechanistic insight into the details of GCN2 activation and regulation, and could be exploited therapeutically.

      Prompted by this suggestion, we assessed C20 in two additional commonly used cell lines: human colon carcinoma HCT116 cells and African green monkey COS7 cells. C20 showed no activity in these models. In contrast, primary mesothelioma cells (Mesobank T12) exhibited robust PPP1R15A induction in response to the compound. The following text has been added to the manuscript.

      Results

      “We went on to examine downstream cellular consequences of GCN2 activation in multiple models. While compounds did not induce detectable ISR signalling in HCT116 or COS‑7 cells under the conditions tested, induction of PPP1R15A was observed in Mesobank T12 primary mesothelioma cells, indicating context-dependent biological responses… [data not shown].”

      Weaknesses:

      There are some limitations to the existing work. As the authors acknowledge, they do not use any of the compounds in animals; their in vivo efficacy, toxicity, and pharmacokinetics are unknown. But even in the context of the in cellulo experiments, it is puzzling that none of the three compounds, including C20, has any effects in HeLa cells when Neratinib does. It's beyond the scope of this paper to address definitively why that is, but it would at least be reassuring to know that C20 activates the ISR in a wider range of cells, including ideally some primary, non-immortalized cells. In addition, the ISR is a complex, feedback-regulated response whose output varies depending on the time point examined. The in cellulo analysis in this paper is limited to reporter assays at 18 hours and qRT-PCR assays at 4 and 8 hours. A more extensive examination of the behaviour of the relevant ISR mRNAs and proteins (eIF2, ATF4, CHOP, cell viability, etc.) for C20 across a more extensive time course would give the reader a clearer sense of how this molecule affects ISR output.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. To address the need for a more comprehensive assessment of ISR signalling, we have extended our analysis across a broader time course and incorporated additional functional readouts. Using the ATF4-NanoLuc reporter, compounds 20 and 21 exhibit peak ISR activation at approximately 6-8 h in wild-type cells. In parallel, we assessed global mRNA translation using puromycin incorporation and found that compound 20, but not compound 21, induces a progressive reduction in translation over this period, which is dependent on GCN2. While we agree that direct measurement of upstream ISR markers such as eIF2α phosphorylation can be informative, detection of GCN2-mediated eIF2α phosphorylation is technically challenging and often less robust than activation of other ISR kinases (e.g. PERK). For this reason, we have prioritised orthogonal downstream functional readouts, including reporter activity and translational output, to capture ISR pathway engagement. These additional data provide a clearer picture of the kinetics and functional consequences of compound-induced ISR activation and have been incorporated into the revised manuscript.

      Results

      “Studies with compound 18 were limited by poor aqueous solubility; therefore, time‑course analyses focused on compounds 20 and 21. To assess ISR activation over an extended period, live‑cell luciferase measurements were performed using CHO cells stably expressing an ATF4::Nanoluc-PEST reporter. Both compounds elicited maximal reporter activation between 6 and 8 h (Figure S1A&B). Compound 20, but not 21, induced a significant GCN2‑dependent reduction in mRNA translation, as measured by puromycin incorporation, with a progressive effect observed up to 7 h (Figure S1C-F).”

      I also find it a bit strange that the authors describe C20 as "demonstrat(ing) weak inhibition of ... PKR" - the measured IC50 is ~4 μM, which is right around its EC50 for GCN2 activation. This raises the confounding possibility that C20 would simultaneously activate GCN2 while inhibiting PKR. While perhaps inhibition of PKR is not relevant under the conditions when GCN2 would be activated either experimentally or therapeutically, examining in cells the effects of C20 on GCN2 and PKR across a dose range would shed light on whether this cross-reactivity is likely to be of concern.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting compound 20 as the most interesting lead compound and for recognising its apparent ability to activate GCN2 independently of GCN1. The reviewer identified several limitations relating to cell-type specificity, the temporal behaviour of ISR activation, and possible PKR cross-reactivity.

      In response to the concern about cell-type specificity, we tested compound 20 in additional cellular models. Compound 20 did not induce detectable ISR signalling in HCT116 or COS-7 cells under the conditions tested, consistent with the reviewer’s observation that activity is not universal across cell types. However, we observed induction of PPP1R15A in primary Mesobank T12 mesothelioma cells. We have therefore revised the manuscript to present compound 20 activity as cell-context dependent rather than broadly generalisable across all cell types.

      To address the reviewer’s concern that the ISR output was examined only at limited time points, we extended the time-course analysis for compounds 20 and 21. Using live-cell ATF4::NanoLuc reporter measurements, both compounds showed maximal reporter activation at approximately 6-8 hours. We also measured translational output by puromycin incorporation and found that compound 20, but not compound 21, caused a progressive GCN2-dependent reduction in translation. These data provide a clearer view of the kinetics and functional consequences of compound 20-mediated ISR activation.

      The reviewer also noted that compound 20 inhibits PKR in vitro at concentrations close to those required for GCN2 activation in cells. We agree that this is an important potential liability. Because PKR signalling was not robustly or reproducibly inducible in our CHO-based reporter system, we were unable to perform a reliable cellular dose-response analysis of PKR engagement in the present study. We have therefore revised the Discussion to acknowledge kinase cross-reactivity, including possible PKR inhibition, as an important limitation and an issue for future development of this chemical series.

      Finally, we have moderated our mechanistic interpretation of compound 20. Although the data support direct engagement of GCN2 and suggest a mechanism distinct from canonical GCN1-dependent activation, we now discuss GCN1-independent activation more cautiously and in the context of prior reports that GCN2iB can display GCN1-independent activity under specific experimental conditions.

      Discussion

      “While the functional relevance of PKR inhibition in our cellular systems is uncertain, these observations highlight the potential for kinase cross-reactivity, which will be important to address in future studies.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):<br /> (1) The description of the chemical screen for Gcn2 activators is not sufficiently clear and detailed. a) Briefly and early on provide the rationales (modes of action) for using histindinol and latruculin A. Explain further the rationale in Figure 2, outlining the purpose for the combined compound + submaximal dose of histindinol.

      The text has been amended.

      Results

      “Histidinol activates GCN2 by inhibiting histidyl‑tRNA synthetase, leading to the accumulation of uncharged tRNAHis. This uncharged tRNA binds to GCN2, relieving its autoinhibition and activating the kinase (35). Latrunculin A sequesters G‑actin, thereby inhibiting PPP1R15A activity (36, 37). Tunicamycin inhibits protein glycosylation in the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), resulting in activation of PERK (38).”

      “This submaximal concentration was used to allow detection of compounds that enhance ISR signalling when GCN2 is partially activated.”

      b) What is unique about the second CHO: ATF4-luc2 reporter line? Why do only 89 out of the original 130 compounds induce the ISR in this line versus the original CHO: ATF4-Nanoluc cell line? This is confusing for the reader about how compounds were triaged for characterization.

      The ATF4‑Nanoluc and ATF4‑luc2 reporter lines differ only in the luciferase used, but this has important practical consequences. The Nanoluc reporter is substantially more sensitive, so it was used for the primary screen to detect even weak ISR activation. The luc2 reporter has lower sensitivity and a narrower dynamic range, making it a more stringent orthogonal assay. As a result, not all hits from the Nanoluc screen (130 compounds) reproduced in the luc2 line; the 89 compounds retained are those that robustly activate the ISR under these more stringent conditions. This step was therefore used to prioritise stronger, more reproducible activators for downstream characterisation.

      Results

      “While primary screening was performed in ATF4‑Nanoluc lines for maximal sensitivity, hits were subsequently re-tested in a second CHO ATF4::luc2 reporter line as a more stringent orthogonal assay to prioritise robust ISR activators. Of the 130 hits identified in the sensitive Nanoluc screen and passing early toxicity assessment, 89 were confirmed in the luc2 assay, consistent with enrichment for higher-amplitude ISR activators under more stringent detection conditions.”

      c) The study uses a second CHO reporter line in the flow scheme (CHO:ATF4-luc2) and then switches back to an ATF4-Nanoluc line to establish GCN2 dependence. What is the rationale for switching back to the original reporter line?

      The luc2 reporter line was used as a more stringent, orthogonal validation step to prioritise robust ISR activators. For subsequent mechanistic studies, including assessment of GCN2 dependence, we returned to the ATF4‑Nanoluc line because its higher sensitivity and simpler single‑reagent assay format are better suited to multi‑point measurements and comparative analyses. In effect, the luc2 reporter was used for triage, whereas the Nanoluc system was retained for mechanistic characterisation and downstream screening.

      Results

      “In subsequent mechanistic studies, the ATF4‑Nanoluc reporter was again used to take advantage of its higher sensitivity and simpler assay format for multi‑condition comparisons.”

      d) The rationale for the first orthogonal screen described in the results section to identify inducers of ER stress is not clearly explained. The compounds were already determined to be dependent on GCN2 prior to this test, and one would have thought that this criterion would have covered ER stress and alternative eIF2 kinase activators.

      We agree with the reviewer that, in principle, establishing GCN2 dependence should reduce the likelihood of capturing compounds acting through alternative eIF2α kinases. However, we performed this orthogonal ER stress screen to address two practical considerations. First, high‑throughput screening is inherently prone to false positives, as it is typically conducted at a single concentration and time point, and compound libraries may contain degraded or chemically inconsistent material. We therefore used a lower‑throughput, more controlled ER stress assay with freshly sourced compounds and additional readouts (e.g. CHOP and XBP1) to improve confidence in the hits. Second, despite prior evidence of GCN2 dependence, ER stress signalling via PERK converges on the same downstream endpoints: eIF2α phosphorylation and ATF4 induction. We therefore wished to explicitly exclude compounds that activate the ISR indirectly via ER stress. In practice, this proved important, as the orthogonal assay did identify compounds that induced ER stress, which we subsequently excluded from the lead set.

      Results

      “Although hits were prioritised for GCN2 dependence, we performed an additional orthogonal screen to exclude compounds that activate the ISR indirectly via ER stress, which converges on the same downstream outputs.”

      (2) A major point of the manuscript is that there is GCN1 independence for the small molecule activation of GCN2, and this has not yet been reported. One report for this GCN1 independence is reference 9 [Carlson … Wek 2023] (Figure 5). In this report, low doses of GCN2iB that can activate GCN2 (although by the present manuscript at much lower levels than the identified new compounds) induce ATF4 expression in cells expressing an E26A mutant of GCN2 that is suggested to negate GCN1 binding and enhancement of GCN2 activity. Halofuginone induction of ATF4 expression was thwarted by the GCN2 E26A mutant.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that Carlson et al. (2023) suggest that, under certain conditions, GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 using the E26A mutant. In our experiments, however, we did not observe GCN1‑independent activation with GCN2iB under the conditions tested, i.e. similar low doses. One possible explanation is that the GCN1‑independent activity reported by Carlson et al. occurs only within a narrow concentration range; their observations were made at very low compound concentrations, whereas higher concentrations may engage additional regulatory mechanisms. In our study, we used concentrations optimised for robust ISR activation, which may mask such effects. We also note that the E26A mutation (E18A in yeast), originally identified by two‑hybrid analysis, disrupts the GCN2-GCN1 interaction but may not completely eliminate all modes of functional coupling under all conditions. Taken together, these observations raise the possibility that GCN1‑independent activation represents a context‑dependent mechanism that may be unmasked only under specific experimental conditions or by particular classes of compounds.

      We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this prior report explicitly and to clarify how our findings relate to it.

      Discussion

      “Recent work suggests that the ATP-competitive modulator GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 under specific conditions using a GCN2 E26A mutant (9). In our hands, we did not observe GCN1‑independent activation with GCN2iB at the concentrations tested. This discrepancy may reflect a narrow concentration window for GCN1‑independent activation or context‑dependent effects of the E26A mutation. These findings raise the possibility that GCN1‑independent activation of GCN2 may occur under specific conditions or with distinct classes of compounds.”

      (3) The authors state that the ISR was exaggerated in Ppp1r15a KO cells. It would be helpful to include statistical analyses to support this statement.

      Thank you for enabling us to be more precise. New text added:

      Results

      “Activation of the ISR by tunicamycin was exaggerated in the Ppp1r15a<sup>-/-</sup> cells owing to their defective dephosphorylation of eIF2a (wild type vs Ppp1r15a<sup>-/-</sup>, p<0.05).”

      (4) The results state that Chop and Ppp1r15a mRNAs were measured following 4 hours of treatment with compound 18, 20, or 21, but Figure 2D shows treatment from 0 to 8 hours? It appears that the compound still induces these mRNAs in GCN2 KO cells, possibly with delayed kinetics. A lengthened time course study would help determine if this is indeed the case.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. To address the reviewer’s point regarding delayed or GCN2‑independent signalling, we have extended our analysis using compounds 20 and 21, which are more tractable experimentally (solubility). Using the ATF4‑Nanoluc reporter, both compounds show peak ISR activation at ~6–8 h in wild-type cells over an extended time course. In parallel, functional readouts of mRNA translation (puromycin incorporation) demonstrate that compound 20, but not 21, induces a progressive, GCN2‑dependent reduction in translation over this period. These clarify the temporal aspects of signalling by these two compounds.

      Results

      “Studies with compound 18 were limited by poor aqueous solubility; therefore, time‑course analyses focused on compounds 20 and 21. To assess ISR activation over an extended period, live‑cell luciferase measurements were performed using CHO cells stably expressing an ATF4::Nanoluc-PEST reporter. Both compounds elicited maximal reporter activation between 6 and 8 h (Figure S1A&B). Compound 20, but not 21, induced a significant GCN2‑dependent reduction in mRNA translation, as measured by puromycin incorporation, with a progressive effect observed up to 7 h (Figure S1C-F).”

      Legend

      “Supplementary Figure S1. Kinetics of responses to compounds 20 and 21

      (A-B) Wild-type CHO cells stably expressing the ATF4::nanoLuc-PEST reporter were treated with Nano-Glo and either (A) 13mM compound 20 or (B) 13mM compound 21. Median bioluminescence (fold change normalised to DMSO control) ± 95% confidence. Representative experiment (n=4 technical repeats). (C-F) Representative immunoblot of lysates from wild-type or Eif2ak4<sup>-/-</sup> CHO cells treated with 10μM compound 20 or 7.5μM 21 for the indicated times. Immediately before harvesting, cells were treated with 10μg/mL puromycin to label newly synthesised polypeptides. “-“ indicates cells not incubated with puromycin. “U” cells were treated with puromycin but without test compound. “CHX” represents the cycloheximide control (100μg/mL). Molecular size in kDa. (E-F) Quantification of puromycinylated proteins normalised to GAPDH. Mean ± SEM. CHO WT (black) and Eif2ak4<sup>-/-</sup> cells (turquoise. N = 4 independent experiments. Two-way ANOVA with Šídák's multiple comparisons test; ***: p ≤ 0.001.”

      (5) In the section describing the differences between cell lines in the ability of compounds to induce the ISR, this is difficult for the reader to interpret, as no controls are included. How does histidinol (or other canonical inducers of the ISR) behave in the three reporter assays (CHO, 293T, and HeLa)?

      As requested, we now provide ATF4::Nanoluc reporter activation (3mM, 20 hours because of this drug’s slow kinetics)

      Results

      “To benchmark ISR activation in these models, each cell type was treated with 3mM histidinol (Figure S2). Reporter activation was most robust in CHO cells, followed by 293T cells, then HeLa cells.”

      Discussion

      “Moreover, histidinol-induced ISR activation showed a clear hierarchy across cell lines, with CHO cells being the most responsive and HeLa cells the least.”

      Legend

      “Supplementary Figure S2. Cell-type differences in response to histidinol

      Fold-change of ATF4::NanoLuc reporter signal in HEK293T, HeLa and CHO cells transiently transfected with reporter and treated for 20 hours with 3mM histidinol. Fold-change calculated relative to vehicle control. Mean ± SEM).”

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. However, we respectfully disagree that a direct correspondence between the concentrations required for target engagement in the BRET assay and for ISR activation in functional assays should necessarily be expected. BRET (including NanoBRET) is a target engagement assay that measures compound binding to the protein in intact cells, typically by competition with a labelled tracer, and thus reports on apparent intracellular affinity and occupancy rather than downstream biological effect (Robers 2019, PMID 30519940). By contrast, ISR activation is a functional readout that reflects amplification through signalling networks, and can be influenced by multiple additional variables including pathway non-linearity, feedback, and kinase regulation. Consequently, it is well established that potencies derived from target engagement assays do not always align with those measured in functional assays. For example, intracellular kinase profiling studies using NanoBRET have demonstrated systematic potency offsets between binding/engagement measurements and downstream cellular activity, arising from factors such as intracellular ATP competition and pathway context (PMID Capener 2026, PMID 41495225). More generally, target engagement assays provide a quantitative measure of binding, whereas functional assays measure biological outcome, and these readouts need not coincide because they capture distinct aspects of a compound’s mechanism of action. Accordingly, we interpret our BRET data as evidence of direct interaction with GCN2 in cells, rather than as a predictor of the concentration required to activate the ISR. The observation that higher concentrations are required in the BRET assay is therefore not unexpected and does not argue against a requirement for kinase-domain engagement in ISR activation. Instead, it reflects the different mechanistic endpoints captured by the two assay formats.

      We will clarify this point explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      Results

      “The concentrations required to detect target engagement in NanoBRET assays did not directly mirror those required for ISR activation, reflecting the distinction between ligand binding and downstream pathway output.”

      (7) In Figure 5E, the authors suggest that compounds 18 and 20 are non-competitive inhibitors of GCN2 since the Vmax increases with increasing ATP concentration. What is the Km for ATP in the absence or presence of compound 18 or 20? It would be helpful to include progress curves as supplementary data to support the Vmax plots in Fig. 5E. Consider providing more specific units (currently arbitrary units) for the y-axis.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and agree that our original wording overstated the mechanistic interpretation of these data. In particular, the use of the term “non‑competitive” is not well supported by the current analysis and may be misleading, especially given that our data are consistent with binding within or proximal to the ATP-binding pocket. We have therefore revised the text to remove this designation and instead describe the data more conservatively in terms of changes in apparent Vmax, without assigning a specific inhibition mechanism. With respect to kinetic analysis, we agree that full determination of Km values and inclusion of progress curves would provide a more rigorous mechanistic interpretation. However, given the primary focus of this manuscript on identifying and characterising small‑molecule activators of GCN2 in cells, we believe that a detailed steady‑state kinetic analysis would be beyond the scope of the current study. We have therefore moderated our conclusions accordingly and now present these data as preliminary kinetic observations rather than definitive evidence of inhibition modality.

      Results

      “Compounds 18 and 20 altered the apparent kinetic parameters of GCN2, including an increase in the observed V<sub>max</sub>; however, these data do not allow assignment of a specific inhibition modality.”

      (8) The full-length GCN2 assay presented in Figure 5G appears to be unresponsive to uncharged tRNA, a known regulator of GCN2. The statement that compound 20 induces eIF2 phosphorylation to a greater extent than tRNAs is true for the in vitro assay, but arguably is because the in vitro assays do not recapitulate the in vivo arrangement.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We respectfully disagree that the assay is unresponsive to uncharged tRNA. In our hands, GCN2 does exhibit activation in response to tRNA; however, the magnitude of this effect is modest (~4‑fold) compared to the substantially stronger activation observed with compound 20 (~40‑fold). As a result, the tRNA response can appear compressed when both are plotted on the same scale. We agree with the reviewer that the in vitro assay does not fully recapitulate the in vivo regulatory environment, where factors such as GCN1 and ribosome association are known to potentiate GCN2 activation. This limitation likely explains the relatively weaker response to tRNA under our assay conditions and was a key motivation for incorporating cellular assays in our study. Interestingly, the marked difference in activation magnitude between tRNA and compound 20 in vitro raises the possibility that compound-mediated activation may, at least in part, bypass regulatory features that normally constrain GCN2 activity in a GCN1‑dependent manner. While we have not directly tested this hypothesis, we will temper the wording and include this as a speculative point in the Discussion.

      Results

      “Of note, uncharged tRNA produced a modest (~4‑fold) activation of GCN2 under these conditions, whereas compound 20 induced substantially greater (~40‑fold) activation.”

      Discussion

      “The markedly greater activation observed with compound 20 compared with uncharged tRNA in vitro raises the possibility that such compounds may partially bypass regulatory constraints on GCN2 activation, including those normally mediated by GCN1.”

      (9) Using purified GCN2 kinase domain at low ATP concentrations (10 μM), compounds 18 and 20 were shown not to inhibit GCN2 up to concentrations of 3 μM. In previous assays, much higher concentrations of compounds 18 and 20 were used to inhibit GCN2. Why were different concentrations used? This makes this interpretation of this data difficult for the reader to draw conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the use of different concentration ranges across assays may not have been sufficiently clear. The kinase‑domain assay performed at low ATP (10 μM) was specifically designed to assess whether compounds 18 and 20 have a propensity to inhibit GCN2 under conditions that sensitise detection of ATP‑competitive effects and facilitate comparison with related eIF2α kinases. This assay was therefore optimised for detecting inhibition, rather than activation. In contrast, the higher concentrations used in other experiments were selected to robustly measure ISR activation in cellular or full‑length protein contexts, where higher compound exposure is required to observe downstream signalling outputs. These two assay systems therefore address distinct mechanistic questions—targeting inhibition under controlled biochemical conditions versus activation in more complex functional settings—and are not directly comparable in terms of concentration–response relationships. We will revise the manuscript to clarify this distinction and to emphasise that the kinase‑domain assay was not intended to define the activation potency of the compounds.

      Results

      “This assay was performed at low ATP concentrations to sensitise detection of ATP-competitive inhibition and was not optimised to detect compound-mediated activation of GCN2.”

      (10) In silico docking studies support the binding of compound 20 in the ATP-binding pocket of the GCN2 kinase domain. How is this compatible with the stated ATP non-competitive mechanism?

      We agree with the reviewer that our previous description was misleading. The designation of compounds 18 and 20 as “ATP non‑competitive” is not supported by the available data and is inconsistent with the docking results suggesting binding within the ATP‑binding pocket. We have therefore revised the manuscript to remove this terminology and to describe the kinetic behaviour more cautiously, without assigning a specific mode of inhibition.

      (11) The study does not appear to feature biological assays demonstrating the effects of GCN2 activation. For example, does compound 20 reduce translation or growth of cells in a GCN1/GCN2-dependent manner, or do the compounds overcome PVOD mutations akin to the authors' Hum Mol Genet 2024 Aug 18;33(17):1495-1505 article?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that defining downstream biological consequences of GCN2 activation is an important goal. We did explore this using several cellular systems; however, these effects were context-dependent and not consistently observed across models. Specifically, compounds did not induce a detectable ISR in HCT116 or COS‑7 cells under the conditions tested, despite responsiveness of these systems to canonical activators such as histidinol. In contrast, we did observe induction of PPP1R15A in primary mesothelioma cells, indicating that biological responses can be elicited in certain cellular contexts. We also tested whether these compounds could rescue disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to PVOD, as previously reported for GCN2iB, but did not observe activation of these mutants. These findings suggest that while the compounds robustly activate GCN2 signalling in reporter assays, downstream biological outputs are context-dependent and may require specific cellular conditions or co-factors. Given the variability across systems, we have limited our conclusions to ISR activation and have not generalised broader biological effects. We will clarify this point in the revised manuscript.

      Results

      “We went on to examine downstream cellular consequences of GCN2 activation in multiple models. While compounds did not induce detectable ISR signalling in HCT116 or COS‑7 cells under the conditions tested, induction of PPP1R15A was observed in Mesobank T12 primary mesothelioma cells, indicating context-dependent biological responses. Moreover, in contrast to GCN2iB (17), the current compounds did not activate disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to PVOD [data not shown].”

      (12) For the control of neratinib and other activators linked with ATP binding that are suggested to be dependent on GCN1 in Fig. 4, include reporter induction by drug treatment in Gcn2-/- cells. It would be helpful to be clear in the list of compounds between those suggested to be direct activators versus those that may create stress that leads to GCN2 activation.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response, we have performed additional reporter assays in both WT and GCN2<sup>-/-</sup> cells to assess the dependence of drug-induced ISR activation on GCN2. These experiments reveal clear GCN2 dependence for reporter induction upon treatment with sunitinib, NXP800, WEE1-in-4, Debio0123, gefitinib, and erlotinib, as signal is markedly reduced in GCN2⁻/⁻ cells compared to WT.

      In contrast, dovitinib and AZD1775 show less clear dependence, with relatively low reporter signal even in WT cells (notably lower than observed in Fig. 4C), limiting interpretation. Interestingly, dabrafenib induces stronger reporter activity in GCN2<sup>-/-</sup> cells than in WT, indicating that its effects are independent of GCN2 and may reflect activation of alternative stress or signalling pathways.

      Results

      “To further assess the mechanism of compound-induced ISR activation, we evaluated reporter responses in GCN2-deleted cells (Supplementary Figure S3). Several compounds, including sunitinib, NXP800, WEE1-in-4, Debio0123, gefitinib, and erlotinib, showed reduced reporter activity in GCN2-deficient cells, consistent with GCN2-dependent activation. In contrast, dovitinib, AZD1775 and dabrafenib produced weaker or inconclusive responses even in the paired wild-type lines, limiting analysis. These data allow us to distinguish compounds consistent with direct or GCN2-dependent activation from those more likely to induce ISR indirectly through cellular stress upstream of GCN2. These findings support a distinction between compounds that activate the ISR through GCN2-dependent mechanisms and those that likely act indirectly via alternative stress pathways.”

      Legend

      “Supplementary Figure S3. GCN2-dependence of ISR activation by putative GCN2 agonists

      Normalised fold-change in ATF4 signal in CHO WT (purple) and Gcn2-/- (blue) ATF4::NanoLuc reporter cells treated for 19 hours with a panel of ATP-competitive kinase inhibitors reported to activate GCN2 (at 1 and 3µM, sunitinib used at 3 and 10µM, AZD1175 used at 0.3 and 1µM, gefitinib and erlotinib used at 3 and 10µM). DMSO was used as vehicle control. (n=3; mean ± SEM).”

      Minor Comments:

      (1) In the introduction, the authors state that "Several type 1 and 1.5 kinase inhibitors can activate GCN2 at low concentrations while inhibiting at higher concentrations". What is the evidence that type I inhibitors can activate GCN2?

      Thank you for this query. We believe our initial phrasing was open to misinterpretation. The new wording is

      Introduction

      “Several kinase inhibitors classified as type 1 or type 1.5 with respect to their canonical targets can activate GCN2 at low concentrations while inhibiting it at higher concentrations; however, their binding mode to GCN2 remains undefined.”

      (2) A CHO:ATF4-Nanoluc translation reporter screen was used to screen 123K compounds and divide them into a pool of inhibitors and a pool of activators. The criteria used to make this distinction are not sufficiently described in the manuscript, and screen results are not supplied as supplementary data.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need for greater clarity regarding the screening criteria and reproducibility. Compounds from the primary screen (BioAscent library of 123,222 drug-like compounds performed by the ALBORADA Drug Discovery Institute) were classified based on Z-score thresholds, with activators defined as those with Z-score > 3. To assess robustness, the primary screen data were re-analysed independently. In an initial analysis of 121,000 compounds (excluding plates failing quality control), 6,521 compounds met the activator threshold. Of these, 6,461 overlapped with the original hit list. The small number of discrepancies included: (i) compounds absent from the analysed dataset (e.g. originating from failed plates), and (ii) compounds with Z-scores close to the threshold (typically between −3 and −3.02), consistent with minor analytical variation (e.g. rounding). Overall, these analyses show a high degree of concordance in hit identification, with differences restricted to borderline cases near the selection threshold. We have clarified these criteria below.

      Results

      “Compounds were classified based on Z-score thresholds derived from the primary screen, with activators defined as those with Z-score > 3. An initial analysis of 121,000 compounds, excluding plates failing quality control, identified 6,521 activators, of which 6,461 overlapped with the subset selected for follow-up screening. Minor discrepancies were restricted to compounds absent from the analysed dataset (e.g. originating from failed plates) or those with Z-scores close to the threshold (3 to 3.02), consistent with limited analytical variation. Using this approach, we assembled a subset of 6,461 compounds enriched for potential ISR activators and screened these in 384-well format at 10 µM for 16 hours.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The legend to Figure 4 should read "Compound 20 displays GCN1 independence", not "dependence".

      Thank you for spotting this error. We have made the correction.

      (2) The text describes Figure 2D as examining 4h, but it also examines 8h.

      We have amended the text to:

      “After validating their effects using the assays described above, we next confirmed activation of the ISR by these compounds at the transcriptional level at 4 and 8 hours.”

      (3) Unless I'm misreading Table S1, compound Z134826202 is listed as activating the ISR, but the authors describe it in the text as inactive.

      Thank you. We have corrected this error.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript, by Kang and colleagues, examines the activity of the Gasdermin (GSDM) family of proteins in epidermal skin cells called keratinocytes. Gasdermins are a relatively recently discovered family of pore-forming proteins that are generally studied for their role in inflammasome activation and pyroptosis. The role and functions of GSDMs in keratinocytes are not fully understood, but programmed cell death is important to keratinocytes as part of the cornification process. Keratinocyte pyroptosis associated with GSDMD and GSDME has been linked to the pathogenesis of psoriasis, and GSDMA-mediated pyroptosis in keratinocytes is responsive to Staphylococcus aureus infection. These data suggest that defining the role of GSDM in keratinocytes could provide valuable insight into the treatment of skin pathologies, particularly those involving inflammation.

      Strengths:

      In this study, the authors use two human keratinocyte cell lines to focus primarily on the biology of GSDM in keratinocytes, particularly A, B and C, both during homeostatic conditions and in response to some pathogenic stimuli. The data indicate that the full-length GSDMA and B proteins are colocalizing not to the plasma membrane, but to the cytoskeletal, cytoplasmic or membrane fractions, in direct contrast to a number of other studies. Further, there are data showing the GSDM are not cleaved by the same proteases as in other studies, and that GSDMA is not involved control of Vaccinia virus skin infection. The controls for cleavage done in HeLa cells with a number of inhibitors were particularly strong, and the overall finding is interesting and potentially important, providing novel insight in the biology of GSDM proteins in keratinocytes. The second half of the paper focuses on treatment with calyculin A, a protein phosphatase inhibitor that the authors report recapitulates acantholysis, i.e. the loss of cell-cell junctions between keratinocytes. Calyculin A altered the localization of GSDM but increased cell death and keratin release irrespective of GSDM activity, suggesting that acantholytic cell death does not involve GSDM. Overall, these data are an interesting study showing differences in GSDM biology in keratinocytes and indicating that GSDM are not involved in a number of pathogenic processes associated with skin diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the data supporting these findings are not particularly strong and are somewhat confusing, and the study is not well organized. One of the major weaknesses is that most work was done in two human keratinocyte cell lines, and subcellular localization subcellular localization results were not consistent between the two lines. This is not hugely surprising, as cell lines even from the same cell type are very different, and the authors note that there may be some variability associated with the model used. However, the inconsistency between the two lines, alongside the lack of comparison to primary cells or patient data, makes it very difficult to determine which, if any, result accurately recapitulates the biology in human cells. The authors do suggest that the N-TERT line is more similar to primary cells but rely on a single study and no other research or data to support this. Several other experiments compare the keratinocyte lines to a colorectal adenocarcinoma cell line, showing the keratinocytes are also different from these cells, but it is not clear that they support the information about GSDM in either keratinocyte line other than showing that keratinocytes are distinct from colorectal cells.

      There are several specific concerns regarding the data, particularly the western blotting. In a number of the blots, there are bands which are not mentioned. For example, in Figure 3A, "GSDMA and GSDMB translocated from the cytoskeleton equally to both the cytoplasmic and membrane fractions upon calyculin A treatment". But in the western blot shown, GSDMA moves from being entirely in the cytoskeleton to having lighter bands in the cytoskeleton and chromatin-bound regions and heavier bands in the membrane and cytoplasm. GSDMB shows heavier bands in the membrane and cytoplasm after Calyculin A, but the heaviest band remains in the chromatin-bound region. In addition, the western blots have no associated N or pooled data graph with statistics, so it is not clear how many studies it represents or if there were significant changes. A lack of statistical analysis was also seen in the Yoyo-1, membrane ballooning and cell death analyses in 3A, 3C, 4B and 4C, with the membrane ballooning finding being entirely qualitative and not using any image analysis - comparison of P2A or cell area could resolve this. The methods do note that unpaired T-tests and 2-way ANOVAs were performed in some places, so the results of these should be clearly shown on the graphs. Beyond this, all of the localization studies rely on a single modality, western blotting. This finding should be supported by orthogonal approaches, ideally immunofluorescence. Finally, the presence of GAPDH in the supernatant (5A) raises an important issue regarding nonspecific intracellular release. If the GAPDH is present in the sup that is representative of cell damage and does not correlate with the absence of other intracellular markers - such as those found in lysates - in the supernatant.

      The final weakness of the paper was that it is not really clear what the study is trying to say, and it was difficult to follow the logic and data, with several figures being out of order. There are a number of statements that feel overinterpreted, such as stating that clathrin-mediated endocytosis is required for calyculin A mediated acantholysis. While it is clear that Calyculin A recapitulates features similar to acantholysis, it is a broad perturbation of the cell, and it is not clear that it is the same process. Further, the pharmacological evidence is not strong enough to make such a clear claim about the role of clathrin-mediated endocytosis. Similarly, the statement that "GSDMs can induce pyroptosis not only in their cleaved forms but also as full-length proteins through specific post-translational modifications" is much too strong for these data. The terminology surrounding "pyroptosis" should be used more carefully, as yoyo-1 uptake and membrane ballooning demonstrate membrane permeability and morphological changes but are not sufficient for cell death.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Kang et al. examines Gasdermin family member localization in keratinocytes and further reports that the PP2A inhibitor caliculyn A induces a pyroptosis-like morphology, presumably due to cytoskeletal disruption. Gasdermin A and B then translocate from the cytoskeleton to the membrane, where they enable keratin secretion without cleavage. The manuscript is well-controlled, and the data are convincing. The findings could be triangulated more effectively with additional microscopic studies to complement the fractionation experiments.

      My specific comments are as follows:

      (1) Nitrogen cavitation experiments and fluorescence microscopy have shown that the N-terminus of Gasdermin A first localizes to the mitochondrial membrane and then to the plasma membrane (Kondolf et al., JBC, 2024). The same was shown for GSDMD by Judy Lieberman's group in a 2024 Immunity paper. It is surprising that the fractionation experiments didn't include mitochondrial localization.

      (2) It appears that the blots in Figure 2 showing purity of fractionation (Lamin, LDHA, KRT19) are the same as those in Figure 1. I am assuming the experiment was performed at the same time. I think this should be made crystal clear, and it also raises the question of why not just include GSDMC in Figure 1, since they already have the other Gasdermins in that figure.

      (3) There's negative data in this manuscript, but I consider it important. Gasdermin antibodies are problematic, and caspase cleavage of GSDMC has been inconsistent. This negative data is important to share.

      (4) In Figure 1, why do GSDMD and GSDME show cleavage products without stimulation (minor point for curiosity)?

      (5) The fractionation experiments would be more convincing if they were complemented by microscopic localization. Antibodies might be an issue, but others have used fluorescent tags successfully (need to tag the Gasdermins internally).

      (6) PP2A is a broad serine-threonine phosphatase with hundreds of substrates. It's hard to rule in a cytoskeletal role to the exclusion of all the other changes caliculyn will cause - especially after 3 hours of exposure. A paragraph discussing this could be added to the Discussion. It's surprising that the authors don't disrupt the cytoskeleton in other ways.

      (7) I'm confused by the data in Figure 5C. Knocking down GSDMA and GSDMB causes no change in keratin release (and may even increase it). If the point of the manuscript is that these cause protein secretion, shouldn't there be a change? Do they affect secretion?

      (8) Along these lines, which GSDMB isoforms are present in the cell? It's well established that exon structure affects function.

      (9) Minor point for curiosity: N/TERT cells can be differentiated and can form organoids. Have the authors attempted to determine if differentiation affects their findings? This would be especially interesting given the different localizations of GSDMA and GSDMB in the layers of the skin.

      Overall, this manuscript provides valuable data for the field. Although it includes negative results, I believe sharing them is crucial. The experiments are well-executed and mostly convincing, though some aspects, particularly Figure 5C, appear contradictory. The manuscript would benefit from this reputable lab addressing the earlier points, especially the microscopic testing of the hypothesis.

    3. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study investigates the cleavage-independent functions of Gasdermins in keratinocytes. The data collected using advanced microscopy methods and Western blotting are solid, but the main conclusions from these experiments remain partially supported. This paper is relevant to those studying cell-type specific inflammatory responses and client/cargo specificities of Gasdermins.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides valuable insights into the role of thalamic nuclei in associative threat and extinction learning, underpinned by a large dataset and rigorous, multipronged analyses. The evidence provided is solid, supporting the main conclusions. The manuscript will be of broad interest to researchers in learning and memory, fear, thalamic circuitry, and related mental health conditions.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Badarnee and colleagues analyse fMRI data collected during an associative threat-learning task. They find evidence for parallel processes mediated by the mediodorsal, LGn and pulvinar nuclei of the thalamus. The evidence for these conclusions is promising, but limited by a lack of clarity regarding the preprocessing and statistical methods.

      Strengths:

      The approach is inventive and novel, providing information about thalamocortical interactions that are scant in the current literature.

      Comments on revised version.

      No further comments. The authors have adequately addressed my concerns.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present work was aimed at investigating the specific contributions of thalamic nuclei to associative threat learning and extinction. Using fMRI, it examined activation patterns across pulvinar divisions, the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN), and the mediodorsal thalamus (MD) during threat acquisition, extinction, and recall. It goals was to uncover whether distinct thalamic systems support different modes of learning-automatic survival mechanisms versus more deliberate processes-and to propose a hierarchical pulvinar model of fear conditioning. The manuscript also tried to refine current neuroanatomical models of threat learning and memory, highlighting the role of thalamic nuclei in it.

      Strengths:

      (1) Valuable theoretical elaboration and modeling regarding the differential role of pulvinar subdivisions on feedforward (inferior, lateral) and higher-order integration (anterior), and their functional interplay with other relevant subcortical and cortical structures in associative threat and extinction learning.

      (2) Large sample sizes and multipronged analytical approaches were used for hypothesis testing.

      (3) Exhaustive literature review in the field of associative threat, as well as regarding the role of thalamic nuclei and other brain structures in it.

      Comments on revised version:

      My three main concerns remain insufficiently addressed or only partially addressed in the study limitations. First, using 3 mm isotropic voxels limits anatomical and functional specificity when investigating small thalamic nuclei. Higher-resolution fMRI protocols and probabilistic thalamic atlases that allow subject-specific segmentation have been available for several years and could have been used to improve anatomical precision. Second, although analyses in normalized space are widely accepted for group-level analyses, normalization can distort the size and boundaries of small thalamic nuclei. Analyses in native space, using subject-specific segmentation, would help address this limitation, particularly given the relatively low functional resolution. Finally, standard preprocessing procedures and the inclusion of motion parameters as covariates do not fully exclude residual motion-related effects or potential differences in motion across experimental conditions. The authors do not report additional motion quality-control procedures, such as excluding participants with excessive motion or substantial translational or rotational drift. Taken together, these concerns prevent me from upgrading my assessment.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides valuable insights into the role of thalamic nuclei in associative threat and extinction learning, underpinned by a large dataset and rigorous, multipronged analyses. The evidence provided is solid, supporting the main conclusions. Minor analytical refinements notwithstanding, the manuscript will be of broad interest to researchers in learning and memory, fear, thalamic circuitry, and related mental health conditions.

      We sincerely thank the editors and the reviewer for their careful evaluation of the revised manuscript and for their constructive comments. We greatly appreciate the time and effort invested in reviewing our work, and we have carefully considered each suggestion to further improve the clarity, presentation, and interpretation of the manuscript.

      Author’s note:

      We note that several comments refer to figure numbers and manuscript text from an earlier version of the manuscript (e.g., Figure 7 in the earlier version corresponds to Figure 8 in the current revised manuscript). For clarity, our responses below refer to the corresponding figures and sections in the current revised manuscript while addressing each comment individually.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Badarnee and colleagues analyse fMRI data collected during an associative threat-learning task. They find evidence for parallel processes mediated by the mediodorsal, LGn and pulvinar nuclei of the thalamus. The evidence for these conclusions is promising, but limited by a lack of clarity regarding the preprocessing and statistical methods.

      We thank the reviewer for these encouraging comments and for recognizing the novelty of our approach and its potential contribution to advancing our understanding of thalamocortical interactions during associative threat learning. We also appreciate the reviewer’s constructive suggestions regarding the methodological description, which have helped us improve the clarity of the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The approach is inventive and novel, providing information about thalamocortical interactions that are scant in the current literature.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There are not sufficient details present to allow for the direct interrogation of the methods used in the study.

      Thank you for raising this point. As described in our previous revision, we substantially expanded the Experimental Procedure section by adding three dedicated subsections describing the fear learning procedure, shock calibration, and participant instructions. These additions included details regarding the stimuli, experimental context, stimulus and shock durations, average inter-trial interval, pseudorandomized stimulus presentation, and the procedure used to determine each participant’s shock intensity.

      In the current revision, we have further clarified the Methods by specifying electrical stimulator that we used and specified the usage of the gel and placement of the electrodes. We believe these additions provide sufficient methodological detail to allow readers to understand and replicate the experimental procedure (page 40):

      “Electrical stimulation was delivered using a BIOPAC stimulation system with BIOPAC electrodes and conductive gel. The electrodes were attached to the palm of the participant's right hand and positioned in close proximity without making contact with one another. The electric stimulation began…”

      (2) The figures do not contain sufficiently granular details, making it challenging to determine whether the observed effects were robust to individual differences.

      Thank you for this suggestion. To better illustrate the underlying data distribution and between-participant variability, we revised Fig. 1 and 4-6 by adding individual participant data points for the block-level analyses and kernel density estimate (KDE) distributions for the trial-level analyses. These additions allow readers to better assess the distribution of the data and the extent to which the reported effects are consistent across participants while maintaining figure readability. An example of the revised Fig. 1.

      Comments on revisions:

      I continue to recommend the plotting of individual data points. While there may be individual variance, it is important to quantify this in publication so that future studies can appreciate the uncertainty surrounding test statistics.

      Thank you for this recommendation. As described in our response to Weakness 2 above, we revised the figures to better illustrate the underlying data distribution and between-participant variability. Specifically, we added individual participant data points for the block-level analyses and kernel density estimate (KDE) distributions for the trial-level analyses. We believe these revisions improve the transparency of the underlying data while maintaining figure readability. An example of a revised figure is included above.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors quantify human fMRI BOLD responses in pulvinar and mediodorsal thalamic nuclei during a fear conditioning and extinction task across two days, in a large sample size (hundreds of participants). They show that the BOLD responses in these areas differentiate the conditioned (CS+) and safety (CS-) stimulus. Additionally this changes with repeated trials which could be a neural correlate of fear learning. They show that the anterior pulvinar is most correlated with the MD, and that this is not due to anatomical proximity. They perform graph analysis on the pulvinar sub nuclei which suggests that the medial pulvinar is a hub between the sensory (lateral/inferior) and associative (anterior) pulvinar. They show different patterns of thalamic activity across conditioning, extinction, recall, and renewal.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful summary of our work and for recognizing the scope of the study and the value of the findings. We appreciate the reviewer’s careful evaluation and constructive feedback, which helped improve the clarity and interpretation of the manuscript throughout the revision process. Below, we respond to each of the points raised under the Weaknesses and Comments on revisions sections and describe the corresponding revisions made to the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The data has a large sample size (n=293 in some measures, n=412 in others). This is a validated human fear conditioning/extinction task that Dr Milad's group has been working with for several years. Few labs have investigated the thalamus activity during fear conditioning and extinction, particularly with a large sample size. There is an independent replication of the pulvinar network structure (Fig. 3), which suggests that the processing in the more sensory-related inferior and lateral pulvinar is relayed to the anterior pulvinar (and possibly thereby to more action-related prefrontal areas) via an intermediate step in the medial pulvinar - potentially a novel discovery but that needs more validation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors cannot make causal claims about their results based on correlational neuroimaging evidence. Causal claims should be pared back. E.g. Sentence 1 in results "The anterior pulvinar and MD contribute to early associative threat learning, as evidenced by increased functional activation in response to CS+ compared to CS- at the block level (Fig. 1b-c)." needs to be reworded to something like 'the anterior pulvinar and MD have increased functional activation... This suggests that these areas may contribute to early associate threat learning"

      We agree with the reviewer that causal claims cannot be made based on correlational neuroimaging evidence. Accordingly, we carefully revised the manuscript throughout to avoid causal language and instead use wording that reflects statistical associations and interpretations. Representative examples of these revisions are provided below.

      Representative examples of these revisions are shown below:

      Page 7: “At the block level, both the anterior pulvinar and MD showed increased activation to CS+ vs. CS− (anterior pulvinar: t<sub>(292)</sub> = 4.41, p = 0.00001, d = 0.25; MD: t<sub>(292)</sub> = 6.41, p = 5.83x10<sup>-10</sup>, d = 0.37; Fig. 1b–c), suggesting a possible involvement of these regions in early associative threat learning.”

      Page 13: “A data-driven approach suggests a hierarchical computational organization of pulvinar divisions during associative threat learning.”

      Page 13: “we integrated findings from complementary analyses to propose a computational framework describing the functional relationships among pulvinar divisions during associative threat learning.”

      Page 13-14: “The network plot identified a statistical association between the lateral and anterior pulvinar, together with pathways linking the lateral and inferior pulvinar to the anterior pulvinar through the medial pulvinar (Fig. 3b).”

      Page 14: “The medial pulvinar statistically mediates the functional relationships within the pulvinar network and is associated with elevated centrality values. Together, these findings are consistent with a possible hub-like functional role of the medial pulvinar, consistent with higher-order integration of CS+ information, relative to the more sensory-related functional profiles in the inferior and lateral pulvinar. This possible hierarchical organization is consistent with previous evidence showing that the inferior and lateral pulvinar are associated with processing basic sensory information (Berman and Wurtz, 2010, 2008; Cortes et al., 2024), while the medial pulvinar is implicated in higher-order processing, including attention and working memory (Homman-Ludiye and Bourne, 2019).”

      Page 15: “This data-driven analyses provide a possible new perspective on the functional specialization of pulvinar divisions during associative threat learning. Based on these observations, we hypothesized a computational model in which activation in the medial pulvinar statistically mediates the functional relationships between the inferior and lateral pulvinar and the anterior pulvinar (Fig. 3e). To evaluate this hypothesis, we performed a mediation analysis and assessed the robustness of the model using k-fold cross-validation.”

      Page 25: “The vmPFC connectivity may reflect involvement of prefrontal processes related to evaluation and regulation of threat-related information.”

      Page 27: “The medial pulvinar may statistically mediate the functional relationships between the inferior and lateral divisions and the anterior pulvinar, consistent with a hierarchical computational model.”

      Page 29: “Together, these findings are consistent with the possibility that the anterior pulvinar and MD contribute in parallel to associative threat learning, extending the two-system.”

      Page 32: “Using statistical mediation analysis, we found that activation in the medial pulvinar statistically mediated the relationship between activation in the inferior/lateral pulvinar and activation in the anterior pulvinar. This statistical mediation is consistent with, but does not establish, a hierarchical computational organization.”

      (2) Fig .1 The fact that the difference in BOLD activity between CS+ and CS- goes away on the third trial is not addressed. This is a very large effect in the data.

      Thank you for raising this important point. We have addressed this issue in both the Discussion and the Limitations sections, as follows:

      Discussion (page 31):

      “The attenuated CS+ vs. CS− differentiation on the third trial specifically in the pulvinar may reflect a decreased requirement for differential thalamic engagement once the initial association has been acquired. Notably, because the MD sustained the BOLD response to the CS+ in the third trial which may indicate involvement of this nucleus in continued processing or maintenance of the learned association. This aligns with the well-established MD-PFC circuit involved in cognitive processes (Wolff and Halassa, 2024). Additionally, in a previous study using a similar paradigm, we observed sustained CS+ vs. CS− differentiation on the third trial in the nucleus reuniens, as well (Tuna et al., 2025). These findings suggest that trial-dependent learning dynamics may vary across thalamic nuclei rather than reflecting a uniform thalamic learning signal. Together, while our paradigm does not inherently distinguish between different stages of learning, such as early acquisition and stabilization, our findings are consistent with stronger associative learning-related engagement during the first two trials, with a reduced differential response by the third trial that may reflect the involvement of different neural processes.”

      Limitations (page 36):

      “The reduced CS+ vs. CS− differentiation observed in the pulvinar subdivisions during the third trial may reflect a transition from the rapid associative learning processes engaged during the first two trials to a different stage of threat processing. However, the present experimental design does not allow us to determine the specific psychological or neural mechanisms underlying this change. Importantly, this attenuation was not observed uniformly across thalamic nuclei, suggesting that it does not reflect a general thalamic response but may instead indicate nucleus-specific functional dynamics. Future studies specifically designed to dissociate different stages of threat learning will be required to determine the functional significance of this trial-dependent effect.”

      (3) Fig. 3 Could the observed network structure be due to anatomical proximity? Perhaps the authors should do an analogous analysis to what they did in Fig. 2 for this intra-pulvinar analysis. This analysis doesn't take into account the indirect connections through corticothalamic and thalamocortical connections with visual cortex and the pulvinar. There is an implicit assumption that there are interconnections between the pulvinar sub nuclei, but there are few strong excitatory projections between these sub nuclei to my knowledge. If visual areas are included in the graph, it would make things more complex, but would probably dramatically change the story. In this way, the message is somewhat constructed or arbitrary.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We performed an analysis analogous to that presented in Figure 2. Specifically, we computed partial correlations between pulvinar divisions while controlling for activation in the other thalamic nuclei included in the study (LGN and MD). The relationships between pulvinar divisions remained significant after accounting for shared variance with these nuclei (Supplementary Figure 4), suggesting that the observed associations are not solely explained by activation in neighboring thalamic regions. This analysis is particularly relevant for the LGN because of its close anatomical proximity to the pulvinar and its central role within the visual thalamic system.

      Additionally, we statistically compared the strength of the partial correlations among all pairs of pulvinar divisions (Author response table 1). These analyses demonstrated substantial heterogeneity in the correlation strengths, with several pairwise differences remaining significant after FDR correction, indicating that the functional relationships among pulvinar divisions are heterogeneous rather than uniformly correlated, making a simple anatomical-proximity explanation less likely.

      Author response table 1.

      Pairwise comparisons demonstrate heterogeneous functional relationships among pulvinar subdivisions after controlling for MD and LGN activation.

      Note. All values are partial correlations controlling for MD and LGN activation (N = 293). Differences between correlations were tested using Steiger’s test for dependent correlations measured in the same participants. The sample size entered into the test was 293 - 2 = 291 as two variables (MD and LGN) were partialled out. The test itself then uses 291 - 3 = 288, the standard adjustment applied whenever correlations are converted to Fisher z scores. Steiger provides two versions of the same equation: one for comparisons in which the two correlations share a subdivision, and one for comparisons in which they share none (marked †). Analyses were conducted using the cocor package in R.

      The p-values for the 15 comparisons were corrected using the Benjamini-Hochberg false discovery rate (FDR) procedure; 9 of 15 comparisons remained significant after correction. Correlations ranged from 0.182 to 0.718. PuA = anterior pulvinar; PuI = inferior pulvinar; PuM = medial pulvinar; PuL = lateral pulvinar.

      The two correlations being compared share no subdivision.

      Finally, we agree that pulvinar function is embedded within broader corticothalamic and thalamocortical circuits involving visual cortical regions. However, a comprehensive characterization of pulvinar-visual cortical interactions at the level of specific pulvinar divisions was beyond the scope of the current study. To acknowledge this limitation and avoid implying that the observed relationships represent isolated direct interactions among pulvinar divisions, we revised the conceptual model in Fig. 8 by adding bidirectional dashed gray arrows between the pulvinar divisions and visual cortex (see Fig 8). Additionally, we clarified this point in the Figure notes and the study limitations:

      Limitations (page 36):

      “The observed relationships among pulvinar divisions during conditioning are purely functional and do not distinguish direct inter-nuclear interactions from indirect coupling mediated by corticothalamic and thalamocortical pathways, including visual cortical regions. Thus, the proposed functional pulvinar model may reflect indirect corticothalamic and thalamocortical loops, currently undocumented internuclear interactions, or a combination of these mechanisms.”

      (4) In the results section describing Fig. 4-7, there are no statistics supporting the claims made. There needs to be a set of graphs comparing the results across the study sessions and days, with statistical comparisons between the different experiments to confirm differences.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. As stated in the scope of the study (page 6 in the manuscript), our objective was to characterize thalamic activation and connectivity within each learning phase separately. Accordingly, our statistical analyses were designed to test CS+ vs. CS− differentiation within each phase rather than to directly compare activation or connectivity across phases (e.g., conditioning, extinction, extinction recall, and threat renewal).

      This phase-specific approach was selected because each learning phase probes a distinct psychological process with different experimental conditions. Therefore, direct comparisons of activation or connectivity between phases would address a different research question than the one investigated in the present study were not part of our predefined hypotheses or statistical design.

      To address the reviewer’s concern, we carefully revised the Results and Discussion to make this analytical framework explicit and to avoid wording that could be interpreted as implying direct statistical comparisons between learning phases. Representative examples of revisions made throughout the manuscript to clarify that the statistical analyses and interpretations are phase-specific (CS+ vs. CS− within each phase) and do not involve direct statistical comparisons across learning phases.

      Representative examples of these revisions are shown below:

      Page 17: “Pulvinar divisions and MD show engagement during extinction learning and context-dependent threat memory processing.”

      Page 21: “The threat renewal phase, in which participants were exposed to contextual cues similar to those used during threat conditioning, was associated with.”

      Page 23: “At the block level, activation was greater for CS+ than CS− within each phase separately: conditioning…”

      Page 23: “Collectively, these findings suggest that the LGN exhibited early trial-dependent responses within each learning phase separately, consistent with its proposed role in feedforward visual processing.”

      Page 28: “Figure 8b title: Conceptual model of thalamic-dependent ‘toggle switching’ between safe and threat memory retrieval across contextual cues”

      “Legend: (b) Conceptual model illustrating a possible thalamic-dependent “toggle switch” underlying context-dependent safety and threat memory expression. The observed MDdACC and anterior pulvinar-vmPFC connectivity patterns are consistent with possible preferential engagement of prefrontal circuits during extinction recall and threat renewal, respectively. This framework represents a theoretical integration of the present findings rather than evidence of causal neural mechanisms. It is based on the findings observed within each phase separately and should not be interpreted as a direct comparison between phases.”

      Page 25: “Interestingly, within each phase separately, the findings suggest that thalamic connectivity patterns vary with contextual conditions during extinction recall and threat renewal. Specifically, the MD and anterior pulvinar showed distinct CS+E vs. CS− connectivity patterns during these phases, respectively.”

      (5) FIg. 7 does not include the major corticothalamic and thalamocortical projections from early, mid-level, and higher visual cortex to the different pulvinar nuclei. I doubt that there are strong direct projections between the pulvinar nuclei, rather the functional connections are probably mediated through interconnections with cortical visual areas.

      Thank you for pointing out this important point. As described in our response to Weakness 3 above, we agree that pulvinar function is embedded within broader corticothalamic and thalamocortical circuits involving visual cortical regions. To better acknowledge this, we revised the conceptual model by adding bidirectional dashed gray arrows between the pulvinar and visual cortex and retained a note in the figure legend clarifying that the schematic is not intended to represent a comprehensive anatomical connectivity map. We also emphasize in the manuscript that the proposed intrapulvinar relationships should be interpreted as a functional/computational model based on statistical dependencies rather than evidence of direct monosynaptic anatomical connections. An updated version of the figure is provided. See Fig 8.

      (6) Stylistic: There are a lot of hypotheses and interpretations presented in this primary literature paper which may be better suited for a review or perspective piece.

      Thank you for this comment. Our intention here is to integrate the empirical findings within an existing conceptual framework rather than present isolated observations. We believe that placing our results in the context of current models helps highlight their potential implications while remaining grounded in the experimental data. Nevertheless, we reviewed the Discussion again and ensured that speculative statements are clearly identified as hypotheses or possible interpretations and are appropriately qualified throughout the manuscript.

      (7) In the discussion there is an assumption that the fMRI BOLD responses to CS+ and CS- need to be different to indicate that an area is processing these distinctly, but the BOLD signal can only detect large scale changes in overall activity. It's easy to imagine that an area could be involved in processing these two stimuli distinctly without showing an overall difference in the gross amount of activity.

      Thank you for raising this important limitation. We agree that the absence of differential BOLD responses does not necessarily imply the absence of stimulus-specific neural processing. We explicitly acknowledged this limitation in the manuscript (page 35):

      “Although our findings suggest distinct patterns of thalamic involvement during threat learning, fMRI cannot fully capture the complexity of thalamic organization. Pulvinar divisions, MD, and LGN each contain diverse neuronal subtypes and finer anatomical subdivisions that may serve distinct functions. Importantly, the absence of CS+ vs. CS− differences in BOLD activation should not be interpreted as a lack of stimulus-specific processing, as such distinctions may occur without detectable changes in overall BOLD activation…”

      We reviewed this section again and believe it appropriately addresses the limitation raised by the reviewer.

      (8) There is strong evidence that the BOLD responses to the threat-related and safety-related stimuli are different, modest evidence for their claims of learning/plasticity in these pathways, and circumstantial evidence supporting their hypothesized graph network models. Overall most of the claims made in the discussion are better considered possible interpretations rather than proven findings - this is not a criticism, as these experiments and subject matter are extremely complex.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful perspective. We agree that our findings provide varying levels of evidence across different aspects of the study and that the proposed network models should be interpreted as hypotheses informed by our empirical observations rather than definitive mechanistic conclusions. Accordingly, throughout the current revisions, we have carefully revised the Results and Discussion sections to distinguish empirical findings from interpretations by using more cautious language and explicitly acknowledging the limitations of our experimental approach. All revisions are in the manuscript, and representative examples of the changes can be found above.

      (9) This study continues to validate the power and utility of this in human fear conditioning/extinction paradigm, and extends this paradigm to investigating fear learning beyond the traditional limbic system pathways. It's possible that their models for the pulvinar nuclei interconnections could guide future neuromodulation or DBS studies that could provide more causal evidence for their hypotheses.

      We thank the reviewer for these encouraging comments and for recognizing the potential utility of this paradigm and the possible implications of our findings for future mechanistic and neuromodulation studies.

      Comments on revisions:

      The reviewers addressed my major concerns appropriately in the modified manuscript. As long as the MRI analysis concerns of Reviewer 3 are satisfied (MRI analysis is not my expertise), I am satisfied with the modified manuscript.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our revised manuscript and for recognizing that the major concerns were appropriately addressed. We appreciate the reviewer's constructive feedback throughout the review process, which has helped improve the quality and clarity of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present work was aimed at investigating the specific contributions of thalamic nuclei to associative threat learning and extinction. Using fMRI, it examined activation patterns across pulvinar divisions, the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN), and the mediodorsal thalamus (MD) during threat acquisition, extinction, and recall. It goals was to uncover whether distinct thalamic systems support different modes of learning-automatic survival mechanisms versus more deliberate processes-and to propose a hierarchical pulvinar model of fear conditioning. The manuscript also tried to refine current neuroanatomical models of threat learning and memory, highlighting the role of thalamic nuclei in it.

      We thank the reviewer for this accurate summary of the aims and scope of our study. We also appreciate the thoughtful and constructive feedback provided throughout the review process, which has helped us improve the methodological description, interpretation of the findings, and overall clarity of the manuscript. Below, we respond to each of the points raised under the Weaknesses and Recommendations sections.

      Strengths:

      (1) Valuable theoretical elaboration and modeling regarding the differential role of pulvinar subdivisions on feedforward (inferior, lateral) and higher-order integration (anterior), and their functional interplay with other relevant subcortical and cortical structures in associative threat and extinction learning.

      (2) Large sample sizes and multipronged analytical approaches were used for hypothesis testing.

      (3) Exhaustive literature review in the field of associative threat, as well as regarding the role of thalamic nuclei and other brain structures in it.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The manuscript has improved methodologically and analytically after the review. Several weaknesses remain, in my opinion, but still findings are valuable and the evidence can be considered as convincing.

      (a) fMRI data have low resolution (3 cubic mm), which certainly limits the examination of small nuclei such as the ones investigated here, and especially the examination of the LGN and inferior pulvinar.

      Thank you! We have acknowledged this limitation in the manuscript (page 35):

      “Pulvinar divisions, MD, and LGN each contain diverse neuronal subtypes and finer anatomical subdivisions that may serve distinct functions. Importantly, the absence of CS+ versus CS− differences in BOLD activation should not be interpreted as a lack of stimulus-specific processing, as such distinctions may occur without detectable changes in overall BOLD activation. Future advances in higher-resolution imaging and human brain atlases may further improve anatomical and functional precision.”

      (b) fMRI was normalized to standard space. Analyzing the data in individual-subject space would have given you the options of avoiding altering every participant's brain and of using more precise atlases than the normalized AAL for ROI selection.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. Analyses performed in native subject space and standardized MNI space each have methodological advantages. In the present study, we adopted a standardized MNI-space pipeline because it provides consistent anatomical localization and ROI definition across participants, facilitating group-level analyses and comparisons across individuals. We have added this consideration to the Limitations section (page 35).

      “The present analyses were performed in standardized MNI space to enable consistent group-level analyses and ROI definition across participants. Although this is a widely accepted approach in human neuroimaging, future studies may examine the generalizability of the present findings using complementary approaches, including analyses performed in native subject space.”

      (c) Motion during scanning was poorly controlled. Including the motion parameters as covariates of no interest in the GLM/analysis does not fully guarantee that motion is not influencing the results, and that motion is not differentially influencing some experimental conditions more than others.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of controlling for head motion in fMRI analyses. We agree and acknowledge that no preprocessing strategy can completely eliminate all potential residual motion-related effects in fMRI data.

      For the activation analyses, the data were preprocessed using the standard fMRIPrep (v20.0.2) pipeline, which included motion correction through rigid-body realignment prior to statistical modeling. The first-level SPM analyses included the six estimated head-motion parameters (three translations and three rotations) as nuisance regressors. White matter and cerebrospinal fluid signals were also included as nuisance regressors to reduce non-neuronal sources of variance.

      For the functional connectivity analyses, we applied CONN’s denoising pipeline, which included regression of motion parameters, regression of identified outlier scans (scrubbing), component-based physiological noise correction (CompCor), and temporal filtering prior to generalized psychophysiological interaction (gPPI) analyses. The combination of motion correction, nuisance regression, and additional denoising procedures, provides a multistep approach to reducing potential motion-related and non-neuronal confounds in the reported findings. We have further clarified these processes in the manuscript (pages 44-45 in the manuscript):

      “Functional connectivity was computed using the CONN toolbox (version 22.a) for MATLAB (NietoCastanon and Whitfield-Gabrieli, 2022; Whitfield-Gabrieli and Nieto-Castanon, 2012). Anatomical images were segmented into gray matter, white matter, and CSF. Functional images were preprocessed following CONN’s default pipeline, including realignment, slice-timing correction, and coregistration. Functional images were then denoised using a component-based noise correction approach (CompCor), including regression of estimated motion parameters, regression of identified outlier scans using artifact detection procedures (scrubbing), and regression of white matter and CSF signals. The denoised BOLD time series were subsequently band-pass filtered between 0.008 and 0.09 Hz.

      Following these denoising procedures – including regression of motion parameters, artifact-related outlier scans (scrubbing), physiological noise correction (CompCor), and temporal filtering – condition-dependent connectivity effects were inferred from subject-level generalized psychophysiological interaction (gPPI) contrast estimates rather than from raw time-series correlations…”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Shock methods: how long was the shock? Which electrical stimulator was used? Where were the shock electrodes placed? Was gel used?

      Thank you for pointing this out. The duration of the electrical stimulation was already specified in the manuscript. In the current revision, we have further clarified the shock delivery procedure by adding details regarding the stimulation system, electrodes, use of conductive gel, and electrode placement. These details have now been added to the Experimental Procedures section (page 40):

      “…Electrical stimulation was delivered using a BIOPAC stimulation system with BIOPAC electrodes and conductive gel. The electrodes were attached to the palm of the participant's right hand and positioned in close proximity without making contact with one another. The stimulation began…”

      (2) Fig. 3G: needs details about the independent sample. Was this cohort held out for cross-validation? etc.

      Thank you for raising this point. We added this information to Fig. 3 notes and to the results section.

      Fig. 3 notes:

      “(g) Replication of the mediation model in an independent sample. This independent cohort (N = 114) was collected as part of a separate research project that included the same Day 1 fear-conditioning paradigm used in the present study. The cohort was used to assess whether the mediation findings could be replicated independently.”

      Results (page 15):

      “...we applied the mediation analysis to an independent cohort (N = 114) collected as part of a separate research project using the same Day 1 fear-conditioning paradigm. The mediation findings were largely replicated in this independent cohort (Fig. 3f-3g).”

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study uses single-cell profiling, lineage barcoding, and functional assays to examine drug-tolerant persisters in a BRAF-inhibited melanoma cell line. The data provide solid evidence that persisters arise from many lineages and have altered calcium handling and increased sensitivity to ferroptosis, although the lineage result is difficult to interpret without knowing how many cells survived treatment. The broader claim that these cells represent substates within a single persister state is less well supported, as it rests largely on transcriptomic projections, lacks time-resolved data, and has been examined in only one cell line.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study focuses on the characterization of drug‑tolerant persisters (DTPs), a subset of tumor cells that survive therapeutic elimination, in an experimental melanoma model (SKMEL5 cell line) under BRAF‑targeted therapy. Using single‑cell RNA sequencing combined with barcode‑based lineage tracing, the authors interrogate DTP heterogeneity and lineage origins. The major conceptual novelty claimed is a shift from an asserted "consensus view" in which DTPs are treated as distinct, uniform cell states, toward the inference that DTPs comprise a heterogeneous population of sub‑states within a single treatment‑defined regime. They also demonstrate, in this model, a lack of strong lineage bias in the emergence of DTPs. Finally, the authors refine and corroborate prior observations of shifts in calcium/ion‑channel regulation and increased ferroptosis sensitivity in DTPs.

      Strengths:

      The work offers a conceptually interesting reframing of DTPs, emphasizing population‑level heterogeneity and the existence of sub‑states. Even if the "consensus view" it challenges is somewhat overstated, this perspective is likely to stimulate further discussion and more nuanced DTP conceptualization.

      The combination of single‑cell transcriptomics with barcode‑based lineage tracing provides strong evidence, in the SKMEL5/PLX4720 model, that DTP origin is not limited to rare pre‑existing subpopulations. The observation that most lineages contribute to the idling DTP population, with relatively modest changes in abundance, provides a useful contrast to observations in other experimental systems.

      Integrated bulk RNA‑seq and bulk ATAC‑seq analyses showing concordant signatures across transcriptional and chromatin accessibility data provide useful systems‑level insights into how prolonged BRAF inhibition enriches ion‑transport and calcium‑handling pathways in idling DTP populations.

      Direct calcium‑flux experiments demonstrate reduced store‑operated calcium entry in idling DTPs despite similar ER Ca2+ content in untreated and treated cells. This functional assay provides a convincing, mechanistically interpretable readout that supports the proposed ion‑channel remodeling in the idling state.

      The use of a well‑characterized, widely used BRAFV600E melanoma line (SKMEL5) facilitates cross‑comparison with prior work on BRAF inhibitor responses in melanoma.

      Weaknesses:

      The central "state vs sub‑state" conceptual claim has two major issues. First, the "consensus view" that the authors assert (that DTPs are distinct, uniform cell states) is a straw man. The discreteness of phenotypic states depends on the resolution and interpretive framework (discrete categories versus continuum). I do not think there is a clear consensus on the discreteness of the DTP cell state. Much like the "clone vs subclone" dichotomy, "state vs substate" is typically used operationally rather than in reference to strictly defined biological entities. Therefore, the distinction the authors draw between "states" and "sub‑states" is a subtle reframing of the resolution hierarchy rather than a genuinely new challenge to a deeply held field‑wide belief. The shaky grounds of this distinction are reflected by the internal inconsistencies in the authors' own verbiage: in the introduction, the authors state the inference "idling DTP....are still composed of multiple phenotypic states," which directly contradicts the substate distinction. Second, the experimental evidence is insufficient for a meaningful distinction between states and substates. The distinction primarily relies on low‑dimensional PCA/UMAP representations in Figure 1, where therapy-naive cells form 2 clearly distinct clusters, while BRAFi collapses cells into a single cluster with 2 distinct subclusters. It is unclear if the structure will hold if additional dimensions are considered. Further, as the authors themselves note, the data are essentially snapshots rather than trajectories. Without explicit analysis of higher‑dimensional structure or time‑resolved state transitions, it is unclear that a meaningful distinction can be made.

      The findings are derived entirely from a single experimental model: one BRAFV600E melanoma cell line (SKMEL5) treated with a single research‑grade BRAF inhibitor (PLX4720). However, authors frequently use phrasing that implies broader generalizability to DTPs across cancers and therapies. This can be misleading, especially given convincing experimental evidence for distinct alternative scenarios in other systems. For example, DTPs emerging predominantly from specific rare subpopulations have been well documented in multiple experimental models, including melanoma models and BRAF inhibitors. The authors should more carefully delimit the scope of their conclusions to this particular melanoma/BRAFi model system context and more explicitly acknowledge where other systems have been shown to behave differently.

      Interpretation of the lack of an apparent bias in lineage tracing studies strongly depends on the magnitude of the selection bottleneck before the cells enter the idling DTP state. If a substantial fraction of cells do not make it to the DTP, then the finding poses a challenge to generalizations from other experimental systems. If most cells survive, then the lack of selection at the barcode level is trivial.

      The discussion of DTP heterogeneity and rare cell states would benefit from a more precise and balanced engagement with the existing literature. Some cited papers (including several reviews) are only loosely connected to the specific claims, while several highly relevant primary single‑cell studies on rare‑state variability and drug‑induced reprogramming (for example, work from the Shafer and Raj groups) is not explicitly discussed. This weakens the positioning of the proposed conceptual framework within the broader DTP/systems biology fields.

      Impact:

      In my opinion, the evidence presented in this work, in its current form, is insufficient to support the strong conceptual claims about the cell‑state architecture of DTPs. Nonetheless, the study makes a meaningful contribution by bringing a population‑level, dynamic perspective to understanding DTP biology. Even if one disagrees with the authors' interpretation, the work is valuable in pushing the field beyond the entrenched "gene A is a critical regulator of hallmark B in cancer C" mold and encourages more explicit consideration of phenotypic heterogeneity, trajectories, and treatment‑defined cell‑state landscapes when thinking about overcoming persistence and resistance.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work by Hayford, Baleami, Stauffer et al. addresses the standard view of drug-tolerant persister (DTP) cells in cancer. The current model treats each DTP as a uniform, single-cell phenotype that survives therapy. Building on the authors' earlier "idling" DTP concept (Paudel et al. 2018), this study instead provides evidence that DTPs are heterogeneous populations of multiple co-existing sub-states whose individual division/death rates balance out to produce near-zero net population growth.

      Using BRAF-mutant melanoma (SKMEL5) cells treated with the BRAF inhibitor PLX4720, the authors combine single-cell RNA-seq, bulk RNA-seq, ATAC-seq, DNA lineage barcoding (ClonMapper), calcium-flux assays, and ferroptosis drug-response assays to show:

      (1) Idling DTP populations show fewer, but still multiple, distinct transcriptomic sub-states compared to untreated cells (Figure 1).

      (2) They arise from nearly all pre-existing cell lineages rather than from selective expansion of a resistant clone (Figure 2).

      (3) Transcriptomic and epigenomic data converge on altered ion-channel/calcium-handling genes; functional calcium-flux assays confirm reduced store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) in these cells (Figure 3).

      (4) These cells are around 3-fold more sensitive to the ferroptosis inducer RSL3 (GPX4 inhibitor), an effect reversible by the ferroptosis inhibitor ferrostatin-1 (Figure 4).

      The authors propose targeted landscaping, in which drug treatment reshapes a cell population's phenotypic landscape rather than selecting a single resistant subtype, implying that eradicating DTPs will require sequential interventions that progressively narrow the landscape, rather than targeting a presumed uniform persister state.

      Strengths:

      (1) scRNA-seq, bulk RNA-seq, ATAC-seq, lineage barcoding, calcium-flux assays, and drug-response assays all point toward the same conclusions, strengthening confidence in the findings.

      (2) The ClonMapper approach directly tests (and rules out) clonal selection as the origin of DTPs - a key alternative explanation the authors address rigorously.

      (3) The calcium-flux assay and RSL3/ferrostatin-1 ferroptosis experiments provide direct functional confirmation of transcriptomic/epigenomic predictions, moving beyond correlative sequencing data.

      (4) The "bulk" vs. "single-cell-state" and the "targeted landscaping" analogy is useful for framing future treatment strategies.

      (5) Discussion explicitly flags that the data are not time-resolved single-cell trajectories, and that the ferroptosis vulnerability's exact molecular driver is not identified.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) All experiments use one melanoma cell line (SKMEL5 and its subclones), so generalizability to other BRAF-mutant melanomas or other cancer types/drugs is unproven.

      (2) As the authors acknowledge, the study lacks time-lapse/lineage-resolved tracking of individual cells transitioning between sub-states.

      (3) Much of the ion-channel and metabolic pathway evidence relies on gene set enrichment, which is suggestive but not itself mechanistic; the calcium-flux assay has the main functional role.

      (4) The paper demonstrates increased RSL3 sensitivity and rescue by ferrostatin-1, but doesn't identify the specific molecular driver linking ion-channel remodeling to ferroptosis susceptibility.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study provides convincing novel evidence for a role of ripples in the hippocampus in visual short-term memory. The work is strong in employing state-of-the-art intracranial electrophysiology in epilepsy patients with multivariate pattern classifiers in the context of an elegant experiment, though some reviewers had concerns about interpretation of the ripple activity. The work will be of interest to researchers studying working memory and hippocampal ripples.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cai et al. investigated the role of ripples in the hippocampus and coupled between hippocampus and neocortex in visual short-term memory (VSTM) using a similar lures match-to-sample task. The main findings are that hippocampal, but not neocortical ripples, ramp up during the maintenance period, peaking shortly before the memory response is given. This ramping up effect was stronger for correct compared to incorrect trials. Furthermore, the authors show that stimulus category could be better decoded during coupled hippocampo-neocortical ripples compared to uncoupled ripples. These results provide compelling novel evidence for a role of ripples in supporting human visual short-term memory.

      Strengths:

      (1) State-of-the-art intracranial EEG in 13 patients during a well-designed visual short-term memory task, with simultaneous hippocampal and neocortical recordings.

      (2) Thorough analysis pipeline with validation to detect ripple events and distinguish them from spurious ripple activity (i.e. as induced by IEDs).

      (3) Use of multi-variate classifiers to resolve neural representation of the stimuli.

      Comments on the latest version:

      I am fully satisfied with their responses and clarifications and I have no further comments.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Liu, He, et al. record intracranial EEG from the hippocampus and lateral temporal lobe in thirteen neurosurgical patients performing a delayed match-to-sample visual short-term memory task. They ask whether hippocampal sharp-wave ripples, well established in long-term memory consolidation, also contribute to the active maintenance of visual representations. The authors report that hippocampal ripple rates ramp up across the 7-second maintenance period, that hippocampal ripples co-occur with lateral temporal ripples, and that these coupled events coincide with above-chance category decoding in the lateral temporal lobe. These findings are interpreted within the dynamic coding framework of working memory. In this revision, the authors have been very responsive and have added ripple validation, aperiodic and high-frequency activity controls, direct interaction tests, and peak-lag analyses, which have strengthened the manuscript considerably. The study now provides solid evidence that hippocampal high-frequency activity ramps up during maintenance in a manner that scales with short-term memory success. Some of the more specific interpretations remain open: whether the effect is ripple-specific, whether it is specific to short-term memory, and whether coupled ripples link the hippocampal ramp to cortical reactivation. The work will be of considerable interest to researchers studying working memory and human ripples and opens promising directions for future studies with parametric manipulations and broader cortical coverage.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Liu, He, et al. present results suggesting hippocampal ripples support short-term working memory possibly via coupling with lateral temporal ripples. The basic finding that hippocampal ripples increase during a 7 s working memory maintenance period is intriguing and previously not shown, although the lack of control analyses in other MTL regions limits the importance of the finding. The paper moves onto a hippocampal-lateral temporal ripple coupling analysis that shows evidence of memory reinstatement of late encoding categorical representations, although don't necessarily relate to the main hippocampal ripple results found earlier in the paper.

      (1) "Thus, the lack of association between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall raises a possibility: ramping-up ripple dynamics during active maintenance may support online VSTM, whereas LTM formation may depend more on ripple events occurring during post-encoding time windows." The idea that ripples occur during post-encoding instead of encoding is not supported by Henin et al. (2021) Brain or Sakon et al (2024) J of Neuro. No one has replicated the post-encoding ripples in Norman et al 2019, which appear to be a statistical fluke due to the lack of ripple tuning during that window.

      (2) Thank you for doing the gamma comparison-it's very important that people keep investigating ripples vs. high gamma. I also appreciate the use of a direct interaction test comparing them even though the results did not show a significant difference in slopes.

      Even with 1/3 the electrodes I maintain that the AMY control would be quite important to differentiate high gamma (frequently shown in AMY) and ripples (do not occur in AMY-either in animals or humans). It's ok if the error bars are noisy and I'd even be fine with pooling AMY+ERC as a non-hippocampal MTL control. That way the field doesn't have to wholly rely on "future studies" as written in the (helpful) revised Discussion.

      (3) Thanks for taking a look.

      (4) This is a nice effect. Z=1.8 for a three-way interaction despite only 13 participants seems meaningful to me.

      (5) I appreciate the change. I strongly recommend changing each row to channel X trial, since superimposing with rows confuses the participant-to-participant comparisons (it's not in the spirit of what a raster is meant to reveal). I also suggest shrinking the plot in the y-direction to make visualizing the ramp easier. Visualization aside, the swarm plot of participant-level ramping effects is very important and really hammers home the nice ramping effect. Congrats.

      (6) I would suggest replacing Figs. 2b-e with Fig. S4. Using the entire Encoding period is misleading considering the clear tuning from 0-1 s.

      (7) This makes more sense, thank you.

      (8) Better, although I think the proper interaction test is between maintenance with encoding. Since the swarms show Remember < Forget for Encoding now, however, it's less of an important point.

      (9) Thanks for the more detailed explanation. Based on past literature it seems unlikely it takes over one second to reinstate semantic information (see the same Encoding ripple references above...or a long line of HFA or even concept cell work), but your classifier shows what it shows. So I'm ok with the analysis and presentation even if I'm suspect of the theory.

      (10) Thank you for including the interaction tests. I once again disagree with the theoretical framework since Encoding also has salient visual inputs yet shows clear tuning with decoding not significantly different from maintenance (what causes those big error bars in Fig. 5d, left??). That said, I'm satisfied with the presentation since they report this interaction between Encoding and Maintenance in Results.

      (11) Thanks, I think these were important analyses to add. I'm not sure what to make of the fact that coupled ripples don't increase considering that hippocampal ripples do, so by statistical chance alone you would think they should, but it's not a major point.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study provides solid novel evidence for a role of ripples in the hippocampus in visual short-term memory. The work is strong in employing state-of-the-art intracranial electrophysiology in epilepsy patients with multivariate pattern classifiers in the context of an elegant experiment, but several aspects of the theoretical framing, mechanistic interpretation, and analysis strategy are incomplete.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their positive evaluation of our study and for their constructive comments. In this revision, we have substantially revised the manuscript in the following three aspects:

      First, we have revised the Introduction to better motivate our central hypothesis and expanded our Discussion based on the additional analyses that were performed during this revision, to better interpret our results and highlight our main theoretical contribution to memory and the dynamic coding framework.

      Second, we have strengthened the rigor of our findings by performing several control analyses, including ripple validation, Region × Time × Memory interaction tests, and further characterization of temporal dynamics for coupled hippocampal-LTL ripples and coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation over the maintenance period.

      Third, we have clarified key experimental and analytical details in the Methods and have better illustrated the results following reviewers’ suggestions.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cai et al. investigated the role of ripples in the hippocampus and coupled between the hippocampus and the neocortex in visual short-term memory (VSTM) using a similar lures match-to-sample task. The main findings are that hippocampal, but not neocortical ripples, ramp up during the maintenance period, peaking shortly before the memory response is given. This ramping-up effect was stronger for correct compared to incorrect trials. Furthermore, the authors show that stimulus category could be better decoded during coupled hippocampo-neocortical ripples compared to uncoupled ripples. These results provide compelling novel evidence for a role of ripples in supporting human visual short-term memory.

      Strengths:

      (1) State-of-the-art intracranial EEG in 13 patients during a well-designed visual short-term memory task, with simultaneous hippocampal and neocortical recordings.

      (2) Thorough analysis pipeline with validation to detect ripple events, and distinguish them from spurious ripple activity (i.e., as induced by IEDs).

      (3) Use of multivariate classifiers to resolve the neural representation of the stimuli.

      Weaknesses:

      It is difficult to find clear weaknesses in this paper, as the analyses are thorough, the results are clear, and the writing is excellent. However, some more sanity checks on the validity of ripples could have been conducted (i.e., making sure that ripple events have multiple peaks in the unfiltered raw signal at the ripple frequency). Also, the time window for coupled ripples appears to be a bit long, which makes it questionable to what degree these ripples are coupled (i.e., the time window is ~5 times longer than the duration of a ripple event). Lastly, the ramping-up effect could have been more clearly depicted in the figures, but that's a fairly minor point.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and constructive suggestions to further improve our manuscript.

      First, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we performed a validity check on the detected ripples using the unfiltered raw signal. For each detected ripple, we identified the local voltage peaks within the event duration in the raw data and calculated the corresponding Inter-Peak Intervals (IPIs). To assess the consistency of these oscillatory structures across the dataset, we generated individual IPI histograms for each of the 13 subjects. Across all participants, an average of 89.84 ± 3.31% of the calculated IPIs fell within the expected 70-180 Hz ripple frequency band. This concentrated distribution of IPIs supports the reviewer’s claim that true ripple events manifest as multi-peak oscillatory waveforms in the raw trace whose IPIs should roughly correspond to the targeted ripple frequency range. We have incorporated these findings into Results (Page 6) and shown them as Supplementary Figure S1a.

      Second, regarding the temporal windows used for quantifying coupled ripples, we apologize that our terminology conflated two distinct analyses and have explicitly clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript: (1) for the analysis in Figure 4b (i.e., Lateral Temporal Lobe (LTL) Ripple Rate Locked to HPC ripple peak), we initial computed the LTL ripple rate within a broad time window (i.e., [-0.5 s, 0.5 s]) centered on Hippocampal (HPC) ripple peaks (Dickey et al., 2022). This broad window was employed to examine the lead-lag or directionality between ripples of these two regions. We agree that labeling this as “coupled ripples” in the original text is misleading. In the revised manuscript, we have changed the y-axis label of Figure 4b into “Normalized LTL ripple rate (z-score)”. (2) For the coupled ripple and the coupled ripple locked decoding analyses (Figure 4c and Figure 5), “coupled ripples” were defined as LTL ripples that temporally overlapped with or occurred within ± 50 ms of an HPC ripple peak following previous research (Vaz et al., 2019). We compared the coupled ripple rates between VSTM remembered versus forgotten trials. The results revealed significantly higher coupled ripple rates in remembered trials compared to forgotten trials during maintenance (t(12) = 2.897, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.040; Fig. 4c). We have revised the corresponding text in both the Results and Methods sections (Pages 9-10 and Page 24) to clearly separate these two analyses and ensure that the term “coupled ripples” is reserved exclusively for LTL ripple events within the ± 50 ms of the HPC ripple peak.

      Third, we have revised Figure 2b to provide a clearer and more intuitive depiction of the hippocampal ripple ramping-up effect.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Liu et al. record intracranial EEG from the hippocampus and lateral temporal lobe in thirteen neurosurgical patients while they perform a delayed match-to-sample visual short-term memory task. The central question is whether hippocampal sharp-wave ripples (brief high-frequency oscillations well established in the long-term memory consolidation literature) also contribute to the active maintenance of visual representations over a short delay. The authors report three main findings: hippocampal ripple rates progressively ramp up across the 7-second maintenance period, hippocampal ripples temporally co-occur with ripples in the lateral temporal lobe, and these coupled events coincide with above-chance category-level decoding of the memorized stimulus in the lateral temporal lobe. The findings are interpreted within the dynamic coding framework of working memory, which predicts discrete reactivation bursts rather than sustained firing during maintenance. The question is timely, and the use of intracranial recordings affords a level of temporal and spatial resolution unavailable to non-invasive methods.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a genuinely important and underexplored question: whether a neural mechanism best characterized in the context of offline memory consolidation is also engaged during active online maintenance. The use of intracranial recordings in humans is well suited to this question, providing the millisecond temporal resolution and regional specificity needed to detect transient high-frequency events. The dissociation from long-term memory, tested by splitting remembered trials according to whether the item was later recalled in a cued-recall test, directly addresses what would otherwise be a significant confound, and the finding that ripple dynamics during maintenance are unrelated to subsequent long-term memory performance adds specificity to the interpretation. The coupled ripple analysis is methodologically grounded, and the finding that coupled but not isolated ripples coincide with elevated memory decoding is mechanistically informative. The multivariate decoding approach applied to lateral temporal lobe spectral power provides a meaningful index of memory reactivation that goes beyond simple univariate rate measures. The control analysis and the alternative ripple detection method provide useful robustness checks. The public availability of preprocessed data and analysis code on OSF is commendable.

      We are grateful that the reviewer highlighted the importance and novelty of our findings. Below, we address the specific considerations and weaknesses raised by the reviewer.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Theoretical motivation for examining ripples in visual short-term memory.

      A fundamental question that the paper does not adequately address is why hippocampal ripples, a mechanism strongly associated with offline memory consolidation during sleep, where they coordinate the transfer of hippocampal representations to cortex through temporally compressed replay, should be recruited for the online maintenance of visual information over a seconds-long delay. The Introduction acknowledges this gap but does not close it. The dynamic coding framework is used to motivate the ramping-up prediction, but this framework is agnostic about the specific neural mechanism responsible for reactivation bursts. In particular, the literature cited by the authors predicts high-frequency population activity or gamma bursts, but not specifically hippocampal ripples. The reasoning that "ripples share key properties with postulated reactivation bursts" risks being circular: it amounts to saying that ripples could be the relevant mechanism because the relevant mechanism has properties that ripples also have. A stronger theoretical motivation would require either evidence that the replay or reactivation computations that ripples support during offline states are also engaged during active short-term maintenance, or a mechanistic account of how the circuit processes underlying ripple generation are recruited differently across these two contexts.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the theoretical motivation for examining hippocampal ripples in visual short-term memory (VSTM) needs to be stated more explicitly. In the revision, we have reorganized the Introduction with the following structure (for the comprehensive revised Introduction, please see Pages 3-4):

      First, we review evidence that the hippocampus is involved in VSTM, including both lesion studies and neural representational studies. These findings converge to suggest that the hippocampus contributes to maintaining visual information over short delays.

      Second, we introduce hippocampal ripples as a key candidate mechanism based on the following lines of evidence: (1) While hippocampal (HPC) ripples have been traditionally linked to offline processing of long-term memory (LTM), more recent evidence indicates that they also contribute to online memory processing, including LTM encoding, retrieval, and most critically, the short-term maintenance period. (2) HPC ripples and their coordinated neocortical memory reactivation have been frequently observed during LTM consolidation and retrieval. Given that VSTM and LTM have been proposed to share neural mechanisms, it is reasonable to hypothesize that the hippocampal ripples and their coordinated memory reactivation contribute to VSTM maintenance. In this revision, this part has been revised as follows:

      “A key candidate mechanism is the hippocampal ripple, a brief high-frequency (~80-170 Hz) oscillation that reflects synchronized activity of neuronal ensembles in the hippocampus (Buzsáki, 2015; Iwata et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019). Traditionally, hippocampal sharp-wave ripples have been recognized for their role in offline memory consolidation during sleep and quiet awake rest, during which they are temporally coordinated with neocortical memory replay/reactivation via hippocampal-neocortical communication (Eschenko et al., 2008; Schreiner et al., 2024; Zhang et al., 2024, 2018). Recent studies, however, indicate that ripples also actively support online memory processing. In human long-term memory (LTM) studies, ripple rates during encoding and pre-retrieval intervals predict subsequent LTM performance, and temporally coordinate the reinstatement of neocortical representations during successful retrieval (Kunz et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019; Sakon and Kahana, 2022; Vaz et al., 2019; Zhang et al., 2024). Beyond LTM, rodent studies have revealed that selectively disrupting hippocampal ripples during awake learning periods impaired the working memory-dependent spatial navigation performance (Jadhav et al., 2012; Zhang et al., 2021), pointing to a vital role for ripples in sustaining online short-term memory representations. Moreover, VSTM and LTM could recruit overlapping hippocampal-neocortical networks (Cowan, 2019; Ranganath and Blumenfeld, 2005), especially when the VSTM task is demanding or engaging feature binding (Hannula et al., 2006; Jeneson et al., 2012; Jeneson and Squire, 2012; Pertzov et al., 2013). These findings together raise a fundamental question: Do hippocampal ripples, long implicated in LTM formation and offline consolidation, also actively support human VSTM maintenance?”

      Third, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we state that hippocampal ripples share key properties postulated for bursts; we hypothesized that hippocampal ripple rates would exhibit a progressive temporal ramping pattern as postulated for bursts across the VSTM maintenance interval in accordance with the dynamic coding framework.

      Finally, we emphasize the importance of HPC-neocortical communications in memory processing and propose a potentially coupled ripple mechanism for the interactions between the HPC and the lateral temporal lobe (LTL).

      This concern is compounded by what the authors present as one of their main controls. The finding that ripple dynamics during maintenance are not associated with subsequent long-term memory performance is treated as a reassurance that the observed effects are specific to short-term memory. But if ripples are canonically a long-term memory consolidation mechanism, the observation that they are engaged by a short-term memory task while appearing disengaged from concurrent long-term memory encoding is itself a finding that demands explanation. Resolving this tension is important for the paper's contribution to be correctly interpreted by the field.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern. In this revision, we clarify that this null effect should not be simply interpreted as evidence that ripples are generally disengaged from LTM, nor as contradicting previous findings on ripple contributions to LTM. Rather, our results indicate that the ramping-up hippocampal ripples were primarily attributed to online maintenance of VSTM. However, this online maintenance may not be the determining factor for subsequent LTM performance.

      This interpretation is based on the evidence that hippocampal ripples contributing to LTM are most evident during offline consolidation windows, including sleep and post-encoding awake rest, rather than during online task execution. For instance, event-contingent suppression of post-learning sleep ripples impairs subsequent spatial memory in rodents (Girardeau et al., 2009). Consistently, in humans, ripple-coupled replay during NREM sleep has been shown to predict later memory success more reliably than replay measured across wakefulness (Zhang et al., 2018); more recent work further suggests that, post-encoding awake-rest ripple activity, rather than encoding-period ripple activity, is associated with subsequent memory performance (Zhang et al., 2024).

      Moreover, the cued-recall long-term memory test in the current study was performed after both an interference task and a 1-4 minute rest period. Therefore, the LTM performance likely depends on multiple processes beyond VSTM maintenance, such as resistance to interference, awake rest-related replay or fast consolidation, and retrieval success. Thus, it is possible that ripple activity during the VSTM delay alone may not be sufficient to predict later LTM performance. In this revision, we have also added more details for the LTM task in Methods (Page 19) and the interpretation of our results in Discussion (Page 17):

      “Following the completion of each VSTM run, participants performed a 1-minute mathematical countback task, followed by a brief rest period (1-4 min) before the LTM cued-recall test. During each LTM test run, 14 learned, unique cue-picture pairs were tested in a randomized order, with each pair tested only once. There are, on average, 88.31 ± 19.28 trials per participant. For each trial, participants first performed a self-paced, binary keypress to indicate subjective retrieval success (“remember” vs. “don’t remember”). Upon a subjective “remember” response, an objective category verification prompt was presented for a maximum of 3 s, requiring a 4-alternative forced-choice response to identify the semantic category of the associated target picture (animals, electronics, fruits, or furniture). Trials were operationally classified as LTM “remembered” trials only if the subjective recall was accompanied by a correct objective category verification. Trials receiving a “don’t remember” response or an incorrect category report were classified as LTM “forgotten” trials.” (Page 19)

      “Notably, the absence of the hippocampal ramping-up effect during maintenance in predicting LTM does not conflict with the established role of hippocampal ripples in long-term memory. Converging evidence suggests that ripple contributions to LTM are most evident during offline consolidation windows, including sleep and post-encoding rest, rather than during online task execution. In rodents, suppressing post-learning sleep ripples impairs subsequent memory (Girardeau et al., 2009). In humans, ripple-coupled replay during NREM sleep predicts later memory success (Zhang et al., 2018), and post-encoding awake-rest ripple activity, rather than encoding-period activity, is associated with subsequent memory performance (Zhang et al., 2024). Thus, the lack of association between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall raises a possibility: ramping-up ripple dynamics during active maintenance may support online VSTM, whereas LTM formation may depend more on ripple events occurring during post-encoding time windows. Our study cannot rule out the possibility that any relationship between VSTM delay-period ripples and later LTM was obscured by intervening processes between maintenance and recall, including interference resistance, offline consolidation during rest, and retrieval-related factors. Future studies incorporating parametric manipulations, such as varying memory load, delay duration, or lure similarity, will be essential to directly test whether hippocampal ripple activity selectively scales with VSTM demands, thereby providing stronger evidence for its specific role in online maintenance versus LTM-related processes.” (Pages 17-18)

      (2) Ripple detection and specificity.

      Even granting that ripples could in principle contribute to short-term memory maintenance, the study does not establish that the detected events are physiological sharp-wave ripples rather than broadband high-frequency activity. The detection band (70-180 Hz) substantially overlaps with the high-gamma range, which is a well-established proxy for local neural population activity and coding, and is broader than the 80-120 Hz band used by several of the cited papers, including Vaz et al. (2019), Ngo et al. (2020), Chen et al. (2021), Staresina et al. (2023), and Kunz et al. (2024). Without demonstrating that detected events have the hallmark features of physiological sharp-wave ripples, a clear narrowband spectral peak, and characteristic waveform morphology, it is difficult to conclude that the observed effects reflect a ripple-specific mechanism rather than a more general high-frequency population activity phenomenon. The reported mean rate of 0.29 Hz is somewhat higher than rates reported in some recent work, such as Chen et al. (2021, ref 74) and Kunz et al. (2024, ref 15). It is worth noting that van Schalkwijk and Helfrich (2026, Nature Communications) demonstrated that a large proportion of awake ripple detections in the human medial temporal lobe reflect false positives arising from aperiodic 1/f noise, with task-related modulations of this noise floor producing spurious detections. The authors present an 80-120 Hz control analysis as a robustness check, but this inverts the appropriate logic: if 80-120 Hz is the more validated band, as the cited literature suggests, it should serve as the primary analysis rather than a supplementary one.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important concerns and agree with the reviewer that validating ripples is paramount. To address these concerns, we have performed two major validation analyses.

      First, to confirm that the detected events reflect genuine, multi-peak ripples, we conducted a validity check on the unfiltered raw data. As suggested by Reviewer 1, if genuine ripples are present in the raw data, the inter-peak interval (IPI) should roughly correspond to the ripple frequency. Our results show that across all participants, an average of 89.84 ± 3.31% of the calculated IPIs using unfiltered raw data fell within the expected 70-180 Hz ripple frequency band, confirming the physiological nature of ripples (see also our response to Reviewer 1 on Pages 2-3 of this response letter). We have added these results in the revised Results section (Page 6) and Supplementary Figure S1b.

      Moreover, to the best of our knowledge, there is no universal consensus on the exact frequency band for human ripple detection. Although some human iEEG studies use narrower bands, such as 80-120Hz (as noted by the reviewer) or 80-150 Hz (Liu et al., 2022), our use of a broader band, 70-180 Hz, follows established human iEEG protocols (Norman et al., 2021, Neuron) and this broader band of ripples has also been adopted in substantial number of recent human iEEG studies (e.g., He et al., 2026, Nature Neuroscience; Iwata et al., 2024, Nature Communications; Xiao et al., 2025, Neuron). Importantly, as the reviewer noted, our control analyses using alternative detection criteria, including an 80-120 Hz band and different duration thresholds, yielded the same pattern of results. Thus, our main conclusions were not dependent on the specific ripple-band definition or duration threshold used for event detection.

      Second, we agree that ruling out the possibility that the observed ripple-rate ramping and the memory performance differences reflect fluctuations in the aperiodic 1/f background is critical. We quantified the aperiodic slope throughout the maintenance period using the method described by van Schalkwijk and Helfrich, (2026), following the reviewer’s suggestion. We modeled the ramping-up effect of the aperiodic slope, and the results revealed that the aperiodic slope showed no significant change over time (p > 0.600, see Author response image 1) and did not differ between remembered and forgotten trials (p = 0.544). These results indicate that background 1/f dynamics cannot account for either the temporal ramping of the hippocampal ripple rate or the ramping-up difference between remembered vs. forgotten trials.

      Author response image 1.

      No significant ramping-up effect of aperiodic activity during VSTM maintenance.

      (3) Internal inconsistency with the dynamic coding framework.

      The authors invoke the dynamic coding framework, which predicts that reactivation bursts should ramp up toward the end of the retention interval in the region where memory representations are actively maintained. The hippocampal ramping-up result is presented as confirming this prediction. However, the lateral temporal lobe, the region where above-chance category decoding is found and memory reactivation is attributed, shows no corresponding ramping-up. The authors acknowledge this asymmetry but do not offer a mechanistically satisfying explanation, and the suggestion that the effect might exist in unsampled subregions cannot be evaluated with the current data. This leaves the framework's core prediction unconfirmed in the region that is claimed to maintain the representations.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point.

      Regarding the absence of an overall LTL ripple ramping-up, following the reviewer’s suggestion (see also the next relevant comment #4), we performed an additional analysis separating LTL ripples that were temporally coupled with hippocampal ripples from LTL ripples that occurred independently (uncoupled) among remembered trials. We found a non-significant, positive numerical trend for LTL ripples that coupled to HPC ripples (β = 0.032, p = 0.126), whereas uncoupled LTL ripples showed a significant decrease over the maintenance period (β = -0.014, p = 0.026), with the interaction effect showing a non-significant trend of greater ramping-up for coupled versus uncoupled LTL ripples (β = 0.031, p = 0.088, see Supplementary Figure S10). These results suggest that although overall LTL ripple activity did not show a significant ramping-up, the subset of LTL ripples temporally coupled with hippocampal ripples exhibited a trend consistent with the hippocampal ramping pattern. In addition, the absence of the overall LTL ripple ramping-up may also be shaped by broader cortical inputs rather than by the HPC alone. For instance, prior work suggests that LTL activity can be strongly influenced by inputs from other cortical areas, including prefrontal and parietal regions (Axmacher et al., 2008; Hirabayashi et al., 2024; Xu, 2023). Such circuit-level differences may also give rise to distinct temporal dynamics in the LTL from those in the HPC.

      In this revision, we have carefully discussed the null effect for the LTL ripples and the potential mechanisms underlying the asymmetry between hippocampus and LTL (Page 15):

      “Despite the observed HPC-LTL coupled ripples and the role of LTL in representing VSTM content, we found the LTL ripple rates did not ramp over the maintenance. This absence of ripple ramping-up in the LTL channels cannot be attributed to greater ripple heterogeneity since controlling the ripple-rate variability did not affect the results (Fig. S5). There are at least two possibilities: First, hippocampal ripple coupling selectively influence a subset of LTL ripple events, given the coupled ripples showing a ramping-up trend, while uncoupled ripple decreasing overing the maintenance period (see Fig. S10); Second, LTL ripple dynamics are shaped by broader cortical inputs beyond hippocampal coupling alone, as prior work indicates that LTL activity can be strongly influenced by prefrontal and parietal inputs (Axmacher et al., 2008; Hirabayashi et al., 2024; Xu, 2023). Moreover, the absence of LTL ramping-up does not necessarily contradict the dynamic coding framework, as the region maintaining decodable content and the region exhibiting ramping dynamics may differ yet interact to support VSTM maintenance. Due to electrode coverage limitations, we cannot evaluate other key cortical areas, such as the frontal or parietal cortex, where VSTM information is traditionally maintained (Bettencourt and Xu, 2016; Kamiński et al., 2017). To further test these possibilities, future studies with broader cortical sampling and higher ripple counts will be necessary.”

      (4) Coupled ripples, directionality of hippocampal-lateral temporal coupling, and the ramping-up paradox. The conclusion that coupled hippocampal-lateral temporal ripples coordinate memory reactivation creates a logical tension that the paper does not resolve. If hippocampal ripples drive lateral temporal reactivation only when co-occurring with lateral temporal ripples, and hippocampal ripples ramp up in a memory-predictive fashion, then the absence of lateral temporal ripple ramping up implies that the hippocampal ramping-up is not primarily expressed through the coupled ripple mechanism, undermining the coherence of the two main findings.

      The coupled ripple analysis further quantifies only temporal co-occurrence and provides no evidence about the direction of influence. Without demonstrating that hippocampal ripples systematically precede lateral temporal ripples (i.e., the expected signature of hippocampus-to-cortex information flow), the central claim that hippocampal ripples drive lateral temporal reactivation remains an interpretive assumption. Directly testing whether lateral temporal ripples specifically coupled to hippocampal ripples show a ramping temporal profile during maintenance (even if overall lateral temporal ripple rates do not) is necessary to establish whether the lateral temporal lobe engages in hippocampally-gated reactivation bursts in the manner the framework predicts. Additionally, reporting the distribution of peak lags between hippocampal and lateral temporal ripple peaks, and testing whether hippocampal ripples systematically precede lateral temporal ripples, is similarly necessary to support the directional interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for these constructive comments. Regarding the “ramping-up paradox”, please see our detailed response to your comment #3 above.

      Regarding the directionality of coupling, we computed the peak-to-peak lag between coupled LTL and HPC ripple events (defined as co-occurrence within ± 50 ms). For remembered trials, no significant difference between LTL and HPC ripple peaks for the coupled ripples in any task stage (ps<sub>FDR</sub> > 0.069, see figure 2). We have included this analysis in the updated Results (Page 10).

      For the interpretation of the absence of temporal lag between HPC and LTL ripples during the maintenance period, recent evidence has shown that ripples in different brain areas often co-occur with near-zero phase lag, providing a temporally precise mechanism for efficient inter-regional communication (Verzhbinsky et al., 2024). Such synchronous coupled ripples may reflect a shared or rapidly reciprocal interaction between hippocampus and neocortex, rather than a unidirectional drive. We have revised the Discussion to avoid any claim that hippocampal ripples “drive” lateral temporal reactivation, and leave it as an open question for future studies using neural modulation or other causal approaches (Page 14):

      “However, our ripple peak lag analysis revealed little evidence regarding the directionality of coupled ripples during the maintenance period. Recent evidence shows that ripples in different brain areas often co-occur with near-zero phase lag, providing a temporally precise mechanism for efficient inter-regional communication (Verzhbinsky et al., 2024). Such synchronous coupled ripples may reflect a shared or rapidly reciprocal activation between hippocampus and neocortex, rather than a unidirectional drive. Although the absence of significant directionality does not necessarily undermine the functional relevance of coupled ripples, it leaves the open question of whether hippocampal ripples actively gate cortical reactivation or merely co-occur with it. Future studies with directed connectivity manipulations or measures will be necessary to resolve this issue.”

      Author response image 2.

      The peak time lag between HPC and LTL ripples for the coupled ripples among remembered trials. Time 0 indicates the hippocampal ripple peak time. Each dot represents the mean peak time for each channel. For each epoch, the central solid horizontal line represents the group-level mean peak lag estimated from the linear mixed-effects model (LMM), flanked by the upper and lower horizontal lines indicating the corresponding 95% confidence intervals.

      (5) Trial-level analysis clarity.

      The paper reports that ripples occurred in 54%, 79%, and 27% of trials during encoding, maintenance, and retrieval, respectively, but does not state whether subsequent analyses were conducted on trials thresholded by ripple occurrence. Given that occurrence rates vary substantially across stages and conditions, this inclusion criterion has implications for interpreting rate differences and should be stated explicitly.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding trial inclusion across our analyses. In the revised manuscript, we have now explicitly reported the trial inclusion for each analysis in the Methods. Specifically, for the analysis of stage-averaged ripple rates (Figure 2c & e) and the ripple ramping-up analysis (Figure 3), all trials were included. This inclusion of all trials was necessary for the contrasts to maintain a consistent trial number and baseline across all stages (Pages 6 and 8). However, for the coupled ripple, the analyses were restricted exclusively to trials in which the ripples occurred (Page 9).

      To confirm that the inclusion of all trials did not skew our temporal ramping results, we performed a control analysis restricted exclusively to trials in which at least one hippocampal ripple was detected during the 7-second maintenance period. The ramping-up effect remained, demonstrating that the observed temporal profile is robust and independent of the trial-inclusion threshold (see Author response image 3).

      Author response image 3.

      Hippocampal ripple ramping-up analysis among trials with ripples. ***: pFDR < 0.001.

      (6) Statistical model specification.

      The methods describe the ramping-up analysis using both a "logistic" link function and a "Poisson link function" in different places, with the dependent variable described inconsistently as ripple occurrence and ripple count. These are not equivalent, and the distinction matters for interpreting the reported coefficients. Additionally, the regional dissociation in Figure 3 appears to be assessed by fitting separate models to each region and comparing results informally. This does not constitute a direct test of whether slopes differ between regions and risks the well-known error of inferring a difference based on one p-value being significant while another is not. A direct region × time interaction test would more cleanly support the claimed dissociation.

      We apologize for the incorrect and inconsistent terminology. To clarify, in both the ramping-up analysis for all trials and the interaction effect between ramping-up and VSTM performance, we used the Generalized Linear Mixed Model (GLMM) with the Poisson link function. We have now corrected these descriptions in this revision (Page 8).

      In addition, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we implemented a direct statistical test of whether ramping-up differs between HPC and LTL by the following GLMM model:

      Ripple rate ~ 1 + time × memory × region + (1 + time | participant) + (1 + participant | trial)

      The results revealed a significant three-way interaction between time, region, and memory accuracy (β = 0.053, p = 0.044), supporting the dissociation of the ripple temporal patterns between HPC and LTL. We have now integrated this result into the revised manuscript (Page 9) and describe the models in the Methods (Page 24).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Liu, He, et al. present results suggesting hippocampal ripples support short-term working memory. The basic finding that hippocampal ripples increase during a 7s working memory maintenance period is intriguing and previously not shown as far as I know, but a lack of control analyses within the task, across brain regions, or as compared to alternative oscillatory signals makes the overall evidence weak. The author needs to more thoroughly evidence this signal via several analyses (suggested below) to strengthen their finding. The paper moves on to a hippocampal-cortical ripple coupling analysis that needs further methodological details and corrected statistics to make a meaningful contribution. As is, the ripple coupling results don't seem to necessarily relate to the hippocampal ripples found in the maintenance period, making the manuscript somewhat incoherent and of low impact in its current form.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the novelty and potential importance of our findings. We also appreciate the constructive suggestions to further improve our manuscript, and please see our detailed responses below.

      Major issues:

      (1) The framing sets up "visual short term memory" (VSTM) and "long term memory" (LTM) as two different things. A long line of research with humans possessing MTL/hippocampus damage shows the hippocampal memory system contributes to working memory only when the task is difficult enough to warrant its recruitment (see Hannula et al. 2006 J. of Neuroscience, Pertzov et al. 2013 Brain, or particularly Jeneson et al. 2012 Learning & Memory and J. of Neuroscience). This theory therefore, suggests that the hippocampus contributes to working memory via LTM mechanisms, as opposed to it possessing two different roles (VSTM and LTM). While the authors might disagree with this framing, at a minimum, they should describe this line of work. As is, it's difficult to know how their task fits into this literature since it's a cross between a pattern separation probe (identify repeats from lures), working memory (7 s delays), and subsequent cued associate recognition. Addressing why they used this combination of task features would help frame its place in the literature.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important conceptual issue.

      First of all, we want to clarify that the core objective of our study was not to argue for a dichotomy between VSTM and LTM systems. Rather, we sought to address a fundamental mechanistic question: whether and how hippocampal ripples, which are canonically established in coordinating memory reactivation during offline LTM consolidation, are recruited to support active, online VSTM maintenance.

      In the revision, we have reorganized the Introduction with the following structure (for the comprehensive revised Introduction, please see Pages 3-4):

      (1) We review evidence that the hippocampus is involved in VSTM, including both lesion studies and neural representational studies. These findings converge to suggest that the hippocampus contributes to maintaining visual information over short delays.

      (2) We introduce hippocampal ripples as a key candidate mechanism based on the following lines of evidence: (a) While hippocampal (HPC) ripples have been traditionally linked to offline processing of long-term memory (LTM), more recent evidence indicates that they also contribute to online memory processing, including encoding, maintenance, and most critically, the short-term maintenance period. (b) HPC ripples and their coordinated neocortical memory reactivation have been frequently observed during LTM consolidation and retrieval. Given that VSTM and LTM have been proposed to share neural mechanisms, it is reasonable to hypothesize that the hippocampal ripples and their coordinated memory reactivation contribute to VSTM maintenance. In this revision, this part has been revised as follows:

      “A key candidate mechanism is the hippocampal ripple, a brief high-frequency (~80-170 Hz) oscillation that reflects synchronized activity of neuronal ensembles in the hippocampus (Buzsáki, 2015; Iwata et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019). Traditionally, hippocampal sharp-wave ripples have been recognized for their role in offline memory consolidation during sleep and quiet awake rest, during which they are temporally coordinated with neocortical memory replay/reactivation via hippocampal-neocortical communication (Eschenko et al., 2008; Schreiner et al., 2024; Zhang et al., 2024, 2018). Recent studies, however, indicate that ripples also actively support online memory processing. In human long-term memory (LTM) studies, ripple rates during encoding and pre-retrieval intervals predict subsequent LTM performance, and temporally coordinate the reinstatement of neocortical representations during successful retrieval (Kunz et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019; Sakon and Kahana, 2022; Vaz et al., 2019; Zhang et al., 2024). Beyond LTM, rodent studies have revealed that selectively disrupting hippocampal ripples during awake learning periods impaired the working memory-dependent spatial navigation performance (Jadhav et al., 2012; Zhang et al., 2021), pointing to a vital role for ripples in sustaining online short-term memory representations. Moreover, VSTM and LTM could recruit overlapping hippocampal-neocortical networks (Cowan, 2019; Ranganath and Blumenfeld, 2005), especially when the VSTM task is demanding or engaging feature binding (Hannula et al., 2006; Jeneson et al., 2012; Jeneson and Squire, 2012; Pertzov et al., 2013). These findings together raise a fundamental question: Do hippocampal ripples, long implicated in LTM formation and offline consolidation, also actively support human VSTM maintenance?”

      (3) Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we state that hippocampal ripples share key properties postulated for bursts; we hypothesized that hippocampal ripple rates would exhibit a progressive temporal ramping pattern as postulated for bursts across the VSTM maintenance interval in accordance with the dynamic coding framework.

      (4) We emphasize the importance of HPC-neocortical communications in memory processing and propose a potentially coupled ripple mechanism for the interactions between the HPC and the lateral temporal lobe (LTL).

      Regarding the combination of task features, the task was originally designed to examine the dynamic neural representations supporting the maintenance of complex visual information and how these representations may relate to subsequent long-term memory (Liu et al., 2021, 2020). A classical delayed match-to-sample (DMS) paradigm was employed to examine the VSTM. During the VSTM test, highly similar lures were used as half of the probes in the cued-recognition task to increase the task demand for visual features binding within a picture, a condition under which hippocampal involvement in short-delay memory is expected based on prior work (Pertzov et al., 2013). The cue word in the DMS task was designed for a subsequent long-term memory (LTM) cued-recall test. This LTM test allowed us to further examine whether ripple dynamics during the VSTM delay were also related to later LTM performance. To clarify, we have expanded the Methods section to describe the LTM test in greater detail, which reads (Page 19):

      “Following the completion of each VSTM run, participants performed a 1-minute mathematical countback task, followed by a brief rest period (1-4 min) before the LTM cued-recall test. During each LTM test run, 14 learned, unique cue-picture pairs were tested in a randomized order, with each pair tested only once. There are, on average, 88.31 ± 19.28 trials per participant. For each trial, participants first performed a self-paced, binary keypress to indicate subjective retrieval success (“remember” vs. “don’t remember”). Upon a subjective “remember” response, an objective category verification prompt was presented for a maximum of 3 s, requiring a 4-alternative forced-choice response to identify the semantic category of the associated target picture (animals, electronics, fruits, or furniture). Trials were operationally classified as LTM “remembered” trials only if the subjective recall was accompanied by a correct objective category verification. Trials receiving a “don’t remember” response or an incorrect category report were classified as LTM “forgotten” trials.”

      We have also revised the Discussion to better situate our findings that the HPC ripple ramping-up profile primarily supported online VSTM maintenance rather than LTM-related processes. Based on these findings, we interpret such ripple activity as supporting online maintenance under high demands on visual features binding and target-lure discrimination, rather than word-pair associative LTM. This interpretation is also corroborated by studies showing hippocampal involvement in comparable VSTM tasks without associative-memory requirements or without subsequent LTM tests (Daume et al., 2024; Verzhbinsky et al., 2025). Furthermore, we clarify that the absence of a relationship between delay-period ripple dynamics and subsequent LTM performance should not be interpreted as evidence that ripples are unrelated to LTM. Instead, the ramping-up hippocampal ripple rates support active maintenance, whereas successful LTM formation may depend more strongly on ripple-mediated replay during subsequent offline periods (Deceuninck and Kloosterman, 2024; Girardeau et al., 2009; Zhang et al., 2024, 2018). In addition, our task design may have further weakened any direct relationship between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall, because LTM performance likely depended on multiple intervening processes, including resistance to interference, post-encoding rest-related reactivation, and retrieval success at test (see details in response to comment #1 for Review #2). Finally, we explicitly acknowledge as a limitation that our task does not isolate “pure” VSTM from LTM-related mechanisms, and future studies using tasks that orthogonally manipulate VSTM-related factors will be needed to more directly dissociate the contributions of hippocampal ripples to VSTM from those supporting LTM. The revised Discussion has been reorganized and expanded as follows (Pages 16-18):

      “In addition, our task involves cue-picture associations, which makes it challenging to fully disentangle VSTM from LTM-related processes. Nevertheless, our findings showed that both the ramping-up hippocampal ripple rates and the HPC-LTL coupled ripples during maintenance were prominently associated with VSTM accuracy but not with subsequent LTM accuracy. These findings suggest that the ripple dynamics we observed primarily support the short-term maintenance of complex visual features and their binding within the pictures themselves rather than the formation of long-term memory for cue-picture pairs, which has been shown in previous research (Pacheco Estefan et al., 2019). This interpretation is strengthened by recent studies showing that hippocampal ripples and hippocampal neuronal firing support VSTM of complex naturalistic pictures in the absence of subsequent LTM tests or cue-picture associations (Daume et al., 2024; Verzhbinsky et al., 2025).” (Page 16)

      “Notably, the absence of the hippocampal ramping-up effect during maintenance in predicting LTM does not conflict with the established role of hippocampal ripples in long-term memory. Converging evidence suggests that ripple contributions to LTM are most evident during offline consolidation windows, including sleep and post-encoding rest, rather than during online task execution. In rodents, suppressing post-learning sleep ripples impairs subsequent memory (Girardeau et al., 2009). In humans, ripple-coupled replay during NREM sleep predicts later memory success (Zhang et al., 2018), and post-encoding awake-rest ripple activity, rather than encoding-period activity, is associated with subsequent memory performance (Zhang et al., 2024). Thus, the lack of association between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall raises a possibility: ramping-up ripple dynamics during active maintenance may support online VSTM, whereas LTM formation may depend more on ripple events occurring during post-encoding time windows. Our study cannot rule out the possibility that any relationship between VSTM delay-period ripples and later LTM was obscured by intervening processes between maintenance and recall, including interference resistance, offline consolidation during rest, and retrieval-related factors. Future studies incorporating parametric manipulations, such as varying memory load, delay duration, or lure similarity, will be essential to directly test whether hippocampal ripple activity selectively scales with VSTM demands, thereby providing stronger evidence for its specific role in online maintenance versus LTM-related processes.” (Pages 17-18)

      (2) The basic idea of looking for hippocampal ripples as a marker for working memory maintenance is new, with no prior literature (that I know of in rodents or in the handful of human intracranial ripple papers) to build on. That said, I suspect hippocampal ripples act as a proxy for hippocampal activation, providing a possible explanation for the hippocampal ripple increase shown during the Maintenance period. The effect they show is well supported by the mixed effects modeling (MEM), making it a potentially meaningful finding, but considering the novelty, it's rather important that control analyses rule out alternative possibilities. I suggest two important ones and a third related to the lack of parametric manipulations in the next paragraph. First, the authors frame the paper by suggesting hippocampal ripples share features with beta/gamma burst theories of working memory maintenance. In that case, the obvious question is why use a ripple detector instead of measuring gamma (or beta) activity as in this previous work? Some work has suggested hippocampal ripples act differently than high-frequency activity (see Sakon et al. 2024 J. of Neuroscience), so an analysis contrasting ripples and gamma seems rather important. Second, and relatedly, the authors only compare the hippocampus and lateral temporal cortex (LTC), likely because these tend to be sites with strong coverage in epilepsy cases. That's ok, but typically there is also reasonable coverage in other MTL areas like entorhinal cortex and amygdala, which would serve as important controls to show what they're measuring likely relates to sharp-wave ripples (a hippocampal phenomenon) and not something more generic like gamma or HFA (as shown in Sakon et al. 2024, Howard et al. 2003 Cerebral Cortex, Axmacher et al. 2007 reference 26, Meltzer et al. 2008 Cerebral Cortex, etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for raising these constructive comments.

      First, we agree with the reviewer that validating ripples is paramount. We thus performed an additional validity check on the unfiltered raw signal, as suggested by Reviewer 1. Specifically, if the detected events reflect genuine multi-peak ripple oscillations, the inter-peak intervals in the raw signal should roughly correspond to the ripple-frequency range. Across participants, an average of 89.84 ± 3.31% of the inter-peak intervals fell within the expected 70-180 Hz ripple band, supporting the physiological validity of the detected events (see also Response to Reviewer 1 of this response letter on Pages 2-3). Besides, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we added a control analysis examining continuous high-frequency activity in the same 70-180 Hz range and applied the same ramping-up analysis during the VSTM maintenance period. The results revealed that while we observed a significant ramping-up effect of hippocampal ripples (β = 0.012, p < 0.001), a non-significant trend was observed for ripple-band HFA during maintenance (β = 0.002, p = 0.074). Nevertheless, the ramping slopes did not significantly differ between ripple events and HFA (p = 0.662). We have now incorporated these results into our revised Results as follows (Pages 6 and 8):

      “To validate our ripple detection procedures, we performed peak detection in the unfiltered raw iEEG data and found that 89.84 ± 3.31% of inter-peak intervals (IPIs) within the 70-180 Hz ripple frequency band, confirming that the detected ripple events exhibited multi-peak oscillatory waveforms (Buzsáki et al., 1992) (see Fig. S1)” (Page 6)

      “A similar analysis of the broadband high-frequency activity (HFA) (70-180 Hz) during maintenance revealed a non-significant ramping-up trend (p = 0.074), and the ramping slopes did not significantly differ between ripple events and HFA (p = 0.662).” (Page 8)

      Regarding the reviewer’s suggestion to include other MTL regions, such as the entorhinal cortex and amygdala, as anatomical controls, we agree that this would be a valuable analysis for determining whether the observed effect is specific to the hippocampus or reflects a more general effect for MTL. Unfortunately, the current dataset may not provide sufficient electrode coverage in these regions for reliable results. Specifically, we had only 20 electrodes in the amygdala (AMY, less than one third of the hippocampal electrodes), 6 electrodes in the parahippocampal cortex (PHC), and 2 electrodes in the entorhinal cortex (ERC, see more details in Author response table 1).

      Author response table 1.

      Together, our additional analysis validates the ripples, while we found no significant ramping-up difference between hippocampal ripples and HFA. We therefore have expanded the Discussion as follows (Page 14):

      “In addition, our results indicate that hippocampal ripples are unlikely to be the sole mechanism supporting VSTM. While we validated the ripple events, our current data did not show significant differences in the ramping-up effects between hippocampal ripples and HFA. Recent research demonstrated that HFA exhibited broad subsequent memory effects across MTL regions, whereas hippocampal ripples were more selectively associated with subsequent temporal and semantic clustering during recall (Sakon and Kahana, 2022). Thus, future studies with denser MTL coverage and direct comparisons between ripples and HFA under specific task manipulations are needed to better investigate whether ripples make a functional contribution beyond general high-frequency activation. Moreover, prior work has shown that gamma bursts in the prefrontal cortex gate access to encoded VSTM representations and that ramping of such bursts supports working memory in primates (Lundqvist et al., 2016). Recent rodent research demonstrates that replay sequences can occur even in the absence of sharp-wave ripples (Widloski and Foster, 2025). These findings suggest that hippocampal ripple ramping-up should be interpreted as one component within a broader, distributed set of dynamic mechanisms supporting short-term memory maintenance.”

      Finally, while formal published studies on this specific topic remain limited, a recent human iEEG preprint closely corroborates our findings. This study shows that hippocampal ripples and HPC-LTL coupled ripples support working memory maintenance by coordinating representational reactivation under varying memory loads. These independent findings strongly align with our conclusions and reinforce the validity of our reported mechanisms. Here is the information for the preprint:

      Verzhbinsky IA, Daume J, Rutishauser U, Halgren E. 2025. Cross-region neuron co-firing mediated by ripple oscillations supports distributed working memory representations. bioRxiv 2025.09.04.674061. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.09.04.674061, PMID: 40950034

      (3) Related to the last point, since there are no parametric manipulations (e.g., different delay durations, different set sizes, varying lure difficulties) there's no way to assess increased hippocampal ripples with stronger loads, which would be important for determining the hippocampal dependence of their task in the first place. Do the authors have any justification for this task as an assessment of hippocampal working memory? I could imagine using a top vs. bottom tercile of lure discrimination difficulty (as assessed across all participants or control non-patients) to compare hippocampal activity. But only after the first trial, each pair is used since only then would the patient have awareness of the difficulty of the upcoming comparison. Or maybe something could be done by comparing VSTM performance by splitting patients based on how they performed at the LTM test.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful suggestions. We agree that parametric manipulations of delay duration, memory load, or lure similarity would provide stronger evidence for testing whether hippocampal ripples scale with VSTM demands. However, the current task did not include such manipulations. We thus have explicitly discussed these points and the lack of parametric load manipulations as limitations in the revised manuscript (Pages 17-18), which reads:

      “Future studies incorporating parametric manipulations, such as varying memory load, delay duration, or lure similarity, will be essential to directly test whether hippocampal ripple activity selectively scales with VSTM demands, thereby providing stronger evidence for its specific role in online maintenance versus LTM-related processes.”

      To address the reviewer’s other suggestion regarding potential behavioral interactions between VSTM and LTM performance, we performed a subgroup analysis. We quantified overall LTM cued-recall accuracy for each participant, where trials were scored as correct (1) if the participant reported subjective retrieval success accompanied by a correct category report, and incorrect (0) otherwise. Using a median split (median accuracy = 0.45), we stratified our 13 participants into a “Poor LTM” group (n = 7) and a “Good LTM” group (n = 6). A two-sample t-test comparing VSTM accuracy between these two subgroups revealed no significant difference (t(11) = -1.20, p = 0.254) (see Author response image 4).

      Author response image 4.

      Visual short-term memory (VSTM) accuracy stratified by long-term memory (LTM) performance. VSTM retrieval accuracy compared between poor- and good-LTM-performing subgroups, partitioned via a median split of participants’ overall LTM retrieval accuracy. n.s.: not significant.

      (4) Also related to the VSTM vs. LTM framing, the authors use an "LTM" cued category recognition task--presumably done at the end of the repeat/lure recognition task--as a way to argue that the hippocampal ripple effects they see relate to VSTM and not LTM. The LTM task is disappointingly underdescribed, where even in the methods (lines 588-592) I cannot figure out when this task was probed, how many trials were done in comparison to the VSTM task, etc. Considering they use the LTM task to support their VSTM interpretation, it's rather crucial to understand precisely what they did. As is, the comparison they do present relies on a statistical error, where they compare p-values (n.b. https://www.nature.com/articles/nn.2886) instead of performing a direct interaction test (lines 177-180). Specifically, if they want to say their signal relates more to VSTM subsequent memory rather than LTM subsequent memory, they need to run a model of the form: ripple_rates ~ remembered + test_type + remembered × test_type (where test_type is either their VSTM or LTM task).

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points. In this revision, we have now provided more details regarding the long-term memory task in the Methods as follows (Page 19):

      “Following the completion of each VSTM run, participants performed a 1-minute mathematical countback task, followed by a brief rest period (1-4 min) before the LTM cued-recall test. During each LTM test run, 14 learned, unique cue-picture pairs were tested in a randomized order, with each pair tested only once. There are, on average, 88.31 ± 19.28 trials per participant. For each trial, participants first performed a self-paced, binary keypress to indicate subjective retrieval success (“remember” vs. “don’t remember”). Upon a subjective “remember” response, an objective category verification prompt was presented for a maximum of 3 s, requiring a 4-alternative forced-choice response to identify the semantic category of the associated target picture (animals, electronics, fruits, or furniture). Trials were operationally classified as LTM “remembered” trials only if the subjective recall was accompanied by a correct objective category verification. Trials receiving a “don’t remember” response or an incorrect category report were classified as LTM “forgotten” trials.”

      Additionally, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have added a three-way interaction analysis between memory performance, test_type (VSTM vs. LTM), and time, for hippocampal ripples, using the following LMM:

      ripple ~ time × memory × test_type + (1 + time | participant) + (1 | participant: trial)

      The results revealed that the three-way interaction effect (time × remembered × test_type) exhibited a non-significant trend (β = 0.039; p = 0.071).

      We have incorporated the interaction result into the Results section (Page 12):

      “A further analysis examining the three-way interaction between time, memory accuracy, and test type (VSTM vs. LTM) for hippocampal ripples revealed a trend but statistically non-significant interaction effect (β = 0.039, z = 1.809, p = 0.071).”

      (5) As noted, the increase in hippocampal ripples during maintenance seems substantial, and the MEM confirms a significant increase over time. That said, the presentation of the data is atypical, with an example raster from one channel followed by average time courses of ALL participants below it. Why not show full raster plots for all participants? Ripples are so sparse that all the data in the task can be visualized in a single raster easily. A swarm plot indicating inter-patient variability in the maintenance signal also seems crucial. As is, there is no way to assess how much of the signal depends on a small subset of channels or patients.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. In the revised manuscript, we have removed the single-channel exemplar raster plot from Figure 2, which now exclusively displays the group-level results. In addition, we have generated full raster plots depicting all detected hippocampal ripple events across all trials for each of the 13 participants as Supplementary Figure S3. In these raster plots, each row represents a single VSTM trial. For patients with multiple hippocampal recording sites, the ripple events detected across all channels are overlaid within the same trial row. Consequently, patients with a higher number of hippocampal channels naturally display a higher spatial density of plotted dots (with each dot representing an individual ripple).

      Furthermore, for the concern regarding inter-individual variability, we have provided a detailed breakdown of electrode counts and individual ramping coefficients (β) in Supplementary Table S1, accompanied by a participant-level swarm plot in Supplementary Figure 5b. These data demonstrate highly consistent patterns across our patient cohort: 11 out of 13 participants exhibited positive ramping coefficients (β > 0) during VSTM-remembered trials, whereas only 4 out of 13 participants showed positive coefficients during forgotten trials. The paired samples t-test revealed that the ramping coefficients for remembered trials were significantly greater than those for forgotten trials (t(12) = 3.400, p = 0.005). This confirms that the reported ramping effect reflects a robust, group-wide phenomenon.

      Author response table 2.

      Participant-level summary of hippocampal channel counts and ramping-up coefficients (β) for remembered and forgotten trials.

      (6) To compare ripple rates across task phases, they average over the bounds of each phase (lines 657-660) and input these into their MEMs. This approach makes sense for quantifying what we see in the ripple plots (Figure 2), except for Encoding, where they average over the entire 3 s window, even though there is clear tuning only from ~0-1 s. Using the tuned region and not the entire window is standard and would be more appropriate for the comparisons to maintenance, retrieval, etc (e.g., line 147-148 doesn't check out when looking at the figure), otherwise you are averaging over a seeming ripple inhibition from 1-2 s. They perform a cluster-based permutation test as is, so that a window or something a bit wider would be appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point and have performed a control analysis to use [0,1s] after stimulus onset as the encoding time window of interest. We then re-ran our Linear Mixed-Effects Models (LMMs) comparing the ripple rates between every two task stages. This result revealed that encoding showed significantly higher hippocampal and LTL ripple rates than baseline and maintenance (ps<sub>FDR</sub> < 0.001), while there is no significant difference in hippocampal ripple rates between encoding and retrieval (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.859). For the LTL ripple rates, encoding is lower than retrieval (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.001). These results were added to the revised Results and shown in Supplementary Figure S4.

      “Given that both the hippocampal and LTL ripple rates increased within the 0-1 s of encoding, we re-performed the comparisons of the averaged ripple rates between task stages using this 0-1 s encoding time window while keeping other stages unchanged, and the pattern of the main results remains (see Fig. S4).”

      (7) The authors pivot to a hippocampal-cortical ripple coupling analysis to build the argument that the hippocampal ripples shown in Figure 2 support memory maintenance in the cortex. They use a window of -500 to 500 ms from hippocampal ripples to assess coupling. This is quite wide, since it doesn't seem plausible that a cortical ripple 500 ms from a hippocampal ripple means they synchronize. They cite two papers to justify the analysis, both of which use {plus minus}500 ms windows, but for spindle-ripple coupling, not ripple-ripple, so are miscited. Later in the paper, they switch to {plus minus}50 ms for another coupling analysis, raising the question of why they used {plus minus}500 ms in the previous analysis to begin with. If they want to claim cortical ripples are tuned by hippocampal ripples all the way up to 500 ms away, they should show the rasters (as in Figure 4a) and timecourse ripple rates, but going beyond {plus minus}500 ms to show that ripples in the {plus minus}50-500 ms range are above, say 500-1000 ms to justify their window selection. I will point out that there IS previous work that used {plus minus}500 ms to measure cortical-cortical ripple coupling (Dickey et al 2022 PNAS, which should be cited regardless, as I believe the first hippocampal-cortical ripple paper showing memory effects), although the figures in that paper suggest anything beyond {plus minus}250 ms returns to baseline (see Figure 2A-B).

      We apologize for the lack of clarity in our original description. We recognize that our terminology conflated two distinct analytical approaches for measuring the temporal coordination between ripples and have explicitly clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript. In addition, we have changed the papers referring to these analyses.

      Specifically, for the analysis in Figure 4b (i.e., LTL Ripple Rate Locked to HPC ripple peak), we computed the LTL ripple rate within a broader time window (i.e., [-0.5 s, 0.5 s]) centered HPC ripple peaks (Dickey et al 2022 PNAS). We thus normalized the HPC ripple-locked LTL ripple rate to a baseline of LTL ripple rates that were not coordinated by HPC ripple peaks, yielding the normalized LTL ripple rate time-locked to HPC ripple peaks. This broader window was employed to examine the lead-lag or directional dynamics between the two regions. We agree that labeling this as “coupled ripples” in the original text is misleading. In the revised manuscript, we have changed the y-axis label of Figure 4b into “Normalized LTL ripple rate (z-score)”.

      For the coupled ripple and the coupled ripple locked decoding analyses (Figure 4c and Figure 5), “coupled ripples” were defined as LTL ripples that temporally overlapped with or occurred within ± 50 ms of an HPC ripple peak, following a previous study (Vaz et al., 2019, Science). We have revised the corresponding text in both the Results and Methods sections (Pages 9-10 and Page 24) to clearly separate these two analyses and ensure that the term “coupled ripples” is reserved exclusively for LTL ripple events within ± 50 ms of HPC ripple peaks.

      (8) Lines 239 to 243 comparing p-values instead of an interaction test.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important statistical point. In the original lines 239-243, we compared the coupled HPC-LTL ripple rates between remembered versus forgotten conditions, separately for each stage, without performing the task stage (encoding, maintenance, and retrieval) × memory accuracy (remember vs. forget) interaction effect. In this revision, we performed the (task stage × memory accuracy) repeated ANOVA and found no significant interaction effect (F(2,24) = 0.49, p = 0.619). This non-significant interaction effect does not undermine our main finding of a significant memory effect during maintenance itself, given we mainly focus on the maintenance period following the ramping-up results. We have also reported this interaction result in the revised Results (Page 10).

      (9) I don't understand what "Further analysis based on the identified cluster" means (line 271). I see in Figure 5c that their broadband classifier identified a window of optimal decoding, but did they use only activity in this cluster to train the subsequent classifier (Figure 5d)? If so, this is not described in the methods. And if it is done that way, I don't think the logic makes sense. As mentioned in comment 6, the ripples during encoding tune to 0-1s after image presentation. So it doesn't make sense to use a 1.85-2.25 s window for ripple-locked decoding-they should just be using the 0-1 s window (or whatever their cluster-based permutation test shows in Figure 2b). Otherwise, it would appear they are studying two different phenomena.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We apologize for the lack of clarity. To clarify, we did not predefine an encoding cluster based on ripple rate change. Rather, we used a data-driven method to find the “identified cluster”, which refers to the temporal window during which representation reactivation was significantly locked to coupled ripples. Here is the step-by-step procedure we used and more detailed described in the revised Methods (Pag 26):

      (1) We trained category-level classifiers on broadband iEEG data at every single time window during the encoding stage, and tested them across all time windows of both the encoding and maintenance stages using a leave-one-trial-out cross-validation method (yielding the cross-temporal generalization matrix shown in Figures 5a & b).

      (2) For every single trial, we extracted the continuous decoding accuracy time series locked to each HPC-LTL coupled ripple within a window of [-0.5 s, 0.5 s] (using the HPC ripple peak of coupled ripples as the reference zero time point), following previous research (Zhang et al., 2018).

      (3) To determine if memory reactivation was significantly locked to these coupled ripple events, we compared this empirical ripple-locked decoding accuracy against a surrogate baseline (constructed by randomly selecting non-coupled time points locked decoding accuracy 1,000 times to create a z-score distribution). A cluster-based permutation test was then performed across the [-0.5 s, 0.5 s] time window. The “identified cluster” (shown in Figure 5c) is the resulting significant time window around the ripple peak where decoding accuracy was significantly elevated above the surrogate baseline.

      Additionally, the reviewer pointed out that, if the encoding ripples peak early (0-1 s after stimulus onset, as shown in Figure 2), why did the classifier trained on late encoding data (1.85-2.25 s) yield the most robust ripple-locked reactivation during the maintenance delay? This temporal discrepancy aligns well with the memory representational transformation framework (Xue, 2022). According to this framework, memory representations are highly dynamic. Following stimulus presentation, early sensory cortical activity (0-1 s) primarily represents low-level visual and perceptual features. As processing progresses into late encoding (e.g., 1-2 s post-stimulus onset), these representations are transformed into more abstract and stable semantic formats (e.g., category-level information), which are supported by the lateral temporal lobe (LTL) in prior research (Ralph et al., 2017). Given that our decoding analysis is a category-level classifier, it is reasonable that more stable decoding evidence would be obtained when the classifier was trained using the late-encoding semantic window. Consequently, our finding that delay-period coupled ripples reactivate representations from this late-encoding window suggests that coupled HPC-LTL ripples are engaged in coordinating the reactivation of semantic representations during VSTM maintenance. In contrast, the early perceptual features encoded during the early window (which match the peak of encoding ripples) may rely on different pathways, such as coupled ripples between the hippocampus and primary visual cortices, which could not be directly assessed due to limited occipital coverage in the present clinical iEEG dataset. We have expanded the Discussion in this revision as follows (Pages 15-16):

      “Notably, while encoding ripples peaked early after stimulus onset, the classifier trained on late encoding activity showed the strongest ripple-locked reactivation during maintenance. This temporal discrepancy is consistent with the memory representational transformation framework, which proposes that mnemonic representations evolve over time (Xue, 2022). Early encoding activity may primarily reflect low-level visual/perceptual features, whereas later encoding may contain more stable category-level or semantic representations. Prior intracranial and neuroimaging studies have implicated lateral temporal regions in such higher-level coding (Ralph et al., 2017). Given that our decoder targeted category-level information, it is reasonable that the decoder performed well when trained on this later window. Thus, delay-period hippocampal-LTL coupled ripples may preferentially reinstate higher-level category/semantic representations during VSTM maintenance. Early perceptual representations may instead rely more on hippocampal-visual cortical interactions, which could not be assessed due to limited occipital coverage.”

      (10) As is, the results in Figure 5d need to be redone. First, the results described on lines 271-275 once again suffer from comparing p-values. They need to run an interaction model if they want to claim Maintenance shows stronger ripple-locked decoding than Encoding (it almost certainly will not, since Encoding appears to show some evidence of decoding (p=0.118)). Second, even if they do change the framing to say Encoding and Maintenance show significant decoding, is it meaningful if Retrieval fails to? If you cannot decode the same information at the time of retrieval as is theoretically being held in working memory during the delay, the coupled ripple reactivation story wouldn't appear to make sense. They do show significant Retrieval decoding in Figure 5a-b, but since I don't really understand how they settled on the "identified cluster" in Figure 5c, I'm not sure what to make of the difference between these decoders.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. As we have responded to your Comments #8 above, our original analysis did not aim to claim maintenance shows stronger ripple-locked decoding than encoding or retrieval stages. Thus, we reported the coupled ripple-locked decoding results separately for each stage, with a special focus on the maintenance period, given the hippocampal ripple ramping-up was found in prior results sections.

      Nevertheless, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we directly compare coupled ripple-locked decoding across phases (i.e., Maintenance vs. Encoding, and Maintenance vs. Retrieval). The results revealed no significant difference between encoding and maintenance (ps<sub>cluster</sub> > 0.800, see Supplementary Fig. S8a). The comparison between maintenance and retrieval revealed a significant cluster-corrected difference (p<sub>cluster</sub> = 0.024). In this revision, we have incorporated these results into the revised manuscript (Page 11).

      We also want to clarify that the absence of coupled ripple-locked decoding during the retrieval phase may not contradict our theoretical framework. As the reviewer may note, neither the encoding nor the retrieval phase exhibited significant coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation. During both the encoding and retrieval stages, participants were exposed to salient, feedforward visual inputs (i.e., the target picture or the highly similar visual lures). Consequently, the high decoding accuracy observed in the lateral temporal lobe (LTL) during these phases (Figures 5a & b) is probably driven by feedforward perceptual processing. In contrast, our finding of significant coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation is mainly observed during the maintenance period, where no external visual inputs are present. This suggests that coupled ripples may serve as a specialized, internally generated mechanism to transiently reactivate and sustain representations when external sensory inputs are absent.

      In this revision, we have extended our Discussion as follows (Page 16):

      “In addition, no significant coupled ripple-locked decoding accuracy was observed during encoding or retrieval. This likely arises because encoding and retrieval involve salient visual inputs (target picture or lure), such that the LTL decoding accuracy is probably driven by feedforward perceptual processing. In contrast, during maintenance, where no external input is available, coupled ripples may serve as a specialized, internally generated mechanism to transiently reactivate and sustain representations.”

      (11) Finally, as mentioned in the summary, the analyses in Figures 2-3 seem disjointed from those in Figures 4-5. Part of this has to do with the switch to a broadband classifier, then a switch back to coupled ripples, and then, as I already mentioned, decoding results with time windows that don't align with the hippocampal ripple effects they showed earlier. Further, since the main point of Figures 2-3 is to establish a ramp in hippocampal ripples across maintenance, shouldn't they be trying to show how the decoding changes over the course of the Maintenance period? It would also help the interpretation of Figure 5 to see how the coupled ripples change over time in Figure 4 (as they showed them in Figure 2).

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. Following the reviewer’s comments, we performed the following analysis:

      First, we examined the temporal dynamics of both hippocampal-cortical coupled ripples during maintenance time windows. Coupled ripples showed a non-significant ramping-up pattern for both remembered and forgotten trials (ps<sub>FDR</sub> > 0.281), and there was no significant time × memory accuracy interaction (p = 0.506, see Fig. S6), suggesting no significant ramping-up for the coupled ripples regardless of VSTM memory performance.

      Second, we tracked how decoding accuracy and the memory reactivation index evolved across the maintenance period (using the classifier trained on the [1.85 s, 2.25 s] encoding window). The LMM revealed a highly significant time × memory accuracy interaction (p = 0.009, see Fig. S6). Further analysis revealed that this interaction was driven by a significant decline in decoding accuracy on forgotten trials (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.031), whereas decoding accuracy on remembered trials was maintained (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.214).

      Finally, we extracted the coupled ripple-locked decoding accuracy and examined whether this event-locked reactivation changed over the maintenance period. For remembered trials, the coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation showed a non-significant numeric increase across the maintenance period (p = 0.586, see Fig. S6). We have revised the Results and Discussion as follows:

      “We next examined the temporal dynamics of coupled ripples during maintenance. HPC-LTL coupled ripples showed non-significant ramping patterns for both remembered and forgotten trials (ps<sub>FDR</sub> > 0.281), with no significant difference between these two conditions (p = 0.506; see Fig. S6).” (Page 10)

      “We also examined the temporal dynamics of coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation during maintenance. The memory decoding accuracy showed a significant time × VSTM accuracy interaction (p = 0.009; see Fig. S6), with a significant decline on forgotten trials (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.031), while relatively stable on remembered trials (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.214). Within remembered trials, coupled ripple-locked memory decoding accuracy showed a non-significant numeric increase across the maintenance stage (p = 0.586; see Fig. S6).” (Pages 11-12)

      “However, neither the coupled ripples nor the coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation shows a significant ramping-up effect. Nevertheless, our results indeed observed that, in contrast to the significant decrease in decoding accuracy for forgotten trials, the remembered trials showed relatively stable memory reactivation during the maintenance period, suggesting that coupled ripples may coordinate discrete reactivation events in supporting the stable VSTM maintenance.” (Page 13)

      Minor issues:

      (1) Instead of citing a software package like Emmeans, the statistical test being performed should be explained.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. We have added more details of the statistical test:

      “We then conducted post hoc pairwise contrasts between estimated marginal means (emmeans) of the four stages to test whether ripple rates differed between specific stages. The resulting p-values from these pairwise contrast tests were corrected for multiple comparisons using the Benjamini-Hochberg false discovery rate (FDR) procedure (Benjamini and Hochberg, 1995).” (Page 22)

      (2) Decoding % accuracy in the heatmaps in Figure 5 and supplementary would be more intuitive, particularly since Figure 5b uses accuracy anyway.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. In this revision, we have now revised the values in Figure 5a and Figure 5c into the decoding accuracy and the normalized decoding accuracy, respectively (see Figure 5).

      (3) Figure 2b is misleading with an unnecessary change in the y-axis for retrieval.

      We have now changed Figure 2b to keep the y-axis the same for the encoding, maintenance, and retrieval phases (see Figure 2b).

      (4) In Figure 2d, a significant cluster is mentioned, but not drawn onto the figure as in Figure 2b.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and apologize for the absence of cluster illustration in the original manuscript. In this revision, we have now marked the cluster in Figure 2d (see Figure 2d).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below, I list a few points that I think would benefit the manuscript if the authors addressed them.

      (1) Coupled Hippocampo-Neocortical Ripples: The duration of a ripple varies between 20 - 200 ms (line 624). However, the time window for a coupled ripple is 1 second, which is 5 times the maximum duration of a ripple. It therefore would mean that many ripples which are referred to as 'coupled' actually don't overlap in time, which questions whether those could be termed coupled. Wouldn't a better analysis approach be to analyse the start and end times of individual ripples and only count those as coupled ripples where the start and end times actually overlap (for example be computing the duration of interval intersection, which has to be > 0 for coupled events)?

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. Please see our detailed response to your comments on Pages 3-4 of this response letter.

      (2) Spurious vs real ripples: As I have said, the ripple detection method is thorough and generally appropriate. However, one improvement could be made to make it even more convincing. This suggested improvement is to run a peak detection on the unfiltered data in the time window where a ripple is being detected and quantify the inter-peak interval. If the ripple is truly present in the raw data, then this inter-peak interval should roughly correspond to the ripple frequency. If it doesn't, then there probably isn't a ripple. This would circumvent the problem of misclassifying artifacts that look like ripples after filtering (i.e., spikes). I appreciate that the authors inspected the time-frequency transformed data visually and excluded events where a broadband increase extended into the ripple frequency range, as typically occurs in IEDs, but this suggested analysis would be a more formal approach that doesn't rely on individual criteria and hence is more reproducible.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. Please see our detailed response to your comments on Pages 2-3 and 37-38 of this response letter.

      (3) Visualization of the ramping-up effect. I found the ramping-up effect in Figure 2b fairly subtle and difficult to appreciate. I wonder whether the authors could make an effort to somehow highlight this effect a bit more? Relatedly, ripples seemed to be locked to the onset of the retrieval cue, but that is difficult to see because the data is plotted locked to the response onset. Wouldn't it make more sense in this case to lock to the probe onset?

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments. For the visualization of the ramping-up effect in Figure 2b, we have now revised it as Figure 2b, in which we indicate the ramping-up effect using the pink arrow.

      Moreover, we re-plot the ripple rates during the retrieval stage by locking ripple rates to the probe onset. This alternative alignment revealed a significant decrease in ripple rates approximately 1-2 seconds post-probe (indicated by the black horizontal bar, see Author response image 5). This time window is highly consistent with the time window observed in our original response-locked plot. We have therefore retained the response-locked plots in the main text.

      Author response image 5.

      The probe onset-locked hippocampal (HPC) ripple rates during retrieval.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It would strengthen the paper to provide a more explicit theoretical account of why hippocampal ripples, as a mechanism canonically associated with offline sleep-dependent consolidation, should be recruited during online short-term memory maintenance - including some engagement with the observation that ripple dynamics here are associated with short-term but not long-term memory performance.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. Please see our detailed response to your comments on weakness #1 on Pages 6-7 of this response letter.

      (2) Providing group-level average power spectra and mean waveforms of detected ripple events would help demonstrate a narrowband spectral peak distinct from broadband high-gamma, and clarifying the precise spectral and temporal criteria used in IED exclusion would aid reproducibility.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. In this revision, we have now changed the Figure 2a lower panel into the group-level averaged power spectral and mean waveforms of ripple events (see Figure 2a).

      For the IED exclusion, we have added more details as follows:

      “IEDs were independently visually inspected, marked and verified by two neurologists at Beijing Xuanwu Hospital before the ripple detection analysis. In addition, IEDs typically exhibit broadband power increases (1-180 Hz), whereas physiological ripples show narrow high-frequency activity (70-180 Hz) and were further confirmed by performing the time-frequency analysis in Brainstorm (https://neuroimage.usc.edu/brainstorm/). Candidate ripple events occurring within 50 ms of an IED duration range were excluded.” (Page 21)

      (3) Including participant-level lateral temporal lobe channel counts and ramping-up slopes alongside the hippocampal data in Table S1, with confirmation that all participants contributed lateral temporal lobe data, would be a useful addition.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. We have now incorporated the participant-level lateral temporal lobe channel counts and ramping-up slopes alongside the hippocampal data in Table S1.

      (4) Describing the bootstrapping procedure for trial-count matching in greater detail, and reporting raw remembered versus forgotten trial counts per participant, would improve reproducibility.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. We have now provided more details of the bootstrapping procedure in Methods, and a Supplementary Table S2 with remembered and forgotten trial counts per participant (Page 25) as follows:

      “To rule out the possibility that the observed difference in coupled ripple rates between remembered and forgotten trials was driven by unequal trial numbers (i.e., a greater number of remembered trials), we performed a bootstrapping analysis. Specifically, for each participant, we randomly resampled remembered trials with replacement 1,000 times, matching the number of remembered trials to the number of forgotten trials (see Tables S2). For each bootstrap sample, we computed coupled ripple rates separately for remembered and forgotten trials. Statistical significance was assessed based on the proportion of bootstrap samples in which the coupled ripple rate was higher in remembered than in forgotten trials.”

      (5) One sentence in the Introduction: "persistent activity is not consistently observed in the neocortex, where the short-term memory information can be successfully decoded" may confuse readers, as the relative clause appears to contradict rather than support the main point.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this issue. During this revision, the Introduction has been reorganized, and this sentence was removed; it now reads:

      “Traditional models of VSTM proposing sustained, persistent neural activity during delay periods have been challenged by “activity-silent” or dynamic coding frameworks (Fiebig and Lansner, 2017; Miller et al., 2018; Mongillo et al., 2008; Stokes, 2015).” (Page 4)

      (6) The Discussion contains a sentence fragment beginning "First of all, no overall above-baseline hippocampal ripple rate..." that would benefit from revision.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this issue. We have revised this sentence for clarity and grammatical completeness. Now it reads:

      “The hippocampal ripple rate progressively ramps up over the 7-s maintenance period, while the overall average rate during this period does not exceed the pre-encoding baseline.” (Page 12)

      (7) The claim that "the absence of lateral temporal ripple ramping-up cannot be attributed to more heterogeneous ripple activity" would benefit from a reference to the specific justification supporting this conclusion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised this statement in the main text to directly reference the corresponding control analysis in Supplementary Figure S5, which demonstrates that ripple-rate variability does not significantly differ between HPC and LTL channels.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I want to commend the authors for going through the public eLife process. I put everything in the public review since I think it's good to have a transparent process so both the authors and others reading can directly see the peer review process. There's potential for a meaningful paper here, and I would be happy to look at a next round to try and make that happen.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the constructive and encouraging comments. We have carefully responded to all your comments in the public review and revised the manuscript accordingly. We believe that these revisions have addressed the reviewer’s concerns and improved the clarity and interpretation of our results.

      References:

      Axmacher N, Schmitz DP, Wagner T, Elger CE, Fell J. 2008. Interactions between Medial Temporal Lobe, Prefrontal Cortex, and Inferior Temporal Regions during Visual Working Memory: A Combined Intracranial EEG and Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Study. Journal of Neuroscience 28:7304–7312. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1778-08.2008, PMID: 18632934

      Benjamini Y, Hochberg Y. 1995. Controlling the False Discovery Rate: A Practical and Powerful Approach to Multiple Testing. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series B: Statistical Methodology 57:289–300. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1995.tb02031.x

      Bettencourt KC, Xu Y. 2016. Decoding the content of visual short-term memory under distraction in occipital and parietal areas. Nature Neuroscience 19:150–157. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4174

      Buzsáki G. 2015. Hippocampal sharp wave-ripple: A cognitive biomarker for episodic memory and planning. Hippocampus 25:1073–1188. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.22488

      Buzsáki G, Horváth Z, Urioste R, Hetke J, Wise K. 1992. High-frequency network oscillation in the hippocampus. Science 256:1025–1027. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1589772

      Cowan N. 2019. Short-term memory based on activated long-term memory: A review in response to Norris (2017). Psychological Bulletin 145:822–847. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000199

      Daume J, Kamiński J, Schjetnan AGP, Salimpour Y, Khan U, Kyzar M, Reed CM, Anderson WS, Valiante TA, Mamelak AN, Rutishauser U. 2024. Control of working memory by phase–amplitude coupling of human hippocampal neurons. Nature 629:393–401. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07309-z

      Deceuninck L, Kloosterman F. 2024. Disruption of awake sharp-wave ripples does not affect memorization of locations in repeated-acquisition spatial memory tasks. eLife 13:e84004. DOI: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.84004

      Dickey CW, Verzhbinsky IA, Jiang X, Rosen BQ, Kajfez S, Stedelin B, Shih JJ, Ben-Haim S, Raslan AM, Eskandar EN, Gonzalez-Martinez J, Cash SS, Halgren E. 2022. Widespread ripples synchronize human cortical activity during sleep, waking, and memory recall. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2107797119. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2107797119

      Eschenko O, Ramadan W, Mölle M, Born J, Sara SJ. 2008. Sustained increase in hippocampal sharp-wave ripple activity during slow-wave sleep after learning. Learning & Memory 15:222–228. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/lm.726008, PMID: 18385477

      Fiebig F, Lansner A. 2017. A Spiking Working Memory Model Based on Hebbian Short-Term Potentiation. The Journal of Neuroscience: The Official Journal of the Society for Neuroscience 37:83–96. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1989-16.2016, PMID: 28053032

      Girardeau G, Benchenane K, Wiener SI, Buzsáki G, Zugaro MB. 2009. Selective suppression of hippocampal ripples impairs spatial memory. Nature Neuroscience 12:1222–1223. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.2384

      Hannula DE, Tranel D, Cohen NJ. 2006. The Long and the Short of It: Relational Memory Impairments in Amnesia, Even at Short Lags. Journal of Neuroscience 26:8352–8359. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5222-05.2006, PMID: 16899730

      He L, Wang X, Zhang J, Xiao Z, Hu X, Schwartenbeck P, Bakermans J, Behrens T, Liu Y. 2026. Human hippocampal ripples coordinate planning sequences and compositional representations in neocortex. Nature Neuroscience 29:1711–1721. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-026-02291-3

      Hirabayashi T, Nagai Y, Hori Yuki, Hori Yukiko, Oyama K, Mimura K, Miyakawa N, Iwaoki H, Inoue K, Suhara T, Takada M, Higuchi M, Minamimoto T. 2024. Multiscale chemogenetic dissection of fronto-temporal top-down regulation for object memory in primates. Nature Communications 15:5369. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-49570-w

      Iwata T, Yanagisawa T, Ikegaya Y, Smallwood J, Fukuma R, Oshino S, Tani N, Khoo HM, Kishima H. 2024. Hippocampal sharp-wave ripples correlate with periods of naturally occurring self-generated thoughts in humans. Nature Communications 15:4078. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-48367-1

      Jadhav SP, Kemere C, German PW, Frank LM. 2012. Awake Hippocampal Sharp-Wave Ripples Support Spatial Memory. Science. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1217230

      Jeneson A, Squire LR. 2012. Working memory, long-term memory, and medial temporal lobe function. Learning & Memory 19:15–25. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/lm.024018.111, PMID: 22180053

      Jeneson A, Wixted JT, Hopkins RO, Squire LR. 2012. Visual Working Memory Capacity and the Medial Temporal Lobe. Journal of Neuroscience 32:3584–3589. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.6444-11.2012, PMID: 22399780

      Kamiński J, Sullivan S, Chung JM, Ross IB, Mamelak AN, Rutishauser U. 2017. Persistently active neurons in human medial frontal and medial temporal lobe support working memory. Nature Neuroscience 20:590–601. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4509

      Kunz L, Staresina BP, Reinacher PC, Brandt A, Guth TA, Schulze-Bonhage A, Jacobs J. 2024. Ripple-locked coactivity of stimulus-specific neurons and human associative memory. Nature Neuroscience 27:587–599. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-023-01550-x

      Liu AA, Henin S, Abbaspoor S, Bragin A, Buffalo EA, Farrell JS, Foster DJ, Frank LM, Gedankien T, Gotman J, Guidera JA, Hoffman KL, Jacobs J, Kahana MJ, Li L, Liao Z, Lin JJ, Losonczy A, Malach R, van der Meer MA, McClain K, McNaughton BL, Norman Y, Navas-Olive A, de la Prida LM, Rueckemann JW, Sakon JJ, Skelin I, Soltesz I, Staresina BP, Weiss SA, Wilson MA, Zaghloul KA, Zugaro M, Buzsáki G. 2022. A consensus statement on detection of hippocampal sharp wave ripples and differentiation from other fast oscillations. Nature Communications 13:6000. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-33536-x

      Liu J, Zhang H, Yu T, Ni D, Ren L, Yang Q, Lu B, Wang D, Heinen R, Axmacher N, Xue G. 2020. Stable maintenance of multiple representational formats in human visual short-term memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117:32329–32339. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2006752117

      Liu J, Zhang H, Yu T, Ren L, Ni D, Yang Q, Lu B, Zhang L, Axmacher N, Xue G. 2021. Transformative neural representations support long-term episodic memory. Science Advances 7:eabg9715. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.abg9715

      Lundqvist M, Rose J, Herman P, Brincat SL, Buschman TJ, Miller EK. 2016. Gamma and Beta Bursts Underlie Working Memory. Neuron 90:152–164. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2016.02.028, PMID: 26996084

      Miller EK, Lundqvist M, Bastos AM. 2018. Working Memory 2.0. Neuron 100:463–475. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.09.023, PMID: 30359609

      Mongillo G, Barak O, Tsodyks M. 2008. Synaptic theory of working memory. Science 319:1543–1546. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1150769, PMID: 18339943

      Norman Y, Raccah O, Liu S, Parvizi J, Malach R. 2021. Hippocampal ripples and their coordinated dialogue with the default mode network during recent and remote recollection. Neuron 109:2767-2780.e5. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2021.06.020

      Norman Y, Yeagle EM, Khuvis S, Harel M, Mehta AD, Malach R. 2019. Hippocampal sharp-wave ripples linked to visual episodic recollection in humans. Science 365:eaax1030. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aax1030

      Pacheco Estefan D, Sánchez-Fibla M, Duff A, Principe A, Rocamora R, Zhang H, Axmacher N, Verschure PFMJ. 2019. Coordinated representational reinstatement in the human hippocampus and lateral temporal cortex during episodic memory retrieval. Nature Communications 10:2255. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-019-09569-0

      Pertzov Y, Miller TD, Gorgoraptis N, Caine D, Schott JM, Butler C, Husain M. 2013. Binding deficits in memory following medial temporal lobe damage in patients with voltage-gated potassium channel complex antibody-associated limbic encephalitis. Brain 136:2474–2485. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awt129, PMID: 23757763

      Ralph MAL, Jefferies E, Patterson K, Rogers TT. 2017. The neural and computational bases of semantic cognition. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 18:42–55. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn.2016.150

      Ranganath C, Blumenfeld RS. 2005. Doubts about double dissociations between short- and long-term memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9:374–380. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2005.06.009, PMID: 16002324

      Sakon JJ, Kahana MJ. 2022. Hippocampal ripples signal contextually mediated episodic recall. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2201657119. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2201657119

      Schreiner T, Griffiths BJ, Kutlu M, Vollmar C, Kaufmann E, Quach S, Remi J, Noachtar S, Staudigl T. 2024. Spindle-locked ripples mediate memory reactivation during human NREM sleep. Nature Communications 15:5249. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-49572-8

      Stokes MG. 2015. ‘Activity-silent’ working memory in prefrontal cortex: a dynamic coding framework. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 19:394–405. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2015.05.004, PMID: 26051384

      van Schalkwijk FJ, Helfrich RF. 2026. Aperiodic 1/f noise drives ripple activity in humans. Nature Communications 17:746. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-026-68404-5

      Vaz AP, Inati SK, Brunel N, Zaghloul KA. 2019. Coupled ripple oscillations between the medial temporal lobe and neocortex retrieve human memory. Science 363:975–978. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aau8956

      Verzhbinsky IA, Daume J, Rutishauser U, Halgren E. 2025. Cross-region neuron co-firing mediated by ripple oscillations supports distributed working memory representations. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.09.04.674061

      Verzhbinsky IA, Rubin DB, Kajfez S, Bu Y, Kelemen JN, Kapitonava A, Williams ZM, Hochberg LR, Cash SS, Halgren E. 2024. Co-occurring ripple oscillations facilitate neuronal interactions between cortical locations in humans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121:e2312204121. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2312204121

      Widloski J, Foster DJ. 2025. Replay without sharp wave ripples in a spatial memory task. Nature Communications 16:10287. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-025-65181-5, PMID: 41271694

      Xiao Z, Wang X, Zhang J, Ou J, He L, Qu Y, Hu X, Behrens TEJ, Liu Y. 2025. Human hippocampal ripples align new experiences with a grid-like schema. Neuron 113:3661-3672.e4. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2025.07.028, PMID: 40865535

      Xu Y. 2023. Parietal-driven visual working memory representation in occipito-temporal cortex. Current Biology 33:4516-4523.e5. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2023.08.080, PMID: 37741281

      Xue G. 2022. From remembering to reconstruction: The transformative neural representation of episodic memory. Progress in Neurobiology 219:102351. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pneurobio.2022.102351

      Zhang H, Fell J, Axmacher N. 2018. Electrophysiological mechanisms of human memory consolidation. Nature Communications 9:4103. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-06553-y

      Zhang H, Skelin I, Ma S, Paff M, Mnatsakanyan L, Yassa MA, Knight RT, Lin JJ. 2024. Awake ripples enhance emotional memory encoding in the human brain. Nature Communications 15:215. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-023-44295-8

      Zhang Y, Cao L, Varga V, Jing M, Karadas M, Li Y, Buzsáki G. 2021. Cholinergic suppression of hippocampal sharp-wave ripples impairs working memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118:e2016432118. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2016432118

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is a very helpful study that presents an easy to use and reliable alternative to conventional and UV-based tetramers for the identification of antigen-specific CD8 T cells. The authors demonstrate that tetramers for a number of HLA alleles can be subjected to specific temperatures that facilitate peptide exchange whilst maintaining structural integrity, thereby generating detection reagents. They provide convincing evidence for this method, and the approach is likely to provide a useful alternative to generating reagents for examining T cell specificities.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      A fundamental technique for the identification of peptide-specific CD8 T cells is the use of fluorophore-conjugated and peptide loaded MHC tetramers. Classically, refolding of specific peptides with MHC monomers can be labour intensive, and not optimal for screening large numbers of different peptides. Hence, UV-exchanged tetramers have been developed to upscale this, however, still has some associated challenges such as UV-mediated damage to peptide complexes. Here, Pothast, C.R. et al demonstrate the efficacy of using temperature exchanged tetramers for the prevalent alleles HLA-A*03:01, A*11:01, B*07:02, and C*07:02. Building upon their previous work with HLA-A*02:01, H-2Kb, and HLA-E. They first demonstrate the complex stability of tetramers with different affinity peptides at high temperature, showing complex destabilisation can be rescued with higher affinity peptides. This is followed by an optimisation of peptide exchange temperatures, tailored for each allele. The authors then demonstrate successful binding to clonal T cell lines, and then a step further with viral peptides against PBMCs from individuals with confirmed infection history. For the latter they compare to conventional tetramers and demonstrate comparable signal.

      Due to the prevalence of these 4 alleles, the ease-of-handling, and short time requirements, these tetramers are likely to show high utility.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and results are solid, although more detail may add clarity to some of the results, in particular figure 1 and 2. Other than the points reported below, the study uses accurate controls to demonstrate the specificity of the tetramers, and the data is convincing.

      Overall, their interpretation of the results is accurate and the discussion thorough, additional comments may be included to cover potential tetramer batch variability, and differences in the stability of different alleles. Specifically, whether certain alleles require higher affinity peptides to be stable, compared to others.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors addressed the weaknesses highlighted in the previous version, specifically addressing that they do not conclude that thermal peptide exchange is not superior to existing technologies, but may be more feasible, as well as including a section on the stability of the different alleles and template peptides. The authors also updated the labelling and description of figures, making them much more interpretable. Addition of the LILRB1 reporter cell line to demonstrate successful peptide exchange and stability adds extra validity to the results.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work highlights a new approach to build an array of highly stable peptide MHC-I using temperature exchange, which can be used to identify antigen specific CD8+ T cells.

      Strengths:

      In this work, the authors have proposed an alternative method to reload the peptide MHC-I molecule. Their temperature-exchange approach is distinct from current reloadable peptide MHC technologies involving photolabile peptide, empty MHC-I (Nat Commun 11, 1314 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-14862-4), tapasin/TAPBPR chaperone-assisted (eLife 7:e40126.), enzyme exchangeable (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31201791/) and small alcohol (Curr Res Immunol. 2022 Aug 18;3:167-174. doi: 10.1016/j.crimmu.2022.08.002) approaches

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      A fundamental technique for the identification of peptide-specific CD8 T cells is the use of fluorophore-conjugated and peptide-loaded MHC tetramers. Classically, refolding of specific peptides with MHC monomers can be labour-intensive and not optimal for screening large numbers of different peptides. Hence, UV-exchanged tetramers have been developed to upscale this, however, still has some associated challenges such as UV-mediated damage to peptide complexes. Here, Pothast, C.R. et al demonstrate the efficacy of using temperature-exchanged tetramers for the prevalent alleles HLA-A*03:01, A*11:01, B*07:02, and C*07:02. Building upon their previous work with HLA-A*02:01, H-2Kb, and HLA-E. They first demonstrate the complex stability of tetramers with different affinity peptides at high temperature, showing complex destabilisation can be rescued with higher affinity peptides. This is followed by an optimisation of peptide exchange temperatures, tailored for each allele. The authors then demonstrate successful binding to clonal T cell lines, and then a step further with viral peptides against PBMCs from individuals with confirmed infection history. For the later they compare to conventional tetramers and demonstrate comparable signal.

      Due to the prevalence of these 4 alleles, the ease of handling, and short me requirements, these tetramers are likely to show high utility.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and results are solid, although more detail may add clarity to some of the results, in particular figure 1 and 2. Other than the points reported below, the study uses accurate controls to demonstrate the specificity of the tetramers, and the data is convincing.

      Overall, their interpretation of the results is accurate and the discussion thorough, additional comments may be included to cover potential tetramer batch variability, and differences in the stability of different alleles. Specifically, whether certain alleles require higher affinity peptides to be stable, compared to others.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors addressed the weaknesses highlighted in the previous version, specifically addressing that they do not conclude that thermal peptide exchange is not superior to existing technologies, but may be more feasible, as well as including a section on the stability of the different alleles and template peptides. The authors also updated the labelling and description of figures, making them much more interpretable. Addition of the LILRB1 reporter cell line to demonstrate successful peptide exchange and stability adds extra validity to the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our work and for the positive assessment of the manuscript. We are pleased that the reviewer finds the study well written, the data convincing, and the approach likely to be of practical utility for the analysis of antigen-specific T-cell responses.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work highlights a new approach to build an array of highly stable peptide MHC-I using temperature exchange, which can be used to identify antigen specific CD8+ T cells.

      Strengths:

      In this work, the authors have proposed an alternative method to reload the peptide MHC-I molecule. Their temperature-exchange approach is distinct from current reloadable peptide MHC technologies involving photo labile peptide, empty MHC-I (Nat Community 11, 1314 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-14862-4), tapasin/TAPBPR chaperone-assisted (eLife 7:e40126.), enzyme exchangeable (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31201791/) and small alcohol (Curr Res Immunol. 2022 Aug 18;3:167-174. doi: 10.1016/j.crimmu.2022.08.002) approaches

      Weaknesses:

      The temperature-exchange approach identifies antigen-specific T cells at the same frequency of the photolabile peptide MHC-I molecules. The time saved using temperature-exchange protocol may not be a pull factor as the photolabile peptide MHC-I approach is not unreasonably laborious.

      As with other exchange systems, performance can vary by HLA allele and complex stability, so each new allele needs empirical optimization.

      In short, temperature-based p-MHC exchange is a practical and fast loading strategy with good utility for multimer generation, but its main limitation is dependence on thermal stability and careful template selection.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our work and for recognizing temperature-mediated peptide exchange as a practical approach for the generation of peptide–MHCI multimers.

      We appreciate the reviewer placing our methodology within the broader context of existing peptide loading technologies, including photolabile peptide, empty MHC-I, chaperone-assisted, enzyme-mediated, and small alcohol-based exchange systems. In response to comments raised during review, we have expanded the Introduction to include a more comprehensive discussion of these alternative approaches and their respective strengths and limitations.

      We agree that the primary advantage of thermal peptide exchange is not necessarily improved sensitivity or detection of antigen-specific T cells compared with established methodologies. Rather, its value lies in providing an additional peptide-exchange platform that is simple to implement, requires only standard laboratory equipment, and enables rapid generation of peptide–MHC multimers. We also agree that successful implementation requires empirical optimization for each HLA allele and relies on the identification of suitable template peptides.

      We are grateful for the reviewer's constructive comments, which have helped us improve the clarity and balance of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      No additional experiments required.

      Resolution of figures could be improved unless it is a caveat of the software used.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment and constructive suggestion. High-resolution versions of all figures have been included in the revised manuscript

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The following sentences are incorrect.

      Line 101: "The MHC-multimers are multimerized and fluorescently labeled prior to peptide exchange" is incorrect. Instead, combinatorial peptide MHC multimers involves peptide exchange prior to multimerization during barcoding and not vice versa (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23748502/).

      We thank the reviewer for carefully noting this inaccuracy. As suggested, we have revised the text to better reflect the different workflows used across MHC multimer platforms. The sentence now reads: “Depending on the platform, peptide exchange may be performed either before or after multimerization and labeling.”

      Line 296: "Quantifying the efficiency of UV-induced peptide destruction and subsequent peptide exchange remains challenging" is incorrect. The thermal stability of empty MHC-I vs loaded peptide MHC-I after UV irradiation or thermal exchange can be measured using either gel filtration chromatography or SyPro orange thermal shift.

      The sentence now reads: “While the stability of UV-exchanged p-MHC complexes can be assessed using methods such as thermal shift assays and size-exclusion chromatography, the efficiency of peptide exchange is more difficult to quantify directly.”

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study compares orthogonal approaches for detecting RNA chemical modifications and provides a helpful framework for improving the reliability of RNA modification identification by direct RNA sequencing. The evidence supporting the technical benchmarking claims is solid, with multiple complementary controls, including in vitro-transcribed RNA, chemical inhibition of METTL3, and orthogonal m6A mapping. However, claims regarding relative method accuracy and cell-type- and isoform-specific biological differences remain less well supported due to limited biological replication and validation.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have substantially strengthened the manuscript in response to my comments. In particular, they have improved the treatment of non-canonical calls, added further illustrative examples at the level of individual RNA variants, repeated pathway enrichment using an appropriate expression-matched background, assessed treatment-associated cell viability, and moderated several biological claims. The revised manuscript is now most compelling as a technical benchmarking and best-practice resource for high-confidence prediction of a common RNA chemical modification from nanopore direct RNA sequencing.

      The matched-input comparison of two methods, use of unmodified RNA controls, and inhibitor treatment are important strengths. Together, these experiments provide solid support for the central conclusion that careful filtering and appropriate controls can substantially reduce likely false-positive calls and yield a reproducible set of high-confidence predictions. The added analyses also provide useful illustrations of the capacity of long-read sequencing to assign predictions to individual RNA variants, although they do not establish broad superiority over the short-read comparison method.

      A few claims remain insufficiently supported. First, the discussion of non-DRACH sites should cite Cancer mutations rewire the RNA methylation specificity of METTL3-METTL14 (Science Advances, DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.ads4750). In particular, Figure 3C of that study shows that the normal METTL3-METTL14 enzyme retains measurable activity on non-DRACH substrates; this provides a useful precedent for describing the inhibitor-sensitive GGAUU calls as plausible candidates rather than treating non-DRACH calls, especially those detected only by GLORI, as presumptively artefactual. The revised manuscript appropriately notes technical and biological explanations for non-canonical calls and identifies the GGAUU sites as candidates requiring further validation, but this additional context would improve interpretation.

      Second, the comparison between Dorado and GLORI remains overinterpreted. The matched-input design and inhibitor perturbation are important strengths, but the current analysis does not establish that sites detected only by GLORI are false positives or that Dorado is a reference standard. This would require, for example, direct comparison of inhibitor responsiveness among GLORI-only and shared sites, while accounting for coverage, conversion efficiency, and other method-specific biases; therefore, phrases such as "GLORI exhibits reduced specificity," "largely spurious," and "validated by an orthogonal approach" are not fully supported by the data presented.

      Similarly, the thresholding approach should not be described as "unbiased." The analysis is useful and empirically informed, but it relies on selected parameters, a manually specified penalty, and predetermined decision criteria. Describing the procedure as "data-driven" or "empirically calibrated against matched unmodified RNA controls" would more accurately convey both its value and its limitations.

      The additional RNA-variant examples are helpful, but they demonstrate an advantage of long-read data rather than broadly proving that Dorado "outperforms" GLORI for RNA-variant-level quantification. A more accurate formulation would be: "Direct RNA sequencing provides RNA-variant-resolved predictions that are not readily assignable using short-read GLORI data, as illustrated at several loci."

      Finally, the authors now acknowledge that the functional significance of cell-type differences remains unresolved, but the abstract still presents the results as evidence of "finely tuned" regulation, and the discussion links them to neuronal function. The data provide solid evidence for differences in predicted modification proportions between cell types, but the evidence is incomplete for claims about functional consequences; these statements should therefore be framed as context or hypotheses for future study rather than as inferences from the present experiments.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The revised manuscript has improved substantially. The authors have addressed the main concerns raised during the previous round by introducing an IVT-based calibration framework, evaluating background calls across probability thresholds, examining basecalling mismatches, and replacing "stoichiometry" with the more appropriate term "predicted modification proportion." The expanded discussion of non-DRACH predictions is also useful and appropriately balanced. Overall, the study now provides a valuable practical framework for Dorado-based RNA modification analysis.

      I have only a few remaining comments, all of which should be addressable through clarification and minor textual revisions.

      (1) The comparison between NHDF and HD10.6 cells does not appear to include independent biological replicates. The observed differences in predicted m6A/A proportions should therefore be presented as differences between the two datasets rather than as general cell-type-specific effects. The interpretation is already cautious in the Discussion, but similar wording should be used in the Abstract, Results heading, and title if applicable.

      (2) The direction of the comparison in Figure 3D should be clarified. The percentages represent the fraction of GLORI sites that is also detected by Dorado. Thus, the analysis shows that Dorado increasingly recovers high-proportion GLORI sites. It does not directly demonstrate that high-proportion Dorado predictions are increasingly validated by GLORI. The text should reflect this distinction, and the figure should clearly identify which circle represents each method.

      (3) The ratio of calls detected in IVT relative to biological samples is a useful empirical measure of background, but it is not formally a false-positive rate because the true status and testability of every site are not known. A term such as "IVT-to-sample call ratio" or "empirical background-call ratio" would be more precise and would not alter the main conclusion regarding the value of stringent filtering.

      (4) The description of the change-point framework still contains the placeholder "at least X-fold more signal." The actual enrichment threshold should be provided. The authors should also ensure that a log2 ratio threshold of 1.5 is not described as 1.5-fold enrichment, since these values are not equivalent.

      These are relatively minor issues. The authors have responded constructively to the previous reviews, and I do not consider further experimental work necessary.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank you all for the careful evaluation of our manuscript and for the numerous constructive comments and suggestions. As noted by the reviewers, the study directly compares two distinct approaches for detecting m<sup>6</sup>A modifications using the same RNA input material. The inclusion of IVT and STM2457-treated RNA as negative controls, as well as the high-depth long-read datasets from two different cellular systems, enable robust analysis and interpretation of the data, providing a rigorous and reproducible analysis workflow and a valuable reference for the rapidly expanding community aiming to use Oxford Nanopore Technologies’ (ONT) latest flow cell chemistry and Dorado base calling tool.

      We have revised the manuscript according to this feedback and believe the changes have greatly improved the clarity and utility of the work. We have, where possible, addressed all the points raised and have further discussed or acknowledged those that involve broader technical considerations beyond the scope of the present study.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to evaluate how accurately direct sequencing of RNA can identify and quantify several chemical modifications on RNA molecules, focusing primarily on m6A. A central goal of the work is to compare this approach with an independent chemical-based method (glyoxal and nitrite-mediated deamination of unmethylated adenosines (GLORI), using the same RNA samples, in order to assess reproducibility, false-positive signals, and sensitivity across a range of detection strategies. The authors further aim to demonstrate the biological utility of this approach by applying it to two human cell types, primary human fibroblasts and HD10.6 neurons. While the manuscript also reports detection of additional RNA modifications (pseudouridine and m5C), the depth of analysis and strength of controls are greatest for m6A, which forms the primary focus of the study.

      Strengths:

      A strength of this work is the direct comparison of two distinct measurement approaches performed on the same RNA input material; this has not been done in other recently published benchmarking studies evaluating the utility of the recent direct RNA sequencing for calling m6A. The authors systematically test multiple analysis models and show that, when appropriate filtering is applied, detection of modified sites is reproducible across software versions. The use of synthetic RNA standards and METTL3 inhibitors as negative controls helps to reinforce the overall results. The data show good agreement between the two methods at higher m6A modification levels, supporting the conclusion that direct RNA sequencing can reliably detect high-confidence modification sites. The authors also demonstrate that this approach can, in principle, provide information at the level of individual RNA variants (although only one example was provided), which is difficult to achieve with short-read methods. The methodology described here is likely to be useful to others seeking to apply similar approaches to identify and quantify m6A. The study also explores the detection of other RNA modifications, which highlights the broader potential of the approach, although these analyses are necessarily more exploratory given the more limited controls and data available.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, several issues limit the interpretation of the results and should be clarified for readers.

      First, the authors appropriately address false-positive signals by estimating expected false-positive rates and by quantitatively comparing sequence motif enrichment before and after filtering. These analyses provide important support for the use of stoichiometry-based thresholds and demonstrate that filtering substantially improves specificity. However, even after filtering, a subset of detected sites remains outside the expected sequence context. It therefore remains unclear to what extent these non-canonical sites reflect genuine biology versus residual technical artifacts.

      The detected sites that were outside of the expected sequence context (0.1% of the sites per cell type) exhibited sensitivity to STM2457 treatment, supporting the conclusion that these sites represent genuine signals. This point has been clarified in the text (lines 424-455 and 563-578) and additional supporting data have been included in the supplementary figures (Supplementary Fig. S23 and S24).

      Second, claims regarding the ability of direct RNA sequencing to resolve modification patterns across different RNA variants are supported by very limited evidence. The conclusion that this approach provides superior isoform-level quantification relative to short-read methods is based largely on a single gene example. While this case is interesting, it does not establish how widespread or general this advantage is. A broader analysis indicating how many genes show isoform-specific modification patterns detectable by this method, and how often these are missed by the comparison approach, would be necessary to support a general claim.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. To strengthen this point, we have added two additional examples illustrating isoform-specific m<sup>6</sup>A modification patterns, as well as one monoexonic gene for comparison (new Supplementary Figure S22). KRTAP1-5 is a monoexonic gene with a single detectable isoform and shows that Dorado detects more m<sup>6</sup>A sites than GLORI. HSPA8, with five detectable isoforms, is a good example to show that two isoforms carry additional m<sup>6</sup>A sites not resolvable by GLORI. CITED2 has three detectable isoforms, and differential m<sup>6</sup>A patterns can only be resolved with Dorado. We adjusted the text accordingly in lines 395-401.

      Third, the biological interpretation of cell type-specific differences in modification levels remains underdeveloped. Although differences in modification stoichiometry are reported between fibroblasts and neuron-derived cells, the functional consequences of these differences are not addressed. It is unclear whether changes in modification levels are associated with differences in RNA abundance, stability, or translation. As a result, statements suggesting that these modifications fine-tune core cellular pathways are speculative and should either be supported with additional analyses or framed more cautiously.

      We have updated the text (lines 477-481) to ensure a more cautious interpretation of the observations.

      Related to this point, differences in gene expression between the two cell types are a potential confounding factor. The pathway enrichment patterns presented appear biased toward particular functional categories, but without clear control for differential gene expression, it is difficult to determine whether the observed enrichment reflects cell type-specific regulation of RNA modification or simply differences in which genes are expressed. Clarifying how background gene sets were defined for these analyses would help readers interpret the results.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. For the KEGG pathway enrichment analysis, we used genes harboring shared m<sup>6</sup>A sites in both NHDF and HD10.6 cells as the input gene list, irrespective of their expression levels. We initially did not use a custom background gene set, which is also a valid point brought up by the reviewer. Hence, we repeated the analysis and used all genes expressed in both cell types (~13,000 genes) as background (i.e. excluding those only expressed in one cell type). We have revised the results (lines 467-468) and methods section (lines 740-749) accordingly. We replaced the plot in Figure 4H with the new plot.

      The manuscript also suggests broader differences in overall modification levels between cell types, but this is not validated using an independent global assay. An orthogonal measurement of total modification levels on polyadenylated RNA (for example, dot blot) would help place site-specific stoichiometry differences in a clearer biological context.

      We tried to assess global changes in modification levels using a dot blot assay. However, even when loading 2 µg of RNA per sample, we did not detect visible differences between DMSO- and STM2457-treated samples in either cell type, which we expected to serve as a positive control. This most likely indicates that the dot blot assay is much less sensitive than our DRS-based sequencing approach. However, as we agree that for making a statement about broader differences between cell types, orthogonal validation would be necessary. Accordingly, we have adjusted our statements in lines 44-46 and 477-481.

      Finally, the effects of the METTL3 inhibitor on these cell types are not fully characterized. While changes in m6A modification patterns are reported following treatment, the manuscript does not address whether the treatment affects cell growth or viability.

      Cell viability following STM2457 treatment was determined in NHDF and HD10.6 cells using the CellTiter-Glo® assay. HD10.6 cells are terminally differentiated and post-mitotic; therefore, proliferation/growth is not applicable to this cell type, and cell viability (assessed by CTG assay) is the relevant endpoint. We added the results, which showed no significant differences in either cell type, as a supplementary figure (Fig. S1). While we ensured that NHDFs showed normal growth behaviour when treating them with STM2457, because HD10.6 cells are non-proliferative, we assessed cellular health in each of the experiments conducted. We updated a description of the assay in the methods section, lines 637-643, and in the results section (lines 137-138).

      Appraisal of conclusions and impact:

      Overall, the study provides an informative technical assessment of direct RNA sequencing for modification detection and establishes clear conditions under which the method performs well. The evidence strongly supports conclusions related to technical benchmarking, reproducibility, and the importance of filtering and controls, particularly for m6A. In contrast, conclusions regarding isoform-specific regulation and cell type-specific biological roles of RNA modification are less well supported by the data currently presented, and would benefit from either additional analysis or more restrained interpretation.

      The work is likely to have a meaningful impact as a practical reference for researchers using direct RNA sequencing, particularly by clarifying sources of false positives and the value of appropriate controls. With clearer limits placed on biological interpretation or more data presented in support of the biological interpretation, the study would serve as a valuable reference for users seeking to apply these technologies reliably.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive evaluation of our work. To address major concerns, we have adjusted our interpretation of the biological findings throughout the manuscript to better reflect the scope of the presented data. We believe these revisions more clearly distinguish the technical benchmarking aspects of the study from the biological insights that need further investigation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aim to establish a calibrated framework for detecting RNA modifications using long-read sequencing and apply it to compare modification patterns between fibroblasts and neuron-like cells. The work combines long-read sequencing, in vitro transcribed controls, methyltransferase inhibition, and comparison to an orthogonal sequencing-based method in an attempt to derive filtering strategies that reduce false positive modification calls. The authors further apply this framework to explore differences in modification levels between the two cell types. The resulting dataset may be of interest to researchers working on RNA modification detection using long-read sequencing technologies. Independent datasets across additional cellular systems can be useful for benchmarking computational methods and evaluating the behavior of modification detection models. However, the conceptual advance of the analytical framework presented here remains somewhat unclear, as many aspects of the analysis closely resemble strategies that have already been described in recent benchmarking studies.

      Strengths:

      A clear strength of the study is the generation of a relatively large long-read sequencing dataset together with several useful experimental controls, including in vitro transcribed RNA and pharmacological inhibition of the methyltransferase enzyme responsible for installing this modification. These controls are helpful for illustrating the challenges associated with distinguishing high-confidence modification sites from background signals. The inclusion of two different human cellular systems also provides an additional dataset that may be useful for benchmarking and cross-validation in the field. The study addresses a practically relevant question for the community, namely, how to reduce false positive calls in long-read sequencing-based RNA modification analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript is its limited methodological novelty. Much of the analytical framework presented here closely follows benchmarking strategies that have already been described in recent studies of RNA modification detection using long-read sequencing. Several previous studies have evaluated modification-aware basecalling approaches, discussed the need for stringent filtering strategies, and compared long-read sequencing-based predictions with orthogonal mapping approaches. The manuscript would therefore benefit from a deeper engagement with the recent benchmarking literature and a clearer explanation of what conceptual or methodological advance the present study provides beyond these earlier analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. At the time our study was conducted, relatively few benchmarking studies addressing these methodological aspects were available, and the analytical approach and thresholds applied in our study were therefore established independently of these reports. Several relevant studies (some initially as preprints) subsequently emerged within a relatively short period. Now that these studies are available, we have considered their findings, including the thresholds and filtering criteria applied, and have incorporated the relevant comparisons and methodological considerations into the revised manuscript. We have rewritten the introduction section (lines 99-117) and the discussion (lines 537-546, 547-549, 553-562) to incorporate newer studies and correctly integrate our study into the field. Furthermore, we consider these findings not to be supportive of our work, as they strengthen the overall interpretations and guidelines for ONT DRS users.

      A second concern relates to the filtering strategy that forms the core of the proposed workflow. The manuscript applies several thresholds, including modification probability, stoichiometry, and read coverage cutoffs, but it is not clearly explained how these thresholds were determined. It remains unclear whether these cutoffs were derived from statistical calibration, empirical optimization using the presented dataset, or adopted from previous studies. Because the downstream conclusions depend strongly on these filtering choices, a clearer methodological justification would strengthen the work and help readers assess the robustness of the proposed framework.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. For the modification probability thresholds, we compared the distribution of modification probabilities in the biological samples with that observed in the IVT controls. In the revised manuscript, we have integrated a new statistical framework that enables an unbiased determination of modification probability cutoffs for each dataset (see lines 174184, Methods, as well as Fig 2 and Supplementary Figs 5, 8, 9 and 10). We further report error rates relative to IVT across different modification probability cutoffs and probability ranges (lines 186-200). The validread coverage threshold was introduced as an additional safeguard against sites supported predominantly by reads that were neither confidently called as the canonical nucleotide nor confidently assigned as modified (since valid coverage includes only reads supporting the canonical base or the corresponding modification above the selected probability threshold (≥0.98 or ≥0.99, depending on the modification) (lines 233-240). Finally, the stoichiometry cutoff was also informed by comparison with the IVT controls. Although stringent modification-probability filtering substantially reduced background, the majority of residual sites detected in the IVT controls occurred at low modification proportions, particularly below 10%. We therefore introduced the stoichiometry threshold to further distinguish biological modification signal from low-level background calls observed in the unmodified IVT reference (lines 241-249).

      The interpretation of the comparison between the two modification detection approaches also appears somewhat overstated. Differences between the methods are frequently interpreted as evidence that one approach produces large numbers of false positive calls, but the analyses presented do not fully exclude alternative explanations such as differences in sensitivity, sequencing depth, or methodological biases. A more cautious interpretation of these discrepancies would therefore be appropriate.

      Some discussion points also appear speculative. In particular, certain interpretations propose mechanistic explanations without presenting analyses that would allow these possibilities to be distinguished. Such interpretations would benefit from either additional supporting analyses or more cautious phrasing.

      We have revised the relevant sections accordingly to provide a more cautious interpretation of these findings (lines 583-592).

      From a methodological perspective, the statistical robustness of the thresholds used throughout the analysis could also be discussed in more detail. Given the relatively modest read coverage cutoff applied in the study, low stoichiometry estimates may be strongly influenced by sampling noise, and fixed stoichiometry thresholds may therefore not correspond to a consistent level of confidence across sites. In addition, the manuscript relies heavily on fixed modification probability cutoffs to define high-confidence calls, but it does not discuss whether these scores are statistically calibrated or how they relate to expected error rates. Neural network outputs are often not well-calibrated probabilities, and interpreting these values as direct confidence estimates can therefore be problematic. Finally, modification detection models trained on known modification sites may capture sequence-context patterns present in the training data, meaning that motif enrichment or positional distributions along transcripts may partly reflect model biases rather than purely biological signals. A brief discussion of these limitations would help readers better interpret the robustness of the proposed filtering strategy and the downstream biological conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important methodological considerations. We acknowledge that modification proportion estimates, particularly at sites with relatively low coverage and low modification proportions, may be influenced by sampling variability and may not accurately reflect the true modification proportion.

      In terms of our filtering strategy, we performed false-positive rate analyses across multiple modification probability thresholds using repeated subsampling of biological and modification-free IVT datasets. In addition, we performed an independent change-point analysis to identify where modification signals in biological samples diverged from the IVT background. These analyses, together with the reduction in high-probability m<sup>6</sup>A calls following METTL3 inhibition, provide complementary empirical support for the applied filtering criteria.

      We also acknowledge that sequence-context features learned by modification-detection models may influence predicted motif distributions. We therefore performed additional analyses of non-DRACH predictions, identifying both technical sources of erroneous calls and non-canonical sites consistent with genuine biological modifications, including STM2457-sensitive sites.

      Overall, while the dataset may be of interest to the community, the extent to which the study advances current methodological understanding beyond recent benchmarking efforts remains limited.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and critiques. The revised version of the manuscript has addressed these points (as detailed above), and we consider the fact that other recently published benchmarking studies come to broadly similar conclusions provide additional support to our work.

      Notably, however, our study remains the only one to use the same RNA as input for distinct sequencing approaches (i.e. nanopore vs. GLORI-Seq).

      Minor comments:

      The discussion of the "DRACH" versus "all-context" outputs would benefit from greater technical precision. The statement that the number of sites within DRACH motifs identified by the all-context approach was nearly identical to the number reported by the DRACH model may suggest that these outputs derive from fundamentally different predictive models. As I understand it, the underlying neural network is the same, whereas the distinction lies primarily in the classification context. Clarifying this explicitly in the manuscript would improve interpretability and avoid potential confusion for readers.

      We have updated the text accordingly to ensure greater technical precision (lines 342-350).

      The manuscript compares results obtained with different basecalling and modification settings but refers primarily to Dorado software versions. This may be misleading, as software version and model version are not necessarily equivalent. Different basecalling or modification models can be used with the same software release, and newer software versions may still use older models. For clarity and reproducibility, the authors should report the exact basecalling and modification model names used in the analyses rather than referring only to the Dorado software version.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this distinction. We have revised the manuscript and figures accordingly and clarified the specific Dorado software version as well as the individual models used for each analysis (lines 315-330).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) To strengthen the methodological robustness of the proposed framework, the authors should clarify how the filtering thresholds used throughout the analysis were determined. If these thresholds were derived empirically from the present dataset, the authors could consider providing additional analyses demonstrating their robustness (for example, by showing how key results change across different probability or stoichiometry cutoffs). If the thresholds were adopted from previous studies, the relevant sources and the rationale for using them should be explicitly cited.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation. As outlined before, the filtering thresholds used in the analysis were empirically informed by comparison of the biological samples with the unmodified IVT controls. In the revised manuscript, we have implemented a statistical framework that enables the identification of appropriate modification probability cutoffs on a per-sample basis. Specifically, we report error rates relative to the IVT controls across different modification probability cutoffs and probability ranges (lines 186-200), together with statistically supported identification of modification probability cutoffs for each biological sample (by comparing with the corresponding IVT reference, lines 220-230). These analyses support the modification probability thresholds applied in the downstream analyses.

      We have also clarified the rationale for the additional filtering criteria, such as valid coverage and stoichiometry cutoffs. (lines 233-240 and 241-249).

      (2) Because the analysis relies strongly on modification probability scores, the authors may also wish to discuss how these scores relate to expected error rates. If possible, providing an analysis of how false positive rates behave across probability thresholds using the IVT controls included in the study could help readers better interpret the meaning of the chosen cutoff values.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As described above, we have now directly assessed how false-positive rates vary across modification probability thresholds using the unmodified IVT controls. In the revised manuscript, we report error rates relative to the IVT controls across a range of modification probability cutoffs and within discrete probability intervals (lines 203–213). These analyses demonstrate that false-positive rates decrease with increasing modification probability and provide an empirical basis for interpreting the selected probability thresholds.

      (3) For the comparison between the two modification detection approaches, the authors may consider providing additional analyses that clarify the source of discrepancies between the methods. For example, examining whether differences depend on read coverage, sequence context, or site stoichiometry could help readers better understand the conditions under which the two approaches converge or diverge.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We agree that analyses of read coverage, sequence context, and site stoichiometry could help explain the differences between the two methods. However, our current results suggest that the main reason for the discrepancy is the limited conversion efficiency of the GLORI dataset (see Fig. 3D). To properly assess the effects of coverage or sequence context, we would need a higher-quality GLORI dataset with better conversion efficiency. Generating such a dataset and repeating the analysis was beyond the scope of this study. We have therefore revised the text to make this limitation clearer and adjusted our interpretation accordingly (lines 343-361 and 583-593).

      (4) The interpretation of modification patterns between fibroblasts and neuron-like cells could also be strengthened by additional analyses that account for potential confounding factors such as differences in transcript abundance, transcript coverage, or gene expression levels between the two datasets.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. Our comparison was restricted to m<sup>6</sup>A sites shared between both cell types, minimizing potential biases from cell type-specific transcript detection. We agree that transcript abundance, coverage, and the effects of m<sup>6</sup>A on transcript stability and translation should be considered to assess the biological significance of these differences, but such analyses are beyond the scope of this study. We have therefore rephrased our statements more cautiously (lines 478-482).

      (5) In the description of the modification detection models, the manuscript would benefit from clearer reporting of the exact basecalling and modification model names used in the analyses. Because software version and model version are not necessarily equivalent, specifying the model identifiers would improve clarity and reproducibility.

      As mentioned above, we have revised the manuscript and figures accordingly and clarified the specific basecalling and modification models used for each analysis (lines 315-330).

      (6) The manuscript would also benefit from clarifying the relationship between the "DRACH" and "allcontext" outputs, particularly whether these represent distinct predictive models or the same model applied in different classification contexts.

      As mentioned above, we have revised the corresponding paragraph to avoid ambiguity regarding the models used in each analysis (lines 315-330).

      (7) Finally, the manuscript would strongly benefit from a more detailed discussion of the relationship between the present analysis and previous benchmarking studies of long-read RNA modification detection, which would help readers understand how the current work relates to and extends existing efforts in the field.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have expanded the discussion to better place our findings in the context of new benchmarking studies (538-547, 554-563).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors aim to establish a calibrated framework for identifying RNA chemical marks from direct RNA sequencing data using a modification-aware basecalling workflow, with a particular focus on N6-methyladenosine. By combining native RNA sequencing with an unmodified control transcriptome, enzyme inhibition, comparison across multiple software versions, and orthogonal validation using an independent mapping approach, the authors seek to define a best-practice pipeline for reducing falsepositive calls and improving confidence in quantitative interpretation across cell types.

      A major strength of the work is the rigor of the benchmarking strategy. In particular, the inclusion of an unmodified control transcriptome is both important and useful, and the study provides compelling evidence that this control remains necessary for robust interpretation, despite being omitted in many current workflows. The comparison across software versions and the matched analysis with an independent sequencing-based approach also substantially strengthen the evidence presented. The work therefore makes a valuable contribution to the community by offering a more stringent analytical framework that will likely be broadly useful to groups applying native RNA sequencing to study RNA chemical marks.

      The evidence supporting the main conclusions is solid overall. The authors convincingly show that stringent filtering substantially reduces false-positive calls and improves agreement with orthogonal approaches, particularly at highly modified sites. The observation that many sites are conserved across cell types, while showing differences in relative modification levels, is also supported by the presented analyses.

      At the same time, several conceptual issues limit the strength of some downstream interpretations. Most importantly, the manuscript repeatedly refers to the reported values as "stoichiometry," whereas the underlying software output is more appropriately interpreted as a statistical estimate of the proportion of aligned reads classified as modified. This distinction is important because the conclusions regarding celltype differences rely on quantitative comparisons of these values. In addition, the current calling framework depends on successful canonical base assignment before modification calling, which raises an important limitation: sites with the strongest signal deviations may be underrepresented if they are more likely to be miscalled during basecalling. This issue may be especially relevant for RNA marks that induce stronger mismatch signatures than N6-methyladenosine and should be more explicitly discussed. Overall, the authors largely achieve their primary aim of establishing a more rigorous and broadly applicable analytical framework for direct RNA sequencing-based modification detection. The work is likely to have a meaningful impact on the field, particularly by reinforcing the importance of appropriate negative controls and benchmarking standards. With clearer framing of the quantitative outputs and explicit discussion of current software limitations, this study will serve as a highly useful resource for the community.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have several conceptual and methodological concerns.

      (1) Please avoid the term "stoichiometry". A major concern is the repeated use of the term "stoichiometry." In the context of Dorado-based nanopore calling, this is fundamentally a statistical estimate of the proportion of aligned reads classified as modified, rather than a direct biochemical measurement of true molecular stoichiometry or occupancy. I strongly recommend replacing this term throughout the manuscript with:

      - predicted m6A/A proportion

      - relative modification proportionThis distinction is especially important because the manuscript draws biological conclusions from differences in these values across cell types. At present, the language risks overstating the quantitative certainty of the method.

      The reviewer is correct, and where applicable (text, figures), we have replaced the word “stoichiometry” with “predicted m<sup>6</sup>A/A proportion”.

      (2) Canonical basecalling dependency requires explicit discussion.

      A key conceptual concern is that the modification caller requires the base to first be correctly called as A before assigning it as m6A. This point needs to be explicitly addressed in the manuscript. Because the proportion is being calculated only from reads that are first aligned and called as canonical A, I strongly encourage the authors to include a mismatch analysis and explicitly frame the reported values as proportions derived only from correctly aligned A-containing reads. This raises an important question: are the strongest signal-distorting sites being systematically excluded from analysis because they are more likely to be basecalled incorrectly? This is an important limitation of the ONT Dorado/Modkit framework and should be discussed directly.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the reported modification proportions do not capture all reads overlapping a given position. The proportions are calculated from reads in which the corresponding base is basecalled as an A and is confidently assigned as either canonical A or m<sup>6</sup>A above the selected modification-probability threshold. Reads in which the position is basecalled as a different nucleotide, contain a deletion, are assigned another modification, or have an m<sup>6</sup>A probability below the selected threshold are therefore not included in the proportion estimate. For the DRACH context model, reads containing a non-matching base at other positions within the required motif context are likewise excluded from modification calling. We have now clarified this limitation explicitly in the revised manuscript (lines 285-296). In addition, to assess the potential magnitude of this effect, we performed a mismatch analysis examining the percentage of reads in which the reference A was basecalled as another nucleotide and evaluated its relationship with the predicted m<sup>6</sup>A/A proportion across sites in our filtered dataset (lines 297-313). This analysis provides information that is not captured by the predicted modification proportions.

      (3) The concern above (2) is likely stronger for Pseudouridine and Inosine RNA editing.

      I think this issue is likely even more important for Pseudouridine and Inosine RNA editing than for m6A. For these modifications, the basecalling error at the modified site is expected to be substantially stronger than for m6A, which may leave very few aligned reads available for downstream proportion calculations. This could potentially explain why the authors require a higher modification probability threshold for these marks. I would strongly encourage the authors to explicitly discuss whether this basecalling dependency contributes to the need for the {greater than or equal to}0.99 threshold and whether this introduces a systematic detection bias.

      To investigate the potential impact of basecalling errors on modification proportion estimates, we examined alternative nucleotide calls at modification sites, including pseudouridine and inosine sites, focusing on positions where non-reference basecalls accounted for ≥25% of the reads overlapping the site (lines 297-305). At pseudouridine sites, the predominant alternative basecall was C, whereas at inosine sites, G was most frequently observed. These results indicate that modification-associated basecalling errors may lead to the exclusion of a fraction of reads from downstream modification proportion calculations. Consequently, the reported modification proportions may be underestimated at sites where the presence of a modification strongly affects canonical basecalling, introducing a potential detection bias.

      Importantly, however, the modification probability thresholds used in our analysis were derived empirically by comparing modification probability distributions in the biological samples with those observed in the corresponding IVT and STM2457-treated controls. Basecalling accuracy was not considered in establishing these thresholds.

      (4) Need better framing of multiple modifications on the same transcript.

      In the Introduction, I would encourage the authors to better position nanopore DRS relative to short-read approaches by explicitly noting that short-read methods are also limited in their ability to resolve multiple modifications on the same transcript molecule. This is an important conceptual advantage of native longread sequencing and deserves clearer emphasis early in the manuscript.

      We agree that the ability to examine the co-occurrence of multiple modifications on individual RNA molecules represents an important distinction between nanopore DRS and short-read approaches. We have therefore revised the Introduction to explicitly note the limitation (lines 79-80, 83-84).

      (5) Clarify unclear experimental step.

      The stoichiometry distribution experiment (lines 189-195) in the Results section is difficult to follow.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised and restructured this section to more clearly describe the stoichiometry analysis (lines 255-274).

      (6) Discussion of non-DRACH sites.

      The manuscript interprets many non-DRACH GLORI sites as likely false positives. While this is a reasonable interpretation, I would like the authors to also discuss whether true cellular m6A may exist at non-DRACH motifs, and whether any non-canonical sites identified by nanopore DRS may represent biologically real events rather than technical artifacts.

      We agree and have added a new analysis (Fig. S23 and S24) addressing this point. Most non-DRACH calls derive from technical causes (SNPs, homopolymers, proximity to true DRACH sites), but a subset conforming to DRAC motifs, e.g., are STM2457-sensitive, indicating they likely represent genuine METTL3-dependent m<sup>6</sup>A sites. We have added a description of the new figures in the results section 425456) and discuss this further in lines 564-579.

      This is especially important given emerging evidence that non-canonical motifs can occasionally occur in vivo.

      We thank the reviewer and have added corresponding data and discussion, as pointed out above. While most all-context non-DRACH calls reflect similar technical artifacts, we identify STM2457-sensitive GGAUU sites, e.g., and a distinct STM2457-insensitive, METTL16-like class (e.g., ACAGA in MAT2A), supporting that some non-canonical calls represent true m<sup>6</sup>A sites.

      Regarding lines 236-240: Are there also sites from nanopore sequencing that are unexpectedly positive?

      We thank the reviewer for this question and refer to our newly added figures (Figure S23 and S24) and explanations described above.

      (7) Strongest point of the paper. I want to emphasize that one of the strongest contributions of this study is its clear demonstration that the modification-free transcriptome control is necessary. This should be stated even more explicitly as a best-practice recommendation, as the field increasingly trends toward analyses that omit such controls.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important aspect of our study. We have strengthened this point in the Discussion (lines 610-611) and now more explicitly recommend using a modification-free transcriptome control as a best practice for reliable RNA modification detection by DRS.

      Overall, I find this to be a strong manuscript, with its methodological rigor being a major strength. Addressing the concerns above would substantially improve both the clarity and interpretability of the work.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and constructive feedback. We believe that the revisions have improved the clarity of the manuscript and the interpretability of our findings.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this important study, the authors demonstrate that generative AI techniques (restricted Boltzmann machine) can be used effectively to design and characterize mutational pathways of WW domains with different binding specificities. The computational studies are complemented by experimental validations, and the results provide convincing evidence supporting the idea that sequence landscape holds significance in understanding protein evolution from a transition path perspective. The minor weakness of the study has been largely addressed in the revision. The work will likely have a major impact on research aimed at understanding how evolution navigates fitness landscapes as well as reconstructing ancestral sequences.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to study mutational paths connecting WW domains with different binding specificities. Their approach combines an unsupervised sequence generative model based on RBMs with a path-sampling algorithm. The key result is that most intermediate sequences along the designed transition paths retain measurable binding activity in wet-lab assays, whereas paths containing the same mutations introduced in a randomized order are largely non-functional. This difference is attributed to epistatic interactions captured by the RBM model.

      Strengths:

      Exploring mutational paths in high-dimensional protein sequence space is a challenging problem. The computational framework used here is state-of-the-art and is strengthened by systematic experimental characterization of binding activity. The study is comprehensive in scope, including multiple transition paths both within and across WW specificity classes, and the integration of modeling with high-throughput experimental validation is a clear strength.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript is extremely clear and well written, the experimental evidence is strong and the methods are clearly described, so I do not have major issues to raise. A few minor issues are listed below. Some of these were presented in my first review but were not addressed by the authors.

      (2) In Section 3.3 the authors say that direct paths connecting Class I and Class IV behave similarly to indirect paths, despite having lower scores according to the RBM. How generic is this? Does it also happen for other classes? This might be an important point to address as direct paths are easier to sample.

      (3) The path shown in Fig.4 goes through a region of non-functionality around sequences 18-19. It seems that the sample path is basically exploring the functional regions for Class I and Class II/III separately trying to approach the other class, but then it can't really do the switch.

      By contrast the path going from Class I to Class IV seems able to perform the functional switch in a single step (20-21) without losing too much of the function.

      Perhaps the authors could better comment on this? Is this a limitation of the sampling method, or a fundamental biological fact?

      (4) On page 12 it is stated that temperature was chosen to 1/3 to maximize the score. This is important and should be mentioned earlier (I didn't notice it until that point).

      (5) On page 13 it is stated that "However, the scores of the ancestral sequences along the phylogenetic pathways assigned by the RBM are significantly lower than the ones of the RBM-designed sequences. This result is expected as ASR reconstruction does not take into account epistasis, differently from RBM, and we expect ASR sequences to generally be of lesser quality."

      I was very surprised by this result. My own experience with ASR shows that on the contrary, sequences found by ASR (via maximum likelihood) tend to have high scores in the (R)BM and tend to be more stable than extant sequences. I attribute this to the fact that ASR typically finds a "consensus" sequence that maximizes the contribution to the score coming from the fields (the profile), which is typically dominant over the epistatic signal, resulting in a bigger score. Maybe the authors did not use maximum likelihood in the ASR? Some clarification might be useful here.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to study mutational paths connecting WW domains with different binding specificities. Their approach combines an unsupervised sequence generative model based on RBMs with a path-sampling algorithm. The key result is that most intermediate sequences along the designed transition paths retain measurable binding activity in wet-lab assays, whereas paths containing the same mutations introduced in a randomized order are largely non-functional. This difference is attributed to epistatic interactions captured by the RBM model.

      Strengths:

      Exploring mutational paths in high-dimensional protein sequence space is a challenging problem. The computational framework used here is state-of-the-art and is strengthened by systematic experimental characterization of binding activity. The study is comprehensive in scope, including multiple transition paths both within and across WW specificity classes, and the integration of modeling with high-throughput experimental validation is a clear strength.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern is whether the stated goal of specificity switching is fully achieved. Along the sampled transition paths, most intermediate variants appear to retain specificity close to either the initial or the final class, rather than exhibiting gradually shifting specificity. For example, in Figure 4G (Class I to Class II/III), binding appears largely binary, with intermediates behaving similarly to one of the endpoints. A similar pattern is observed in Figure 3H for the Class I to Class IV transition, where binding responses are close to 0 or 1. In this sense, the specificity-switching objective is only partially realized by assigning two endpoints with different specificity. This raises a broader conceptual question: is it possible that different WW specificities evolved from a common ancestor without passing through intermediates that exhibit mixed or intermediate specificity? If so, then inferring specificity-switching pathways purely from extant natural sequences may be fundamentally challenging.

      We have added a sentence in the introduction to underline these points, in particular: Is the specificity switch happening through abrupt or more gradual specificity changes? Does it correspond to a bottleneck in sequence space?

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This is an extremely important work that shows how one can use generative models to construct specificity-switching mutational paths in complex fitness landscapes. The experimental evidence is very clear, and the theoretical tools are innovative.

      The work will likely have a deep impact on future research aimed at understanding how evolution navigates fitness landscapes as well as reconstructing ancestral sequences.

      The manuscript is extremely clear and well written, the experimental evidence is strong, and the methods are clearly described, so I do not have major issues to raise. A few minor issues are listed below.

      (1) I consider the WW domain as an 'easy' case from the point of view of generative modelling. The domain is rather short, epistatic effects are not very strong (e.g. Boltzmann learning usually converges very quickly to a very paramagnetic state), and the resulting models are well interpretable (e.g. the hidden units of the RBM correlate well with subclasses).

      This is not always (not often?) the case, however. In more complex proteins, the learning procedures can be slower and the resulting models less interpretable. Just for completeness, perhaps the authors could comment on the generality of the results and what they would expect for other systems based on their experience.

      We have added a sentence in conclusion to discuss the application of our framework to more complex and longer proteins.

      (2) In Section 3.3, the authors say that direct paths connecting Class I and Class IV behave similarly to indirect paths, despite having lower scores according to the RBM. How generic is this? Does it also happen for other classes? This might be an important point to address, as direct paths are easier to sample.

      We have added a sentence in conclusion to emphasize the need for a more exhaustive study of non-direct vs direct paths.

      (3) The path shown in Figure 4 goes through a region of non-functionality around sequences 18-19. It seems that the sample path is basically exploring the functional regions for Class I and Class II/III separately, trying to approach the other class, but then it can't really make the switch.

      By contrast, the path going from Class I to Class IV seems able to perform the functional switch in a single step (20-21) without losing too much of the function.

      Perhaps the authors could better comment on this? Is this a limitation of the sampling method, or a fundamental biological fact?

      We now better stress and discuss the comparison between Class I to Class IV paths and Class I to Class II paths in the conclusion.

      (4) On page 12, it is stated that the temperature was chosen to 1/3 to maximize the score. This is important and should be mentioned earlier (I didn't notice it until that point).

      We have added a sentence in Section 3.2 on the lowering of the sampling temperature to 1/3 to obtain high-scores sequences.

      (5) On page 13, it is stated that: "However, the scores of the ancestral sequences along the phylogenetic pathways assigned by the RBM are significantly lower than the ones of the RBM-designed sequences. This result is expected as ASR reconstruction does not take into account epistasis, differently from RBM, and we expect ASR sequences to generally be of lesser quality."

      I was very surprised by this result. My own experience with ASR shows that, on the contrary, sequences found by ASR (via maximum likelihood) tend to have high scores in the (R)BM, and tend to be more stable than extant sequences. I attribute this to the fact that ASR typically finds a "consensus" sequence that maximizes the contribution to the score coming from the fields (the profile), which is typically dominant over the epistatic signal, resulting in a bigger score. Maybe the authors did not use maximum likelihood in the ASR? Some clarification might be useful here.

      We have updated Figure 5 with shuffled and ASR sequences, and added Suppl Figure 7 to compare the score of the consensus sequences and the ones of the most ancestral nodes along the path in the ASR reconstruction with the natural scores.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I suggest that the authors either more clearly acknowledge that smooth specificity switching is not fully demonstrated or reconsider the use of "specificity switching" in the title. An alternative framing could emphasize the study of mutational paths connecting different specificity classes, without implying a transition in specificity.

      One of the main questions motivating our study was precisely to investigate where along the path and how the transition in specificity happens, i.e. through intermediate that exhibit mixed or intermediate specificity (which we had defined as ‘smooth’) or more abruptly.

      For class I-IV paths, we observe a smooth specificity switch with some cross-specificity of the sequences designed in the switching-specificity region, with low but significant binding responses not only towards class I and IV ligands (the extant sequences specificity class) but also to ligand of class II. On the contrary, in the paths from class I to class II-III, we observe the abrupt switch, at the predicted specificity boundary, with sequences with a clear response to one or the other peptide. This abrupt switch requires the change of several amino acids determining the specificity class, and binding is loss when this change is incomplete.

      We understand that the term “smooth” to design the cross-reactivity of the few sequences in the predicted ‘switching boundary zone’ could be misleading, so we have removed it from the abstract.

      Moreover, we have added a sentence in introduction to motivate the study of where and how the specificity transition takes place, and two sentences in conclusion about the identification of where the specificity switching take place along the path, and to underline the difference between the paths from class I to class IV and the ones from class I to class II/III.

      It is striking that all scrambled paths are non-functional. Given that sequences adjacent to the end states differ by only a few mutations, one might expect at least some of these variants to remain functional, as small numbers of mutations often do not abolish activity. The authors should discuss this result in greater depth and more clearly explain how it uniquely supports the role of epistatic interactions.

      The sampling of the scrambled paths is not strictly random. Along the scrambled path the mutations are inserted in the reverse order; the scrambled paths are therefore chosen to maximize the sequence divergence between the unscrambled sequences (in which the mutation is predicted to be functional by the path sampling algorithm) and the one in which it is tested in the scrambled path. The fact that the background matters is a clear sign of epistasis.

      We have better explained this important point in Section 3.3, where we introduce scrambled paths.

      Specificity class annotations are inferred using RBM latent weights. However, as shown in Figure 2E, the boundaries between classes in latent space are not sharply defined. It would strengthen the analysis to validate these class assignments using alternative representations, such as clustering in the latent space of a VAE or embeddings from protein language models, to assess whether the inferred class boundaries are robust and consistent.

      Beyond RBM weights, the boundaries between clusters have been assessed by inferring two different RBMs (which we call class specific RBM) on class specific MSA, such models validated the robustness of the boundaries. Most importantly, we have shown that the classification is consistent with experiments.

      To further answer this comment, we have added Suppl. Figures 7 and 8, showing that a simple PCA approach, as well as VAE agree with our clustering.

      In Figure 3C and Figure 3F, variants 18 and 19 appear to represent transition states located in regions of latent space with little or no training data. Intuitively, such variants would be expected to have a lower probability than variants 22, which lie in a high-density region of the RBM model. However, this expectation is not reflected in Figure 3C. A similar issue appears in Figure 4. The authors should carefully re-examine these results and clarify whether this behavior arises from the model, the scoring procedure, or a potential error.

      We confirm that variants 18 and 19 in mutational path between classes I-IV have larger scores than the class IV wild-type domain. We have attributed the low score of this class IV wild-type (the extant sequence) to its smaller structural stability, as discussed in Sec 3.3 and with Supplementary Figure 3.

      The key point here is that the scores of Natural sequences are spread, as shown with the histogram in Fig. 5 (green distribution), corresponding to more or less stable natural protein. The RBM model (with a low sampling temperature favoring higher RBM scores) is able to generate artificial sequences far away in sequence space (i.e. with high Hamming distance with respect to natural one), while keeping high scores. The functionality of designed proteins with high RBM scores has been demonstrated in previous work by some of us, e.g. [Malbranke et al PLoS Comp Bio 2026], [Huot, Monasson, Cocco Cell system 2026], [Fernandez-de-Cossio-Diaz Nature Communication 2026], building up on similar results for BM models [Russ et al Science 2020].

      We have now clarified the point of the sampling at low temperature earlier in the manuscript in Section 3.2.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In Figure 2 F-G, maybe a histogram of the scores of natural sequences could be added for comparison.

      We have added the histogram of scores of natural sequences in figure 5, where we discuss the scores of the generated sequences for the different paths.

      (2) In Section 3.4, "(Wild type 1YWI or formin binding protein)" is not clear; there might be a typo. Please check

      We do refer to Formin-binding protein 1, also known as FNBP1. We have reformulated the corresponding sentence.

      (3) On page 16 at the end of section 4, the authors could consider citing "Integrating experimental feedback improves generative models for biological sequences" by Calvanese et al. among the active learning methods.

      Thanks for suggesting to cite this very relevant work. We have added the reference.

      (4) Reference 78 is stated "in preparation (2019)", I guess this is a mistake and could be fixed.

      The reference has been updated.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this manuscript the authors established a novel three-dimensional culture system for stratified epithelia that allows epithelial cells to undergo epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) and subsequent mesenchymal-to-epithelial transition (MET) while migrating through a membrane with 3.0-µm micropores, and, thus, provides a highly valuable tool to study EMT and possibly wound regeneration or metastasis. Furthermore, a set of experiments provides compelling data suggesting that TGF beta signaling and actin polymerization promote movement of epithelial cells into the pores, while Piezo1 and Keratin 6 prevent keratinocyte migration and EMT.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes the migration of epidermal keratinocytes through porous membranes and observed a unique size selection whereby only on 3-micron membrane are keratinocytes able to migrate and reform an intact epidermis. The authors propose that the model replicates three cell states of intact epidermis, EMT, and MET. They also show that this response depends on the actin cytoskeleton, keratin 6, and Piezo1, and the migration could be stimulated with TGFbeta ligands.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the study include the establishment of a simple yet robust in vitro model that capture all three cell states, which could be useful for future investigation of wound healing or metastasis across a range of epithelia. There is also good quantitative characterisation of the pore size effects, providing some interesting observations about the physical regulation of keratinocyte migration, and the study provides some initial insights into the regulatory mechanisms. The images and presentation are clear.

      Weaknesses:

      While there are some insights into the underlying mechanisms, there could be more detailed analysis of the key signalling pathways and functional relationships between actin, keratins, Piezo, and EMT genes. Although the extent of new biological insight is somewhat limited, the study still demonstrates the utility of the model, and these points may be important questions to address in future studies.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The revised manuscript by Nohara et al. presents a novel 3D assay that allows for stratification of epithelia, active EMT through small pores, and active MET. They show that 3um pores allow for keratinocytes to sample the pore through filopodia and up regulate EMT genes to transverse the pores to the other side of the membrane where EMT genes are down regulated as the cells re-establish stratified epithelia. The TGFbeta pathway and actin polymerization promotes movement of cells into the pores and Piezo1 and KRT6 actively block this movement. This work provides a novel 3D assay that is likely to become a benchmark to analyze these processes using a more complex system than other current culture-specific EMT and MET assays.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the foundational analysis of the pathways involved in establishing the 3-compartment epithelium. The authors have incorporated live imaging, drug studies, KO analysis, and RNA-sequencing to show the relevant pathways involved. The authors were responsive to the original round of reviews and present a much-improved study with greater details on molecular markers, quantification, and clarity.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors established an experimental system that reproduced three-dimensional triphasic epithelia, i.e., the original epithelium, its EMT, and MET. Keratinocytes (KCs), skin epithelial cells, placed on a microporous membrane migrated through 3.0-um or larger micropores. The 3.0-um-pored membrane induced an epithelial structure with three states: stratified KCs above the membrane, KCs showing EMT within the micropores, and a new stratified epithelium under the membrane. The membrane with larger micropores failed to maintain this triphasic epithelia. Live imaging revealed that KCs moved in a reciprocating manner, with actin-rich filopodia-like KC structures extending into and out of the 3.0-um micropores, while the cells migrated unidirectionally into larger micropores. KO of Piezo1 and keratin 6 increased KC entry to and exit from the 3.0-um micropores. Their results demonstrate that benign keratinocytes migrate through confined spaces in a reciprocating manner, which might help form triphasic epithelia, recapitulating wound healing processes.

      Strengths:

      Careful observation of the behaviour of keratinocytes on the different sized pores. CrispR-Cas9 gene editing to KO Piezo 1 and keratin 6 isoforms in HaCaT keratinocytes.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have improved the observed weaknesses including better statistical analysis and more detail on replicates. They have also performed staining for laminin beta3 chain.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Changes made independently of the reviewers' comments

      In addition to the revisions described below, we have made the following three changes during the revision process. None of them affects the overall claims of the paper.

      (1) Removal of the blebbistatin data. The blebbistatin experiments (Figure 3f and h in the original manuscript) did not reproduce in repeated trials. We have therefore removed these data, together with the related descriptions in the Results, Discussion, and Materials and Methods.

      (2) Removal of the pan-KRT6 KO-2 data. The original manuscript presented two pan-KRT6 KO cell lines. We subsequently found that an insufficient number of biological replicates had been obtained for KO-2, although its results were consistent in direction with those of KO-1. We have removed the KO-2 data and renamed pan-KRT6 KO-1 as pan-KRT6 KO.

      (3) Revised statistics. As described in our response to Reviewer #1's comment (2), we re-analyzed the quantitative data using a generalized linear model that accounts for experimental batch. With this analysis, the effect of ruthenium red on cell exit (Figure 4b) and the effect of one TGF-β receptor inhibitor on cell exit (Figure 3e) no longer reached statistical significance. The corresponding descriptions in the Results have been amended.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes the migration of epidermal keratinocytes through porous membranes and observes a unique size selection whereby only on 3-micron membrane are keratinocytes able to migrate and reform an intact epidermis. The authors propose that the model replicates three cell states of the intact epidermis, EMT, and MET. They also show that this response depends on the actin cytoskeleton and Piezo1, and the migration could be stimulated with TGF-beta ligands.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the study include the establishment of a simple yet robust in vitro model that captures all three cell states, which could be useful for future investigation of wound healing or metastasis. There is also good characterisation of the pore size effects, providing some interesting observations about the physical regulation of keratinocyte migration. The images and presentation are clear.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some of the terminology would benefit from better definition or refinement. Triphasic suggests different physical behaviours (e.g. liquid-liquid phase separation) rather than cellular properties. Perhaps it would be better to refer to these as cell states or to describe the model more specifically as an invasion or EMT model. Likewise, the term 'reciprocating' implies two-way communication, but it is used to describe two-way migration or oscillating migration. Here, perhaps oscillatory would be clearer.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the title, abstract, and main text to avoid the terms “reciprocating” and “triphasic” and have instead adopted “oscillatory” and “three-compartment,” respectively.

      (2) The quantification and statistical analysis of key results could be improved. Notably, quantification of immunostaining in Figures 1 and 2 would strengthen core findings, and greater detail is needed on the sample sizes and number of experiments used for statistical analysis. These details are missing or only appear to N=1 in some places.

      We have added the quantification and statistical analysis to the revised manuscript. We realized that some of the data in the original manuscript combined technical and biological replicates. Therefore, we have revised the statistical analysis and presented the sample size in each experiment in the revised manuscript.

      (3) There is an attempt to analyse the underlying molecular mechanisms, but these studies lack depth and detail. For example, it is not clear how actin, keratins, and piezo1 communicate to regulate cell migration. Are they acting directly on EMT genes such as SNAI1 or through changes in cell mechanics and cell-cell adhesions? Likewise, is TGF-beta signalling active in the system (e.g. nuclear pSMAD during cell migration)? As a result, the new biological insight is somewhat limited and confirms much of what is known about these pathways in keratinocyte migration.

      We have elaborated these matters in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript. Unfortunately, we were not able to specifically determine if nuclear pSMAD is present in the cells within micropores, due to technical issues described below. However, as TGF-β inhibition did not affect the entry into and the exit from the micropores (Figure 3b, e), TGF-β signaling is unlikely to be essential for this process.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nohara et al. presents a novel 3D assay that allows for stratification of epithelia, active EMT through small pores, and active MET. They show that 3 µm pores allow for keratinocytes to sample the pore through filopodia and upregulate EMT genes to transverse the pores to the other side of the membrane where EMT genes are downregulated as the cells re-establish stratified epithelia. The TGFbeta pathway and actin polymerization promote the movement of cells into the pores and Piezo1 and KRT6 actively block this movement. This work provides a novel 3D assay that is likely to become a benchmark to analyze these processes using a more complex system than other current culture-specific EMT and MET assays.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the foundational analysis of the pathways involved in establishing the tri-phasic epithelium. The authors have incorporated live imaging, drug studies, KO analysis, and RNA sequencing to show the relevant pathways involved.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors provide strong evidence that the tri-phasic epithelium represents the EMT process, the MET process is largely relegated to the absence of EMT genes. It would be interesting to know how the stratified MET epithelia submerged in the media is similar or different from the stratified epithelia at the air-liquid interface.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment and agree that the comparison between the MET-derived epithelium beneath the membrane and the original epithelium at the air–liquid interface is an intriguing question. Our current data provide partial insight: the epithelium beneath the membrane re-expressed E-cad (Figure 1d) and showed laminin β3 deposition comparable to that of the epithelium above the membrane (Figure 1—figure supplement 1e), indicating that it re-establishes at least some features of an epithelial tissue. However, it also retained elevated Vim and N-cad relative to the epithelium on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane (Figure 1—figure supplement 1b, c), suggesting that the MET is not complete. A systematic comparison, including barrier function and terminal differentiation markers, would require a dedicated study, which we plan to undertake.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors established an experimental system that reproduced three-dimensional triphasic epithelia, i.e., the original epithelium, its EMT, and MET. Keratinocytes (KCs), skin epithelial cells, placed on a microporous membrane migrated through 3.0-um or larger micropores. The 3.0-um-pored membrane induced an epithelial structure with three states: stratified KCs above the membrane, KCs showing EMT within the micropores, and a new stratified epithelium under the membrane. The membrane with larger micropores failed to maintain this triphasic epithelium. Live imaging revealed that KCs moved in a reciprocating manner, with actin-rich filopodia-like KC structures extending into and out of the 3.0-um micropores, while the cells migrated unidirectionally into larger micropores. KO of Piezo1 and keratin 6 increased KC entry to and exit from the 3.0-um micropores. Their results demonstrate that benign keratinocytes migrate through confined spaces in a reciprocating manner, which might help form triphasic epithelia, recapitulating wound healing processes.

      Strengths:

      Careful observation of the behaviour of keratinocytes on the different-sized pores. CrispR-Cas9 gene editing to KO Piezo 1 and keratin 6 isoforms in HaCaT keratinocytes.

      Weaknesses:

      There is no analysis of the matrix produced by the keratinocytes on the different pore sizes as this may influence migration.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have included images of laminin β3 labeling in 3D epidermis formed on 0.4-µm- or 3.0-µm-pored membranes in the revised manuscript (Figure 1—figure supplement 1e). Laminin β3, a subunit of laminin 332, was detected in the epithelium formed on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane, as well as in all three compartments of the tissue formed on the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. We did not observe an apparent difference in laminin β3 deposition between the two pore sizes, although we note that this assessment is qualitative and that a quantitative comparison of matrix production would require a separate study.

      HaCaT cells are quite different from normal keratinocytes in terms of migration. Pilcher et al. PMID: 9182674

      We have included this limitation in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript and cited the suggested publication (Pilcher et al. 1997).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Some of the terminology needs better definition or refinement. Triphasic suggests different physical behaviours (e.g. liquid-liquid phase separation) rather than cellular properties. Perhaps it would be better to refer to these as cell states or to describe the model more specifically as an invasion or EMT model. Likewise, the term 'reciprocating' implies two-way communication, but it is used to describe two-way migration or oscillating migration. Here, perhaps oscillatory would be clearer.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the title, abstract, and main text to avoid the terms “reciprocating” and “triphasic” and have instead adopted “oscillatory” and “three-compartment,” respectively.

      (2) The qualitative images in Figure 1 need better quantitative support through image analysis of the immunostaining to confirm changes in marker expression within the different regions of the epidermis. As this is a core finding of the study, it requires additional quantification beyond the qPCR results, which also do not provide spatial information.

      In accordance with the reviewer's suggestion, we have added quantitative image analysis of E-cad, N-cad, Vim, and Slug in the epithelium on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane and in the compartments above and below the 3.0-µm-pored membrane (Figure 1—figure supplement 1a–d). Vim was significantly more abundant in both compartments of the 3.0-µm-pored condition than in the 0.4-µm-pored condition. N-cad showed the same trend, reaching statistical significance for the comparison between the 0.4-µm-pored membrane and the compartment below the 3.0-µm-pored membrane, and was also significantly more abundant below than above the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. Slug showed a similar trend that did not reach statistical significance, and E-cad did not differ significantly among the three regions. Unlike the qPCR results, these data provide spatial information on marker expression.

      (3) More detail is needed regarding the number of independent experiments and cells analysed. This appears to be missing from both the methods and figure captions.

      We apologize for the lack of detail. In the Materials and Methods, we have added a full description of the experimental design (measurement points per biological replicate, composition of each experimental batch) and of the statistical analysis, including the gamma generalized linear model with experimental batch as a categorical fixed effect, and the software used. In the figure legends, we have added the number of biological replicates, the statistical test, and the meaning of each graph element for every quantitative panel, as well as the number of replicates underlying each representative image. For Figure 2g and 2h, we have stated the number of independent experiments. We note that our quantification is based on the fraction of the imaging field occupied by GFP fluorescence rather than on individual cell counts; we therefore report the number of biological replicates and measurement points rather than the number of cells analyzed.

      (4) Figure 2i,j needs quantification to support the conclusions. Were the studies in 2g,h replicated in independent experiments? Likewise, could KCs in the micropores simply appear more positive for Vimentin because they are smaller? It would help to show quantification of a marker that does not change or goes down in the channel.

      In response to the reviewer's suggestion, we quantified the Vim/E-cad fluorescence intensity ratio, using E-cad as the internal reference marker (Figure 2—figure supplement 1d). The ratio was significantly lower within the micropores than above the membrane, indicating that Vim signals were not enriched within the micropores relative to E-cad. We therefore agree with the reviewer that the apparent increase in Vim positivity within the micropores in the original images was, at least in part, attributable to the smaller apparent size of the cells in this region. The quantification instead indicates that the partial EMT phenotype was already present in the cells above the membrane rather than being acquired upon entry into the micropores, which is consistent with the elevated Vim intensity both above and below the 3.0-µm-pored membrane in primary KCs (Figure 1—figure supplement 1c). We have revised the description of Figures 2i and 2j accordingly.

      The experiments shown in Figures 2g and 2h were performed three times independently, and both panels summarize the pooled data from all three experiments. This is now stated in the Materials and Methods and in the figure legends.

      (5) How does the oscillatory migration response depend on the length of the channel? If the channels were longer, would they not be able to exit and reform the epithelium? This would require a different experimental system but could be important for understanding the fundamental principles of the observed migratory responses.

      We agree with the reviewer that the length of the channel may influence cellular behavior. In our study, we used 3.0-µm-pored membranes from Millicell (Merck) and Transwell (Corning), both of which have a membrane thickness of approximately 10 µm. Greiner also offers 3.0-µm-pored membranes with longer channels; however, the pore orientation in these products is not uniform, making them unsuitable for our experimental setup. As these are the only commercially available options accessible to us, we are currently unable to perform experiments addressing the effect of channel length. We agree that this is an important question and warrants investigation in future studies using appropriately engineered systems.

      (6) The underlying mechanisms are not described in much detail and there is no linkage between the pathways and molecules investigated. How exactly do actin, keratins, and piezo1 communicate to regulate cell migration? Are they acting directly on EMT genes such as SNAI1 or through changes in cell mechanics and cell-cell adhesions? Likewise, is TGF-beta signalling active in the system (e.g. nuclear pSMAD during cell migration)?

      Our data support a model in which mechanosensing and cytoskeletal remodeling, rather than transcriptional EMT programs alone, primarily regulate keratinocyte migration through confined micropores. Notably, inhibition of TGF-β signaling, a major driver of canonical EMT programs, did not impair keratinocyte entry into or exit from the micropores (Figure 3). These findings suggest that while EMT-associated pathways can modulate the process, as evidenced by the enhanced migration observed upon addition of TGF-β ligand, keratinocyte migration through micropores does not depend on classical TGF-β–driven EMT signaling. We could not directly assess nuclear pSMAD localization within the micropores because autofluorescence of micropore walls hindered the detection of nuclear signals in whole-mount imaging. Moreover, sagittal sectioning of frozen or FFPE-reconstructed 3D epidermis did not yield a sufficient number of nuclei in the micropores for assessing pSMAD positivity. Therefore, we cannot exclude context-dependent activation of TGF-β signaling. However, the lack of functional inhibition upon TGF-β receptor blockade indicates that canonical TGF-β signaling is not essential for this process. Our experiments further indicate that actin polymerization is essential for both entry into and exit from 3.0-µm micropores, suggesting that dynamic protrusive activity is a prerequisite for confined migration. Piezo1 and keratin 6 appear to function as negative modulators of this process. Piezo1, a mechanosensitive ion channel, likely influences migration by regulating cytoskeletal tension and cell shape, consistent with previous reports (Holt et al., 2021). Keratin 6, a stress-induced intermediate filament, may modulate actin organization and the mechanical properties of keratinocytes, as suggested by increased stress fiber formation in Krt6a/Krt6b-null cells (Wong & Coulombe, 2003).

      We have incorporated these points into the revised Discussion accordingly.

      (7) While the culture model is interesting and a simple yet useful tool to study EMT/MET, the new insight into these processes is somewhat limited and confirms much of what we already know about Piezo1, TGF-beta, and the cytoskeleton in KC migration. A clearer demonstration of new insight would help to strengthen the utility of the model.

      We agree that Piezo1, TGF-β signaling, and cytoskeletal dynamics have previously been implicated in keratinocyte migration. Our intention was not to claim the identification of entirely new molecular regulators of migration. Rather, the conceptual advance of our study lies in demonstrating how confined spatial architecture alone can generate a spatially organized epithelium comprising spatially graded EMT and MET states within a single continuous tissue.

      Specifically, our model reveals that keratinocytes undergoing confined migration exhibit oscillatory protrusive behavior that preserves the integrity of the overlying epithelium while enabling the formation of a new stratified epithelium beneath the membrane. To our knowledge, this dynamic integration of confined migration, partial EMT, and subsequent MET within a stratified epithelial context has not been previously demonstrated. The oscillatory behavior itself represents a distinct migratory mode compared to the predominantly unidirectional migration described in two-dimensional or Transwell assays.

      In summary, the novelty of this study lies in revealing how physical confinement can organize epithelial states and migratory dynamics in a self-organizing manner. We have included these conceptual advances in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the introduction the authors state that 3D epidermis is not useful for wound healing. There are lots of papers using 3D epidermis for wound healing/re-epithelialization experiments.

      We agree with the reviewer’s point. Our original intention was to emphasize the utility of our new 3D model; however, we have moderated the tone in the Introduction to avoid underestimating the applicability of existing 3D epidermis models for wound healing and re-epithelialization studies and cited the relevant papers in the revised manuscript.

      As the cultures on the different membrane pore sizes are in culture for 14 days, a substantial matrix is produced. I think it would be useful to show staining for laminin 332 at the minimum as this may regulate migration.

      Production may also be influenced by the pore size/substrate.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have included images of laminin β3 labeling in 3D epidermis formed on 0.4-µm- or 3.0-µm-pored membranes in the revised manuscript (Figure 1—figure supplement 1e). Laminin β3, a subunit of laminin 332, was detected in the epithelium formed on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane, as well as in all three compartments of the tissue formed on the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. We did not observe an apparent difference in laminin β3 deposition between the two pore sizes, although we note that this assessment is qualitative and that a quantitative comparison of matrix production would require a separate study.

      HaCat cells are a slightly flawed keratinocyte model but I can see why you used them for gene manipulation, actin expression. Their flaws should be acknowledged in the Discussion.

      We have included this limitation in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript and cited the suggested publication (Pilcher et al. 1997).

      The RNA-seq dataset should be publicly available.

      We have made this RNA-seq dataset available publicly (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc=GSE282553) and have presented this information in the Data availability section.

      In Figure 2, i and j in the legend the authors refer to 3 and 8-micron pores, but these are not labelled in the Figure.

      This was our error in mentioning 8.0-µm micropores in the Figure 2 legend. We intended to show only the 3D structure formed by the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. We have removed the reference to “8.0-µm micropores” in the revised manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study presents convincing findings on creating an exhaustive library of new enhancer-AAVs targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes with high potential for both basic and translational work, which will be of value to a large and growing community. The revisions appropriately addressed some of the previous concerns by updating description of glial biology in the Introduction and modifying text on experimental results and approaches. Overall, these amendments have strengthened the claims. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists working on glial cell biology.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      The goal of this study was to generate a library of new enhancer-driven AAVs in order to selectively and efficiently target astrocytes and oligodendrocytes in rodents. The implied criteria are that such viral vectors should have high specificity for the intended cell type and effectively express in all astrocytes/oligos in the brain or, alternatively, be specific for defined brain regions, layers, or subtypes of astrocytes/oligos. In addition, they should be compatible with intravenous retro-orbital delivery to facilitate experimentation and brain-wide targeting (i.e., show organ specificity and high efficiency in the brain). Ideally, these new AAVs would also maintain their characteristics across disease contexts and show applicability in non-human primates. Tools with such characteristics are generally lacking in studying glial cells and would be extremely useful to scale up and accelerate glial research, allowing targeting of astrocytes/oligos with distinct molecular identity and intersectional strategies.

      At present, however, none of the enhancer-AAVs presented in the study seems to meet this combination of criteria, at least not with the level of stringency typically expected in the field. The main reason is that, in its current form, the study does not present one candidate AAV iteratively improved to meet all these criteria; instead, it presents a catalogue of new AAVs with various degrees of specificity, completeness, and mixed characteristics. Therefore, their utility should be interpreted cautiously. Moreover, the way specificity and completeness are intermixed in the analysis makes it difficult to evaluate the actual utility of any given AAV. The study might have been strengthened by focusing on a small set of the most promising candidates (i.e., AiE0890m_3x2C) and validating them thoroughly for expression specificity, completeness, effective cargo expression, ability to allow specific pan-astrocyte or astrocyte-subtype targeting in vivo, and preserved properties in NHPs and in disease, as this would encourage their adoption by the community. Currently, too many AAVs are assessed inconsistently against the desired criteria, with none being evaluated through and through.

      The impact of the catalogue is also greatly diminished by the fact that a suite of AAVs with outstanding specificity and efficiency is already available for the study of astrocytes (e.g., 4x6T AAVs) and was not utilized as a standard to benchmark the new library, making it difficult to appreciate the relative benefits of the new AAVs. The inclusion of expression data in NHPs is very significant, but benchmarking against established AAVs would also be needed to fully appreciate their value.

      Importantly, readers should also be aware that the study seems noticeably limited in its literacy with glial biology. The introduction and discussion frame the field in a way that seems outdated, creating the impression that the diverse roles of glia in health and disease have not yet been studied, which may inadvertently be perceived as dismissive and stigmatizing.

      In summary, the paper introduces potentially useful viral tools and lays the foundations for future multiplexed targeting of distinct glial cell subpopulations in rodents and in non-human primates, which are extremely important directions. Some of the regionally restricted or even sparsely expressed AAVs may prove valuable in enabling subpopulation-specific targeting or molecular profiling strategies, but currently lack full benchmarking. At present, the promises over the utility of the new tools seem overstated, and the library may not yet represent an actionable resource for targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Enhancer elements are regulatory DNA sequences that are capable of driving specific expression patterns. As these elements are generally short and context-independent, enhancers can be used in expression vectors (e.g., packaged in an adeno-associated virus, AAV) to limit expression to target cell populations. This approach was identified as a major strategy for cell-type-specific manipulation in the brain and has been pursued by both standard research studies as well as large-scale efforts led by the BRAIN Initiative. This manuscript describes a major effort to generate enhancer-AAVs targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes orchestrated by a large research team led by the Allen Institute for Brain Science. This manuscript parallels other recent publications describing sets of enhancer-AAVs, following rigorous, similar methods with relatively broad testing and application.

      To identify and screen candidate enhancers, the scientists prioritized candidates via analysis of single-nucleus accessibility and methylation datasets (i.e., snATAC-seq) and tested them in mice. The scientists prioritized candidate enhancers that exhibited specificity of accessibility in the target cell type. Following selection, the scientists cloned the candidate sequences into AAV vectors with a minimal promoter and reporter gene, packaged the virus, delivered it to the mouse brain, and screened for activity based on reporter expression. Candidates that passed initial screening were further characterized via imaging and sorting, followed by single-cell RNA-seq. This process had around a 50% success rate and yielded 25 astrocyte and 21 oligodendrocyte enhancer-AAVs with the targeted cell-type-specific expression patterns.

      The scientists went on to test for subtype-specific activity patterns, finding wide diversity in astrocyte activities across sub-populations and conversely, homogenous oligodendrocyte activation. They optimized a few of these via concatenating the enhancer core sequence to increase expression levels of the reporter gene and showed strong specificity and completeness of cell targeting for a set of these enhancer-AAVs. Following characterization and validation, they then deployed these enhancer-AAVs in a number of demonstration applications to show the utility for basic and translational science. All the constructs developed here are available for public use via Addgene, ensuring that these new tools can be used by other researchers.

      There really are no obvious weaknesses in the work presented here, from the generation of the enhancer-AAVs to use in sophisticated validation studies. The enhancer-AAV testing is rigorous and provides critical information necessary for other scientists to select and use these constructs. The applications demonstrate the power of enhancer-AAV approaches. The toolbox presented here may not enable specific targeting of all relevant cellular subtypes or activity states for astrocytes and oligodendrocytes, and future work will be needed to fully understand the activity of the enhancers, identity of the target cell types, and context-dependent utility of these constructs. However, the set of enhancer-AAVs developed here should be transformative for researchers working on accessing and manipulating these cell types and have a major impact on the field.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study presents convincing findings on creating an exhaustive library of new enhancer-AAVs targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes with high potential for both basic and translational work, which will be of value to a large and growing community. However, the outdated description of glial biology in the Introduction, the overstated claims of utility in the Conclusion, and the loose stringency in the criteria used to assemble the library diminish the strengths of the claims. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists working on glial cell biology.

      We thank eLife for the positive comments. We also are happy to provide a revised manuscript in response to the critical feedback. Revisions focus on improving the language and the descriptions of the vectors. We believe these improvements will help clarify the study and showcase the importance of astrocyte- and oligodendrocyte-specific enhancer AAVs for genetic access to these important cell types.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The goal of this study was to generate a library of new enhancer-driven AAVs in order to selectively and efficiently target astrocytes and oligodendrocytes in rodents. The implied criteria are that such viral vectors should have high specificity for the intended cell type and effectively express in all astrocytes/oligos in the brain or, alternatively, be specific for defined brain regions, layers, or subtypes of astrocytes/oligos. In addition, they should be compatible with intravenous retro-orbital delivery to facilitate experimentation and brainwide targeting (i.e., show organ specificity and high efficiency in the brain). Ideally, these new AAVs would also maintain their characteristics across disease contexts and show applicability in non-human primates. Tools with such characteristics are generally lacking in studying glial cells and would be extremely useful to scale up and accelerate glial research, allowing targeting of astrocytes/oligos with distinct molecular identity and intersectional strategies.

      At present, however, none of the enhancer-AAVs presented in the study seems to meet this combination of criteria, at least not with the level of stringency typically expected in the field. The main reason is that, in its current form, the study does not present one candidate AAV iteratively improved to meet all these criteria; instead, it presents a catalogue of new AAVs with various degrees of specificity, completeness, and mixed characteristics. Therefore, their utility should be interpreted cautiously. Moreover, the way specificity and completeness are intermixed in the analysis makes it difficult to evaluate the actual utility of any given AAV. The study might have been strengthened by focusing on a small set of the most promising candidates (i.e., AiE0890m_3x2C) and validating them thoroughly for expression specificity, completeness, effective cargo expression, ability to allow specific pan-astrocyte or astrocyte-subtype targeting in vivo, and preserved properties in NHPs and in disease, as this would encourage their adoption by the community. Currently, too many AAVs are assessed inconsistently against the desired criteria, with none being evaluated through and through.

      The impact of the catalogue is also greatly diminished by the fact that a suite of AAVs with outstanding specificity and efficiency is already available for the study of astrocytes (e.g., 4x6T AAVs) and was not utilized as a standard to benchmark the new library, making it difficult to appreciate the relative benefits of the new AAVs. The inclusion of expression data in NHPs is very significant, but benchmarking against established AAVs would also be needed to fully appreciate their value.

      Importantly, readers should also be aware that the study seems noticeably limited in its literacy with glial biology. The introduction and discussion frame the field in a way that seems outdated, creating the impression that the diverse roles of glia in health and disease have not yet been studied, which may inadvertently be perceived as dismissive and stigmatizing.

      In summary, the paper introduces potentially useful viral tools and lays the foundations for future multiplexed targeting of distinct glial cell subpopulations in rodents and in nonhuman primates, which are extremely important directions. Some of the regionally restricted or even sparsely expressed AAVs may prove valuable in enabling subpopulation specific targeting or molecular profiling strategies, but currently lack full benchmarking. At present, the promises over the utility of the new tools seem overstated, and the library may not yet represent an actionable resource for targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the constructive commentary. We would like to point out that these enhancer-AAV sequences are all publicly available for research use through Addgene and have already been in use in multiple other publications. As one example, our enhancer AiE0380h was used as a recent positive control astrocyte-specific agent to help guide the discovery of enhancers that were activated in gliosis conditions (Zamboni et al., 2026 Nat Neurosci; PMID: 41331142). As another example, several of the vectors have been highly requested at Addgene including AiE0390m_3xC2 and AiE0410m to target astrocytes and oligodendrocytes.

      The reviewer pointed out that we did not compare the effectiveness of our enhancer-AAV vectors to the GfaABC1D-4x6T elements described by Gleichman et al. Although it is true we did not perform head-to-head comparisons, we have characterized our vectors by the same metrics as Gleichman et al. which is summarized in Author response image 1. The results shown here indicate that our enhancer-AAV vectors are comparable to the GfaABC1D-4x6T vector characterized by Gleichman.

      Author response image 1.

      AiE0390m-based enhancer-AAV vectors show comparable levels of specificity and completeness to that observed with GfaABC1D as observed by Gleichmann et al.

      It was not the intent of our study to quantitatively compare our vectors or studies, rather to provide independent sets of reagents to allow astrocyte and oligodendrocyte marking that will provide utility to the neuroscience community. However we have provided additional characterization that adds value to the enhancer elements we studied. We characterized our best-performing vectors by scRNA-seq, in peripheral tissue (liver), across species (mouse, rat, NHP), with a known difficult transgene (NeuroD1-mCherry), with a physiologic reporter (iACH-SnFR), and in disease context (Dravet syndrome). We also found new agents that provide astrocyte regional specificity and also those that mark oligodendrocytes. We feel that having sets of tools with differing properties will provide greater flexibility in choosing one that works for many applications. As examples, it could be desired to have higher or lower expression levels for any certain applications, or possibly different levels of completeness or sparsity. Sparse labeling is particularly valuable for evaluating morphology, while dense labeling could be advantageous to deliver a ubiquitous therapeutic. Having multiple validated tools enables this flexibility and support the whole field.

      Finally we would like to highlight that the enhancer elements we describe here are fully complementary to the existing sets of glial tools, including GfaABC1D and the 4x6T elements described by Gleichman et al. Importantly, enhancer elements are fully compatible with microRNA-binding sites like 4x6T, so combinations of these elements can provide fine control over targeted cell types. Furthermore, some enhancers provide different types of responses to cell states. AiE0390m has activity that is unperturbed by Dravet syndrome epilepsy, unlike GfaABC1D which expresses more strongly and in some neurons in this disease (Figure 8). This is similar to the IREN5 element described recently which activates in gliotic astrocytes near sites of damage (Zamboni et al.). Therefore, enhancer activities will help the field target and manipulate astrocytes and other glial cells in differential pathological disease states. As a result of these extra layers of flexibility, we anticipate that these enhancers will become tools for marking and manipulating astrocytes and enhancers in unforeseen ways. To help adoption in the community, detailed characterization of these and all related Allen Institute enhancer-AAV vectors are now available online in an easy-to-use resource (Allen Institute Genetic Tools Atlas at https://brain-map.org/bkp/experiment/genetic-tools/genetic-tools-atlas).

      We have also added new references and reframed the introduction and discussion of this work to provide a more current survey of the glial field.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Enhancer elements are regulatory DNA sequences that are capable of driving specific expression patterns. As these elements are generally short and context-independent, enhancers can be used in expression vectors (e.g., packaged in an adeno-associated virus, AAV) to limit expression to target cell populations. This approach was identified as a major strategy for cell-type-specific manipulation in the brain and has been pursued by both standard research studies as well as large-scale efforts led by the BRAIN Initiative. This manuscript describes a major effort to generate enhancer-AAVs targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes orchestrated by a large research team led by the Allen Institute for Brain Science. This manuscript parallels other recent publications describing sets of enhancerAAVs, following rigorous, similar methods with relatively broad testing and application.

      To identify and screen candidate enhancers, the scientists prioritized candidates via analysis of single-nucleus accessibility and methylation datasets (i.e., snATAC-seq) and tested them in mice. The scientists prioritized candidate enhancers that exhibited specificity of accessibility in the target cell type. Following selection, the scientists cloned the candidate sequences into AAV vectors with a minimal promoter and reporter gene, packaged the virus, delivered it to the mouse brain, and screened for activity based on reporter expression. Candidates that passed initial screening were further characterized via imaging and sorting, followed by single-cell RNA-seq. This process had around a 50% success rate and yielded 25 astrocyte and 21 oligodendrocyte enhancer-AAVs with the targeted cell-type-specific expression patterns.

      The scientists went on to test for subtype-specific activity patterns, finding wide diversity in astrocyte activities across sub-populations and conversely, homogenous oligodendrocyte activation. They optimized a few of these via concatenating the enhancer core sequence to increase expression levels of the reporter gene and showed strong specificity and completeness of cell targeting for a set of these enhancer-AAVs. Following characterization and validation, they then deployed these enhancer-AAVs in a number of demonstration applications to show the utility for basic and translational science. All the constructs developed here are available for public use via Addgene, ensuring that these new tools can be used by other researchers.

      There really are no obvious weaknesses in the work presented here, from the generation of the enhancer-AAVs to use in sophisticated validation studies. The enhancer-AAV testing is rigorous and provides critical information necessary for other scientists to select and use these constructs. The applications demonstrate the power of enhancer-AAV approaches. The toolbox presented here may not enable specific targeting of all relevant cellular subtypes or activity states for astrocytes and oligodendrocytes, and future work will be needed to fully understand the activity of the enhancers, identity of the target cell types, and context-dependent utility of these constructs. However, the set of enhancer-AAVs developed here should be transformative for researchers working on accessing and manipulating these cell types and have a major impact on the field.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their positive feedback. We would like to re-emphasize that these enhancer-AAV sequences are all publicly available for research use through Addgene, with characterization data beyond what we have presented here is available publicly on Allen Institute Genetic Tools Atlas. Further these tools have already been in use in multiple other publications. We are eager to see how the research community makes use of these tools.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My main suggestion is that the authors should try to make their library less of a catalogue and more focused on delivering one or two enhancer-AAVs that surpass existing ones, thus effectively delivering a new tool with great utility to the field. To achieve this, authors should pick their best candidate AAVs and evaluate them systemically across all the criteria, with side-by-side comparison to two benchmarks: the classic GFAP promoter AAV, and the 4x6T AAVs developed by Gleichman et al (PMID: 37973910).

      Thanks for the recommendation. Figures 2P, 5K, 6, 7, and 8 show comparison of our best astrocyte enhancer elements (AiE0390m and AiE0390m_3xC2) to GFAP promoter GfaABC1D. This work was done prior to the Gleichman et al. study so GfaABC1D-4x6T was not available at the time for direct comparison. However, as shown in Author response image 1, our data with AiE0390m and AiE0390m_3xC2 are comparable to that shown for GfaABC1D4x6T. Additionally we compared our enhancer-AAV vectors to the proB12 enhancer element described by Juttner et al. (Figures 2P and 5L), and again our enhancer-AAV vectors compare similarly. Finally, we also compared our oligodendrocyte-specific enhancers to the MBP promoter and we find our enhancers strongly outperform that promoter element in terms of specificity and completeness (Figure 3P and 5M). Overall, we have compared our new enhancer elements against reagents commonly used in the field, using established criteria for benchmarking effectiveness.

      Despite the effort put towards quantification and benchmarking, we believe there is significant value to having a variety of diverse and orthogonal tools in the field. Although GfaABC1D is an excellent promoter tool and maintains strong specificity under homeostatic conditions, it changes its character in different contexts. It took years and difficult experiments to realize this and caused investigators to believe astrocytes can differentiate into neurons with the right transgene. We confirm that the reality is this promoter changes activity when it expresses the NeuroD1 transgene (Fig. 6). Also, we demonstrate AiE0390m3xC2 maintains faithful astrocyte expression (Fig. 6). In a more recent example, Zamboni et al. showed that AiE0380h is downregulated in activated astrocytes. This isn’t an experiment we conducted and were not aware of that property. However, having multiple strong tools is a huge advantage when evaluating astrocytes and oligodendrocytes in different disease states and different experimental contexts. Investigators with only one or two tools available are at the mercy of the quirks of the tool. In this way, having a large collection of astrocyte and oligodendrocyte tools available is a major advantage to researchers that need a viral tool for glial expression in a new context. And importantly, as we show for hepatocytes (Fig. 7), investigators can predictions if any of our tools will change activity in different experimental contexts if epigenetic data is available. This prediction is not possible with promoters.

      For instance, 0390m is described as their best candidate but its efficiency is very low (~60%, Fig.10I). The concatenated version (AiE0390m_3x2C) is greatly improved, but it was not thoroughly evaluated: no data are provided regarding how its characteristics are maintained in disease context, its expression in other organs when delivered intravenously, or how it would be classified in Fig.2. Most notably, despite being engineered for RO injection, it was tested ICV in Fig. 9, missing an opportunity to demonstrate ease of use.

      As shown in Author response image 1, the efficiency (we prefer the term “completeness” since “efficiency” conflates labeling extent with expression level) we observed for AiE0390m is actually similar to or better than that observed for GfaABC1D-4x6T. AiE0390m_3x2C shows a still greater completeness of labeling, at the expense of a slightly diminished specificity with indirect reporter (Cre; Ai14). We have amended the colored bar graphs to write the observed completeness values directly in the figure for clarity.

      We have not tested this tool in the context of disease or the background expression in liver since the point of the manuscript was to present a library, not one specific tool. These are important experiments for a user focused on epilepsy or gene therapy to independently evaluate.

      Several sections of the text include claims or descriptions that are misleading and should be revised. This applies both to conclusions drawn from the presented data and to the framing of the field of glial biology.

      (1) Overstated/misleading conclusions: Segments such as "this collection of glial enhancer-AAVs will enable characterization of astrocyte and oligodendrocyte populations and their roles across species, disease states, and behavioral epochs" are unfounded based on the current library authors present and need to be revised. The conclusion that 2120m and 2160m are labeled "mutually exclusive regions" is misleading too, and no information is available on the specificity of 2160m. Similarly, the claim that the new AAVs are more predictable "across disease states" is a stretch, considering that a single disease model was employed. These are only examples.

      Thank you for the suggestions. We have amended the language in our manuscript as suggested to improve the accuracy and clarity of our claims, and limited our interpretation to one mouse model of epilepsy. AiE2160m predominantly labels subtelencephalic astrocytes (Figure 2—Figure Supplement 3) of the molecular taxonomy label “5109-AstroNT NN_3” (Figure 4D; taxonomic labels from Yao et al., 2023 PMID 38092916). However, we do strongly believe that this collection of tools, admittedly incompletely validated, will serve as an excellent starting point for investigator who need tools tailored to their biological need.

      (2) Outdated description of the field of glial biology: The text contains multiple segments that are incredibly dismissive of the current state of glial research. Sentences such as "Astrocytes provide trophic support for neurons, coordinate regional wiring patterns, respond to and regulate neurotransmission", or "this suggests that the astrocytes help selectively maintain glutamate or GABA tone depending on the local neurotransmitter balance" are incredibly reductive and dissonant with the reality of what the field has achieved, both conceptually and technically, and seem shockingly siloed from the past1520 years of research. This dramatically taints the credibility of what the authors have achieved and needs to be revised.

      Thank you for the constructive criticisms. Our language was intended to highlight the importance of glial cells without providing a comprehensive review. However the examples and wording did tilt toward passive roles and outdated references, whereas much recent work shows active instructive glial roles in regulating neural circuits. We have revised the language and added more recent examples/citations to reflect the chief roles that astrocytes play in the healthy brain.

      (3) The framework used to assess specificity and completeness would benefit from being more systematic, clear, and aligned with standards in the field.

      Thank you for the criticism. We have made our definitions of “Specificity” and “Completeness” more clear in the text. We have also added numerical text to our bar graph color presentation of completeness levels in Figures 2, 3, and 5 for easier interpretation. As shown in Author response image 1, our metrics are equivalent and comparable to those presented previously by Gleichman et al.

      (4) The apparent lack of core expertise in biology is detrimental to methodology. The authors seem unaware of the extreme stringency in the field: a 'specificity' of 80% would be considered extremely poor, and 90% would be merely acceptable. The bar for what the field typically expects for astrocyte-targeting is upward of 95%, usually close to 98-99%. See PMID: 37973910 as an example.

      We are happy that all of our best astrocyte-specific enhancer-AAV vectors (AiE0380h, AiE0390m, AiE0390h, AiE0387m, AiE0390m_3xC2, AiE0390h_3xC2, AiE0387m_3xC1) showed typical specificities of 98-99% or more. This was assessed by both IHC and scRNAseq. As one example, AiE0390h showed 452/454 cells positive by IHC (99.6% specific), and 86/86 sorted cells by RNA-seq (100% specific). This was data from two different animals in each assay (four total). In some assays we observed literally 100% specificity (807/807 labeled cells were astrocytes by IHC for AiE0390m). We made similar observations with the best oligodendrocyte-specific vectors (AiE0410m, AiE0641m, AiE0395h, AiE0397m, AiE0410m_3xC2). Moreover, it is not common for investigators to use transcriptomics to assess specificity in addition to histology.

      (5) AAVs with specificity above 95% could thus be labeled "specific," but all others should be considered "not specific" (perhaps with a gradation "poorly specific" for 95-90% and "not specific" below 90%). Either way, the category "mixed specificity" makes little sense.

      We are happy that all of our best astrocyte-specific enhancer-AAV vectors (AiE0380h, AiE0390m, AiE0387m, AiE0390m_3xC2, AiE0390h_3xC2, AiE0387m_3xC1) showed specificities of 98-99% or more, and only cells with astrocyte morphology observable throughout the brain. Other vectors were highly specific in cortex but also strongly labeled neurons in other regions; for example, AiE2118m shows strong and specific (>99%) astrocyte labeling in VISp, but changes specificity to isolated neuron populations in other regions like midbrain and medulla. Hence it has a “mixed” specificity profile. We have edited the text to clarify this grouping. Additionally, we hope that the matrix we provide in the new Figure 2—Figure Supplement 2 will aid in interpretation of regions where specificity is high and where specificity is low.

      (6) The tables that the authors provide (Figure 2 and Figure 2 Supplement 1) currently mix notions of specificity with notions of completeness, making it extremely difficult to assess the utility and quality of any of the AAVs. Instead, they should be separated, with first an assessment of specific and then an assessment of completeness/regionality only for those AAVs that are fully specific. Alternatively, authors could present their results as a matrix.

      We have amended the colored bar graphs to state the observed completeness levels directly in Figures 2, 3, and 5, rather than only as color scales as previously shown. We believe this improves the interpretability of the figure.

      (7) A more rigorous and useful way to assess CNS-wide or regional expression would be to provide quantitative region-by-region data with color-coded z-scoring per region, combined with meaningful descriptors (e.g., "Forebrain + cortex" instead of "most brain"). This could be a matrix with regions listed at the top and AAVs vertically.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have added this suggested matrix as Figure 2—Figure Supplement 2. We hope it aids in interpretation of the data.

      (8) The criteria used for the classification of AAVs seem confusing or misleading. For example, AiE0390h is described as "CNS-wide" but then highlighted for its lack of expression in the basal ganglia, making it unsuitable as a true pan-astrocyte AAV. Conversely, Ai0386m and AiE0386h, classified as "weak", show stronger expression than several of the AAVs classified under the "most CNS" category.

      We thank the reviewer for the observations. Delivering AAVs IV via PHP.eB routinely target basal ganglia structures including striatum less efficiently than other parts of brain including cortex. This was quantified in our recent publication using molecular barcodes, and is true regardless of targeting neurons or oligodendrocytes or astrocytes in this region (approximately ½ log lower transduction as shown in Supplementary Figure 7a, 7c; Hunker et al., 2026 Nat. Comm. PMID 42049725). This is reflected in the current dataset of weaker expression in striatum and other related structures with each of the astrocyte or oligodendrocyte-targeting AAVs including GFAP promoter. However, some signal is present in striatal astrocytes with AiE0390h. On data review the example full-stitch images given for AiE0386m/h were not representative of average signal intensity across replicates, whereas the inset images were representative. In this resubmission we have swapped images for 386h and 386m in Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1 with more representative full-size images. We hope this has increased the interpretability of the dataset. Importantly we assessed fluorescence levels from enhancer-AAV vectors by multiple techniques: microscopy, immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry, and scRNA-seq.

      (9) Additionally, a concern is that the regional specificity reported for some AAVs is extremely loose, which seems to be of limited practical use. It would be more impactful to focus on a couple of truly non-overlapping AAVs with genuine potential, and thoroughly assess whether, injected together, they could be used to express distinct cargos (effectors or reporters) into distinct populations, layers, or regions with no or minimal overlap. This could include 2120m and 2121m, which may hold promise for targeting subregions of the basal ganglia (though, because they also express outside of the BG, a follow-up experiment involving stereotaxic injection into these regions would be needed to test whether regional specificity is preserved with that route of delivery). Similarly, AiE0381h seems oddly specific to the CA2 of the hippocampus, and this could be very useful. These additional experiments could open the way to cell-type-specific combinatorial strategies, which would represent a monumental technical leap for the field.

      Thank you for the insightful comment. Although we agree that the suggestions of multiplexing two enhancer-AAV vectors with different specificities has high significance, we have done similar multiplexing work and unfortunately at present it is not yet predictable which combinations will work for multiplexing. Some combinations do work and others do not. For examples see Figures 7 and S9 of Hunker et al., 2025 Neuron PMID 40403704. Because of the complication of interpreting results, we have decided not to pursue these experiments in this manuscript. We have added text to the discussion to highlight the future unrealized possibility of multiplexing enhancer-AAVs.

      AiE0381h has background expression in CA2 projection neurons, which is a frequent site of off-target labeling for AAV9-derived vectors in enhancer and capsid screens. As one example Nonnenmacher et al. observed frequent CA2 neuron-enriched expression in a capsid screen (PMID: 33553485 Figure 5B). As another example we observe off-target labeling in CA2 with AiE2119m as well (Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1). It is unclear what makes CA2 neurons unique in this way, and it is unclear why it is the most prominent for AiE0381h in this set. Regardless, we have demarcated the off-target CA2 site of expression in Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1, along with other off-target sites of expression from other vectors, and noted it in the figure legend.

      (10) The "sparse" AAVs (which authors labeled "scattered") should not be dismissed. It would be worth assessing whether astrocytes expressing these AAVs map onto specific molecular signatures, i.e., these AAVs target a very specific population of sparse astrocytes in various regions. This would be of substantial benefit to the field, allowing subpopulation-specific molecular characterizations (e.g., TRAP) or functional manipulations via chemogenetic actuators (e.g., DREADDS).

      We thank the reviewer for this important highlight. We too are fascinated by the enhancerAAVs that show sparse/scattered labeling patterns. We have confirmed that the sparse labeling pattern is reproducible with multiple replicate animals tested per vector, and reproducible across orthologous pairs, with the best example being AiE0374m (mouse ortholog) and AiE0374h (human ortholog) both showing this sparse expression pattern. Our interest led us to conducting single cell RNA-seq profiling studies to see if we could see any clear molecular distinctions of the labeled cells (compared to other labeled astrocytes. However, we did not observe any gene expression differences using scRNA-seq when comparing the sparse AiE0374m-labeled cortical astrocytes to cortical astrocytes labeled by enhancer-AAV vectors that broadly labeled cortical astrocytes (Fig. 4A). Furthermore, tools for locating transcription factor binding motifs (MAST) did not elucidate any obvious unique transcription factor that defined this group of enhancer-AAVs (not shown). As a result the molecular interpretation of the sparse expression patterns is not yet known. We cannot say what distinguished these astrocytes from others, but the phenomenon inspires further experimentation that is beyond the scope of this study. We provide these data and vectors to the field in hopes of it enabling unique experiments to better understand this population, as well as conduct experiment where sparse astrocyte labeling is valuable. We have edited the text to call this set “Sparse” and highlight these possible use cases in the discussion.

      Other concerns:

      (1) Terms such as cell type vs. subtype or subpopulation are not used adequately.

      (Astrocytes are a cell type, and protoplasmic astrocytes are a subtype of astrocytes.)

      We are following the nomenclature of molecular taxonomies of brain cells (example references Yao et al., Nature 2023 PMID: 38092916; Siletti et al., Science PMID: 37824663; Zu et al., Nature 2023 PMID: 38092917). This nomenclature has the advantage of linking molecular information to enhancer discovery and the eventual targeting of every brain cell type with this technology.

      (2) Considerations about the effect of viral titers would be important.

      We deliver a constant dose of 5e11 vg per animal, irrespective of production titer.

      Production titers ranged from 4.47e12 to 1.47e14 gc/mL, interquartile range 3.13e13-6.55e13 gc/mL, mean 5.10e13 gc/mL, n = 215 total viral preps. This detail has been added to the

      methods.

      (3) A stronger articulation to distinguish this paper from the prior publication in Cell [PMID: 40403729] would be needed.

      We focus our characterization of the vectors across species, organs, disease states, and with difficult non-reporter vectors. The prior paper was focused on a larger breadth of testing with a publicly accessible database attached, whereas this paper constitutes a deeper dive into the properties glial cell targeting reagents. We have added additional text in discussion to highlight the differences between the manuscripts. Furthermore, Supplementary Table 2 shows the additional experiments added in the current study which allows deeper characterization of these glial cell-targeting collections. We strongly believe the community is best served by our deep dive into glial enhancer discovery and evaluation of these tools.

      (4) The NHP data is highly significant, but here again, it is missing benchmarking against established tools such as 4x6T.

      Since Gleichman did not test their element in NHP it is not validated in NHP. It may or may not work there. Our enhancer elements, by virtue of being selected for conservation of activity across mammalian species, are predicted to work across mammalian species, and many of them in fact do work across mammalian species. Besides GFAP promoter (references Heffernan et al., 2022 J. Neurosci. Meth. PMID: 35202614; Matsuzaki et al., 2024 MTMCD; PMID: 39391837) our enhancer elements are the only control elements validated for highly specific astrocyte expression in primate, and our oligodendrocytespecific element AiE0410m shows higher specificity than that observed for MBP promoter in primate previously (Matsuzaki et al., 2024 MTMCD; PMID: 39391837).

      (5) Figure 5 M is never cited.

      Thank you for the comment. We cite Figure 5M on line 233 of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no recommendations for the authors. This work is rigorous, broad in scope for testing, validation, and application, and overall an exceptional and significant piece of work.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their positive comments.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The study provides an important empirical assessment of a non-adaptive hypothesis on transposable element evolution grounded in population genetics principles. The results suggest that the impact of genetic drift on transposable element amplification is not global, but depends on the phylogenetic scale being considered and can be overwhelmed by lineage-specific dynamics. The analyses are mostly appropriate, but currently incomplete in some aspects. Former conclusions will require additional crosschecks.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Liang et al. characterize the genomic composition of transposable elements (TEs) in 167 sauropsid species, with the aim of testing whether increased TE accumulation is modulated by reduced selection efficacy (Mutational Hazard Hypothesis, MHH), and whether this relationship is recursively observed at multiple scales within the group. By employing life history traits (body mass and generation time) and genetic parameters (dN/dS) as proxies of effective population size, they observe a positive relationship between drift levels and TE content across all species. This relationship, however, fades out in most of the clades within sauropsids.

      On one hand, this study highlights that diverging patterns of TE accumulation are modestly but still appreciably driven by differences in selection efficacy across sauropsids, providing support for the MHH within this long-diverged vertebrate group. On the other hand, this same general principle fails to explain TE content variation when closely related species within the same clade are considered. The data presented suggest that TE accumulation is dictated by other lineage-specific mechanisms, and/or that differences in effective population size that emerged later in these clades are not relevant enough to drive divergent TE contents.

      Overall, the study provides a further empirical test of the MHH, joining an increasing collection of studies that reject its global validity at macroevolutionary scales. The analysis leverages the plethora of genomic data now available for a previously poorly sampled vertebrate group, and adds insightful points of view on the nearly-neutral evolution of the genome in sauropsids.

      Strengths:

      The paper is well written, and the dataset is appropriate to test the predictions of the MHH. Sauropsids are characterized by highly diversified life history traits and strategies, likely very diverse effective population sizes, and very wide genome size and TE content ranges. This makes them an ideal group to investigate whether the divergent TE contents and landscapes of different lineages emerged due to differences in purging selection.

      A few TE-focused comparative studies already covered squamates and birds separately (Pasquesi et al. 2018; Ji et al. 2022), or included a limited number of sauropsid species in analyses of much wider phylogenetic breadth (Weinstein & Roy, 2026; Lewin & Eyre-Walker, 2026). This work is a first explicit attempt to incorporate them together in one analysis to investigate the determinants of TE dynamics and genome size variation. Given the large comparative dataset, it also represents a considerable effort in terms of data compilation, annotation and analysis, integrating life-history and genomic traits together, and can serve as a resource for future studies.

      While most of the methods employed are appropriate, the robustness of some aspects of the analysis could be improved, and interpretation of some results would benefit from a reformulation more aligned with what the data suggest (see just below).

      Weaknesses:

      Conclusions made on the pooled dataset are partially, sometimes solely, based on Pearson's correlations. This is not a solid practice, as results are affected by the phylogenetic structure of the data. Mentioning that a correlation is initially strong but loses signal when accounting for phylogeny is fine if used to highlight the need for accounting for phylogenetic non-independence. However, phylogenetic correlations should be those on which the conclusions are drawn, and the authors should be clear in their formulations that there is no association when PGLS or SEM suggests so, even though Pearson's correlations would suggest otherwise. For instance, the abstract reads that a correlation is found between generation time and TE content across all species, although this is not supported by PGLS. Or the claim that there is a strong positive association between dN/dS and TE proportion is, although still present, significantly downsized under phylogenetic correlation. These are just a couple of examples, but several conclusions throughout the text should be reformulated or rescaled to fit phylogenetically corrected results.

      This is particularly pertinent given the problem of scale dependence that the authors highlight: the significance of a given predictor (selection efficacy) of TE accumulation can not only change according to the phylogenetic scale under consideration, but is also sensitive to compositional differences between clades, which are very pronounced here given the strong phylogenetic inertia displayed by both life-history traits and TE amounts. The purpose of phylogeny-aware methods is precisely to "discriminate conditions under which pooled correlations may arise from compositional differences rather than from repeated within-lineage evolutionary processes", so should not be regarded as a secondary result.

      Since the study is based on the quantification of multiple Ne proxies, the authors could expand a bit more on that and check their expected reciprocal relationships. For example, in the SEM, body mass and generation time are untied from dN/dS variation, but an explicit test outside of it would be required. If these different indicators actually go in the same direction, it would add a support layer to them, capturing differences in selection effectiveness. In non-avian sauropsids, for example, body mass was not a predictor of dN/dS and longevity (Figuet et al. 2016): the wider dataset gathered here notably increases the sampling power to assess whether/which LHTs are concordant with dN/dS.

      Connected to the point above, retrieval of expected correlations between dN/dS and life-history traits in birds has been more challenging, but this has been attributed to the presence of a substitution bias (GC-biased gene conversion). Because of this, dN/dS can become an imprecise Ne proxy if some methodological precautions are not integrated (see Bolivar et al. 2016; https://doi.org/10.1186/s13059-018-1613-z). At the same time, the avian dataset used in Marino et al. does display some expected correlations between dN/dS and several LHTs, while still calculating the metric without correction for substitution biases, but across a much higher number of species (~200). So I wonder whether the combination of substitution noise in dN/dS and less abundant sampling (and maybe less contrast in Ne?) in birds might contribute to confounding the relationships between Ne proxies and a potential correlation of those with TE content.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to assess the drivers of the interspecific distribution of transposable elements (TEs), using genomes from the Sauropsids clade. In particular, the authors test the mutational hazard hypothesis (MHH), which stipulates that slightly deleterious TEs should preferentially accumulate in populations with smaller population sizes, where purifying selection is weaker.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is clearly written, and the underlying concepts (MHH, Simpson's paradox) are well introduced and discussed. In that respect, the manuscript is highly didactic and an enjoyable read. The authors employ state-of-the-art phylogeny-aware statistical procedures, including structural equation modeling to infer causal relationships. The results are of high interest: the authors report that correlations between TE frequencies and proxies of population size (life-history traits - such as body mass, and molecular traits - such as the dN/dS ratio), which appear at large evolutionary scales, disappear when within-clade relationships are examined. The authors discuss these results and propose that at shorter time scales, clade- and TE family-specific bursts dominate the dynamics of TE dynamics.

      Weaknesses:

      While I generally agree with the authors' interpretation and find these results of great interest, I have several concerns about the underlying statistical analyses and think that some possible alternative explanations of a methodological nature should be checked to confirm the results.

      (1) Three types of statistical analyses are employed: Pearson correlation coefficient, phylogenetic generalised least-squares (PGLS), and structural equation modelling (SEM). Both the Pearson correlation test and the PGLS assume normality (binormality in the case of Pearson's correlation) and linearity (and this is very likely the case for SEM as well, although it depends on the exact method employed). Deviation from these hypotheses can create erroneous P-value computations (in both directions). I could not find any assessment of how well the data fit these hypotheses in the manuscript; differences in significance could reflect differences in how the data fulfil these assumptions across time scales. Figure 2a suggests at least a deviation from normality, be it because of the Aves clade alone. A non-parametric correlation (such as Kendall's tau) should be used instead of Pearson's correlation, as it assumes neither normality nor linearity. The PGLS analysis is trickier in that respect: the authors should check the normality and independence of the model residuals (and likely homoscedasticity too, unless the underlying model allows for lineage-specific variance). An alternative would be to transform the variables using phylogenetic independent contrasts (PIC, which still assumes a Brownian model - as does the PGLS) and use a non-parametric correlation on the resulting PICs. I don't have expertise in SEM, but a quick search suggests that non-parametric (or at least non-linear) SEM implementations are available.

      (2) The positive correlation (l208, l299) with generation time should be further commented on, as it has the opposite direction as expected. Following the proposed rationale, species with shorter generation times should have more TEs, shouldn't they? Unless "generation time" here actually refers to the number of generations per year, instead of the duration of a generation, as the text suggests?

    4. Author response:

      Thank you very much for your constructive assessment and the thoughtful comments provided by both reviewers. We greatly appreciate their valuable and insightful suggestions, which will help us strengthen the analyses and interpretation of our study. We are pleased to provide the following provisional responses outlining our planned revisions. A fully revised manuscript, together with detailed point-by-point responses to all reviewer comments, will be submitted in due course.

      Responses to Reviewer #1:

      Phylogenetically informed statistical analyses. We fully agree that phylogenetically informed analyses should take precedence when interpreting cross-species associations. In the revised manuscript, we will reorganize the Results to present PGLS and SEM findings as the primary evidence. We will also carefully revise the Abstract, Results, and Discussion to ensure that our conclusions are consistent with the phylogenetically corrected results, particularly regarding the relationship between generation time and TE content across all species and the strength of the association between dN/dS and TE content.

      Assembly quality as a potential confounding factor. We will examine whether BUSCO completeness scores and contig N50 are associated with genome size and TE content. Where appropriate, we will incorporate assembly quality metrics as covariates in the PGLS and SEM models or perform additional sensitivity analyses. We will also consider conducting separate analyses for avian and non-avian sauropsids to evaluate the robustness of our findings and further explore their phylogenetic scale dependence.

      SEM methodology. We will expand the Methods section to provide a clearer explanation of how the piecewise SEM was constructed, the biological rationale underlying the proposed pathways, and the criteria used for model evaluation and selection, including comparisons of alternative model configurations where appropriate. We will also explore the feasibility of conducting separate SEM analyses for avian and non-avian sauropsids.

      Residual support for the MHH and contrast dependence. We agree that the weak but persistent associations between TE content and proxies of effective population size (Ne) in the pooled dataset deserve greater emphasis. We will discuss these relationships more explicitly, including the association between dN/dS and genome size. We will also expand our discussion of contrast dependence, particularly the possibility that reduced variation in life-history traits and TE content, together with differences in sample size and lineage-specific evolutionary dynamics, may contribute to the weakening of associations at smaller phylogenetic scales.

      dN/dS estimation. We will clarify the procedures used for gene-level filtering and dN/dS estimation, particularly the treatment of genes with very low dS values, and evaluate the potential influence of alternative estimation approaches. We will also further examine the relationships among body mass, generation time, and dN/dS to assess the consistency of these variables as indirect proxies of Ne and selection efficacy. In addition, we will discuss the potential influence of GC-biased gene conversion (gBGC) on dN/dS estimates in birds, with reference to the relevant literature.

      Recent TE elements. We agree that examining recently accumulated TEs would provide a valuable additional perspective. We plan to investigate whether the abundance of recent TEs (Kimura divergence <5%) is associated with life-history traits or dN/dS and present the results in the supplementary materials.

      We will also address all minor comments, including moving interpretive statements from the Results to the Discussion, incorporating the suggested references (including doi:10.1111/mec.70265 and RepeatMasker), applying log transformations to genome size where appropriate, correcting the order of figure citations, defining the abbreviation "RE", clarifying or removing the unexplained close-up in Figure 1, and refining the relevant wording throughout the manuscript.

      Responses to Reviewer #2:

      Statistical assumptions (normality, linearity, and homoscedasticity). We will systematically evaluate the statistical assumptions underlying our analyses, including the distributional properties of the data and the residuals of the fitted models. Specifically, we will (i) complement Pearson correlations with non-parametric alternatives, such as Kendall's tau, to assess the robustness of the observed associations; (ii) examine PGLS residuals for normality, homoscedasticity, and remaining phylogenetic dependence, and consider non-parametric correlations based on phylogenetic independent contrasts (PIC) as an additional sensitivity analysis; and (iii) assess the assumptions and goodness of fit of the SEM component models and explore alternative modeling approaches where appropriate.

      Direction of the generation time correlation. We will clarify the definition and units of generation time used in the dataset (duration of a generation, in years) and discuss this counterintuitive positive association explicitly, relating it to the expectation under the MHH and to previous findings.

      Reproducibility. We will improve the reproducibility of our analyses by providing the input datasets alongside the corresponding R scripts, detailed README files, and relevant software and package information. We will also make the analysis code available under an appropriate open-source license to facilitate the reproduction of our statistical models and figures.

      Minor comments. We will provide additional justification for selecting Sauropsida as the phylogenetic scope of our study, clarify the definition of the "matched" dataset, revise the use of "superficially", and further explain the interpretation of body mass as a potential physiological factor or an indirect proxy for population density across different taxonomic groups.

      We have no factual concerns regarding the eLife Assessment or the public reviews.

      Thank you again for the opportunity to strengthen our work. We believe that these revisions will improve the statistical robustness of our analyses and provide a more nuanced interpretation of the associations between TE accumulation, life-history traits, and molecular evolutionary indicators across phylogenetic scales.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study tackles the challenge of analyzing genome integrity and instability in unicellular pathogens by introducing a novel single-cell genomics approach. It presents compelling evidence that this new tool outperforms standard whole-genome amplification techniques and describes a method that shows promise for probing questions regarding the biology of Leishmania and other microbial eukaryotes.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      Negreira, G. et al clearly presented the challenges of conducting genomic studies in unicellular pathogens and of addressing questions related to the balance between genome integrity and instability, pivotal for survival under the stressful conditions these organisms face and for their evolutionary success. This underlies the need for powerful approaches to perform single-cell DNA analyses suited to the small and plastic Leishmania genome. Accordingly, their goal was to develop such a novel method and demonstrate its robustness.

      In this study, the authors combined semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) and adapted the system to the Leishmania genome, which is about 100 times smaller than the human genome and exhibits remarkable plasticity and mosaic aneuploidy. Given the size and organization of the Leishmania genome, the challenges were substantial; nevertheless, the authors successfully demonstrated that PTA not only works for Leishmania but also represents a significantly improved whole-genome amplification (WGA) method compared with standard approaches. They showed that SPCs provide a superior alternative for cell encapsulation, increasing throughput. The methodology enabled high-resolution karyotyping and the detection of fine-scale copy number variations (CNVs) at the single-cell level. Furthermore, it allowed discrimination between genotypically distinct cells within mixed populations.

      Strengths:

      This is a high-impact study that will likely contribute to our understanding of DNA replication and the genetic plasticity of Leishmania, including its well-documented aneuploidy, somy variations, CNVs, and SNPs - all key elements for elucidating various aspects of the parasite's biology, such as genome evolution, genetic exchange, and mechanisms of drug resistance.

      Overall, the authors clearly achieved their objectives, providing a solid rationale for the study and demonstrating how this approach can advance the investigation of Leishmania's small, plastic genome and its frequent natural strain mixtures within hosts. This methodology may also prove valuable for genomic studies of other single-celled organisms.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira et al. present an application of a novel single-cell genomics approach to investigate the genetic heterogeneity of Leishmania parasites. Leishmania, while also representing a major global disease with hundreds of thousands of cases annually, serves as a model to test the rigor of the sequencing strategy. Its complex karyotypic nature necessitates a method that is capable of resolving natural variation to better understand genome dynamics. Importantly, an earlier single-cell genomics platform (10x Chromium) is no longer available, and new methods need to be evaluated to fill in this gap.

      The study was designed to evaluate whether a capsule-based cell capture method combined with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) could maintain levels of genomic heterogeneity represented in an equal mixture of two Leishmania strains. This was a high bar, given the relatively small protozoan genome and prior studies that showed limitations of single-cell genomics, especially for gene-level copy number changes. Overall, the study found that semi-permeable capsules (SPC) are an effective way to isolate high-quality single cells. Additionally, short reads from amplified genomes effectively maintained the relative levels of variation in the two strains on the chromosome, gene copy, and individual base level. Thus, this method will be useful to evaluate adaptive strategies of Leishmania. Many researchers will also refer to these studies to set up SPC collection and PTA methods for their organism of choice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of SPC and PTA in a non-bacterial organism is novel. The study displays the utility of these methods to isolate and amplify single genomes to a level that can be sequenced, despite being a motile organism with a GC-rich genome.

      (2) The authors clearly outlined their optimization strategy and provided numerous quality-control metrics that inspire confidence in the success of achieving even chromosomal coverage relative to ploidy.

      (3) The use of two distinct Leishmania strains with known clonal status provided strong evidence that PTA-based amplification could reflect genome differences and displayed the utility of the method for studies of rare genotypes.

      (4) Evaluating the SPCs pre- and post-amplification with microscopy is a practical and robust way of determining the success of SPC formation and PTA.

      (5) The authors show that the PTA-based approach easily resolved major genotypic ploidy in agreement with a prior 10x Chromium-based study. The new method had improved resolution of drug resistance genotypes in the form of both copy-number variations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms.

      (6) In general, the authors are very thorough in describing the methods, including those used to optimize PTA lysis and amplification steps (fresh vs frozen cells, naked DNA vs sorted cells, etc). This demonstrates a depth of knowledge about the procedure and leaves few unanswered questions.

      (7) The custom, multifaceted, computational assessment of coverage evenness is a major strength of the study and demonstrates that the authors acknowledge potential computational factors that could impact the analysis.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Negreira et al. propose a new scDNAseq method, using semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) and primary template-directed amplification (PTA). The authors optimize several metrics to improve their predictions, such as determining GC bias, Intra-Chromosomal fluctuation (ICF -metric to differentiate replicative and non-replicative cells) and Intra-chromosomal coefficient of variation (ICCV - chromosome read distribution). The coverage evenness was evaluated using the fini index and the median absolute pairwise difference between the counts of two consecutive bins. They validate the proposed method using two Leishmania donovani strains isolated from different countries, BPK081 (low genomic variability) and HU3 (high genomic variability). Then, they showed that the method outperforms WGA and has similar accuracy to the discontinued 10X-scDNA (10X Genomics), further improving on short CNV identification. The authors also show that the method can identify somy variations, insertions/deletions and SNP variations across cells. This is a timely and very relevant work that has a wide applicability in copy number variation assessment using single-cell data.

      I really appreciate this work. My congratulations to the authors.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira, G. et al clearly presented the challenges of conducting genomic studies in unicellular pathogens and of addressing questions related to the balance between genome integrity and instability, pivotal for survival under the stressful conditions these organisms face and for their evolutionary success. This underlies the need for powerful approaches to perform single-cell DNA analyses suited to the small and plastic Leishmania genome. Accordingly, their goal was to develop such a novel method and demonstrate its robustness.

      In this study, the authors combined semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) and adapted the system to the Leishmania genome, which is about 100 times smaller than the human genome and exhibits remarkable plasticity and mosaic aneuploidy. Given the size and organization of the Leishmania genome, the challenges were substantial; nevertheless, the authors successfully demonstrated that PTA not only works for Leishmania but also represents a significantly improved whole-genome amplification (WGA) method compared with standard approaches. They showed that SPCs provide a superior alternative for cell encapsulation, increasing throughput. The methodology enabled high-resolution karyotyping and the detection of fine-scale copy number variations (CNVs) at the singlecell level. Furthermore, it allowed discrimination between genotypically distinct cells within mixed populations.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a high-impact study that will likely contribute to our understanding of DNA replication and the genetic plasticity of Leishmania, including its welldocumented aneuploidy, somy variations, CNVs, and SNPs - all key elements for elucidating various aspects of the parasite's biology, such as genome evolution, genetic exchange, and mechanisms of drug resistance.

      Overall, the authors clearly achieved their objectives, providing a solid rationale for the study and demonstrating how this approach can advance the investigation of Leishmania's small, plastic genome and its frequent natural strain mixtures within hosts. This methodology may also prove valuable for genomic studies of other single-celled organisms.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback and appreciation of the potential applications for the methodology we describe here.

      Weaknesses:

      (2) The discussion section could be enriched to help readers understand the significance of the work, for instance, by more clearly pointing out the obstacles to a better understanding of DNA replication in Leishmania. Or else, when they discuss the results obtained at the level of nucleotide information and the relevance of being able to compare, in their case, the two strains, they could refer to the implications of this level of precision to those studying clonal strains or field isolates, drug resistance or virulence in a more detailed way.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. Indeed, single-cell DNA sequencing has successfully revealed cell-to-cell variability in replication timing and fork progression in mammalian cells [1,2] and we believe that the SPC-PTA workflow could be used in similar studies in Leishmania to complement bulk-based observations [3,4]. We have included a discussion about this in the revised version:

      “[…]scDNAseq has been used to study DNA replication programs, revealing fork progression speeds and replication timing along the cell cycle in mammalian cells [67,68]. Unlike most eukaryotes, Leishmania has a unique DNA replication program based on a single large replication origin per chromosome which is highly active during S-phase and which is complemented by thousands of minor low-efficiency origin sites that are active during G1 and G2/M phases [69,70]. However, it is still unclear if there is cell-to-cell variability in origin use and replication timing, and how this may link to genome instability, which could be addressed using the SPCPTA workflow in parasites at different stages of the cell cycle.”

      Regarding nucleotide information, it is indeed of high relevance to detect minor circulating variants with potential virulence impact and/or effect on drug resistance which could be missed by bulk sequencing. This includes the ability to detect co-occurring variants with potential epistatic effects. We have extensively expanded the discussion section in the “heterogeneity of nucleotide sequence” section to discuss these topics:

      “[…] Moreover, population-genomic studies of the L. donovani complex have identified isolates with allele-frequency patterns consistent with mixtures of genetically similar subclones, including mixtures within the same phylogenetic group [54]. Mixed-genotype infections are likely under-detected by routine diagnostics [55], and confounds bulk genomic analyses. This was evident when cultured parasites showed genomic signatures distinct from their clinical counterparts, likely due to the expansion of initially undetectable genotypes in culture [56]. Similar challenges have been described in other protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum, where polyclonal infections can contain mixed drug-sensitive and drug-resistant genotypes [57,58] and conventional bulk genotyping may reduce this complexity to binary calls [59], motivating the development of approaches that resolve subpopulation structure more explicitly. This complexity makes it challenging to link genotype to phenotype and to study evolutionary dynamics, especially for traits like drug resistance or virulence where minor variants can be clinically relevant […]”

      And:

      “In addition, another advantage of the single-cell approach is that it enables detecting co-existing mutations in the same cell, as illustrated in Figure 5D. This is particularly relevant in protozoan parasites, where resistance may depend on multi-locus haplotypes or combinations of mutations, as illustrated by resistance against sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine treatment in Plasmodium falciparum, which is characterized by mutations in dhfr and/or dhps genes, including triple and septuple mutant forms as well as mutations in both genes [62–64].”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira et al. present an application of a novel single-cell genomics approach to investigate the genetic heterogeneity of Leishmania parasites. Leishmania, while also representing a major global disease with hundreds of thousands of cases annually, serves as a model to test the rigor of the sequencing strategy. Its complex karyotypic nature necessitates a method that is capable of resolving natural variation to better understand genome dynamics. Importantly, an earlier single-cell genomics platform (10x Chromium) is no longer available, and new methods need to be evaluated to fill in this gap.

      The study was designed to evaluate whether a capsule-based cell capture method combined with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) could maintain levels of genomic heterogeneity represented in an equal mixture of two Leishmania strains. This was a high bar, given the relatively small protozoan genome and prior studies that showed limitations of single-cell genomics, especially for gene-level copy number changes. Overall, the study found that semi-permeable capsules (SPC) are an effective way to isolate high-quality single cells. Additionally, short reads from amplified genomes effectively maintained the relative levels of variation in the two strains on the chromosome, gene copy, and individual base level. Thus, this method will be useful to evaluate adaptive strategies of Leishmania. Many researchers will also refer to these studies to set up SPC collection and PTA methods for their organism of choice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of SPC and PTA in a non-bacterial organism is novel. The study displays the utility of these methods to isolate and amplify single genomes to a level that can be sequenced, despite being a motile organism with a GC-rich genome.

      (2) The authors clearly outlined their optimization strategy and provided numerous quality-control metrics that inspire confidence in the success of achieving even chromosomal coverage relative to ploidy.

      (3) The use of two distinct Leishmania strains with known clonal status provided strong evidence that PTA-based amplification could reflect genome differences and displayed the utility of the method for studies of rare genotypes.

      (4) Evaluating the SPCs pre- and post-amplification with microscopy is a practical and robust way of determining the success of SPC formation and PTA.

      (5) The authors show that the PTA-based approach easily resolved major genotypic ploidy in agreement with a prior 10x Chromium-based study. The new method had improved resolution of drug resistance genotypes in the form of both copy-number variations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms.

      (6) In general, the authors are very thorough in describing the methods, including those used to optimize PTA lysis and amplification steps (fresh vs frozen cells, naked DNA vs sorted cells, etc). This demonstrates a depth of knowledge about the procedure and leaves few unanswered questions.

      (7) The custom, multifaceted, computational assessment of coverage evenness is a major strength of the study and demonstrates that the authors acknowledge potential computational factors that could impact the analysis.

      We deeply appreciate the positive and encouraging feedback on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (8) The rationale behind some experimental/analysis choices is not welldescribed. For example, the rationale behind methanol fixation and heat-lysis is unclear. Additionally, the choice of various methods to assess "evenness" is not justified (e.g. why are multiple methods needed? What is the strength of each method?). Also, there is no justification for using 100k reads for subsampling. Finally, what exactly constitutes a "confidently-called SNP"?

      The methanol fixation prior to lysis is part of the original protocol described in the Single-Microbe Genome Barcoding Kit manual and was meant to facilitate lysis and DNA denaturation in bacterial cells (for which the kit was originally developed). However, in our preliminary tests with bulk samples – described in the supplementary material – we noticed a strong negative effect on lysis efficiency/DNA recovery when parasites were fixed with methanol. Thus, we decided to test the effect of skipping this step in the single-cell DNA workflow. We kept the SPC_STD1 sample to have a safe control where the full workflow described in the kit manual was followed.

      As we were unsure if the standard lysis (25 ˚C for 15 minutes) would work efficiently for Leishmania, we included the heat-lysis (99˚C for 15 minutes) as well as the longer incubation lysis (25 ˚C for 1h). These modifications were listed as validated alternatives in the kit's manual. In the revised version, we have included a paragraph in the results section explaining the reason why we tested different lysis conditions:

      “We based our scDNAseq approach on the Single Microbe DNA Barcoding Kit from Atrandi BiosciencesTM, which uses semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) for high-throughput cell encapsulation30. The kit includes a pre-defined cell lysis protocol developed for bacteria, which starts with a methanol fixation step followed by incubation for 15 minutes at room temperature in the provided lysis buffer (0.8 M KOH, 20 mM EDTA, 200 mM DTT). Because it was unclear whether this protocol would be effective for Leishmania cells, we also tested modified lysis conditions by either extending the incubation time from 15 to 60 minutes or increasing the incubation temperature to 99 ˚C. In addition, we assessed if the protocol could be simplified by omitting the methanol fixation step. These modifications were first evaluated in pools of ~1,000,000 parasites per condition, by measuring with qPCR the quantity of free-floating DNA in the supernatant after parasite lysis and centrifugation. This analysis indicated that omitting methanol fixation in fact improved DNA release, whereas no clear differences were observed among the different lysis conditions (see Supplementary Text, Supplementary Figures 1 and 2, and Supplementary Tables 1 and 2).”

      Regarding read subsampling, in fact, we used two different thresholds, 20k reads for when 10X datasets were included in the comparisons, and 100k reads for when comparisons were done only among the SPC samples. These thresholds were always chosen to match the number of reads found in the true cell with the lowest read count across the datasets being compared: 20K reads in the 10X-scDNA data for BPK081 and 100K in the SPC-STD1 sample. This is now mentioned in the materials and methods:

      "Counts were then randomly subsampled to a total of 20,000 reads per cell – matching the number of reads found in the least covered true cell in the scDNA-10X datasets (see below) – to allow cross-sample comparisons. " and in the results section:

      "After equalizing each sample to 100,000 reads per cell (the number of reads observed in the least covered true cell in sample SPC-STD1), PTA still performed best"

      and:

      "Thus, we compared coverage uniformity in our dataset with that of two libraries generated using the Chromium Single-Cell CNV solution (10X-scDNA), considered the gold standard for this application. For this, we first subsampled each cell to 20,000 reads, matching the cell with the least read count in the 10X-scDNA dataset."

      Regarding variant calling, a variant was considered confidently called if it was covered, at single-cell level, by at least one deduplicated read with Phred quality above Q30 and mapping quality (MAPQ) also above 30. This is now mentioned in the materials and methods section:

      "A variant was considered confidently called when it was covered, at single-cell level, by at least one deduplicated read with Phred quality above Q30 and mapping quality (MAPQ) also above 30."

      (9) In the methods, the STD protocol lists a 15-minute amplification at 45C whereas the PTA protocol involves 10h at 37C. This is a dramatic difference in incubation time and should be addressed when comparing results from the two methods. It is not really a fair comparison when you look at coverage levels; of course, a 10-hour incubation is going to yield more reads than a 15-minute incubation.

      We agree with the reviewer that the longer incubation period of PTA might explain the higher read count seen in the PTA samples, although the differences in amplification kinetics (linear in PTA, exponential in STD) and potential differences in amplification saturation points make it difficult to compare them. For instance, an updated version of PTA (ResolveDNA V2) uses a lower amplification time (2.5 h) and achieves similar amplification levels compared to the 10h incubation time, suggesting PTA amplification saturates well before the 10h time. In any case, all quality check for coverage metrics were done with the cells subsampled to 20,000 reads to mitigate the effect of read count differences on the data quality.

      (10) There is a lack of quantitative evaluations of the SPCs. e.g. How many capsules were evaluated to assess doublets? How many capsules were detected as Syto5 positive in a successful vs an unsuccessful experiment?

      We agree with the reviewer but during experimental execution SPCs were only assessed qualitatively via microscopy following the Single-cell microbe DNA barcoding kit manual. No quantitative analysis was done and therefore we do not have this data. Regarding doublet, this was done in silico based on the detection of SPCs containing mixed genomes from the two strains used in the study as described in the Materials and Methods. As pointed by another reviewer, this only allow the detection of inter-strain doublets. We have now included in the revised version an estimate of total doublets in Table 1 and in the text:

      In the Materials and Methods:

      “Cells exhibiting a mixture of diagnostic SNPs from both strains above 5% were classified as inter-strain doublets. Total doublet frequency was estimated under the assumption of random cell pairing, by dividing the observed frequency of interstrain HU3/BPK081 doublets by the expected proportion of mixed doublets among all doublets, 2pq, where p and q are the relative frequencies of HU3 and BPK081 singlets respectively.”

      And in the results:

      “Successful WGA samples showed only 2–6 inter-strain doublets (4-12 estimated total doublets),

      (11) The authors do not address some of the amplification results obtained under various conditions. For example, why did temperature-based lysis of STD4 lead to amplification failure? Also, what is the reason for fewer "true" cells (higher background) in the PTA samples compared to the STD samples? Is this related to issues with barcoding or, alternatively, substandard amplification as indicated by lower read amounts in some capsules (knee plots in Figure 1C)?

      After exchange with the technical support team of the SPC generator kit, it was clarified that the heat lysis done in STD4 should have had a shorter incubation time (10 minutes instead of 15 minutes) and a lower KOH concentration (0.2 M instead of 0.8 M). We suspect that the longer incubation time, combined with the higher temperature and the harsh lysis condition with 0.8 M KOH might have damaged SPCs and therefore DNA might have leaked out of them before WGA. In the microscopy images, SPCs in STD4 show a swollen aspect not seen in the other samples. We added the following statement to the results section to explain this in the revised version:

      “SPC-STD4 also exhibited enlarged SPCs, which could indicate they were damaged during lysis.”

      and

      “According to follow-up guidance from the kit technical support team, it was suggested to use a shorter incubation time (10 min rather than 15 min) and a lower KOH concentration (0.2 M rather than 0.8 M) for heat-based lysis. We therefore infer that the combination of prolonged incubation, high temperature, and high KOH concentration in SPC-STD4 damaged the SPCs and promoted DNA leakage before WGA."

      (12) The paper presents limited biological relevance. Without this, the paper describes an improvement in genome amplification methods and some proof-ofconcept analyses. Using a 1:1 mixture of parasites with different genotypes, the authors display the utility of the method to resolve genetic diversity, but they don't seek to understand the limits of detecting this diversity. For some, the authors do not comment on the mixed karyotypes from the HU3 cells (Figure 3F) other than to state that this line was not clonal. For CNVs, the two loci evaluated were detected at relatively high copy number (according to Figure 4C, they are between 4 and 20 copies). Thus, the sensitivity of CNV detection from this data remains unclear; can this approach detect lower-level CNVs like duplications, or minor CNVs that do not show up in every cell?

      We have attempted an unbiased, genome-wide CNV calling approach across all samples to (i) confirm the two known loci and (ii) screen for novel short CNVs. CNV values were calculated as the ratio of median gene-level coverage to median chromosome-wide coverage. We have now added heatmaps summarizing this analysis for each sample in the supplementary material (Supplementary Figure 5). As expected, The SPC-STD1-3 samples sequencing depth was very sparse, with many genes showing low or even zero median coverage across the full chromosome. The SPC-PTA samples had substantially higher sequencing depth, making genome-wide CNV calculation feasible. However, the resulting heatmaps showed no clear, consistent signal across genes except for the two previously identified loci - the M-locus on chromosome 36 in BPK081 and the CNV on chromosome 29 in HU3. Thus, it is unclear if these are the only two differential CNVs present in these strains, or if our de novo detection method failed to retrieve other CNVs. We now describe this in the results section:

      “We also investigated if other CNVs could be present in our data using a gene-level unsupervised approach. For that, we divided the median read count of each annotated gene by the median count of the chromosome and looked for genes with median value 1.5 times higher than the chromosome median (supplementary figure 5). As expected, The SPC-PTA samples had substantially higher sequencing depth, making genome-wide CNV calculation feasible. Notably, the two previously identified loci - the M-locus on chromosome 36 in BPK081 and a known CNV on chromosome 29 in HU3 - stood out clearly against this background, consistent with the CNVs we had already characterized by bulk genome sequencing. However, this showed no clear, consistent signal across genes except for these two previously identified loci.”

      (13) The authors state that Leishmania can carry extrachromosomal copies of important genes. There is no discussion about how the presence of these molecules would affect the amplification steps and CNV detection. For example, the phi29 enzyme is very processive with circular molecules; does its presence lead to overamplification and overrepresentation in the data? Is this evident in the current study? This information would be useful for organisms that carry this type of genetic element.

      We believe our data, which uses short-read sequences, does not allow to differentiate between intra-chromosomal CNVs and linear or circular episomal CNVs derived from the nuclear genome. Of note, the Leishmania kinetoplast contains large circular DNA known as maxicircles (~10-40 kb), and we did not observe a clear dominance of maxicircle amplicons compared to nuclear genomic regions. The kinetoplast also contains thousands of minicircles (0.5- 2 kb) but those are not present in the reference genome and therefore it was not determined if they were detected and their prevalence in the data. As for the CNVs discussed in the paper, we have previously demonstrated that the M-locus CNV in chromosome 36 is intrachromosomal, not circular (episomal) [5].

      (14) The manuscript is missing a comparison with other similar studies in the field. For example, how does this coverage level compare to those achieved for other genomes? Can this method achieve amplification levels needed to assess larger genomes? Has there been any evaluation of base composition effects since Leishmania is a GC-rich genome?

      We believe the SPC-PTA workflow can be applied to organisms with larger genomes as PTA was developed specifically for mammalian cells [6], and also because, in our hands, it outperformed the 10X scDNA solution, which was developed for mammals.

      We believe direct comparison with other studies regarding coverage levels is elusive because other steps in the workflow apart from the WGA, such as the library preparation (PCR-based in our case), as well as genome features like GC content, size, and presence of repetitive regions, can also affect coverage levels and evenness. One strength of our approach was the use a single sample (the 50/50 mix between two L. donovani strain) for all conditions, thus removing potential parasite-specific biases. In addition, the application of a multiplexing system during barcoding allowed us to combine all samples prior to library preparation, thus removing potential differences introduced by this step.

      Regarding the effect of GC content, we did notice a negative bias in all samples in regions with higher GC content, which had to be corrected in silico. In the revised version, we have included a supplementary figure showing the GC bias and the correction result (supplementary figure 4).

      (15) Cost is mentioned as a benefit of the SPC platform, and savings are achieved when working in a plate format, but no details are included on how this was evaluated.

      We have improved the cost estimation in the discussion:

      “With SPCs we could apply PTA to a total of 399 cells (samples SPC-PTA1-2) while using the equivalent of 17 PTA reactions (17 cells if isolated in plates). Considering the costs of the PTA (~ €3100 for 96 WGA reactions) and library prep kits (~ €3100 for 96 libraries), a full plate-based system for 96 cells would have costed ~ €65 per cell excluding sequencing cost. In our hands, this cost was reduced to ~ €3,9 per cell including the required SPC generation kit (~ €230 for 1 encapsulation run) the PTA reactions (~ €550 eur for 17 reactions) the barcoding and library prep kits (~ €660 for 2 samples in the barcoding plate if using 6 sample multiplexing) and library prep (~ €130 for 4 final libraries). We also estimate that using the maximum capacity of 10.000 cells would further reduce price per cell to ~€0,39, although this comes with the caveats of a higher doublet rate and higher sequencing costs to achieve robust per-cell coverage. Overall, SPCs improves scalability and cost-efficiency, making high-throughput single-cell genome sequencing more accessible.”

      (16) The Zenodo link for custom scripts does not exist, and code cannot be evaluated.

      The full Zenodo link (https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.22876495) is now included in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestion for additional experiments:

      (17) In order to improve the CNV component of the work, the authors can employ a CNV caller as an unbiased method to identify all CNVs across the genome (including the 2 known loci). Assessing these patterns will be helpful to evaluate the sensitivity for CNV calling post-amplification.

      See response to Comment 12 of Reviewer 2.

      (18) Opportunities to include more biological relevance could include assessment of genetic changes under stress, or changes with parasite stage (current study is on promastigotes).

      We agree with the reviewer that these studies are highly relevant but we consider them out of the scope of the present work, which is more method-oriented. However, In the revised version we have expanded the discussion to include future potential applications for the SPC-PTA method:

      “Future perspectives

      The SPC-PTA scDNAseq workflow described here opens new possibilities for understanding the biology and adaptation mechanisms in Leishmania and other microbial eukaryotes. For instance, scDNAseq has been used to study DNA replication programs, revealing fork progression speeds and replication timing along the cell cycle in mammalian cells [67,68]. Unlike most eukaryotes, Leishmania has a unique DNA replication program based on a single large replication origin per chromosome which is highly active during S-phase and which is complemented by thousands of minor low-efficiency origin sites that are active during G1 and G2/M phases [69,70]. However, it is still unclear if there is cell-to-cell variability in origin use and replication timing, and how this may link to genome instability, which could be addressed using the SPC-PTA workflow in parasites at different stages of the cell cycle. Additionally, the SPC-PTA workflow could be applied to capture rare recombination events that occur in the insect vector – events that contribute to Leishmania genetic diversity but are hard to catch with bulk methods. It has been demonstrated that Leishmania undergo a cryptic sexual recombination following meiotic patterns of genome inheritance [71–73]. However, gamete-like cells were never identified. Our tool could be applied to identify cells harbouring whole-genome loss-of-heterozygosity signatures, which would be a strong indicative of meiosis.

      Another potential application is to combine the SPC-PTA workflow with loss-of-function assays to investigate key molecular factors involved in genome instability and DNA replication. For instance, small interfering RNA (siRNA) perturbations were combined with single-cell DNA sequencing to reveal a central role of Rap1 interacting factor 1 (RIF1) in coordinating replication timing in mouse embryos [74]. Although some Leishmania species lack a fully functional RNA interference pathway [75], loss-of-function assays can be achieved with CRISPR-Cas9-mediated gene knock-out [76]. More recently, genome-wide perturbation assays were made possible using CRISPR-Cas base editors opening the door to systematic, high-throughput functional screens in Leishmania [77,78]. Coupling these perturbation strategies with SPC-PTA could therefore enable direct testing of how some genes may shape replication dynamics, chromosome segregation, and genome instability at single-cell resolution.

      Lastly, the use of semipermeable capsules itself is also a key innovation and open the possibility of other applications. For instance, as we demonstrated, parasites remain alive after SPC encapsulation, and the semi-permeable nature of SPCs allow exchange of medium nutrients and cell metabolites, allowing cultivation of parasites inside SPCs [79]. This could be used to grow parasite clones trapped in SPCs, which would prevent cross-clone competition, allowing the recovery of slow-growing clones which would be otherwise outcompeted by faster-replicating clones. This is particularly important, e.g., for the study of quiescence, an emerging field of interest in Leishmania and other pathogens due to its adaptive role 80–83, as it would allow to cultivate and separate parasites with a low replicative phenotype.”

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      (19) The paragraph in the Introduction beginning with "Although emulsion droplet..." could possibly be moved to the methods to provide a rationale for current procedures- as is, it dilutes the message at hand.

      We have removed this paragraph from the introduction and have replaced it with a short explanation about SPCs at the end of the introduction:

      “The main advantage of SPCs over emulsion droplet capturing lies in its semipermeable nature: large biomolecules (such as genomic DNA or whole organelles) are retained inside the capsule, while small molecules (e.g. enzymes, buffers, cofactors) can diffuse in and out [30]. Moreover, SPCs are resistant to harsh lysis chemicals, deep freezing and heat incubations. These properties permit multi-step reactions to be performed in the pools of encapsulated cells by simply washing or exchanging the surrounding solution, making custom protocol modifications easy.”

      (20) In the Introduction, the section describing the previous 10x study is relevant to understand the rationale, but again could be truncated, or moved to the methods or discussion.

      (21) The paragraph in the introduction beginning with "In this context, Leishmania..." could be combined with the paragraph introducing Leishmania ("To fully understand...." to improve flow and minimize repetitive information.

      We have restructured the introduction by rearraging the paragraphs and removing too technical information, so Leishmania is introduced earlier:

      “Introduction

      Genome instability plays a paradoxical and yet pivotal role in the evolutionary success of many unicellular pathogens. While genomic integrity is typically vital for cellular function, moderate levels of instability – either through intra-chromosomal copy number variations (CNV) or through dosage changes of whole chromosomes (aneuploidy) – can facilitate survival under environmental stress by quickly diversifying phenotypes in a cell population [1-3]. For instance, aneuploidy promotes survival to drug pressure and host immunity in Candida albicans [4,5], and CNVs were linked to survival under nitrogen-limiting conditions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae [6]. Aneuploidy and/or CNVs are also commonly found in cancer and are linked to tumor progression and drug resistance [7,8]. Moreover, these types of structural variation are also found in protist parasites such as Giardia intestinalis, Plasmodium spp., Trypanosoma cruzi, and Leishmania [9-13], representing potential adaptive mechanisms in clinically relevant organisms.

      Leishmania is a protist parasite that cause leishmaniasis, a neglected tropical disease which affects more than 99 countries with 700,000-1,000,000 new cases every year [14]. These parasites also represent an important model to study genome instability in eukaryotes, owing to its remarkable genomic plasticity and the central role that genome instability plays in its biology. First, while most eukaryotes maintain a euploid genome, i.e., with equal copy numbers of each chromosome, Leishmania breaks this rule, as aneuploidy is not an exception but the standard for these parasites. In its most basic form, aneuploidy is present as a characteristic polysomy of chromosome 31 contrasting with an otherwise fully diploid genome [15]. However, high levels of chromosome instability lead to frequent dosage changes involving virtually any of the 36 chromosomes, making any Leishmania population a ‘mosaic’ of distinct aneuploid karyotypes [16,17]. Aneuploidy patterns can shift in response to environmental stresses [18-21] and are directly reflected into RNA levels [18,22] and partially at protein levels [23]. In addition, Leishmania genome instability is also expressed in the form of frequent CNVs. Small segments of 20–70 kb can form extrachromosomal circular or linear amplicons carrying genes, including those encoding drug resistance factors [24]. Expansion of intra-chromosomal loci is also common. For instance, a common CNV found in chromosome 23 of some L. donovani strains was linked to resistance to antimonials in strains from Nepal [19,25]. In addition, the occurrence of mixed infections – where multiple Leishmania strains or even species coexist in the same host [26-28] – further highlight the need for genomic approaches that resolve parasite genotypes at single-cell resolution.

      In a previous study our group established the first single-cell DNA sequencing (scDNAseq) study with Leishmania [29]. Using single parasites isolated in plates with fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), our group could successfully sequence 47 parasites, of which 28 had their karyotypes determined. This study also demonstrated that the whole-genome amplification (WGA) method must be chosen based on the downstream analysis, with multiple displacement amplification (MDA) being more suited for nucleotide sequence information, and PicoPlex<sup>TM</sup> performing better for structural variations such as chromosome copy number assessment and CNVs [29]. Later, we described the application of the Chromium single-cell CNV solution (10X Genomics<sup>TM</sup>) as a high-throughput, emulsion droplet-based approach that could reconstruct karyotypes in thousands of Leishmania cells, revealing potential paths towards karyotype diversification, but with no access to nucleotide variant detection due to shallow genomic coverage [17]. Moreover, the Chromium single-cell CNV solution was discontinued in 2020, with no replacement currently available to our knowledge. This gap highlights the urgent need for novel, high-throughput scDNAseq approaches.

      Here we developed a novel high-throughput scDNAseq method tailored to detecting structural and nucleotide variants at single-cell level in eukaryotic parasites such as Leishmania. Our method is based on the commercially available Single-Microbe DNA Barcoding solution (Atrandi Biosciences<sup>TM</sup>), which originally offers a workflow for cell encapsulation using semi-permeable capsules (SPCs), whole-genome amplification (WGA) and genome barcoding of bacterial cells. The main advantage of SPCs over emulsion droplet capturing lies in its semi-permeable nature: large biomolecules (such as genomic DNA or whole organelles) are retained inside the capsule, while small molecules (e.g. enzymes, buffers, cofactors) can diffuse in and out [30]. Moreover, SPCs are resistant to harsh lysis chemicals, deep freezing and heat incubations. These properties permit multi-step reactions to be performed in the pools of encapsulated cells by simply washing or exchanging the surrounding solution, making custom protocol modifications easy. We compared the performance of the method with libraries previously made with the Chromium single-cell CNV, showing that the original SPC-based protocol successfully generates scDNAseq libraries with Leishmania, but its uneven amplification prevents determination of structural variants. We solved this issue by using primary template-directed amplification (PTA) [31] as alternative WGA. This modification allowed us to fully reconstruct the karyotype of hundreds of L. donovani parasites and to detect distinct CNV patterns between cells. Moreover, the higher coverage seen in PTA unlocked the ability to simultaneously retrieve nucleotide sequence information from single-cells, which was not possible before. We demonstrate the ability of the method to distinguish parasite subpopulations of the same species, as well as small populations in the same strain, revealing minor genotypic variants among cells in clinical isolates, including variants in genes related to drug resistance in small subpopulations of parasites. Together, our results represent a significant advancement in single-cell genomics for Leishmania and other eukaryotes, providing a scalable, high-resolution tool to dissect both structural and sequence-level variation, and to deepen our understanding of parasite heterogeneity, evolution, and adaptation.”

      (22) The 4kb amplicon in HU3 is referred to as on chr 19 and 29 across the paper.

      We have fixed this mistake in the revised version.

      (23) Correct grammar: "A table summarizing the treatments that each sample was submitted to is provided in the results section (Table 1)."

      We replaced the sentence by:

      "A summary of lysis and WGA conditions is provided in the results section (Table 1)"

      (24) The Lorenz curve (Figure 2A) is not described in the methods. How was this analysis performed?

      We have now a description of the Lorenz curve in the materials and methods section

      “Lorenz curves were done for each cell by arranging genomic bins in ascending order for read counts and then calculating the cumulative read count sum. Cumulative sums were normalized by total count in each cell, and Lorenz curves were then summarized across cells of the same sample by calculating the mean cumulative fraction of counts at each genomic fraction.”

      (25) Move long lists of numbers across the Results into tables and cite them. It is hard to read as is.

      We have removed detailed statistical information from the results text. We also have included more information in Table 1.

      (26) For Figures 4A and B, please demark known amplicon boundaries to help interpret the plot. LD36 seems to have two nearby CNV regions, but the amplicon size is unclear.

      Figures 4A-B now include a dashed white line highlighting the CNV areas.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Negreira et al. propose a new scDNAseq method, using semipermeable capsules (SPCs) and primary template-directed amplification (PTA). The authors optimize several metrics to improve their predictions, such as determining GC bias, Intra-Chromosomal fluctuation (ICF -metric to differentiate replicative and nonreplicative cells) and Intra-chromosomal coefficient of variation (ICCV - chromosome read distribution). The coverage evenness was evaluated using the fini index and the median absolute pairwise difference between the counts of two consecutive bins. They validate the proposed method using two Leishmania donovani strains isolated from different countries, BPK081 (low genomic variability) and HU3 (high genomic variability). Then, they showed that the method outperforms WGA and has similar accuracy to the discontinued 10X-scDNA (10X Genomics), further improving on short CNV identification. The authors also show that the method can identify somy variations, insertions/deletions and SNP variations across cells. This is a timely and very relevant work that has a wide applicability in copy number variation assessment using single-cell data.

      I really appreciate this work. My congratulations to the authors. All my comments below only aim to improve an already solid manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the enthusiasm and positive feedback.

      Remarks

      (1) Data availability: Although the authors provide a Zenodo link, the data is restricted. I also could not access the GitHub link in the Zenodo website: https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper. The authors should make these files available.

      Both the Zenodo (https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.22876495) and the GitHub (https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper) repositories are now publicly available.

      (2) SPC-PTA and SPC-STD cell count comparison: The authors have consistently proven that the SPC-PTA method was superior to SPC-STD. However, there are a few points that should be clarified regarding the SPC-PTA results. Is there an explanation for the lower proportion of SPC to true cells success in SPCSTD, which reflects the bimodal distribution for the reads per cell in SPC-PTA2 and a three-to-multimodal distribution in SPC-PTA1 in Figure 1B? Also, in Table 1, does the number of reads reflect the number of reads in all sequenced SPCs or only in the true cells? If it is in the SPCs, I suggest that the authors add a new column in the table with the "Number of reads in true cells" to account for this discrepancy.

      The reason for the higher presence of 'background' SPCs in the PTA samples is not clear, but we hypothesize that it could be due to PTA favoring amplification of small, free-floating DNA molecules that might have been trapped in cell-free SPCs, as PTA works with shorter amplicons. Also, the longer incubation time seen in PTA (10 h) might have allowed enhanced amplification of low quantities of free-floating DNA to detectable levels. Regarding Table 1, indeed it was only showing the total number of reads per sample. In the revised we have now included the suggested column to Table 1.

      (3) The authors should evaluate the results with a higher coverage for SCPPTA. I understand that the authors subsampled the total read to 100,000 to allow cross-sample comparisons, especially between SPC-STD and SPC-PTA. However, as they concluded that the SPC-PTA was far superior, and the samples SPC-PTA1 and SPC-PTA2 had an "elbow" of 650,493 and 448,041, respectively, it might be interesting to revisit some of the estimations using only SPC-PTA samples and a higher coverage cutoff, as 400,000.

      For the CNV analysis, we used all reads per cell, not the subsampled dataset, so SPC-PTA already benefit from their higher coverage. In addition, as mentioned in our response to Comment 8 of Reviewer 2, we have subsampled cells to 20,000 reads, not 100.000 reads per cell, to allow comparisons to the 10X datasets. We have corrected that information in the text now.

      (4) Doublet detection: I suggest that the authors be a little more careful with their definition of doublets. The doublet detection was based on diagnostic SNPs from the two strains, BPK081 and HU3, which identify doublets between two very different and well-characterised strains. However, this method will probably not identify strain-specific doublets. This is of minor importance for cloned and stable strains with few passages, as BPK081, but might be more relevant in more heterogeneous strains, as HU3. Strain-specific doublets might also be relevant in other scenarios, as multiclonal infections with different populations from the same strain in the same geographic area. One positive point is that the "between strain doublet count" was low, so probably the within-strain doublet count should be low too. The manuscript would benefit from a discussion on this regard.

      We fully agree with the reviewer. We have now included in the manuscript an estimation of total doublets based on the frequency of inter-strain doublets detected in each sample. See response to Comment 10 of Reviewer 2.

      (5) Nucleotide sequence variants and phylogeny: I believe that a more careful description of the phylogenetic analysis and some limitations of the sequence variant identification would benefit the manuscript.

      (a) As described in the methods, the authors intentionally selected two fairly different Leishmania donovani strains, HU3 and BPK081, and confirmed that the sequent variant methodology can separate cells from each strain. It is a solid proof of concept. However, most of the multiclonal infections in natural scenarios would be caused by parasite populations that diverge by fewer SNPs, and will be significantly harder to detect. Hence, I suggest that a short discussion about this is important.

      We agree that mixed infections might happen between closely related parasite populations and that the HU3/BPK081 mixture represents a relatively divergent strain pair. At the same time, our data suggest that the approach might not be restricted to highly divergent strains: in Fig. 5D, the two populations remain clearly separable using only a small subset of approximately 30 informative loci, and the within-BPK081 phylogeny in Fig. 5E further indicates that cell groups can be resolved based on comparatively few mutations. We therefore interpret the current dataset as evidence that the method retains discriminatory power with limited numbers of informative variants, while acknowledging that performance is expected to decrease as inter-clone divergence and per-cell SNP recovery decline. We have now added a small discussion about this:

      “Moreover, population-genomic studies of the L. donovani complex have identified isolates with allele-frequency patterns consistent with mixtures of genetically similar subclones, including mixtures within the same phylogenetic group [54].”

      And

      “Moreover, although the HU3/BPK081 mixture represents a relatively divergent two-strain model, the result shown in Figure 5D, which uses only a subset of 30 SNPs, indicates that separation can be achieved even with a limited set of informative loci, and the within-strain structure observed in the BPK081 tree in Figure 5E suggests sensitivity to relatively small mutational differences. This is of particular interest in cases where mixed infections happen between closely related parasite populations [54].”

      (b) The authors should expand on the description of the phylogenetic tree. In the HU3 on Figure 5F left panel, most of the variation is observed in ~8 cells, which goes from position 0 to position ~28.000. Most of the other cells are in very short branches, from ~29.000 to 30.4000 (5F right panel). Assuming that this representation is a phylogram, as the branches are short, these cells diverge by approximately 100-2000 SNPs. It is unexpected (but not impossible) that such ~8 divergent cells be maintained uniquely (or in very low counts) in the culture, unless this is a multiclonal infection. I would carefully investigate these cells. They might be doublets or have more missing data than other cells. I would also suggest that a quick discussion about this should be added to the manuscript.

      We have included in the Figure 5F a legend for the x-axis label as “cumulative inferred mutations”. We agree that the ~8 cells shown in figure 5F in HU3 with the largest cumulative inferred mutations needed closer inspection. We examined these cells in the sample depicted in figure 5F (SPC-PTA2), and observed a shift toward lower coverage and higher missingness (undefined loci), but these cells did not represent extreme QC outliers relative to the overall distributions, and other cells show comparable or even higher levels of missingness / reduced coverage but remain clustered with the main bulk rather than forming long branches in the phylogram. We have added graphs showing these values in the supplementary figure 6. In addition, we also investigated the corresponding pattern in the SPC-PTA1 sample, which represents a second independently sampled dataset from the same culture. In this second sample, we again observed a small subset of long-branch cells but this time showing a similar coverage and missingness values. Overall, this indicates that missingness and coverage may influence the inferred mutation load for the long-branch cells, but that elevated missingness alone is insufficient to fully explain why these specific cells extend to longer branches. Given that the long-branch shape is reproducible across independent samplings, we interpret the observation as most consistent with minor divergent subpopulation(s) persisting in the culture, while also acknowledging that locus-/depth-dependent calling sensitivity could contribute to the magnitude of inferred mutations in this subset. Lastly, because HU3 is a noncloned, long-term cultured population, polyclonality remains a plausible explanation for a small subset of more divergent cells. We have added this explanation in the results section of the revised version:

      “To determine whether the presence of 8 cells in long branches observed in HU3 in sample SPC-PTA2 could be driven by technical artefacts (e.g., reduced coverage, less variants called), we closely inspected the coverage values in these cells compared to the other cells in the same dataset. We did observe a consistent tendency toward lower coverage and higher variant missingness (undefined loci) in these 8 cells, but still within the range of variation seen across the other HU3 cells (supplementary figure 6A). Importantly, other cells show comparable or even higher levels of missingness/reduced coverage but remain clustered with the main bulk rather than forming long branches in the phylogram. Thus, it is unlikely that missingness/coverage is the sole cause of their phylogenetic separation. This is further supported by a similar analysis in sample SPC-PTA1, which represents and independent sampling of the same parasite population. Indeed, the phylogenetic tree of this sample showed the same overall pattern, where only a small subset of cells was present in long branches (supplementary figure 6B). However, in the case of SPC-PTA1 these cells did not show lower coverage or higher missingness compared to other cells (supplementary figure 6C). Thus, these results are most consistent with minor divergent subpopulation(s) persisting during long-term culture. As HU3 is a non-cloned isolate, polyclonality remains a plausible explanation for a small subset of more divergent cells. At the same time, we cannot exclude that locus-/depth-dependent calling sensitivity may contribute to the magnitude of inferred mutations in this subset.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (6) The authors have shown the identification of two known copy number variants in these two strains. Has any effort been made to identify novel short CNVs?

      See response to Comment 12 of Reviewer 2.

      (7) In the results first section, in the passage "both strains differ in (bulk) aneuploidy profiles", please remove the parentheses from bulk.

      We have made the suggested modification.

      (8) Figure 3, D and F. Would it be possible to add legends for the colours, so that the data can be easily compared with the x-axis (karyotypes, as kar.1, kar.2, etc) in Figure 3, C and E?

      We have changed the figures 3D and F to highlight the top 5 karyotypes found in the 10X data. This helps comparing them to figures 3C and E.

      (9) Figure 5A. Would it be possible to include in the x and y axes the percentage of representation of PC1 and PC2? My guess is that most of the variability will be represented by PC1 (x-axis) as it is the one that separates the two populations and the hybrids.

      We have included the percentages of representation of the PCs in the figure in the revised version. Indeed, PC1 captured more than 90% of the variability.

      (10) In the discussion, section "SPCs as a viable tool for high throughput implementation of PTA" I would move this passage to the results (as it is a result): "By applying this strategy to Leishmania, we could sequence a total of 399 cells (from samples SPC-PTA1-2) while using the equivalent of 17 PTA reactions (17 cells) with cells isolated in plates, reducing the cost per cell by more than 20 fold."

      As mentioned in response to the Comment 15 of Reviewer 2 we have extended the discussion on costs and therefore kept this part in the discussion section.

      (11) Another advantage of the single-cell data that could be discussed by the authors is the possibility of checking if different variants occur in the same cell. For example, if a variation in position "X" in the resistance gene occurs in the same cell as the variation in position "Y". This is a great improvement compared to bulksequencing.

      We have now included a small discussion about this:

      “This is particularly relevant in protozoan parasites, where resistance may depend on multi-locus haplotypes or combinations of mutations, as illustrated by resistance against sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine treatment in Plasmodium falciparum, which is characterized by mutations in dhfr and/or dhps genes, including triple and septuple mutant forms as well as mutations in both genes6264.”

      REFERENCES

      (1) Dileep, V. & Gilbert, D. M. Single-cell replication profiling to measure stochastic variation in mammalian replication timing. Nat. Commun. 9, 427 (2018).

      (2) Miura, H. et al. Single-cell DNA replication profiling identifies spatiotemporal developmental dynamics of chromosome organization. Nat. Genet. 51, 1356–1368 (2019).

      (3) Marques, C. A., Dickens, N. J., Paape, D., Campbell, S. J. & McCulloch, R. Genomewide mapping reveals single-origin chromosome replication in Leishmania, a eukaryotic microbe. Genome Biol. 16, 230 (2015).

      (4) Damasceno, J. D. et al. Leishmania major chromosomes are replicated from a single high-efficiency locus supplemented by thousands of lower efficiency initiation events. Cell Rep. 44, (2025).

      (5) Imamura, H. et al. Evolutionary genomics of epidemic visceral leishmaniasis in the Indian subcontinent. eLife 5, e12613 (2016).

      (6) Gonzalez-Pena, V. et al. Accurate genomic variant detection in single cells with primary template-directed amplification. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 118, e2024176118 (2021).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study investigates the role of Interleukin-2-inducible T cell kinase (ITK) deficiency in autoimmune lung injury using a pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH) model, suggesting that ITK-deficient regulatory T cells (Tregs) restrict severe tissue pathology. The work represents an important addition to the fields of autoimmunity, inflammation, and T-cell biology in the lung. The experimental evidence supporting the core ideas is solid, but there is additional work needed to define the underlying mechanisms.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Hossain et al. investigated the role of Interleukin-2-inducible T cell kinase (ITK) in autoimmune lung injury, demonstrating that ITK-deficient (Itk-/-) mice are protected against pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH). Authors suggest that this protection correlates with a significant remodeling of the T cell compartment in Itk-/- mice, including increased frequency of memory-like CD4+ and CD8+ T cells (CD44⁺CD62L⁺) as well as higher frequency of Treg populations. Furthermore, adoptive transfer of ITK-deficient Treg isolated from injured ITK-deficient mice confers protection against pulmonary hemorrhage in WT recipients.

      Strengths:

      The adoptive transfer of congenically marked wildtype and Itk-/- Treg populations clearly demonstrates that ITK-deficient Treg can actively rescue pre-existing lung injury and reverse systemic secondary metrics like proteinuria in wild-type recipients, providing proof-of-concept validation for the therapeutic utility of the ITK-Treg axis.

      Weaknesses:

      The molecular analysis of Tregs isolated from unchallenged wild-type ITK-deficient mice has limited value to understand how the ITK-deficient Tregs protect against autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhages in lungs. Detailed molecular analysis of Tregs isolated from the lung will be helpful in understanding the mechanistic regulation and identifying further therapeutic targets.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Hossaim and colleagues investigate the role of the ITK kinase in modulating inflammation in a pristane-induced lung hemorrhage model. Using a germline ITK KO mouse, they report that loss of ITK skews the T cell compartment toward a memory-like state, expanding Tregs, and conferring protection against alveolar hemorrhage, inflammatory monocyte recruitment, proteinuria, and systemic cytokine elevation. They further show that transfer of ITK-deficient Tregs into wild-type hosts with established disease attenuates injury and shifts the cytokine balance toward resolution, and that ITK-deficient Tregs carry a transcriptional signature enriched for OXPHOS, mTORC1, MYC, and cell-cycle programs. While these observations are interesting for the development of potential immunotherapies, there are several issues with the methodological approach that support the authors' claims, tempering my enthusiasm for this manuscript.

      Strengths:

      (1) The clinical motivation and potential targeted therapies are relevant.

      (2) The murine phenotype seems robust.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my comments appropriately.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hossain et al. investigate the role of ITK as a central regulator of autoimmune lung injury. They used ITK-deficient mice and the pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH) model to show that ITK deficiency confers protection against PH. The adoptive cell transfer experiment suggests a possible role for altered Treg cells in ITK-deficient mice in regulating the inflammatory response in the lungs of pristane-injected mice. This study shows that targeting the ITK axis may be beneficial by reducing systemic inflammatory injury that contributes to poor outcomes in PH.

      Strengths:

      This study highlights the importance of ITK in regulating pulmonary hemorrhage. The enrichment of Treg cells is known to confer protection in autoimmunity-mediated alveolar damage. However, the involvement of ITK in regulating the Treg cells' function is interesting and could be explored as a novel therapeutic approach for chronic inflammation.

      Weakness:

      The novelty of this study lies in the association between ITK-deficient Tregs and pulmonary hemorrhage in autoimmunity. One limitation of this study is that the authors performed all experiments in ITK global knockout mice, in which not only T cells but all other cell types are deficient in ITK. Therefore, further studies are required for a mechanistic rationale for targeting ITK in severe inflammatory lung disease.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have answered my comments by incorporating new results and clarification to their observation.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      A primary limitation of this manuscript is its omission of foundational literature from the Schwartzberg and Littman laboratories, which originally established the indispensable role of IL-2-inducible Tcell kinase (ITK) in proximal T-cell receptor (TCR) signaling dynamics and thymic lineage commitment. Because classic studies demonstrate that ITK is a critical regulator of thymic T cell development and cellular proliferation (PMID: 8777721, 10213685), the authors' claim that "these findings indicate that ITK deficiency skews the T cell compartment toward a memory-like state, establishing a distinct immune baseline that may favor protective and regulatory responses over pathogenic inflammation" is not substantiated by evidence and requires more robust validation.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the foundational studies defining the role of ITK in proximal TCR signaling, thymic T-cell development, and proliferation. We agree that these studies provide essential context for interpreting the altered T-cell phenotype observed in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Accordingly, we have revised the Introduction and Discussion to incorporate this established literature, including PMID: 8777721 and 10213685, and to more clearly acknowledge the established role of ITK in T-cell development and differentiation.

      We also agree that our original statement suggesting that the memory-associated phenotype of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice may establish an immune baseline favoring protection from pulmonary inflammation was not directly supported by our experiments. Our data demonstrate altered relative distributions of naïve and memory-phenotype CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells, together with increased expression of CD44, CD122, Eomes, and T-bet, but do not establish that these baseline differences mediate protection from pulmonary hemorrhage.

      We have therefore removed this causal interpretation and now present these findings as baseline characterization consistent with established ITK biology.

      The exclusive reliance on splenic immunophenotyping is a major limitation, as it fails to capture the local cellular dynamics within the primary organs of injury (the lung and kidney). Evaluating canonical and non-canonical Treg expansion solely in the spleen overlooks the distinct functional programming of tissue-resident subsets. The authors should extend their characterization of regulatory T cell compartments directly to the lungs and draining lymphoid structures.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that splenic analysis alone does not adequately capture the local regulatory T-cell response during pulmonary injury. We therefore expanded the revised manuscript to directly examine Treg populations in the lungs and draining lymph nodes.

      We now quantify canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in the lungs of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice, demonstrating that the altered regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is also evident locally in the lung (Figure 5E). In addition, using CD45.1 recipients and CD45.2 WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs, we directly tracked transferred cells and observed significantly greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs in both the lungs and draining lymph nodes (Figure 5F–I). Donor-derived CD4<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>CD45.2<sup>+</sup> cells were also confirmed in these tissues by immunofluorescence microscopy (Figure 5J).

      These new experiments extend our analysis beyond the spleen and provide direct evidence that the enhanced regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is present within tissues relevant to pulmonary inflammation.

      More importantly, the authors overlook key historical publications that explicitly established ITK as a negative "rheostat" or gatekeeper for regulatory T cell (Treg) differentiation. Specifically, Huang et al. (PMID: 25063868) previously demonstrated that Treg abundance is inversely correlated with ITK expression, and that ITK activity serves as a vital negative tuner of IL-2-driven Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg expansion. Since it is already well-established that suppressing or deleting ITK promotes Treg accumulation and function, and that these cells are intrinsically vital to suppressing systemic autoimmunity, it is unclear how these findings expand upon our existing mechanistic understanding of ITK regulatory biology.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the important study by Huang et al. (PMID: 25063868), which established ITK as a negative regulator of IL-2-driven Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg expansion. We agree that increased Treg abundance following loss of ITK is established biology and should not be presented as a novel finding. We have revised the Introduction and Discussion accordingly and incorporated this foundational literature. The present study extends this established ITK–Treg relationship into autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhage by demonstrating functional and tissue-associated differences between WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs. Equaldose adoptive-transfer experiments showed that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provide substantially greater protection than WT Tregs in an otherwise ITK-sufficient host, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). Congenic CD45.1/CD45.2 tracking further demonstrated greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes (Figure 5F–J).

      In addition, lung-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs expressed higher levels of Amphiregulin (AREG), identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype (Figure 5K), while RNA-seq demonstrated a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic, proliferative, and regulatory programs (Figure 7). Thus, the advance of this study is not increased Treg abundance itself, but the demonstration that ITK-deficient Tregs exhibit enhanced protective activity and distinct tissue-associated properties during severe autoimmune pulmonary injury.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) All loss-of-function experiments are from a global ITK knockout. This is a major limitation and weakness of this study. The protection observed in the intact knockout, therefore, cannot be attributed to Tregs specifically. The Treg-intrinsic claim rests almost entirely on a single adoptive-transfer experiment. In order to show that this effect is Treg-specific, the authors would need to generate a Treg-specific ITK-deficient mouse.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for highlighting this important limitation. We agree that experiments performed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice cannot establish that the protective phenotype is specifically attributable to Treg-intrinsic loss of ITK, because other ITK-deficient immune populations may also contribute. We have revised the manuscript to make this limitation explicit and agree that a Treg-specific conditional model, such as Foxp3-Cre × Itk^fl/fl mice, would be required to establish Treg-specific necessity in the intact disease model. To directly assess the contribution of Tregs independently of the global knockout environment, we transferred equal numbers (1 × 10<sup>6</sup>) of FACS-purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs into pristane-challenged WT CD45.1 recipients. Thus, all endogenous immune and stromal compartments in the recipients remained ITK-sufficient. Under these conditions, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection than WT Tregs, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). Congenic tracking further demonstrated greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes. We therefore conclude that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs are sufficient to confer enhanced protective activity in an ITK-sufficient host, while recognizing that these experiments do not establish that Tregs are solely responsible for the protection observed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      (2) In their sufficiency experiment (adoptive Treg cell transfer), donor and/or host cells are not congenially marked, so persistence, lung trafficking, and in vivo expansion of transferred Tregs are not demonstrated.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for this important comment. To directly address this limitation, we performed new adoptive-transfer experiments using CD45.1 WT recipients and CD45.2 WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs, allowing transferred cells to be clearly distinguished from endogenous host cells. Following transfer, flow cytometric analysis demonstrated significantly greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F–I). Within the CD45.2<sup>+</sup> donor population, cells retained Foxp3 expression, and both CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> and CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> regulatory populations were detectable at the experimental endpoint. The presence of donor-derived CD4<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>CD45.2<sup>+</sup> cells within the lungs and draining lymph nodes was independently confirmed by immunofluorescence microscopy (Figure 5J).

      These new experiments directly demonstrate localization and enhanced accumulation/recovery of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in disease-relevant tissues. However, because these are endpoint measurements, we have avoided attributing the increased donor-cell recovery specifically to proliferation or trafficking, as differences in survival, retention, or recruitment may also contribute.

      (3) The authors claim that ITK-deficient Tregs possess enhanced metabolic fitness. This conclusion is based on transcriptional profiling of isolated splenic Tregs from unchallenged mice, yet it concerns lung protection during active disease narrative. Additional functional validation would be needed (Seahorse assay, mitochondrial mass/potential, etc). Some of these GSEA programs enriched in ITK-deficient Tregs could reflect a more general proliferative signature.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for this thoughtful critique. We agree that enrichment of metabolic pathways by RNA-seq does not, by itself, demonstrate enhanced metabolic fitness and that direct functional assays, such as Seahorse analysis or measurements of mitochondrial mass and membrane potential, would be required to establish altered metabolic function.

      We also acknowledge that our RNA-seq was performed on FACS-purified splenic Tregs from unchallenged mice and therefore does not directly define the transcriptional state of Tregs within the inflamed lung during active pulmonary hemorrhage. Our intent was to determine whether ITK deficiency is associated with baseline transcriptional differences prior to disease challenge. The analysis identified enrichment of oxidative phosphorylation, mTORC1, glycolysis, MYC, E2F, and cell-cycle-associated programs in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs (Figure 7). We agree that some of these signatures may reflect proliferative or activation-associated transcription rather than enhanced metabolic function. We have revised the RNA-seq analysis, please updated Figure 8 and supplementary Tables. Accordingly, we have revised the Results and Discussion to describe these data as a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic and proliferative programs, rather than direct evidence of enhanced metabolic fitness. We also note that disease-state lung Treg transcriptomics and direct metabolic assays will be required to determine the functional significance of these pathways during pulmonary injury.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The novelty of this study lies in the association between ITK-deficient Tregs and pulmonary hemorrhage in autoimmunity. The weakness of the manuscript is the lack of sufficient experiments to support the claim that ITK-deficient mice show protection specifically mediated by Treg cells, and to demonstrate that ITK-deficient Treg cells are more efficient than WT Treg cells in regulating other immune cells that drive pulmonary damage. The authors performed all the experiments in ITK global knockout mice, in which not only T cells but all other cell types are deficient in ITK. Furthermore, they have not performed any functional analysis to demonstrate the functional differences between WT Treg and ITK-deficient Treg cells, undermining the novelty of this study.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this constructive critique. We agree that experiments performed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice alone cannot establish that protection is specifically mediated by Tregs, because other ITK-deficient immune populations may also contribute. We have revised the manuscript to clearly acknowledge this limitation.

      To directly compare the functional protective capacity of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs independently of the global knockout environment, we transferred equal numbers of FACS-purified CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs into pristane-challenged WT recipients. Under these conditions, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection than WT Tregs, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria, a more regulatory systemic cytokine profile, and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). These experiments provide direct in vivo evidence that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs have enhanced protective activity in an otherwise ITK-sufficient host.

      We further performed CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic tracking and observed significantly greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F– J). Donor-derived cells retained Foxp3 expression following transfer. In addition, canonical Tregs isolated directly from Itk<sup>-/-</sup> lungs expressed substantially higher levels of Amphiregulin (AREG), identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype that accompanies their enhanced protective activity (Figure 5K). We have also incorporated our previous functional studies demonstrating enhanced suppressive activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> regulatory T-cell populations compared with WT Tregs (Mammadli et al., Clinical and Translational Medicine, 2021).

      Thus, the advance of the present study is not simply increased Treg abundance after loss of ITK, but the demonstration that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provide greater protection than WT Tregs in an ITK-sufficient host, accumulate more prominently in disease-relevant tissues, and exhibit increased AREG expression. We nevertheless acknowledge that a Treg-specific conditional Itk knockout will ultimately be required to establish Treg-specific necessity in the intact disease model.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major concerns

      (1) The authors demonstrate that the frequency of memory-like T cells is elevated in the spleens of Itk-/- mice, but the absolute cellular numbers are notably absent. This proportional observation lacks conceptual novelty, as highly similar findings regarding the baseline expansion of memory-like/innate-like T cells under ITK-deficient conditions have been extensively established, most notably by the Schwartzberg laboratory (PMID: 16860760, 16860760). These early reports should be cited in the introduction and not presented as novel findings. More critically, the direct relevance of this baseline phenotype to the active autoimmune disease model remains unaddressed. The frequencies of these effector and memory-like compartments are evaluated exclusively in unperturbed, naïve animals and are never tracked or revisited during the subsequent kinetics of the pristane-induced lung injury model.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important critique and for highlighting the foundational studies describing memory-like/innate-like T-cell development in ITK-deficient mice. We agree that this phenotype is well established and should not be presented as a novel finding. We have therefore incorporated the relevant literature, including PMID: 16860760, and now present Figures 1 and 2 as baseline characterization of the established Itk<sup>-/-</sup> T-cell phenotype. We also agree that the frequency measurements in these figures do not demonstrate expansion in absolute cellular terms. Accordingly, we have removed the term “expansion” for this baseline naïve, central-memory, and effector-memory populations and now describe the findings as differences in their relative frequencies or distribution. Importantly, these analyses were performed in unchallenged mice, and we did not longitudinally track these memory-associated CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> populations during pristane-induced disease. We therefore no longer suggest that this baseline phenotype directly mediates protection from pulmonary hemorrhage. The revised manuscript now clearly separates this established baseline ITK phenotype from the disease-focused findings, with the mechanistic emphasis placed on the regulatory T-cell compartment, for which we provide direct functional and tissue-level analyses during pulmonary injury.

      (2) This memory-like cell population expansion is observed strictly within naïve, SPF mice that have had no prior exposure to foreign antigens; it raises an important question of whether these are bona fide, antigen-experienced memory cells, or do they represent a "virtual memory" population (CD44+CD122+CD49d-) that typically arises from aberrant T cell development and homeostatic dysregulation? Prior work has already demonstrated that compromised TCR signal strength via ITK deficiency alters critical aspects of homeostatic proliferation, metabolic programming, and non-conventional effector differentiation in unexposed environments (Huang et al., 2018; bioRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1101/359604). Without providing absolute counts during active disease and ruling out a virtual memory phenotype, the authors' conclusion that this baseline skewing directly orchestrates active protection against pathogenic inflammation is currently unsupported.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important comment. We agree that the CD44<sup>+</sup>CD122<sup>+</sup> phenotype observed in naïve SPF Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice cannot be assumed to represent conventional antigen-experienced memory. Prior studies have shown that reduced ITK-dependent TCR signaling can promote innate-like or virtual-memory-associated T-cell populations under antigen-naïve conditions, and we have incorporated the relevant literature, including Huang et al., into the revised Introduction and Discussion. Because our experiments did not include CD49d or other markers required to distinguish conventional memory from virtual-memory cells, we have avoided assigning a definitive origin to these populations and now refer to them as memory-phenotype or memory-associated T cells. We also agree that these baseline measurements were obtained from unchallenged mice and that we did not determine absolute numbers or longitudinally track these populations during pristane-induced disease. We have therefore removed the interpretation that baseline memory-associated skewing directly promotes protection from pulmonary inflammation. Accordingly, Figures 1 and 2 are now presented as characterization of an established consequence of ITK deficiency, while our disease-focused mechanistic conclusions are based on the Treg experiments performed during pulmonary injury.

      (3) The manuscript relies predominantly on qualitative histological representations to assess autoimmune tissue pathology. To substantiate the study's claims, the authors should provide standardized quantification of the histological changes. Additionally, direct measurement of autoimmune T cell responses, rather than descriptive tissue overviews, is required to definitively prove that ITK deficiency suppresses pathogenic autoimmunity.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for these important comments. Regarding tissue pathology, the lung histology was evaluated using standardized semi-quantitative scoring performed by a board-certified pathologist blinded to genotype and treatment group. These quantitative scores are presented in Figure 3 and described in the Methods. We have revised the manuscript to make this analysis more explicit. The histopathologic findings are further supported by quantitative measurements of pulmonary CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils, as well as proteinuria as a measure of renal involvement (Figures 3 and 4). We also agree that direct analysis of antigen-specific pathogenic T-cell responses would provide additional mechanistic information. Such populations were not directly measured in the present study, and we have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that ITK deficiency specifically suppresses autoreactive conventional T cells. Instead, our data support the conclusion that ITK deficiency is associated with reduced inflammatory tissue injury and that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs are sufficient to confer enhanced protection in WT recipients. This is supported by reduced pulmonary pathology, decreased inflammatory-cell accumulation, improved proteinuria, and the adoptive-transfer experiments. We have revised the Discussion accordingly to distinguish these directly demonstrated effects from the broader question of how ITK regulates antigen-specific autoimmune T-cell responses.

      (4) While the adoptive transfer experiments suggest that Tregs from injured ITK-deficient animals possess enhanced protective capacity, the interpretation of these data is heavily confounded by a lack of absolute cellular quantification. Prior literature establishes that while ITK deficiency increases Treg frequency, the absolute number of Tregs remains unchanged due to concurrent reductions in global T cell cellularity (PMID: 25063868). Consequently, the authors must provide the absolute numbers of Tregs infiltrating the lungs both at baseline and post-injury. Since the authors adoptively transfer matched numbers of WT and KO Tregs, they are testing an artificial cellular ratio that may completely bypass the actual physiological abundance, contraction, or recruitment dynamics operating within the lung tissue in vivo. Furthermore, the current experimental design is insufficient to establish whether this protection depends specifically on injury-primed effector Treg programming or whether naïve ITK-deficient Tregs are sufficient.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important critique. We agree that Treg frequencies alone do not establish physiological abundance, particularly because previous studies have shown that increased Treg frequency in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice may occur without a proportional increase in absolute Treg number.

      To address this concern, we have added absolute quantification of canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in the lung at baseline and following adoptive transfer. Absolute numbers were determined from the total viable cellular recovery from each individual tissue together with the complete sequential flow-cytometric gating hierarchy. These analyses provide both frequency and absolute cellular abundance and demonstrate greater recovery of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the inflamed lung and draining lymph nodes following transfer (Figure 5E–I).

      We also agree that equal-dose adoptive transfer does not reproduce the endogenous WT: Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Treg ratio. Rather, this experiment was intentionally designed as a controlled functional comparison in which identical numbers of purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs were introduced into the same ITK-sufficient recipient environment. The greater protection and tissue accumulation observed with Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs therefore reflect differences between the transferred populations under equivalent starting conditions, rather than differences in the number of cells administered. Importantly, the donor Tregs used for these experiments were isolated from unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Foxp3-reporter mice. Thus, prior pristane-induced injury was not required for the enhanced protective activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript.

      Together, these analyses distinguish Treg frequency from physiological abundance, provide quantitative assessment of donor-cell recovery in disease-relevant tissues, and demonstrate that the enhanced protective capacity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs does not require prior injury-dependent priming.

      (5) The transcriptomic analyses suggest metabolic and functional reprogramming of ITK-deficient Tregs. However, the interpretation of these findings currently remains speculative, as it relies on pathway analysis and no key genes involved in any of these programs were identified/highlighted as key differentially expressed genes. Lastly, there is no functional validation to suggest that these transcriptional changes are functionally relevant.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important critique. We agree that pathway-level enrichment alone does not establish functional metabolic reprogramming and that the genes underlying these signatures should be provided more clearly. To address this concern, we have expanded the transcriptomic analysis to identify the individual differentially expressed genes contributing to the major pathways observed in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs, including mTORC1, oxidative phosphorylation, MYC/E2F, glycolytic, and regulatory programs. We have revised Figure 8 and added supplementary tables providing the gene-level differential-expression data for the canonical and non-canonical Treg comparisons, allowing the underlying molecular changes to be evaluated directly rather than relying solely on pathway enrichment scores. We also agree that these transcriptional signatures do not demonstrate enhanced metabolic fitness. Direct functional assays, such as extracellular flux analysis, mitochondrial mass or membrane-potential measurements, would be required to establish altered metabolic function. We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion to describe Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs as exhibiting a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic, proliferative, and regulatory programs, while acknowledging that some pathways may reflect proliferation or activation.

      Separately, lung-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs showed increased AREG protein expression (Figure 5K), which we interpret as a tissue-repair-associated phenotype rather than functional validation of the metabolic pathways.

      Thus, we have added gene-level resolution to the RNA-seq analysis while narrowing our mechanistic interpretation to what is directly supported by the data. Accordingly, we have revised the Results and Discussion to describe these data as a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic and proliferative programs, rather than direct evidence of enhanced metabolic fitness.

      Minor concerns

      (1) The introduction is structurally imbalanced, with three extensive paragraphs dedicated to describing and discussing the study's results. On the contrary, critical historical studies are missing from this section.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this constructive comment. We agree that the original Introduction devoted excessive space to summarizing our findings while providing insufficient historical context for ITK biology. We have therefore substantially shortened and reorganized the Introduction. The revised version now incorporates the foundational studies defining ITK function in TCR signaling and T-cell development, as well as the work establishing ITK as a regulator of Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg differentiation and expansion. We also removed the extended discussion of our results and now conclude the Introduction with a concise statement of the knowledge gap and objective of the present study.

      (2) In Figure 1A and 1E, a substantial CD44-CD62L- population is present in both WT and ITK KO mice, potentially reflecting gating-related issues or loss of CD62L staining.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this careful observation. We agree that the CD44<sup>-</sup>CD62L<sup>-</sup> population should be interpreted cautiously, as reduced CD62L staining may reflect biological variability or loss/shedding during tissue processing. To improve transparency, we have added the complete flow-cytometric gating strategy to the revised manuscript (Supplementary Figure 1; page 50, lines 845–855), including sequential exclusion of debris, doublets, and non-viable cells before identification of CD3<sup>+</sup>, CD4<sup>+</sup>, and CD8<sup>+</sup> T-cell populations. WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> samples were processed and analyzed under identical conditions. Importantly, we do not assign biological significance to the CD44<sup>-</sup>CD62L<sup>-</sup> population. Our conclusions are restricted to the conventionally defined naïve (CD44^lo^CD62L^hi^), central-memory (CD44^hi^CD62L^hi^), and effector memory (CD44^hi^CD62L^lo^) populations.

      (3) The characterization of the myeloid compartment is limited given the highly complex nature of pulmonary inflammation in small vessel vasculitis models. To rigorously evaluate the local immune microenvironment, the authors must provide a detailed profiling of key populations within the affected tissues, including alveolar macrophages, interstitial macrophages, neutrophils, and eosinophils.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important comment. We agree that pulmonary inflammation involves a heterogeneous myeloid compartment and that more comprehensive profiling of alveolar macrophages, interstitial macrophages, eosinophils, and other subsets would provide additional insight. In the present study, our myeloid analysis focused on two populations strongly associated with acute inflammatory lung injury: CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils. Quantitative flow cytometry demonstrated significantly reduced accumulation of both populations in the lungs of pristane-treated Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared with WT controls (Figure 3H–I). We acknowledge that this does not represent comprehensive profiling of the pulmonary myeloid compartment, and we have revised the manuscript to make this limitation explicit and to avoid broader claims of global myeloid remodeling. We also note in the Discussion that detailed analysis of macrophage and granulocyte subsets will be important for determining how ITK-dependent regulatory responses influence the broader pulmonary inflammatory environment.

      (4) Although the study focuses on suppression of autoimmunity, chronic ITK deficiency may plausibly impair protective immunity against infection or malignancy. Some discussion of these potential tradeoffs would improve the translational interpretation of the findings.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for raising this important translational consideration. We agree that chronic or systemic inhibition of ITK could impair protective immunity, particularly against infection and potentially malignancy. We have expanded the Discussion to address these potential trade-offs. In particular, we now note that inherited ITK deficiency in humans has been associated with impaired protective immune responses and increased susceptibility to infection, emphasizing that prolonged systemic ITK suppression cannot be assumed to be without consequence. At the same time, our previous studies in alloimmunity demonstrated that attenuation of ITK signaling can markedly reduce graft-versus-host disease while preserving substantial graft-versus-leukaemia activity (PMIDs: 33324410, 33851101, and 34919342). These findings suggest that pathogenic and protective immune responses may differ in their dependence on ITK signaling. We therefore emphasize that the translational effects of ITK modulation will likely depend on the magnitude, duration, and cellular context of inhibition. Future studies will be needed to determine whether partial, transient, or cell-selective ITK targeting can retain anti-inflammatory and Treg-associated benefits while preserving antimicrobial and antitumor immunity.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript by Hossain et al investigates the role of ITK as a central regulator of autoimmune lung injury, using the pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH) model.

      The authors claim that the deficiency of ITK confers complete protection primarily by marked remodeling of the T cell compartment, including expansion of CD44<sup>+</sup>, CD122<sup>+</sup>, Eomes<sup>+</sup>, T-bet<sup>+</sup> memory-like subsets, and significant enrichment of Foxp3<sup>+</sup> regulatory T cells (Tregs). However, they have used the ITK global KO mouse model, which undermines their claim. Adoptive transfer of Treg cells to suppress autoimmunity has been shown before in various studies. The authors have performed an adoptive transfer of ITK-deficient Tregs, which they claim are more efficient at suppressing autoimmunity, based solely on two cytokine levels in systemic circulation. Although the authors identified the ITK-deficient Treg as key mediators of tissue protection, they have not provided any functional characterization of ITK-deficient Treg cells as compared to WT Treg cells. There are a few comments that will help to strengthen the findings and establish the importance of ITK regarding autoimmune PH.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this rigorous and constructive critique. We agree that experiments performed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice alone cannot establish that protection is specifically mediated by Tregs, because other ITK-deficient immune populations may also contribute. We have revised the manuscript to make this limitation explicit.

      Importantly, the functional comparison between WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the revised study extends beyond circulating cytokines. Equal numbers of FACS-purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs were transferred into pristane-challenged WT recipients, in which all endogenous immune and stromal compartments remained ITK-sufficient. Under these conditions, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection than WT Tregs, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria, a more regulatory systemic cytokine profile, and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6).

      These experiments demonstrate enhanced protective activity of purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in an ITK-sufficient host. We further performed CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic tracking and observed greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F–J). In addition, lung-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs expressed substantially higher levels of Amphiregulin (AREG), identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype (Figure 5K). We have also more clearly incorporated our previous functional study demonstrating enhanced suppressive activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> regulatory T-cell populations compared with WT Tregs (PMID: 34919342).

      Together, these findings extend previous work by demonstrating that Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs exhibit enhanced protective activity and distinct tissue-associated properties during autoimmune pulmonary haemorrhage. We nevertheless acknowledge that a Treg-specific conditional Itk knockout will ultimately be required to establish Treg-specific necessity in the intact disease model.

      Major comments:

      (1) In Figure 1, the authors have shown the T cell profile in the spleen from WT vs ITK-KO mice under homeostatic conditions. But it will be important to show the immune cell population, both innate and adaptive, in the lung, as it is the organ of focus for their study.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this important suggestion. We agree that because the lung is the primary site of injury in this model, characterization of the local pulmonary immune compartment is important.

      In the revised manuscript, we have expanded our lung-focused analyses. We now directly quantify canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in the lungs of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice (Figure 5E), demonstrating that the altered regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is also evident locally within the lung.

      During pristane-induced disease, we additionally quantified key inflammatory innate populations and found significantly reduced accumulation of CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> lungs compared with WT controls (Figure 3H–I). Furthermore, using CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic adoptive transfer, we directly tracked WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs and observed greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes (Figure 5F–J).

      We acknowledge that the present study does not provide comprehensive profiling of all pulmonary immune populations, including macrophage subsets, eosinophils, and conventional effector T-cell populations. We have therefore revised the manuscript to make the scope of our lung immune analysis explicit and identify broader pulmonary immune profiling as an important area for future study

      (2) The authors need to show the status of Treg cells in the spleen and lung of ITK KO mice under homeostatic conditions.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important suggestion. We agree that defining the homeostatic Treg compartment in both the spleen and lung is important for interpreting the disease-associated changes.

      In the revised manuscript, we now provide baseline characterization of canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in naïve, unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Homeostatic splenic Tregs are shown in Supplementary Figure 7, demonstrating the established increase in the non-canonical Treg compartment in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. We also added direct analysis of lung Tregs under homeostatic conditions (Figure 5E), demonstrating that the altered regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is also present locally in the lung prior to pristane challenge.

      These analyses establish the baseline Treg phenotype in both systemic and pulmonary compartments and provide an appropriate reference for interpreting the subsequent disease and adoptive-transfer experiments.

      (3) The authors claim ITK deficiency shifts the memory T cell phenotype based on surface markers and transcription factors TBET and Eomes. It is well established that the memory T cell phenotype depends on a fine balance between TBET and Eomes (Cárdenas et al., Nature, 2024; Kar et al., Science Advances, 2026). Therefore, to support the claim, authors need to co-stain TBET and Eomes to show the relative balance of the TFs.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important comment and for highlighting the literature emphasizing that memory T-cell differentiation is influenced by the relative balance of T-bet and Eomes. We agree that because T-bet and Eomes were measured independently in our experiments, our data do not establish their relative balance or co-expression at the single-cell level. Definitive analysis would require simultaneous co-staining of these transcription factors.

      Accordingly, we have revised the manuscript to avoid interpreting T-bet and Eomes expression as evidence of a specific memory differentiation program. Figures 1 and 2 are now presented as baseline characterization of the established Itk<sup>-/-</sup> T-cell phenotype. We describe the CD44/CD62L data as showing altered relative frequencies of naïve and memory-phenotype populations, while increased T-bet, Eomes, CD44, and CD122 expression is reported separately as a differentiation-associated phenotype.

      We no longer infer that a specific T-bet/Eomes balance contributes to the memory phenotype or to protection from pulmonary hemorrhage, and we have incorporated the literature cited by the reviewer into the revised Discussion.

      (4) A higher expression of TBET and Eomes could also lead to enhanced production of Th1 cytokines. Have the authors measured the CD4 T cell cytokines or CD8 T cell granzyme/perforin production in ITK KO mice?

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important point. We agree that increased T-bet and Eomes expression may be associated with altered CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T-cell effector function and that direct functional measurements would be required to establish this.

      In the present study, we did not directly measure cytokine production by conventional CD4<sup>+</sup> or CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells, nor did we quantify granzyme or perforin expression. Although systemic IFN-γ, TNF-α, IL-6, and IL-17 were measured during pristane-induced disease, these serum measurements do not identify the cellular source of the cytokines.

      We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion to avoid inferring enhanced Th1 or cytotoxic function from increased T-bet and Eomes expression. Figures 1 and 2 are now presented as baseline phenotypic characterization of the conventional T-cell compartment, while the mechanistic conclusions of the study remain focused on the regulatory T-cell response during pulmonary hemorrhage.

      We have also acknowledged that direct functional analysis of conventional CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells will be required to define the consequences of altered T-bet and Eomes expression in this model.

      (5) The authors have shown that ITK KO mice significantly restrict the pulmonary hemorrhage after 14 days post-pristane injection. Have the authors evaluated the findings at a longer time point, such as 6-8 weeks post-pristane, which is considered the optimal time point for disease progression? This will clarify whether ITK deficiency completely inhibits the autoimmunity or delays its progression.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for raising this important point regarding disease kinetics. We agree that later time points, such as 6–8 weeks after pristane administration, are commonly used to evaluate chronic manifestations of pristane-induced systemic autoimmunity.

      However, the pulmonary hemorrhage phenotype examined in our study follows a much more acute and severe course. We therefore extended our analysis to include survival and added these data to the revised manuscript (Figure 3—figure supplement 2). All pristane-treated WT mice died within approximately 20 days, whereas Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice exhibited significantly prolonged survival.

      Because WT mice do not survive to the 6–8-week time point in this model, a direct WT versus Itk<sup>-/-</sup> comparison at these later stages is not feasible without substantial survivor-selection bias. We have therefore clarified that the present study addresses the acute, severe phase of pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage.

      Importantly, the survival data demonstrate that ITK deficiency protects against the early lethal phase of disease rather than simply delaying the day-14 pulmonary phenotype. However, these findings do not establish that ITK deficiency completely prevents later chronic manifestations of pristane-induced autoimmunity. We have added this limitation to the Discussion and identify longer-term analysis of surviving Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice as an important future direction.

      (6) In Figure 3, the authors have shown that ITK KO mice show less monocyte infiltration in pristane-injected mice. However, they have not shown effector T cell percentages, such as Th1 and Th17, which are important drivers of disease progression. Given their focus on Treg cells, it will be important to show the effector T-cell population in the lung.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important comment. We agree that direct quantification of pulmonary Th1 and Th17 populations would provide additional insight into the balance between pathogenic effector T cells and Tregs during pulmonary hemorrhage.

      In the present study, we did not directly quantify lung Th1 or Th17 cells by intracellular cytokine or transcription-factor staining. We have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that our experiments demonstrate direct suppression of these effector T-cell populations.

      Our lung analysis instead demonstrated significantly reduced accumulation of CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice (Figure 3), together with increased pulmonary Treg populations (Figure 5). We also observed reduced systemic IFN-γ, TNF-α, IL-6, and IL-17 during disease (Figure 4); however, we recognize that these serum measurements do not establish the cellular source of these cytokines. Accordingly, we now distinguish the directly measured pulmonary cellular changes from broader Th1/Th17-associated inflammatory responses and identify direct profiling of lung effector T-cell populations as an important area for future investigation.

      (7) In Figure 4, the authors have shown several plasma cytokine levels in KO vs WT mice to support their hypothesis. However, as their focus is on alveolar hemorrhage, they have also mentioned that these cytokines influence the pulmonary damage by altering neutrophil infiltration and vascular permeability. Showing data on neutrophil and vascular damage will strengthen their claim.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this constructive suggestion. We agree that direct assessment of pulmonary neutrophil accumulation and tissue injury provides important context for interpreting the systemic cytokine changes observed during pulmonary hemorrhage.

      To address this concern, we added quantitative flow-cytometric analysis of pulmonary neutrophils. CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils were significantly reduced in the lungs of pristane-treated Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared with WT controls (Figure 3I). Together with the reduced CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes, these findings demonstrate decreased accumulation of major inflammatory innate-cell populations in the injured lung.

      Pulmonary injury was also evaluated using blinded, standardized histopathologic scoring. WT mice exhibited extensive intra-alveolar hemorrhage, erythrocyte accumulation, and disruption of alveolar architecture, whereas Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice showed markedly reduced hemorrhage and preserved lung architecture (Figure 3B–E). We acknowledge that the present study does not include a direct assay of vascular permeability or endothelial barrier function. We have therefore revised the manuscript to describe these findings as evidence of reduced alveolarcapillary injury and pulmonary hemorrhage rather than as a direct demonstration of improved vascular permeability.

      (8) The authors mentioned non-canonical Treg cells without proper characterization. These Treg cells are reported to lack CD25 and, in some cases, FOXP3, and to have reduced suppressive function. Therefore, if ITK KO mice show that both canonical and non-canonical Treg cells are increased, this raises the question of how that balance leads to less pulmonary hemorrhage. The authors need to clarify their findings and discuss the relevance.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for raising this important point. In the present study, we define non-canonical Tregs specifically as CD3<sup>+</sup>CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> cells. These cells were identified using Foxp3-RFP reporter mice, and therefore the population analyzed here is Foxp3<sup>+</sup>CD25 but lacks CD25.

      We agree that CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs may exhibit reduced stability or suppressive function in some settings. However, in our previous study, we performed dedicated phenotypic and functional analyses of this population and demonstrated that Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs possess substantial suppressive activity in both in vitro and in vivo assays (Mammadli et al., Clinical and Translational Medicine, 2021; PMID: 34919342). We have revised the manuscript to more clearly incorporate this prior work.

      In the present study, both canonical CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> and non-canonical CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg populations were increased in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice, including in the lung. However, we did not independently test the protective function of the non-canonical subset. Importantly, the adoptive-transfer experiments were initiated with purified canonical CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that non-canonical Tregs independently mediate protection from pulmonary hemorrhage. Instead, we interpret their increase as an additional feature of the altered regulatory T-cell compartment associated with ITK deficiency, while restricting the direct functional conclusion to the enhanced protective activity of purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> canonical Tregs.

      (9) Do the ITK KO mice have non-canonical Treg in the homeostatic lung?

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this specific question. Yes, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice contain noncanonical CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs in the lung under homeostatic conditions.

      To directly address this point, we added flow-cytometric analysis of canonical CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> and non-canonical CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs in the lungs of naïve, unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. These data demonstrate that non-canonical Tregs are present in the homeostatic lung and are increased in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared with WT controls (Figure 5E).

      Thus, the non-canonical Treg population observed during pulmonary hemorrhage is not exclusively induced by disease but is already present as part of the baseline regulatory T-cell phenotype associated with ITK deficiency

      (10) The authors stated that ITK-/- Tregs confer enhanced protection against PH by shifting the cytokine balance from a proinflammatory toward a pro-resolving state. However, the adoptive transfer of ITK KO Treg results in differences only in IFNγ and IL10 levels compared with WT Treg. The authors need to clearly discuss this.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this careful observation. We agree that our original wording overstated the extent of the cytokine differences between recipients of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs. Upon direct comparison of the two Treg-treated groups, the clearest statistically significant differences were observed for IFN-γ and IL-10. Although Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Treg treatment was associated with reductions in additional proinflammatory cytokines, these changes should not be interpreted as demonstrating significant superiority over WT Tregs for every cytokine measured.

      We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion to emphasize that, compared with WT Tregs, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs produced a greater reduction in IFN-γ together with increased IL-10, and we have removed the broader statement that they uniformly shift the entire systemic cytokine profile from a proinflammatory to a pro-resolving state.

      Importantly, the enhanced protective activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs is supported not only by cytokine measurements, but also by reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria, improved survival, and greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes.

      (11) The claim that ITK-deficient Treg is better than WT Treg is the novelty of the study. Therefore, the functional characterization, such as cytokine profile and suppressive functions, could be shown to support their claim. Adoptive transfer of WT-Treg cells provides significant protection, as shown by Dall'Era et al. (2019, Arthritis Rheumatol) and by the authors in Figure 5. Providing supporting data on the advantages of ITK-KO Treg will be important for strengthening the study's novelty.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this important comment. We agree that the novelty of the present study is not simply that Tregs can protect against pulmonary hemorrhage, which has been previously demonstrated, but that Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs exhibit enhanced protective activity compared with WT Tregs in this disease setting.

      To directly address this point, we compared equal numbers (1 × 10<sup>6</sup> cells per recipient) of FACS-purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs following transfer into pristane-challenged WT recipients. WT Tregs provided measurable protection, consistent with previous studies. Importantly, however, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). Thus, the functional advantage of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs is supported by disease outcomes beyond systemic cytokine measurements.

      We further performed CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic tracking and observed greater accumulation/recovery of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F–J). In addition, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Treg-treated recipients showed a greater reduction in IFN-γ and increased IL-10 compared with WT Treg-treated recipients. Canonical Tregs isolated directly from Itk<sup>-/-</sup> lungs also expressed substantially higher levels of AREG, identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype (Figure 5K).

      We have also more clearly incorporated our previous functional study demonstrating enhanced suppressive activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> regulatory T-cell populations in in vitro and in vivo assays (Mammadli et al., Clinical and Translational Medicine, 2021; PMID: 34919342).

      Together, these findings demonstrate that the advantage of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs over WT Tregs is supported by greater protection after equal-dose transfer, enhanced accumulation in disease-relevant tissues, differential regulation of IFN-γ and IL-10, and increased AREG expression. We have clarified that AREG is associated with this protective phenotype but has not been shown here to be required for protection.

      Minor comments

      (1) In Figure 3, the authors need to provide important experimental control as H & E lung and spleen images under homeostatic conditions, without pristane.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important suggestion. We agree that homeostatic histological controls are necessary to determine whether the differences observed after pristane challenge reflect pre-existing tissue abnormalities. In the revised manuscript, we have added H&E analyses of lungs and spleens from naïve, unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Both genotypes exhibited normal baseline tissue architecture, with no evidence of pulmonary hemorrhage or abnormal splenic pathology (Figure 3—figure supplement 1A–D and Figure 3—figure supplement 3A–C). These controls confirm that the pulmonary and splenic abnormalities observed after pristane administration arise during disease rather than from pre-existing histological differences between WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      (2) In Supplementary Figure 6, the axis legend needs correction.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for the careful review and for identifying this error. We have corrected the axis legend accordingly. The corrected graph is now presented as Supplementary Figure 7 (page 56) in the revised manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study presents evidence that the human brain encodes perceptual absence and numerical absence through distinct neural codes, while confirming that symbolic and non-symbolic forms of zero share a common representation. The evidence supporting this dissociation is convincing, although the tasks differ substantially, and it remains unclear whether the result reflects a divide between numerical and non-numerical absence or between perception and abstract concepts. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists and psychologists studying numerical cognition and the boundary between perception and higher-level cognition.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall, the evidence supports a dissociation.

      Comments on revised version.

      Thank you for the detailed response to my comments. The authors have adequately addressed my concerns, and I have no further comments at this stage.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors tackle the question of whether conceptual absence is neurally encoded in the same way as perceptual absence. On one hand, the neural bases of perceptual absence have been largely investigated, as exemplified by the study of neural correlates of perception of aware vs. unaware stimuli, and on the other hand, the overlapping neural encoding of symbolic ('0') and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence has been previously established (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, the direct comparison of neural representations between numerical and perceptual absences remained to be investigated.

      This article fills this gap by designing a Magneto-EncephaloGraphy (MEG) study using multi-voxel pattern analysis (MVPA) and temporal generalization to probe the similarity of neural patterns across the representation of perceptual absence (lack of stimuli), symbolic ('0'), and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence. They confirmed previously obtained evidence for shared neural representation across both formats of numerical absence. They report evidence for an absence of shared representation between both formats of numerical absence on one hand and perceptual absence on the other hand, while controlling for the confounding effect of low-level visual features. Their results overall support the conclusion that conceptual and perceptual absence are neurally encoded in a distinct way and speak in favour of a boundary between the representation of the concepts and the percept of absence.

      Major strengths:

      (1) Behavioral and neuroimaging results convincingly demonstrate that neural encoding of symbolic and non-symbolic absences is shared and situated on a graded, abstract neural number line, replicating previous results, notably from the authors themselves (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).

      (2) They show that neural encoding of perceptual and numerical absence do not generalise across each other, while controlling for spurious confounds due to visual stimuli that are commonly shared in the cases of non-symbolic numerical absence and perceptual absences.

      (3) They adequately use Bayesian analysis to distinguish absence of evidence vs. evidence of absence to support their claim.

      (4) The interpretation of numerical absence as a representation of the concept of "nothingness" is adequate, although it might be further discussed by distinguishing the concept of "zero" on a number line from the concept of nothingness and that of an empty set (Nieder, 2016).

      (5) The discussion about development and metacognition paves an interesting road for further investigation on the acquisition of the concept of zero, especially in light of debates on the progressive development of metacognitive abilities in children (Goupil & Kouider, 2019).

      (6) Data and code are published with open-source access, allowing the community to further investigate the points as major weaknesses evoked below, if desired.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciated the authors' responses as they provided important additions to their discussion and supplementary information.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall the evidence supports a dissociation.

      Strengths:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall the evidence supports a dissociation.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our work and their helpful comments and suggestions. Below, we respond to each of the reviewer’s concerns and highlight the relevant changes we have made in accordance with their suggestions.

      Weaknesses:

      R1C1. My main concern is whether the perceptual and numerical tasks are truly matched aside from their "absence" content. The perceptual task is a simple yes/no detection of a faint grating, whereas the numerical tasks involve holding two streams of 5 items in working memory and comparing their average. These tasks differ in many ways (stimulus complexity, decision rule, cognitive load), so it is possible that the lack of cross-decoding is due to general task differences rather than a fundamental "absence vs zero" dissociation. The authors do partially address this by showing that other shared aspects (like color) can cross-generalize, but one might still worry that an "absence" decision in a detection task engages different attentional or decisional mechanisms than a "zero" decision in a numerical context.

      We thank the reviewer for prompting us to expand on this aspect of the design. We in fact deliberately chose to examine distinct perceptual and numerical tasks because we wanted to create a strict test of whether absence representations generalise. Having two closely-matched tasks would have led to a converse difficulty in interpreting any successful cross-decoding, had it been obtained. This is because it would have been difficult to ascertain whether cross-stimulus generalisation was because of a true domain-general representation of absence, or whether it was driven by other features of task design and stimulus-response contingencies. We employed the same strategy (of employing different tasks) in our previous work to identify cross-format representations numerical zero (Barnett & Fleming, 2024, Current Biology). Indeed, we think this was one of that study’s strengths, since the generalisation of ‘zero representations’ across numerical formats could not be explained by task similarity.

      We appreciate though that our null findings shift the burden of proof to ensuring that this design choice has not resulted in a type 2 error. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks; and finally, as the reviewer indicates, our control analyses of colour do show positive generalisation across task format.

      To make the motivation behind this design choice clearer to the reader, we have modified the following passage (p. 6):

      Importantly, we used numerical and perceptual tasks that differed with respect to their structure and temporal dynamics. This ensured that any successful cross-decoding of absence could not be attributed to low-level or structural similarities between tasks, and instead would indicate a domain-general representation of absence. This approach builds on our previous work in which we identified a shared representation of numerical absence across non-symbolic and symbolic stimuli that generalised across task formats (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).

      However, the reviewer is correct that this approach does not allow us to test whether unmeasured variables (such as cognitive load, decision making, etc) could interfere with cross-decoding, thus eliciting false negatives in our analyses. To elaborate on this limitation, and to suggest possible extensions to this work that could begin to help resolve this issue, we have added the following passage to the discussion (p. 19):

      The tasks we employed in this study were dissimilar by design. This offered a strict test of the hypothesis that absences share representational currency across perceptual and numerical domains, because successful cross-decoding could not be artificially inflated by low-level task similarities across domains (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, this approach also carries the risk that task dissimilarity reduced our sensitivity to shared representations of absence. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence representations; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks (Barnett & Fleming, 2024); and finally, our control analyses of colour do indicate positive generalisation across task format. Future work could explore the relationship between absences across domains using factorial designs that vary both domain and task independently, thus exposing possible interactions between absence representations and task context.

      R1C2. The numerical averaging task closely resembles that used by Spitzer et al. (2017), who reported that both behavioral weighting and neural representational geometry exhibit anti-compression, with disproportionately stronger representations for larger numerosities. In contrast, the present manuscript interprets its decoding results as reflecting an ordered numerical continuum. It is therefore unclear whether the current analyses are sensitive only to ordinal structure or whether they also preserve the nonlinear representational geometry reported previously. This distinction is important because the interpretation of zero as part of a numerical continuum depends on the geometry of that continuum. The authors should clarify whether their representational analyses are compatible with the anti-compressed neural number line described by Spitzer et al., or explain why the two studies yield different conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting point. To address this question, we fitted the same model from Spitzer et al. (2017) to both numerical tasks in our data. The model fits two free parameters of interest: b, which controls the disproportionate bias to larger numbers and k, which controls the anti-compression (overweighting of extreme values) mentioned by the reviewer.

      We found no difference in k values across any combination of tasks (Spitzer et al (2017) vs our non-Symbolic task; Spitzer et al (2017) vs our symbolic task; our non-symbolic vs symbolic task (all ps > .74)). The b parameter also did not differ significantly between any of the tasks (all ps > .06). Author response image 1 plots the decision values for each of the three tasks, illustrating the comparable weighting of extreme values and a consistent tendency to overweight larger values.

      Author response image 1.

      Model fits to data from Spitzer et al., (2017) and our two numerical tasks. Parameter values were consistent across all three tasks, replicating Spitzer et al.’s original finding of an anti-compressed number line with a bias towards larger numbers in both of our tasks (non-symbolic and symbolic) that extend the number line to include zero.

      Seeing as our focus in the main paper is specifically on the representation of absence, we would prefer to retain these analyses in the publicly viewable response to reviewers rather than in the manuscript itself.

      R1C3. The authors attempt to account for non-numerical visual information by controlling for Total Dot Area and Density. While this is an important control, these two variables do not exhaust the visual dimensions that covary with numerosity in dot displays. A large body of work has demonstrated that multiple continuous features, including average item area, total surface area, convex hull (field area), and density, are inherently intercorrelated and cannot all be independently controlled simultaneously (e.g., Piazza et al., 2004; Gebuis & Reynvoet, 2004; Castaldi et al., 2019; Karami et al., 2025). Consequently, controlling only two features does not fully establish that the decoded signal specifically reflects numerosity. To better characterize the stimulus space, I encourage the authors to report the correlation matrix among the principal visual features of the dot arrays (average item area, total surface area, convex hull/field area, density, and numerosity). In addition, it would be informative to quantify the unique contribution of each feature to the neural data using a multiple-regression RSA or semi-partial correlations RSA, similar to the analyses employed by Castaldi et al. (2019) and more recently by Karami et al. (2025). Such analyses would provide a more rigorous assessment of whether the decoded representations uniquely reflect numerosity after accounting for correlated visual properties.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that a range of low-level visual properties of non-symbolic dot stimuli may covary with numerosity, and that it’s important to consider whether these properties may affect our results. As the reviewer points out, our original stimulus set was constructed with the aim of ensuring numerosity was uncorrelated with total dot area and dot density. We have followed the reviewer’s suggestion and now expand our correlation matrix to include not only the total dot area and density of dots, but also the convex hull and average dot area. We note that the empty set stimuli that are the focus of our analyses of absence remain unaffected by visual properties covarying with numerosities above zero.

      To highlight these new analyses we have added the following sentence to our methods (p. 22):

      “Numerical dot stimuli were created using custom MATLAB 2021b (Mathworks) scripts and consisted of different numbers of dots (from zero to five) on grey backgrounds. Total dot area was controlled for by systematically reducing the size of the dots as the number of dots increased, such that the total number of pixels included in a stimulus were constant across numerosities. In both stimulus sets, 50% of dots were black and 50% were white, such that the contrast of the dot patterns did not increase with numerosity (the increase in contrast generated by an increasing number of black dots was cancelled out by the increased number of white dots). Figure S1 reports the correlation between total dot area, density, luminance, convex hull area, average dot size, and numerosity in the non-symbolic stimulus set, highlighting how our stimulus-generating procedure successfully controlled for the association between certain low-level visual properties and numerosity. Given that various low-level visual features naturally covary with one another, it is difficult to control for all features in one stimulus set. However, the empty set stimuli that are the focus of our analyses of absence remain unaffected by visual properties covarying with numerosities above zero.”

      The reviewer also suggests we perform RSA analyses to correlate visual features of our non-symbolic dot stimuli with the neural data to quantify the extent to which low-level visual features of the non-symbolic stimuli may be driving the ordered representations we observe in this task. While this analysis may help contextualise our findings on numerosities above zero, we think it is less relevant for understanding the degree to which absence representations are shared between numerical and perceptual domains. Indeed, for the empty set stimuli denoting absences in the non-symbolic task, many of the low-level visual properties discussed above cannot be computed. Here, instead, the primary visual confound of interest is that of similarities between empty sets and noise patches in the detection task, which we now tackle in response to the reviewer’s comment R1C6 below.

      R1C4. The manuscript reports predominantly diagonal temporal generalization for non-symbolic numerosity, implying a rapidly evolving neural code. However, a recent study using time-resolved decoding of numerical representations (Karami et al., 2025) reported substantial off-diagonal temporal generalization, consistent with a temporally stable representational format. Although methodological differences between the studies may account for this discrepancy, the apparent contrast deserves discussion. In particular, it would be useful for the authors to clarify whether the differences arise from task demands, stimulus characteristics, preprocessing and decoding procedures, or from theoretical differences in what is being decoded. More generally, these findings raise the possibility that the temporal stability of numerical representations is task-dependent rather than fixed. If so, it would be interesting to discuss whether task demands might also influence the relationship between perceptual and conceptual representations of absence. Such a possibility could help explain why cross-decoding was not observed in the present study and suggests an interesting direction for future research.

      We thank the reviewer for prompting us to consider differences in our results and those of Karami et al (2025). The reviewer is correct that, in the present manuscript, our decoding exhibits a diagonal pattern. However, the critical difference between these analyses and those in Karami et al (2025) are that we are decoding across numerical format and perceptual domain, while Karami et al decode within a single non-symbolic format. Indeed, in our previous work (Figure 2B, Barnett and Fleming, 2024), when we perform decoding analyses within format, we can identify a similar off-diagonal pattern shown as that found in Karami et al.. As such, it appears to be a difference between the within- and cross-format decoding of number that underlies this change in temporal structure. Indeed, when we run the same, within-format analyses in our current MEG data, we also observe a stronger off-diagonal pattern, particularly in the first 400ms after stimulus presentation:

      Author response image 2.

      Within and Cross-Format Decoding of Empty Sets vs Dot Patterns and Symbolic Zero vs Positive Numbers.

      Other factors may play a role in differences between the studies. Stimulus presentation was twice as long in Karami et al’s study compared to our experiment. Only one stimulus format was used by Karami et al, increasing the number of repetitions per non-symbolic numerosity and thus statistical power. Indeed, in Barnett and Fleming (2024), when we used a slower non-symbolic task and restricted the experiment to include two tasks (compared to three in the present study), we can identify non-symbolic numerosity decoding which is very similar to that of Karami et al.

      We agree with the reviewer that the temporal structure of domain-general and domain-specific representations deserves further study, and in our previous Current Biology paper we speculated on some reasons for these differences. In the current manuscript for space reasons, we prefer to restrict the discussion to issues specific to the question of representations of absence.

      R1C5. Throughout the manuscript, the authors appear to treat non-symbolic numerosity as a conceptual representation and contrast it with perceptual absence. I find this interpretation insufficiently justified. A substantial body of behavioral (Anobile et al., 2013; Cicchini et al., 2016) and neuroimaging (Piazza et al., 2004; Castaldi et al., 2019; Karami et al., 2025) research has argued that non-symbolic numerosity is represented as a perceptual attribute extracted relatively early in the visual processing hierarchy, even if its precise computational origin remains debated. Consequently, it is not immediately clear why non-symbolic numerosity should be regarded as a conceptual representation comparable to symbolic number or the concept of zero. This distinction is important because it directly affects the interpretation of the negative cross-decoding results. If both perceptual absence and non-symbolic numerosity are primarily perceptual representations, the absence of cross-decoding cannot be taken as evidence that perceptual and conceptual absence are represented differently. Rather, it may simply indicate that these two perceptual representations encode different visual attributes. I therefore encourage the authors to clarify their theoretical position regarding the representational status of non-symbolic numerosity and to discuss how their interpretation relates to influential theories of numerical cognition that conceptualize non-symbolic numerosity as an early perceptual representation rather than an abstract conceptual one.

      This is a critical point and we thank the reviewer for encouraging us to clarify our position here. We agree that there is good evidence to suggest that the extraction of non-symbolic numerosity depends in part on perceptual representations. Indeed, we did not intend for our non-symbolic numerosity stimuli to strictly probe for conceptual representations. Rather, the primary aim of the experiment was to test for representations of absence across numerical and non-numerical domains, with detection of low-level visual stimuli being most clearly perceptual, and symbolic numerals most clearly conceptual. To ensure clarity here, we have reworded several passages in the abstract and introduction and introduced a new paragraph in the discussion:

      Abstract (p. 2):

      “The ability to represent absences is fundamental to human perception and cognition. Sensitivity to non-numerical perceptual absences depends on inferring a lack of sensory evidence, enabling the recognition of a lack of environmental resources or other objects. In turn, encoding numerical absence as a concept – in the form of the number zero – has enabled a multitude of technological and mathematical advances.”

      “In contrast, we show that these representations of numerical absence are distinct to those evoked by non-numerical perceptual absences.”

      Introduction (p. 5):

      “Neural representations of the number zero show similarly distinct properties. Like non-numerical perceptual absences, numerical absences are actively represented in higher-order brain regions of non-human primates (Okuyama et al., 2015; Ramirez-Cardenas et al., 2016) and crows (Kirschhock et al., 2021). “

      “Finding that conceptualisation of zero overlaps with representations of sensory absence in a detection task would offer support to accounts that propose the evolutionary and developmental trajectory of zero concepts emerge from a more basic ability to track an absence of sensation (Nieder, 2016; Barton, 2020). On the other hand, finding that neural representations of non-numerical and numerical absences are distinct would support an extension of a boundary between perception and cognition into the domain of absence perception (Block, 2023; Firestone & Scholl, 2016).”

      Discussion (p. 17):

      “In order to interpret the lack of generalisation of absence representations between the detection and non-symbolic numerosity tasks, it is useful to consider the representational status of non-symbolic numerosities. A large body of both behavioural (Burr et al., 2018; Burr & Ross, 2008; Cicchini et al., 2016) and neuroimaging (Castaldi et al., 2019; Park et al., 2016; Piazza et al., 2004) work has suggested that non-symbolic numerosities are represented as a primary perceptual attribute in the visual system, on a par with properties such as contrast, size, and orientation. In this light, a lack of absence generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic numerosity tasks would not delimit a boundary between perceptual and conceptual absences, but rather support a boundary between numerical and non-numerical perceptual absences. Such a divide may be due to perceptual-numerical absence representations requiring additional processes mapping non-symbolic empty sets onto a neural number line (Barnett & Fleming, 2024; Kutter et al., 2024), which is not required – and, as the present results seem to indicate, not instantiated – by non-numerical perceptual representations. “

      R1C6a: I have two related concerns regarding the discussion of Paul et al. (2022). First, I think it would be helpful to describe more explicitly what was measured in that study. To my understanding, Paul et al. quantified the aggregate Fourier power (AFP) of the stimuli.

      We agree that the methodology of Paul et al. (2022) could be made clearer. We have edited the following passage introducing the study (p. 13):

      “One possibility is that the spatial frequency profile of non-symbolic dot patterns covaries with numerosity and can drive early visual responses to non-symbolic stimuli in numerical tasks. This has been shown in previous work where the aggregate Fourier power of dot-stimuli correlates with numerosity (Paul et al., 2022).”

      R1c6b: Moreover, AFP has primarily been discussed in the context of dot arrays with constant dot size within each stimulus. In the current manuscript, it is not entirely clear from the Methods whether dot sizes vary within displays. I therefore encourage the authors to explicitly describe how dot sizes were generated and varied across stimuli. If AFP is correlated with numerosity in the present stimulus set, it would also be helpful to explain how the analyses dissociate neural representations of numerosity from those potentially driven by AFP.

      We apologise for omitting this information in our initial submission. To be clear, dot size did not vary within each stimulus display. We have now made this explicit in the Methods section describing stimuli (p. 21):

      “Low-level visual properties of the stimuli (total dot area, density, luminance) did not covary with numerosity (Figure S1). Total dot area was controlled for by systematically reducing the size of the dots as the number of dots increased, such that the total number of pixels included in a stimulus were constant across numerosities. Dot sizes were held constant within each individual stimulus display.

      R1C6c: Second, I am not entirely convinced by the argument that training a classifier to distinguish Hits from Correct Rejections is sensitive to aggregate Fourier power. It would be helpful if the authors could explain more explicitly why this decoding contrast should be expected to be sensitive to AFP. As currently written, the logical connection between the AFP hypothesis and the proposed control analysis is not entirely clear.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify why we ran this control analysis. The purpose of this analysis was to demonstrate that low-level visual properties could in principle drive spurious generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic task. Showing this is important for two reasons. First, it provides a potential explanation for the small cluster of generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic tasks. Second, it bolsters our main analysis (Figure 2), by showing that even in the context of residual stimulus-related drivers of cross-decoding, we can still find very strong evidence for an absence of shared representations between the two tasks.

      More generally, the grating stimuli and empty noise patches naturally vary in a variety of low-level visual properties, not only of their spatial frequency profiles, but their contrast, density, and so forth. Even though our main analysis controlled for stimulus presence in the detection task (equal number of stimulus present trials in ‘seen’ and ‘unseen’ responses), we reasoned that it was still possible that these stimulus features may covary with participants’ decisions on a trial-by-trial basis. It would therefore be possible for our Presence vs. Absence decoder to pick up on a difference in low-level visual features, such as spatial frequency, AFP, contrast, etc.

      To ascertain whether any of these low-level visual properties could in principle drive spurious generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic task, we performed an analysis where a decoder was trained to classify empty noise patches from high-contrast gratings (Misses vs. Hits), thus enabling it to rely on differences in stimulus information when classifying the neural data. We then tested this on neural data collected during Empty Set vs. Non-Zero Dot stimuli, reasoning that any above-chance decoding would reflect low-level visual similarities between the two stimulus sets that were distinct from the representations of absence we were interested in. We feel comfortable making this assertion because, in our main analysis, we controlled for stimulus visual information, and saw very little generalisation. Thus, any additional cross-generalisation in the present analysis must be due to the added stimulus confounds.

      To make this reasoning more explicit in the manuscript, we have reworded the Results section that motivates and introduces this control analysis (p. 13-15):

      “Taken together, our analyses indicate strong evidence (as derived from BFs) that neural representations of perceptual and numerical absence can be robustly identified in patterns of MEG activity, and that these representations are distinct rather than shared. As noted above, the one exception to this pattern was a small but significant cluster of activity around 300ms that indicated some shared representation of non-symbolic and perceptual absences (Figure 2A; Figure 2B). We considered that this exception may have been driven by uncontrolled shared variance in lower-level visual features of our detection and empty-set stimuli. One possibility is that the spatial frequency profile of non-symbolic dot patterns covaries with numerosity and can drive early visual responses to non-symbolic stimuli in numerical tasks. This has been shown in previous work where the aggregate Fourier power of dot-stimuli correlates with numerosity (Paul et al., 2022). Additionally, stimuli containing dots naturally possess higher contrast than blank empty-set stimuli. Crucially, similar visual properties may also characterise our detection stimuli, with spatial frequency and contrast profiles differing between grating stimuli and noise patches. It is possible that these, or other, stimulus-related visual confounds may contribute to the brief cluster of generalisation observed between perceptual and non-symbolic stimuli. By explicitly attempting to decode the physical presence or absence of the grating (which up until now was controlled for in our analysis) we aimed to further characterise this component of visually-driven shared variance.

      To evaluate this possibility, we trained a decoder to classify Hits vs. Correct Rejections within the detection task (Figure 3A). This decoder should be not only sensitive to the ‘present’ or ‘absent’ decision made by a participant, but also the physical presence (or absence) of a grating. To maximise sensitivity in this analysis, only trials within the supra-threshold contrast level were used to define Hits. We then tested this decoder on empty sets vs. non-zero dot patterns and found a cluster of significant generalisation between 100ms and 300ms, with the peak BF indicating evidence for shared neural signatures across the two tasks (peak log10(BF) = 3.25; time averaged log10(BF) [0.05s, 0.3s] = -0.82; Figure 3B, left). When decoding in the alternative direction (training on empty sets vs. non-zero dot patterns and testing on Hits vs. Correct Rejections), we observed similar patterns of generalisation, with evidence in favour of shared neural signatures between the two stimulus sets (peak log10(BF) = 4.45; time averaged log10(BF) [0.05s, 0.3s] = 0.82; Figure 4B, right). Taken together, this result suggests that visual features may spuriously drive cross-decoding of absence in perceptual and non-symbolic numerical domains, unless stimulus contrast is appropriately controlled for. Indeed, when such properties are controlled for, generalisation across detection and non-symbolic tasks is almost entirely abolished (Figure 2). It is therefore all the more striking that, despite the potential for uncontrolled stimulus driven contributions to cross-decoding, we find strong evidence against shared neural representations of perceptual and numerical absence (Figure 3B).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors tackle the question of whether conceptual absence is neurally encoded in the same way as perceptual absence. On one hand, the neural bases of perceptual absence have been largely investigated, as exemplified by the study of neural correlates of perception of aware vs. unaware stimuli, and on the other hand, the overlapping neural encoding of symbolic ('0') and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence has been previously established (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, the direct comparison of neural representations between numerical and perceptual absences remained to be investigated.

      This article fills this gap by designing a Magneto-EncephaloGraphy (MEG) study using multi-voxel pattern analysis (MVPA) and temporal generalization to probe the similarity of neural patterns across the representation of perceptual absence (lack of stimuli), symbolic ('0'), and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence. They confirmed previously obtained evidence for shared neural representation across both formats of numerical absence. They report evidence for an absence of shared representation between both formats of numerical absence on one hand and perceptual absence on the other hand, while controlling for the confounding effect of low-level visual features. Their results overall support the conclusion that conceptual and perceptual absence are neurally encoded in a distinct way and speak in favour of a boundary between the representation of the concepts and the percept of absence.

      Major strengths:

      (1) Behavioral and neuroimaging results convincingly demonstrate that neural encoding of symbolic and non-symbolic absences is shared and situated on a graded, abstract neural number line, replicating previous results, notably from the authors themselves (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).

      (2) They show that neural encoding of perceptual and numerical absence do not generalise across each other, while controlling for spurious confounds due to visual stimuli that are commonly shared in the cases of non-symbolic numerical absence and perceptual absences.

      (3) They adequately use Bayesian analysis to distinguish absence of evidence vs. evidence of absence to support their claim.

      (4) The interpretation of numerical absence as a representation of the concept of "nothingness" is adequate, although it might be further discussed by distinguishing the concept of "zero" on a number line from the concept of nothingness and that of an empty set (Nieder, 2016).

      (5) The discussion about development and metacognition paves an interesting road for further investigation on the acquisition of the concept of zero, especially in light of debates on the progressive development of metacognitive abilities in children (Goupil & Kouider, 2019).

      (6) Data and code are published with open-source access, allowing the community to further investigate the points as major weaknesses evoked below, if desired.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our manuscript and this positive appraisal of features of our work. Below we provide point-by-point responses to the reviewer’s comments and suggestions.

      Major weaknesses:

      R2C1: Interestingly, restricting the neural decoding method to the alpha band shows distinct representations across formats of numerical absence. This begs for providing more details on how neural representations of perceptual, symbolic, and non-symbolic absences differ at the source and frequency level and to report the decoding weights to better assess what drives the performance of the neural decoding algorithm in each case and whether they overlap with each other.

      We thank the reviewer for encouraging us to explore this question. We conducted new analyses to source-localise the decoder weights for the three different decoders (Perceptual Misses vs. Perceptual Hits; Empty Sets vs. Dot Stimuli; Symbolic Zero vs. Positive Numerals). Since the decoder used was a binary LDA, the appropriate transformation of classification weights for localisation purposes simplifies to a subtraction of mean activity in one class from that of the other class (Haufe et al., 2014; NeuroImage). As such, we computed the difference in mean source-level activity between each of the two classes per decoder. We have added Supplemental Figure 4 to the Supplemental Figures to highlight the brain regions the classifier relied upon to decode representations of absence.

      P.31:

      “Both FieldTrip’s template single shell head model and its standard volumetric grid (8mm resolution) were warped to participants’ individual fiducial points, generating a subject-specific forward model aligned in MNI space. Source reconstruction was performed using a linearly constrained minimum variance (lcmv) beamformer which applies spatial filters to the MEG data to generate source-level time courses. To reduce the impact of noise on the source estimates, we used a regularization parameter of lambda = 5%. For each task, spatial filters were calculated by combining the leadfield matrix with the data covariance matrix across all stimuli and the timepoints 100 – 450ms. These spatial filters were then applied to absence trials and presence/non-zero trials separately, generating reconstructed maps of source activity for different trial types. The maps can then be contrasted to reveal the source-level decoding weights associated with binary LDA decoding (Haufe et al., 2014; Supplemental Figure 4).”

      R2C2: Task-demands between perceptual (present vs absent) and numerical (lower vs higher) are different, raising concerns about whether these aspects of experimental design could drive, at least partially, the shared representational patterns across numerical representation of absence and their distinction from perceptual representation of absence.

      We agree with the reviewer that our motivation for this design should be clearer in the manuscript. As we explained in response to R1C1, we deliberately chose to employ distinct perceptual and numerical tasks because we wanted to create a strict test of whether absence representations generalise. Having two closely-matched tasks would have led to a converse difficulty in interpreting any successful cross-decoding because it would have been difficult to ascertain whether generalisation occurred because of a true domain-general representation of absence, or whether it was driven by other features of task design and stimulus-response contingencies.

      We appreciate though that our null findings require us to ensure that this design choice has not resulted in a type 2 error. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks; and finally, our control analyses of colour do show positive generalisation across task format.

      As we noted in response to R1C1, to make the motivation behind this design choice clearer to the reader, we have modified the following passage (p. 6):

      “Importantly, we used numerical and perceptual tasks that differed with respect to their structure and temporal dynamics. This ensured that any successful cross-decoding of absence could not be attributed to low-level or structural similarities between tasks, and instead would indicate a domain-general representation of absence. This approach builds on our previous work in which we identified a shared representation of numerical absence across non-symbolic and symbolic stimuli that generalised across task formats (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).”

      However, the reviewer is correct that this approach does not allow us to test whether unmeasured variables (such as cognitive load, decision making, etc) could interfere with cross-decoding, thus eliciting false negatives in our analyses. To elaborate on this limitation, and to suggest possible extensions to this work that could begin to help resolve this issue, we have added the following passage to the discussion (p. 19):

      “The tasks we employed in this study were dissimilar by design. This offered a strict test of the hypothesis that absences share representational currency across perceptual and numerical domains, because successful cross-decoding could not be artificially inflated by low-level task similarities across domains (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, this approach also carries the risk that task dissimilarity reduced our sensitivity to shared representations of absence. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence representations; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks (Barnett & Fleming, 2024); and finally, our control analyses of colour do indicate positive generalisation across task format. Future work could explore the relationship between absences across domains using factorial designs that vary both domain and task independently, thus exposing possible interactions between absence representations and task context.”

      R2C3: The same argument can also be raised for the way that the neural decoders of perceptual and numerical absences are trained and tested. Both formats of numerical absence are built using the same procedure (zero vs. rest) and differ from the way the decoder is built for perceptual absence (hits vs misses), which might possibly drive the difference observed here.

      We are confident that the neural decoders for perceptual and numerical absence are near-identical and highly unlikely to drive the lack of cross-decoding. The essential features of the neural data fed into the decoders are matched across tasks. These two classification schemes – [zero vs. rest] and [hits vs. misses] – are both balanced with respect to the classes of interest. There are an equal number of ‘non-zero’ trials in the [zero vs. rest] decoder, and an equal number of each of the non-zero numbers within the set of non-zero trials. Similarly, the [hits vs. misses] decoder is balanced between hits and misses, and is balanced within each stimulus intensity level. Thus, both decoders are trained and tested on similarly balanced and matched stimulus sets. We note also that the cross-validation scheme used to train the decoders was identical across the two classification schemes. The primary difference between the two decoding schemes is the type of absence that they are seeking to decode.

      R2C4: It is thus unknown whether the claim supporting the evidence of absence holds as long as other counterfactual hypotheses that might drive these results are not excluded, such as the nature of the decoded features, the effect of task demands, or the way the neural decoder is trained, as mentioned above.

      We fully agree with the reviewer that it is important to mention and discuss the different features that may have contributed to our failure to cross-decode absence representations. We hope that by responding to R2C2 and R2C3 above, we have satisfied the reviewer’s concerns regarding these alternative explanations.

      Overall, I was pleased by the quality of the methods and the clarity with which the question of the boundary between cognition and perception is addressed for the case of numerous and perceptual absence. While the methods used are well established in the field, the choice and rigor of their analysis and the controls provided stand as a convincing methodology to test their hypotheses, although they do not fully exclude alternative interpretations nor explore the wider extent of possibilities that may provide exhaustive evidence for showing that perceptual and numerical absences are distinctly encoded in the brain.

      This work will be of great appeal to neuroscientists interested in comparing the representation of percepts and concepts across different formats, to psychologists interested in the origin of number representation, and to philosophers interested in debates on the boundary between cognition and perception.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In your previous work (Barnett & Fleming, 2024), you reported a curved representation of both symbolic and non-symbolic numerical representations in MDS space. Similarly, Karami et al. (2025) observed a curved representational geometry in both parietal fMRI activity and later MEG representations. Through simulations, they argued that a curved MDS geometry is consistent with numerosity-tuned population codes, whereas a more linear organization is expected from summation-code representations. Given these converging observations, I wonder whether you can examine the geometry of the representational space and whether it evolves over time from a more linear to a more curved organization. It could provide additional insight into the underlying coding scheme. Even if no such transition is observed, reporting the MDS geometry would strengthen the manuscript by helping readers relate the present findings to previous work and by providing a richer characterization of the neural representations beyond decoding accuracy alone.

      We agree that the coding scheme and representational space for numerosities is an interesting question. As the reviewer points out, these analyses were a focus of our previous Current Biology paper, and we now explore similar plots in the current data.

      P. 9:

      “Multidimensional scaling of sensor-level data similarly revealed numerosities to be arranged along a single dimension encoding numerical magnitude that is shared between both numerical formats (Supplementary Figure 2). These analyses confirm a graded representation of numerical absence that is evoked by both non-symbolic empty sets and symbolic zero (Barnett & Fleming, 2024), and establish that we are able to robustly recover neural representations of numerical absence in our paradigm using MEG.”

      (2) In Results, clarify whether RTs (figure 1E) are 0.32 s for absent and 0.28 s for present (lines 144-146) - it currently reads "0.28 ms" which must be a typo (should be s).

      We have fixed the typo in lines 144-146:

      “Replicating previous findings, participants took longer to report stimulus absence (mean RT = 0.32s, SD = 0.14s) compared to stimulus presence (mean RT = 0.28s, SD = 0.11s, t(28) = -3.0176, p = .0054, Figure 1E).”

      (3) When describing Bayes factors, the text could define what "time averaged log10(BF)" means in simpler terms, to help readers interpret Figure 2B.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To make this clear to the reader, the manuscript now states (p. 11):

      “To allow us to obtain evidence for or against shared representations of numerical and perceptual absence, we computed Bayes factors (BF) – with positive BFs indicating evidence in favour of generalised representations, and negative BFs indicating evidence in favour of distinct neural representations. To assist in visualisation, we plot log10 transformation of BFs such that BFs supporting either distinct or generalised representations are symmetric around zero. Interpretation of log10 BFs follows standard convention for interpreting BFs, with log10(BF) in the range [0, ±0.5] offering weak evidence, [±0.5, ±1] moderate evidence, [±1, ±1.5] strong evidence, [±1, ±2] very strong evidence, and [±2, ±inf] being decisive (Jeffreys, 1998). To report log10 BFs in the text, we average BFs over the 0.2s – 0.8s time window shown in Figure 2C to report a time-averaged log10 BF. In our plots, we indicate the timepoints when evidence for either hypothesis exceeds the threshold for strong evidence.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I enjoyed how clear the question of the boundary between cognition and perception was formulated and how the use of temporal generalisability elegantly provides a convincing way to test it.

      To address the first major weakness, I would like to suggest providing the decoding features, and how they relate to the neural correlates of absence to strengthen the claim and reassure both reviewers and readers that the MVPA analysis does not pick up on other neural features than those previously established in relation to the neural encoding of absence in each of those formats.

      We have now added a supplementary figure displaying the decoding weights in source space in response to the reviewer’s comment R2C1.

      Although Figure 2C (top) provides a nice argument in favour of the MVPA actually picking up information related to numerosity, it might also be theoretically explained by the task demands of identifying which number is higher. Although I am aware that the decoder was trained on absence vs rest, the dimension tested (distance from zero) might be confounded with the task to compare which number is higher, while an orthogonal task to numerosity would exclude such potential confound of a task effect on the way zero is represented in the brain. The contextual effect of the task on the neural encoding of numerical absence is perhaps far-fetched, but it seemed to me to be a reasonable concern.

      We agree that similarities in task design between the two numerical tasks may contribute to the generalisation of across format observed in our decoding analysis. Indeed, this is precisely why we designed a perceptual (detection) task that shared minimal structure with the numerical tasks, to ensure that task demands would not confound interpretation of findings of absence generalisation (see also our responses to reviewers R2C2 and R1C1). Similarly, in our previous paper in Current Biology (2024) we employed tasks with distinct formats, and found similar results. We therefore think that it’s unlikely that the similarity in task format here is the primary driver of cross-format generalisation, but we cannot rule it out. We believe that our answer to R2C2 addresses this concern and makes the reasoning behind our design choice explicit to the reader.

      I became aware, including in my own experiments, that the choice of parameters might be crucial in interpretations of decoding when it comes to neuroimaging results. One of the strengths of MVPA is to be data-driven, reducing the potential selection bias, but it also raises other concerns due to the poor controllability of the relevant features this technique grasps depending on the task and experimental set-up. This begs the question whether the results here obtained are generalisable, taking into account other potential confounds and at least acknowledging such potential limitations in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment, and agree that chosen parameters can sometimes influence neuroimaging decoding results. To better justify why we chose the parameters we did, we have added the following sentence to the Methods (p. 29):

      “All decoding hyperparameters were chosen to match those of our previous work on numerical absence decoding (Barnett & Fleming, 2024), such that results would be directly comparable across the two studies.”

      My overall uptake is that the authors make an inference to the best explanation by having designed the most convincing analysis possible to provide a crucial test on the distinction between the neural representation of perceptual and conceptual absence. They rightly exclude the false positive case of low-visual features driving the similarity between perceptual and non-symbolic representation. However, providing the evidence of absence also needs to address possible cases of false negatives that might be a result of their experimental and analytical choices.

      Even if proving the evidence of absence for this reason is inherently difficult, if not almost impossible to achieve, it seems reasonable that further insights such as for example comparing the neural correlates of absence as done by the authors in their Current Biology paper based on empirical findings and the possible limitations of their approach might be addressed at least in the discussion to frame their conclusion in regard to the context of their experiment and analysis. This would enrich the paper by providing better hindsight about the origin and the evidence at hand on what might drive the reported distinction in the neural representation of perceptual vs. numerical absence.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our paper, which prompted further considerations of the limitations of different design choices. We have now included new sections of the discussion to ensure these are appropriately highlighted to the reader.

      I would like to thank the authors and editors for this opportunity of reviewing this stimulating paper, enriching our perspective on the important debate on the boundary of perception and cognition.

      Matthieu Koroma

    1. eLife Assessment

      The authors provide valuable findings showing that GM-CSF prevents the loss of ILC3 populations during gut inflammation and inhibits pro-inflammatory cytokine production. They combine a preclinical model of gut inflammation in zebrafish with spatial transcriptomic analysis of samples from Crohn's disease patients. Although the data provided are clear and point to an anti-inflammatory role of GM-CSF, the strength of evidence remains incomplete especially on the nature of the cells involved. This work will be of interest to immunologists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The revisions do not resolve my central concerns. Although the authors have added macrophage transcriptomic analyses and moderated the terminology to "ILC1-like" and "ILC3-like," the fundamental limitations remain.

      First of all, the data still do not establish that the zebrafish populations represent bona fide ILC1s . The proposed ILC1 identity remains particularly weak, as HSP90AA1, UBB, MCL1 or DOK2 are not ILC1-specific markers, while TBX21 and IFN programs are insufficient to establish lineage identity. Changing the terminology to "ILC-like" acknowledges this limitation but does not resolve it. Consequently, the claims regarding ILC1 differentiation, ILC3 maintenance, and GM-CSF-mediated regulation of ILC fate remain stronger than the data support, since RNA velocity does not by itself demonstrate lineage conversion.

      The additional macrophage analyses are interesting but remain correlative. They support a model in which GM-CSF may act through macrophages to create an ILC-supportive environment, but they do not demonstrate that the identified macrophage programs are causally responsible for the observed changes. In particular, the proposed retinoic-acid/HIF mechanism remains speculative.

      I also do not think the response adequately addresses the central novelty concern. GM-CSF-mediated protection in DSS intestinal injury is already well established, and the human Xenium data remain largely descriptive and not fully explored. The observation of sparse GM-CSF expression and GM-CSF/pSTAT5 localization does not directly establish the proposed GM-CSF-producing cell-macrophage-ILC circuit. The suggested spatial niche analysis was not actually performed.

      Thus, while the revised manuscript presents a more plausible model, it does not establish the claimed mechanism. Unless additional causal evidence is provided, I would recommend substantially reducing the mechanistic claims and presenting the macrophage-ILC pathway as a hypothesis rather than an established mechanism.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors document that GM-CSF prevents the loss of ILC3 populations and inhibits pro-inflammatory cytokine production during gut inflammation. They combine a preclinical model of gut inflammation in zebrafish with spatial transcriptomic analysis of samples from Crohn's disease patients. The data show that GM-CSF ameliorates gut inflammation by (1) curtailing the differentiation of disease-associated ILC1 and (2) by "boosting" the tissue repair function of ILC3.

      The topic of the manuscript is interesting and highly relevant to the question of how intestinal inflammation is initiated or perpetuated. However, there are some limitations. Specifically, it remains unclear through which distinct molecular programs macrophages maintain "beneficial" ILC3 and how they prevent the differentiation or expansion of disease-associated ILC1. Based on previous data, these processes may be interconnected as ILC3 show remarkable plasticity and can convert into ILC1-like cells ("ex-ILC3").

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study integrates Xenium spatial transcriptomics of paired inflamed and uninvolved Crohn's disease tissues with functional analyses in a csf2rb-/- larval zebrafish DSS intestinal injury model to investigate the spatial and cell-type-specific roles of GM-CSF. The work is limited mechanistically and adds little to an already disputed field: GM-CSF's role in intestinal inflammation is context-dependent and extensively studied in mice and humans, and this study does not resolve these controversies. The zebrafish appears to be a poor model for these questions: it lacks mammalian intestinal architecture, complex microbiota, and clearly validated functional ILC populations. Putative ILC1s are poorly defined based on stress-response gene modules, while ILC3s are somewhat better characterized, but overall, the system does not allow mechanistic insights into GM-CSF regulation of ILCs. The DSS experiments largely recapitulate the known protective effects of GM-CSF in epithelial injury without clarifying underlying mechanisms.

      Figure 1

      GM-CSF expression is extremely sparse, rarely exceeding 0.005 frequency even in inflamed regions. The authors should acknowledge this and discuss why. Xenium could be used to characterize the niche around GM-CSF-producing cells, but no new cellular circuit is revealed beyond known myeloid-lymphoid interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. We agree that GM-CSF-expressing cells represent a very small fraction of all cells within the tissue, even in inflamed regions. We have now explicitly acknowledged this in both the Results (Line 300-304) and Discussion (Line 539-547). The low abundance of GM-CSF-producing cells is consistent with previous studies demonstrating that GM-CSF is not constitutively expressed in the intestinal mucosa but is induced only in activated immune cells during inflammation. Moreover, GM-CSF functions primarily as a locally acting cytokine with paracrine activity rather than as a broadly expressed tissue factor. Consequently, even a small number of GM-CSF-producing lymphocytes can establish localized signaling niches that activate neighboring CSF2RA/CSF2RB-expressing myeloid cells. This localized mode of signaling is also consistent with the low circulating concentrations of GM-CSF reported in both healthy individuals and patients with inflammatory diseases. We have revised the manuscript to better emphasize that the biological significance of GM-CSF lies in its spatially restricted expression and signaling rather than its overall abundance.

      Figure 2

      Colon length in DSS colitis is not decreased in Csf2rb-/- versus wild-type zebrafish under untreated conditions, suggesting endogenous GM-CSF has minimal impact. In Figure 2E, Tg(mpeg1:mCherry) larvae show staining in vessel- or epithelial-like structures expressing Csf2rb, which does not resemble macrophages and requires clarification. pSTAT5 is upregulated with GM-CSF treatment, but the responding cell types are unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We agree that intestinal length is comparable between wild-type and csf2rb<sup>-/-</sup> larvae under homeostatic conditions. This finding is consistent with the established biology of GM-CSF, which is largely dispensable during steady-state tissue homeostasis but becomes functionally important during inflammatory challenge. Accordingly, the protective effect of GM-CSF became apparent only following DSS-induced intestinal injury, where recombinant human GM-CSF significantly rescued epithelial damage and gut shortening in wild-type but not csf2rb<sup>-/-</sup> larvae. We have clarified this point in the Discussion (Line 563-571).

      As for 2E comments, we apologize that the previous version of Figure 2 inadvertently omitted the panel labels and annotations for Figure 2E, making it difficult to interpret the image. We have corrected this oversight by restoring the panel label, adding arrows and higher-magnification insets that highlight representative csf2rb+ mpeg1:mCherry+ macrophages in the retina, intestine, and midbody. The purpose of this experiment was to demonstrate that intestinal macrophages express csf2rb, rather than to suggest that csf2rb expression is restricted to macrophages. We agree that additional csf2rb-positive elongated structures are present that do not colocalize with mpeg1:mCherry. This observation is consistent with our human Xenium data, which show that CSF2RB is broadly expressed across multiple cell types, whereas signaling specificity is determined by the more restricted expression of CSF2RA. We have revised both the Results (Line 358-365) and the figure legend (Line 694-699) to clarify this point and avoid implying macrophage-exclusive expression.

      Figure 3

      Putative ILC1s are defined by stress-response gene modules rather than canonical markers. Overlapping genes with human (HSP90AA1, UBB, MCL1, DOK2) do not indicate ILC1 identity, which is described by IL7R, KLRB1, or TBX21 expression in the human Xenium dataset. ILC2s were not detected, and Ifng expression is broadly distributed, making attribution to ILC1s uncertain. ILC3s are somewhat better defined, but overall, the data do not support mechanistic conclusions about GM-CSF regulation of ILC populations.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment and agree that annotation of innate lymphoid cell populations in zebrafish remains more challenging than in mammals due to the limited availability of validated lineage-specific markers. We have therefore revised the manuscript to more clearly describe these populations as putative ILC1- and ILC3-like cells identified using the currently available zebrafish ILC markers together with conserved transcriptional programs, rather than implying complete equivalence to mammalian ILC subsets.

      Our annotation was not based solely on stress-response genes or IFNG expression. Instead, we first identified the lymphocyte population using established zebrafish ILC markers (il7r, nitr4a, nitr5, nitr9, and ccl20a.3) reported by Hernández et al. (2018), followed by subtype annotation using multiple complementary features. The putative ILC3 cluster expressed canonical regulators of ILC3 identity, including rorc, il23r, tcf7, and mafb, while the putative ILC1 cluster demonstrated enrichment of tbx21, an IFN-associated transcriptional program, and a conserved stress-response module that has likewise been reported in human intestinal ILC1 datasets. IFNG expression was therefore interpreted together with the overall transcriptional program rather than used as a defining marker.

      We also agree that the zebrafish model does not currently permit identification of all mammalian ILC subsets. Accordingly, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge this limitation and have moderated our conclusions throughout the manuscript (Line 381-388 and Line 588-593). Rather than concluding that GM-CSF directly regulates definitive mammalian ILC subsets, we conclude that GM-CSF regulates conserved ILC-like transcriptional states during intestinal inflammation (Title). Importantly, this interpretation is further supported by independent RNAscope validation of tbx21, rorc, ifng1.1, and il22, together with the concordant expansion of IL7R+KLRB1+TBX21+ cells and contraction of IL7R+KLRB1+RORC+ cells observed in the human Xenium dataset.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors show that GM-CSF prevents the loss of ILC3 populations and inhibits pro-inflammatory cytokine production during gut inflammation. They combine a preclinical model of gut inflammation in zebrafish with spatial transcriptomic analysis of samples from Crohn's disease patients. The data show that GM-CSF ameliorates gut inflammation by (1) curtailing the differentiation of disease-associated ILC1 and (2) by "boosting" the tissue repair function of ILC3.

      The topic of the manuscript is interesting. However, there are various limitations that are summarized below.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. We agree that, because GM-CSF receptors are predominantly expressed by myeloid cells rather than ILCs, understanding the myeloid response to GM-CSF is important for interpreting the mechanism by which GM-CSF preserves ILC3 function. In response to the reviewer's suggestions, we performed additional analyses of both our human scRNA dataset (Martin et. al., 2019, PMID: 31474370) and zebrafish macrophage transcriptomes. Together, these new analyses support a model in which GM-CSF acts primarily on macrophages to establish a tissue-repair and ILC3-supportive microenvironment, thereby indirectly maintaining ILC3 identity during intestinal inflammation.

      (1) The main finding of the manuscript, that GM-CSF maintains ILC3 populations, is not analyzed in depth. Since the authors' own data and other publications show that the receptors for GM-CSF are expressed in myeloid cells, a better analysis of the transcriptional changes of these populations upon GM-CSF administration is needed.

      To better characterize the cellular targets of GM-CSF, we performed differential expression analysis of macrophages and monocytes. In our previous human scRNA-seq dataset (Martin et al.), STAT5-high macrophages were enriched for canonical GM-CSF-responsive genes, including STAT5A, STAT5B, JUNB, and HIF1A, confirming activation of the GM-CSF/STAT5 signaling axis. These macrophages additionally expressed regulatory and tissue-remodeling genes including LGALS1 (Galectin-1), TGFBI, and GPNMB, consistent with an immunoregulatory macrophage phenotype. Notably, LGALS1 has been reported to suppress type 1 inflammatory responses and modulate innate lymphoid cell function, whereas TGFBI is associated with tissue remodeling and immune regulation.

      To further investigate the downstream effects of GM-CSF signaling, we analyzed macrophage transcriptomes from zebrafish treated with DSS plus GM-CSF. We observed enrichment of genes involved in retinoic acid and tissue-homeostatic signaling, including rarab, rdh12l, and vhl. Retinoic acid signaling is well established in promoting intestinal immune homeostasis and supporting ILC3 differentiation and maintenance, while HIF signaling has been implicated in intestinal barrier integrity and ILC3 survival. Additional changes in YBX1 and SLC7A7 further suggest modulation of cytokine translation and macrophage immunometabolism that could influence the intestinal immune niche. Consistent with this interpretation, expression of rarab and vhl was reduced in csf2rb-/- macrophages, indicating that activation of this tissue-homeostatic program depends on GM-CSF receptor signaling. Together, these findings support a model in which GM-CSF primarily acts on macrophages to induce a regulatory, tissue-supportive program that creates an environment favorable for maintenance of protective ILC3 responses while limiting excessive type 1 inflammation.

      (2) The authors could compare the transcriptome of macrophages and monocytes from inflamed and uninvolved sections in their Xenium dataset. In addition, investigating how zebrafish macrophages change due to the lack of GM-CSF and comparing them with the human findings would add to the data.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. While comparison of macrophages and monocytes between inflamed and uninvolved regions using the Xenium dataset is conceptually appealing, the Xenium platform is designed for spatially resolved targeted transcriptomics and is limited to a predefined panel of 468 genes. In addition, transcript detection from FFPE tissue is inherently sparser than whole-transcriptome single-cell RNA sequencing due to probe-based hybridization and RNA fragmentation. Consequently, Xenium provides excellent spatial resolution but is less suited for comprehensive transcriptional profiling of macrophage and monocyte states.

      To more comprehensively characterize myeloid transcriptional programs, we therefore analyzed our previously generated human scRNA-seq dataset from inflamed Crohn's disease intestine, which captures the full transcriptome at single-cell resolution. This analysis identified a STAT5-high macrophage population enriched for genes associated with GM-CSF signaling (STAT5A, STAT5B, JUNB), immune regulation (LGALS1, TGFBI, GPNMB), and tissue remodeling, providing a more complete characterization of macrophage responses than could be achieved with the targeted Xenium panel.

      In addition, as suggested by the reviewer, we investigated the consequences of impaired GM-CSF signaling in zebrafish by comparing macrophages from WT and csf2rb-/- animals following GM-CSF treatment. These analyses demonstrated that loss of csf2rb attenuated the induction of retinoic acid- and tissue-homeostatic programs, including rarab, rdh12l, and vhl, supporting an evolutionarily conserved role for GM-CSF signaling in establishing a macrophage program associated with intestinal homeostasis. Together, the human scRNA-seq and zebrafish datasets provide complementary evidence that GM-CSF primarily acts through macrophages to promote a regulatory, tissue-supportive phenotype. All these results have been summarized in Results (line 503-513) and Supplementary Figure 7.

      (3) Since the authors developed a novel mutation in zebrafish that is predicted to affect myeloid populations, a detailed characterization of the myeloid immune compartment in these organisms is missing.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that characterization of the myeloid compartment is essential for understanding the consequences of disrupting GM-CSF signaling. To address this, we performed additional transcriptional analyses of macrophages isolated from WT and csf2rb-/- zebrafish following GM-CSF treatment. These analyses revealed that loss of csf2rb markedly attenuated the GM-CSF-dependent macrophage program, including genes involved in retinoic acid signaling (rarab, rdh12l), HIF-associated tissue homeostasis (vhl), cytokine regulation (ybx1), and macrophage immunometabolism (slc7a7). In addition, genes associated with cytoskeletal remodeling, migration, and metabolic adaptation were also reduced in csf2rb-/- macrophages, indicating that GM-CSF receptor signaling is required for full macrophage activation.

      These findings demonstrate that the csf2rb mutation does not simply alter individual downstream genes but broadly impairs the establishment of a macrophage program associated with intestinal tissue homeostasis. Together with our human scRNA-seq analyses, these data support a conserved role for GM-CSF signaling in programming regulatory macrophage states that create an environment favorable for maintenance of protective ILC3 responses. We have incorporated these additional analyses into the revised manuscript to provide a more comprehensive characterization of the myeloid compartment.

      (4) Niche analysis in the Xenium slides could provide direct evidence on how macrophages close to ILC3 are different from those closer to other cell types, like ILC1.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that spatial niche analysis comparing macrophages associated with ILC3 versus ILC1 would provide valuable mechanistic insight into local immune cell interactions. However, this analysis is technically challenging in our Xenium dataset for several reasons. First, the Xenium platform uses a targeted panel of 468 genes and therefore provides substantially lower transcriptomic depth than whole-transcriptome scRNA-seq. Second, transcript detection in FFPE tissue is inherently sparse due to probe-based hybridization and RNA fragmentation. Finally, ILC populations are relatively rare within the intestinal tissue, limiting the number of macrophages located in close proximity to ILC3 or ILC1 and reducing the statistical power required for robust niche-specific differential expression analyses.

      To instead address the reviewer's mechanistic question, we integrated complementary datasets that are better suited for transcriptional profiling. Specifically, our human scRNA-seq analysis identified a STAT5-high macrophage population enriched for regulatory and tissue-remodeling genes, including LGALS1, TGFBI, and GPNMB, consistent with a macrophage phenotype capable of supporting intestinal homeostasis. Furthermore, zebrafish macrophage transcriptomic analyses demonstrated that GM-CSF signaling induces a conserved tissue-homeostatic program characterized by rarab, rdh12l, and vhl, implicating retinoic acid and HIF-associated pathways that have been linked to ILC3 maintenance and mucosal immunity. Together, these complementary datasets provide molecular evidence that GM-CSF programs macrophages toward an ILC3-supportive phenotype, although we acknowledge that direct spatial comparison of macrophages neighboring ILC3 versus ILC1 will require future studies using higher-complexity spatial transcriptomic approaches.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Overall/Statistics: The statistical analysis described in the method section (Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon Test) is not suitable for comparison of more than 2 populations.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this oversight. We agree that the original description of the statistical analyses was incomplete, as the Mann–Whitney U (Wilcoxon rank-sum) test is appropriate only for comparisons between two groups. We have revised the Quantification and Statistical Analysis section to accurately describe the statistical methods used throughout the manuscript. Specifically, two-group comparisons were analyzed using the Mann–Whitney U (Wilcoxon rank-sum) test, whereas experiments involving more than two groups were analyzed using the Kruskal–Wallis test followed by Dunn's multiple-comparisons test. We have also clarified that differential gene expression analyses were performed using the Wilcoxon rank-sum test implemented in Seurat, and ligand–receptor analyses were performed using permutation testing with Benjamini–Hochberg false discovery rate correction. These revisions ensure that the statistical methods accurately reflect the analyses performed throughout the study.

      (2) Figure 1

      A. A zoomed-in image of the regions expressing GM-CSF and G-CSF could help to visualize the changes between uninvolved and inflamed sections.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. To better visualize the spatial distribution of the CSF cytokines, we have added representative high-magnification Xenium images of paired uninvolved and inflamed ileal tissue to Supplementary Figure 2C. These enlarged views more clearly demonstrate the focal enrichment of GM-CSF (CSF2) within inflamed tissue, whereas CSF1 remains broadly distributed and CSF3 exhibits comparatively sparse expression with minimal changes between uninvolved and inflamed regions. We have also added a reference to this new supplementary panel in the Results section (line 317-320).

      F. Since the expression of the CSF receptors is detectable, it would be interesting to see an analysis of their spatial location.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that spatial visualization of the CSF receptors provides important context for interpreting ligand–receptor interactions. Accordingly, we have expanded Supplementary Figure 2C to include representative Xenium images showing the spatial localization of CSF1R, CSF2RA, and CSF2RB in paired uninvolved and inflamed ileal tissue sections. These images complement our human scRNA-seq analysis by demonstrating the tissue distribution of the receptors within the intestinal microenvironment. Together with the ligand–receptor interaction analysis, these data further support macrophages and dendritic cells as the principal cellular targets of GM-CSF signaling during intestinal inflammation.

      (3) Figure 2

      A. The experimental setup depicted in the figure does not match the description given in the text (323-324) or the methods (188-191). Importantly, the recovery phase is not detailed in the figure scheme, which complicates result interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this inconsistency. We have revised Figure 2A to accurately reflect the experimental design described in both the Methods and Results sections. Specifically, the schematic now clearly distinguishes the two experimental paradigms: (i) co-treatment with DSS and GM-CSF during active intestinal injury, and (ii) the recovery protocol in which DSS was removed prior to GM-CSF treatment. We have also expanded the recovery phase in the schematic to indicate the timing of DSS removal, GM-CSF administration, and sample collection. These revisions provide a clearer representation of the experimental workflow and facilitate interpretation of the corresponding results.

      D. Statistical significance should be revised using ANOVA or a non-parametric test that can compare more than 2 groups.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that comparisons involving more than two groups require an appropriate omnibus statistical test. Accordingly, we have reanalyzed the data using the Kruskal–Wallis test, followed by Dunn's multiple-comparisons test for post hoc pairwise comparisons. The revised statistical analyses have been incorporated into Figure 2D and throughout the manuscript where applicable. In addition, the Quantification and Statistical Analysis section (line 274-284) has been updated to accurately describe the statistical methods used. These revisions do not alter the interpretation or conclusions of the study.

      (4) Figure 3

      C. It is unclear which data were used to generate the dot plot. The data source should be written in the text or the figure panel.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of clarity. We have revised the Results section (line 382-385) and Figure 3 legend (line 706) to explicitly state that the dot plot in Figure 3C was generated from the scRNA-seq dataset of FACS-isolated intestinal lck: GFP+ lymphocytes from larval zebrafish. The dot plot shows the expression of established zebrafish ILC markers and conserved ILC-associated genes across the identified lymphocyte clusters and was used, together with additional transcriptional features, to support annotation of the proliferative ILC, putative ILC1-like, and putative ILC3-like populations.

      D. While the heatmap is informative to identify signature genes, it fails to highlight the differentially expressed genes between experimental conditions. The authors should present the DEG for each of the ILC clusters. Doing a pathway enrichment analysis could highlight how ILCs are responding to DSS and GM-CSF treatments. In addition, it would be important to test experimentally how the immune compartment (ILC and myeloid populations) is affected by CSF2RB deficiency.

      We thank the reviewer for these valuable suggestions. We agree that differential expression analyses provide additional insight into how GM-CSF modulates immune cell states during intestinal inflammation. To address this, we have expanded our analyses in the revised manuscript.

      First, we performed differential gene expression analyses of macrophages and incorporated these data into the revised manuscript. Comparative analyses of human STAT5-high macrophages and zebrafish GM-CSF-responsive macrophages identified conserved transcriptional programs associated with regulatory macrophage function, tissue remodeling, and establishment of an ILC3-supportive niche. Furthermore, comparison of WT and csf2rb-/- zebrafish macrophages demonstrated that disruption of GM-CSF receptor signaling attenuates these macrophage programs, providing a molecular characterization of the myeloid compartment in the mutant animals.

      Second, pathway enrichment analyses of ILC1 and ILC3 marker genes were already included in the original manuscript (Figure 3F) using Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA), demonstrating conserved transcriptional regulators and signaling pathways between zebrafish and human ILC populations. Rather than performing pathway analysis across treatment conditions, our study focused on identifying conserved lineage-defining programs and experimentally validating the functional consequences of GM-CSF signaling through changes in ILC abundance, lineage marker expression, RNA velocity, and effector cytokine production.

      Finally, to directly address the reviewer's concern regarding the impact of csf2rb deficiency on the immune compartment, we have added additional analyses characterizing macrophage transcriptional responses in WT and csf2rb-/- zebrafish following GM-CSF treatment. Together with our existing analyses of ILC population dynamics and lineage-specific marker expression in WT and csf2rb-/- animals, these data provide a more comprehensive characterization of how loss of GM-CSF signaling alters both the myeloid and ILC compartments during intestinal inflammation.

      (5) Figure 4

      D. The genes used to define the "ILC1 gene module" are not detailed. Importantly, maintaining the scale of the violin plots would allow a better interpretation of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of detail. We have revised the Figure 4 legend (line 724-727) to explicitly describe the genes included in the putative ILC1-like gene module. This module was derived from differentially expressed genes enriched in the zebrafish putative ILC1-like cluster identified in our scRNA-seq dataset, rather than from IFNG expression alone. The module includes genes associated with the ILC1-like transcriptional state identified in our dataset (Figure 3E). As discussed above, because several of these genes represent a conserved stress-response program rather than canonical lineage-defining ILC1 markers, we have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript from “ILC1 gene module” to “putative ILC1-like gene module” and have moderated our interpretation accordingly.

      F-H. The naming of RNA signal is not consistent: Il22 particles vs. Ifng1-1 foci.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this inconsistency. We have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript and figure legends to use consistent nomenclature when referring to RNAscope signals. Specifically, all RNAscope transcript signals are now described uniformly as RNA foci.

      (6) Figure 5

      C. It is unclear if the color code and the y-axis are 2 different measurements or just 2 ways of showing the same. A similar calculation on the ILC3 and ILC1 subsets could give insights into their differentiation potential.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of clarity. The color coding and y-axis provide complementary representations of the RNA velocity analysis. The y-axis quantitatively represents the proportion of unspliced relative to spliced transcripts, whereas the color scale was included to facilitate visualization of the relative transcriptional/differentiation state of individual cells. We have revised the figure legend (line 739) to clearly distinguish these two representations and retained the color scale because it provides an intuitive visualization of changes in cellular transcriptional state.

      D. The authors do not describe how the 'Relative ILC Ratio' was calculated.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this omission. We have revised the Methods (line 148-153) and the corresponding figure legend to clarify how the relative ILC ratio was calculated. Briefly, we first calculated the densities (cells/μm²) of ILC1s (IL7R<sup>+</sup>TBX21<sup>+</sup>) and ILC3s (IL7R<sup>+</sup>RORC<sup>+</sup>) from the Xenium dataset. The relative ILC ratio was then determined by calculating the proportion of each ILC subset relative to the total IL7R<sup>+</sup> ILC population identified in each sample following single-cell clustering and cell-type annotation. Finally, these proportions were normalized to the control condition to enable comparison across treatment groups.

      (7) Figure 6

      B. The colors used obscure CD14 expression. Changing the background intensity (as done later in 5G) could fix this problem.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this potential source of confusion. In Figure 6B, the green cells represent epithelial cells and are therefore not part of the ulcer exudate/macrophage aggregates being highlighted in this analysis. The macrophage-rich ulcer exudate is identified by the accumulation of CD14-positive cells adjacent to the disrupted epithelial compartment. We have revised the figure legend (line 746-749) to more clearly define the color coding and distinguish the epithelial compartment from the CD14-positive macrophage aggregates.

      C. Since the Xenium slides group were selected by inflammation status, is it expected to have any ulcer in an 'Uninvolved' tissue section?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. The classification of Xenium sections as inflamed or uninvolved was determined by pathological evaluation of the resection specimens, and the inflammation status of the analyzed regions was confirmed by a pathologist. Importantly, this classification is distinct from the morphological criteria used to identify ulceration. Histologically, an ulcer is defined primarily by disruption or loss of the epithelial barrier rather than by the presence of inflammatory immune-cell infiltration. Therefore, focal epithelial breaks can occasionally be identified even within tissue sections classified as uninvolved, without the prominent inflammatory infiltrates characteristic of ulcerated regions in inflamed tissue. This distinction explains the small number of epithelial disruptions identified in the uninvolved sections. We have revised the Results (line 473-480) and figure legend (line 750-751) to clarify the distinction between pathologist-defined inflammation status and the morphological identification of ulcerated/epithelial-disrupted regions.

      E. The macrophage density measurement contradicts the previous panel (6E), which shows no macrophage infiltration in uninvolved ulcers. The authors should clarify how both analyses differ.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this potential confusion. The two analyses quantify different aspects of macrophage distribution and therefore are not directly comparable. Figure 6D quantifies the number of pro-inflammatory macrophage aggregates associated with ulcer exudate, which are present only in inflamed tissue and absent from uninvolved sections because uninvolved tissues do not contain ulcers. In contrast, Figure 6E measures the overall density of CD14<sup>+</sup> macrophages within the defined tissue compartments, independent of whether the macrophages form inflammatory aggregates. Thus, Figure 6D evaluates the presence of organized inflammatory macrophage clusters, whereas Figure 6E quantifies the abundance of macrophages throughout the analyzed tissue regions. We have revised the figure legend (line 748-753) to clearly distinguish these complementary analyses and avoid confusion.

      In addition to cytokine (6G) localization and signaling (6J-K) colocalization, analysis of ILC-Macrophage colocalization in the Xenium slides or by immunofluorescence could highlight the point that macrophages and ILC interactions change based on disease activity.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We agree that direct visualization of ILC–macrophage interactions would further strengthen the mechanistic framework of the study. However, because ILCs are relatively rare within the Xenium dataset and the targeted 468-gene panel provides limited transcriptomic depth, robust quantitative colocalization analyses between ILC subsets and neighboring macrophages were not feasible. Instead, we combined complementary approaches to address this question. Xenium spatial transcriptomics established the localization of GM-CSF signaling within macrophage-rich inflammatory niches, while our human scRNA-seq and zebrafish macrophage transcriptomic analyses demonstrated that GM-CSF induces conserved regulatory and tissue-homeostatic macrophage programs associated with maintenance of protective ILC3 responses. We have expanded the Result (line 503-513) and Discussion (line 575-581) to acknowledge that future studies employing higher-complexity spatial transcriptomic or multiplex imaging approaches will be valuable for directly defining macrophage–ILC niche interactions during intestinal inflammation.

      (8) Figure 7

      The graphical abstract does not clearly depict the interactions that occur in homeostasis. ILCs and the GM-CSF signaling are lacking. It is also unclear if the left part (Crohn's disease inflammation) depicts the inflamed situation or the consequences of GM-CSF addition in the inflammatory environment. It is also unclear that GM-CSF is acting on macrophages (and other myeloid subsets) and that the ILC3 maintenance and inhibition of ILC1 proliferation are indirect consequences.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We agree that the original graphical summary did not sufficiently distinguish the homeostatic and inflammatory states or clearly illustrate the mechanism by which GM-CSF regulates intestinal immunity. We have therefore revised Figure 7 to better depict the proposed model.

      Specifically, the revised schematic now illustrates: (i) the homeostatic state, in which ILC3-derived GM-CSF supports resident macrophage homeostasis through CSF2RA/CSF2RB signaling; (ii) the inflammatory state in Crohn's disease, characterized by expansion of ILC1s, contraction of ILC3s, and increased pro-inflammatory cytokine production; and (iii) the protective effects of GM-CSF during inflammation. Importantly, we now explicitly indicate that GM-CSF acts primarily on macrophages and other CSF2RA/CSF2RB-expressing myeloid cells, rather than directly on ILCs. The revised model illustrates that maintenance of ILC3s, suppression of disease-associated ILC1 expansion, and enhanced IL-22 production are indirect consequences of GM-CSF-mediated macrophage reprogramming toward a regulatory, tissue-supportive phenotype. These revisions more accurately reflect the mechanistic conclusions supported by our human spatial transcriptomic, human scRNA-seq, and zebrafish studies.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a useful inventory of genes that are up- and down-regulated in the mouse small intestine (duodenum and ileum) during the first postnatal month, along with a comparison to the human intestine and organoids; the data were collected and analyzed using solid and validated methodology and can be used as a starting point for additional validation of specific markers and for follow-up functional studies.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors aimed to clarify the transcriptional changes across murine postnatal small intestinal development (0 days to 1 month) in both the duodenum and ileum, a period that shows morphological similarity to 20-30-week-old fetal humans. This is an especially critical stage in human intestinal development, as necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC) usually manifests during these stages.

      Strengths:

      The authors assessed numerous timepoints between 0 days and 1 month in the postnatal mouse duodenum and ileum using bulk RNA transcriptomics of bulk-isolated tissues. Cellular deconvolution, based on relative marker expression, was used to clarify epithelial, mesenchymal, and immune cell proportions in the bulk RNA sequencing data. They confirmed some transcriptional targets found in vivo primarily in mouse via qrtPCR and immunohistochemistry, but also in human fetal tissues and isolated organoids, and are of decent quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall weakness of this study, as mentioned by the authors themselves, is that the bulk transcriptomic data generated for the study was isolated from non-fractionated bulk intestinal tissue. This makes it difficult to interpret much of this data in regards to cellular fractions found across developmental time. It is difficult to rationale the approach here- as even isolation protocols of epithelial-only or mesenchyme-only tissues for bulk RNA sequencing are well established. The authors address some of these concerns using cellular deconvolution, however, further verification of changes in cell populations is very limited. The rationale of using postnatal mouse as a comparison to NEC is also a little unclear- perhaps some of the developmental processes are similar, however, the environments are completely different (microbiome present in mouse postnatal development, for example). In its current form, this work falls short in providing any new insights into either NEC pathogenesis or murine Sl postnatal development.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents a valuable resource by generating a comprehensive bulk RNA sequencing catalogue of gene expression in the mouse duodenum and ileum during the first postnatal month. The central findings of this work are based on analysis of this dataset. Specifically, the authors characterized molecular shifts that occur as the intestine matures from an immature to an adult-like state, investigating both temporal changes and regional differences between the proximal and distal small intestine. They also sought to validate key findings through complementary methods and to provide comparative context with human intestinal samples derived from premature infants. This study will provide a solid reference dataset for the community of researchers studying postnatal gastrointestinal development and diseases that arise during these stages. However, the study lacks in functional validation of the interpretations.

      Strengths:

      (1) The inclusion of numerous time points (day 0 through 4 weeks) and comparative analyses throughout the first postnatal month.

      (2) Validation of key interpretations of RNA-seq data by other methods

      (3) Linking mouse postnatal development to human premature infant development, enhancing its clinical relevance. The inclusion of human intestinal biopsy and organoid data for comparison further strengthens this link.

      (4) The investigation covers a wide array of developmental gene categories with known significance, including epithelial differentiation markers (e.g., Vil1, Muc2, Lyz1), intestinal stem cell markers (e.g., Lgr5, Olfm4, Ascl2), mesenchymal markers (e.g., Pdgfra, Vim), Wnt signaling components (e.g., Wnt3, Wnt5a, Ctnnb1), and various immune genes (e.g., defensins, T cell, B cell, ILC, macrophage markers).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The primary limitation is that there is no functional validation. The study primarily focuses on interpretation of RNA expression. This is a common limitation of transcriptomic "atlas" studies, but the functional and mechanistic relevance of these interpretations remains to be determined.

      (2) The data are derived from bulk RNA-Seq of full-thickness intestinal tissue. While this approach helps capture rare cell types and both epithelial and mesenchymal components simultaneously, it does not provide cell-type specific gene expression profiles, which might obscure important nuances. Future investigations using single-cell sequencing would be a logical follow-up.

      (3) The day 4 samples were omitted due to quality issues, which might have led to missing some dynamic changes, especially given that some ISC genes show dynamic changes around day 6.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses bulk mRNA sequencing to profile transcriptional changes in intestinal cells during the early postnatal period in mice-a developmental window that has received relatively little attention despite its importance. This developmental stage is particularly significant because it parallels late gestation in humans, a time when premature infants are highly vulnerable to necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC). By sampling closely spaced timepoints from birth through postnatal week four, the authors generate a resource that helps define transcriptional trajectories during this phase. Although the primary focus is on murine tissue, the authors also present limited data from human fetal intestinal biopsy samples and organoids.

      Strengths:

      The close temporal sampling in mice offers a detailed view of dynamic transcriptional changes across the first four weeks after birth. The authors leverage these close timepoints to perform hierarchical clustering to define relationships between developmental stages. This is a useful approach, as it highlights when transcriptional states shift most dramatically and allows for functional predictions about classes of genes that vary over time. This high-level analysis provides an effective entry point into the dataset and will be useful for future investigations. The inclusion of human fetal intestinal samples, although limited, is especially notable given the scarcity of data from late fetal timepoints. The authors are generally careful in their presentation of results, acknowledging the limitations of their approach and avoiding over-interpretation. As they note, this dataset is intended as a foundation for their lab and others, with secondary approaches required to more fully explore the biological questions raised. The revised manuscript also addresses many of the issues of clarity and presentation raised in the original review.

      Weaknesses:

      A limitation of the study is the use of bulk mRNA sequencing on unsorted cell populations to draw conclusions about individual cell types. This is particularly challenging for intestinal epithelial cells, where few genes are exclusively expressed in single cell types. For instance, markers such as Lgr5 and Olfm4 are enriched in intestinal stem cells (ISCs), but are also expressed by other absorptive and secretory lineages. Although the authors incorporate marker-based deconvolution analyses, the epithelial signatures used here are not among the cell populations originally validated for mMCPcounter. Conclusions that specific epithelial populations increase or decrease across timepoints would benefit from more robust systematic, complementary validation.

      Validation of the sequencing data in this study remains limited. The authors have added imaging/IF-based validation of mesenchymal populations; however, validation otherwise relies primarily on qPCR, which measures expression using a similar modality rather than providing orthogonal support. Many of the epithelial cell type-specific dynamics inferred from the bulk sequencing and deconvolution analyses are therefore not independently validated. Moreover, the regional differences reported in Lgr5, Olfm4, and Ascl2-appearing much higher in proximal than distal samples-were not recapitulated by qPCR validation of Olfm4. Additional orthogonal validation of these cell type-specific dynamics would be valuable in future studies.

      Finally, the human fetal biopsy samples represent a potentially valuable component of the study given the scarcity of data from these developmental timepoints, but the conclusions that can currently be drawn from these samples are limited. The central figure presenting these data shows immunofluorescence for LGR5, a single stem cell marker, and the staining at day 35 is difficult to interpret. The data support localization of LGR5-positive cells to crypts as early as 26 weeks, but more extensive analysis would be needed to draw broader conclusions about human intestinal development. Thus, while inclusion of these samples adds value to the study, this component remains relatively limited in scope.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors aimed to clarify the transcriptional changes across murine postnatal small intestinal development (0 days to 1 month) in both the duodenum and ileum, a period that shows morphological similarity to 20-30 week old fetal humans. This is an especially critical stage in human intestinal development, as necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC) usually manifests during these stages.

      Strengths:

      The authors assessed numerous timepoints between 0 days and 1 month in the postnatal mouse duodenum and ileum using bulk RNA transcriptomics of bulk-isolated tissues. Cellular deconvolution, based on relative marker expression, was used to clarify immune cell proportions in the bulk RNA sequencing data. They confirmed some transcriptional targets found in vivo primarily in mouse via qrtPCR and immunohistochemistry, but also in human fetal tissues and isolated organoids, and are of decent quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall weakness of this study, as mentioned by the authors themselves, is that the bulk transcriptomic data generated for the study were isolated from non-fractionated bulk intestinal tissue. This makes it difficult to interpret much of this data regarding cellular fractions found across developmental time. It is difficult to rationalize the approach here, as even isolation protocols of epithelial-only or mesenchyme-only tissues for bulk RNA sequencing are well established. The authors address some of these concerns using cellular deconvolution for immune cell populations, which I think might be helpful if they expanded this analysis to other cell types (mesenchyme, endothelium, glia). However, I would assume that bulk isolations across developmental time are going to be influenced primarily by the bulk of tissue-type found at each time point - primarily epithelium. But this is also confirmed by the immune transcripts becoming more apparent later in their time series, as this system becomes more established during weaning. This study might also be strengthened by comparison with data that is publicly available for early fetal stage development in humans. Comparisons between the duodenum and ileum could be strengthened by what we already know from adult data, from both epithelial- and mesenchyme-isolated fractions. The rationale of using the postnatal mouse as a comparison to NEC is also a little unclear- perhaps some of the developmental processes are similar, however, the environments are completely different. For example, even in early postnatal mouse development, you would find microbial activity and milk.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents a valuable resource by generating a comprehensive bulk RNA sequencing catalogue of gene expression in the mouse duodenum and ileum during the first postnatal month. The central findings of this work are based on an analysis of this dataset. Specifically, the authors characterized molecular shifts that occur as the intestine matures from an immature to an adult-like state, investigating both temporal changes and regional differences between the proximal and distal small intestine. A key objective was to identify gene expression patterns relevant to understanding the region-specific susceptibility and resistance to necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC) observed in humans during the postnatal period. They also sought to validate key findings through complementary methods and to provide comparative context with human intestinal samples. This study will provide a solid reference dataset for the community of researchers studying postnatal gastrointestinal development and diseases that arise during these stages. However, the study lacks functional validation of the interpretations.

      Strengths:

      (1) The inclusion of numerous time points (day 0 through 4 weeks) and comparative analyses throughout the first postnatal month.

      (2) Validation of key interpretations of RNA-seq data by other methods.

      (3) Linking mouse postnatal development to human premature infant development, enhancing its clinical relevance, particularly for NEC research. The inclusion of human intestinal biopsy and organoid data for comparison further strengthens this link.

      (4) The investigation covers a wide array of developmental gene categories with known significance, including epithelial differentiation markers (e.g., Vil1, Muc2, Lyz1), intestinal stem cell markers (e.g., Lgr5, Olfm4, Ascl2), mesenchymal markers (e.g., Pdgfra, Vim), Wnt signaling components (e.g., Wnt3, Wnt5a, Ctnnb1), and various immune genes (e.g., defensins, T cell, B cell, ILC, macrophage markers).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The primary limitation is that there is no functional validation. The study primarily focuses on the interpretation of RNA expression. This is a common limitation of transcriptomic "atlas" studies, but the functional and mechanistic relevance of these interpretations remains to be determined.

      (2) The data are derived from bulk RNA-Seq of full-thickness intestinal tissue. While this approach helps capture rare cell types and both epithelial and mesenchymal components simultaneously, it does not provide cell-type-specific gene expression profiles, which might obscure important nuances. Future investigations using single-cell sequencing would be a logical follow-up.

      (3) The day 4 samples were omitted due to quality issues, which might have led to missing some dynamic changes, especially given that some ISC genes show dynamic changes around day 6.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses bulk mRNA sequencing to profile transcriptional changes in intestinal cells during the early postnatal period in mice - a developmental window that has received relatively little attention despite its importance. This developmental stage is particularly significant because it parallels late gestation in humans, a time when premature infants are highly vulnerable to necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC). By sampling closely spaced timepoints from birth through postnatal week four, the authors generate a resource that helps define transcriptional trajectories during this phase. Although the primary focus is on murine tissue, the authors also present limited data from human fetal intestinal biopsy samples and organoids. In addition, they discuss potential links between observed gene expression changes and factors that may contribute to NEC.

      Strengths:

      The close temporal sampling in mice offers a detailed view of dynamic transcriptional changes across the first four weeks after birth. The authors leverage these close timepoints to perform hierarchical clustering to define relationships between developmental stages. This is a useful approach, as it highlights when transcriptional states shift most dramatically and allows for functional predictions about classes of genes that vary over time. This high-level analysis provides an effective entry point into the dataset and will be useful for future investigations. The inclusion of human fetal intestinal samples, although limited, is especially notable given the scarcity of data from late fetal timepoints. The authors are generally careful in their presentation of results, acknowledging the limitations of their approach and avoiding over-interpretation. As they note, this dataset is intended as a foundation for their lab and others, with secondary approaches required to more fully explore the biological questions raised.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation of the study is the use of bulk mRNA sequencing to draw conclusions about individual cell types. It has been documented that a few genes are exclusively expressed in single cell types. For instance, markers such as Lgr5 and Olfm4 are enriched in intestinal stem cells (ISCs), but they are also expressed at lower levels in other lineages and in differentiating cells. Using these markers as proxies for specific cell populations lowers confidence in the conclusions, particularly without complementary validation to confirm cell type-specific dynamics.

      Validation of the sequencing data was itself limited, relying primarily on qPCR, which measures expression at the same modality rather than providing orthogonal support. It is unclear how the authors selected the subset of genes for validation; many key genes highlighted in the sequencing data were not assessed. Moreover, the regional differences reported in Lgr5, Olfm4, and Ascl2, appearing much higher in proximal samples than in distal ones, were not recapitulated by qPCR validation of Olfm4, and this discrepancy was not addressed. Resolving such inconsistencies will be important for interpreting the dataset.

      The basis for linking particular gene sets to NEC susceptibility rests largely on their spatial restriction to the distal intestine and their temporal regulation between early (day 0-14) and later (weeks 3-4) developmental stages. While this is a reasonable approach for generating hypotheses, the correlations have limited interpretive power without experimental validation, which is not provided here. Many factors beyond NEC may drive regional and temporal differences in intestinal development.

      Finally, the contribution of human fetal biopsy samples is minimal. The central figure presenting these data (Figure 4A) shows immunofluorescence for LGR5, a single stem cell marker. The staining at day 35 is not convincing, and the conclusions that can be drawn are limited to confirming the localization of LGR5-positive cells to crypts as early as 26 weeks.

      We have added additional figures and significantly edited the manuscript based on the insightful suggestions of the reviewers. We added epithelial and mesenchymal deconvolutions as well as additional protein-based analyses using IF. We are very pleased with the improvements since then initial submission, and hope the reviewers will feel similarly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Two of the reviewers mentioned that the correlations with NEC may be speculative and/or hypothesis-generating. For example, as noted by Reviewer 3, "While this is a reasonable approach for generating hypotheses, the correlations have limited interpretive power without experimental validation, which is not provided here." Based on this, I would recommend that the authors remove the correlations between NEC susceptibility and gene expression changes from the results section and include this only in the discussion section. All reviewers felt that some additional validation of major findings from bulk RNA-seq is warranted. Reviewer 1 suggested additional comparisons with single-cell data or isolated populations; however, as noted by other reviewers, some additional validation using protein markers (i.e., immunofluorescence) would suffice to bolster findings and claims. Reviewers 2 and 3 provide several specific, detailed suggestions below that will improve the clarity of the manuscript through text revisions.

      Thank you to the editor and reviewers for critically evaluating the manuscript and suggesting these changes to strengthen the work.

      We agree that linking the study to NEC was overly theoretical, and have revised the focus of the paper to focus on early postnatal development, removing the speculative links to NEC susceptibility.

      We have added additional antibody-based immunofluorescence data to consider cognate protein expression in Figure 10. We expanded the evaluation of the mesenchymal cell populations, which is particularly poorly characterized in this period.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My primary concern is for the authors to adequately deconvolute their bulk RNA datasets and to perform additional comparison analyses with either bulk or single-cell isolated epithelium and/or mesenchyme from either adult mice (for regionality) or human fetal data.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We performed an epithelial cell deconvolution and a mesenchymal cell deconvolution using published datasets and add this information as figure 4. We were unable to perform the mesenchymal deconvolution at the time of submission, because this compartment is understudied, however a recent preprint published mouse single-cell data that we were able to use for this analysis.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I think that this study will serve as a solid reference for those interested in postnatal intestinal development, and currently, there is a key lack of studies during these stages. I'd strongly suggest making some of the figures more "readable". For example, the font size along many axes and figure legends is very challenging to read when printed out. There are also some minor errors that I caught, but the authors should probably look through more thoroughly:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s enthusiasm for the study. We have attempted to make the figure text more legible.

      (1) In the Results section, the text states "stained tissue sections for CD19 (Fig. 5, column 4)". This should be Fig. 8.

      Corrected, thank you.

      (2) In the abbreviations section, MHCII is misspelled.

      Corrected, thank you.

      (3) The abstract has an extra period after ileum.

      Corrected, thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Some elements lack precise language that could lead to misconceptions. For example, I disagree with the use of the term duodenum to designate samples taken from the entire proximal half of the small intestine. The duodenum is well established to represent only a small portion of the proximal-most intestine.

      I think this may be a misunderstanding? The RNA samples were taken from the first 2cm of small bowel and the ileal samples form the last 2cm, so for any RNA work these labels are appropriate. For the histology, we prepped the samples initially by bisecting the SI, however the images presented are only from the duodenum or ileum, which we could determine by standardizing the Swiss roll orientation during the prep as we describe in the methods. We have added text to clarify this to the reader in the methods: “We analyzed only the segments that corresponded to the duodenum and ileum for the histology, in order to maintain consistency with the RNA data.”

      (2) At the start of the Results section, it would be helpful to emphasize that the initial data presented are from murine tissue rather than human (this is stated in the introduction, but it is easy to lose track since both mouse and human tissue are used throughout). A graphic overview of all samples obtained would also aid clarity. The species should be clearly noted in each figure legend to avoid confusion.

      Thank you for these great suggestions. We added language in the results section, added a logo designating mouse or human to each figure, and also added a graphical overview of the samples (Fig. --).

      (3) The statement "PCA of all samples showed that duodenal samples and ileal samples intermixed and did not segregate by tissue type in early development but segregated more at later time points (Supp. Fig. 1C)" is not clearly supported by the data as presented; this panel requires timepoint annotations.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have added this data as a new panel in this figure, 1D.

      (4) The heatmaps in Figure 1C-D could be moved to the supplement, with main-figure heatmaps showing the subset of samples actually used for downstream analyses (e.g., with days 4 and 6 removed).

      We have removed Fig. 1 C-D to the supplement, thank you for the suggestion. Fig. 1 E-F now become C-D and contain the heatmap of the samples actually used.

      (5) Two batches are labeled in Figures 1C-D but are not mentioned in the text. Batches should be described in the Methods and noted in figures. Please clarify how batch effects in the sequencing data were assessed.

      Thank you for asking us to clarify this for readers. We have added a section to the methods to explain the need for the batches (too many samples for one run on the sequencer we were using at the time) and how they were handled in the data analysis.

      (6) While the rationale for focusing on specific timepoints and regions potentially relevant to NEC susceptibility is appreciated, the interpretation that these transcriptional changes directly relate to NEC pathology is highly speculative. In my view, these points could be minimized in the Results and moved to the Discussion.

      We agree that linking the study to NEC was overly theoretical, and have revised the focus of the paper to focus on early postnatal development, removing the speculative links to NEC susceptibility.

      (7) Figure 3A: Could EpCAM be included as a canonical epithelial marker?

      We have included EpCAM in the epithelial cell markers (Fig. 3A).

      (8) The use of the word 'expansion' in the phrase "suggesting that epithelial expansion is represented by cluster 2" is unclear and should be clarified or better supported.

      Thank you, this word was imprecise. We have revised the text to: “suggesting that epithelial villus growth, potentially in the form of increased length or increased density, is represented by cluster 2.”

      (9) Please consider incorporating the newly identified intestinal stem cell marker Fgfbp1 (Capdevila et al. and Malagola et al., Cell 2024) in the ISC marker panel.

      We have now included Fgfbp1 (removed Ascl2 to make space given it was redundant with Olfm4 and Lgr5), however we note that the paper referenced by the reviewer suggests that Fgfbp1 marks a distinct population of stem cells, rather than redundantly marking the Lgr5+ISC we previously sought to highlight in this panel.

      (10) The conclusions that can be drawn from the human organoid data in Figure 4B are unclear. In the Methods, please note when cells were collected (i.e., days post-passage) and whether this was consistent across samples.

      Thank you. The samples were consistently grown to confluence, collected 5 days after the most recent passage to allow the organoids to recover. We have added this to the details on this experiment’s methodology.

      (11) In discussing regional Wnt regulation, consider citing and relating findings to Maimets et al., Nat Commun 2022. Other relevant literature on zonation could also be included in the discussion.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We pulled some of the genes indicated in this Maimets study to associate with zonation and discussed them in the context of the Wnt figure (Fig. 5D) and added some discussion on this.

      (12) More precise language and references would strengthen descriptions of analysis approaches. For example: "We sought to confirm some of these findings using the newer RNAseq immune cell deconvolution approach that combines key genes..." - is this a published method that can be explicitly cited?

      Thank you for noting this. We have changed the language introducing this section and added references for deconvolution.

      (13) The figure callout in "the proportion of CD19+ increased over time as a percentage of the total PP lesions (Supplementary Figure 3C), indicating enlargement of the germinal centers of time" appears incorrect. The conclusion that this reflects germinal center enlargement is not, in my view, supported by the data.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s point that relative proportionality of the PP may not be strictly a function of size, and have removed this conclusion statement accordingly.

      (14) Phrases such as "the data was very messy and hard to interpret" could be replaced with more precise language appropriate to a scientific report (though I sympathize!).

      Thank you for pointing out this overly informal language, we have revised.

      (15) Ensure consistent lettering conventions across figure legends.

      Corrected for consistency, thank you.

      (15) In Figure 2, larger axis text and an indication of the developmental timeline would improve clarity. The meaning of the x-axis label "GeneRatio" should also be clarified.

      Given the amount of text in this figure, it is impossible to enlarge the text more, unfortunately. We wanted to show more the family names and cluster patterns. Persons uses an e-version (majority of readers today) can easily zoom in to see more detail if desired. We added text to the figure legend “Gene ratio on the y-axis indicates the proportion of your significantly altered genes that are involved in a specific biological pathway or function.”

      (16) In Figure 3 (and other similar mRNAseq/validation panels), maintaining a consistent color code between mRNAseq and qPCR validation would aid interpretation. In panel F, the key's colors should align with the graph.

      We adjusted the qPCR figures to correspond with the RNASeq.

      (17) In Figure 4, please specify which intestinal region the samples are from, as this is especially relevant given the regional differences observed in the murine data.

      Thank you, these are from ileum, we have designated this more clearly in the figure.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is an important study that establishes a novel and enabling 3D super-resolution imaging approach for visualizing the nanoscale organization of AMPA receptors in thick mouse brain tissue. The biological findings are of importance and interest to the neuroscience field, with potential implications for neurodegenerative disease research. However, the evidence remains incomplete and some of the biological conclusions would benefit from strengthened quantitative analysis and revisions to the manuscript to ensure that the interpretations are appropriately aligned with what is supported by the analysis.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a workflow for nanoscale imaging of endogenous synaptic receptors in intact adult brain tissue. By combining live-tissue chemical labeling of native surface AMPA receptors (AMPARs) using the CAM2 probe, two-color 3D super-resolution microscopy, adaptive optics, in situ point spread function retrieval, and chromatic aberration correction, the authors establish a platform for quantitative super-resolution mapping of synaptic architecture deep within brain tissue.

      The authors provide convincing evidence that AMPAR organization differs between the hippocampus and cortex and demonstrate that early tauopathy is associated with selective disruption of extrasynaptic and synaptic nanodomain receptor organization in the hippocampus prior to overt neurodegeneration.

      Beyond the specific biological findings, the work represents a significant technical advance that enables quantitative investigation of endogenous synaptic receptor architecture in native brain tissue and will be of broad interest to researchers in synaptic biology, super-resolution microscopy, and neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      (1) Introduces and validates a strategy for nanoscale imaging of endogenous surface AMPARs in adult brain slices using CAM2 labeling and two-color 3D super-resolution imaging.

      (2) Achieves 10s of nanometers localization precision in thick tissue and validates synaptic structural measurements against previous literature benchmarks.

      (3) Reveals regional differences in AMPAR organization, including a larger extrasynaptic receptor pool in hippocampal regions compared with neighboring cortical regions.

      (4) Identifies early, region-specific alterations in AMPAR distribution and nanodomain organization in the PS19 tauopathy model.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Statistical power is limited by the relatively small number of animals analyzed, although large numbers of synaptic structures were sampled within each mouse.

      (2) Synaptic classification relies on PSD-95 cluster detection criteria that may bias analysis toward more strongly enriched synapses, as acknowledged by the authors.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a technically sophisticated effort to visualize the nanoscale organization of native surface AMPA receptors in adult mouse brain. The authors combine chemical labeling of endogenous AMPARs with 3D, 2-color super-resolution microscopy. They use this to compare hippocampal and cortical AMPAR organization and to characterize changes in a P301S mutant mouse tauopathy model. The authors report a greater density of surface AMPAR localizations in hippocampal CA1 than in two examined cortical regions, as well as a smaller fraction of AMPARs organized in synaptic clusters. They report that PS19 tauopathy is associated with reduced hippocampal AMPAR localization density, a relative depletion of the population classified as extrasynaptic, and reduced organization of receptors within synaptic nanodomains.

      Strengths:

      The methodological contribution is substantial. The authors developed a valuable set of methods for examining endogenous surface AMPAR organization in brain tissue. The imaging methodology could be useful across many questions in synaptic neuroscience.

      Weaknesses:

      While the biological observations are interesting, several aspects of the neuroscience interpretation require clarification, and some of the biological conclusions should be weakened unless the measurements can better justify them. I provide several comments intended to strengthen this interesting manuscript.

      (1) The authors measure fluorescent localization counts but often interpret these as AMPAR numbers. I believe that individual fluorophores can generate multiple localizations and that labeling efficiency can vary, challenging their frequent interpretation as AMPAR numbers. Importantly, AMPARs are tetrameric complexes with potentially different subunit compositions, so one AMPAR could be observed as 0-4 fluorescent localizations. The uncertainty is particularly important for comparisons of AMPAR abundance per cluster and nanodomain. The authors should consistently distinguish localization density from receptor number and clarify which conclusions depend on assumptions about labeling and the assumptions of photophysical equivalence between experimental conditions. The paper would be more rigorous and the claims more legitimate if the authors were disciplined throughout about using empirical descriptors instead of interpretations.

      (2) The distinction between synaptic and extrasynaptic receptors is central to the manuscript. The authors identify synaptic receptors either through density-based clustering or proximity to PSD-95 clusters. However, neither measure directly establishes anatomical synaptic localization. This is particularly consequential because only ~1/3 of morphologically identified YFP-positive spines contain PSD-95 clusters that meet the detection criteria. It seems to me that AMPARs associated with weakly-labeled or undetected synapses could then be erroneously classified as extrasynaptic. PSD-95 detection should be assessed across regions and genotypes, and a sensitivity analysis undertaken to ensure that the conclusions are robust to the choices of clustering and distance thresholds.

      (3) The authors suggest that the larger extrasynaptic AMPAR population in the hippocampus provides a reserve for rapid synaptic recruitment and that its reduction in tauopathy constrains plasticity. This is plausible, but receptor abundance does not establish receptor mobility or availability for synaptic capture. The importance of AMPAR surface diffusion for hippocampal LTP and contextual learning has been demonstrated (see Penn et al., Nature, 2017), but the current study does not measure diffusion or receptor exchange. The authors should temper their interpretation and explain the caveats.

      (4) The authors infer that there has been a preferential extrasynaptic AMPAR loss from the reduced total AMPAR localization density and the increased synaptic fraction they measured. Because both synaptic and extrasynaptic populations could decrease even when the synaptic fraction increases, they should calculate the synaptic and extrasynaptic localization densities separately for each mouse. This would clarify the magnitude and selectivity of the changes that they report and help to reconcile the potentially contradictory increased synaptic fraction with reduced AMPAR localization density within synaptic clusters and nanodomains.

      (5) The authors adjust DBSCAN parameters for PS19 hippocampus in response to reduced overall localization density. Because the resulting clustering measurements are themselves used to establish genotype differences, it is important to demonstrate that the conclusions are robust to parameter selection. Analyses using identical parameter sets across conditions, together with simulations in which WT localization patterns are subsampled to match PS19 localization density, would help determine whether the reported changes reflect biological reorganization rather than density-dependent detection effects. Similar validation is important for the nanodomain analysis. I found that, in general, the authors should have made a greater effort to ensure that their measurements are robust to the parameter choices.

      (6) CA1 comparisons with motor/somatosensory cortex require more precise anatomical characterization. What cortical layers and hippocampal dendritic compartments are being compared? These are not homogeneous structures in almost any regard. AMPAR or, more empirically, fluorescence localization density per imaging field is not necessarily equivalent to AMPAR density per dendritic membrane area or per synapse. Differences in neuropil composition, spine density, and synapse density could contribute to the observed differences when there is, in fact, no AMPAR density per dendritic membrane area. Proper anatomical normalization or a stricter comparison of equivalent neuronal compartments would strengthen the interpretation. I believe that the authors are aware of the issue, as they did an analysis along a single dendrite, but this has to be done more thoroughly for them to justify the conclusions they assert.

      (7) The main comparisons involve three mice per group, and the authors correctly analyze mouse-level averages. Nonetheless, the small number of biological replicates limits the strength of the conclusions about regional specificity and disease effects. The test statistics and degrees of freedom, not just the p-values, should be presented. In addition, effect sizes and individual mouse values should be presented. The absence of a statistically significant cortical effect does not establish that cortex is unaffected. There could be genotype-by-region interactions, which the authors should check.

      (8) The authors describe that 6-mo PS19 mice precede neurodegeneration and they assert that the observed AMPAR-associated changes relate to the onset of synaptic dysfunction. However, Yoshiyama et al., Neuron, 2007 demonstrate hippocampal synapse loss and impaired synaptic function at three months in PS19 mice, before detecting fibrillary tau. The present observations likely occur after synaptic pathology in thePS19 mice. The authors should distinguish structural correlates of established dysfunction from the mechanisms that may have initiated that dysfunction. More importantly, the assertion that neuronal or synaptic anatomy is preserved in the PS19 mice should be supported by appropriate measurements.

      (9) The reduction of the AMPAR nanodomain organization is potentially important. However, the authors do not measure presynaptic release sites or trans-synaptic alignment. To be rigorous, the data establish altered postsynaptic receptor organization but do not demonstrate disruption of trans-synaptic nanocolumns or establish the functional consequences for quantal transmission. If the authors do not provide evidence for these claims they should not make them and make it clear these are (reasonable) speculations for which they did not collect the data.

    4. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a workflow for nanoscale imaging of endogenous synaptic receptors in intact adult brain tissue. By combining live-tissue chemical labeling of native surface AMPA receptors (AMPARs) using the CAM2 probe, two-color 3D super-resolution microscopy, adaptive optics, in situ point spread function retrieval, and chromatic aberration correction, the authors establish a platform for quantitative super-resolution mapping of synaptic architecture deep within brain tissue.

      The authors provide convincing evidence that AMPAR organization differs between the hippocampus and cortex and demonstrate that early tauopathy is associated with selective disruption of extrasynaptic and synaptic nanodomain receptor organization in the hippocampus prior to overt neurodegeneration.

      Beyond the specific biological findings, the work represents a significant technical advance that enables quantitative investigation of endogenous synaptic receptor architecture in native brain tissue and will be of broad interest to researchers in synaptic biology, super-resolution microscopy, and neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      (1) Introduces and validates a strategy for nanoscale imaging of endogenous surface AMPARs in adult brain slices using CAM2 labeling and two-color 3D super-resolution imaging.

      (2) Achieves 10s of nanometers localization precision in thick tissue and validates synaptic structural measurements against previous literature benchmarks.

      (3) Reveals regional differences in AMPAR organization, including a larger extrasynaptic receptor pool in hippocampal regions compared with neighboring cortical regions.

      (4) Identifies early, region-specific alterations in AMPAR distribution and nanodomain organization in the PS19 tauopathy model.

      We thank the reviewer for reviewing our manuscript and appreciating both the neurological findings, as well as the broader technological advance.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Statistical power is limited by the relatively small number of animals analyzed, although large numbers of synaptic structures were sampled within each mouse.

      We agree that despite sampling a large number of synaptic structures and imaging fields per mouse, a sample size of n=3 mice per genotype is a limitation of the study. We will highlight this point in the discussion section.

      (2) Synaptic classification relies on PSD-95 cluster detection criteria that may bias analysis toward more strongly enriched synapses, as acknowledged by the authors.

      We do agree and acknowledge in the manuscript that PSD-95 cluster detection may bias the synaptic fraction analysis towards more enriched synapses. In addition, we will also compare PSD-95 cluster detection across brain regions and genotypes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a technically sophisticated effort to visualize the nanoscale organization of native surface AMPA receptors in adult mouse brain. The authors combine chemical labeling of endogenous AMPARs with 3D, 2-color super-resolution microscopy. They use this to compare hippocampal and cortical AMPAR organization and to characterize changes in a P301S mutant mouse tauopathy model. The authors report a greater density of surface AMPAR localizations in hippocampal CA1 than in two examined cortical regions, as well as a smaller fraction of AMPARs organized in synaptic clusters. They report that PS19 tauopathy is associated with reduced hippocampal AMPAR localization density, a relative depletion of the population classified as extrasynaptic, and reduced organization of receptors within synaptic nanodomains.

      Strengths:

      The methodological contribution is substantial. The authors developed a valuable set of methods for examining endogenous surface AMPAR organization in brain tissue. The imaging methodology could be useful across many questions in synaptic neuroscience.

      We thank the reviewer for reviewing our manuscript and appreciating the imaging methodology developed in this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      While the biological observations are interesting, several aspects of the neuroscience interpretation require clarification, and some of the biological conclusions should be weakened unless the measurements can better justify them. I provide several comments intended to strengthen this interesting manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the in-depth comments which will help strengthen our manuscript. We provide our response to each of them below.

      (1) The authors measure fluorescent localization counts but often interpret these as AMPAR numbers. I believe that individual fluorophores can generate multiple localizations and that labeling efficiency can vary, challenging their frequent interpretation as AMPAR numbers. Importantly, AMPARs are tetrameric complexes with potentially different subunit compositions, so one AMPAR could be observed as 0-4 fluorescent localizations. The uncertainty is particularly important for comparisons of AMPAR abundance per cluster and nanodomain. The authors should consistently distinguish localization density from receptor number and clarify which conclusions depend on assumptions about labeling and the assumptions of photophysical equivalence between experimental conditions. The paper would be more rigorous and the claims more legitimate if the authors were disciplined throughout about using empirical descriptors instead of interpretations.

      We agree that due to the photo-physical behavior of the fluorophore combined with the tetrameric AMPAR composition and labeling efficiency variations, the AMPAR localizations should not be directly interpreted as absolute AMPAR numbers. We will standardize the wording to “AMPAR localizations” instead of “number of AMPARs / receptors” used at times in the Result and Discussion sections. We will also add an explicit statement of the labeling and photophysical assumptions and of which comparisons depend on photophysical equivalence across conditions. Because all samples are prepared, labeled and imaged identically, relative differences in localization density remain valid. We already note the requirements for absolute AMPAR counting in the Discussion section and will expand that caveat.

      (2) The distinction between synaptic and extrasynaptic receptors is central to the manuscript. The authors identify synaptic receptors either through density-based clustering or proximity to PSD-95 clusters. However, neither measure directly establishes anatomical synaptic localization. This is particularly consequential because only ~1/3 of morphologically identified YFP-positive spines contain PSD-95 clusters that meet the detection criteria. It seems to me that AMPARs associated with weakly-labeled or undetected synapses could then be erroneously classified as extrasynaptic. PSD-95 detection should be assessed across regions and genotypes, and a sensitivity analysis undertaken to ensure that the conclusions are robust to the choices of clustering and distance thresholds.

      We agree with the concern and acknowledge in the manuscript that PSD-95 cluster detection may bias the synaptic fraction analysis towards more enriched synapses. We also thank the reviewer for additional analysis suggestions. We will include a comparison of PSD-95 cluster detection across regions and genotypes. We note that in fig. S7, we already compare two AMPAR-PSD-95 distance thresholds used to define the synaptic region, showing that the differences in synaptic fraction across regions and genotypes are insensitive to small changes in the threshold choice. In addition, we will perform a broader sensitivity analysis of the proximity-based synaptic fraction measurement across varying distance thresholds and PSD-95 clustering parameters.

      (3) The authors suggest that the larger extrasynaptic AMPAR population in the hippocampus provides a reserve for rapid synaptic recruitment and that its reduction in tauopathy constrains plasticity. This is plausible, but receptor abundance does not establish receptor mobility or availability for synaptic capture. The importance of AMPAR surface diffusion for hippocampal LTP and contextual learning has been demonstrated (see Penn et al., Nature, 2017), but the current study does not measure diffusion or receptor exchange. The authors should temper their interpretation and explain the caveats.

      We agree. Our data measures spatial distributions and not diffusion or receptor exchange. We will present the reserve-pool interpretation (a pool available for rapid synaptic recruitment) explicitly as a hypothesis motivated by prior work rather than a conclusion, and add the caveat that diffusion or exchange measurements would be needed to test it.

      (4) The authors infer that there has been a preferential extrasynaptic AMPAR loss from the reduced total AMPAR localization density and the increased synaptic fraction they measured. Because both synaptic and extrasynaptic populations could decrease even when the synaptic fraction increases, they should calculate the synaptic and extrasynaptic localization densities separately for each mouse. This would clarify the magnitude and selectivity of the changes that they report and help to reconcile the potentially contradictory increased synaptic fraction with reduced AMPAR localization density within synaptic clusters and nanodomains.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We will include a comparison of synaptic and extrasynaptic densities calculated separately for each mouse. This will certainly help clarify the magnitude and selectivity of the reported changes.

      (5) The authors adjust DBSCAN parameters for PS19 hippocampus in response to reduced overall localization density. Because the resulting clustering measurements are themselves used to establish genotype differences, it is important to demonstrate that the conclusions are robust to parameter selection. Analyses using identical parameter sets across conditions, together with simulations in which WT localization patterns are subsampled to match PS19 localization density, would help determine whether the reported changes reflect biological reorganization rather than density-dependent detection effects. Similar validation is important for the nanodomain analysis. I found that, in general, the authors should have made a greater effort to ensure that their measurements are robust to the parameter choices.

      We will separate the two requested analysis, which serve different purposes.

      (i) Identical parameters across conditions: we show in Fig. S9 that identical parameters under-detect AMPAR clusters in the lower density PS19 hippocampus, which is precisely why we scaled the DBSCAN parameters for AMPAR cluster analysis in PS19 hippocampus. Moreover, the proximity-based synaptic fraction measurement, which is independent of any AMPAR cluster analysis, was performed with identical distance thresholds and PSD-95 cluster detection parameters across regions and genotypes. It shows an increase in synaptic fraction in PS19 hippocampus (Fig. 4f).

      (ii) Density-matched subsampling: we agree this is a key control. We will randomly down-sample AMPAR localization in wild-type hippocampus to match the localization density with PS19 hippocampus, and then re-run AMPAR cluster analysis. This will help identify PS19 changes that reflect genuine reorganization and those that reflect density-dependent effects.

      (6) CA1 comparisons with motor/somatosensory cortex require more precise anatomical characterization. What cortical layers and hippocampal dendritic compartments are being compared? These are not homogeneous structures in almost any regard. AMPAR or, more empirically, fluorescence localization density per imaging field is not necessarily equivalent to AMPAR density per dendritic membrane area or per synapse. Differences in neuropil composition, spine density, and synapse density could contribute to the observed differences when there is, in fact, no AMPAR density per dendritic membrane area. Proper anatomical normalization or a stricter comparison of equivalent neuronal compartments would strengthen the interpretation. I believe that the authors are aware of the issue, as they did an analysis along a single dendrite, but this has to be done more thoroughly for them to justify the conclusions they assert.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important concern. We agree that CA1 hippocampus and cortex are not homogeneous structures. We will state the compartments explicitly in the revision. Stratum radiatum layer was imaged in the CA1 region of the hippocampus. In cortex, layer V pyramidal neurons are labeled with YFP in Thy1-YFP-H mice and their apical dendritic field was imaged in layers II/III and IV.

      In the paper, we show AMPAR cluster analysis across the whole imaging field of view, as well as analysis restricted to the AMPAR localizations along a YFP dendrite for comparison. In addition, we will also report membrane area-normalized AMPAR localization density as well as the spine density across brain regions and genotypes.

      (7) The main comparisons involve three mice per group, and the authors correctly analyze mouse-level averages. Nonetheless, the small number of biological replicates limits the strength of the conclusions about regional specificity and disease effects. The test statistics and degrees of freedom, not just the p-values, should be presented. In addition, effect sizes and individual mouse values should be presented. The absence of a statistically significant cortical effect does not establish that cortex is unaffected. There could be genotype-by-region interactions, which the authors should check.

      We agree that despite sampling a large number of synaptic structures and imaging fields per mouse, a sample size of n=3 mice per genotype is a limitation of the study. We will further highlight this point in the discussion section.

      We already report all the individual mouse values plotted in Fig. 3-4, in Tables S5, S10 and S11. In addition, we will report test statistics, degrees of freedom and effect sizes. We will also test for genotype-by-region interactions.

      (8) The authors describe that 6-mo PS19 mice precede neurodegeneration and they assert that the observed AMPAR-associated changes relate to the onset of synaptic dysfunction. However, Yoshiyama et al., Neuron, 2007 demonstrate hippocampal synapse loss and impaired synaptic function at three months in PS19 mice, before detecting fibrillary tau. The present observations likely occur after synaptic pathology in thePS19 mice. The authors should distinguish structural correlates of established dysfunction from the mechanisms that may have initiated that dysfunction. More importantly, the assertion that neuronal or synaptic anatomy is preserved in the PS19 mice should be supported by appropriate measurements.

      Yoshiyama et al., Neuron, 2007 report a decline of synaptophysin and α-synuclein immunoreactivity at 3 months of age, a decline of GluR2/3 immunoreactivity at 6 months of age and reduced basal synaptic transmission and CA1 LTP at 6 months of age in PS19 mice. Whereas the filamentous tau lesions were reported to be developed at 6 months of age and overt neuron loss and brain atrophy was reported by 9-12 months of age. In our manuscript, we already note that functional deficits have been reported by Yoshiyama et al. and others by the 6-months age and do not wish to claim that our reported changes precede synaptic pathology and dysfunction. Our precedence statement is relative to the overt neurodegeneration and brain atrophy that is reported at later stages. We will make this distinction more explicit and update any wording that could be read as framing the AMPAR changes as preceding synaptic pathology and dysfunction. In addition, we will also compare the YFP-labeled spine density across brain regions and genotypes.

      (9) The reduction of the AMPAR nanodomain organization is potentially important. However, the authors do not measure presynaptic release sites or trans-synaptic alignment. To be rigorous, the data establish altered postsynaptic receptor organization but do not demonstrate disruption of trans-synaptic nanocolumns or establish the functional consequences for quantal transmission. If the authors do not provide evidence for these claims they should not make them and make it clear these are (reasonable) speculations for which they did not collect the data.

      We agree that our data establishes altered postsynaptic receptor organization, but does not directly demonstrate the disruption of trans-synaptic nanocolumn. We will restrict our wording to postsynaptic receptor organization and present any statement about nanocolumns or quantal efficacy explicitly as reasonable speculation for which we did not collect any data.

  2. Oct 2026
    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study shows that induced expression of transglutaminase 2 (TG2) fused to an antigenic peptide in mouse intestinal epithelial cells can trigger an anti-TG2 autoantibody response similar to that seen in celiac disease. The conclusions are supported by convincing evidence from a well-designed mouse model, although some additional experiments would strengthen the study. The work will be of interest to researchers studying celiac disease, other autoimmune conditions, and mucosal immunologists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript provides compelling evidence that IEC-derived TG2 can drive anti-TG2 autoimmunity in the presence of gluten-specific T-cell help. However, several issues should be addressed.

      (1) First, the physiological relevance of the TG2-DGP fusion construct should be discussed in greater depth, as the permanently linked fusion protein may not fully recapitulate naturally occurring TG2-gluten complexes.

      (2) Second, the proposed mechanism of antigen uptake into Peyer's patches remains largely inferential, and evidence supporting involvement of M cells or other antigen-sampling pathways would strengthen the conclusions. The authors conclude that Peyer's patches are the primary site of priming and propose that luminal TG2-gluten antigen is sampled from the intestinal lumen. However, the study does not directly demonstrate the route of antigen entry (for example, via M cells, dendritic cells, or other pathways). Additional discussion or experimental evidence supporting the proposed antigen trafficking mechanism would strengthen the conclusions. Given the emphasis on Peyer's patches, direct assessment of M-cell involvement would be particularly valuable.

      Suggested experiment: RANKL-induced M-cell expansion (or M-cell depletion) to test whether M-cell-mediated sampling is required for induction of TG2 autoimmunity.

      Minor Points:

      (1) Villin is known to be expressed throughout the whole villus axis; however, the transgenic model described here seems to express the fusion protein in a specific cell type only; the authors should explain the reason for this. It would be better if the authors specified the region used in immunohistochemistry.

      (2) The authors showed that CD4 proliferation holds high until a dilution of 1:24; however, B cells show until 1:2 dilution. In the co-culturing, the author used CD4: B cells approximately in the ratio of 1:10. The reason for this should be explained and justified.

      (3) The authors showed that TG2-specific B cells were enriched in the PP, accompanied by higher gluten-specific CD4 cells. Recent studies showed that M cells express TGM2 and can indeed present the gliadin peptide to T cells independent of APCs. (Wang et al. 2025 Nature). The authors should discuss this in light of their findings.

      (4) Regarding mice, mentioning the gender and age of the mice is important. Please include this information.

      (5) It would be better if the authors specified the region of tissue used in immunohistochemistry.

      (6) Regarding the lysate preparation, the authors should mention whether they used the whole small tissue or a segment. It would be helpful if the author provides the IEC lysate in terms of protein concentration rather than dilution.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript investigates whether transglutaminase 2 (TG2) released from intestinal epithelial cells (IECs) can trigger anti-TG2 autoantibody production by activating TG2-specific B cells that recognize the TG2-gluten complex, with assistance from gluten-specific T cells.

      Strengths:

      The main study is well designed and mechanistically important, providing direct evidence for a longstanding hypothesis in celiac disease pathogenesis. The mouse model, which uses an inducible TG2 fusion to a deamidated gluten peptide sequence (TG2-DGP fusion) in IECs, is elegant and directly tests a mechanism that could previously only be inferred indirectly. The Sollid group previously showed TG2 is present in the gut lumen (Meling et al., 2024) and can facilitate B-T cell collaboration in vitro (Iversen et al., 2020). This paper closes the loop by showing IEC-restricted TG2-DGP expression drives autoantibody formation in vivo. The experiments include appropriate controls, including the use of a Tgm2-/- B cell donor to avoid confounding by TG2 shed during cell isolation. The paper also shows that B cell expansion occurs in Peyer's patches (PP), whereas class-switching involves mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN).

      Weaknesses:

      Some suggestions for revision:

      (1) Physiological relevance of antigen dose and kinetics. The dox-induced pulse of TG2-DGP expression is a bolus-like event, whereas endogenous IEC shedding and TG2 release presumably occur continuously at low levels. The author should discuss more how the kinetics and magnitude of the induced signal compare with estimated physiological TG2 derived from IEC turnover, and whether the strong immunogenicity observed here could overstate the potency of the natural process.

      (2) The translational value of the model may hinge on epitope relevance. Celiac anti-TG2 antibodies preferentially target a small number of conformational epitopes on open TG2, and this restriction is tied to how TG2 is captured and presented. A central claim of the paper is that IEC-derived TG2 is the relevant source for autoantibody elicitation, rather than extracellular matrix-associated TG2 or other pools. If IEC-derived TG2 only activates non-human-relevant epitopes, that would undermine the claim that this is the mechanism responsible for the actual patient autoantibody repertoire. Whether IEC-derived TG2-DGP would recruit a broader range of TG2 epitopes seen in human disease, or only the subset compatible with this conformational epitope, is worth examining.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript from Løberg and coworkers tests a previously suggested hypothesis for how coeliac disease is triggered. The disease is characterized by T cells responding to deamidated gluten peptides that are invariably associated with the production of IgA antibodies against the self-protein transglutaminase 2 (TG2), which is responsible for the deamidation. According to their hypothesis, intracellular TG2 is released into the gut when intestinal epithelial cells (IEC) are shed into the lumen and degraded, where it forms transient complexes with gluten while deamidating it. As complexes are taken up into gut-associated lymphoid tissues, the complexes will function as hapten-carrier antigens for B-T cell interactions, driving B cell responses against TG2 and T cell responses against deamidated gluten. They have previously created a mouse strain carrying human antibodies specific for TG2, TCR specific for deamidated gluten and HLA molecules that can efficiently present the gluten peptides. Here, they have now created a novel mouse model where they can induce expression of TG2 fused to deamidated gluten peptides in IEC. Using this together with previous mouse strains, they show that IEC lysates from induced animals contain antigens that will activate antigen-specific B and T cells in vitro, and that the fusion protein can be detected in the gut lumen between 12 hours and 3 days after induction of expression. Furthermore, when TG2- and deamidated gluten-specific B and T cells are transferred into the mice that are subsequently induced, TG2-specific IgG and IgA antibodies are produced and there is strong activation of germinal centre responses of the B cells and Tfh responses by the T cells. However, for this response to happen, the transferred T cells need to be orally primed with deamidated peptides and the strong mucosal adjuvant CT before induction of the TG2 fusion protein that will activate B cells.

      Strengths:

      There is a lack of animal models that mimic celiac disease, at least partly because it is a complex condition involving both classical hypersensitivity and autoimmunity. While the major T cell antigens responsible are gluten peptides that have been deamidated through the action of transglutaminase 2 (TG2) and are presented on specific HLA molecules, the disease is also invariably associated with an autoantibody response against the enzyme, TG2, that modifies the peptides, usually consisting of IgA antibodies. The antibody response is so strongly correlated with the disease that it is now used for diagnosis in the clinic. The group responsible for the current work has previously developed mouse models in efforts to study the disease, including strains expressing disease-associated human HLA, TCR and antibodies. Although they have so far not been able to fully replicate the disease in mice, these have been useful tools to study how the disease may be triggered in the gut.

      Where TG2 modifies gluten peptides and where it is encountered by B cells has been a bit of a puzzle. Most agree that TG2 is primarily an intracellular protein, but that significant amounts can also be found extracellularly, attached to cell surfaces or the extracellular matrix. Gluten peptides are mainly located extracellularly or in endosomes, and for this reason extracellular TG2 in the gut have been thought to be most important for deamidation. However, where TG2 is present in the gut has not been definitively answered. In addition, an attractive model that would explain the immune responses is that extracellular TG2 bind gluten peptides, that these are taken up by TG2-specific B cells, and deamidated peptides are subsequently presented on MHCII for T cells. This would require TG2-peptide complexes to be present extracellularly where B and T cells are both present. The authors have previously hypothesized that TG2 may be produced in IEC and released into the gut lumen, where it would form complexes with gluten peptides and then be taken up by M cells positioned over gut-associated lymphoid tissues, in particular Peyer´s patches. Previously, they have demonstrated that B and T cells can be forced to interact in Peyer´s patches following an oral immunization with antibodies specifically recognizing that B cell receptor that are linked to a gluten peptide in the presence of a strong mucosal adjuvant in the form of cholera toxin.

      Here, the authors now specifically address whether expression of TG2 in IEC is sufficient to trigger autoreactive B and T cells to respond. They show that induced expression of a TG2-gluten peptide fusion protein specifically in IECs is sufficient to trigger the production of IgG and IgA antibodies against TG2 when antigen-specific B and T cells are present. Following induction, they also demonstrate activation of B and T cells in Peyer´s patches, resulting in autoantibody production of IgA and IgG antibodies. The use of an inductive system to express the antigen is an important control, with transferred cells only activated when the antigen is produced. In addition, the fact that activation of cells mainly occurs in Peyer´s patches further supports that it is dependent on TG2 fusion protein secreted into the gut lumen that triggers the response, as the main function of Peyer´s patches is to initiate responses to antigen in the lumen.

      Overall, the authors present convincing data that proteins primarily present intracellularly in IEC can trigger antigen-specific responses in Peyer´s patches, given that antigen-specific B and T cells are present.

      Weaknesses:

      This paper is still some way from establishing a mouse model that mimics celiac disease, and the authors do not make any such claims. It demonstrates a situation that could be similar to when celiac disease is first triggered in humans. However, the fact that a TG2-specific IgA antibody response can be triggered in the model does not necessarily show that it can be triggered in a more natural situation (when the antigen would need to be a TG2 - gluten peptide complex) or that it is the only way for such a response to be triggered. Hence, it does not really prove that the model describes the situation in people with coeliac disease, only that a similar response can be triggered in the mouse model.

      There are also many remaining questions regarding the response that could have been further developed. Some of which should probably have been addressed already in this manuscript. First, given the importance of the expression of the antigen in IECs into the lumen and the strong responses in Peyer´s patches, the authors should have provided additional information about the expression of the TG2-fusion protein in epithelial cells in the follicular-associated epithelium covering and other epithelia surrounding the structure. Is it possible that even M cells express the antigen, and that it may not need to be in the lumen to reach the Peyer´s patches? Second, it is not addressed whether antigen-specific pre-activation of T cells using peptide and CT is strictly needed or if CT alone could have created an environment where antigen-specific responses are triggered by the TG2 fusion protein alone (i.e. using CT as an adjuvant for a response to an antigen expressed in IEC). Or even if other inflammatory gut responses, not necessarily triggered by CT but instead by virus, pathogenic bacteria or oral dextran, would have sufficed. Although T cell cross-reactivity to external antigens could play a role in humans developing disease, it would be easier to envision a situation where any gut inflammation, in the presence of antigen-specific B and T cells and a susceptible HLA environment, could trigger a response. Finally, the role of dendritic cells and/or other APCs present in the gut and/or Peyer´s patches in the priming of T cells should probably have been discussed, i.e., whether presentation of antigen by B cells is sufficient or not. If inflammation or CT alone is sufficient for T cell priming (see above), this indirectly supports that direct presentation from B cells may play an important role in T cell activation.

      Other themes that could have been further developed are more general, involving the system and its correlation with celiac disease. For example, what would happen if the expression of the TG2 fusion protein is maintained over time using dox; will damage be observed to the gut mucosa that is similar to the one seen in celiac patients? What would happen when the antigen is no longer expressed? Will the mice maintain memory B and T cells that can rapidly respond upon re-expression of the antigen? Or would the constant presence of endogenous TG2 eventually lead to tolerance development? It would be particularly interesting to see if the cells are first triggered/primed by the expression of the GP2 fusion antigen in IEC, and then determine if memory cells can be activated, or active responses maintained, if gluten is given orally to the mice and its interaction with endogenous TG2 is then sufficient.

    5. Author response:

      We thank you and the three anonymous reviewers for your careful evaluation of our manuscript. We here provide a provisional author response to the reviewer’s comments.

      Reviewer #1:

      Major point 1.

      First, the physiological relevance of the TG2-DGP fusion construct should be discussed in greater depth, as the permanently linked fusion protein may not fully recapitulate naturally occurring TG2-gluten complexes.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point and agree. The TG2-DGP fusion protein is an artificial antigen and enforces a fixed linkage between TG2 and a deamidated gluten peptide, whereas naturally occurring TG2-gluten complexes are transient and their abundance and availability to TG2-specific B cells remains uncertain. We will discuss this limitation in greater detail in our revised manuscript.

      Major point 2.

      Second, the proposed mechanism of antigen uptake into Peyer's patches remains largely inferential, and evidence supporting involvement of M cells or other antigen-sampling pathways would strengthen the conclusions. The authors conclude that Peyer's patches are the primary site of priming and propose that luminal TG2-gluten antigen is sampled from the intestinal lumen. However, the study does not directly demonstrate the route of antigen entry (for example, via M cells, dendritic cells, or other pathways). Additional discussion or experimental evidence supporting the proposed antigen trafficking mechanism would strengthen the conclusions. Given the emphasis on Peyer's patches, direct assessment of M-cell involvement would be particularly valuable.

      Suggested experiment: RANKL-induced M-cell expansion (or M-cell depletion) to test whether M-cell-mediated sampling is required for induction of TG2 autoimmunity.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. Assessing M-cell involvement would indeed be very interesting, and M-cell depletion would be a logical way to test whether M-cell-mediated uptake is required for TG2 autoimmunity in our model. These experiments however require breeding our mice and validating M-cell depletion in our HLA-DQ2.5 Tgm2-ω18merEE x Villin1-rtTA transgenic mice, which is a time-consuming endeavor and would be best suited in a follow-up study. To address the reviewer’s concern in the current manuscript, we will discuss that our data identify the Peyer’s patch as an important site for B-cell priming. We will discuss entry routes via M cells as one plausible mechanism alongside other mechanisms such as uptake by dendritic cells.

      Minor point 1.  

      Villin is known to be expressed throughout the whole villus axis; however, the transgenic model described here seems to express the fusion protein in a specific cell type only; the authors should explain the reason for this. It would be better if the authors specified the region used in immunohistochemistry.

      We will address this point and provide additional data on the expression of the TG2-DGP fusion protein in epithelial cells the revised manuscript, as is also recommended by reviewer #3.

      Minor point 2.

      The authors showed that CD4 proliferation holds high until a dilution of 1:24; however, B cells show until 1:2 dilution. In the co-culturing, the author used CD4: B cells approximately in the ratio of 1:10. The reason for this should be explained and justified.

      The CD4 T cell : B cell ratio used here was not specifically optimized for this study, and the choice of ratio, if any, was primarily a result of relatively poor CD4 T cell yields. We agree that the T cell and B cell readouts differ in sensitivity, consistent with our previous publication (PMID 34731200) in which we observed efficient T-cell proliferation in response to recombinant TG2-DGP fusion protein at much lower antigen concentrations then those required to detect B-cell proliferation. Because B-cell proliferation depends on T-cell help, we acknowledge that the ratio can affect the B-cell readout, particularly at low antigen doses. Our conclusion, however, does not concern the antigen threshold required to activate either cell type, but rather that the epithelial cell lysate engages both T cells and B cells.

      Minor point 3.

      The authors showed that TG2-specific B cells were enriched in the PP, accompanied by higher gluten-specific CD4 cells. Recent studies showed that M cells express TGM2 and can indeed present the gliadin peptide to T cells independent of APCs. (Wang et al. 2025 Nature). The authors should discuss this in light of their findings.

      The paper the reviewer refers to demonstrates that human M cells can present antigens to T cells, but importantly the same paper shows that mouse M cells do not have this capacity. This species difference infers that this mechanism does not affect the interpretation of our mouse model. It is also not directly relevant to the question our study addresses as M-cell presentation to T cells does not explain how TG2-specific B cells acquire TG2-gluten antigen, which is the step that drives the autoantibody response in our model.

      Minor point 4.

      Regarding mice, mentioning the gender and age of the mice is important. Please include this information.

      This information will be included in the revised manuscript.

      Minor point 5.

      It would be better if the authors specified the region of tissue used in immunohistochemistry.

      See response to minor point 1.

      Minor point 6.

      Regarding the lysate preparation, the authors should mention whether they used the whole small tissue or a segment. It would be helpful if the author provides the IEC lysate in terms of protein concentration rather than dilution.

      This information will be included in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2:

      Major point 1.

      Physiological relevance of antigen dose and kinetics. The dox-induced pulse of TG2-DGP expression is a bolus-like event, whereas endogenous IEC shedding and TG2 release presumably occur continuously at low levels. The author should discuss more how the kinetics and magnitude of the induced signal compare with estimated physiological TG2 derived from IEC turnover, and whether the strong immunogenicity observed here could overstate the potency of the natural process.

      The reviewer raises a very important and valid point that also relates to major point 1 raised by reviewer #1. We will discuss how our artificial model relates to endogenous TG2-gluten complex formation in greater depth in the revised manuscript.  

      Major point 2.

      The translational value of the model may hinge on epitope relevance. Celiac anti-TG2 antibodies preferentially target a small number of conformational epitopes on open TG2, and this restriction is tied to how TG2 is captured and presented. A central claim of the paper is that IEC-derived TG2 is the relevant source for autoantibody elicitation, rather than extracellular matrix-associated TG2 or other pools. If IEC-derived TG2 only activates non-human-relevant epitopes, that would undermine the claim that this is the mechanism responsible for the actual patient autoantibody repertoire. Whether IEC-derived TG2-DGP would recruit a broader range of TG2 epitopes seen in human disease, or only the subset compatible with this conformational epitope, is worth examining.

      The anti-TG2 B cells in our model carry a B-cell receptor derived from a celiac disease patient, which targets epitope 1 of TG2, a dominant epitope of celiac autoantibodies. This antibody binds mouse and human TG2 with equal affinity (PMID ID 31727780). The response elicited in our model is therefore directed at a human disease-relevant epitope, an epitope that is also present on mouse TG2. We will clarify this in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3:

      Major point 1.

      First, given the importance of the expression of the antigen in IECs into the lumen and the strong responses in Peyer´s patches, the authors should have provided additional information about the expression of the TG2-fusion protein in epithelial cells in the follicular-associated epithelium covering and other epithelia surrounding the structure. Is it possible that even M cells express the antigen, and that it may not need to be in the lumen to reach the Peyer´s patches?

      We will address this point and provide additional data on the expression of the TG2-DGP fusion protein in epithelial cells of the follicular-associated epithelium in the revised manuscript. 

      Major point 2.

      Second, it is not addressed whether antigen-specific pre-activation of T cells using peptide and CT is strictly needed or if CT alone could have created an environment where antigen-specific responses are triggered by the TG2 fusion protein alone (i.e. using CT as an adjuvant for a response to an antigen expressed in IEC). Or even if other inflammatory gut responses, not necessarily triggered by CT but instead by virus, pathogenic bacteria or oral dextran, would have sufficed. Although T cell cross-reactivity to external antigens could play a role in humans developing disease, it would be easier to envision a situation where any gut inflammation, in the presence of antigen-specific B and T cells and a susceptible HLA environment, could trigger a response.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that it is relevant to assess whether an inflammatory environment could trigger antigen-specific responses to the TG2-gluten fusion protein. To address this, we will attempt to include new experimental data in the revised manuscript in which the pre-activation of gluten-specific T cells is omitted, and cholera toxin as adjuvant is administered at the time of TG2-gluten protein induction. Testing other inflammatory triggers such as viral or bacterial infection is beyond the scope of the study, but we will discuss it as an important question in the revised version.

      Major point 3.

      Finally, the role of dendritic cells and/or other APCs present in the gut and/or Peyer´s patches in the priming of T cells should probably have been discussed, i.e., whether presentation of antigen by B cells is sufficient or not. If inflammation or CT alone is sufficient for T cell priming (see above), this indirectly supports that direct presentation from B cells may play an important role in T cell activation.

      We will expand the discussion on priming by B cells, dendritic cells and other antigen-presenting cells in light of the new data from Major point 2. We note that these experiments will indicate whether antibody responses can occur without pre-activation of T cells with peptide and cholera toxin, but they will not by themselves identify B cells as the antigen-presenting cells involved in priming of the T cells.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a valuable finding on the condition dependence of autophagy-mediated lifespan regulation in C. elegans. The evidence is solid, as the data broadly support the main claims, although variability between biological replicates in several of the performed experiments and mechanistic exploration with only a limited set of experimental techniques leave some conclusions less firmly established. The work will be of interest to researchers studying autophagy, ageing, and intracellular trafficking.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hsiung et al. investigated whether the effects of autophagy gene knockdown on the lifespan of long-lived C. elegans mutants depend on experimental conditions. The authors first compiled published data on autophagy-dependent lifespan regulation in daf-2 and wild-type backgrounds, highlighting that prior results are notably inconsistent and likely context-dependent. They then systematically tested the lifespan effects of RNAi knockdown of six autophagy genes (atg-2, atg-4.1, atg-9, atg-13, atg-18, and bec-1) in wild-type (N2), daf-2 (reduced insulin/IGF-1 signalling), and glp-1 (germlineless) animals, while varying temperature, daf-2 allele, FUDR concentration, and bacterial infection status.

      The key findings are as follows. In wild-type animals, lifespan suppression by most autophagy gene knockdowns was more pronounced at 20°C than at 25°C, where little or no effect was observed. In daf-2 mutants, stronger lifespan suppression was seen in the weaker daf-2(e1368) allele at 20°C, but not in the stronger daf-2(e1370) allele, and effects were largely absent at 25°C. In glp-1 mutants, four of six gene knockdowns suppressed lifespan to a greater extent than in N2, though again in a temperature-dependent manner. FUDR at a high concentration (800 µM) abolished the life-shortening effects of most knockdowns and, in the case of atg-9 and atg-13, led to lifespan extension. Kanamycin treatment to eliminate bacterial proliferation did not fully account for the lifespan effects, suggesting that increased susceptibility to infection is not the primary mechanism. The authors also tested the programmed aging hypothesis that autophagy promotes lifespan reduction through biomass repurposing, but found no changes in vitellogenin levels upon knockdown of any of the six genes.

      Altogether, among all genes tested, atg-18 knockdown produced the strongest and most consistent lifespan suppression across nearly all conditions, including both daf-2 and glp-1 backgrounds. The authors probed whether atg-18 acts through the FOXO transcription factor DAF-16 by examining dauer formation and ftn-1 expression, but found no evidence for this, suggesting a DAF-16-independent mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this work lies in its systematic and comprehensive approach to dissecting how experimental variables influence the outcome of autophagy-lifespan epistasis tests. The compilation of prior data alongside the authors' own multi-condition dataset is a genuinely useful resource for the field. The study raises a timely and important point about condition selection bias in interpreting autophagy lifespan relationships, with broader relevance to C. elegans studies. The finding that atg-18 behaves distinctly from other autophagy genes across a range of experimental conditions is particularly noteworthy and provides an interesting direction for future mechanistic investigation.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines how genes involved in cellular recycling (autophagy) influence lifespan under different experimental conditions. The findings help clarify why previous studies have reported conflicting results about whether blocking autophagy shortens or extends lifespan. The work will be of interest to researchers studying aging and cellular stress responses, particularly those using model organisms.

      Strengths:

      The findings are valuable, as they help resolve inconsistencies within a specific subfield of aging research. The evidence presented is solid, as the data broadly support the primary claims of the study. In addition, the discussion is thorough and thoughtfully integrates the findings within the broader context of the field.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hsiung et al. investigated whether the effects of autophagy gene knockdown on the lifespan of long-lived C. elegans mutants depend on experimental conditions. The authors first compiled published data on autophagy-dependent lifespan regulation in daf-2 and wild-type backgrounds, highlighting that prior results are notably inconsistent and likely context-dependent. They then systematically tested the lifespan effects of RNAi knockdown of six autophagy genes (atg-2, atg-4.1, atg-9, atg-13, atg-18, and bec-1) in wild-type (N2), daf-2 (reduced insulin/IGF-1 signalling), and glp-1 (germlineless) animals, while varying temperature, daf-2 allele, FUDR concentration, and bacterial infection status.

      The key findings are as follows. In wild-type animals, lifespan suppression by most autophagy gene knockdowns was more pronounced at 20°C than at 25°C, where little or no effect was observed. In daf-2 mutants, stronger lifespan suppression was seen in the weaker daf-2(e1368) allele at 20°C, but not in the stronger daf-2(e1370) allele, and effects were largely absent at 25°C. In glp-1 mutants, four of six gene knockdowns suppressed lifespan to a greater extent than in N2, though again in a temperature-dependent manner. FUDR at a high concentration (800 µM) abolished the life-shortening effects of most knockdowns and, in the case of atg-9 and atg-13, led to lifespan extension. Kanamycin treatment to eliminate bacterial proliferation did not fully account for the lifespan effects, suggesting that increased susceptibility to infection is not the primary mechanism. The authors also tested the programmed aging hypothesis that autophagy promotes lifespan reduction through biomass repurposing, but found no changes in vitellogenin levels upon knockdown of any of the six genes.

      Altogether, among all genes tested, atg-18 knockdown produced the strongest and most consistent lifespan suppression across nearly all conditions, including both daf-2 and glp-1 backgrounds. The authors probed whether atg-18 acts through the FOXO transcription factor DAF-16 by examining dauer formation and ftn-1 expression, but found no evidence for this, suggesting a DAF-16-independent mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this work lies in its systematic and comprehensive approach to dissecting how experimental variables influence the outcome of autophagy-lifespan epistasis tests. The compilation of prior data alongside the authors' own multi-condition dataset is a genuinely useful resource for the field. The study raises a timely and important point about condition selection bias in interpreting autophagy lifespan relationships, with broader relevance to C. elegans studies. The finding that atg-18 behaves distinctly from other autophagy genes across a range of experimental conditions is particularly noteworthy and provides an interesting direction for future mechanistic investigation.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have carefully addressed the concerns raised in the previous review and have incorporated most of the suggested revisions. In particular, the revised manuscript provides greater clarity regarding the effects of glp-1 and FUDR and improves the presentation and interpretation of the experimental findings. The authors have also provided useful clarification regarding the variability between lifespan experiments, the number of biological replicates, and the interpretation of RNAi efficacy.

      I have only two minor suggestions concerning the wording and organization of the manuscript, which I have communicated separately to the authors. These points are intended to further improve clarity and accuracy and do not affect my overall assessment of the study.

      Overall, I am satisfied with the revisions and consider the manuscript to be a valuable contribution to our understanding of the context dependence of autophagy-mediated lifespan regulation.

      Reviewer 1 made several further suggestions for improvements to the text that we agree with.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines how genes involved in cellular recycling (autophagy) influence lifespan under different experimental conditions. The findings help clarify why previous studies have reported conflicting results about whether blocking autophagy shortens or extends lifespan. The work will be of interest to researchers studying aging and cellular stress responses, particularly those using model organisms.

      Strengths:

      The findings are valuable, as they help resolve inconsistencies within a specific subfield of aging research. The evidence presented is solid, as the data broadly support the primary claims of the study. In addition, the discussion is thorough and thoughtfully integrates the findings within the broader context of the field.

      Weaknesses:

      Additional functional validation would further strengthen the conclusions.

      Comments on revised version.

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript. Overall, the authors have addressed most of my concerns, and the revised manuscript has been improved. The study provides a comprehensive examination of the context-dependent effects of autophagy gene knockdown on lifespan in C. elegans. The data are solid and provide valuable information for understanding the conflicting results currently reported in the literature regarding the role of autophagy in longevity.Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer 2 correctly noted that measurements of autophagic flux would strengthen our claims. We had originally planned to include flux measurements in this study, but our experience with the methodologies involved led us to a separate critical study of such methodologies that we are in the process of writing up.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The manuscript could still be strengthened by taking into account the points raised by Reviewer 2, in specific the validation of autophagy with different techniques, such as western blotting and potentially raise the strength of evidence from solid to convincing.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would like to thank the authors for carefully addressing most of my previous concerns in their revised manuscript and incorporated most of the suggestions. Most of my concerns have been adequately addressed. However, I have two minor points that, in my opinion would further improve the clarity and accuracy of the manuscript.

      We are glad that our revisions have at least addressed most of the reviewer’s concerns.

      The authors have appropriately incorporated glp-1 into the abstract and have clarified the statement regarding FUDR. However, in the current version, these two statements still feel somewhat disconnected from the overall flow of the abstract, as they are inserted in the middle of the discussion of the effects observed in daf-2. This interrupts the logical progression of the paragraph and may make it slightly more difficult for the reader to follow the main findings regarding daf-2. I would suggest moving these two statements after the main findings concerning daf-2 have been presented. This would allow the abstract to first provide a coherent summary of the daf-2 results and then introduce the additional findings regarding FUDR and glp-1. I believe this would improve the overall readability and narrative flow of the abstract.

      We have revised the abstract along these lines and agree that this improves the flow of the argument. We have used the revised abstract.

      In reply to the 10th point, I appreciate the authors' clarification that their primary focus is on the suppression of class I mutants rather than the effects on N2. However, I believe the revised sentence still remains slightly misleading "These findings are broadly consistent with the earlier observation that bec-1 and vps-34 RNAi shortened the lifespan of the daf-2(mu150) class 1 mutant but not of N2 at 20°C". As presented in the current manuscript, the cumulative dataset indicates that bec-1 RNAi does significantly suppress N2 lifespan. Therefore, the phrase "but not of N2 at 20°C" is not accurate in the context of the present study, even if the authors' main point is that the effect on the class 1 daf-2 mutant is of particular interest. I would therefore suggest rephrasing this sentence to avoid implying that bec-1 RNAi has no effect on N2 lifespan.

      We agree that this account was rather too broad brush, and have corrected it to improve precision, adding the following. “(though in the present study bec-1 RNAi did also reduce N2 lifespan, Table S2)”

      Overall, I am satisfied with the authors' responses and the revisions made to the manuscript. Addressing these two minor points would further improve the clarity and accuracy of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript. Overall, the authors have addressed most of my concerns, and the revised manuscript has been improved. The study provides a comprehensive examination of the context-dependent effects of autophagy gene knockdown on lifespan in C. elegans. The data are solid and provide valuable information for understanding the conflicting results currently reported in the literature regarding the role of autophagy in longevity.

      We are glad that our revisions have at least addressed most of the reviewer’s concerns.

      One of my major concerns from the first review, however, has not been fully addressed. The authors rely primarily on qPCR to demonstrate the effectiveness of RNAi-mediated knockdown of autophagy genes. Although qPCR data confirm transcriptional knockdown, they do not necessarily demonstrate a corresponding reduction in protein levels or functional inhibition of autophagy. An independent approach, such as Western blot analysis of lipidated LGG-1/ATG-8, would make the conclusions more convincing. Nevertheless, given the overall quality and consistency of the data, I do not consider this issue sufficient to prevent publication.

      Assays of autophagy would indeed have been informative. We did initially plan to test effects of atg RNAi on autophagic flux using a dual fluorescence reporter. However, initial tests identified complex technical issues with the assay that have taken us several years to make sense of (we have almost finished writing up this work). A Western blot approach might have been less problematic, at least in terms of estimating effects on lipidated LGG-1/ATG-8 level. However, any changes could, at least in principle, reflect either decreased or increased autophagic flux.

      The findings of this study also raise an important issue for future studies of autophagy and longevity, particularly when RNAi is used to manipulate autophagy gene expression. RNAi methodology can vary considerably among laboratories, and these differences may contribute to apparently conflicting results. Different laboratories may use different RNAi constructs targeting the same gene. Some investigators generate their own RNAi plasmids using either genomic DNA or cDNA fragments, and the sizes and locations of the targeted sequences can differ. Other laboratories use RNAi clones obtained from established C. elegans RNAi libraries, such as the Ahringer or Vidal libraries. Such differences could affect knockdown efficiency.

      In addition, the method used to deliver RNAi should be considered when comparing results among studies. Most laboratories use feeding RNAi, whereas some studies used injection RNAi. Injection RNAi can produce substantially stronger gene knockdown than feeding RNAi in many experimental settings. Thus, differences in the RNAi delivery method, together with differences in the RNAi constructs themselves, could result in different degrees of gene inhibition and potentially different effects on lifespan. This issue may be particularly important for autophagy genes, for which the biological consequences could depend on the extent of gene inhibition. For these reasons, it would be valuable for future studies in this area to clearly report the source and characteristics of the RNAi constructs used, as well as the method of RNAi delivery.

      This is all correct, and is something that we give little emphasis to in the manuscript, since it relates to possible sources of condition dependency that we did not investigate. Most studies use RNAi by feeding and specify when it is initiated (see Supplementary Table 1). In our tests we opted to initiate RNAi at the end of development, to avoid life shortening effects of disruptions to development.

      Overall, the manuscript presents solid and valuable data that help further our understanding of the role of autophagy in longevity.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides useful data on oscillatory coupling during speech planning, particularly suggesting that theta-band phase coupling may differentiate networks involved in object recognition and semantic-lexical retrieval. However, the strength of the evidence is incomplete because the absence of a linguistic manipulation and key confounds between the naming and control conditions limit the ability to attribute the reported effects specifically to word production, leaving the main mechanistic conclusions only partially supported.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Akkad et al. present an MEG study of overt picture naming, designed to identify oscillatory mechanisms underlying spoken language production. Participants named line drawings of common objects or responded "no" to scrambled versions of the same images. The authors focus on the period preceding articulation and report on an increase in theta power associated with picture naming in lingual cortex and left medial prefrontal cortex. Two networks are then identified: a left lingual-seeded network involving right ventral occipito-temporal cortex, interpreted as supporting object recognition. Second, a left medial prefrontal-seeded network involving medial temporal regions (and centres in the brain) supporting semantic-lexical retrieval streams. The authors further report increased theta-gamma phase-amplitude coupling in left fusiform and left inferior frontal regions, with stronger left fusiform PAC associated with slower naming responses.

      Strengths:

      The paper provides useful insight into the network-level and temporal dynamics associated with picture naming.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are somewhat over-interpreted, and the paper would benefit from a broader and more cautious discussion. The main concerns relate to the control condition and the interpretation of the theta-band effects. First, it is unclear whether the control condition adequately isolates the spoken-language network. Second, the reported theta-band effect appears broadband, raising the possibility that it reflects slow evoked responses rather than genuine oscillatory activity.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this MEG study, the authors assess the oscillatory dynamics of object naming in 27 participants. The authors observed two distinct theta-coupled networks: a ventral occipito-temporal network linked to object recognition and a medial fronto-temporal network linked to lexico-semantic retrieval. Moreover, when contrasting object naming to a scrambled image control task, they observed increased theta-gamma phase amplitude coupling in the LIFG and fusiform gyrus. The authors conclude that theta-coupling ensures the binding of recognition and retrieval processes in object naming, while the theta-gamma phase amplitude coupling ensures local computations within those networks.

      Strengths:

      Addressing the question 'which oscillatory dynamics govern speech planning' is interesting and timely, since not much empirical evidence on this topic is currently available. Whole-brain MEG assessing phase and phase-amplitude coupling for object naming are not commonly attempted, and the study boosts a lot of power. Furthermore, the writing is concise and clear, making the paper easy to follow and pleasant to read.

      Weaknesses:

      My overall assessment is that the claims and conclusions of this study are stronger than the evidence supports, and this is because of several design weaknesses which I will detail below. Moreover, this study gives too one-sided a perspective on the current state-of-the-art in the neurophysiology of speech planning/object naming, and the presented conclusions can solely be understood from that narrow theoretical perspective.

      (1) One of my bigger concerns is the lack of any language-related manipulations that allows to independently isolate the processing components the authors discuss. Object naming (speech planning) is a complex, multifaceted mental operation where different representations and processing levels can overlap in time and space (e.g., Indefrey, 2011; Hickok, 2012; Dell et al., 2013; Munding et al., 2016; Strijkers & Costa, 2016; Nozari & Pinet, 2020; De Zubicaray, 2023; Pickering & Strijkers, 2025). Without attempting to isolate those specific representations and/or processes and solely looking at object naming in general, the only manner to interpret the data is by relying on a priori defined and often one-to-one mappings of space and function in light of a specific theoretical perspective. This is indeed what the authors do in the current study, by linking certain brain regions they observe (e.g., more occipital for object recognition and more fronto-temporal for lexico-semantics) to the function assigned in dual-route models (note also that the authors rely on the dual-route models of comprehension, not production per se; see below). While doing so is of course legitimate, it does strongly reduce the impact of the results since they do not concern a direct empirical demonstration of the authors' conclusions, but an indirect inference based on a single theoretical framework. To give a few examples of how this weakens the conclusions: How do the authors know the fronto-temporal network is lexico-semantic and not phonological, as many other models would pose (e.g., Indefrey & Level, 2004; 2011; Hickok, 2012; 2014; De Zubicaray, 2023)? Similarly, theta-coupling in production is not uniquely related to lexico-semantics, but could also be linked to the syllabic rate (speech rate; e.g., Giraud & Poeppel, 2012; Meyer, 2018), or to working memory in production (e.g., Piai & Zheng, 2019). The occipito-temporal network may be involved in object recognition, but it may also reflect (embodied) word semantics, in particular for imageable objects as in the current study (e.g., Strijkers & Costa, 2016; Pulvermuller, 2018). In my opinion, given the lack of independent manipulations, these (and other) alternative conclusions are equally plausible, and the authors' interpretations of the data pattern are tentative at best; this is a substantial limitation in my view.

      (2) The authors may object that they do have a contrast, namely the control condition. However, the control condition and the object naming condition differ in so many crucial aspects that it does not serve as a reliable control to address the above issues with interpretational strength. The control condition solely deals with low-level visual input, but not with conceptual and language-related processing, nor with motor preparation and articulation (since repeatedly saying 'no' is a flawed control for the more complex and variable naming responses required in object naming).

      (3) Moreover, the timings between the control and object naming conditions are confounded: Naming and control RTs differ by 270 ms. The 1 s pre-response window therefore spans 0.08 to 1.08 s post-stimulus in naming, but −0.19 to +0.81 s in control. Hence, part of the contrast may rather reflect 'when' something was measured rather than 'what' processing differences it is supposed to reflect.

      (4) As far as I can tell, the authors did not assess potential pre-articulation motor confounds in the data via ICA and/or recorded EMG activity (e.g., Vos et al., 2010; Porcaro et al., 2015; Strijkers et al., 2017; Abbasi et al., 2021). This may be relevant since motor preparatory activity is known to emerge well before actual articulation (e.g., Ries et al., 2013), and may (pre-)track articulatory speech rate in the theta range (e.g., Abbasi et al., 2023).

      (5) Why are items not modelled as random intercepts/slopes? With 200 different stimuli, item variability seems relevant to include in the statistical models.

      (6) I found that the authors gave a very restricted and not up-to-date literature overview on the neural basis of object naming. They mainly consider a dual route architecture. I understand that the authors don't wish (nor have to) give a complete overview of the different neurobiological models of object naming. However, the dual route model they cite is the speech processing and comprehension model (e.g., Hickok & Poeppel, 2004; 2007), which has no clear link to object naming, and they don't mention the production versions of a dual route architecture (e.g., Ueno et al., 2011; Hickok, 2012). Moreover, as mentioned also in comment 1, several other critical models (and more relevant for object naming specifically) are neglected: classical sequential object naming models (e.g., Indefrey & Levelt, 2004; Indefrey, 2011; Roelofs, 2014), interactive models (e.g., Dell et al., 2013; Dell & Chang, 2014), or more recent parallel models (e.g., Strijkers & Costa, 2016; Pickering & Costa, 2025) (for recent reviews see: e.g., Nozari & Pinet, 2020; Kerr et al., 2023; de Zubicaray, 2023). If the authors prefer to solely focus on a single class of models, that's fine (though a model that is more tightly linked to object naming would have been more relevant), but that limited scope should at the very least be acknowledged.

    4. Author response:

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive assessment of our manuscript. We appreciate their recognition of the value of investigating oscillatory dynamics during overt picture naming and welcome the opportunity to strengthen the analyses and clarify the interpretation of our findings.

      Functional interpretation and experimental design

      We acknowledge that the contrast between picture naming and scrambled-image rejection does not independently isolate the component processes involved in spoken language production. Although the observed patterns of theta phase coupling and theta–gamma phase-amplitude coupling are consistent with the proposed involvement of visual, semantic and language-related networks, the study was designed to investigate distributed neural dynamics during overt picture naming, rather than to establish a one-to-one correspondence between these coupling patterns and specific psycholinguistic operations.

      We will therefore revise the manuscript to distinguish more clearly between the observed neurophysiological findings and their proposed functional interpretations. We will also broaden the theoretical framework to incorporate alternative accounts of the identified networks and relevant contemporary models of language production, and reconsider claims concerning the right fusiform cortex as an integration hub.

      Temporal alignment and motor-related confounds

      We recognise the reviewers' concerns regarding differences in response latency and articulatory demands between the naming and control conditions. Our analyses were response-locked to capture neural dynamics preceding articulation while accommodating variability in naming latency across trials and participants. We consider this alignment important for investigating language production processes, whose timing relative to stimulus onset may vary considerably.

      Nevertheless, we acknowledge that differences in response latency may result in the two conditions sampling different periods relative to stimulus presentation. We will examine the potential influence of this temporal difference through complementary analyses and clarify the rationale and limitations of the response-locked approach. We will also consider the potential contribution of differences in articulatory preparation between conditions when interpreting the findings.

      Interpretation of low-frequency activity

      We agree that the observed low-frequency effects warrant consideration of an alternative explanation involving transient evoked activity rather than sustained theta oscillations. We will revisit the interpretation of these findings in light of the potential contribution of transient evoked activity, drawing on our existing analyses and considering additional controls where appropriate.

      Statistical modelling and stimulus characteristics

      We will also revisit the statistical modelling of trial-level behavioural associations, including the potential contribution of item-level variability. We recognise the reviewers' suggestion to examine psycholinguistic properties of the naming stimuli and will assess whether the available stimulus characteristics permit informative supplementary analyses, while acknowledging that the task was not designed to independently manipulate these variables.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study reports the architectural reorganization of the uterine luminal epithelium during the implantation period. Solid data are presented to support the main conclusion. This work is of interest to reproductive biologists and physicians practicing reproductive medicine.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript asks how the uterine lumen is remodeled across the peri-implantation window and whether this remodeling is functionally linked to embryo attachment and subsequent pregnancy establishment. The authors combine whole-organ three-dimensional imaging of optically cleared mouse uteri with single-cell and spatial transcriptomic profiling, conditional deletion of p38α at the uterine-wide versus epithelial-restricted level, and rescue experiments using progesterone and leukemia inhibitory factor. Based on these datasets, the authors propose that the luminal epithelium undergoes a previously underappreciated phase of organ-scale architectural reorganization before attachment, and that a p38α-dependent stress-responsive program coordinates epithelial remodeling together with epithelial-stromal communication required for implantation competence.

      Strengths:

      By moving beyond local attachment-site morphology to a horn-level representation of luminal topology, the work provides anatomical context that is difficult to reconstruct from conventional section-based approaches and should be broadly useful to the implantation community. The integration of organ-scale morphology with single-cell and spatial transcriptomic datasets, together with genetic perturbation and rescue experiments, adds breadth and increases the potential long-term utility of the dataset for investigators interested in uterine receptivity and embryo-uterine interactions.

      The revision has addressed several important concerns from the original review. The added methodological details and comparison with conventional two-dimensional histology provide greater confidence that the luminal features observed by whole-organ imaging are not artifacts of tissue clearing or reconstruction. The additional measurements of epithelial folding and orientation also provide better quantitative support for luminal remodeling. The mechanistic interpretation of the p38α findings has also been improved.

      Weaknesses:

      Most of the major concerns raised in the original review have been addressed. I have only a few remaining comments.

      First, the authors have appropriately toned down the causal language regarding embryo positioning. However, because different animals were analyzed at different time points, the direction of the relationship between luminal remodeling and embryo position cannot be determined. A few statements still sound somewhat causal, such as luminal movement "contributes to embryo spacing" and persistent epithelial branching "led to randomized embryo positioning." These could be further softened to reflect associations rather than causality.

      Second, some mechanistic claims could also be more cautious. For example, the Figure 9 title states that embryo invasion failure occurs "owing to sustained epithelial polarity." The persistence of E-cadherin and β-catenin is consistent with altered epithelial polarity, but does not establish it as the cause of invasion failure. "Associated with sustained epithelial polarity" would be more appropriate.

      Third, the added quantitative analyses are helpful, but the individual animal should remain the biological replicate. When multiple sections from the same dam are analyzed, these should not be treated as independent biological replicates.

      Finally, the Figure 9c legend refers to β-actin, whereas the Methods and figure indicate β-catenin. This should be corrected.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors investigate luminal architectural reorganization during embryo implantation. Using 3D histological reconstruction, single-cell RNA sequencing, spatial transcriptomics, and genetic mouse models, the authors the uterine luminal epithelium undergoes rapid morphogenetic remodeling during the implantation. They further propose that a stress-responsive p38α signaling program coordinates epithelial remodeling and epithelial-stromal communication to establish an implantation-competent uterine lumen.

      Strengths:

      This study clearly described the changes of luminal architecture during implantation. Moreover, they also used integration of multiple advanced techniques, including 3D tissue reconstruction, single-cell transcriptomics, spatial transcriptomics, and genetic mouse models, which together provide a detailed description of the molecular characters of the uterine architecture during implantation.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal knockout model uses Pgr-Cre, which deletes p38α in both epithelial and stromal compartments. Importantly, they also added epithelial-specific knockout (Ltf-Cre) demonstrates that epithelial deletion alone produces only mild abnormalities and does not recapitulate the severe implantation phenotype observed in the uterine knockout. These data suggest that the critical function of p38α likely resides in stromal cells or in epithelial-stromal interactions. Consequently, the manuscript's title and central conclusion currently a little bit overstate epithelial regulation.

      The data of this study are now support the main conclusions.

      Impact of the work on the field:

      This work will likely become an important resource for researchers studying embryo implantation because it provides a detailed atlas of peri-implantation uterine morphology integrated with spatial and single-cell transcriptomic datasets. The imaging methodology and quantitative description of luminal remodeling are likely to be widely useful.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript asks how the uterine lumen is remodeled across the peri-implantation window and whether this remodeling is functionally linked to embryo attachment and subsequent pregnancy establishment. The authors combine whole-organ three dimensional imaging of optically cleared mouse uteri with single-cell and spatial transcriptomic profiling, conditional deletion of p38α at the uterine-wide versus epithelial-restricted level, and rescue experiments using progesterone and leukemia inhibitory factor. Based on these datasets, the authors propose that the luminal epithelium undergoes a previously underappreciated phase of organ-scale architectural reorganization before attachment, and that a p38α-dependent stress responsive program coordinates epithelial remodeling together with epithelial-stromal communication required for implantation competence.

      Strengths:

      By moving beyond local attachment-site morphology to a horn-level representation of luminal topology, the work provides anatomical context that is difficult to reconstruct from conventional section-based approaches and should be broadly useful to the implantation community. The integration of organ-scale morphology with single-cell and spatial transcriptomic datasets, together with genetic perturbation and rescue experiments, adds breadth and increases the potential long-term utility of the dataset for investigators interested in uterine receptivity and embryo-uterine interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive suggestions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The whole-uterus analysis of luminal folds and creases requires stronger methodological support. Given the mechanical compliance of the uterine lumen, it is difficult to evaluate from the current description whether dissection, fixation, clearing, and/or mounting could influence the observed luminal topography. This issue is particularly important because several key conclusions depend on the spatial distribution of folds across the uterine horn. A fuller account of tissue handling and reconstruction, together with validation that the preparation preserves native morphology, would substantially strengthen confidence in the organ-scale conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological concern.

      To address this concern, we have expanded the Methods section to provide a fuller description of tissue preparation, image acquisition, three-dimensional reconstruction, and quantitative analysis. Three-dimensional visualization of the uteri collected on days 1–4 and of implantation sites collected on days 5 and 6 was performed as previously described (PMID: 42022843). We have also clarified how representative cross-sectional images were selected from each reconstructed dataset and how identical analysis parameters were applied across samples.

      Specifically, three representative two-dimensional cross-sectional images were generated from each three-dimensional reconstructed dataset. From day 4 onward, sections were obtained at the position of the embryo and at positions ±500 μm from the embryo. For samples collected at earlier stages, sections were obtained at the midpoint of the image stack and at positions ±500 μm along the longitudinal axis. Epithelial staining area and branching features were then quantified from these cross-sectional images using the same analysis criteria for all samples. These methodological details have been added to the revised Methods section (Page 27, Line 619).

      In addition, to assess whether the whole-mount preparation preserved the overall luminal topography, we added representative transverse and longitudinal sections obtained using conventional two-dimensional histological analysis as Supplementary Fig. 1. The characteristic luminal morphology observed in these sections was comparable to that observed in the corresponding three-dimensional reconstructions. Although this comparison cannot completely exclude all possible effects of tissue processing, it supports the conclusion that the major morphological features identified by whole-organ imaging were not artifacts introduced by clearing, mounting, or reconstruction. The corresponding explanation has been added to the Results section (Page 8, Line 166).

      (2) Several of the central morphological claims are supported primarily only by representative reconstructions. This includes the proposed flattening/creasing dynamics, alternating stretched and shrunken regions, persistence of abnormal folding in the mutant uterus, and the extent of structural rescue following progesterone supplementation. The authors could extract objective measures from the reconstructed luminal surface and provide more statistical analysis to demonstrate the reproducibility of the results.

      We appreciate this constructive suggestion and agree that objective morphometric analyses are necessary to support the conclusions derived from the representative three-dimensional reconstructions.

      Quantitative analyses of luminal epithelial flattening during days 1–4, differences between p38α uterine control and knockout mice, and morphological changes following P4/LIF administration to p38α uterine knockout mice were already included in Figures 1d and 7c. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded the descriptions of these analyses and clarified the experimental units and sample numbers in the figure legends.

      We also performed additional quantitative analyses to characterize the alternating shrunken and stretched regions. We measured the orientation of luminal epithelial folds relative to the mesometrial–antimesometrial axis. In wild-type mice on day 4 at 20:00, folds in the regions surrounding embryos were predominantly vertically oriented, whereas folds at inter-implantation regions were predominantly horizontally oriented. These results provide an objective criterion distinguishing the areas that we refer to as “shrunken” and “stretched” and are now presented in Figure 2e.

      We performed the same analysis in control and p38α-deficient uteri and found that the spatially organized transition between vertically and horizontally oriented folds was disrupted in the mutant uterus. These results are now presented in Figure 7e and quantitatively support the persistence of abnormal luminal folding in p38α-deficient mice.

      In addition, we measured the angle of the luminal epithelium relative to the longitudinal uterine axis at three positions: the embryo center and positions 30 μm on either side of the center. The average of the three measurements was calculated for each biological sample. This analysis revealed a significant difference between day 4 at 20:00, before stable attachment, and day 4 at 24:00, after attachment, and is now presented in Figure 2f.

      Together with the existing measurements of epithelial area and branching features, these additional analyses provide quantitative support for the reproducibility of the luminal flattening, folding, and regional remodeling phenotypes. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that the reconstructed surface contains additional features, such as local curvature and fold depth, that could be examined in greater detail in future studies.

      (3) The manuscript appears to over-reach in concluding that luminal remodeling zones embryos before attachment from day 4 to 5. As presented, the data support a correlation between luminal architecture and embryo position, but do not discriminate between (i) luminal remodeling directing embryo positioning, (ii) embryos locally shaping the lumen, or (iii) parallel regulation of both. The evidence is based on observations of the uterus and the inside blastocysts at certain time points around implantation. Without the time-lapse analysis within the uterus, the dynamic interactions between embryos and the uterus couldn't be determined.

      We agree with the reviewer that our data demonstrate a strong spatial and temporal association between luminal architecture and embryo position but do not establish the direction of causality.

      Our analyses were performed at defined time points during the peri-implantation period and therefore cannot distinguish whether uterine luminal remodeling directs embryo positioning, whether embryos locally induce changes in luminal morphology, or whether both processes are coordinately regulated by common uterine and embryonic signals. As the reviewer correctly notes, direct determination of these dynamic interactions would require longitudinal or time-lapse imaging of embryos and the uterine lumen within the same animal.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to moderate the causal language concerning embryo “zoning.” We now describe the findings as showing that regional luminal remodeling is associated with, and may contribute to, the spatial organization of embryos before attachment, rather than concluding that luminal remodeling directly determines embryo position. We have also added an explicit statement that the directionality of the interaction between embryo position and luminal remodeling remains unresolved in the present study. The relevant text in the Discussion has been revised accordingly (Page 19, Line 444).

      (4) The key conclusion of the manuscript is that uterine p38α regulates luminal epithelial remodeling required for embryo attachment, as shown in the title. Against this background, the finding that epithelial-restricted loss of p38α does not overtly impair fertility is notable, as it suggests that the major function of p38α may not be epithelial cell-autonomous but instead may arise through other uterine compartments that secondarily influence the epithelium. At present, however, this conclusion remains insufficiently supported: the epithelial-specific model is not characterized in sufficient depth during the peri-implantation period, and the transcriptomic evidence for altered epithelial-stromal communication does not by itself explain the phenotypic difference between uterine-wide and epithelial-specific deletion. If stromal p38α is proposed as the critical upstream regulator, more direct testing, such as stromal-specific deletion, would be needed.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that the mild phenotype observed following epithelial-specific deletion of p38α argues against a solely epithelial cell-autonomous mechanism and that our current data do not directly demonstrate that stromal p38α is the exclusive upstream regulator of luminal epithelial remodeling.

      The uterine p38α knockout mice generated using Pgr-Cre lack p38α in multiple uterine compartments, including epithelial and stromal cells. To assess the contribution of epithelial p38α, we generated epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice using the Ltf-Cre driver. These mice did not exhibit the complete infertility or severe luminal remodeling abnormalities observed in the Pgr-Cre model and showed only mild uterine abnormalities. These results indicate that epithelial deletion alone is insufficient to reproduce the severe phenotype caused by broader uterine deletion of p38α.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to describe the epithelial-specific knockout analysis more clearly and to distinguish between conclusions directly supported by the genetic models and the proposed mechanism of epithelial–stromal communication (Page 15, Line 344; Page 20, Line 459). We also clarify that stromal- or decidual-cell-specific deletion of p38α will be required to directly determine whether stromal p38α is necessary for luminal remodeling, embryo attachment, and subsequent embryo invasion. These experiments represent an important direction for future investigation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aimed to characterize the architectural reorganization of the uterine luminal epithelium during the implantation period. Using 3D histological reconstruction, single-cell RNA sequencing, and spatial transcriptomics, the authors characterize luminal remodeling during the peri-implantation period and employ a mouse model to explore the role of p38α in regulating luminal flattening.

      Strengths:

      This study clearly described the changes in luminal architecture during implantation. Moreover, they also used integration of multiple advanced techniques, including 3D tissue reconstruction, single-cell transcriptomics, and spatial transcriptomics, which together provide a detailed description of the molecular characteristics of the uterine architecture during implantation.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive suggestions.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors used PR-Cre to generate uterine p38α knockout mice. This Cre driver deletes p38α not only in epithelial cells but also in stromal compartments. Therefore, it remains unclear whether the observed phenotype arises from epithelial cells, stromal cells, or a combination of both. Previous studies have shown that p38α regulates epithelial polarity, cytoskeletal organization, and E-cadherin localization. However, the current study does not examine changes in cell adhesion or epithelial junction integrity. Previous studies have reported that uterine fluid absorption during implantation is closely associated with luminal closure and remodeling. It would be important to determine whether epithelial transport-related genes are altered in the mutant uterus. Could dysregulated fluid homeostasis contribute to the implantation defects observed in the p38α-deficient mice?

      We thank the reviewer for identifying these important mechanistic issues. We agree that the Pgr-Cre driver deletes p38α in multiple uterine compartments, including both epithelial and stromal cells, and therefore does not by itself establish which compartment is primarily responsible for the observed phenotype.

      To assess the contribution of epithelial p38α, we generated epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice using the Ltf-Cre driver. These results are presented in Supplementary Fig. S6. In contrast to the complete infertility and severe luminal remodeling defects observed in Pgr-Cre-mediated uterine p38α knockout mice, epithelial-specific deletion of p38α did not critically impair female fertility and caused only mild uterine abnormalities. These findings indicate that epithelial loss of p38α alone is insufficient to reproduce the severe phenotype observed in the Pgr-Cre model.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to describe the Ltf-Cre analysis more clearly and to emphasize that the phenotype of the Pgr-Cre model is unlikely to result solely from epithelial-autonomous loss of p38α (Page 15, Line 344; Page 20, Line 459). Nevertheless, we agree that these findings do not directly establish stromal p38α as the exclusive upstream regulator. The phenotype may reflect the combined effects of p38α deletion in multiple uterine compartments and disrupted communication between epithelial and stromal cells. Direct testing using stromal- or decidual-cell-specific deletion will therefore be required to determine the precise contribution of stromal p38α.

      We also agree that epithelial adhesion, polarity, and cytoskeletal organization are relevant to the luminal remodeling phenotype. In the original study, we examined E-cadherin and β-catenin, which are associated with adherens junctions and epithelial polarity. In the luminal epithelium of day 4 p38α uterine knockout mice, staining for E-cadherin and β-catenin was stronger and more persistent than in control mice. These findings do not suggest a simple loss of epithelial junction integrity. Instead, they are consistent with impaired remodeling of adhesion- and polarity-associated epithelial structures during the peri-implantation period.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to interpret these findings more explicitly in the context of epithelial adhesion and polarity. We now discuss the possibility that defective remodeling of epithelial junctional or cytoskeletal structures contributes to the persistence of abnormal luminal folding. However, because epithelial-specific p38α deletion did not reproduce the severe phenotype of the Pgr-Cre model, these epithelial abnormalities may arise, at least in part, from altered signaling between epithelial and non-epithelial uterine compartments rather than from an exclusively epithelial-autonomous defect.

      Finally, in response to the reviewer’s suggestion concerning uterine fluid homeostasis, we re-examined our RNA-seq dataset with a focus on genes associated with epithelial transport, barrier function, and fluid regulation. Several transport- and barrier-associated genes were altered in the p38α-deficient uterus, including Aqp3, Slc26a6, Cldn10, Gjb2, Trpv6, Trpm6, and Atp6v0a4. These genes are involved in processes such as water transport, ion transport, paracellular permeability, intercellular communication, and pH or ion homeostasis.

      These transcriptomic changes raise the possibility that dysregulated epithelial transport and fluid homeostasis contribute to defective luminal closure and remodeling in p38α-deficient mice. We have added this interpretation to the revised manuscript. However, because gene-expression analysis does not directly measure transporter activity, uterine fluid volume, or fluid absorption, our current data do not establish a causal relationship between altered fluid homeostasis and implantation failure. We have therefore presented this mechanism as a possibility and have added direct functional analysis of uterine fluid absorption and epithelial transport as an important direction for future study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The main need for the current manuscript is to apply greater analytical rigor and sharper framing.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive suggestions.

      (1) Provide a fuller description of dissection, orientation, fixation, clearing, mounting, acquisition settings, and reconstruction/segmentation criteria, including quality-control steps and exclusion criteria.

      Thank you for your advice. We added these sentences in the method sections (Page27, Line619). 3D visualization of the days 1–4 uteri or day 5 and 6 implantation sites was performed as previously reported (PMID 42022843).

      To quantitatively evaluate epithelial flattening morphology, three representative 2D cross-sectional images were generated from each 3D reconstructed dataset. Sections were collected at the site of embryo located and its ±500 μm positions on day 4 onwards, otherwise midpoint of the image stack and its ±500 μm positions along the longitudinal (x) axis. Epithelial staining area and epithelial branching features were subsequently quantified from these cross-sectional images using identical analysis parameters across samples.

      These detailed methods are now added into the revised manuscript.

      Add validation that the whole-uterus preparation preserves the luminal original physiological topography.

      We appreciate this advice. Representative transverse and longitudinal sections were added as Supplementary Fig. 1 to confirm that luminal morphology was comparable between conventional two-dimensional section analysis and three-dimensional evaluation. The main text was revised accordingly (Page8, Line 166).

      (2) Strengthen the support for the whole-uterus morphology data by adding quantitative morphometric analysis across biological replicates. Metrics related to fold density, epithelial branching, curvature, surface roughness, or related parameters would make the central morphological conclusions more rigorous.

      Thank you for this advice.

      Quantification of luminal flattening from days 1 to day 4 in wild-type mice, comparisons between p38α uCtrl and uKO mice, and the morphological changes induced by LIF/P4 administration in p38α uKO mice have already been presented in Figures 1d and 7c. We now added detailed explanation about these data.

      To further quantify the transition between shrunken and stretched areas in wild-type mice before and after embryo attachment, we quantified the angle of luminal foldings against M-AM axis, showing shrunken areas have vertical folding (around 0 degree) while stretched areas have horizontal folding (around 90 degree) on day 4 20:00 (Figure 2e), which were dysregulated in p38α-deleted uteri (Figure 7e). We additionally measured the angle of the luminal epithelia against the longitudinal axis at three positions (the embryo center and ±30 μm from the center) using ImageJ. The average of these three measurements was calculated for each sample (n = 3). This analysis revealed a significant difference between day 4 20:00 (pre-attachment) and day 4 24:00 (post-attachment) (Figure 2f), indicating that embryo location is moved in alignment with the time course.

      (3) Define the experimental unit clearly in each quantitative analysis. In several panels, it is not fully clear whether n refers to animals, uterine horns, implantation sites, sections, or embryos.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Now the definition of n has been clarified in the figure legend.

      (4) The causal language around embryo zoning should be moderated unless additional evidence can be provided. As written, the data support a strong association between luminal architecture and embryo position, but not yet a directional mechanism.

      Thank you for this opinion. According to this suggestion, we have revised the Discussion to avoid overstating this conclusion (Page19, Line 444).

      (5) Figure presentation should be revised for consistency and clarity. For example:- Scale bars and their labeling should be standardized throughout.

      - In Figure 4e, the representative uterine photographs do not appear to be shown at a fully matched scale between each other.

      - In Figure 4f, the control and mutant three-dimensional views appear to be displayed from different angles, which makes comparison of crypt formation and depth more difficult. As these are three-dimensional datasets, matched viewpoints should be feasible.

      - Figure 9c appears to be mislabeled. The panel is labeled as β-actin, but based on the main context, this should be β-catenin.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected Figures 4e, 4f, and 9c as suggested.

      (6) The apparent reuse of the uKO image between Figures 4e and 5h should be clarified. If the same image is intentionally reused, this should be stated explicitly; otherwise, a different representative image would be preferable.

      Thank you for pointing this out. As you indicated, the same image had been inadvertently reused. We sincerely apologize this mistake and have replaced it with an alternative representative image in figure 5h.

      (7) Please check the figure legends and Methods carefully for internal consistency, including panel labels, marker names, genotype names, sampling time points, and nomenclature.

      Thank you for your advice. We have standardized the notation of gene names, protein names, and other terminology throughout the manuscript.

      (8) The Methods should include a clear description of the epithelial-specific p38α deletion model.

      We apologize for the lack of explanation. We have added a description of how the epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice were generated in the Methods section.

      (9) The manuscript requires thorough editing for language and presentation. For example:

      - From line 53 to 5: "In the uterus, proliferation-differentiation switching (PDS), indicating the inhibition of epithelial proliferation with induction of stromal proliferation in the endometrium, is evident on day 4 under the continuous influence of P4, resulting in the endometrium acquiring implantation potential."

      - From lines 257 to 261, the content of two consecutive sentences is repeated: "Based on these results, we examined whether activation of Lif-Stat3 can restore the flawed embryo attachment in p38α uKO. These results prompted us to determine whether supplementation of Lif along with P4 can ameliorate abnormal implantation in p38α uKO.

      Thank you for your valuable advice. We have revised the sentences accordingly and further refined the manuscript through professional English editing.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors used PR-Cre to generate uterine p38α knockout mice. This Cre driver deletes p38α not only in epithelial cells but also in stromal compartments. Therefore, it remains unclear whether the observed phenotype arises from epithelial cells, stromal cells, or a combination of both. An epithelial-specific deletion model would help clarify the cell-type-specific role of p38α in luminal remodeling.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that Pgr-Cre deletes p38α in multiple uterine compartments, including epithelial and stromal cells, and that this point should be clearly addressed when interpreting the phenotype.

      To clarify the contribution of the epithelial compartment, we have already generated and analyzed epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice using the Ltf-Cre driver. These data are shown in Supplementary Fig. S6. In contrast to the complete infertility and severe luminal remodeling defects observed in Pgr-Cre-mediated uterine p38α knockout mice, epithelial-specific deletion of p38α did not critically impair female fertility and caused only mild uterine abnormalities. Thus, epithelial deletion alone is not sufficient to recapitulate the severe phenotype observed in the Pgr-Cre model.

      We agree that this point was not sufficiently emphasized in the original manuscript. We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion sections to explicitly describe the Ltf-Cre analysis and to clarify that the severe phenotype in Pgr-Cre mutants is unlikely to arise solely from an epithelial-autonomous loss of p38α. Instead, our data support a model in which p38α in non-epithelial uterine compartments, particularly the stroma, contributes to luminal epithelial remodeling through epithelial–stromal communication.

      We have also softened the wording to avoid implying that the Pgr-Cre model alone definitively identifies the stromal compartment as the exclusive source of the phenotype. Rather, the combination of the Pgr-Cre phenotype, the mild Ltf-Cre phenotype, and the single-cell/spatial transcriptomic analyses supports a critical role for p38α-dependent epithelial–stromal crosstalk in establishing implantation-competent luminal architecture.

      We now added explanations regarding eKO in the result sections (Page15, Line344) as well as Discussion sections (Page20, Line459)

      (2) Previous studies have shown that p38α regulates epithelial polarity, cytoskeletal organization, and E-cadherin localization. However, the current study does not examine changes in cell adhesion or epithelial junction integrity. The authors should evaluate markers of cell adhesion and polarity and discuss whether the observed phenotype could result from impaired epithelial junctions or altered cytoskeletal organization.

      We agree with the reviewer that epithelial adhesion, polarity, and cytoskeletal organization are important potential mechanisms underlying the luminal remodeling phenotype. In the original manuscript, we examined E-cadherin and β-catenin, both of which are associated with adherens junctions and epithelial polarity. We observed stronger and more persistent staining of these markers in day 4 p38α uKO luminal epithelium compared with controls, suggesting impaired remodeling of epithelial adhesion/polarity-associated structures rather than a simple loss of epithelial junctions.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to explicitly describe these data in the context of epithelial adhesion and polarity. We further discuss that altered junctional or cytoskeletal remodeling may contribute to the persistent luminal folding phenotype. However, because epithelial-specific p38α deletion using Ltf-Cre did not reproduce the severe phenotype of Pgr-Cre-mediated uterine knockout mice, we interpret these epithelial abnormalities as likely arising, at least in part, from disrupted epithelial–stromal communication rather than from an exclusively epithelial-autonomous junctional defect.

      (3) Previous studies have reported that uterine fluid absorption during implantation is closely associated with luminal closure and remodeling. It would be important to determine whether epithelial transport-related genes are altered in the mutant uterus. Could dysregulated fluid homeostasis contribute to the implantation defects observed in the p38α-deficient mice?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. As the reviewer noted, uterine fluid absorption and epithelial transport are important processes associated with luminal closure and remodeling during implantation.

      In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we re-examined our RNA-seq dataset with a focus on genes related to epithelial transport and fluid homeostasis. We found that several transport- and barrier-associated genes were altered in the P4/LIF-untreated p38a-deficient uterus, including Aqp3, Slc26a6, Cldn10, Gjb2, Trpv6, Trpm6, and Atp6v0a4. These genes are associated with water transport, ion transport, paracellular permeability, epithelial communication, and pH/ion homeostasis. These findings suggest that dysregulated epithelial transport and fluid homeostasis may contribute, at least in part, to impaired luminal closure/remodeling and implantation defects in the mutant uterus.

      We have added this point to the revised manuscript. Nevertheless, because transcriptomic data do not directly measure transporter activity or uterine fluid dynamics, further functional studies will be required to determine whether altered fluid absorption directly contributes to the abnormal luminal architecture. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this limitation and to propose direct functional analysis of uterine fluid absorption and epithelial transport as an important future direction.

      (4) It is intriguing that P4 plus LIF supplementation rescues embryo attachment, but pregnancy still fails at later stages. The authors should discuss whether this defect might result from p38α deletion in stromal cells or from persistent abnormalities in luminal remodeling.

      Thank you for your advice. It is difficult to determine from the current study whether the observed phenotype is primarily caused by persistent luminal epithelial abnormalities or by stromal p38α deficiency. In the present study, P4 and LIF supplementation restored embryo attachment in p38α uKO mice; however, embryo invasion remained completely absent, resulting in subsequent pregnancy failure. Previous studies from our group have shown that uterine deficiency of Hif2α, Rb1, Ezh2, or Lox impairs embryo invasion and leads to pregnancy failure, highlighting the importance of coordinated epithelial–stromal remodeling during implantation (PMID: 41803091, 3719814, 2012472, 33399260). In the p38α uKO uterus, although P4 and LIF supplementation restored key molecular signals required for attachment, abnormalities in luminal morphology persisted. Therefore, persistent defects in luminal remodeling may contribute to the failure of embryo invasion and subsequent pregnancy progression. However, because embryo attachment is severely impaired in untreated p38α uKO mice, the post-attachment role of stromal p38α cannot be directly assessed in the current model. Further studies using decidual cell-specific genetic approaches will be required to clarify the contribution of stromal p38α to embryo invasion. We added these sentences in the discussion sections.

      (5) The terminology describing luminal morphogenesis requires clarification, particularly the definitions of "shrunken areas" and "stretched areas." These terms should be clearly defined and, if possible, supported by quantitative criteria

      Thank you for your suggestion. To quantify the transition between shrunken and stretched areas in wild-type mice, we measured the angle of luminal folding around the embryo (±500 µm) as well as inter-implantation sites on day 4 2000h using ImageJ. This analysis revealed the epithelia around the embryos are more shrunken with vertically oriented folding compared to inter-implantation sites (Figure 2e). We similarly analyzed uteri from control and p38α uKO, and found uKO poorly formed shrunken and stretched areas, which may compromise embryo implantation in this milieu (Figure 7e).

      (6) The exact collection time points for day 4 and day 5 uteri should be clearly specified (Line 169), as implantation-related changes are highly time-dependent.

      Thank you for your advice. We have added “10:00” to both day 4 and day 5.

      (7) The manuscript relies heavily on qualitative visual comparisons of luminal morphology. The authors should provide quantitative morphometric analyses, such as measurements of lumen width, epithelial curvature, or fold depth, to support their conclusions.

      Thank you for your suggestion. To quantify the transition between shrunken and stretched areas in wild-type mice before and after embryo attachment, we measured the angle between the LE folding adjacent to the embryo and inter-implantation sites against the M-AM axis. The corresponding results have been added to the manuscript (Figure 2e and 7e).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This work presents valuable findings that identify ergosterol binding by the human ABC transporter ABCG5/G8 and show that ergosterol stimulates its ATPase activity more strongly than cholesterol, advancing understanding of sterol recognition and transport. The evidence from single-particle cryo-EM, molecular dynamics simulations, and biochemical assays is convincing, although additional structures and mutational studies would strengthen the proposed mechanism. These results provide key insight into the molecular basis of sterol recognition and regulation of ABCG5/G8 and will be of interest to researchers studying sterol transport and ABC transporter function.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript by Rezaei F. et al., the authors determine a cryo-EM structure of the human ABCG5/G8 ABC transporter that was expressed in Pichia Pastoris. The structure was nearly identical to previous crystal and cryo-EM structures of ABCG5/G8, and displayed a non-protein density in the central transport pocket between both halves of the transporter. Since the expression host Pichia pastoris natively makes ergosterol rather than cholesterol, and cholesterol hemisuccinate (CHS) was added during protein solubilization and purification, the authors used molecular dynamics simulations to probe the stability of binding for cholesterol, CHS, and ergosterol in the central pocket where the density was identified. These simulations suggested that ergosterol, rather than CHS, occupies the central pocket in the cryo-EM structure.

      The authors then went on to investigate the effect of ergosterol on ABCG5/G8 ATPase activity. Interestingly, ergosterol was more potent than cholesterol or CHS in stimulating ABCG5/G8 ATPase activity. It was further demonstrated that the hydroxyl moiety of Y342 in ABCG5 is essential to achieve full stimulation of ATPase activity by ergosterol, but not cholesterol. This assay highlights a key residue (Y342) in ABCG5 that contributes to differential sterol sensitivity of ABCG5/G8.

      Overall, this is a compelling story with solid biochemical kinetic data that largely support the interpretation that binding of ergosterol gives rise to the sterol-like density in the transport pocket of ABCG5/G8.

      Strengths:

      (1) The finding that ABCG5/G8 responds to ergosterol more strongly than cholesterol is very interesting. This suggests a plausible role for ABCG5/G8 in regulating absorption of exogenous sterols from the human diet.

      (2) The biochemical kinetics data appear to be quite strong, with appropriate replicates and statistical analyses in most locations.

      (3) The cryo-EM density map appears to be of good quality despite an overall resolution of ~3.6 Å.

      (4) The manuscript and figures are well prepared and easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While I agree with the conclusion that the central density is likely not CHS, how can the authors be sure that this is not cholate (which was included throughout solubilization and purification)?

      (2) The authors do comment on the role of the hydroxyl on Y432 being important for differential regulation of the transporter by sterols. However, it was not clear to me how the hydroxyl of Y342 could contribute to enhanced activity with ergosterol and not cholesterol. These two molecules are very similar and bind in essentially the exact same location. Could it be that the additional double bond (creating a conjugated double-bond system) in the B-ring of ergosterol interacts with Y342 in a favorable manner that is not possible with cholesterol, which lacks this double bond? It seems like more discussion on the chemical similarities and differences between ergosterol and cholesterol is warranted in order to potentially explain why the Y342 hydroxyl moiety is so critical for stimulation with ergosterol but not cholesterol.

      (3) Minor weakness: Enthusiasm for the cryo-EM structure is slightly tempered by the fact that the structure is essentially identical to a previous ABCG5/G8 cryo-EM structure bound to cholesterol.

      (4) I am a little confused by Figure 1D. If the RMSD is calculating the ligand position relative to its initial position in the first frame, then shouldn't the RMSD value for all ligands start at zero when the time is zero? Why does RMSD not start at 0 for all ligands and then gradually increase as the simulation progresses? Similarly, why is the starting RMSD at time 0 so different for ergosterol, cholesterol, and CHS?

      (5) It would be good to include a "no sterol" control for the experiments in Figure 3B. Is the basal ATPase activity without sterols the same for WT and Y342F constructs?

      (6) In Figure 4D and Table 1 (bottom), ATPase activity is measured as a function of sterol concentration, and the data are fit using a Michaelis-Menten equation, with Vmax and Km reported. I do not think that interpreting these parameters as Vmax and Km is appropriate for this experiment. Although a saturating Michaelis-Menten-type equation can be used to describe the dependence of ATPase activity on sterol concentration, sterol is not the substrate being directly measured in the ATPase reaction. Rather, the experiment measures sterol-dependent stimulation of ATP hydrolysis. Thus, these data are more appropriately described as a sterol dose-response or activation curve, and an apparent EC50 would be a more appropriate parameter to report. A true Km for sterol would require measurement of the sterol transport reaction as a function of sterol concentration.

      (7) It would be good to include statistical analyses of the interaction energy decompositions from molecular dynamics (Figure 2C) where appropriate. For instance, is the difference between interaction energies for (G5)-Y424 really different for cholesterol and ergosterol? The error bar for ergosterol makes it hard to tell if this difference is statistically significant.

      (8) The changes in side-chain orientations noted in the paper (Figure 2B) are really very, very small changes. I am not quite sure that these represent true changes due to ligand binding, versus small changes in model refinement into intermediate resolution range maps (~3.6Å cryoEM and ~4Å crystal structure).

      (9) The discussion surrounding an alternative sterol binding pocket, and particularly its involvement in sterol flip-flop (Figure 4B), seems very speculative.

      (10) The authors included AMP-PNP and MgCl2 in their sample for cryo-EM, but did not observe a closed state in 3D classification. Any speculation as to why the open conformation was obtained, or, more importantly, why AMP-PNP was included at all?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Rezaei et al. determined the cryo-electron microscopy structure of human ABCG5/8 in complex with ergosterol, revealing a conserved sterol-binding site at the transmembrane domain (TMD) interface, signifying the role of a specific key residue, Y432, in the interaction. ATPase assays showed the effective stimulation of ATPase activity of ABCG5/8 in the presence of ergosterol than cholesterol and CHS. The role of Y432 in the interaction with the transporter and stimulation of its ATPase activity was further supported by a mutagenesis study.

      Strengths:

      The study has been supported well with the structural and biochemical data combined with molecular dynamics simulations. The methods are very well detailed, which is helpful for the reader.

      Weaknesses:

      A few more experiments along similar lines (structures and mutagenesis and ATPase experiments) would have strengthened the molecular mechanism of sterol transport. Also, the physiological relevance of this sterol-ABCG5/8 structure has not been elaborated or connected via any experiments.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study provides structural and functional insights into the sterol recognition mechanism of ABCG5/G8.

      Strengths:

      The modeling of ergosterol into the density map is plausible, considering that the protein was heterologously expressed in yeast, only CHS was added during purification, and MD simulations rendered CHS binding to this site unlikely. The identified ergosterol-binding site in the central TMD cavity closely aligns with the location previously observed in a cholesterol-soaked crystal structure, strongly supporting the notion that this cavity serves as the primary substrate-transport pocket. Furthermore, mutagenesis of the key Tyr residue abolishes the ergosterol-specific enhancement of ATPase activity, providing robust functional support for the structural findings.

      Weaknesses:

      However, several caveats should be considered when interpreting these results:

      First, while local resolution in the TMD region appears sufficient to trace side chains, the overall resolution of 3.5 Å poses challenges for precisely discerning subtle side-chain movements or rotamer changes. As the structural comparison with the apo and CRL-bound forms reveals no major helical shifts-remaining confined to side-chain rearrangements-caution is warranted when attributing mechanistic significance to these localized variations without exhaustive functional validation.

      Second, a major limitation lies in the mechanistic model proposed by the authors. The manuscript suggests that the peripheral cholesterol-binding site (CRL) observed exclusively in previous crystal structures represents an intermediate state of sterol flip-flop. However, the authors provide no new experimental or computational evidence in this study to substantiate this hypothesis. Consequently, this model remains speculative and lacks sufficient empirical backing at this stage.

    5. Author response:

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and their constructive comments. We are pleased that the reviewers found the identification of a sterol-binding cavity in ABCG5/G8, the stronger stimulation of ATPase activity by ergosterol, and the role of ABCG5<sub>Y432</sub> in differential sterol activation to be of interest to the greater transporter community.

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) We agree that cholate should be considered, as it was present throughout protein purification. We acknowledge that at the current resolution, the identity of the bound ligand cannot be determined unambiguously from the cryo-EM density alone, particularly among sterol-like molecules of similar size and shape. For this reason, we described the cavity as a potential sterol-binding site and ergosterol as the most likely ligand and did not rely on the structure alone to define sterol-protein interactions through this cavity. Here, we combined ligand fitting, molecular dynamics simulations, site-directed mutagenesis, and in vitro functional assays to evaluate the role of this cavity in sterol selectivity. In the revision, we will fit cholate into the density, compare its fit with those of ergosterol, cholesterol, and CHS, and include MD simulation data for cholate as described for these molecules. Furthermore, previous studies showed that cholate only contributed to the basal ATPase activity [1, 2], so we will include ATPase data for the ABCG5<sub>Y432F</sub> mutant under sterol-free conditions and compare it with WT under the same conditions, since our assays included cholate.

      (2) In the current manuscript, we discuss how the hydroxyl group of Y432 may provide an additional interaction capability within the binding cavity. In the revision, we will add a discussion of the chemical differences between ergosterol and cholesterol, including the double bond in the B ring and the additional double bond and methyl group in the side chain, and how these features may favor interactions with the Y432 hydroxyl and aromatic ring.

      (3) We agree that the overall fold is similar to previous ABCG5/G8 structures. We want to clarify that this is the first structural evidence showing a non-cholesterol bound to the central cavity and its link to sterol-specific activation of the transporter’s catalysis.

      (4) The ligand RMSD values were calculated relative to the docked starting poses. Because the systems underwent equilibration and the first 25 ns of each production simulation were excluded from analysis, the ligands had already relaxed from their initial poses at the start of the analyzed trajectories, which explains why the values do not start at zero and differ among sterols. We will clarify this in the Methods and figure legend in the revision.

      (5) We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The basal activity of WT ABCG5/G8 is currently shown in Figure 3A. In the revision, we will measure the basal activity of ABCG5<sub>Y432F</sub> under the same sterol-free conditions and add both WT and Y432F sterol-free controls to Figure 3B for direct comparison.

      (6) We agree that sterol acts as an activator rather than the directly measured substrate in this assay. In the revision, we will describe these data (Figure 3D and Table 1) as sterol-dependent activation curves and report apparent EC50 and maximal activity values in place of Km and Vmax.

      (7) We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. In the original submission, Fig. 2C shows per-residue MMGBSA decomposition as the mean +/- SD of three independent replicates. We performed a Welch’s t-test for all three pairs with a Benjamini-Hochberg FDR for all 48 comparisons, the residues which had mentioned were in direction but were not statistically significant. This remains relevant since our simulations showed that in all replicates, CHS would move away from the docked site which explains why the standard deviations for the MMGBSA calculations were so large. We equally re-analyzed each trajectory from the point where CHS’s RMSD stabilized which equally yielded large SD binding free energy decomposition, however, no residues passed the BH FDR. For this reason, we will modify our language within the text to reflect the comparisons between sterol groups as trends rather than significant differences.

      (8) We agree that these side chain differences are small relative to the resolution of the structures. We will revise the text to describe them more cautiously.

      (9) We agree that the proposed role of the surface-exposed site in sterol flip-flop is speculative. The model is based on the cholesterol molecule observed at the ABCG8 to ABCG5 transmembrane interface in our previous crystal structure (PDB ID: 8CUB) [3]. We discuss this site as having a possible role in sterol sensing and regulation or in sterol movement between membrane leaflets, as suggested for other ABC transporters [4]. We acknowledge that neither role is directly tested in this study. In the revision, we will rephrase this section, clearly present both possibilities as hypotheses for future investigation, and revise Figure 4B and its legend to indicate that it represents a proposed model.

      (10) AMPPNP and MgCl<sub>2</sub> were included to match the conditions under which we previously obtained a cholesterol-bound structure of ABCG5/G8 [3]. Our aim was to capture the sterol-bound state of the transporter rather than an ATP hydrolysis or nucleotide-bound closed state. Consistent with our previous structure, no nucleotide density was observed in the nucleotide binding sites, and the transporter adopted an inward-facing conformation. We will clarify this rationale in the Methods of the revised manuscript and discuss possible role of nucleotide in this report.

      Reviewer #2:

      We agree that additional structures and mutants would further strengthen the mechanistic model, and we will discuss these as directions for future work. We will also expand the Discussion on the physiological relevance of differential sterol recognition by ABCG5/G8, including dietary non-cholesterol sterols.

      Reviewer #3:

      (1) We agree that the observed side chain differences should be interpreted with caution given the resolution. We will revise the text to avoid attributing mechanistic significance to these localized variations beyond what is supported by our mutagenesis and functional data.

      (2) We agree that the present study does not provide new experimental or computational evidence that the CRL site represents an intermediate in sterol flip-flop. This model is based on the cholesterol-bound site observed in our previous crystal structure (PDB ID: 8CUB) [3], and in the current manuscript we present it as one of two possible roles for this site, alongside sterol sensing or regulation. In the revision, we will state the basis of the model more clearly, present both possibilities as hypotheses for future investigation, and revise the related text and Figure 4B accordingly (see also our response to Reviewer #1, point 9).

      We look forward to submitting a revised manuscript that addresses these points.

      References:

      (1) B. M. Xavier, A. A. Zein, A. Venes, J. Wang, J. Y. Lee, Transmembrane Polar Relay Drives the Allosteric Regulation for ABCG5/G8 Sterol Transporter. International Journal of Molecular Sciences 2020, Vol. 21, Page 8747 21, 8747 (2020).

      (2) B. J. H. Johnson, J. Y. Lee, A. Pickert, I. L. Urbatsch, Bile acids stimulate ATP hydrolysis in the purified cholesterol transporter ABCG5/G8. Biochemistry 49, 3403–3411 (2010).

      (3) D. Farhat, F. Rezaei, M. Ristovski, Y. Yang, A. Stancescu, L. Dzimkova, S. Samnani, J. F. Couture, J. Y. Lee, Structural Analysis of Cholesterol Binding and Sterol Selectivity by ABCG5/G8. J. Mol. Biol. 434, 167795 (2022).

      (3) S. Thangapandian, K. Kapoor, E. Tajkhorshid, Probing cholesterol binding and translocation in P-glycoprotein. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (BBA) - Biomembranes 1862, 183090 (2020).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents an open-source reinforcement learning framework for the real-time, closed-loop optimization of spatiotemporal electrical stimulation in engineered neuronal networks. Using single-spike-resolution activity as continuous feedback, the authors provide solid evidence that their platform can identify stimulation patterns that drive specific activity motifs within a structurally constrained four-node circuit. While this reproducible system offers a valuable and accessible tool for interacting with biological neural networks in an adaptive manner, further validation is needed to determine how well these stimulation strategies generalize to larger, unstructured, or more conventional network architectures.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents several reinforcement learning (RL) approaches to control activity in small, ring-shaped neural networks. The paradigm is to find temporally and spatially patterned stimuli applied to axons that maximize the length of activity propagation along the network. Several RL versions were compared. Some RL-designed stimulation patterns worked better than others.

      Strengths:

      The work is technically and statistically very sound, and important controls were done that are missing in some earlier work along this line of research. The statistics and technical solutions seem solid, though I am no specialist in RL. The figures are well done and informative, with matching quality of the captions. The work presented is of value mainly for someone who wants to build a good closed-loop stimulation system to experiment with neuronal networks in-vitro.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript appears undecided about whether it wants to be about RL control, about a technical implementation of long-term stimulation in vitro, or about the properties of neuronal networks and interaction with them. The introduction is well written, comprehensive and insightful, focusing on biological aspects. Methods are then extensively about RL algorithms, without explaining why several were used or why these in particular, but with specialist language hard to understand for neuroscientists. The results then quantitatively compare the performance of the RL but do not really explain what this teaches us about neuroscience or what we learn about the networks beyond that they can be stimulated for longer propagation patterns. Extensive supplementary material almost advertises the hardware built by the team. Some figures suggest, though I'm not 100% certain about this, that different algorithms find different optimal stimulation patterns in the same network - which I find puzzling. What then does this tell us about the stimulation patterns and the variability of the responses? There is some speculative mechanistic reasoning, but no data to support this further. The conclusions hardly address the initial motivation of the manuscript. To me, it is not clear what can be learned that was not, in one way or another, presented previously, with as well as without RL.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors developed a reinforcement learning framework to identify stimulation patterns that produce a predefined activity pattern in neuronal networks cultured on a microelectrode array. The main contribution of this study lies in the development and validation of the experimental framework, rather than in providing new insight into neuronal response properties or the biological mechanisms underlying network activity.

      A major strength of the work is that the framework is implemented using open-source software. Electrical stimulation through microelectrode arrays is already widely used, and the proposed approach is therefore likely to be of interest to researchers seeking to automate the exploration and optimization of stimulation parameters. The authors also provide the software, hardware configuration, and experimental data, which substantially improves transparency and should facilitate reproduction and further development of the system by other laboratories.

      The experiments provide a useful proof of concept showing that the framework can search for stimulation patterns associated with the predefined task in the tested neuronal network. The evidence is solid for demonstrating the feasibility of the approach within this specific experimental configuration. In particular, the closed-loop integration of stimulation, recording, evaluation of the neuronal response, and subsequent selection of stimulation patterns is clearly implemented and experimentally tested.

      An important limitation is that the framework was evaluated using a relatively small and highly structured network. Four stimulation electrodes were positioned around a single network, and stimulation was delivered to microchannels in which axons were concentrated. This configuration is well suited to the initial demonstration, but it remains uncertain whether the same approach will perform similarly in conventional monolayer dissociated cultures, larger networks, or systems with different numbers and spatial arrangements of electrodes. Additional validation across a broader range of network structures and experimental configurations would therefore be needed to establish the general applicability of the framework.

      Overall, this study presents a valuable and reproducible methodological framework for the closed-loop optimization of electrical stimulation in cultured neuronal networks. Its likely impact lies primarily in providing an accessible experimental and computational platform that can be adapted for studies requiring systematic exploration of stimulation patterns, although the extent to which the current findings generalize beyond the tested network configuration remains to be determined.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study integrates living neuronal circuits with a real-time reinforcement-learning framework to enable closed-loop optimization of directional firing sequences at single-spike resolution. By using the spatiotemporal structure of neuronal firing as feedback, the system adaptively searches for stimulation patterns that increase a predefined propagation reward. The work represents an exciting step toward systematic and adaptive control of living neuronal networks.

      Strengths:

      The study presents a cutting-edge closed-loop platform that combines neuronal cultures, high-temporal-resolution electrophysiology, and reinforcement learning with millisecond-scale latency. The ability to optimize directional activity propagation at single-spike resolution is particularly novel. More broadly, the work provides a compelling framework for interacting with biological neural networks in an adaptive rather than purely predefined manner.

      Weaknesses:

      Several aspects of the analysis and interpretation require further clarification. In particular, the definition and computation of directional propagation and reward are not always clear. The generalizability of the optimized stimulation patterns across cultures also remains unclear.

    5. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents an open-source reinforcement learning framework for the real-time, closedloop optimization of spatiotemporal electrical stimulation in engineered neuronal networks. Using single-spike-resolution activity as continuous feedback, the authors provide solid evidence that their platform can identify stimulation patterns that drive specific activity motifs within a structurally constrained four-node circuit. While this reproducible system offers a valuable and accessible tool for interacting with biological neural networks in an adaptive manner, further validation is needed to determine how well these stimulation strategies generalize to larger, unstructured, or more conventional network architectures.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their kind and insightful words, as well as their constructive feedback and assessment. We agree that in its current stage, the manuscript does not convincingly argue, that specific stimulation strategies applied to one network generalise well to other network architectures. We intend to address this problem by adjusting the focus of the manuscript to be more on the platform than on any specific neuroscience claim, as we believe that this is the more useful angle for the community at large. We also intend to discuss the transferability of our results between the presented culture system and other neuroscience systems.

      Based on the reviewer comments, we will further give a more approachable introduction to reinforcement learning to make the concept more accessible to a wider audience. We will also motivate the algorithm selection in more depth.

      In the following, we will discuss the comments put forward by the reviewers and how we intend to adapt our manuscript to address them. In this provisional response, we will only focus on major concerns. Minor comments, where we are following the suggestions made by the reviewers directly, will not yet be discussed.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript appears undecided about whether it wants to be about RL control, about a technical implementation of long-term stimulation in vitro, or about the properties of neuronal networks and interaction with them. The introduction is well written, comprehensive and insightful, focusing on biological aspects. Methods are then extensively about RL algorithms, without explaining why several were used or why these in particular, but with specialist language hard to understand for neuroscientists. The results then quantitatively compare the performance of the RL but do not really explain what this teaches us about neuroscience or what we learn about the networks beyond that they can be stimulated for longer propagation patterns. Extensive supplementary material almost advertises the hardware built by the team. Some figures suggest, though I’m not 100% certain about this, that different algorithms find different optimal stimulation patterns in the same network - which I find puzzling. What then does this tell us about the stimulation patterns and the variability of the responses?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these issues with our manuscript. The goal of our work is the hardware framework. We plan to highlight this more in the revised version. The RL part will be revised with less specialist language and will get less emphasis in the next version of our manuscript. We will also discuss why different algorithms seem to find different solutions, which can be traced back to having different networks and agents finding different local maxima.

      By clearly setting the scope of our manuscript on the hardware aspects and revising the RL part to be seen more as one possible closed-loop control paradigm, we further intend to address the concerns put forward by the reviewer regarding our focus on RL in other parts of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      An important limitation is that the framework was evaluated using a relatively small and highly structured network. Four stimulation electrodes were positioned around a single network, and stimulation was delivered to microchannels in which axons were concentrated. This configuration is well suited to the initial demonstration, but it remains uncertain whether the same approach will perform similarly in conventional monolayer dissociated cultures, larger networks, or systems with different numbers and spatial arrangements of electrodes. Additional validation across a broader range of network structures and experimental configurations would therefore be needed to establish the general applicability of the framework.

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback. They are right to point out that the manuscript here focuses purely on small and highly structured networks. With the presented experiments, our manuscript does not and cannot make any biological claims about how neurons communicate. However, with this manuscript, we also do not intend to do so, as such an endeavour would be out of scope. In the next version of our manuscript, we will better highlight the focus of our manuscript, which lies on the hardware framework itself. Furthermore, we will discuss in the outlook the generalisability and scalability concerns raised by the reviewer in more detail.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Several aspects of the analysis and interpretation require further clarification. In particular, the definition and computation of directional propagation and reward are not always clear. The generalizability of the optimized stimulation patterns across cultures also remains unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful feedback. We agree with them and will discuss (1) the currently implemented reward based on directional propagation of activity and (2) the limitations and aspects influencing reward algorithm selection in more detail in our revised version of the manuscript. We further believe that we cannot make any claims about generalisability between cultures or when changing the experimental paradigm.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this valuable study, the authors build on previous work demonstrating that the microtubule-associated protein CKAP2 functions at the mitotic spindle to regulate microtubule dynamics for proper chromosome segregation. Here, the authors show that CKAP2 and its paralog CKAP2L also function at the cilium to regulate cilium formation and Hedgehog signaling. The writing is clear, the experiments and data are generally convincing, and the proper data analysis is carried out; however, the evidence supporting the proposal that CKAP2 and CKAP2L compensate for each other is incomplete. Overall, the findings advance the field in our knowledge of microtubule-associated proteins with roles in both the mitotic spindle and the cilium.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the roles of CKAP2 and CKAP2-Like in ciliogenesis. They assess the localization of both proteins in primary and motile cilia of the human male reproductive tract and use hTERT-RPE1 cells to investigate CKAP2 function. They report that CKAP2 localization is associated with cell-cycle progression and that its intrinsically disordered region is required for ciliary localization. Loss of either CKAP2 or CKAP2-Like results in elongated cilia, whereas loss of both proteins reduces ciliogenesis and restores ciliary length to approximately wild-type levels. Based on these findings, the authors propose compensatory interactions between the two paralogs.

      Strengths:

      The study combines tissue localization, knockout cell lines, quantitative analysis of ciliogenesis and ciliary length, and live imaging of CKAP2 dynamics. The findings extend previous work implicating CKAP2 and CKAP2-Like in microtubule regulation and support roles for both proteins in ciliogenesis and cell-cycle-associated ciliary dynamics. Overall, the study is convincing and should be of interest to readers.

      Weaknesses:

      The proposed compensation model requires further support. Because cilia are longer in the single-knockout cells, the ciliary fluorescence signals of CKAP2 and CKAP2-Like should be normalized to ciliary length. The same issue applies to the acetylated-tubulin fluorescence measurements. Furthermore, the ciliary-length phenotypes and increased localization of the remaining paralog do not by themselves establish functional compensation. Additional experiments are needed to determine whether acute depletion of the remaining paralog in each single-knockout background reproduces the double-knockout phenotype and whether expression of either paralog can rescue the double-knockout cells.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors build on previous work demonstrating that the microtubule-associated protein CKAP2 functions at the mitotic spindle to regulate microtubule dynamics for proper chromosome segregation. Here they show that CKAP2 and its paralog CKAP2L also function at the cilium to regulate cilium formation and Hedgehog signaling.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the manuscript is the use of GFP-CKAP2 knockin cells and the examination of single and double CKAP2 and CKAP2L knockout cells. The authors use live imaging of the knockin cells to show that CKAP2 localizes to the primary cilium of RPE1 cells after assembly.

      The authors use the knockout cells to show that loss of either CKAP2 or CKAP2L results in longer cilia and a dampened Hedgehog response, whereas loss of both CKAP2 and CKAP2L results in shorter cilia and an even more dampened Hedgehog response.

      Weaknesses:

      The data are compelling and support the conclusions. However, the findings would be significantly strengthened by using additional markers of the cilium, not just acetylated tubulin.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study shows first that yeast strains potentially associated with the [MRPL10+] prion state strongly influence Drosophila cold tolerance and locomotor behavior, and it goes on to exploit natural variation to identify host pathways contributing to these responses. The evidence for host physiology and genetics is solid, but the evidence for MRPL10 prion causality is incomplete because the prion state has not been directly validated in the yeast strains used. The study would be substantially strengthened either by establishing the presence of the MRPL10 prion state, or by tempering the prion-specific causal claims and framing involvement of MPRL10 or other prions in the yeast strains as a plausible but unproven mechanism. The work will be of interest to many fields, including quantitative genetics, insect physiology and microbe-host interactions.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Lin et al. was a pleasure to read, and the results were quite surprising. The first surprise was the strength of the effects of the [MRPL10+] yeast prion on Drosophila locomotory behavior and chill recovery. The second was that this effect is highly polymorphic in different Drosophila lines, allowing the authors to perform a GWAS and implicate a number of genes involved in gut-brain signaling, thereby establishing a clear mechanism for this effect. The third was that many of these GWAS hits were validated by RNAi, giving further support to their involvement. I only have a few minor questions.

      (1) Does the evidence really "support a model in which [MRPL10+] yeast promotes cold tolerance by activating serotonin signaling while simultaneously suppressing octopaminergic signaling"? I agree about serotonin, but the role of octopamine seems less clear. Figure 3d shows that mutants for genes involved in octopamine synthesis (Tdh2) and a receptor (Octβ2R) have higher cold tolerance, irrespective of [MRPL10+]. So while this does establish a role for these two genes in cold tolerance, what is the evidence that [MRPL10+] suppresses octopaminergic signaling? These seem to be two different questions. In other words, maybe any mutant with increased cold tolerance would show no response to [MRPL10+], regardless of whether the mutated gene is involved in mediating [MRPL10+]'s effects.

      (2) I was also somewhat confused by the results of Supplementary Figure 4. In S4a, inhibition of octopaminergic neurons (TDC2 > TNT) seems to decrease locomotory behavior in response to [MRPL10+], which is the opposite of what I would expect from the cold tolerance experiments in Figure 3d. And then in the S4c legend, it is stated that "Loss of the octopamine biosynthesis gene Tdc2 or its receptors Octβ2R and Octβ3R triggers elevated locomotor activity even in flies fed wild-type yeast, mimicking the [MRPL10+] phenotype." I can see this for the two receptors, where both the red and black lines show high locomotor activity (>1000 passes) near the middle of each 24-hour experiment, but the Tdc2 graph in S4c looks quite different, with the [MRPL10+] activity never going above ~200 passes at any time point and the wt activity showing high variability. So if I understand the data correctly, it seems that Tdc2 mutants have higher cold tolerance (Figure 3d) but not higher locomotory behavior (Figure S4c).

      (3) To summarize, I don't see how the data in either Figure 3d or Supplementary Figure 4 support a role of octopamine in the [MRPL10+] mechanism. Even in cases where perturbing a gene/neuron type abolishes the effects of [MRPL10+] on locomotory behavior or cold tolerance, this establishes a role for them in locomotory behavior or cold tolerance, but not for mediating [MRPL10+]'s effects (for the same reason given in #1 above). In contrast, the 5-HT2A results in Figure 3d do establish mechanistic relevance for serotonin, since the mutant affects only the response to [MRPL10+], but not wt.

      (4) Finally, I am intrigued by the idea at the end of the paper that this represents a symbiotic adaptation. Have [MRPL10+] yeast ever been found in the wild? If not, perhaps its effects on flies are unlikely to represent anything adaptive? And if the prion is present in the wild, I wonder: if it's to a fly's advantage to have higher cold tolerance or locomotory behavior, why couldn't it evolve that itself, without needing a prion to induce it? Given the incredible adaptability of flies, I would guess that any physiological effects of a yeast prion would more likely push a fly away from its fitness optimum, and only benefit the yeast-- for example, by increasing yeast dispersal at the cost of a fly's fecundity. The main exception to that would be if [MRPL10+] yeast were only present in some specific environments that the flies couldn't adapt to on their own, but that seems unlikely.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors report on how a prion protein originating in yeast inside the gut interacts with a host insect's physiology to influence organismal traits important to fitness. Other recent studies have strongly found that interactions between gut yeasts and their Drosophila hosts are important to feeding behaviour, growth performance, and cold tolerance. They even point to the gut-brain axis. The authors extended from this work, combining screening approaches, genome-wide association studies, and forward genetics to determine that octopamine and serotonin signalling are important to these effects.

      Strengths:

      The data represent a valuable addition to the literature. There is a growing appreciation that host-microbiome interactions are important to animal performance and fitness, and this work provides strong evidence for a causal role of a prion protein in such a relationship. The high-throughput screening approaches and sequencing were, to the best of my knowledge, completed correctly. The idea that prion proteins could influence host physiology in beneficial ways is compelling, and the authors have done a great job of walking the reader through their reasoning and the multiple lines of evidence that support their reasoning.

      Weaknesses:

      While this is an interesting topic that is worthy of investigation, and identifying a causal role for a prion protein in host effects is a significant advance, other aspects of the novelty of the work are strongly overstated. No clear justification is provided for why cold tolerance was a particular trait of interest in the present study. Yet, a recent publication in the Journal of Experimental Biology clearly demonstrated a role of gut yeasts in Drosophila cold tolerance and is not cited or otherwise acknowledged [see: Jiménez-Padilla and Sinclair. Gut yeasts accelerate chill coma recovery in Drosophila melanogaster. J Exp Biol (2026) 229 (9): jeb251533]. I trust this is an oversight and will be corrected. Integrating this knowledge into the narrative of the paper would strongly improve the reasoning for this study.

      The authors rely on a review of chill coma mechanisms from 2011 as their primary source of information for interpreting their results in relation to insect cold tolerance. A great deal of work has been done by several research groups on the physiology of cold tolerance in chill-susceptible insects in the past 15 years, much of which has relied on Drosophila as a model system. I think this is important and could inform the conclusions being reached and future work that extends from this work. For example, it is now well established that the renal system is centrally important to insect cold tolerance, including chill coma recovery phenotypes, but this is not being acknowledged or integrated into the narrative here and should be. Many of the mechanisms of interest highlighted in the present work are also directly relevant to other ionoregulatory epithelia beyond nervous tissue, and global knockdowns using the UAS/Gal4 approach will impact all tissues in which these genes are expressed. Figure 2D shows how these genes are enriched in the CNS, but also the midgut and Malpighian tubules, two ionoregulatory organs of import to cold tolerance.

      The method the authors used to assess cold tolerance is not typically preferred by researchers who commonly study these phenotypes. Holding flies continuously at 4-6{degree sign}C and assessing whether or not they remain active is a reasonable approach, and I am confident that the differences observed among groups are real. However, chill coma onset and recovery are thought to be mediated by a complex combination of temperature effects on nervous, muscle, and renal function, and this assay method may conflate chill coma resistance with the capacity for chill coma recovery. This means variation in this assay could arise from differences in initial CTmin, plasticity in CTmin induced by RCH before chill coma is induced, or plasticity in neurumuscular/renal function that allows for recovery during the assay. I say this in part because Drosophila are documented to enter chill coma and then recover while the assay is ongoing, particularly around temperatures close to the CTmin [see: MacMillan et al., The capacity to maintain ion and water homeostasis underlies interspecific variation in Drosophila cold tolerance. Sci. Rep. 5:18607]. Therefore, flies active after 2 hours may never have entered chill coma, or may have entered and then recovered. Serotonin and octopamine signalling may be critical to one or both of these possibilities, and maybe in different ways, especially because these hormones play critically important roles in both renal and nervous function.

      Infectious prions are known to cross gut epithelia and the Drosophila gut is known to take up large organic molecules via endocytosis and exocytosis, so I am not entirely convinced that the effects observed necessarily result through the gut-brain axis. Future studies could be focused on observing whether these prion proteins remain in the gut, or act directly on other tissues via the hemolymph.

      The CAFÉ assay used in the study is a tried and true way to measure feeding behaviour in Drosophila. The data in Figure 1H look like a single measurement per individual, unless they have been modified for presentation. From the text provided, it is not clear to me how the authors accounted for changes in feeding behaviour at different times of day. Feeding behaviour is regulated by the circadian rhythm in digestive tissues. If activity is enhanced at night, as in the present study, are MRPL10+ flies also feeding during the night more than the WT flies?

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript shows how a change in food source can lead to organismal adaptation to stress. Namely, different yeast strains impact the response of Drosophila to cold stress. An intriguing connection between food intake, gut, and neuronal signaling is described.

      Strengths:

      The genetic association studies suggest how pathways can be altered to provide cold tolerance in Drosophila.

      Weaknesses:

      [MRPL10+] is described here as a yeast prion, yet there is no solid evidence supporting this. It is unclear whether the prion exists; therefore, the primary conclusion is unclear. More biochemical analyses and additional characterization are needed to support the idea that MRPL10 is, in fact, in a prion state in the strains the authors received and utilized in this manuscript. It is unclear whether the mating scheme to produce daughter cells without the prion would actually work as described, and no follow-up work verifies the lack of the prion state. In addition, more common prions were omitted from the study, and it is unclear whether they might be present in the strains used as well. There is no [PSI+], [RNQ+], or [URE3] strain assessed, and it is possible that there is another prion in the [MRPL10+] strain.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study presents a comparative framework for quantifying adaptation in SARS-CoV-2 and influenza H3N2 from changes in clade frequencies, enabling comparison of rates of adaptation across the two viruses on a common per-generation scale and showing that a simple count of mutations performs as well as much more sophisticated protein language models in predicting variant fitness. The evidence supporting the quantitative estimates of fitness flux is currently incomplete because the analysis assumes a single, time-independent fitness for each clade; for antigenically evolving viruses, clade fitness changes with population immunity, and it remains unclear how this assumption affects the estimated fitness flux. The interpretation of cumulative fitness flux in relation to changes in absolute fitness over time also requires clarification.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript calculates a measure of fitness flux for influenza and SARS-CoV-2 viruses, normalising by a generation time go generate comparable measures of viral adaptation over time. Potential correlates with gain in fitness flux, such as the number of mutations in different regions of the virus, are evaluated in terms of their correlation with the measured gain. A count of mutations in the S1 subunit of Spike performs slightly better in explaining observed fitness changes than previous deep-learning models describing SARS-CoV-2 evolution.

      Strengths:

      I enjoyed reading this manuscript. I liked the characterisation of fitness effects in a way that makes influenza and SARS-CoV-2 directly comparable. This is a neat new result.

      I thought the retrospective regression against numbers of variants was a simple and interesting analysis. There is some precedent for examining correlates of fitness in key viral sites, for example in Bush et al., 1999 and Luksza and Lassig 2014: This carried on a useful tradition.

      This paper is clearly written and well-constructed. The figures are well produced. There is an absence of hype in presenting results in a simple and straightforward manner.

      After posing the question, I came to the conclusion that the comparison between S1 mutations and EVEscape was a fair one. The question here is that the details of the relationship between S1 mutations and fitness is derived in retrospect, from a large quantity of data, whereas PLM-based scores are advertised as having utility on the basis of only a single genome sequence. However, comparison was made with a fine-tuned model, which in some ways levels the playing field. Maybe further discussion could have been added around this point?

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I wasn't clear about whether the comparison with Fisher's fundamental theorem was a useful check on the analysis, or simply an inevitable consequence of any estimate of fitness scores. The fitness of a strain is measured in relative terms, as the difference in a fitness score relative to the mean of that score for the whole population. More rapid adaptation occurs when the relative difference to the mean is large, which may necessarily correlate with an increased overall variance in the fitness of strains.

      (2) I would have valued more discussion on the potential implications of the findings of this manuscript. Two questions I was left with:

      a) Thinking about application to a potential future emergent pathogen, to what extent is prior knowledge being leveraged in these methods? While a comparison is made of fitness gain versus statistics of multiple genes, in one sense we 'know' that the more accessible parts of the viral glycoprotein are going to be of higher relevance for viral fitness and evolution, simply from an understanding of the necessary geometry of antibody-viral interactions. Similar knowledge is leveraged in the Luksza and Lassig 2014 study: Characterising fitness by a number of epitope substitutions in that case rests on biological knowledge of which are the important epitope sites. The EVE family of methods use a similar approach where factors such as residue accessibility are combined with outputs from protein language models. But does this work have implications for how we evaluate emerging variants of existing viruses, notably SARS-CoV-2 or influenza? The H3N2/K substrain of influenza makes me want to ask this question: In that case a large number of non-synonymous changes in HA was not accompanied by a noticeable increase in the severity of seasonal influenza.

      (b) What is the implication of this work for the use of PLM-based models for understanding virus evolution? One analysis that was not done is evaluating the performance of combined models, encompassing both mutation counts and PLM data. Models such as EVEscape already utilise multiple metrics alongside PLMs. Do PLMs contribute addition knowledge to a 'number of mutations on the outside of the glycoprotein' count?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The author uses multinomial logistic regression to assign fitness values to SARS-CoV-2 and Influenza H3N2 clades. The mean population fitness, referred to as the cumulative fitness flux, is tracked throughout evolution to describe the rate of adaptation. The author shows a clear decrease in the rate of adaptation for SARS-CoV-2 after mid 2022, coinciding with the emergence of the Omicron clades; the rate of adaptation of H3N2 is much slower, but inferred to be constant in time. With this analysis, the author confirms Fisher's fundamental theorem of natural selection. Using a fine-grained clade definition scheme, the author attributes changes in fitness to substitutions in different genomic regions, highlighting the importance of the spike and, in particular, the RBD region of spike. A fitness model based on a multinomial regression is shown to perform better than EvEscape and protein-language-model semanticity to predict changes in fitness.

      Strengths:

      The author provides an interactive reading experience on the github.io hosted website, which has additional interactivity with figures and offers simple manipulation of what is shown. The methods are well explained and are easy to follow. The conclusions of the study- the decrease in the rate of adaptation of SARS-CoV-2, mutations in Spike S1 as the main driver of evolution, and the Spike S1 mutational count as predictor of fitness change - are clear to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main conclusions that (i) the rate of adaptation of SARS-CoV-2 has decreased after Jun 2022 and is lower than in Influenza H3N2 and (ii) that mutations in Spike S1 are the main drivers of evolution are not novel.

      (2) At the core, the multinomial logistic regression assumes a time-independent fitness value for each viral clade, while the clade fitness is not constant and depends on the population immunity, which will change over time. As a result, the fitness increase can be wrongly interpreted: The author observes a doubling of the mean fitness every 6 months from Jan 2021 to Jun 2022, and every 2.4 years from July 2022 to Dec 2025. We would then expect that the mean fitness in Dec 2025, \bar{f}_t, has increased more than 2 to the power 4, as compared to the mean fitness in Jan 2021, \bar{f}_0 (\bar{f}_t > 2^{4} \bar{f}_0). Is the mean viral fitness in Dec 2025 more than 16 times higher than in Jan 2021? Fitness differences between viral populations at different times cannot be meaningfully compared because the fitness landscape is time-dependent. The increase in fitness, without accounting for the change in population immunity, is in part an artifact of the multinomial regression.

      (3) The multinomial regression treats the fitness landscape on which the virus evolves as static. However the fitness landscape is actually time-dependent, as population immunity changes. For a static fitness landscape, the cumulative fitness flux is the mean population fitness. However, for a dynamic fitness landscape, this is no longer the case: the (mean population) fitness changes both because of adaptation, and because changes of changes in the fitness landscape, i.e., an increase in population immunity will decrease fitness non-uniformly, also affecting individual selection coefficients s_i(t). This leads to cases where the cumulative fitness flux between t_0 and t_n can be positive, but the fitness remains the same. This study neglects the time-dependence of the fitness landscape and therefore incorrectly calculate the fitness flux, leading to an overestimation of the rate of adaptation.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Bedford considers how the fitness of SARS-CoV-2 and influenza H3N2 variants have changed over time. The fitness of viral variants are estimated from trajectories of variant frequencies using multinomial logistic regression (MLR). The MLR approach was previously developed and is well-validated. Changes in mean population fitness (i.e. fitness flux) is then derived from changes in the fitness of circulating variants through time.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript makes some noteworthy observations. For one, it is reassuring to know that fitness variation well predicts the rate of fitness change in viral populations, as expected under Fisher's fundamental theorem. Similarly, it is interesting that simple counts of mutations perform as well as much more sophisticated protein language models in predicting variant fitness.

      Weaknesses:

      My two main concerns both relate to the interpretation of fitness flux and how confident we should be that it is quantifying changes in absolute fitness as opposed to environmentally-dependent changes in fitness through time.

      (1) Interpretation of fitness flux:

      I'm not entirely convinced that mean population fitness can be meaningfully compared through time, at least not as a measure of fitness change on an absolute scale. Here, mean population fitness is defined as the weighted sum of the relative fitness of each variant, so changes in mean pop fitness necessarily reflect changes in relative fitness. To obtain a fitness value of each variant that is comparable across time, a "scaffolding approach" is used to estimate window-specific effect and the global fitness (f_i) of each variant. The major assumption here is that by accounting for the window-specific effects, the global fitness of each variant becomes directly comparable. This assumption seems somewhat suspect. It seems impossible to know whether the window-specific effect is capturing the full environmentally-dependent component of fitness in a given window. There could also be a high degree of temporal autocorrelation in window-specific effects between neighboring windows due to similarities in environment that would decay over time.

      To put this in another way, say we directly competed a 2020 SARS-CoV-2 variant with a 2025 variant in the distant future after all host-immunity to these strains had waned. Would we really be confident in estimating the fitness advantage of the 2025 variant over the 2020 variant? Or would this estimates of relative strain fitness still reflect the environments in which they were measured in, including the NPIs that were in effect in 2020 and the complex immune structure of the host population in 2025?

      (2) Inability to separate different components of fitness:

      Earlier work, like Meijers et al. for SARS-Cov-2 (Cell, 2023), decomposed overall changes in fitness into different components of fitness such as changes in intrinsic fitness (transmission potential) and immune escape. While the current model is simpler, in some ways this earlier work was more elegant and more powerful in its ability to explain what components of fitness drove the overall change in population-level fitness.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study investigates how retinoic acid signaling and retinal support cells called Müller glia might contribute to regional differences in the morphology and function of cone photoreceptors - light-sensitive neurons in the zebrafish retina - and may have broader implications for understanding how non-neuronal cells such as glia shape neuronal cell specialization in other regions of the nervous system. Despite well-executed imaging and pharmacological experiments, the evidence remains incomplete because the proposed mechanism is not established as specific to Müller glia, and broader effects on retinal development, cell growth, maturation, and/or differentiation could explain the observed shortening of light-sensitive structures. The work will interest researchers studying vision, nervous system development, and interactions between neurons and their supporting cells.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the role of retinoic acid signaling in the formation of lengthened outer segments in UV cones in a localized region within the ventral temporal zebrafish retina. The authors demonstrate that the formation of this region of increased sensitivity depends on the degradation of retinoic acid by Cyp26, which is expressed in MG. Inhibiting Cyp26 or stimulating RA expression reduces OS length and visual sensitivity.

      Strengths:

      A key strength is the use of several experimental strategies to support conclusions. For example, the authors localize key enzymes in Müller glia (MG) and, in a separate experiment, to highlight the overall importance of MG, they ablate them. High acuity zones are critical visual specializations, and understanding their formation is important for vision research, retinal disease, and regenerative medicine. The manuscript also addresses a fundamental question in neuroscience: What are the specific signaling mechanisms that occur between neurons and glia during development?

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness is the use of inhibitors, which have systemic effects. This caveat has been appropriately addressed in the discussion.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Lahne et al. connects retinoic acid (RA) signaling regulation to the length of outer segments (OS) in UV-sensitive cone photoreceptors located in a specialized region of the zebrafish retina called the high acuity zone (AZ). The authors provide potentially compelling, but as it stands, incomplete, evidence that the Müller glia (possibly through expression of the Cyp26 RA-degrading enzyme) may act to regulate spatially restricted RA availability to UV cones in the AZ, supporting these UV cones to grow longer OS. While the evidence presented is indeed suggestive, it is not directly linked and is insufficient to support the full conclusions presented.

      Strengths:

      (1) The experiments make outstanding use of the strengths offered by the zebrafish model, including excellent reporter lines for RA signaling and Müller glia visualization, fluorescent in situ hybridization, high resolution fluorescent microscopy, and pharmacological manipulations; tools which are all well selected and utilized.

      (2) The pharmacological manipulations allow temporally controlled modulation of RA signaling and Cyp26 enzyme activity at developmental timepoints of interest.

      (3) Manipulation of RA signaling impacts cone OS lengths.

      (4) The Müller glia express mRNA transcripts encoding the RA-degrading enzyme Cyp26 and respond to RA signaling modulation in a manner consistent with a role in regulating RA signaling.

      (5) The use of DAPT to prevent Müller glia differentiation in the retina is used to attempt to implicate the Muller glia in the regulation of RA signaling and UV cone OS length.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The experiments cannot rule out a role for other cell types in driving the outcomes studied (UV cone OS length). The expression of Cyp26 transcripts by the Müller glia does not specifically align with the high acuity zone, and other cell types show signal for these transcripts. Impacts on RA signaling, as well as Cyp26 expression can be detected in regions potentially implicating cell types other than the Müller glia. One region of Cyp26 transcript signal is consistent with the Retinal Pigment Epithelium (RPE), and cells in this same region also show RA signaling changes in response to pharmacological treatments.

      (2) The analysis following pharmacological manipulations lacks quantification of UV cone numbers and their morphology after the treatments, which could indicate broader impacts on cones that may manifest in their outer segments.

      (3) The cell-type assignment of RARE:GFP-positive ONL cells is central to the proposed non-cell-autonomous mechanism, yet representative colocalization images supporting the quantification are not fully shown.

      (4) The SyGCaMP6f activity reporter experiments are a nice addition, but the results are not necessarily directly connected to OS length or to the Müller glia.

      (5) The experiments using DAPT to prevent Muller glia development are not sufficiently executed to support the conclusions presented, and their efficacy in inhibiting Müller glia development, as well as UV-cone-specific impacts, are not demonstrated. These treatments could have broad impacts on photoreceptor maturation, retinal organization, or trophic support.

      (6) The title refers to glial regulation of "local retinoic acid levels." However, the study measures: A synthetic RARE reporter, RA-responsive genes and pharmacological responses.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript titled "Glia regulate local retinoic acid levels to specify neuronal specialisation for high-acuity vision" by Lahne et al. examines the interaction of cellular and signaling mechanisms involved in neuronal specialization. While there have been rapid increases in the discovery and cataloguing of different cell types based on transcriptional signatures that can be uncovered by single-cell approaches, there is much less known about how variations in cell morphology within a cell type are governed. The highly stereotypical specializations in photoreceptor morphology found in high acuity zones of various species are an excellent example. This study implicates retinoic acid signaling as a functional driver of these photoreceptor specializations in addition to its previously described role in establishing the spatial positioning of high acuity zones within the neural tissue. Furthermore, evidence is presented that retinoic acid does not directly signal through photoreceptors, but instead this signal is received by Müller glia to non-cell-autonomously affect the photoreceptors. Overall, this study identifies a potential mechanism that integrates the broad patterning role of retinoic acid with its local effects on specializations within a cell type and suggests that glial cells are integral to this mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of this study are the well-executed experiments and clearly communicated results. The application of pharmacological agents is useful for precise timing of target inhibition and to prevent effects on other retinoic acid-mediated processes.

      Weaknesses:

      There are two issues with the study that weaken the conclusions that are drawn. The first is that the primary evidence that Mueller glia are the cells receiving the retinoic acid signal is that the RARE reporter is active in these cells. However, it should be considered whether this reporter is capable of responding to all retinoic acid signaling. Is it possible that the construct's binding site sequences and/or their configuration will limit the ability to detect other receptor complexes that respond to retinoic acid? For example, will complexes that contain RorBeta or RxrGamma (two established retinoic acid receptors) in complex with thyroid receptors be able to activate this reporter? If that is the case, then it could be that the Mueller glia are shaping the retinoic acid availability in the local environment of cones through their expression of the Cyp26 genes, but the cones as well as the Müller glia are directly responding to the retinoic acid signaling. If there are methods to test this, such as directly activating/repressing retinoic acid signaling in cones or MG with some cell type specificity, that would greatly strengthen the argument that it is a non-cell autonomous effect. One experiment that does argue in favor of this is that the loss of MG leads to a small outer segment, but this is where the second issue should be considered. The study uses three methods (including genetic loss of MG) that block the acuity zone-specific elongation of the photoreceptors, but one concern is that the shortening of these outer segments is a non-specific effect. In all three of the treatments (Figures 3, 5, 9), the segments look somewhat disorganized and not simply like a conversion of the Acuity zone outer segments to the Dorsal state. It would be powerful to complement these approaches with a retinoic acid-related manipulation that does the opposite - that converts Dorsal outer segments into a longer Acuity zone-like morphology. That would be strong support for the proposed hypothesis.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study examines excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance in the CA3-CA1 circuit of the hippocampus, yielding results that suggest a way in which CA1 neurons can perform mismatch detection. A combination of experimental and computational modeling results are presented and supported by solid evidence. The results are likely to be of interest to researchers who study computations in the hippocampal circuit.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses optogenetics to activate CA3 while recordings from CA1 neurons and characterizing the excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance. They observe use-dependent alterations in the E/I balance as a result of STP and they develop a model to describe these observations. This is a very ambitious paper that deals with many issues using both experimental and modeling approaches.

      Strengths:

      This paper examines important principles regarding the manner in which synaptic circuitry and use-dependent synaptic plasticity can transform inputs and perform computations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I am pleased that the authors revised their section on external calcium They now approach this issue by calculating the effect of low external calcium on plasticity. These calculations are based on studies of numerous types of synapses, which are unlikely to be directly comparable to hippocampal synapses. They focus on PPR rather than the overall response during more sustained activation that is likely to produce more complex responses. Obviously, it would have been preferable to simply measure the responses in the appropriate external calcium.

      (2) The illumination intensity and the effect on fiber stimulation is a limitation that will alter apparent plasticity.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work shows experimentally and computationally that single CA1 neurons can perform mismatch detection on patterned CA3 inputs and that STP and EI balance underlie this detection.

      Strengths:

      It has been known that STP can enhance the EPSP when the corresponding presynaptic input exhibits abrupt changes in firing rate. This work provides experimental evidence and further computational support for the hypothesis that the basic computation through STP is useful for detecting abrupt changes in the spatial pattern of synaptic inputs at the Schaffer collaterals. Further, their results indicate the novel view that mismatch detection is most efficient when gamma-frequency bursting inputs exhibit mismatches between theta cycles. The authors included novel results in the revised manuscript to show that the effective frequency range of gamma oscillation is broad, including both slow and fast gamma bands.

      In the initial submission, the dependence of mismatch detection performance on model parameters and experimental settings, such as pattern overlaps and other network parameters, was not sufficiently explored. In the revised manuscript, the authors extensively studied these points and summarized the novel results in Fig. 9. Furthermore, the authors clarified that jitters in input spikes can improve detection performance in some cases. These results show the robustness of their results against variations in external and internal conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      While this study shows an intriguing example of combined experimental and computational studies, the results of experiments and those of the computational model display relatively large deviations in some conditions. The cause of this discrepancy needs further clarification.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      In this revision we have addressed all the reviewer comments, most particularly we acknowledge that our calculations and understanding of calcium levels were incorrect, and have revisited all sections of the paper affected by this. We have performed numerous additional analyses on data, rerun many calculations with low-Calcium versions of models, and have restructured several figures and text. In brief, here is an overview of the changes in this revision:

      Changes regarding Calcium levels.

      (1) We have referred to the literature for short-term plasticity effects over a range of concentrations for bath calcium, both in glutamatergic and GABAergic synapses in the hippocampus. By interpolation, the increase of PPR when going from 2 to 1.35 mM is below ~20%.

      (2) We used 1.35 mM external Calcium in revised presynaptic neurotransmitter release models, and show that both glu and GABA models follow the same direction of change as seen in experiments at lower Calcium.

      (3) We have rerun the key calculations using these updated synaptic models and show that mismatch detection remains intact, but its strength is diminished, at 1.35 mM calcium.

      Changes regarding use-dependent decrease in CA3 field responses:

      (4) We have performed additional analysis on recordings to show that the decline in CA3 field response over the 32 pulses of the mismatch trials is under 30%, and that the mismatch responses are present even when this decline has saturated.

      (5) Additional simulations without ChR2 desensitization show no effect on mismatch selectivity.

      Changes regarding analysis of jitter:

      (6) We have performed extensive additional simulations to better characterize and analyze the effects of jitter on mismatch selectivity.

      Changes regarding reliability of spiking:

      (7) We have added a section referring to our previous work using a similar protocol (Bhatia et al., eLife 2019), where we see a range of spiking probabilities from recorded CA3 neurons. We also refer specifically to our previous analysis which set tight limits to the number of spikes per light pulse. We present our interpretation of how this affects mismatch detection.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses optogenetics to activate CA3 while recordings from CA1 neurons and characterizing the excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance. They observe use-dependent alterations in the E/I balance as a result of STP and they develop a model to describe these observations. This is a very ambitious paper that deals with many issues using both experimental and modeling approaches.

      Strengths:

      This paper examines important principles regarding the manner in which synaptic circuitry and use-dependent synaptic plasticity can transform inputs and perform computations.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three issues that cause concern regarding the applicability of their slice recordings to physiological conditions and that make some aspects of their results difficult to interpret. First, they state that 2 mM added external calcium mimics calcium levels in CSF, but this is not the case. This will influence the plasticity they observe.

      We agree that our calculations and understanding of calcium levels were incorrect. We have addressed this issue by referring to the literature in which external Ca is varied while measuring PPR.. From experiments by Blatow et al and Kravachenko et al we estimate that the PPR is ~20% higher at 1.35 mM external Ca than at 2mM, both for Glu and GABA synapses, but note that their experiments used a different set of conditions than ours. Based on this, we redid our synaptic plasticity models for Glu and GABA, reran our calculations and confirmed our core prediction of mismatch detection. We have added the following text to the introduction:

      “While most studies on synaptic plasticity utilize 2mM external Ca2+ (extCa) this is substantially higher than physiological Ca2+ (1.2 to 1.5 mM) and has been shown to significantly alter plasticity outcomes. Long-term plasticity is particularly sensitive to elevated extCa levels (Inglebert et al. 2020). There are significant but smaller changes in short-term plasticity in several systems, wherein lower extCa leads to a) higher paired pulse ratio (PPR) and b) lower EPSCs (Rat hippocampal culture: (Sippy et al. 2003), Calyx of Held: (Thanawala and Regehr 2013; Bernal-Correa et al. 2026; Lorteije et al. 2009), Mouse hippocampal slice: (Blatow et al. 2003)). Specifically, in hippocampal CA3->CA1 glutamatergic synapses at 1.5 mM extCa the paired-pulse ratio is 15% larger than at 2mM (Blatow et al. 2003). In primary hippocampal neuronal culture, inhibitory synapses also undergo a 50% increase in paired-pulse ratio at 0.5 mM compared to 2 mM extCa (Kravchenko et al. 2006). By linear extrapolation/interpolation both these results suggest a PPR increase of ~20% at 1.35 mM extCa compared to the conventional 2 mM. In the current study we extend our simulations into the physiological domain of extCa to check consistency of the predicted computational outcomes.”

      Also, from the methods:

      “Model tuning for physiological conditions

      We implemented two sets of changes to build a distinct presynaptic model which more closely matched physiological conditions. First, we increased the rates of all the reaction steps in the E and I presynaptic model by 40%, with the assumption of a 3.5℃ rise in temperature and a doubling of rates every 10℃ (Q10 of 2). Second, we lowered the calcium influx during stimulus by a factor of extCa/defaultCa = 1.35mM/2.0mM, again both for E and I. This effectively halves synaptic release (Figure 4-figure supplement 8, compare panels A and B), which we compensated for by a simple doubling of synaptic weight, both for E and I.

      It also causes an increase in STP levels compared to the reference 2.0 mM extCa model. We confirmed that these changes were qualitatively similar to those expected from experiments over a range of extCa levels (Kravchenko et al. 2006; Blatow et al. 2003). However, several features in these earlier experiments differed from ours: the inter-pulse intervals, the preparation, and the temperature. Accordingly, rather than paste in their numbers of ~20% increase in STP in E and I, we used the 37℃ and 1.35mM extCa variant of our model for additional simulations.”

      Second, they indicate that there is a 2% decrease in activated fibers per stimulus and attribute this to ChR2 desensitization. Such use-dependent decreases in fiber activation are expected to build during their repetitive activation experiments and artifactually influence their results.

      The reviewer correctly points out that there would be a substantial decrease in fiber activation if the 2% decrease per pulse extended linearly over the entire train of ~200 pulses in the Poisson train or 32 pulses in the mismatch experiments/models. Clearly this does not happen, as the EPSPs settle rapidly to a steady range in both cases (Figure 6A, E, Figure 7 E). We acknowledge that the original statement implied a large decrease, and have added the clarificatory line around Figure 1:

      “We attribute this to ChR2 desensitization, however in longer pulse trains this levels out as we discuss below.”

      To quantitatively address the concern about decline of activation, we have performed an additional analysis to estimate how fiber activation evolves over multiple pulses. For the Poisson train experiments, we used our measured field potentials over the entire train (Figure 6-figure supplement 2) and saw that the level flattened out after ~2 seconds (~40 pulses). For the mismatch experiments, the mean fEPSP flattens with a time course of ~0.8 seconds and even at 50Hz the decrement is only about 30% of the initial value (Figure 7-Figure Supplement 2). Thus the field readouts show that the saturating level of use-dependent decrease is small. From the text around Figure 7:

      “We observed this mismatch selectivity despite the reduction in inputs due to ChR2 desensitization over the long 32-pulse train. To estimate this reduction, we measured the field EPSP in the CA3 during the optical stimulation, and fitted an exponential decay function to the peaks (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). We find that the largest decay was ~30% of the initial fEPSP. The fEPSP decayed over a wide range of time courses, with median around 800ms. We estimate that the recovery time from ChR2 desensitization was around 150ms, again highly different between slices (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). Thus the mismatch detection was largely robust to ChR2 desensitization effects over the pulse train.”

      Thus, we do not expect any qualitative effect of ChR2 desensitization on our results for the following reasons. First, the mismatch experiments themselves take place under the conditions of this fibre activation decay, yet yield numerous cases of mismatch selectivity (Figure 7Eiii, Fi). Second, the simulations for mismatch (Figure 7,9) explicitly included ChR2 desensitization, and they too exhibit mismatch selectivity. Third, in this revision we have added a simulation for mismatch selectivity in the absence of ChR2 desensitization (Figure 9 panel E). There is no statistically significant difference from the reference model with ChR2 desensitization.

      Third, they do not know the responses of individual CA3 cells to stimulation. They do not know if each cell fires reliably during repetitive activation and whether each cell only fires once.

      We acknowledge that we collected limited data on this in the current dataset, because this analysis has already been published. In our previous work using a similar preparation we have characterized CA3 pyramidal neuron responses to grid optical stimuli in the CA3 (Figure 1b, e, g, Bhatia, Moza and Bhalla 2019) in response to the light pulse. These recordings show that cells fire with probabilities over a wide range from zero to one, but these firing probabilities are reliable over multiple trials. In this revision we have clarified this point:

      “Notably, the distribution of field amplitudes was tight (Figure 1E, Figure 1-figure supplement 2F), more so than the distribution of the corresponding EPSPs (Figure 1H). Together with previous work using a similar optical stimulus system and intracellular CA3 recordings (Bhatia et al. 2019), we interpret this to say that the spiking responses from CA3 neurons to optical stimuli were consistent from trial to trial.”

      Regarding number of action potentials: In the previous revision we had examined field data from our recordings to characterize the occurrence of multiple spikes (Figure 1-figure supplement 2). Second field peaks were common, at about 40% of the amplitude of the first, and within ~3.5 ms of the first peak. Third peaks were much smaller. From the text adjacent to Figure 1:

      We observed a small amount of ‘ringing’ of the field response which we interpret as either CA3 spiking in a burst, or recurrent activation of the CA3 neurons (Figure 1-figure supplement 2). The second peak was ~40% of the first, within 4 ms of the first. The ringing was down to ~5% by the third peak which occurred within ~9 ms of the flash. This sets an upper bound to any contribution to patterns by recurrence or multiple spikes during a ChR2 flash.

      On the basis of these field responses and previous reports (Bhatia et al. 2019), we infer that the CA3 neuron response to optical input was a brief event, with reliable probability of a spike on any given flash, and typically having one or occasionally two spikes within 6 ms of the light flash.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work shows experimentally and computationally that single CA1 neurons can perform mismatch detection on patterned CA3 inputs and that STP and EI balance underlie this detection.

      Strengths:

      It has been known that STP can enhance the EPSP when the corresponding presynaptic input exhibits abrupt changes in firing rate. This work provides experimental evidence and further computational support for the hypothesis that the basic computation through STP is useful for detecting abrupt changes in the spatial pattern of synaptic inputs at the Schaffer collaterals. Further, their results indicate the novel view that mismatch detection is most efficient when gamma-frequency bursting inputs exhibit mismatches between theta cycles. The authors included novel results in the revised manuscript to show that the effective frequency range of gamma oscillation is broad, including both slow and fast gamma bands.

      In the initial submission, the dependence of mismatch detection performance on model parameters and experimental settings, such as pattern overlaps and other network parameters, was not sufficiently explored. In the revised manuscript, the authors extensively studied these points and summarized the novel results in Fig. 9. Furthermore, the authors clarified that jitters in input spikes can improve detection performance in some cases. These results show the robustness of their results against variations in external and internal conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      While this study shows an intriguing example of combined experimental and computational studies, some analytic results, for instance, regarding the complex contributions of jitters to detection performance, could have clarified the underlying mechanism deeper and further strengthened the manuscript.

      We acknowledge that the outcome of the jitter calculations looked complex. We redid this with substantially more repeats (30 simulated networks projecting to a CA1 neuron, rather than the original 6) and performed a cell-wise bootstrap analysis for error estimates for mean selectivity for each condition. This larger sample resulted in a smoother distribution of mismatch selectivity over different frequencies (Figure 7). We have carried out a further set of simulations over a range of jitter widths (Figure 7-figure supplement 3). We have added these findings to the paper:

      “We next asked how sensitive the mismatch detection was to spike jitter, since in-vivo neural activity has a distribution of spike timings. We reran our model with 30 distinct simulated networks projecting to a CA1 neuron, each for a range of jitter values from 0 to 10ms. We performed a cell-wise bootstrap analysis to obtain error estimates for mean selectivity for each condition. We find that for 5-square stimuli selectivity is high at 0 jitter for all frequencies, but surprisingly for 15-square, selectivity is higher when jitter is nonzero (Figure 7-figure supplement 3). We suggest that when synaptic inputs are synchronous their effects add sublinearly, so some degree of jitter causes larger EPSPs when there are many inputs, as in the 15-square case. Consistent with this, the centroid for selectivity was always at a higher jitter level for 15-square than for 5-square (Figure 7-figure supplement 3, bootstrap test, p < 0.001).

      For the 50-Hz stimulus, a 10ms jitter is half the stimulus interval, so the onset of patterns are quite smeared. Thus, as expected, selectivity fell both in 5 (bootstrap p<0.001) and 15-square (bootstrap p=0.005) cases for 50 Hz when jitter was larger than 4 ms. (Figure 7-Figure supplement 3).”

      While we appreciate that a further analytic examination of jitter would be interesting, we feel that it would have to be done on a much reduced system compared to ours, and is therefore outside the scope of the current paper.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors primarily responded with words rather than experiments. Their response has been adequate for some issues, but I remain concerned about their methods and how they could impact their own results, and how they might lead others astray.

      (1) The paper by Klyachko and Stevens (2006) does a good job of addressing the temperature issue.

      (2) The issue of free calcium is important. They provide a calculation that says that 2 mM added calcium corresponds to 1.27 mM free calcium. This seems very low based on the low affinity buffers in their solution. I used a standard and widely used tool (MINTEQ) to calculate the free calcium in their external solution and it says that the levels are 1.6 mM free calcium. It should be noted that most reports of calcium in CSF are for total calcium rather than free, and the total values are in the 1.1-1.4 range. If buffering in CSF is comparable to ACSF than this corresponds to 0.88 to 1.12 free calcium. So either I am wrong (and MINTEQ), or the authors are wrong. If they are incorrect then it makes a big difference for their experiments. It would also be a very bad thing for slice electrophysiology to get this wrong. Also see the paper by Borst at the calyx of Held that says that 2 mM added external calcium typically used in ACSF (as used in the present study) is too high (PMID 2394036). For these reasons I am highly skeptical that their calcium levels match those in vivo.

      We agree that our calculations and understanding of calcium levels were incorrect. We used only two of the constituents of our buffer solution for our calculation of free calcium, which gave our previous low estimate of 1.27mM, whereas MINTEQ is much more complete. We redid our calculations using MINTEQ and obtained the same values as the reviewer, and we thank the reviewer for pointing out this resource. We also looked at a broader range of studies including those suggested by the reviewer and agree that the literature has flagged 2mM total calcium as too high. We have added a new section to the Introduction to reflect this body of work. We have removed our earlier free calcium calculations.

      Please see our detailed response to this point above, including reference to the literature and re-running of many simulations at physiological levels of calcium, to examine the effect on our conclusions. In brief, the mismatch selectivity is weakened at physiological calcium, but is still present.

      (3) The issue of showing a 2% per pulse decrease that they attribute to ChR2 desensitization is important. This would be sufficient to have a major influence on their experiments in which they use repetitive activation. What is the time course of recovery of this inability to stimulate all of the fibers?

      Please see our response to the same point above. In brief, we have looked at the experimental data for field epsp decline over extended stimuli, and have shown that it settles at about 70% of the starting level in the case with the steepest decline (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). The time-course of decline is about 0.8 seconds. From the frequency dependence of the decline, we estimate that the recovery time is around 150 ms (Figure 7 -figure supplement 2). We also point out that our experimental data as well as our simulations of mismatch selectivity were carried out in the presence of ChR2 desensitization, yet we observed clear mismatch responses.

      Can they get around this problem by lowering the stimulus intensity?

      From Mattis et al Figure 2a, ChR2 performance over pulse trains deteriorates with decreasing power. Hence we do not expect that lowering the stimulus intensity would help.

      From the methods:

      “We chose short light pulses for two reasons. First, to decrease jitter in the light-triggered CA3 neuron spike timings. Second, if one is below saturating light intensities, short pulses at higher power give more consistent spiking over multi-pulse trains (Mattis et al. 2012), Figure 2A, using a 2ms pulse width). Note that the Mattis study was done at 20-23℃ as compared to our ~33℃, and the authors state that ChR2 kinetics are strongly temperature dependent.”

      Are their results altered if they lower the illumination intensity by a factor of 2 or increase it by a factor of 2?

      We did not try this, as we were aiming for short light pulses to minimize spike timing jitter, and we needed high intensity stimulation to get strong EPSPs on the postsynaptic cells. Based on the Mattis study we expect that yes, the results would be altered, and we would get more reliable spiking at still higher intensities. However, we used 100% intensity (estimated 100mW/mm<sup>2</sup>) in our optical system, so we could not push it further.

      We did perform one manipulation to mitigate desensitization: For the 1-square illumination we sequenced illumination from one spot to another, before returning to the first spot, so as to minimize desensitization. From the methods:

      “In 1-square stimulation experiments, the CA3 cell layer was illuminated one spot at a time with an interstimulus time of 3 seconds to avoid desensitisation of channelrhodopsin.”

      (4) They base their reliability of stimulation on field recordings. They need to do extracellular measurements from CA3 cells to see how reliably each cell fires and if they only fire once or more that once during stimulation.

      We used prior published work reporting intracellular recordings from CA3 cells, and additional analysis of field data to address this point. In brief, the probability of a cell firing is reliable, but on individual trials it might not fire. Additionally, we estimate that following a light pulse, cells fire twice about 40% of the time but rarely 3 or more times. We provide a more detailed response to this concern above.

      If each cell does not fire reliably once and only once for each stimulus pulse it will alter use-dependent plasticity and call into question the whole result.

      We agree that, at the single synapse level, an accurate account of use-dependent plasticity depends on single reliable spikes. Our recordings from CA1 are a sum over many synapses, and hence we use population CA3 activity measures to characterize our inputs, with the stipulation that these are reliable over multiple trials. Bhatia et al, 2019 showed reliability at the action-potential level, and in the current study we show it at the field potential level (Figure 1-figure supplement 2 panel F). We use our models to bridge the gap between the single-synapse responses to individual trials, to whole-cell readouts (Figures 5, 6, 7), and apply several tests to show that this produces models that fit the data (Table 1).

      Our results, including EI balance and mismatch selectivity, are direct measurements in the presence of distributions of input APs. We point out in the discussion that:

      “In-vivo input activity to this circuit is complex, and on successive stimuli there will be a distribution of exact CA3 pyramidal cell AP timings, number of APs per cell, and number of activated axons. To the extent that model robustness (Figure 9, Figure 7-figure supplement 3) gives insights into the real system we suggest that our small model of network + single neuron model + presynaptic signaling chemistry captures some of the attributes of the biological system, which lead to such robustness. This robustness is almost a necessity in a system where the probability of release for individual synapses is in the range of 20% (Murthy et al 1997): any signal transmission or plasticity-type computation has to accommodate huge stochastic uncertainty on any given trial.”

      I remain highly skeptical of their methods and their experimental results.

      We hope that we have addressed the specific points of concern that have led to this scepticism.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study employs an innovative chemoproteomic and multi-modal experimental approach to support VDAC2 as a key functional mediator of STX effects on mitochondrial bioenergetics. The authors assimilated convincing evidence for targeting VDAC2 within POMC neurons to demonstrate neuroprotective therapies against Alzheimer's disease and menopause-associated neurodegeneration, with the potential to minimize adverse off-target side effects.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study investigates STX, a non-steroidal, CNS-selective estrogenic compound known for its neuroprotective effects in stroke and Alzheimer's disease models. The authors successfully identify VDAC proteins, specifically VDAC1, VDAC2, and VDAC3, as the direct mitochondrial targets of STX. To characterize this interaction, the researchers employ a comprehensive approach combining chemoproteomics, single-cell qPCR, planar lipid membrane electrophysiology, and Seahorse metabolic flux analyses. The manuscript frames the physiological characterization of the STX-VDAC mechanism within POMC neurons, which serve as a metabolically sensitive and estrogen-responsive system, while appropriately positioning its specific role in neurodegeneration as a direction for future research.

      A major strength of this study is its innovative methodology, particularly the development of a novel bifunctional STX probe (BF-STX) featuring a photo-crosslinkable diazirine group and an alkyne handle to capture transient STX-protein interactions in living cells. The experimental design is rigorous, incorporating essential controls such as no-UV negative controls and competition assays with excess unlabeled STX. These controls provide convincing evidence that the identified VDAC interactions are genuine rather than nonspecific artifacts. Furthermore, the authors establish a solid physiological rationale for utilizing POMC neurons to investigate these estrogen-sensitive mitochondrial mechanisms. The mechanistic claims are well supported across multiple complementary platforms, offering a clear view of how STX affects VDAC channel properties and mitochondrial bioenergetics. The authors also demonstrate scientific rigor by properly scoping their conclusions and recognizing all three VDAC isoforms as candidate targets without overstating the exclusivity of any single isoform.

      The manuscript thoughtfully addresses the current boundaries of the study within the Discussion section. The authors transparently acknowledge their reliance on immortalized cell lines, correctly identifying the need for primary neurons or whole-animal models in future studies to fully establish the physiological significance of these findings. The study also notes that defining the exact structural binding site of STX and performing targeted loss-of-function experiments, such as neuron-specific VDAC manipulation, remain necessary next steps. Finally, the authors address the non-linear dose-response observed at higher STX concentrations by offering a logical, multi-target hypothesis to explain the complex data.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and for their constructive comments. We appreciate their recognition of the innovative chemoproteomic strategy and the complementary molecular, electrophysiological, and metabolic approaches used to identify voltage-dependent anion channels (VDACs) as mitochondrial targets of STX.

      In response to the reviews, we have revised the manuscript to strengthen the physiological rationale for studying POMC neurons; clarify the potential relevance of STX–VDAC signaling to neuronal mitochondrial function and neurodegeneration; distinguish our experimentally demonstrated mechanism from its potential disease relevance; clarify the contributions of individual VDAC isoforms; and more explicitly acknowledge the limitations of the present study.

      Our revised manuscript emphasizes that the principal finding of this study is the identification and functional characterization of an STX–VDAC mitochondrial mechanism in an estrogen-responsive neuronal system. Its relevance to neurodegenerative disease is presented as an important context and direction for future investigation rather than as a demonstrated disease mechanism.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Major Concern

      (1) Lack of Rationale

      The study provides no justification for investigating sex-specific aspects of Alzheimer's disease by focusing on VDAC-mediated mitochondrial dysfunction in POMC neurons. These hypothalamic neurons are not recognized as early or primary sites of AD vulnerability, making the biological premise unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the original manuscript did not sufficiently explain the rationale for using POMC neurons.

      Our rationale is primarily physiological rather than disease-specific. POMC neurons are a well-characterized, metabolically sensitive, and estrogen-responsive neuronal population in which membrane-initiated estrogen signaling and the actions of STX have been extensively characterized. They therefore provide a physiologically relevant neuronal system for identifying the molecular mechanisms through which STX regulates mitochondrial function.

      The potential relevance to neurodegeneration is supported by evidence that hypothalamic and POMC neuronal function can be disrupted in neurodegenerative disease models. Do and colleagues (2018) reported hypothalamic neurodegeneration, increased inflammatory and apoptotic markers, and reduced POMC neuronal populations in 3xTg-AD mice and further showed that exercise attenuated hypothalamic apoptosis and restored POMC neuronal populations (Do, Laing et al. 2018). In addition, Shen and colleagues (2016) demonstrated disruption of POMC/MC4R signaling in APP/PS1 mice and showed that restoration of this pathway improved synaptic function (Shen, Tian et al. 2016).

      These studies do not establish POMC neurons as a primary site of AD pathology, but they demonstrate that POMC-related neuronal systems can be vulnerable to neurodegenerative processes. This provides a broader biological context for investigating mitochondrial mechanisms in this neuronal population.

      There is also a strong physiological rationale for examining estrogen-sensitive mechanisms in POMC neurons. These neurons are established targets of 17β-estradiol and are highly responsive to metabolic and mitochondrial state. STX is a non-steroidal estrogenic compound that activates membrane-initiated estrogen signaling, and our previous studies demonstrated neuroprotective and mitochondrial effects of STX in a neurodegenerative disease model.

      Thus, POMC neurons were used because they provide a well-defined estrogen-responsive and metabolically sensitive neuronal population in which STX signaling can be mechanistically investigated—not because we consider them an initiating site of AD pathology.

      We have revised the Introduction and Discussion accordingly. The revised manuscript now emphasizes the physiological significance of STX–VDAC signaling for neuronal mitochondrial function and presents its potential relevance to neurodegeneration as an important area for future investigation.

      (2) Weak Link to AD Pathogenesis

      Although mitochondrial dysfunction is well established in AD, the authors do not convincingly demonstrate a mechanistic or pathological connection between VDAC2 and AD. VDACs are not established contributors to AD etiology, and the manuscript does not strengthen this association.

      We agree that the present experiments do not establish VDAC2 as an etiological or pathological driver of AD. This was not the objective of the present study.

      The primary goal was to identify the molecular target(s) through which STX influences mitochondrial function. Using BF-STX chemoproteomic capture and competition experiments together with single-cell gene-expression analysis, planar lipid membrane electrophysiology, and mitochondrial metabolic analyses, we identify VDAC proteins as mitochondrial targets of STX and demonstrate functional effects of STX on VDAC channel properties and mitochondrial bioenergetics.

      Our previous studies demonstrated neuroprotective and mitochondrial effects of STX in the 5xFAD model (Lee, Bostick et al. 2025), providing a neurodegenerative context that motivated the present mechanistic investigation. However, the current findings should not be interpreted as establishing VDAC2 as an AD pathogenic mechanism.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly. The STX–VDAC interaction is now presented principally as a mitochondrial mechanism with potential relevance to neuronal physiology and neurodegeneration. Whether this pathway contributes to the neuroprotective actions of STX in disease models will require direct experimental testing.

      (3) Unclear Relevance to AD Contexts

      While the data support an interaction between STX and VDAC2 affecting mitochondrial parameters (ATP production, membrane potential, glycolysis, respiration) in POMC neurons, the study does not show whether this mechanism is relevant to mitochondrial dysfunction in AD. No validation is provided in AD-related models or in contexts related to sex-specific AD phenotypes.

      We agree that the present experiments do not directly establish the relevance of the STX–VDAC interaction to mitochondrial dysfunction in AD.

      The current study was designed to identify and characterize the molecular mechanism underlying the mitochondrial actions of STX, rather than to test this pathway in a specific neurodegenerative disease model. Our findings demonstrate that STX interacts with VDAC proteins, modifies VDAC channel properties, and alters mitochondrial bioenergetics.

      The study builds on our previous findings in the 5xFAD model, in which STX reduced amyloid-β-associated pathology and affected mitochondrial function (Lee, Bostick et al. 2025). The identification of VDAC proteins as STX targets therefore provides a mechanistic foundation for future studies examining whether this pathway contributes to neuronal protection under neurodegenerative conditions.

      We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge the absence of direct disease-model validation. Future studies using conditional or neuron-specific manipulation of VDAC isoforms will be important for determining the physiological and neuroprotective significance of STX–VDAC signaling in vivo.

      Accordingly, our conclusions now emphasize what is directly supported by the present experiments: STX interacts with VDAC proteins and modulates VDAC channel function and mitochondrial bioenergetics. The relevance of this mechanism to neurodegenerative disease remains to be established.

      (4) Interpretation of Competitive Binding Data

      The competitive binding results in Figure S4B are not adequately interpreted. The dose-dependent competition observed for VDAC3 suggests it may be a stronger candidate than VDAC2, yet this possibility is not addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that the original manuscript placed too much emphasis on VDAC2 based on the chemoproteomic data.

      Our chemoproteomic experiments identified VDAC1, VDAC2, and VDAC3 as STX-interacting proteins. Competition with unlabeled STX produced a particularly clear reduction in VDAC3 labeling, including complete loss of the VDAC3 signal at three molar equivalents of unlabeled STX. We therefore agree that VDAC3 represents an important candidate STX target.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion so that the competition experiment is no longer interpreted as demonstrating preferential or exclusive binding to VDAC2.

      However, the persistence of VDAC1 and VDAC2 labeling may also be influenced by properties of the BF-STX photoprobe as alkyl diazirine probes can preferentially photolabel membrane proteins (Kleiner, Heydenreuter et al. 2017). We now present this only as a possible technical consideration rather than an explanation established by our data.

      Our subsequent emphasis on VDAC2 was based on the integration of several observations. Single-cell qPCR demonstrated that Vdac2 is the predominant transcript in the native POMC neurons examined (revised Figure 3B), with an approximate expression hierarchy of Vdac2 > Vdac3 >> Vdac1. In addition on a technical note, recombinant VDAC3 is more difficult to reconstitute reliably into artificial membranes because of its lower stability in detergent.

      The revised manuscript therefore recognizes all three VDAC isoforms as candidate STX targets but does not claim that VDAC2 is the exclusive or preferential target. Direct comparisons of STX binding and functional modulation among the three isoforms will be required to establish isoform selectivity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Physiological Relevance of Cell-Line Experiments

      Most experiments were performed in immortalized cell lines rather than primary neurons or in vivo models, limiting their physiological relevance.

      We agree that the use of immortalized neuronal cell models represents an important limitation.

      However, these models provided the cellular material, reproducibility, and experimental control required for chemoproteomic target capture and Seahorse metabolic measurements. Importantly, we complemented these studies with single-cell analysis of native POMC neurons and electrophysiological characterization of recombinant VDAC channels.

      Nevertheless, these approaches do not substitute for direct demonstration of STX–VDAC signaling in primary POMC neurons or in vivo. We have therefore revised the Discussion to emphasize that establishing the physiological significance of this mitochondrial pathway will require validation in primary neuronal preparations and whole-animal models.

      (2) Structural Binding Site of STX on VDAC

      The exact structural binding site of STX on VDAC remains unresolved.

      We agree. BF-STX chemoproteomics identifies proteins interacting with STX in a cellular environment but does not resolve the amino acid residues or structural pocket responsible for binding.

      We have clarified this limitation in the Discussion. Determining the STX-binding site will require complementary approaches such as targeted mutagenesis, direct binding measurements with purified VDAC proteins, and structural studies in membrane-like environments, including lipid nanodiscs. Such studies should also determine whether STX recognizes a conserved feature among VDAC isoforms or exhibits isoform selectivity.

      (3) Lack of VDAC2 Loss-of-Function Experiments

      No loss-of-function experiments (e.g., VDAC2 knockdown) were performed to establish a direct causal link between VDAC2 and STX's bioenergetic and neuroprotective effects.

      We agree that VDAC loss-of-function experiments would provide an important additional test of causality.

      Our present evidence is convergent: chemoproteomics identifies VDAC proteins as STX-interacting targets; single-cell analyses demonstrate VDAC expression in POMC neurons; electrophysiological studies show that STX modifies VDAC channel properties; and metabolic analyses demonstrate STX-dependent changes in mitochondrial bioenergetics. Together, these findings support a STX–VDAC mechanism but do not establish that VDAC2 alone is necessary for the mitochondrial or neuroprotective actions of STX.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly and explicitly identify the absence of loss-of-function experiments as a limitation.

      Because whole-body VDAC2 loss-of-function is associated with severe developmental consequences, future studies will require conditional or neuron-specific approaches. Parallel evaluation of VDAC1 and VDAC3 will also be important because all three isoforms were identified by chemoproteomics and potential functional redundancy may complicate single-isoform manipulations.

      (4) Non-linear Dose-Response at Higher STX Concentrations

      The non-linear dose-response at higher STX concentrations also requires further investigation.

      We agree that the non-linear concentration-response warrants further investigation and have revised the Discussion to avoid interpreting the STX response as a simple monotonic concentration-response relationship.

      One possibility is that STX engages multiple mitochondrial targets with different apparent affinities and opposing effects on respiration. At lower concentrations, STX may preferentially engage a higher-affinity target, potentially VDAC, whereas higher concentrations may recruit lower-affinity targets that constrain this response. Consistent with this possibility, our BF-STX dataset (Supplemental Tables) identified several mitochondrial proteins involved in oxidative phosphorylation and metabolite transport, including ATP5F1C, NNT, SLC25A4, SLC25A5 and SLC25A3. ATP5F1C is required for efficient mitochondrial ATP production (Fiorillo, Scatena et al. 2021), and estrogenic regulation of ATP synthase has been reported (Massart, Paolini et al. 2002, Moreno, Moreira et al. 2013). NNT, SLC25A4, SLC25A5 and SLC25A3 also regulate mitochondrial respiration, redox balance, and ATP production (Mayr, Merkel et al. 2007, Lopert and Patel 2014). However, BF-STX enrichment does not establish direct STX binding, relative affinity, or functional modulation of these proteins. We therefore present the multi-target explanation only as a hypothesis. Direct binding and concentration-dependent target-engagement studies will be required to determine whether the non-linear response reflects recruitment of a lower-affinity mitochondrial target, concentration-dependent effects on VDAC itself, or downstream mitochondrial feedback.

      We thank the editors and reviewers again for their constructive comments. The revised manuscript more clearly defines the physiological rationale for the experimental system, establishes the scope of the STX–VDAC mitochondrial mechanism supported by our data, and places its potential relevance to neurodegeneration in an appropriately forward-looking context.

      We hope that the revised manuscript and our responses satisfactorily address the concerns raised by the editors and reviewers.

      References

      Do, K., B. T. Laing, T. Landry, W. Bunner, N. Mersaud, T. Matsubara, P. Li, Y. Yuan, Q. Lu and H. Huang (2018). "The effects of exercise on hypothalamic neurodegeneration of Alzheimer's disease mouse model." PLoS One 13(1): e0190205.

      Fiorillo, M., C. Scatena, A. G. Naccarato, F. Sotgia and M. P. Lisanti (2021). "Bedaquiline, an FDA-approved drug, inhibits mitochondrial ATP production and metastasis in vivo, by targeting the gamma subunit (ATP5F1C) of the ATP synthase." Cell Death Differ 28(9): 2797-2817.

      Kleiner, P., W. Heydenreuter, M. Stahl, V. S. Korotkov and S. A. Sieber (2017). "A Whole Proteome Inventory of Background Photocrosslinker Binding." Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 56(5): 1396-1401.

      Lee, H.-J., Z. Bostick, J. Doherty, T. L. Swanson, M. J. Kelly, J. F. Quinn, N. E. Gray and P. F. Copenhaver (2025). "Neuroprotection against beta-amyloid toxicity by the novel estrogen receptor modulator STX requires convergent signaling pathways." Frontiers in Molecular Neuroscience Volume 18 - 2025.

      Lopert, P. and M. Patel (2014). "Nicotinamide nucleotide transhydrogenase (Nnt) links the substrate requirement in brain mitochondria for hydrogen peroxide removal to the thioredoxin/peroxiredoxin (Trx/Prx) system." J Biol Chem 289(22): 15611-15620.

      Massart, F., S. Paolini, E. Piscitelli, M. L. Brandi and G. Solaini (2002). "Dose-dependent inhibition of mitochondrial ATP synthase by 17 beta-estradiol." Gynecol Endocrinol 16(5): 373-377.

      Mayr, J. A., O. Merkel, S. D. Kohlwein, B. R. Gebhardt, H. Böhles, U. Fötschl, J. Koch, M. Jaksch, H. Lochmüller, R. Horváth, P. Freisinger and W. Sperl (2007). "Mitochondrial phosphate-carrier deficiency: a novel disorder of oxidative phosphorylation." Am J Hum Genet 80(3): 478-484.

      Moreno, A. J., P. I. Moreira, J. B. Custódio and M. S. Santos (2013). "Mechanism of inhibition of mitochondrial ATP synthase by 17β-estradiol." J Bioenerg Biomembr 45(3): 261-270.

      Shen, Y., M. Tian, Y. Zheng, F. Gong, A. K. Y. Fu and N. Y. Ip (2016). "Stimulation of the Hippocampal POMC/MC4R Circuit Alleviates Synaptic Plasticity Impairment in an Alzheimer's Disease Model." Cell Rep 17(7): 1819-1831.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study investigates whether high-level physical reasoning is grounded in real-time bodily and vestibular signals using an innovative combination of virtual tool-use tasks and galvanic vestibular stimulation. The evidence is solid for the specific conclusion that ongoing vestibular information can influence selected aspects of physical reasoning in a context-dependent manner, while is incomplete for the broader mechanistic interpretations.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates a fundamental question in cognitive science: is our ability to reason about the physical world an abstract mental process, or is it "embodied"-directly rooted in our real-time physical interactions with the environment? The authors compared participants' performance in computerized reasoning games with and without Galvanic Vestibular Stimulation (GVS). They suggest that participants failed more often and utilized suboptimal strategies under GVS compared to a sham stimulation condition. Furthermore, they suggest that this detrimental effect of GVS was reduced when the games were governed by altered gravity (hyper- and hypo-gravity). Consequently, the authors conclude that the physical experience of the body modifies high-level cognitive skills, such as reasoning.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, organized, and easy to follow. Also, combining a specialized physical reasoning task with real-time vestibular disruption (GVS) is an intriguing approach to testing the boundaries of embodied cognition.

      Weaknesses:

      The empirical evidence supporting the conclusions, as currently stated in the Abstract, remains weak. The overall effect of GVS is limited, and the conclusions regarding its impact on strategy use rely on sophisticated clustering and classification methods whose reliability and validity are not clearly demonstrated in the current manuscript. The differences between Studies 1 and 2, which are critical to establishing the effect of altered gravity, are also not robust overall.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The paper investigates whether the real-time physical experience of the body shapes high-level physical reasoning. Participants played a set of computerized tool-use reasoning games (the Virtual Tools paradigm) in which they must use knowledge of physical laws - including gravity, collisions, and inertia - to guide a ball into a target area. In Study 1, participants played the games under terrestrial gravity while receiving either Galvanic Vestibular Stimulation (GVS), which introduces noise into the vestibular organ and disrupts gravitational signalling, or a Sham condition with matched skin sensation. In Study 2, a separate cohort played the same games redesigned under hypogravity (0.5 g - half Earth g) or hypergravity (2 g - double Earth g), again with concurrent GVS or Sham stimulation. Performance was assessed through success rate, number of attempts, and time per attempt; strategy was assessed through the spatial distance between successive tool placements and the frequency of tool switching across attempts. A post-hoc gravity-weighted index (GWI) was computed to compare the effect of vestibular perturbation across the two studies. The main finding is that GVS impairs performance in gravity-dependent games under terrestrial gravity, yet the same perturbation appears to be neutral or even beneficial when the game environment involves non-terrestrial gravity - a result the authors interpret as evidence for an adaptable, body-grounded internal model of physics.

      Strengths

      One of the most notable strengths of this work is its conceptual positioning at the intersection of embodied cognition and physical reasoning. Rather than treating the human body either as an abstract information-processing device or as a purely biomechanical system, the authors take seriously the idea that cognition is scaffolded by ongoing sensorimotor state - and they test this idea with a paradigm that is both tractable and theoretically motivated. The use of the Virtual Tools paradigm is well-suited to this goal: the games vary systematically in their reliance on gravitational predictions, allowing selective impairment (rather than general disruption) to serve as a signature of embodied physical reasoning.

      The dual-study design is another strength. Testing the same vestibular perturbation under terrestrial and altered game-gravity conditions and observing a reversal in its effect depending on context, provides a form of internal control that is conceptually compelling. The additional clustering analyses (Dirichlet Process Gaussian Mixture Model and leave-one-out kernel density classification) strengthen the strategy results beyond raw distance measures, confirming that GVS systematically shifts participants' spatial exploration strategies.

      The paper is also clearly written and engages meaningfully with relevant theoretical frameworks - predictive coding, embodied cognition, and stochastic resonance - making it accessible and stimulating for a broad audience.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Absence of multiple-comparisons correction. A large number of game-level pairwise t-tests are conducted in both studies (upward of twenty per study) without correction for familywise error rate. The game-level effects that anchor the main narrative - in Study 1 alone: Remove, GoalMove, Spiky, Falling_A, Shafts_B, Gap, and Chaining - arise from an uncorrected pool of comparisons. The probability that some of these constitute false positives is non-trivial. The authors should apply a correction (e.g., Benjamini-Hochberg) or at minimum discuss this limitation explicitly.

      (2) The facilitation claim rests on a post-hoc and arbitrarily parameterized index. The gravity-weighted index (GWI), which drives the central cross-study comparison uses integer coefficients (1, 2, 3) to weight games by gravity dependency level. These coefficients are entirely arbitrary and bear no principled relationship to the actual gravitational magnitudes used in the study. Why not use the gravity dependency ratings themselves, or the empirically estimated gravity impact scores from the computational modelling mentioned in the Methods? The choice of weights should be either principled or tested across a range of values to demonstrate robustness. Furthermore, the notation in equation (1) as currently typeset reads as "Gravity minus Weighted Index" rather than "Gravity-Weighted Index"; this should be corrected.

      (3) The "facilitation" interpretation exceeds what the data in Study 2 directly support. Across all games in Study 2, GVS versus Sham differences in absolute performance are non-significant in all directions. The facilitation claim derives entirely from the GWI being higher in Study 2 than in Study 1 - a between-subjects comparison involving different participant groups and a non-pre-registered metric. The language of "facilitation" should be tempered accordingly, or the authors should provide additional analyses to support this framing.

      (4) Gravitational manipulation is visual only, and the vestibular system is only one component of the gravity-sensing network. Gravity perception results, as the authors very well know, from a distributed multisensory integration process that involves, in addition to the vestibular system, visual, proprioceptive, and visceral inputs. The present paradigm manipulates gravitational context solely through visual cues and targets the vestibular system through GVS - a point the authors acknowledge but do not discuss in sufficient depth. It is important to distinguish clearly between real gravitational alterations (as achieved in parabolic flight or centrifuge environments, where the entire body is physically subjected to a different gravitational vector) and virtually altered gravity, where only one sensory modality is targeted while others remain anchored to 1 g. The scope of the conclusions should reflect this distinction.

      (5) The choice of 0.5 g and 2 g may lack sensitivity. Combining the two altered-gravity conditions in Study 2 because no significant effect of hypo versus hypergravity was found is statistically pragmatic but conceptually unsatisfying. There is evidence in the space physiology literature that gravitational processing is not linearly symmetric around 1 g: threshold effects exist below and above terrestrial gravity that may not be captured by modest deviations (half and double g) - see refs below. It is worth discussing whether the absence of a hypo/hyper distinction in Study 2 reflects a genuine equivalence or a lack of sensitivity, and whether more extreme conditions (e.g., near-zero g or 4-5 g) might reveal different processing regimes. Whether 0.5 g and 2 g were sufficient to saturate the system or merely insufficient to perturb it remains an open question with direct implications for the interpretation of the null GWI effects on strategy measures.

      Lee SMC, Ribeiro LC, Martin DS, Zwart SR, Feiveson AH, Laurie SS, Macias BR, Crucian BE, Krieger S, Weber D, Grune T, Platts SH, Smith SM, and Stenger MB. Arterial structure and function during and after long-duration spaceflight. J Appl Physiol (1985) 129: 108-123, 2020.

      de Winkel KN, Clément G, Groen EL, and Werkhoven PJ. The perception of verticality in lunar and Martian gravity conditions. Neurosci Lett 529: 7-11, 2012.

      Clément G, Moore ST, Raphan T, and Cohen B. Perception of tilt (somatogravic illusion) in response to sustained linear acceleration during spaceflight. Exp Brain Res 138: 410-418, 2001.

      Benson AJ, Kass JR, and Vogel H. European vestibular experiments on the Spacelab-1 mission: 4. Thresholds of perception of whole-body linear oscillation. Exp Brain Res 64: 264-271, 1986.

      (6) High-level reasoning is not defined with sufficient precision. The term "high-level reasoning" appears from the title onward and in the heading of the Study 1 results section (line 138), but it is never formally defined. The reader needs a clearer account of what distinguishes high-level physical reasoning from low-level sensorimotor prediction, and where the games used here fall along that continuum. What specific physical competencies - ballistic trajectories, free-fall predictions, collision dynamics, frictional forces, inertial effects - are required across the game set? When describing the subset of games that drive key effects, this information is critical for evaluating whether effects are specific to gravity reasoning or to some other physical concept.

      (7) Performance measures are disconnected from underlying kinematics. The performance measures (success rate, number of attempts, time per attempt) are coarse, high-level summaries. Time per attempt is used as a proxy for performance efficiency, yet participants received no instructions regarding speed, and different individuals may have adopted systematically different speed-accuracy trade-offs. It would be valuable to know whether time per attempt correlates with attempt number within a given game (which would indicate within-game learning) and whether mouse movement data - trajectory, velocity, hesitation - were recorded and could be analysed to provide more mechanistic insight into strategy formation.

      Comments on revised version.

      My overall assessment remains positive. I consider the findings important and the evidence solid. The study uses an original experimental approach to address a theoretically significant question, and I consider the data sufficient to support the more constrained conclusion that ongoing vestibular information can influence physical reasoning in a context-dependent manner.

      I agree with the other reviewers that the game-level multiple comparisons require appropriate statistical treatment and that the Gravity-Weighted Index should not carry more inferential weight than justified by its construction. I also agree that some of the broader mechanistic interpretations should be presented cautiously. These issues concern primarily the strength and scope of interpretation rather than the validity of the experimental findings themselves.

      I do not, however, consider the absence of preregistration of the exploratory analyses to constitute a methodological weakness in itself. Preregistration is desirable when analyses are intended to provide confirmatory evidence, but it is not a prerequisite for a scientifically informative exploratory analysis. The important distinction is that exploratory analyses should be transparently identified as such and their conclusions should be appropriately qualified. In my view, the relevant concern here is therefore the inferential weight placed on these analyses, rather than the fact that they were not preregistered.

      I would consequently retain a rating of solid for the strength of evidence rather than incomplete. The main claims are supported provided they are formulated at an appropriate level of specificity; the evidence is less secure for the broader mechanistic claims concerning general recalibration of internal models of gravity.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      This manuscript investigates whether high-level physical reasoning is influenced by ongoing vestibular and bodily signals rather than operating as a fully abstract process. The authors combine Galvanic Vestibular Stimulation (GVS) with the Virtual Tools task to test the effects of vestibular perturbation during reasoning under terrestrial gravity in Study 1 and visually simulated altered gravity in Study 2. The experimental approach is original and provides a potentially useful bridge between research on vestibular processing, physical cognition, and embodied reasoning.

      The revised manuscript is substantially improved. The authors have responded carefully to many of the methodological concerns raised in the previous review. In particular, they have removed the original arbitrarily weighted Gravity-Weighted Index, introduced mixed-effects models that account for participant-level and game-level variability, clarified the basis of the gravity-impact classification, and more clearly distinguished preregistered from exploratory analyses. The interpretation of the strategy measures and the treatment of the 0.5g and 2g conditions have also been improved. These revisions provide a substantially stronger and more transparent analytical framework for evaluating the hypotheses.

      Strengths

      The principal strength of the study is its conceptual and methodological originality. Combining vestibular stimulation with a relatively high-level physical problem-solving task provides an innovative approach to testing whether ongoing bodily information is associated with physical reasoning. The comparison of games that differ in their dependence on gravity is also potentially informative for distinguishing general effects of vestibular perturbation from effects more specifically associated with gravity-relevant reasoning.

      The revised analyses represent another important strength. The mixed-effects models provide a more principled basis for inference than reliance on individual game-level comparisons alone, while the revised Gravity Index removes the arbitrary weighting used in the original manuscript. The clearer treatment of exploratory analyses also makes it easier to distinguish the primary evidence from complementary observations. Overall, the revision has addressed many of the methodological concerns raised previously and has made the empirical pattern considerably easier to evaluate.

      Weaknesses

      The main remaining concern is the correspondence between the strength of the empirical evidence and the strength of the manuscript's central claims.

      In Study 1, the aggregate measures provide little evidence for an overall effect of GVS on performance or strategy. More importantly for the proposed gravity-specific account, the newly introduced mixed-effects analyses do not show significant stimulation-by-gravity-impact interactions for the principal performance or strategy measures. Some gravity-level-specific and game-level effects are present, including a difference in placement distance for high-gravity-impact games, and the exploratory spatial analyses provide additional evidence that vestibular perturbation may influence aspects of strategy. These findings are potentially informative, but the overall pattern is selective rather than a consistent and convergent demonstration that greater dependence on gravity systematically increases the detrimental effect of GVS.

      The evidence in Study 2 is more limited. Aggregate differences between GVS and Sham are small across the main performance and strategy measures, and the mixed-effects analyses do not identify reliable stimulation effects across the low-, medium-, or high-gravity-impact categories. Study 2 therefore does not directly demonstrate that GVS facilitates physical reasoning under altered gravity.

      The cross-study Gravity Index analyses provide some evidence that the effects may differ across gravitational contexts, but the pattern remains heterogeneous. For success rate, the high-gravity-impact contrast is in the predicted direction but remains a directional trend, with the credible interval including the point of equivalence. Other performance measures do not provide convergent support for the same pattern. The distance index shows reliable cross-study contrasts at some gravity-impact levels, but these form a crossover pattern rather than a simple reduction of the GVS effect as gravity dependence increases. The principal study-by-gravity-impact interactions are also not robust. In addition, this Gravity Index analysis was not preregistered and compares two separate participant samples. Taken together, these findings are more consistent with suggestive evidence for a context-dependent influence of vestibular perturbation than with a definitive demonstration of facilitation or rapid adaptation under altered gravity.

      A second concern is the mechanistic interpretation. The experiment directly measures behavioral performance and strategy under GVS and Sham conditions. It does not directly measure the strength of a terrestrial gravity prior, prediction errors, sensory reweighting, internal-model updating, or stochastic resonance. Predictive coding and related frameworks provide plausible interpretations of the findings, but the present behavioral data cannot distinguish among these mechanisms. Statements that GVS downregulates a terrestrial gravity prior, accelerates revision of an internal model, recalibrates cognitive expectations, or provides a vestibular "teaching signal" therefore imply a level of mechanistic specificity that is not directly established by the current experiments.

      Overall, the study remains innovative and potentially valuable, and the revision has substantially strengthened the analytical framework. The empirical results support a more circumscribed conclusion that vestibular perturbation can influence selected aspects of physical reasoning and strategy, with suggestive evidence that these effects may vary across gravitational contexts. The evidence is less conclusive for the broader claims that real-time embodied experience generally determines high-level physical reasoning or that vestibular perturbation facilitates rapid adaptation through specific mechanisms of gravity-prior updating.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (R1.1) Lack of Overall Effects and Inflated Type I Error for Game-Level Effects For Study 1, to identify condition differences at the game level (i.e., Figure 2), the authors effectively conducted 70 independent t-tests (5 measures × 14 games). While 7 significant results were reported, this large number of independent tests invites an inflated Type I error rate, as no multiple-comparison correction appears to have been applied. A similar inflation is expected in Study 2, where 50 independent t-tests (5 measures × 10 games) yielded 5 significant comparisons (Figure 4). Although the authors might argue the direction of the differences is systematic, implying GVS generally impairs performance, at least one significant comparison shows the opposite effect: tool switching indicates that GVS led to better performance for the 'Table_A' game in Study 2 (Figure 4d), whereas the same variable indicated GVS led to worse performance in Study 1 (Figure 2d). I suspect that none of the significant game-level results would survive a proper statistical correction. If possible, the authors can redo statistical testing with corrections (FDR or Bonferroni) or with LMM using game as a random effect. Before proper statistical analyses, I strongly encourage the authors to refrain from drawing broad conclusions based on these isolated game-level results.

      We thank the reviewer for this important statistical point. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R1.2) Furthermore, when analyzing data across all games, the study found no significant effect of GVS on overall performance or strategy measures in either Study 1 or Study 2. This lack of an aggregate effect contradicts the authors' conclusion that participants failed more often or utilized suboptimal strategies under GVS.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this issue. We agree that the analyses collapsed across all games did not reveal significant overall effects. However, this pattern is informative rather than contradictory: the full-game analysis combining gravity-dependent problems with games in which gravity does plays little or no role in the solution (8 low-gravity-impact games in Study 1 and 4 in Study 2; Extended Data Table 1). If GVS had produced a general dizziness-related, physiological, attentional, or arousal effect, we would expect a broad impairment across the task. Instead, the revised mixed-effects models show that the effects were tied to gravity-relevant contexts: in Study 1, GVS was associated with a trend-level increase in attempts for medium-gravity-impact games and a significant increase in placement distance for high-gravity-impact games. These effects were not observed in Study 2. Together with the cross-study Gravity Index analyses, this pattern strengthens the interpretation that GVS did not cause a general impairment, but selectively altered physical reasoning as a function of the gravitational context. We have now clarified this point in the manuscript (lines 398-403).

      (R1.3) Missing Rationale for Classification Analysis.

      It is puzzling why the authors pursued two exploratory analyses on tool placement after revealing that the two related primary measures (tool positioning and switching) did not generate significant condition differences in Study 1. These additional analyses-the Dirichlet Process Gaussian Mixture Model and leave-one-out classification-were not pre-registered. In the absence of overall condition differences, the authors appear to be "doubling down" by applying sophisticated classification tools to the raw data without a clear prior rationale.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the rationale for these additional analyses needed to be made clearer. Our aim was not to “double down” on the primary measures, but to test a distinct question that the preregistered summary measures cannot address. The distance and tool-switching measures reduce each participant’s behaviour to two averages; they therefore do not capture the multivariate structure of spatial placements, whether participants move between distinct placement strategies across successive attempts, or whether the overall placement distributions differ systematically between stimulation conditions. Our analyses, therefore, included these two complementary analyses, adapted from prior Virtual Tools work (Allen et al., 2024), to characterise the spatial and sequential organisation of tool-use strategies. The Dirichlet Process Gaussian Mixture Model is well suited to this question because it identifies strategy clusters directly from x/y placement coordinates without imposing an a priori number of strategies, allowing us to quantify transitions between spatial strategies across attempts (in relation to the environment in the game which is not taken into account in the more basic measures). The leave-one-out kernel-density analysis then asks a related but independent question: whether the placement patterns contain sufficient condition-specific structure to classify stimulation condition above chance. These analyses therefore add value by testing the organisation of strategy use at a level not captured by the primary summary measures. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this rationale and to present these analyses as complementary evidence about strategy organisation, while keeping the mixed-effects models as the primary inferential basis for the manuscript (lines 216-218, 721-731, 752-753).

      (R1.4) Insufficient Evidence for the Reduced Effect of GVS Under Altered Gravity… To compare Study 1 and Study 2, the authors devised a "gravity-weighted index," but its definition is not sufficiently justified. The index assigns weights of 1, 2, and 3 to low-, medium-, and high-gravity-dependent games, respectively. The choice of these specific weights appears arbitrary, making the quantitative results difficult to interpret. More importantly, there is no citation or explanation regarding how these three levels of "gravity impact" were defined in the first place (Line 468). This index was also not pre-registered.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the original gravity-weighted index was not sufficiently justified because it combined the three gravity-impact levels, using numerical weights of 1,2, and 3. Although these weights followed the ordinal classification of the games, they were not independently validated and could therefore make the cross-study comparison difficult to interpret. To address this concern directly, we removed the gravity-weighted index entirely. In the revised manuscript, we instead use a Gravity Index that is calculated separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level, as the ratio between performance or strategy outcomes under GVS and Sham. This removes the arbitrary weighting scheme and provides a direct estimate of the stimulation effect within each gravity-impact category.

      We then compared these Gravity Indexes between Study 1 and Study 2 using mixed-effect models that include study and gravity-impact level as fixed factors, rather than collapsing across gravity-impact levels with our defined weights. We used participant as random factor. Because the indexes are bounded and showed clustering at structural values, we analysed them using Bayesian cumulative logit models, which are appropriate for bounded, non-normally distributed outcomes and allow the cross-study contrasts to be estimated without imposing a linear weighting structure. We also clarified how the gravity-impact categories were defined, based on piloting and previous computational modelling work in the lab, and report the classification of each game in Extended Data Table 1. These revisions directly address the reviewer’s concern by replacing the arbitrary weighted composite with a transparent, category-specific analysis of the GVS effect across terrestrial and altered-gravity contexts, in line with frameworks outlined by James et al. (2021), Li et al. (2023), Liu et al. (2017) (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717, Table 5, Fig 5, Extended data Fig 3).

      James, N. T., Harrell Jr, F. E., & Shepherd, B. E. (2021). Bayesian cumulative probability models for continuous and mixed outcomes. arXiv preprint arXiv:2102.00330.

      Li, C., Tian, Y., Zeng, D., & Shepherd, B. E. (2023). Asymptotic properties for cumulative probability models for continuous outcomes. Mathematics, 11(24), 4896.

      Liu, Q., Shepherd, B. E., Li, C., & Harrell Jr, F. E. (2017). Modeling continuous response variables using ordinal regression. Statistics in medicine, 36(27), 4316-4335.

      Manuguerra, M., Heller, G. Z., & Ma, J. (2020). Continuous ordinal regression for analysis of visual analogue scales: The R package ordinalCont. Journal of Statistical Software, 96, 1-25.

      (R1.5) The authors state that for the success rate index, a value close to -1 indicates a large negative difference for GVS, 0 indicates no difference, and 1 indicates a large positive difference. These are theoretical bounds; the actual distribution of each index should be examined to validate such claims. However, the paper lacks descriptive statistics for this composite index.

      We removed the composite index (See R1.6) and included the actual distribution of each index for the two studies in Extended Data Fig. 3.

      (R1.6) Notably, the "reduction" of the GVS effect in altered gravity was only demonstrated in one of the five available indices (success rate, p = 0.046). In fact, the success rate in Study 2 was 66.7(sham) vs 67.3 (GVS) in Table 2. It is highly debatable whether this marginal result justifies the conclusion that GVS effects "were reduced when the games included reasoning about altered gravity.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that the original wording placed too much weight on a single marginal comparison and could be read as implying a direct overall benefit of GVS in Study 2. We have therefore revised both the analysis and the interpretation. The conclusion no longer rests on the absolute GVS–Sham difference in Study 2 alone, which was small when averaged across all games. Instead, we now ask a more targeted question: whether the relative effect of GVS differs between terrestrial and altered-gravity contexts as a function of the games’ gravity impact. To address this, we replaced the previous gravity-weighted index with separate Gravity Indexes for each measure and each gravity-impact level, and compared these indexes across the two studies.

      This revised analysis provides a more precise pattern. For success rate, the high-gravity-impact games showed evidence in the predicted direction, with a higher GVS/Sham index in Study 2 than in Study 1, suggesting that the negative effect of vestibular disruption observed under terrestrial gravity was reduced when participants reasoned about altered gravity (lines 285-287, Fig. 5, Table 5). For strategy, the distance index also showed gravity-impact-dependent differences between studies, indicating that GVS affected spatial strategy organisation differently depending on the gravitational context (lines 307-315; Fig. 5; Table 5). We have also tempered the relevant claims in the Discussion—rather than arguing for a broad facilitation effect, we now conclude that GVS has a context-dependent influence on physical reasoning, with detrimental effects under terrestrial gravity and reduced or relatively more favourable effects when reasoning must be adapted to altered gravity. Finally, we explicitly note that the time index should be interpreted cautiously because participants were not instructed to prioritise speed, making speed–accuracy trade-offs difficult to interpret (lines 335-336, 420-436).

      (R1.7) Questionable Assumptions Regarding Strategy. The authors assume that "big changes in tool positioning and frequent tool switching indicate poor evaluation of the failed outcome". This assumption is questionable. In solving this cognitive task, participants must explore and exploit solutions based on feedback. Large shifts in positioning or frequent tool switching might reflect active, adaptive exploration based on failed outcomes rather than a failure to evaluate them.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that large changes in tool placement or tool switching are not inherently maladaptive, because exploration is an essential part of trial-and-error learning in the Virtual Tools task. Our interpretation is more specific: when these measures are averaged across attempts within a game, persistent large shifts in placement and frequent switching provide a proxy for reduced convergence on an effective strategy, rather than for any single exploratory move being “poor”. We have revised the manuscript to make this interpretation more nuanced (lines 194-197).

      We also clarified that this interpretation is grounded in our and others’ previous work using the same Virtual Tools task, in which these strategy measures systematically tracked improved reasoning across development and reduced reasoning efficiency in ageing (Grandchamp des Raux et al., 2024; Grandchamp des Raux et al., 2025; Dexter et al., 2025; Allen et al. 2023). Thus, although exploration can be adaptive, the pattern captured by these averaged measures has empirical validity as an index of how efficiently participants refine their strategy after feedback. We have therefore revised the wording to avoid implying that all switching or repositioning reflects poor evaluation, while retaining the use of these measures as established indicators of strategy organisation in this task (lines 194-197).

      (R1.8) Confounding Factors in GVS Interpretation… GVS does not selectively target the vestibular nerve; it also activates distributed fronto-parietal attention networks and hippocampal circuits essential for any reasoning task. Additionally, the vestibular system is linked to the limbic system and the cerebellum, which regulate emotional reactivity and arousal. Because attention and emotion are likely affected by GVS, the authors should be much more cautious in attributing their behavioral findings solely to changes in the "physical experience of the body.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that GVS should not be interpreted as targeting the vestibular nerve in isolation, because vestibular signals are embedded within a distributed cortical and subcortical network that also contributes to attention, spatial cognition, arousal, emotion, and executive control. We have therefore revised the manuscript to acknowledge this broader vestibular-cognitive network explicitly, citing Ferrè and Haggard (2020), and to avoid attributing the behavioural effects solely to a narrow vestibular mechanism (lines 406-407).

      At the same time, the pattern of results is not consistent with a general attentional, arousal-related, or discomfort-driven impairment. If GVS had mainly disrupted participants’ general cognitive state, we would expect a broad reduction in performance across games and across gravitational contexts. Instead, we did not observe a general GVS effect across all games, and the effects were tied to the gravity relevance of the task and to the gravitational context: in Study 1, GVS affected measures most clearly in games with medium or high gravity impact, whereas the same pattern was not observed in Study 2 under altered-gravity reasoning. This selectivity strengthens the interpretation that the effects are related to gravity-dependent physical reasoning rather than to a non-specific physiological consequence of stimulation. We have revised the Discussion to make this point more explicit while still acknowledging that GVS acts on a broader vestibular-cognitive system rather than on a single isolated pathway (lines 398-410, 416-419).

      Ferrè, E. R., & Haggard, P. (2020). Vestibular cognition: State-of-the-art and future directions. Cognitive neuropsychology, 37(7-8), 413–420. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643294.2020.1736018

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (R2.1) Absence of multiple-comparisons correction. A large number of game-level pairwise t-tests are conducted in both studies (upward of twenty per study) without correction for familywise error rate. The game-level effects that anchor the main narrative - in Study 1 alone: Remove, GoalMove, Spiky, Falling_A, Shafts_B, Gap, and Chaining - arise from an uncorrected pool of comparisons. The probability that some of these constitute false positives is non-trivial. The authors should apply a correction (e.g., Benjamini-Hochberg) or at a minimum discuss this limitation explicitly.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. As we answered to R1.1, We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R2.2) The facilitation claim rests on a post-hoc and arbitrarily parameterized index…These coefficients are entirely arbitrary and bear no principled relationship to the actual gravitational magnitudes used in the study. Why not use the gravity dependency ratings themselves, or the empirically estimated gravity impact scores from the computational modelling mentioned in the Methods? The choice of weights should be either principled or tested across a range of values to demonstrate robustness.

      The reviewer raises an excellent point. As described in our response to R1.4, we agree that the original gravity-weighted index was not the best way to test the cross-study effect, because assigning numerical weights of 1, 2, and 3 to low-, medium-, and high-gravity-impact games imposed an interval structure that was not independently validated. We therefore removed this weighted index entirely.

      We also considered the reviewer’s suggestion of using the gravity-dependency ratings or computational gravity-impact estimates directly. However, these values were designed to classify and balance games according to the extent to which their solution depends on gravity; they were not calibrated as an interval-scale measure of the expected GVS effect, nor are they commensurable across the different outcome measures. Using them as continuous weights would therefore reintroduce the same problem: it would treat a stimulus-classification variable as a quantitative weighting parameter. Similarly, weighting by the physical gravity magnitudes used in Study 2 would not be appropriate, because gravity magnitude (0.5g vs 2g) and gravity dependency of a game are conceptually distinct: the former defines the simulated environment, whereas the latter defines how much solving a given game relies on gravity-based reasoning.

      To address the issue more directly, we now compute a Gravity Index separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level. We then compare these indices between Study 1 and Study 2 using models that include study and gravity-impact level as factors, rather than collapsing across games with author-defined weights. This approach preserves the theoretical distinction between low-, medium-, and high-gravity-impact problems while avoiding arbitrary parameterisation. We have revised the Methods, Results, and Discussion accordingly (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717; Table 5; Fig. 5; Extended Data Fig. 3).

      (R2.3) Furthermore, the notation in equation (1) as currently typeset reads as "Gravity minus Weighted Index" rather than "Gravity-Weighted Index"; this should be corrected.

      We followed the reviewer’s comment and adjusted the notation in equation 1 (lines 702-706).

      (R2.4) The "facilitation" interpretation exceeds what the data in Study 2 directly support. Across all games in Study 2, GVS versus Sham differences in absolute performance are non-significant in all directions. The facilitation claim derives entirely from the GWI being higher in Study 2 than in Study 1 - a between-subjects comparison involving different participant groups and a non-pre-registered metric. The language of "facilitation" should be tempered accordingly, or the authors should provide additional analyses to support this framing.

      The reviewer is correct that more support is needed. We now strengthened the facilitation argument by adding a new mixed-effect models that includes gravity impact as a factor, by showing that: (1) while in study 1, GVS has a detrimental effect in some of the performance and strategy measures, in study 2 none of the GVS vs Sham differences is significant (lines 172-177, 205-207, 257-259, 301-303); and (2) the comparison of the GI between the 2 studies pinpoint to a facilitation role limited to games where gravity matters (284-287, 308-315). At the same time, we have tempered the language in the Discussion by avoiding a broad claim of facilitation and instead stating that the evidence points to a context-dependent effect of GVS, with detrimental effects under terrestrial gravity and reduced or relatively more favourable effects under altered-gravity reasoning, with moderate evidence for the success-rate index (lines 333-336). Thus, the revised manuscript directly addresses the reviewer’s concern in two ways: the interpretation no longer depends on a single aggregate Study 2 comparison, and the facilitation language has been replaced by a more precise conclusion supported by the new gravity-impact-level analyses.

      (R2.5) Gravitational manipulation is visual only, and the vestibular system is only one component of the gravity-sensing network. Gravity perception results, as the authors very well know, from a distributed multisensory integration process that involves, in addition to the vestibular system, visual, proprioceptive, and visceral inputs. The present paradigm manipulates gravitational context solely through visual cues and targets the vestibular system through GVS - a point the authors acknowledge but do not discuss in sufficient depth. It is important to distinguish clearly between real gravitational alterations (as achieved in parabolic flight or centrifuge environments, where the entire body is physically subjected to a different gravitational vector) and virtually altered gravity, where only one sensory modality is targeted while others remain anchored to 1 g. The scope of the conclusions should reflect this distinction.

      We thank the reviewing for raising this point and clarified the distinction in the introduction and discussion (lines 104-108, 353-356).

      (R2.6) The choice of 0.5 g and 2 g may lack sensitivity. Combining the two altered-gravity conditions in Study 2, because no significant effect of hypo versus hypergravity was found, is statistically pragmatic but conceptually unsatisfying. There is evidence in the space physiology literature that gravitational processing is not linearly symmetric around 1 g: threshold effects exist below and above terrestrial gravity that may not be captured by modest deviations (half and double g) - see refs below. It is worth discussing whether the absence of a hypo/hyper distinction in Study 2 reflects a genuine equivalence or a lack of sensitivity, and whether more extreme conditions (e.g., near-zero g or 4-5 g) might reveal different processing regimes. Whether 0.5 g and 2 g were sufficient to saturate the system or merely insufficient to perturb it remains an open question with direct implications for the interpretation of the null GWI effects on strategy measures.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful point. We agree that gravitational processing may be non-linear around 1g, and we have revised the manuscript to acknowledge that more extreme gravitational manipulations may reveal effects that are not captured by 0.5g and 2g. In the present study, however, our aim was not to characterise the psychophysical function across different levels of altered gravity, but to test whether reasoning in a non-terrestrial gravitational context changes the effect of vestibular perturbation. We therefore tested whether hypogravity and hypergravity should be analysed separately by adding gravity level (0.5g vs 2g) to the mixed-effects models. Gravity level was not a significant predictor for any performance or strategy measure, and this was consistent with previous Virtual Tools work showing no reliable difference between hypo- and hypergravity effects. On this basis, we aggregated the two conditions as “altered gravity” for the main analyses (lines 248-253). We have now also clarified that this aggregation should not be interpreted as evidence that 0.5g and 2g are cognitively equivalent in all contexts, but rather that no reliable hypo/hyper distinction was detected in the present task and parameter range (lines 248-253, 462-463, 651-656).

      (R2.7) High-level reasoning is not defined with sufficient precision. The term "high-level reasoning" appears from the title onward and in the heading of the Study 1 results section (line 138), but it is never formally defined. The reader needs a clearer account of what distinguishes high-level physical reasoning from low-level sensorimotor prediction, and where the games used here fall along that continuum.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and added a clear definition of high-level reasoning at the beginning of the Introduction section (lines 41-44).

      (R2.8) What specific physical competencies - ballistic trajectories, free-fall predictions, collision dynamics, frictional forces, inertial effects - are required across the game set? When describing the subset of games that drive key effects, this information is critical for evaluating whether effects are specific to gravity reasoning or to some other physical concept.

      The reviewer is correct that the Virtual Tools games require multiple physical competencies, including gravity-based prediction, collision dynamics, object support, containment, and the anticipation of object-to-object interactions. Importantly, most games do not isolate a single physical principle; rather, successful solutions typically require combining several physical predictions. For this reason, our aim was not to attribute each effect to one isolated physical primitive, such as ballistic motion or friction, but to test whether GVS effects were stronger in games whose solutions depended more heavily on gravity-based reasoning.

      To make this clearer, we revised the manuscript to state that the game set varied systematically in the extent to which gravity-related predictions were required for solution, and that this classification was based on piloting and previous computational modelling work in the lab (lines 112-116, 426-431, 588-594; Extended Data Table 1). This design is central to the logic of the study: if GVS produced a general disruption, effects should appear broadly across the task; if it affected gravity-dependent reasoning, effects should be most evident in games with higher gravity impact. We now clarify this point and avoid implying that the task isolates gravity from all other physical competencies.

      (R2.9) Performance measures are disconnected from underlying kinematics. The performance measures (success rate, number of attempts, time per attempt) are coarse, high-level summaries.

      We agree that success rate, number of attempts, and time per attempt are high-level measures. This is, however, aligned with the logic of the Virtual Tools task. Participants do not physically manipulate objects or perform complex reaching movements; they simply select a tool with one click and place it on the screen with another. The critical demand is therefore not manual dexterity or movement execution, but the ability to predict the physical cascade that will follow from a chosen tool and placement. For this reason, kinematic measures would not provide a direct index of the reasoning process targeted here. We have clarified this in the manuscript by emphasising that the task minimises motor demands and that performance depends primarily on tool selection and spatial placement, allowing us to focus on high-level physical reasoning rather than movement kinematics (lines 116-121).

      (R2.10) Time per attempt is used as a proxy for performance efficiency, yet participants received no instructions regarding speed, and different individuals may have adopted systematically different speed-accuracy trade-offs.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that time per attempt should not be interpreted as a straightforward performance-efficiency measure. Participants were told that each game had an overall time limit, but they were not instructed explicitly to respond as quickly as possible. Attempt duration could therefore reflect several processes, including deliberation, hesitation, task engagement, or individual speed–accuracy trade-offs, rather than better or worse reasoning. We have revised the manuscript accordingly: time per attempt is now treated cautiously as a secondary descriptive measure of attempt duration, rather than as a direct index of performance efficiency. We also clarified in the Methods that participants were given a time limit but no speed instruction, and in the Discussion that the time results should be interpreted with caution for precisely this reason (lines 121-125, 431-436, 558-560).

      (R2.11) It would be valuable to know whether time per attempt correlates with attempt number within a given game (which would indicate within-game learning) and whether mouse movement data - trajectory, velocity, hesitation - were recorded and could be analysed to provide more mechanistic insight into strategy formation.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree with the reviewer that the insight into strategy formation (and hesitation in particular) could be examined more precisely, potentially using eye tracking to capture where participants look. We add a comment in our discussion (lines 434-436). We also included the correlation in our analyses (lines 183-186, 265-267, Extended Data Fig.1 and Fig.2).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (R2.12) Introduction, end of paragraph 2 (applied fields): The authors mention artificial intelligence and robotics as fields that could benefit from this work. Pedagogy and educational neuroscience are equally relevant: understanding how the brain conceptualizes gravity through embodied interaction could inform how physics is taught, and could motivate more sensorimotor-grounded instructional approaches.

      This is a great point! We have now added pedagogy and educational neuroscience as relevant fields, along with corresponding references (line 52).

      (R2.13) The gravitational acceleration is typeset as "ms<sup>2</sup>," which appears to conflate milliseconds-squared with the correct unit, m·s<sup>-2</up> (or m/s<sup>2</sup>). Please verify the superscript convention used throughout.

      We corrected the manuscript accordingly (line 78).

      (R2.14) When introducing GVS as the tool for gravitational manipulation, the authors should more explicitly clarify that GVS produces noise in the vestibular organ rather than a physical change in the gravitational environment. Readers familiar with space physiology will notice the asymmetry between this approach and paradigms involving true gravitational alteration (parabolic flight, centrifuges). The introduction should acknowledge this asymmetry upfront rather than leaving it to the Discussion.

      We agree that this distinction should be made explicit from the outset. We have therefore revised the Introduction to clarify that GVS does not physically alter the gravitational environment, as in parabolic flight or centrifuge paradigms, but instead introduces noise into vestibular signalling while participants remain in terrestrial gravity. This asymmetry is now acknowledged before the study rationale is presented, so that the scope of the manipulation is clear to readers from the beginning (lines 102-108).

      (R2.15) “covered by the same ethical approval than study 1" - should read "as study 1.”

      We corrected the manuscript accordingly (line 512).

      (R2.16) Line 422: Was the red text label the only cue indicating the gravity condition in the altered-gravity games? If so, this is an important detail with potential implications for how participants updated their expectations. Please clarify.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Yes, the red text label was the explicit cue indicating the gravity condition for each altered-gravity game. Participants were told before the task that the gravity condition would vary across games and that they should attend to the red sentence at the top of the screen to identify whether the current game was in hypo- or hypergravity. We have clarified this in the Methods, including that the visual label was presented for each game and served as the instruction cue for the gravitational context (lines 560-562).

      (R2.17) Lines 547-555 - GWI notation and coefficients: (a) Replace the subscript indices 1, 2, 3 in the equations with "low," "med," and "high" to improve readability and link the notation directly to the experimental conditions.

      We changed the manuscript accordingly (lines 697-706).

      (R2.18) Lines 547-555 - GWI notation and coefficients: (b) Justify the choice of weighting coefficients 1, 2, and 3. These are arbitrary integers that do not correspond to actual gravity levels or to the empirically estimated gravity impact scores used elsewhere in the paper. Either provide a principled rationale or demonstrate that the GWI result is robust across alternative plausible weightings.

      We agree with the reviewer that the original weighting coefficients of 1, 2, and 3 were not independently validated and therefore made the gravity-weighted index difficult to interpret. Rather than trying to justify these coefficients post hoc, we addressed the concern directly by removing the gravity-weighted index from the manuscript entirely. In the revised analysis, no numerical weights are assigned to the gravity-impact categories.

      Instead, we now calculate a Gravity Index separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level, and compare these indexes between Study 1 and Study 2 using Bayesian cumulative logit models. This approach preserves gravity impact as a categorical factor, avoids imposing an arbitrary linear weighting structure, and allows the cross-study comparison to be tested directly within each gravity-impact level. We have revised the Methods accordingly and describe this new analysis in detail (lines 140-147, 276-280, 658-666, 692-717). Thus, the revised manuscript no longer depends on the arbitrary GWI coefficients.

      (R2.19) Lines 547-555 - GWI notation and coefficients: (c) The composite expression in equation (1) - as currently typeset - reads as "Gravity minus Weighted Index"; please correct the formatting so it unambiguously reads as a gravity-weighted index.

      We corrected the manuscript accordingly (lines 702-706).

      (R2.20) P-values throughout the manuscript are reported without a leading zero (e.g., "p = .39") while Cohen's d values and other statistics include one. Please adopt a consistent convention; in line with APA 7 and most journal styles, all values between −1 and 1 should include a leading zero.

      Our statistics generally follow the APA 7th guidelines (https://apastyle.apa.org/instructional-aids/numbers-statistics-guide.pdf), which state: Put a zero before the decimal point when a number is less than 1 but the statistic can exceed 1. Do not use a zero before a decimal when the statistic cannot be greater than 1 (proportion, correlation, level of statistical significance). There was a formatting error in one of the tables (Table 3), which has now been corrected.

      (R2.21) The authors should either apply a correction for multiple comparisons to game-level t-tests or acknowledge this limitation explicitly and interpret game-level results as exploratory rather than confirmatory.

      See R1.1 and R2.1. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R2.22) Discussion, circa line 274 (state of the body): The authors assert that their manipulation alters the body's gravitational state. This claim deserves qualification. Gravity perception results from distributed multisensory integration; the vestibular system is one contributor, but proprioception, vision, and visceral signals are equally involved. Moreover, altering gravity visually and disrupting vestibular signals does not approximate the full-body gravitational reweighting that occurs in real altered-gravity environments. This is not a fatal limitation, but the authors should acknowledge it more directly and discuss how their results might differ from findings in truly altered gravity contexts (e.g., parabolic flight or centrifuge experiments).

      We agree that our manipulation should not be described as equivalent to the full-body gravitational reweighting that occurs in real altered-gravity environments. GVS perturbs vestibular signalling while other sensory inputs remain anchored to 1g, whereas parabolic flight or centrifuge paradigms alter the gravitational context of the body more globally. We have revised the Discussion to make this distinction explicit and to qualify the scope of our claims accordingly (lines 353-359).

      At the same time, the distinction between full-body and partial gravitational manipulation does not undermine the logic of the present study. Parabolic flight or centrifuge paradigms would not be appropriate for the physical-reasoning task used here. Moreover, the parabolic-flight study by Kunavar et al. (2021), which the reviewer helpfully highlighted, also involved a mismatch between proprioceptive and vestibular signals. Taken together, these findings suggest that manipulating one important component of the gravity-processing system can still alter behaviour, while also leaving open the possibility that stronger or different effects may emerge when sensory conflict is reduced. We have incorporated this point in the revised Discussion (lines 356-370).

      (R2.23) Discussion, around line 290 (perturbing the body helps cognition): The authors make the interesting observation that vestibular perturbation can be beneficial in altered-gravity contexts. This resonates with a finding by Kunavar et al. (2021), who showed that restoring terrestrial gravity at the hand-environment interface while the body was immersed in real altered gravity during parabolic flight paradoxically improved performance - even though the gravitational context was incoherently distributed across body segments. That study suggests a broader principle: mismatch or perturbation within the sensorimotor system does not necessarily degrade cognition and may, in some circumstances, facilitate adaptation. The present results fit within this framework, and the authors should engage with this literature. The distinction between real and virtual gravitational manipulation is not merely semantic: even genuine immersion in microgravity during parabolic flight has been shown to be insufficient to update internal gravity representations unless paired with active sensorimotor engagement (Rannaud Monany et al., J Neurophysiol, 2022), which raises the question of whether a passive vestibular perturbation such as GVS can be expected to drive the kind of cognitive recalibration the authors propose.

      We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to the work by Kunavar et al. (2021). We agree that this study is highly relevant, and we have now incorporated it into the Discussion (lines 360-364). We also agree that the work by Rannaud Monany et al. (2022) is important for interpreting our findings, and we now discuss it explicitly in the revised manuscript (lines 365-370).

      We have clarified our interpretation of the reviewer’s point about whether passive vestibular perturbation can drive cognitive recalibration. Our study did not involve passive exposure to GVS alone. Rather, participants reasoned about physical events while vestibular signalling was being perturbed. This is conceptually aligned with the conclusion of Rannaud Monany et al. (2022), where mere exposure to microgravity was not sufficient to update internal models, but exposure coupled with task-relevant motor imagery was. Similarly, in the present study, GVS was coupled with active physical reasoning, which we argue is critical for interpreting the observed effects.

      (R2.24) Discussion, circa line 295 (internal model of gravity): A natural reference point for the predictive coding discussion is McIntyre, Zago, Berthoz, and Lacquaniti (2001, Nature Neuroscience, "Does the brain model Newton's laws?"), which provides direct neurophysiological evidence for an internalized Newtonian physics engine in the brain. This paper should be cited here.

      We agree with the reviewer that this reference is relevant and added it to the manuscript (line 373).

      (R2.25) Discussion, circa line 352 (sensory modalities and adaptation): The proposal that vestibular perturbation accelerates the revision of gravity priors is intriguing. The authors should consider whether an analogous argument applies to visual and proprioceptive channels. They should also acknowledge that sustained adaptation to a novel environment requires not only a perturbation mechanism but also veridical, graded feedback so that the system can converge on an accurate updated model - a condition that is only partially met in the present paradigm.

      See R2.22. We revised the manuscript accordingly (lines 356-370).

      (R2.26) Discussion, closing paragraph (variability and adaptability): The authors raise the positive role of noise in living systems. This connects to a well-developed body of work on optimal movement variability (Stergiou and colleagues), which formalizes how neither too little nor too much variability is optimal for adaptive performance. This framework may help situate the authors' findings within a broader theoretical account of why controlled noise injection is beneficial in both biological and artificial systems. On the computational side, the same principle underlies several foundational algorithms: stochastic gradient descent (and its mini-batch variants) outperforms deterministic gradient descent in non-convex optimization landscapes; simulated annealing uses controlled random perturbation to escape local minima; Langevin dynamics leverages noise for efficient Bayesian sampling; and dropout regularization in deep neural networks injects noise during training to improve generalization. These are canonical examples where noise is not merely tolerated but functionally necessary - a point that strengthens the authors' broader theoretical message.

      We thank the reviewers for their suggestion and revised our manuscript accordingly (lines 385-390)

      Welling, M., & Teh, Y. W. (2011). Bayesian learning via stochastic gradient Langevin dynamics. In Proceedings of the 28th international conference on machine learning (ICML-11) (pp. 681-688).

      Stergiou, N., & Decker, L. M. (2011). Human movement variability, nonlinear dynamics, and pathology: is there a connection?. Human movement science, 30(5), 869–888. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.humov.2011.06.002

      Moss, F., Ward, L. M., & Sannita, W. G. (2004). Stochastic resonance and sensory information processing: a tutorial and review of application. Clinical neurophysiology : official journal of the International Federation of Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(2), 267–281. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.clinph.2003.09.014

      Sherman, S. O., Greenstein, M., Basner, M., Clark, T. K., & Anderson, A. P. (2023). Effects of additive sensory noise on cognition. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 17, 1092154. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2023.1092154

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (R3.1) The main weakness of the manuscript is that its central conclusion is not strongly supported by the data. The key finding depends on a marginally significant cross-study comparison, whereas direct GVS-versus-Sham differences in Study 2 are minimal across aggregate measures. In addition, many game-level analyses involve a large number of uncorrected multiple comparisons, raising the possibility that some of the reported effects may reflect chance findings. The manuscript's most important metric, the Gravity-Weighted Index, was not preregistered and is exploratory in nature, yet it is treated as a primary basis for confirmatory conclusions.

      See R1.4 and R2.2. We moved away from the GWI method to apply a more robust comparison between the two studies. We agree that the original gravity-weighted index was not sufficiently justified because it combined the three gravity-impact levels, using numerical weights of 1,2, and 3. Although these weights followed the ordinal classification of the games, they were not independently validated and could therefore make the cross-study comparison difficult to interpret. To address this concern directly, we removed the gravity-weighted index entirely. In the revised manuscript, we instead use a Gravity Index that is calculated separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level, as the ratio between performance or strategy outcomes under GVS and Sham. This removes the arbitrary weighting scheme and provides a direct estimate of the stimulation effect within each gravity-impact category.

      We then compared these Gravity Indexes between Study 1 and Study 2 using mixed-effect models that include study and gravity-impact level as fixed factors, rather than collapsing across gravity-impact levels with our defined weights. We used the participant as a random factor. Because the indexes are bounded and showed clustering at structural values, we analysed them using Bayesian cumulative logit models, which are appropriate for bounded, non-normally distributed outcomes and allow the cross-study contrasts to be estimated without imposing a linear weighting structure. We also clarified how the gravity-impact categories were defined, based on piloting and previous computational modelling work in the lab, and report the classification of each game in Extended Data Table 1. These revisions directly address the reviewer’s concern by replacing the arbitrary weighted composite with a transparent, category-specific analysis of the GVS effect across terrestrial and altered-gravity contexts, in line with frameworks outlined by James et al. (2021), Li et al. (2023), Liu et al. (2017) (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717, Table 5, Fig 5, Extended data Fig 3).

      James, N. T., Harrell Jr, F. E., & Shepherd, B. E. (2021). Bayesian cumulative probability models for continuous and mixed outcomes. arXiv preprint arXiv:2102.00330.

      Li, C., Tian, Y., Zeng, D., & Shepherd, B. E. (2023). Asymptotic properties for cumulative probability models for continuous outcomes. Mathematics, 11(24), 4896.

      Liu, Q., Shepherd, B. E., Li, C., & Harrell Jr, F. E. (2017). Modeling continuous response variables using ordinal regression. Statistics in medicine, 36(27), 4316-4335.

      Manuguerra, M., Heller, G. Z., & Ma, J. (2020). Continuous ordinal regression for analysis of visual analogue scales: The R package ordinalCont. Journal of Statistical Software, 96, 1-25.

      (R3.2) The cross-study comparison is also difficult to interpret because the two studies differ in participant samples, number of games, and partially in the stimulus set.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now clarified that the cross-study comparison was based on games that were common to Study 1 and Study 2 (lines 713-714). In addition, the indices were calculated in the same way in both studies, allowing us to compare the relative effect of GVS across the two experiments rather than relying on differences in raw performance between the two participant samples. We have emphasised this point in the revised manuscript (lines 712-715).

      (R3.3) Finally, the mechanistic claims in the Discussion-particularly those invoking predictive coding, stochastic resonance, or updating of internal gravity models-go well beyond what can be directly inferred from the present behavioral data.

      We took the reviewer’s advice, along with previous comments by the other reviewers and now added further findings in the literature, strengthening our claims in the Discussion (lines 356-370, 385-390).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (R3.4) Moderate the scope of the main conclusions. As currently presented, the results seem to support at most the possibility that vestibular gravity signals influence a limited subset of physical reasoning tasks under specific conditions, rather than physical reasoning more broadly. The manuscript would benefit from either a more cautious interpretation or additional supporting evidence from follow-up experiments.

      We revised the manuscript accordingly (lines 398-410, 423-436).

      (R3.5) Apply an appropriate correction for multiple comparisons to all game-level analyses (for example, FDR correction) and report clearly which effects remain significant after correction…A mixed-effects modeling approach, with the game treated as a random effect within participants, would also provide a more principled and statistically powerful analysis.

      See R1.1. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R3.6) Provide a clearer justification for the classification of gravity dependence (low/medium/high) and for the weighting scheme used in the Gravity-Weighted Index. It would be helpful to report the quantitative criteria or validation procedure used to assign these categories, and to include sensitivity analyses showing whether the main findings are robust to alternative weighting schemes (for example, equal or binary weights). Treating gravity dependence as a continuous predictor could also strengthen the analysis.

      See R3.1. We abandoned the weighting system and use a Baysian cumulative logit model which does not imply any arbitrary weighting instead (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717 , Table 5, Fig 5, Extended data Fig 3).

      (R3.7) Discuss the limitations of the cross-study comparison more explicitly. The two studies differ in participant samples, numbers of games, and partially in the task set, which makes the comparison difficult to interpret. At a minimum, the manuscript would benefit from a fuller comparison of participant demographics and other relevant characteristics.

      See R3.1. We used an indexing process which normalizes the data and isolates a relative effect. While raw scores could not be used to directly compare across the two studies, the use of a standardized scale allows valid comparisons between the experiments. We revised the manuscript accordingly (line 142-144).

      (R3.8) Ideally, future work should test Earth-gravity and altered-gravity conditions within the same participants.

      We agree that testing terrestrial- and altered-gravity conditions within the same participants would be a valuable design. However, we could not implement this approach for safety reasons, as it would have substantially increased each participant’s total exposure to GVS. The current design kept GVS exposure within acceptable safety limits, and we have now clarified this point in the revised manuscript and cited the work by Utz et al. related to safety limits (lines 619-620).

      Utz, K. S., Korluss, K., Schmidt, L., Rosenthal, A., Oppenländer, K., Keller, I., & Kerkhoff, G. (2011). Minor adverse effects of galvanic vestibular stimulation in persons with stroke and healthy individuals. Brain Injury, 25(11), 1058-1069.

      (R3.9) Address the lack of a direct manipulation check for GVS more explicitly. If any subjective reports related to dizziness, discomfort, or vestibular disturbance were collected, these could be reported as an indirect validation of the manipulation. If no such data are available, this limitation should be acknowledged clearly, and future work should consider including an independent validation measure such as postural stability.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In our experiment, the maximum intensity was set at 1mA, which is well tolerated. There are no side effects with these GVS parameters. The stimulation protocol used a stochastic waveform, consisting of an alternating sum-of-sines voltage with dominant frequencies at 0.16, 0.32, 0.43, and 0.61 Hz, which has been used in previous studies, both in our and other labs. We have now added this information to the manuscript by citing the work of Zanchi et al. that used the same GVS protocol (lines 613-614).

      Zanchi, S., Cuturi, L. F., Sandini, G., Gori, M., & Ferrè, E. R. (2023). Vestibular contribution to spatial encoding. European Journal of Neuroscience, 58(9), 4034-4042.

      (R3.10) Reconsider the decision to collapse the 0.5g and 2g conditions into a single altered-gravity category. Even if the two conditions do not differ significantly in the current dataset, they are cognitively distinct manipulations, and combining them may obscure potentially meaningful interactions. Separate analyses, or at least explicit interaction tests, would strengthen the interpretation.

      We agree that 0.5g and 2g are cognitively distinct manipulations and that collapsing them should be justified statistically. We therefore conducted additional mixed-effects models including gravity level (0.5g vs 2g) as a factor (see responses R1.1 and R3.5). These analyses did not reveal significant differences between the two gravity levels for the relevant performance or strategy measures (lines 248-253). On this basis, we retained the aggregation of the 0.5g and 2g conditions as a single altered-gravity category in the main analyses.

      (R3.11) Clarify the interpretation of the tool-switching results. At present, the manuscript appears to invoke different post hoc explanations for different patterns of switching behavior, including increased exploration noise and reduced cognitive flexibility. The authors should either provide a more constrained interpretation or acknowledge more clearly that the current data do not distinguish between these possibilities.

      Increased switching can reflect a less stable or less efficient strategy, but in the context of a small number of attempts, indeed it may also reflect adaptive exploration or cognitive flexibility. The present data do not allow us to distinguish conclusively between these possibilities. We have therefore revised the Discussion to provide a more constrained interpretation and to acknowledge explicitly that the meaning of the switching-rate effects remains uncertain (lines 448-452).

      (R3.12) Expand the discussion of alternative explanations. In particular, the manuscript should address whether the observed effects could reflect non-vestibular influences of GVS, such as distraction, discomfort, changes in arousal, or anxiety-related effects, rather than a specific influence on physical reasoning.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. We agree that non-vestibular effects of GVS, including distraction, discomfort, arousal, or anxiety-related influences, should be considered. We have therefore revised the Discussion to acknowledge this possibility more explicitly. At the same time, the pattern of results argues against a primarily non-specific explanation: if GVS had mainly affected general attention, arousal, or discomfort, we would expect a broader impairment across games. Instead, the effects were limited to specific games and were related to the gravity relevance of the task. We have clarified that this selective pattern supports an interpretation in terms of gravity-dependent physical reasoning rather than a general consequence of stimulation, while still acknowledging the broader possible influences of GVS (lines 398-411).

      (R3.13) Acknowledge more explicitly that the Virtual Tools task depends on multiple cognitive processes in addition to physical reasoning, including visuospatial ability, executive function, and trial-and-error learning. A non-physical visuospatial control task would be helpful in future work for assessing the specificity of the reported effects.

      We agree with the reviewer and revised the manuscript accordingly (lines 437-438).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study shows that long-range somatostatin-expressing neurons in the ventrolateral periaqueductal grey that project to the rostral ventromedial medulla selectively suppress pain responses during conditioned fear. The evidence supporting these conclusions is exceptional, with methods spanning a novel cued fear-conditioned analgesia paradigm, cell-type-specific optogenetic activation and inhibition, anatomical circuit tracing, and in vivo spinal cord electrophysiology. These results will be of broad interest to systems and behavioral neuroscientists studying fear, pain, and descending pain-control circuitry.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Winke et al, the authors present evidence that fear-induced analgesia is mediated by somatostatin projection cells from the vlPAG to the RVM. This study uses a mouse model of fear-induced analgesia, and incorporates optogenetic circuit manipulation with behaviour and electrophysiology to gain a meaningful insight into a novel circuit involved in fear-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-constructed study with appropriate controls and analyses.

      (2) Alternative interpretations of the data are systematically considered and eliminated via rational experiments. The authors are commended for a nice piece of experimental work.

      (3) The vlPAG is a known region of pain modulation, and this study adds valuable insight to the circuit involved in fear-associated analgesia.

      Weaknesses:

      Only male mice are included in this study. [This has been explained and noted as a limitation.]

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wenke et al. investigated the role of vlPAG somatostatin-expressing neurons in the mediation of analgesia during defensive states. A newly developed paradigm of cued fear-conditioned analgesia, which consists of a combination of an auditory fear retrieval session and a pain test, was used to evaluate this cell population's contribution to fear-mediated analgesia. Optogenetic manipulation of vlPAG SST+ neurons modulated the responses to a nociceptive cue (Hot Plate) presented concomitantly with an aversively conditioned tone. At the same time, alterations in the freezing levels could be observed during optogenetic activation of vlPAG SST+ neurons. In order to disentangle the impact of these cells on analgesia from their impact on the expression of defensive behaviors, the authors performed electrophysiological recordings from the dorsal horn in the spinal cord of anesthetized mice. A vlPAG-RVM-DH pathway was identified to trigger nociceptive C-fibers upon optic activation of the RVM. Finally, pathway-specific activation of SST+ vlPAG-RVM neurons could abolish CS-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a relevant topic, that is, brainstem circuits for pain-modulatory mechanisms as part of defensive states evoked by threat. This is important because the circuit mechanisms underlying pain are still not fully understood, and defining molecular markers of cellular circuit substrates may support the identification of potential pharmaceutical targets in treating pain. The authors confirm a previous study in that a somatostatin-positive cellular population presents a crucial vlPAG circuit element mediating anti-nociceptive effects. Key novelty aspects of the present study are the demonstration that these neurons seem to play a role specifically in threat-induced analgesia. This was possible by the elegant design and application of a novel fear analgesia paradigm, combined with cell- and pathway-specific optogenetics.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Conditioned analgesia refers to the ability of a learned fear cue to suppress pain-related behavior and neural activity. Understudied, the authors developed a novel conditioned analgesia procedure in which a cue that had been paired or unpaired with shock was played while a hot plate increased temperature. Compared to several control conditions, the authors found increased latency to a nociceptive response (paw licking). The authors identified somatostatin neurons in the periaqueductal gray as a likely mediator of the behavior. They then showed that: (1) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons blocked nociceptive response latency increases to the CS+, (2) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons suppressed fear retrieval freezing, (3) stimulating vs. inhibiting vlPAG-SST neurons drove opposing modulation of c-fibers and Aδ-fibers, (4) direct-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate freezing while RVM-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate conditioned analgesia.

      Strengths:

      These experiments have many strengths. The behavioral assay is chief among them. The assay is robust and controls for confounding factors to reveal a repeatable effect of a shock-paired cue to delay nociceptive responding. The optogenetic experiments provide the correct level of temporal precision, given the authors' time-specific interest in cued responding. Combining neuronal manipulations with spinal recordings is particularly innovative, especially in the context of more behavioral neuroscience-based assays. All-in-all, I found this to be an exceptionally strong set of experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      No obvious weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Note added by the authors, October 2026:

      In preparing the data deposit for the Version of Record we carried out a figure-level traceability audit of all 101 panels of the paper, recomputing every published statistic from the value table that produced the plot. This identified a small number of corrections, which are being made in the Version of Record.

      The substantive one is in Figure 6d. The CS × opsin interaction was reported as F(1,12) = 10.91, P = 0.0063; the correct value is F(1,12) = 19.87, P = 0.0008. The analysis as stored declared the repeated-measures factor on the opsin rather than on the CS, which is not the design: opsin is a between-subjects factor. The data, the group means and the effect size are unchanged, the corrected effect is stronger rather than weaker, and the conclusion — that photoactivation of the SST+ vlPAG–RVM pathway abolishes fear-induced analgesia — is unaffected.

      In Figure 1—figure supplement 3, panels e and g have been redrawn so that each bar equals the ratio of the cell counts printed on it; the eight percentages concerned have been corrected in the figure and in the legend. The cell counts themselves are unchanged, and no statistical test is applied to these panels.

      The remaining corrections are to reported details: the names of the statistical tests in the legends of Figures 1f and 4e, the number of cells in Figure 4d (n = 12) and in Figure 5f right (n = 8, and the JAX stock number of the Sst-IRES-Cre line (013044).

      The source data behind every quantitative panel of the paper are openly deposited in the Dryad Digital Repository: https://datadryad.org/dataset/doi:10.5061/dryad.63xsj3vj3

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Winke et al, the authors present evidence that fear-induced analgesia is mediated by somatostatin projection cells from the vlPAG to the RVM. This study uses a mouse model of fear-induced analgesia, and incorporates optogenetic circuit manipulation with behaviour and electrophysiology to gain a meaningful insight into a novel circuit involved in fear-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-constructed study with appropriate controls and analyses.

      (2) Alternative interpretations of the data are systematically considered and eliminated via rational experiments. The authors are commended for a nice piece of experimental work.

      (3) The vlPAG is a known region of pain modulation, and this study adds valuable insight to the circuit involved in fear-associated analgesia.

      We are very thankful to the referee for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only male mice are included in this study.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We used only males in this first study for practical reasons to work with a population as homogeneous as possible. However, taking sex differences in biological mechanisms into account, we included this restriction in the summary and discussion

      (2) Animals are excluded from analyses based on clearly defined criteria, but it is not clear how many mice were excluded from each group.

      We thank the reviewers for raising this point. As stated in the Methods, we applied strict inclusion criteria for mice undergoing the hot-plate test, specifically a discrimination index ≥ 0.4 and a conditioning index ≥ 0.3. Using these criteria, 23% of wild-type mice were excluded for failing to meet the discrimination criterion. In the transgenic groups, an average of 20% of mice failed to meet the learning criteria, and an additional 12% were excluded due to incorrect opsin injection or misplaced optic fiber placement.

      (3) The authors implement a pain sensitivity assay that involves a hot plate with progressively increasing temperature. The time to nociceptive responses is reported. Without reporting the actual temperature at which the mice respond, it makes it difficult to compare nociceptive responses to previously published work (which typically use a defined and static hotplate temperature).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We provided this information related to the actual temperature of the nociceptive response in the original manuscript in supplementary figures 1, 2 and 5.

      (4) The authors present evidence that inhibition of SST vlPAG cells enhances spinal nociceptive electrophysiological responses, but the corresponding pain sensitivity is not altered (Figure 2, CS- condition). The reason for the discrepancy between electrophysiological and behavioural responses is not clear.

      We believe this comment arises from a misunderstanding of our results. In our study, inhibiting SST+ vlPAG cells did not increase nociceptive electrophysiological responses. Instead, it decreased spinal nociceptive transmission, as evidenced by reduced nociceptive field potentials and WDR responses in Figure 4c,e. Consistent with this electrophysiological effect, photoinhibition of SST+ vlPAG cells also produced behavioral analgesia, as evidenced by increased nociceptive response latency in the hotplate test under both CS− and CS+ conditions (Figure 2f). Therefore, our electrophysiological and behavioral findings are not contradictory but instead support the conclusion that inhibiting SST+ vlPAG cells reduces pain sensitivity regardless of defensive state. We will revise the text to clarify this point.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wenke et al. investigated the role of vlPAG somatostatin-expressing neurons in the mediation of analgesia during defensive states. A newly developed paradigm of cued fear-conditioned analgesia, which consists of a combination of an auditory fear retrieval session and a pain test, was used to evaluate this cell population's contribution to fear-mediated analgesia. Optogenetic manipulation of vlPAG SST+ neurons modulated the responses to a nociceptive cue (Hot Plate) presented concomitantly with an aversively conditioned tone. At the same time, alterations in the freezing levels could be observed during optogenetic activation of vlPAG SST+ neurons. In order to disentangle the impact of these cells on analgesia from their impact on the expression of defensive behaviors, the authors performed electrophysiological recordings from the dorsal horn in the spinal cord of anesthetized mice. A vlPAG-RVM-DH pathway was identified to trigger nociceptive C-fibers upon optic activation of the RVM. Finally, pathway-specific activation of SST+ vlPAG-RVM neurons could abolish CS-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a relevant topic, that is, brainstem circuits for pain-modulatory mechanisms as part of defensive states evoked by threat. This is important because the circuit mechanisms underlying pain are still not fully understood, and defining molecular markers of cellular circuit substrates may support the identification of potential pharmaceutical targets in treating pain. The authors confirm a previous study in that a somatostatin-positive cellular population presents a crucial vlPAG circuit element mediating anti-nociceptive effects. Key novelty aspects of the present study are the demonstration that these neurons seem to play a role specifically in threat-induced analgesia. This was possible by the elegant design and application of a novel fear analgesia paradigm, combined with cell- and pathway specific optogenetics.

      We thank the referee for such positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the convincing and rigorous experimental approach, the study leaves some interpretational room when it comes to the proposed circuit mechanism. This could either be addressed by additional experiments or by more discussion of alternative circuit layouts.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The paper by Zhang et al. (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36641028/), which identified a role for vlPAG SOM+ neurons in mediating anti-nociception in neuropathic pain, needs to be referenced and its results discussed, if not reconciled. While functionally, both studies find an analgetic role of vlPAG SOM+ neurons projecting to the RVM, Zhang et al., using slice physiology, characterize those neurons as glutamatergic. In Figure 4E of Zhang et al. they find general (fear-independent) analgetic effects with PAG-RVM specificity by performing chemogenetic experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that the study by Zhang et al. is highly relevant and should be discussed in the revised manuscript. Their work shows that inhibiting vlPAG SST/SOM neurons with chemogenetic methods produces analgesia in a neuropathic pain model, and in our study, we similarly found that inhibiting SST+ vlPAG neurons increases hotplate response latency (Figure 2f), which aligns with an analgesic effect. Additionally, we observed that activating SST+ vlPAG neurons suppresses fear-conditioned analgesia.

      At the same time, there are important differences between the two studies that may explain the differences in interpretation. First, the behavioral paradigms are not identical. Zhang et al. used a hotplate protocol where animals were directly exposed to a nociceptive temperature, whereas in our study, we used a progressive temperature ramp and explicitly compared responses during a conditioned stimulus (CS+) and a non-conditioned control stimulus (CS−). These controls were important for us to distinguish fear-specific effects from more general effects related to stress, arousal, sensitization, or other non-associative processes.

      Second, the two studies differ in experimental context. Zhang et al. examined this circuit in a neuropathic pain model, whereas our study focused on acute nociceptive processing and fear-conditioned modulation of pain. We therefore believe that the apparent discrepancy might reflect differences in pain state and behavioral context, rather than a direct contradiction.

      Finally, Zhang et al. showed in slice recordings that SST+ vlPAG neurons provide excitatory input to RVM neurons. This is an important finding that we now address in the revised manuscript. At the same time, because the RVM contains heterogeneous neuronal populations with different projection targets and functions, these recordings alone do not prove that all recorded RVM neurons are part of the descending pathway controlling spinal nociception. Therefore, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge Zhang et al. and to emphasize both the similarities and differences between the two studies.

      It can be argued that in addition to the two functionally distinct inhibitory SOM subtypes hypothesized by Winke et al., there is another, excitatory subpopulation. Also, the different experimental conditions (chronic vs. acute pain, non-threat vs. fearful cues/contexts may recruit different vlPAG SOM+ populations. All of this is conceivable, yet I wonder whether the contrasting findings could more parsimoniously be reconciled. The author's own results presented here in Supplementary Figure 3 suggests that SOM+ vlPAG cells are colocalizing with glutamate and thus could also be excitatory. In addition to this rather complementary piece of evidence, a more extensive characterization of vlPAG neurons using IHC and slice physiology would be needed to justify the unambiguous identification of their inhibitory nature.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that our current data do not support a definitive conclusion that all SST+ vlPAG neurons are inhibitory. As the reviewer notes, our Supplementary Figure 3 shows that SST+ vlPAG cells can also co-localize with glutamatergic markers, which is consistent with the possibility of cellular heterogeneity within this population. We also agree that different experimental conditions, such as chronic versus acute pain and non-threatening versus fear-related contexts, may activate different SST+ vlPAG subpopulations.

      Our intention was not to claim that SST+ vlPAG neurons constitute a uniform inhibitory population, but rather that SST+ cells are strongly represented among inhibitory neurons in the vlPAG. We agree, however, that more detailed characterization, including additional immunohistochemical analyses and slice physiology, is necessary to more definitively determine the neurotransmitter phenotype and functional connectivity of these neurons. We have therefore revised the text to temper our interpretation and to explicitly acknowledge the likely heterogeneity of SST+ vlPAG neurons, including the possibility of an excitatory subpopulation. We therefore modified the discussion accordingly:

      “Our results align with the parallel inhibition- excitation model, where inhibitory and excitatory cells form two distinct, parallel descending pathways for pain modulation.

      Indeed, previous research demonstrated the presence of an inhibitory pathway projecting throughout the PAG–RVM-spinal cord dorsal horn neuraxis. Our results complement this study by suggesting that one of these previously proposed parallel pathways is mediated by SST+ vlPAG cells and has a functional role in mediating analgesia. At the same time, our data indicate that vlPAG SST neurons are heterogeneous, with approximately one-third of these cells co-localizing with excitatory markers. Together with the recent observation that excitatory SST+ vlPAG neurons project to the RVM (Zhang et al., 2023), this raises the possibility that a subset of long-range SST+ vlPAG neurons contributes to an excitatory descending pathway within the PAG–RVM–spinal dorsal horn neuraxis. By contrast, local GABAergic SST+ vlPAG neurons may participate in local circuit mechanisms related to defensive-state expression, including freezing. Further anatomical and functional studies will be required to resolve these possibilities.”

      In the absence of a direct identification of these cells exclusively releasing GABA, an alternative explanation should be considered. What about looking at vlPAG SOM+ neurons as a putatively mixed bag of local, inhibitory interneurons and long-range, RVM-projecting excitatory cells? This model would then open up interesting questions as to the actual function of somatostatin as a modulator of vlPAG circuit activity and associated function, and from my perspective, would nicely fit into the view of PAG circuits as integrators of complex survival responses.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion and agree that, in the absence of direct evidence that vlPAG SOM+/SST+ neurons are exclusively GABAergic, an alternative interpretation should be considered. In particular, we agree that this population may be heterogeneous and could include both local inhibitory interneurons and long-range excitatory neurons projecting to the RVM. We believe this is an important and constructive framework for interpreting our data, and we have revised the Discussion accordingly. In the revised text, we now explicitly acknowledge the likely heterogeneity of vlPAG SST+ neurons and discuss the possibility that distinct local and long-range SST+ subpopulations may contribute differently to defensive-state regulation and descending pain modulation. We agree with the reviewer on this point and have modified the discussion accordingly (see point above).

      (2) "Our data indicate that the optogenetic inhibition of SST+ vlPAG cells promotes analgesia irrespective of the animal's defensive state. In contrast, the optogenetic activation of long-range SST+ vlPAG cells that project to the rostral ventromedial medulla (RVM) abolishes the analgesia mediated by fear behavior." (lines 32-35). Consider toning down these conclusions, as contrasting activation with inhibition of two different (though overlapping) populations cannot be fully conclusive. Alternatively, a pathway-specific (vlPAG-RVM) inhibitory experiment could help to fully understand the circuit mechanism and verify the necessity of these neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that inhibition of the entire SST+ vlPAG population and activation of the long-range SST+ vlPAG neurons projecting to the RVM population are not directly equivalent manipulations. Our conclusion was intended at the level of observed functional effects: inhibition of SST+ vlPAG neurons promotes analgesia regardless of the defensive state, while activating long-range SST+ vlPAG neurons projecting to the RVM suppresses fear-conditioned analgesia. This occurs regardless of whether the SST vlPAG neurons are excitatory or inhibitory. To address the excitatory or inhibitory nature of SST vlPAG neurons, we have revised the discussion to include a reference to the Zhang et al study.

      (3) Despite an overall very thorough reporting style, some information is missing from the manuscript:

      (a) In Figures 2d and f, what are the freezing levels during optogenetic manipulation? From Figure 3d, one can expect that freezing is inhibited during the hot plate test, which could bias the NC response towards shorter latencies.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. As shown in Figure 1e, we previously quantified freezing both at CS onset and at the time of the nociceptive response in the hot plate test. These analyses indicate that freezing levels at the time of the nociceptive response do not differ between the CS+ and CS− conditions. Therefore, the variation in hot plate response latency is unlikely to be due to differences in freezing at the time of response.

      We acknowledge, however, that freezing was not directly measured during optogenetic manipulation in this experiment. Based on the temporal profile of freezing shown in Figure 1e, we still consider it unlikely that the effect of optogenetic manipulation on nociceptive latency is mainly caused by a change in freezing behavior.

      (b) In Figure 5, the histological experiment showing the vlPAG-to-RVM pathway is presented by a qualitative image only. Here, some quantification would strengthen the finding.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The aim of the histological experiment in Figure 5 was to provide qualitative anatomical evidence that vlPAG projections reach the RVM and are positioned in close apposition to spinally projecting RVM neurons. We did not intend this experiment to serve as a quantitative characterization of connectivity. We agree that a more systematic quantification would be informative, but this would require additional dedicated experiments beyond the scope of the present manuscript.

      (c) In Figures 6 c and d "Consistently, activation of the SST+ vlPAG-RVM pathway during CFCA had no impact on CS-presentation, whereas the same manipulation performed during CS+ blocked the increase in NC response latency compared to GFP controls." (line 194-196). Is it possible that the NC response cannot be any lower than the one during CS-, thus constituting a floor effect?

      We are thankful to the reviewer for this important point. We agree with the reviewer that this is indeed a possibility. We have added a sentence in the discussion to acknowledge this limitation.“Another possibility is that our nociceptive test with a slow ramp of temperature induces a floor effect on nociceptive response latency, which may limit the detection of further decreases in latency under certain conditions.”

      (c) Connected to major point 1- this experiment is important for defining the circuit mode and therefore should be as convincing as possible. However, for the colocalization experiment in Supplementary Figure 3, the methodological description is missing and thus makes it hard to comprehend how this data set was generated (how many data points, etc.). The visual depiction of the results is non-standard and not easily graspable. Consider e.g., a Venn diagram.

      We apologize for this omission in the original manuscript. We have now provided this methodological information in the method section. We have now expanded the description of these data in the figure legend to ease the comprehension of the figure.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Conditioned analgesia refers to the ability of a learned fear cue to suppress pain-related behavior and neural activity. Understudied, the authors developed a novel conditioned analgesia procedure in which a cue that had been paired or unpaired with shock was played while a hot plate increased temperature. Compared to several control conditions, the authors found increased latency to a nociceptive response (paw licking). The authors identified somatostatin neurons in the periaqueductal gray as a likely mediator of the behavior. They then showed that: (1) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons blocked nociceptive response latency increases to the CS+, (2) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons suppressed fear retrieval freezing, (3) stimulating vs. inhibiting vlPAG-SST neurons drove opposing modulation of c-fibers and Aδfibers, (4) direct-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate freezing while RVM-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate conditioned analgesia.

      Strengths:

      These experiments have many strengths. The behavioral assay is chief among them. The assay is robust and controls for confounding factors to reveal a repeatable effect of a shock-paired cue to delay nociceptive responding. The optogenetic experiments provide the correct level of temporal precision, given the authors' time-specific interest in cued responding. Combining neuronal manipulations with spinal recordings is particularly innovative, especially in the context of more behavioral neuroscience-based assays. All-in-all, I found this to be an exceptionally strong set of experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      No obvious weaknesses were identified by this Reviewer.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Comments from Reviewing Editor:

      Summary

      Three reviewers have assessed your manuscript on vlPAG somatostatin pathways contributing to conditioned analgesia. Conditioned analgesia refers to the ability of a learned fear cue to suppress pain-related behavior and neural activity. Understudied, the authors developed a novel conditioned analgesia procedure in which a cue that had been paired or unpaired with shock was played while a hot plate increased temperature. Compared to several control conditions, the authors found increased latency to a nociceptive response (paw licking). The authors identified somatostatin neurons in the periaqueductal gray as a likely mediator of the behavior. They then showed that: (1) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons blocked nociceptive response latency increases to the CS+, (2) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons suppressed fear retrieval freezing, (3) stimulating vs. inhibiting vlPAG-SST neurons drove opposing modulation of c-fibers and Aδ-fibers, (4) direct-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate freezing while RVM-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate conditioned analgesia.

      Strengths

      All three reviewers converged on multiple strengths. The assay developed was seen to be novel, rigorous, and included a variety of controls that convincingly demonstrated conditioned analgesia. Focusing on the ventrolateral periaqueductal gray, and more specifically on somatostatin-expressing cells, made prior sense, and the results more than justified this selection. Approaching the vlPAG and circuits with many converging methods provided further, compelling evidence for a role in conditioned analgesia.

      Weaknesses

      Specific weaknesses are described in the individual reviews. Generally, the following weaknesses were identified. The study only used male mice, a choice that should be better justified. Animals were reasonably excluded from analysis, but the final group ns for analyses were not always clear. Some statistical results lacked clarity. The relevance of these findings to prior work (particularly Zhang et al. 2023, Journal of Pain) was not always described. Relatedly, the results would be better contextualized by appreciating and describing the likely diversity of somatostatin functional types and projection types.

      Recommendations

      (1) Provide rationale for only using male mice, discuss the limitation of the exclusion of females, and note that male mice were the subjects in the abstract.

      Thank you for this recommendation, we have mentioned this information in the abstract and in the discussion. We have also mentioned the limitations of not including female mice in the abstract and the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      (2) Complete final report ns for each statistical analysis. If you have not already done so, please include full statistical reporting including exact p-values wherever possible alongside the summary statistics (test statistic and df) and, where appropriate, 95% confidence intervals. These should be reported for all key questions and not only when the p-value is less than 0.05 in the main manuscript.

      An extended table with all statistical tests and analysis for all figures has been provided in sup Table 1.

      (3) Include example videos of CFCA sessions, demonstrating optogenetic effects.

      We understand the editor’s request to include video material illustrating the behavioral responses. However, we would prefer not to include such videos in the manuscript, in accordance with our institution's guidelines and recommendations on the dissemination of animal experimentation footage. Importantly, all behavioral sessions were systematically video-recorded from both sides of the apparatus, allowing detailed offline analysis of the animals’ responses. These recordings were carefully examined by an experienced experimenter to assess nociceptive behaviors, including jumping responses and licking of the stimulated hindpaw. This procedure ensured a reliable and accurate evaluation of pain-related behavioral reactivity. While the videos themselves cannot be included in the manuscript for the reasons mentioned above, we believe that the behavioral scoring procedures described in the Methods section provide a clear and rigorous description of how these responses were assessed. In addition, Figure 1 includes an example image illustrating hindpaw licking behaviour, which is typically more subtle and more difficult to identify than jumping responses. We therefore believe that this visual example, together with the detailed description of the scoring procedure and the quantitative data provided, adequately supports the interpretation of the behavioural results.

      (4) Provide summary expression and ferrule placement figures.

      We thank the editor for this comment. We have now included schematic summaries of fiber placements for both SST and VIP mice used in this study, based on histological verification (Supplementary Figures 10 and 11). Representative images of viral expression are also provided (Figure 2a, Supplementary Figure 7b and f).

      (5) Detail how behavior judgments were made.

      We thank the editor for emphasizing this important methodological point. During all behavioral sessions, mice were video-recorded simultaneously from both sides of the apparatus, allowing a comprehensive and unobstructed view of the animals’ posture and movements throughout the experiment. These recordings were subsequently analyzed offline by an experienced experimenter trained to evaluate nociceptive behaviors. Pain-related behavioral responses were assessed based on well-established indicators of nociceptive reactivity. In particular, we quantified overt escape-like reactions such as jumping, which reflects a strong aversive response to the stimulus. In addition, we evaluated more localized nociceptive behaviors directed toward the stimulated limb, including licking of the hindpaw. These measures are commonly used in rodent pain assays and provide reliable behavioral readouts of nociceptive sensitivity. The combination of bilateral video recordings and expert behavioral scoring ensured that both subtle and robust nociceptive responses could be accurately detected and categorized during the analysis.

      (6) Provide the temperature at which nociceptive responses were initiated. Check grammar and references.

      The temperature at which nociceptive responses were initiated were originally reported in Supplementary Figure 1, 2 and 5.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors use optogenetic manipulation of SST activity in the vlPAG to show that this cell type is involved in fear-induced analgesia. They include a valuable control to show that manipulation of another inhibitory cell type (VIP) also does not impact analgesia. It would be helpful to know the expression level of VIP cells in the vlPAG. Is this a predominant inhibitory projection cell in the vlPAG (besides SST)?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this. While we did not quantify the expression level of VIP+ cells in the vlPAG in the present study, available data suggest that this population is relatively sparse compared to other inhibitory cell types. In particular, reference to the Allen brain atlas indicates that VIP gene expression in the vlPAG is limited and primarily localized around the fourth ventricle, within the lateral and ventrolateral PAG, rather than broadly distributed across the region. Consistent with this, we provide an example of viral expression in VIP-Cre mice in Supplementary Figure 7f, illustrating the restricted distribution of VIP+ neurons in the vlPAG. We have also provided a summary of ferrules placement for SST and VIP mice used in our study in Supplementary Figures 11 and 10, respectively.

      (2) The numbers of animals dropped from each experiment should be indicated - perhaps on the statistics table?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this.

      As stated in the Methods, we applied strict inclusion criteria for mice undergoing the hot-plate test, specifically a discrimination index ≥ 0.4 and a conditioning index ≥ 0.3. Using these criteria, 23% of wild-type mice were excluded for failing to meet the discrimination criterion. In the transgenic groups, an average of 20% of mice failed to meet the learning criteria, and an additional 12% were excluded due to incorrect opsin injection or misplaced optic fiber placement.

      (3) Line 105: "...,which activity..." change to "..., whose activity..."

      Done

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please also provide absolute temperature values of the nociceptive response threshold.

      The temperature at which nociceptive responses were initiated was originally reported in Supplementary Figure 1, 2 and 5.

      (2) It would be nice to see an example video of a CFCA session (with and without optogenetic manipulation).

      We understand the editor’s and reviewer’s request to include video material illustrating the behavioral responses. However, we would prefer not to include such videos in the manuscript, in accordance with our institution's guidelines and recommendations on the dissemination of animal experimentation footage. Importantly, all behavioral sessions were systematically video-recorded from both sides of the apparatus, allowing detailed offline analysis of the animals’ responses. These recordings were carefully examined by an experienced experimenter to assess nociceptive behaviors, including jumping responses and licking of the stimulated hindpaw. This procedure ensured a reliable and accurate evaluation of pain-related behavioral reactivity. While the videos themselves cannot be included in the manuscript for the reasons mentioned above, we believe that the behavioral scoring procedures described in the Methods section provide a clear and rigorous description of how these responses were assessed. In addition, Figure 1 includes an example image illustrating hindpaw licking behaviour, which is typically more subtle and more difficult to identify than jumping responses. We therefore believe that this visual example, together with the detailed description of the scoring procedure and the quantitative data provided, adequately supports the interpretation of the behavioural results.

      (3) Please provide a schematic summary of fiber placements and opsin expressions confirmed by histological examinations.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now included schematic summaries of fiber placements for both SST and VIP mice used in this study, based on histological verification (Supplementary Figures 10 and 11). Representative images of viral expression are also provided (Figure 2a, Supplementary Figure 7b and f).

      (4) "Valid nociception readout responses included jumping or licking the hindpaw." (Line 453). How was this evaluated- manually or automated, blinded etc.?

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing this important methodological point. During all behavioral sessions, mice were video-recorded simultaneously from both sides of the apparatus, allowing a comprehensive and unobstructed view of the animals’ posture and movements throughout the experiment. These recordings were subsequently analyzed offline by an experienced experimenter trained to evaluate nociceptive behaviors. Pain-related behavioral responses were assessed based on well-established indicators of nociceptive reactivity. In particular, we quantified overt escape-like reactions such as jumping, which reflects a strong aversive response to the stimulus. In addition, we evaluated more localized nocifensive behaviors directed toward the stimulated limb, including licking of the hindpaw. These measures are commonly used in rodent pain assays and provide reliable behavioral readouts of nociceptive sensitivity.The combination of bilateral video recordings and expert behavioral scoring ensured that both subtle and robust nociceptive responses could be accurately detected and categorized during the analysis.

      (5) Line 226 REF33 doesn't seem to fit.

      The reference list has been updated. Related to this section in which we discuss the disinhibition mechanisms inducing nociception in chronic stress mice. We have cited the work of Samineni et al., 2015 (reference 15) and Tovote el al., (reference 23) both related to these disinhibition mechanisms.

      Full sentence for reference 33 (now 35): “Two independent previous studies found that long-range inhibitory inputs from the central medial amygdala contact inhibitory cells within the vlPAG, implicated in different roles: the modulation of fear behavior (23) and nociceptive transmission (35)”.

      Ref 35 - Yin, W. et al. A Central Amygdala–Ventrolateral Periaqueductal Gray Matter Pathway for Pain in a Mouse Model of Depression-like Behavior. Anesthesiology 132,1175–119 (2020)

      (6) Some minor language, semantic, and grammatical flaws.

      The manuscript has been evaluated for language, semantic and grammatical flaws

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study builds a novel auditory-motor paradigm to investigate how the brain learns associations between movements and their auditory consequences. Solid evidence is provided for early ERPs (50-100 ms latency) reflecting violations of established key-pitch mappings. The study is of potential interest to researchers studying audition, sensorimotor integration, or predictive coding, but some statistical analyses, however, could still be improved.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report on an ambitious study that investigates multiple aspects of the neural and behavioral underpinnings of auditory-motor surprisal in the context of an auditory-motor learning paradigm (piano keyboard). Using an intricate design comprising several sub-parts and control procedures, they report that early ERPs (50-100 ms latency) reflect violations of established key-pitch mappings.

      Strengths:

      The paradigm is quite intricate and at the same time addresses multiple aspects of auditory-motor learning and does so in an experimentally rigorous way.

      Weaknesses:

      In its current form, the analyses of the ERP data remain a weak point.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report on an ambitious study that investigates multiple aspects of the neural and behavioral underpinnings of auditory-motor surprisal in the context of an auditory-motor learning paradigm (piano keyboard). Using an intricate design comprising several sub-parts and control procedures, they report that early ERPs (50-100 ms latency) reflect violations of established key-pitch mappings.

      Strengths:

      This is a carefully devised and executed study. The paradigm is quite intricate and, at the same time, addresses multiple aspects of auditory-motor learning, and does so in a rigorous way.

      Weaknesses:

      Perhaps because of the exhaustive approach, it is sometimes difficult to follow which parts of the experimental design the results come from; there are some questions regarding appropriate statistical methods, the inclusion/treatment of musical background in participants, and the nature (latency & extent) of the identified neural components that detect auditory-motor violations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report an EEG study (n=18) of participants playing a keyboard where the correspondence between keys and pitches is varied to introduce sensory-motor mismatches (discrepancies between sensory inputs and expected sensory consequences of motor commands). They find that the auditory N100 amplitude is enhanced for the initial keystroke following a mapping switch but rapidly attenuates for subsequent keystrokes (showing rapid updating of the forward model), whereas the motor-related P50 amplitude only differentiates trained versus untrained mappings after 30 minutes of goal-directed practice (potentially showing timescales of inverse model updating). Using parallel univariate and mTRF decoding analyses, they conclude that forward models (mapping action to predicted sound) update almost instantly to track short-term context, while inverse models (mapping sound to motor commands) update slowly and require extended, targeted practice.

      Strengths

      (1) Methodological innovation:

      The study utilizes an interesting, continuous auditory-motor paradigm that moves beyond standard trial-by-trial oddball designs, offering a more ecologically valid measure of trial-to-trial adaptation.

      (2) Analytical elegance and rigor:

      The combination of traditional univariate ERP analyses with multivariate temporal response function (mTRF) decoding is elegant, allowing the authors to successfully dissociate overlapping auditory and motor variance streams.

      (3) The dissociation between the rapid adaptation of the N100 forward model and the slower adaptation of the P50 inverse model is interesting.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Confounded passive listening baseline:

      The passive listening control condition lacks an orthogonal behavioural task (e.g., an occasional oddball detection task). Active playing inherently necessitates focused attention on auditory feedback to monitor performance, whereas passive playback does not. The globally weaker stimulus-evoked pattern at electrode Fz during passive listening strongly suggests that the absence of an N100 effect in this condition may simply reflect a lower state of attention, rather than isolating the absence of a motor-driven forward prediction, in particular because the pure sensory suprisal was also enhanced for "firsts" notes, so this could also lead to stronger N1, but this effect may be masked.

      Here, our goal is to probe surprisal resulting from natural deviations of the expected sensorimotor map, and to test whether the observed response can be accounted for by the auditory components alone. In previous work, passive listening (without an explicit behavioral task) has been widely deemed sufficient to measure auditory surprisal (cf. Di Liberto 2020). Because the listener is not privy to the order of firsts and others within a session, any general attentional effects would be expected to influence all notes and therefore cannot explain the selective enhancement observed for “first” notes which follow a map change.

      (2) Overclaimed theoretical novelty:

      The conceptual framing leans excessively on the authors' specific "MirrorNet" framework, presenting foundational, decades-old tenets of the motor control literature (i.e., unsupervised exploration for forward models vs. supervised skill acquisition for inverse models; Wolpert, Jordan, both in the nineties) as their own novel "conjectures." This theory-heavy introduction obscures the paper's actual empirical contribution to the design and the interesting question regarding the distinct temporal adaptation scales of forward versus inverse models. I think some rewriting can improve the paper.

      Thank you for pointing this out. It was not our intention to present the work of Wolpert etc. as a novel conjecture. We substantially revised the Introduction to emphasize that our contribution builds upon that theoretical framework and is also a study of how this framework evolves over time. We have cited Wolpert in the Introduction, and have now integrated the forward and inverse pathways more clearly into our hypotheses about the different effects of long- versus short-term sensorimotor experience on the MirrorNet framework.

      (3) Misplaced surprisal terminology:

      In a similar vein, I find the use of the term "auditory-motor surprisal" more theoretical grandstanding than actually useful. The significance statement claims to "extend this principle from sensory processing" but in fact, the concept of sensory motor unexpectedness is again a staple of the forward motor literature. Moreover, nowhere in the paper do they actually estimate sensorimotor surprisal. While the authors compute surprisal for their auditory baseline using IDyOM, their central sensorimotor analysis relies entirely on a simple categorical mismatch (first vs. subsequent keystrokes). The phenomenon can equally be referred to by its established nomenclature-"sensorimotor mismatch" or "sensory motor unexpectedness".

      In the revised Introduction, we added a discussion of the relationship between surprisal and contextual predictions to clarify our terminology. In practice, the terms auditory-motor surprisal and sensorimotor mismatch refer to closely related phenomena. However, we chose the term surprisal because it emphasizes that prediction violations depend not only on the overall frequency of an event, but also on the context in which it occurs. In the surprisal literature, an event can be unexpected because it violates predictions generated from recent context, or long-term statistical regularities, or prior experience, even if the event itself is not objectively rare.

      This distinction is important for our paradigm. A given note may occur frequently throughout the experiment and therefore is not rare in an absolute sense. Nevertheless, the same note may be highly surprising if it occurs immediately after a key-pitch map change, thus violating the participant's sensorimotor predictions. We therefore use the term surprisal to emphasize the role of contextual expectations rather than simple deviance or rarity.

      We finally agree that, in the absence of an auditory-motor equivalent of models such as IDyOM, our study does not provide a continuous estimate of surprisal. Instead, we use the distinction between first and keystrokes as a categorical approximation of high- and low-surprisal events. Developing computational models that estimate continuous auditory-motor surprisal from the preceding sensorimotor context would be an interesting direction for future work, and we have added a note concerning this in the Conclusion.

      (4) Incremental conceptual advance regarding the N100:

      The paper frames the N100 finding as a major discovery, but as far as I know, the attenuation of the auditory N1 to self-generated sounds via accurate motor prediction-and its enhancement during sensorimotor mismatch - is one of the most heavily documented phenomena in the auditory-motor literature (e.g. Timm et al., 2013; Bendixen et al, 2012; 2013). As far as I'm concerned, the authors should clarify that the novelty lies in the novel, elegant design that provides a new way to correct for non-sensory-specific motor-induced attenuation, and characterizing the distinct adaptation timescales of forward versus inverse models -- not in demonstrating N100 modulation by sensorimotor mismatch, which is well-documented, AFAIC.

      We agree now that the main finding of the paper is not discovering N100 as a signature of sensorimotor mismatch and we have revised the Introduction as discussed above. We now instead emphasize how it evolves over time and connect it to behavioural studies of sensorimotor perturbation where a behavioural adaptation is observed after one trial. We also incorporated the suggested literature on the N100 in the Introduction and Discussion because it shows that this neural signal has been previously seen in sensorimotor mismatch studies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As very general feedback, I would encourage the authors to revise the manuscript so that it is much clearer which results come from which part of the experiment. For example, it took me a while to figure out that the ERP results in Figure 3 came solely from the 'Variable map playing' parts of the study (and perhaps only from the Pre-test phase?).

      To improve clarity, we have rearranged the order of the figures and the respective text to organize the article into three main parts: the Variable Playing Task (Experiment I), the Training (Experiment II), and the TRF analysis (Experiment III). The paradigm panels are now closer to the Figure explaining their results. The Figure outlining how these tasks are carried out (previously Figure 2D) during one experimental session has been relegated to the supplementary materials.

      Major:

      (1) Statistics

      (a) I couldn't shake the impression that the authors are treating the statistical analyses a bit too casually. Some analyses use parametric (ANOVA, t-test), others non-parametric tests (Wilcoxon) or bootstrapping, without explicitly reasoning for one or the other; there are also some examples where I believe no correction for multiple comparisons is applied, but should be applied (e.g., tests in Figure 4?).

      We have added information in the Methods section to clarify the statistical choices. Here is a summary of our reasoning:

      Bootstrapping (to find the difference between first and others): this was to account for the imbalance in class sizes and is more conservative than parametric alternatives. That being said, parametric tests do converge on the same result (Figure 6C, main effect of keystroke type in the 2-way within-subjects

      ANOVA).

      For Figure 4, we have replaced the pairwise tests with a more robust linear mixed-effects model to capture the relationship between the number of previous keystrokes and amplitude. This avoids multiple pairwise comparisons between conditions. However, the conclusions of the figure remain unchanged: the amplitude difference increases with the number of previous keystrokes.

      Wilcoxon tests (subject-wise differences): With N = 18 participants, we do not meet the conventional threshold for normality (n > 30). The Wilcoxon test was therefore the appropriate choice.

      Within-subjects ANOVA (training and first vs. others): A two-way within-subjects ANOVA was used when comparing two conditions. Within-subjects designs with N = 18 do not violate ANOVA assumptions in the same way between-subjects designs would, since the critical assumption is the sphericity of difference scores rather than marginal normality.

      (b) Relatedly, I am not sure it is ok to run uncorrected statistical tests to identify 'time regions of interest', and to then zoom in on these and run additional statistical tests on them; this seems conspicuously like double dipping?

      We did the uncorrected tests as an exploratory analysis, but we would have arrived at the same result if we chose timepoints of interest based on the literature (P50 and P100 were both well-documented; P250+ also potentially could have had an effect based on the literature (Lutz et al., 2013 for example), but in our experiment we did not find it).

      (c) Comparing firsts versus other keystrokes: I wonder whether the bootstrapping procedure is necessary? In the MMN literature, this imbalance (oddball vs. standard) has not been an issue, as far as I am aware (or it has not been addressed?); I can follow the authors' reasoning for addressing this imbalance, but would feel more comfortable with the bootstrapping procedure if the authors can show that there is only a quantitative, but not a qualitative difference between statistics with bootstrapping vs. without bootstrapping (i.e. having a large imbalance between firsts and others keystrokes).

      While bootstrapping is less commonly used in some ERP studies, we chose this approach because it provides a robust estimate under class imbalance between conditions, as is typical in oddball-like paradigms. The effect of firsts versus others keystrokes remains significant under standard parametric analyses, consistent with the main effect observed in the two-way ANOVA (Figure 6C).

      (d) In addition, is it really correct to derive a null distribution only from the other keystrokes, as opposed to from both firsts and other keystrokes?

      Our procedure defines a null distribution based on differences between randomly sampled other keystrokes. This allows us to quantify whether the observed amplitude difference between first and other keystrokes exceeds what would be expected from differences within the other condition alone. Under the null hypothesis, the first–other difference does not differ from the distribution of differences obtained by comparing randomly selected subsets of other keystrokes of equal size.

      (2) Latency and duration of ERP differences

      I was rather surprised by how early the effects appear to be. Coming back to the MMN paradigm: here, the latency of the peak MMN for oddballs is typically in the ~150-250 ms range, i.e. in P2 territory. Granted, the effect can be initiated in the N1 component range, but then it persists through P2; in the current paradigm, the effect is very selective to the N1 (or even the P50 latency for Pre- vs. Post-training comparisons, which puts this effect squarely in the primary auditory cortex). I would encourage the authors to explore this apparent discrepancy with respect to the MMN latency a bit more; is this related to passive vs. active paradigms? But why does the effect not persist and is seemingly restricted to a brief time window? Presumably, the auditory-motor mismatch, once it is detected, will have 'downstream' effects?

      The early N100 effect has been reported multiple times in previous literature so we don't find this result surprising. It's possible that there are downstream effects that we're not seeing here. For example, we show in Figure S13 that the playing ERP is likely a linear sum of auditory and motor signals. The motor ERP also peaks at around 150, so in theory it could obscure the classic MMN. This point was mentioned in the Discussion (line 290).

      (3) Musical background of participants

      The authors state that some participants had more than 10 years of formal musical training, but that "none of the musically trained participants played piano as their primary instrument". How many of those nevertheless played piano? And how did this affect their performance? It would have been much cleaner to restrict participants to non-musicians...

      I am not convinced that performance in the training task is an appropriate proxy for musicianship (as the authors suppose on page 10). In general, I think the consideration of musicianship in the study is by far the weakest and should probably be left out.

      That being said, it is unfortunate that not more information on participants' background is provided, and that the authors did not exclude musicians, as this likely also has an impact on the results, since they presumably have had a stronger 'natural' key-pitch mapping than non-musicians.

      Participants did fill out a questionnaire adapted from the Goldsmiths Musical Sophistication Index previously used in our laboratory’s other studies.We found no correlation with the GSI general score, nor the subscores. We have added the questionnaire results in the supplementary materials and the correlation plots for the overall musical sophistication score and the perceptual abilities score (the subscale most closely associated with the demands of our task). Nevertheless, for our use case, we do not believe that the questionnaire is more relevant for predicting sensorimotor learning abilities than the actual performance during training. For example, aspects of emotion and social engagement in music are also measured, which we don’t find to be relevant to musical learning abilities, and perceptual abilities are self-reported.

      (4) How were peak amplitudes determined? (They should not be determined by simply picking the maximum, as this is susceptible to outliers, but instead as an average over a pre-defined time window.) In general, the description of methods would benefit from being more detailed.

      We indeed computed the peak response as the maximum over a 40 ms window. However, given the large number of trials, and that the signal was already low-pass filtered to 30 Hz, corresponding to a ~33 ms cycle, it is unlikely that the estimate is significantly affected by transient noise or spurious peak fluctuations. The concern about outliers would be more relevant for single-trial data.

      (5) Figure 3A and 6A 'Pre-training ERP' seem to be identical; why is that? Shouldn't Figure 3A essentially show the average of Figure 6A 'Pre-test ERP' and 6A 'Post-test ERP'?

      Yes, it is indeed identical. Figure 3A is the variable map playing without the influence of any other tasks, therefore it’s the pre-training ERP.

      (6) I had trouble following the results in Figure 4B/D. Why does 4B only go as far as 3 previous keystrokes, but 4D goes as far as 7? Maybe I am misunderstanding something here?

      We showed only the contexts for which there were more than 300 trials, which we noted in the Methods section. There are fewer firsts in general, and fewer trials for higher numbers of keystrokes in the context. Therefore the 300 trial cutoff allows us to go up to 3 previous keystrokes for Figure 4B, but 7 previous keystrokes for Figure 4D.

      (7) In Figures 3E and 3F, eyeballing and comparing the null and listen vs. null distributions (3E) with the First vs. Other distributions (3F), I had trouble wrapping my head around how the ones in 3F can be highly significantly different (p<0.001), while the others in 3E are not. (See also my question above re the calculation of the null distribution.)

      Regarding Figure 3E, as detailed in the Methods section, the comparison between playing and listening was performed using a permutation test, whereas the p-values for comparisons between playing and null or listening and null were computed empirically as the proportion of values in the null distribution that exceeded the observed statistic. This is because playing and listening are both empirical (non-null) distributions, making a direct permutation test more appropriate for their comparison.

      (8) Please clarify whether or not the decoders were compared to all keystrokes (firsts and others)?

      The decoders were compared to all keystrokes in the main text (Figure 7), but a sized-match sample of firsts and others yielded the same conclusion (Figure S12).

      (9) Last paragraph of Disentangling auditory...

      If I understand it correctly, then neither ANOVA revealed an interaction; yet, the authors computed post-hoc pairwise comparisons nevertheless?

      There is an interaction for P50 according to the ANOVA (Figure 6C). We followed up with post-hoc comparisons to investigate whether this interaction is driven by a particular key-pitch map.

      (10) Figure S9: More information is needed re the TRF decoder; why such a short time window (as opposed to (showing) the ERP epoch -.2 to .5 s)? What does it mean for the decoder to have its peak at 0 s?

      Since we used an inverse TRF formulation, the target reconstruction corresponds to a sparse impulse vector with value 1 at keystroke onsets and 0 elsewhere. As a result, only the temporal location at t=0 is of interest, with the expectation that the reconstruction should be flat outside this point. As a sanity check, we verified that averaging across onset-aligned windows reveals a clear peak at t=0, confirming that the model captures the expected temporal alignment between keystrokes and reconstructed responses.

      Minor:

      (1) Please include line numbers in the revised document to facilitate the review of the manuscript.

      (2) Baseline period: either baseline correct to 100 ms, or show the entire 200 ms baseline period in the figures.

      No baseline correction was applied to the ERP signals. Instead, data were re-referenced to the mastoids and band-pass filtered (1–30 Hz) to reduce slow drifts and high-frequency noise. As shown in Figure S5, the pre-stimulus baseline period does not exhibit systematic drift across conditions, consistent with stable baseline activity following preprocessing.

      (3) I was surprised to read that the authors used Sennheiser 650 headphones - surely they introduce significant electrical interference?!

      We have previously used headphones in EEG experiments in our lab without issues (cf. Cantisani 2023, Di Liberto 2020). In preprocessing, a notch filter at 50 Hz is applied to remove line noise, and ERP analyses are further low-pass filtered at 30 Hz to isolate the relevant evoked response components.

      (4) ICA should be run on continuous data to avoid situations where an eyeblink cannot be accurately identified (and removed) because it's cut off by the epoch (and this way it would remain in the epoch and contribute noise).

      ICA was indeed run on the continuous data (10 minutes for each task). We clarified this in the Methods section.

      (5) The supplementary video was not available.

      We have let the eLife team know about this.

      (6) Figure 2F: I believe the x-axis tick marks should read Block1 and Block2, instead of Pre and Post? Please clarify (also in the corresponding text) whether this is averaged across Pre-training and Post-training sessions, or only for one of them?

      Thank you for pointing out the error, it should indeed read block 1 and block 2, and has been updated. Both take place during the 30-minute training session, which consists of 2 blocks.

      (7) Figure 3: It wasn't clear to me how only significant channels are shown.

      We applied a mask so that only the significant channels are coloured according to amplitude difference. Non-significant channels are shown in white. The explanation for this is now found in Results > Experiment II > Effects of targeted skill acquisition training.

      (8) For the decoder analyses, how did the authors determine that investigating/using the same electrodes for auditory vs. motor ERPs is appropriate? I am aware that ERPs evoked by the auditory cortex are maximal at fronto-central electrodes; is the same the case for motor ERPs?

      We did not perform any pre-selection of channels for the decoder analyses. All channels were included in model training and prediction, allowing the decoder to learn data-driven spatial weights for reconstruction without imposing priors about channel relevance for auditory or motor processing.

      (9) Figure 4A/C: The stems represent keystrokes during the Variable map Pre/Post test? This indicates that this particular participant often only played 3 notes?

      Participants occasionally paused after producing short sequences of 3–5 notes. This behavior varied across individuals, with some producing near-continuous sequences with brief (< 1 s) pauses, and others inserting longer pauses (2–3 s) between melodic segments. Participants were instructed to generate short, varied melodic motifs and to avoid repeating identical sequences.

      (10) Figure 5E: Were these based on size-matched comparisons, i.e. similar to the method the authors applied to the other analyses comparing first vs. other keystrokes?

      The figure shows the means without size matching, but using size-matched comparisons doesn’t change the conclusions of the figures; we added this analysis in a supplementary figure.

      (11) Figure 6C and 6G: there seem to only be 16 and 17 datapoints, respectively?

      Figure 6C: We double-checked in the code and SVG file and there are indeed 18 subjects and 18 points.

      Some points are not clearly visible in the figure due to very close overlapping.

      Figure 6G: We unintentionally excluded one subject from the plot by setting the x-axis limit to between 2 and 4 on the training score. We have now adjusted the plot so that all subjects are visible.

      (12) Figure 6C: Why an ROI here, but not elsewhere?

      The ROI selection was based on prior ERP studies reporting robust auditory responses over central electrodes and motor-related error responses over frontal midline electrodes (Gehring 1993, Lutz 2013).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This fundamental study examines the benefits of spatial cognition in a wild population of mountain chickadees. Using robust genetic analyses and experimental design, the authors show with compelling evidence that females seeking out extra-pair copulations prefer males with strong spatial cognition, and that these males have a reproductive advantage over other males. This work will be of broad interest to evolutionary and behavioural biologists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study demonstrates sexual selection on spatial cognition via extra-pair paternity in socially monogamous, non-migratory mountain chickadees (Poecile gambeli). Males rely on spatial memory to recover food caches, with abilities linked to survival, longevity, and heritability. In a wild population, authors quantified extra-pair young (EPY) and compared the cognition of extra-pair sires to cuckolded social males using feeder-array assays. Better-performing males sired more EPY and heavier offspring in their nests; extra-pair sires significantly outperformed social males. Results support the good-genes hypothesis: females gain indirect genetic benefits via EPY from cognitively superior mates.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors ask whether spatial cognition is under sexual selection in mountain chickadees. To do so, the authors examined a large dataset that includes a) spatial cognition data for both males and females (obtained via use of a clever RFID-based feeder system) and b) social and extra-pair paternity nesting data. As predicted, males with higher spatial cognition sired more extra-pair offspring, and extra-pair sires had, on average, higher spatial cognition scores than the males they cuckolded. Interestingly, females with lower spatial cognition scores were more likely to seek extra-pair copulations, potentially to compensate for their own low spatial cognition. Surprisingly, there was no difference in spatial cognition scores between males that sired their own offspring and those that lost paternity at the nest. Also surprising was the fact that there were no differences in patterns of extra-pair paternity and spatial cognition between high- and low-elevation sites. The latter is particularly surprising in that spatial cognition should be under stronger selection at the high elevation site. Overall, this is a fascinating study that demonstrates that spatial cognition - a trait under natural selection as it directly impacts winter foraging and survival behaviour -is also under sexual selection.

      Strengths:

      The authors have a robust dataset (n = 732 offspring sampled over 3 years), high-quality spatial cognition data collected with a procedure that has been well-honed over the years, and couple the data with solid statistical procedures that address many potential covariates and potentially confounding factors. In addition, the authors are careful in the discussion to elaborate on the many potential alternative explanations from the results and questions that are likely to arise in the minds of readers (e.g., how are females assessing male spatial ability?)

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors presented evidence that spatial cognition in this population is under sexual selection, with extra-pair males, primarily chosen by the females, having better spatial cognition than males they cuckolded and males with better spatial cognition having more extra-pair young.

      Strengths:

      This cognitive ecology study was conducted on a well-known long-term study population of free-ranging mountain chickadees. This strong base, alongside a thorough study design and extensive statistical analyses, enabled the authors to address research questions that few other labs can address, making this a potentially powerful study of broad general interest.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents compelling evidence from a wild chickadee population linking heritable spatial cognition to extra-pair paternity success, supporting sexual selection via good genes in a food-caching species. The integration of RFID cognition tests with ddRAD paternity assignment is methodologically strong and timely for behavioral ecology, though causal mechanisms and confounds warrant clarification.

      Overall, a major revision of the manuscript is recommended, addressing the points below.

      (1) Confirmation of manipulation and treatment effects.

      The central claim hinges on spatial cognition driving EP siring, but direct evidence that cognition predicts observed copulations (vs. post-copulatory mechanisms) is absent. While territories do not cluster by performance (Figure S4), quantify male aggression/movement data during fertile periods to rule out intrusion-based EPP. The authors should provide metrics like nearestneighbor distances for EP sires or playback responses linking cognition to dominance, as in prior chickadee work. Without this, causal female preference remains correlational.

      We do provide the mean distance to all known EP sires in Figure S2, in addition to the known neighbors coded by cognition and EPP (Figures S3 and S4). Unfortunately, we do not have data with playbacks for this set of individuals, though we have shown that males respond to threats from high or low elevation birds equally, which provides a potential proxy for cognitive performance and dominance (e.g., high elevation birds perform better on the task than low elevation birds, and low elevation birds are dominant/,more aggressive than high elevation birds; Kozlovsky et al. 2014, Beh Ecol and Sociobiol; Branch et al. 2015, Behaviour; Branch & Pravosudov 2016, Ethology).

      As mentioned in discussion of the manuscript, we do not see a significant relationship between dominance and task performance in our system (Heinen et al 2021) – this is also true for the closely-related black-capped chickadees (Robayo Noguera et al 2025). This is not to say that social dominance status does not affect female preference or choice, but that data is outside the scope of this work. We would like to highlight that we’ve shown high repeatability in individual task performance and shown a strong gene c basis for spa al learning and memory performance (Sonnenberg et al. 2019; Branch et al 2022; Semenov 2024, Current Biology). While social dominance status is a rela ve trait and known to change with me and age (eg adults are dominant to juveniles).

      From discussion:

      “Furthermore, while higher social dominance status is associated with access to better territories in chickadees (86), we see no association with dominance status and spatial cognitive abilities in our system (46) or closely related black-capped chickadees (81). While it is possible that our results reflect some unmeasured trait(s) linked to spatial cognitive ability, such as boldness, aggression, or increased exploratory behavior (e.g., 32), previous data from our system do not support these additional alternative hypotheses. Chickadees with enhanced spatial cognitive abilities are not more aggressive (78) nor do they show higher rates of exploratory behavior (e.g., higher space use) (79).”

      We agree that the results we present are correlational. A causal relationship is outside the scope of this research, as we cannot manipulate cognition in the wild and chickadees will not breed in captivity. The strength of our approach lies in multi-year data collection and the ability to compare among the social and extra-pair males, as well as using what we know about the system and species to rule out additional explanations, including age.

      (2) Female cognition-EPY link inconsistency.

      Poor female cognition predicts more EPY (first-20-trials: offspring-level χ<sup>2</sup>=6.21, P=0.013; nests: χ<sup>2</sup>=6.79, P=0.009), but not for full-task (P>0.5). The authors should discuss why (e.g., learning speed vs. memory stability) and add exploratory correlations (female errors vs. EPY proportion). They should soften claims in the Discussion section of "female-driven" without consistent support and should frame this as a hypothesis.

      Absolutely, we agree that this is an interesting nuance to the results regarding female cognition. While number of errors on the first 20 trials and across the entire task are highly correlated, this is not a 1-to-1 relationship (Figure S7a). We suggest that performance in the first 20 trials reflects memory acquisition, while performance across the full task reflects memory retention and recall (Sonnenberg et al. 2019) – both critical components of spatial learning and memory for food-caching birds.

      Previous work has shown that performance in the first 20 trials and across the entire task is linked to survival (Sonnenberg et al. 2010) and longer lifespan (Welklin et al. 2024) – meaning both metrics reflect fitness. In the discussion, we suggest females may be compensating for their poorer abilities by seeking EPY, but this is speculative, as we do not have data beyond the correlative relationship we report and cannot provide more insight to the difference between the first-20 and entire task. This said, it is not only poor performing females that have EPY in the nest and we included the female/mother identity as a random factor in our models (see Statistical analysis section of Methods). Certainly, further investigation into female task performance and mate choice is warranted.

      Edit to MS:

      In the discussion we have edited the sentence to be more specific to our findings:

      “Indeed, females with poorer spatial memory acquisition (made more errors on the first 20 trials) had more extra-pair young in their nests, while social male cognitive performance did not predict EPY in the nest.”

      (3) Cognitive task sensitivity and validity.

      Mean errors aggregate learning curves effectively, but single feeder-assignment (nonpreferred) confounds neophobia/motivation with spatial ability. The authors should report trial-by-trial improvements (Figure S7 subset) or criterion-to-learn metrics. Justify excluding high-error birds (<3 mean); sensitivity analysis needed to check bias toward high performers.

      We respectfully disagree that our task lacks sensitivity or validity. The criterion-to-learn or trials-to-criterion metric has been criticized for decades and should not be used in studies comparing individual variation, in our opinion (e.g., Pravosudov 2022, Current Opinion in Behavioral Science; Harrington & Lambert 2025, Biology Letters).

      We use metrics based on the nature of our task to assess performance and ensure birds have learned before we include them in our analyses, for instance, all birds made < 3 errors on average and completed at least 20 trials. Random chance performance on our task is 3.5 errors (7 possible errors), therefore, birds that make more than 3 errors have not learned the task and therefore would not be included in analyses. It should be noted that this is very rare and typically if birds are excluded its because they do not complete 20 trials.

      See Testing spatial cognition section of the manuscript:

      “In addition, birds were included in analyses if they performed at least 20 trials and made fewer than mean 3 errors across the 4-day testing period.”

      We can certainly understand concerns about individual differences in motivation and neophobia, however, we have also considered this and made efforts to address these issues. That said, we do rely on birds to participate willingly in the spatial task and there may be some bias associated with those that participate vs. those that do not that we cannot account for. Chickadees, as a caching species, are particularly well-suited for our work as they appear to have infinite motivation to obtain and store food items in the wild (and individuals indeed differ in this, hence the differences in the number of trials completed, which we control for in our analyses). We know this not only from our study but work from many researchers, where birds have ad libitum food and continue to cache. Regarding neophobia, birds are introduced to the feeder array in stages, as we explain in the methods, and no humans are present during testing.

      “Each array consisted of eight equidistant RFID-based feeders on a square (122 x 122 cm) aluminum frame suspended ca. 4 m above the ground (Figure 1). Each feeder is equipped with a small, motorized door. Prior to testing, we kept the feeder doors of the arrays open for approximately one month. Next, the feeder doors were closed and programmed to open for any bird with a PIT tag, this allowed birds to habituate to the motorized feeder doors for one week. Finally, we measured the spatial learning and memory abilities of mountain chickadees using a 4-day task. The spatial learning and memory task involved pseudo-randomly assigning each bird to a single feeder in the 8-feeder array that was not its most-visited feeder during the previous two habituation stages.”

      Finally, using the first-20 and 4-day task performance metrics we’ve shown relationships between survival, longevity, genetic variation, and reproductive output, while seeing none of these relationships with the cognitive flexibility task (all with different groups of birds over the years), which we find to be the most compelling evidence that our metric is valid and sensitive.

      (4) Paternity assignment robustness.

      ddRAD-CERVUS with bimodal LODs (Figure S8) is solid, but unassigned EPY (social-genotyped but no sire) implies missing sires (~?% of EPY?). Include all alive males as candidates yearly? Test power simulations for LOD thresholds. 2019 exclusion justified, but multi-year SNP alignment could boost resolution.

      One of the limitations or challenges of our system is that the birds inhabit a highly contiguous forest and our field site is not demarked by boundaries or barriers, meaning we do have undetected males just outside our field site that likely sire offspring and we have no data for. That said, we were able to assign paternity to 630 out of 732 offspring, giving us a success rate of 86%. We have now added this to the first paragraph of the results. For all 732 chicks we knew the social males genotype and could ID presence of EPY, but in that 14% we could not ID the EP male specifically. We did include all alive males as potential sires. This includes males that may not have been nesting in our boxes that particular year, but were detected alive in the previous winter testing season that we were able to genotype.

      We tried a multi-year SNP alignment first, but obtained stronger paternity assignments and differentiation between first and second-tier candidate sires when we ran each year separately. Running the SNP analysis for each year separately resulted in more SNPs to use in each year which increased our ability to confidently assign paternity.

      (5) Mechanistic speculation vs. data.

      Discussion invokes hippocampus genes (GWAS priors) and good genes, but no offspring cognition/survival data. Label as hypotheses; suggest tracking EPY recruitment. No brood size costs for EP sires is key, but monitor long-term nest investment (e.g., feeding rates).

      Indeed, these are informed speculations/hypotheses based on our previous work showing the genetic bases of cognition and high levels of heritability (Branch et al 2022; Semenov 2024, Current Biology). We also know that juvenile survival is predicted by performance on our spatial cognitive task (Sonnenberg et al 2019, Current Biology). However, we do not have offspring survival for these particular EPY (past fledging the nest). We recruit about 5% of the young back into our study site (Whitenack et al. 2025), which makes it difficult to make meaningful inferences at this point. Though, as we continue to collect data in this system we hope to obtain a sample size to address these questions.

      We have collected data on feeding rates at the nest via RFID in some years, however, these measures come with additional caveats as they do not control for the amount/quality of food. Though, preliminary analyses suggest no difference in feeding rates based on cognitive abilities.

      We use the mass of the nestlings at Day 16, which is a common proxy for survival likelihood in Passerines, and we know individuals of higher mass are more likely to survive and be recruited back into the system (Whitenack et al. 2025).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors ask whether spatial cognition is under sexual selection in mountain chickadees. To do so, the authors examined a large dataset that includes a) spatial cognition data for both males and females (obtained via use of a clever RFID-based feeder system) and b) social and extra-pair paternity nesting data. As predicted, males with higher spatial cognition sired more extra-pair offspring, and extra-pair sires had, on average, higher spatial cognition scores than the males they cuckolded. Interestingly, females with lower spatial cognition scores were more likely to seek extra-pair copulations, potentially to compensate for their own low spatial cognition. Surprisingly, there was no difference in spatial cognition scores between males that sired their own offspring and those that lost paternity at the nest. Also surprising was the fact that there were no differences in patterns of extra-pair paternity and spatial cognition between high- and low-elevation sites. The latter is particularly surprising in that spatial cognition should be under stronger selection at the high elevation site. Overall, this is a fascinating study that demonstrates that spatial cognition - a trait under natural selection as it directly impacts winter foraging and survival behaviour -is also under sexual selection.

      Strengths:

      The authors have a robust dataset (n = 732 offspring sampled over 3 years), high-quality spatial cognition data collected with a procedure that has been well-honed over the years, and couple the data with solid statistical procedures that address many potential covariates and potentially confounding factors. In addition, the authors are careful in the discussion to elaborate on the many potential alternative explanations from the results and questions that are likely to arise in the minds of readers (e.g., how are females assessing male spatial ability?)

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, no major weaknesses were identified in this study. As always, there are editorial issues that I would encourage the authors to consider, including presentation of data/results and clarification on some statistical issues. Overall, however, this is an excellent study that will make an important contribution to our understanding of the evolution of cognition and targets of sexual selection.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors presented evidence that spatial cognition in this population is under sexual selection, with extra-pair males, primarily chosen by the females, having better spatial cognition than males they cuckolded and males with better spatial cognition having more extrapair young.

      Strengths:

      This cognitive ecology study was conducted on a well-known long-term study population of free-ranging mountain chickadees. This strong base, alongside a thorough study design and extensive statistical analyses, enabled the authors to address research questions that few other labs can address, making this a potentially powerful study of broad general interest.

      Weaknesses:

      Throughout the manuscript, there is a focus on the "mean number of location errors per trial over the first 20 trials". Performance changes across trials, so why weren't learning vs peak performance analyzed separately? Similarly, authors also describe results in the context of the entire task, but sometimes in the context of the first 20 trials - why is one prioritised over the other, and why is the emphasis not always consistent? Are the results across the two generally the same? A more thorough explanation addressing all these points is necessary.

      Results are often similar in both metrics, however, the relationship between first 20 and total trials is not 1 to 1 (reported at top of results section and Figure S7a). We suggest that performance in the first 20 trials reflects memory acquisition, while performance across the full task reflects memory retention and recall (Sonnenberg et al. 2019) – both critical components of spatial learning and memory for food-caching birds. Previous work has shown that performance in the first 20 trials and across the entire task is linked to survival (Sonnenberg et al. 2010) and longer lifespan (Welklin et al. 2024) – meaning both metrics reflect fitness.

      We did locate several instances where the metric used is not clear and we have corrected this, thank you.

      To summarize, we reported results for both metrics for analyses related to the main hypotheses, and then reported first-20 trials in the main text for additional tests and provided the entire test data in the Supplemental Materials.

      Lines 429-432: Why was a categorical (i.e., chi-square test) and not a numerical comparison implemented? A numerical statistical test would capture more of the variation (i.e., the number of years separating the social and EPY males).

      We agree and have added a paired t-test to assess whether within each offspring, the social father differed in age from the EP father. This test returned a similar result (χ<sup>2</sup><sub>1</sub>=0.27, P=0.662) and has been added to the results.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Statistical analysis:

      The authors include elevation as a fixed effect in their models; however, I am curious as to why there were no elevation interaction terms included in the model, as I would predict that selection for higher spatial cognition would be stronger in high-elevation sites.

      We did test for an interaction between elevation and cognition in many of our models and did not find any support for interactions. For example, there was no interaction between elevation and cognition in the number of EPY sired model.

      (2) General comments:

      (a) I would prefer to see extra-pair paternity written out rather than EP, EPY, EPP, etc., as the inclusion of the words takes little extra space in the text and makes for easier reading (personal preference).

      We agree and have spelled out EP, EPY, EPC, and EPP throughout the MS.

      (b) The discussion does an excellent job addressing these questions, but it could be worth noting in the introduction why it is unlikely that this pattern would result simply from selection for dominance (or other factors), given that readers familiar with chickadees would likely immediately think about the role of dominance in extra-pair paternity.

      We have added this point to the introduction, thank you:

      “Previous research in chickadees shows that females often produce extra-pair young with socially dominant males (e.g., 44, 45), however, in our study system we do not see a significant relationship between social dominance and spatial cognitive abilities (46). One potential explanation for this, is that social dominance changes over an individual’s lifetime and with age, while spatial cognition is repeatable and consistent over individual mountain chickadee’s lifetime (25, 27-32).”

      (3) Specific comments:

      (a) Line 27-31: This feels like a weak justification. The study is really about selection on cognition rather than the study of sexual selection per se. I would encourage the authors to revise this justification statement to focus on how sexual selection can help shape cognition.

      We have edited the abstract.

      (b) Line 49: Suggest a stronger start rather than justifying the paper by stating that mate choice has been a focus of evolutionary biology.

      We have edited this statement.

      (c) Line 50: I believe this should be "mate choice" rather than "sexual selection"

      Edited.

      (d) Line 59-62: Confusing wording throughout, especially as "high quality" does not refer to sperm competition, but rather sperm that may have an advantage during sperm competition.

      Suggest reworking the sentence for clarity.

      We changed this to quality instead of competition.

      (e) Line 69: Predictable variation in what?

      We have removed predictable variation.

      (f) Line 87: time;

      Corrected.

      (g) Line 104: Cut "specifically (i.e., caches are not used for provisioning young),".

      Removed.

      (h) Line 106: Presumably referring to assortative mating?

      Added.

      (i) End of the introduction focuses on a couple of primary questions; however, once the reader gets to the methods and results, we find many more tests (e.g., age, brood size, female cognition, etc.). If the authors are going to include these additional tests (which I think they should), then I encourage them to provide the predictions or justifications for those analyses here. In addition, please double-check to ensure the presentation of all tests is consistent throughout the intro/methods/results/discussion.

      We have now added this information to the end of the introduction as alternative explanations, rather than specific predictions. These additional analyses were implemented post-hoc to exclude alternative explanations for the patterns observed, but we have linked them to the statistical analyses as requested by Reviewer 3 and for clarity.

      (j) Suggest including sample size (nests, nestlings, etc. per year) in methods.

      We have provided all sample sizes in the Supplemental Tables and in the text where appropriate.

      (k) Line 255: How many egg dumps? Would be interesting to have a number here for future meta-analyses, reviews, BOTW accounts, etc.

      Unfortunately, we do not have this data available, and the numbers were very low which is why we did not report them in the manuscript. As we continue to work in the system we will be able to provide this information.

      (l) Line 273: See comment above re: elevation as an interaction term in models.

      Addressed above.

      We did test for an interaction between elevation and cognition in many of our models and did not find any support for interactions. For example, there was no interaction between elevation and cognition in the number of EPY sired model.

      (m) Line 282: extra period.

      Removed.

      (n) Line 328: Change "Here" to "Next".

      Edited.

      (o) Line 465: I would suggest bringing this in earlier and considering the flow of how ideas are presented. Seems more logical to first look at whether males lost paternity, then, if so, to whom those males lost paternity.

      We have reorganized the results section to be consistent with the stats methods order.

      (p) Line 553: suggest "likely means" as there may be other attributes of individual quality outside of spatial cognition that are important.

      Yes, we have added this qualifier.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Section starting at line 268: This section has a long list of statistical analyses. To better help the reader follow the aims of the study and the relationship between them, I recommend numbering the research questions in the introduction and pairing them with the description of each statistical test here in the Statistical Analyses section.

      We agree, thank you for this suggestion.

      We have now added this information to the end of the introduction as alternative explanations, rather than specific predictions. These additional analyses were implemented post-hoc to exclude alternative explanations for the patterns observed, but we have linked them to the statistical analyses and results as requested.

      (2) Lines 295-297: What was the percentage of tested individuals that had brood size data available?

      We only have brood size information for birds that breed in our nestboxes and make it to day 16 post-hatching – this is a much-reduced sample from those that participate in cognitive testing (we test around 150 birds a year between both elevation sites). In addition, throughout breeding stages we lose nests to predation, prior to day 16, when we collect blood samples from the chicks. Birds also participate in cognitive testing and breeding in multiple years, so our sample size for EPP is a result of repeated measures in some instances.

      (3) Lines 473-479: The study is done, so use the past tense throughout the manuscript.

      Thank you, we have edited this for consistency.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study examines how temporal and spatial discrepancies between an action and its visual feedback are combined in judgments related to the sense of agency. Using a virtual-reality reaching task and computational modeling, the authors show that both discrepancies influence self-attribution and that a multiplicative model outperforms the prespecified alternatives, a result reproduced in a preregistered replication. The evidence is convincing for the conclusion that temporal and spatial information is integrated. Other models - beyond multiplication - may in principle account equally well for the observed data; sharpening these claims and situating the findings more clearly within Bayesian accounts of cue integration would further strengthen this key contribution.